Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2018

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1520   47-4640296

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807

(714) 701-4200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Tyrone Johnson

Chief Executive Officer

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807

(714) 701-4200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Mark J. Kelson, Esq.

William Wong, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

1840 Century Park East, Suite 1900

Los Angeles, California 90067

Tel: (310) 586-7700

Fax: (310) 586-7800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.  ☑

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☑  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered (1)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share (2)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  25,614,626   $13.75   $352,201,108   $43,850

 

 

 

(1)   Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement includes any additional shares of common stock that may become issuable from time to time as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or other similar transaction effected without the receipt of consideration that results in an increase in the number of shares of the Registrant’s outstanding common stock.

 

(2)   Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Registrant’s Class A Common Stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange or over-the counter market. Shares of the Registrant’s Class A Common Stock sold and issued in a private offering and private placement that closed in November 2017 are eligible for trading on the FBR Plus™ System. To the Registrant’s knowledge, the last sale price per share of Class A Common Stock that was reported on the FBR Plus™ System on April 6, 2018 was $13.75.

 

(3)   Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities, in any jurisdiction where the offer, solicitation, or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 9, 2018

 

LOGO

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

             Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This prospectus relates solely to the resale of up to an aggregate of              shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (which we refer to as our “Class A Common Stock”), by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus (which term as used in this prospectus includes pledgees, donees, transferees or other successors-in-interest). We are registering the offer and sale of the shares of our Class A Common Stock that were acquired by the selling stockholders in our November 2017 private offering and private placement.

The selling stockholders may offer the shares of our Class A Common Stock from time to time as they may determine through public or private transactions or through other means described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.” We do not know when or in what amounts the selling stockholders may offer the shares of our Class A Common Stock for sale. The selling stockholders may sell all, some, or none of the shares offered by this prospectus. The prices at which the selling stockholders may sell the shares of our Class A Common Stock may be determined by the prevailing market price for the shares at the time of sale, may be different than such prevailing market prices, or may be determined through negotiated transactions with third parties.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares of our Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders. We have agreed to pay all expenses relating to registering these shares of our Class A Common Stock. The selling stockholders will pay any brokerage commissions and/or similar charges incurred for the sale of these shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there was not a public market for the shares of our Class A Common Stock. Because all of the shares offered under this prospectus are being offered by the selling stockholders, we cannot currently determine the price or prices at which the shares may be sold under this prospectus.

We have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, under applicable federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status.”

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our Class A Common Stock in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

We may amend or supplement this prospectus from time to time by filing amendments or supplements as required. You should carefully read this entire prospectus and any amendments or supplements hereto before you make your investment decision.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

                    , 2018


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us. We and the selling stockholders have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information, other than the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us, and we and the selling stockholders take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of the date on its respective cover, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus or the time of any sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock. Our business, properties, results of operations, financial condition, or prospects may have changed since those dates.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page    

Statement Regarding Industry and Market Data

       ii  

Summary

       1  

Risk Factors

       16  

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

       47  

Use of Proceeds

       49  

Dividend Policy

       50  

Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

       51  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

       56  

Our Business

       79  

Management

       93  

Executive and Director Compensation

       99  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

       111  

Principal Stockholders

       115  

Selling Stockholders

       117  

Description of Capital Stock

       126  

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

       135  

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

       137  

Plan of Distribution

       140  

Legal Matters

       142  

Change in Accountants

       142  

Experts

       142  

Where You Can Find More Information

       143  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

       F-1  

 

 

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, references to our “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar expressions, refer to Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including our primary operating subsidiaries, Residential Design Services, LLC and Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC.

 

i


Table of Contents

STATEMENT REGARDING INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The industry and market data in this prospectus are based on the good faith estimates of our management (which estimates are based upon review of our internal estimates), research studies and surveys, independent industry publications, and other publicly available information. Industry publications and research studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and investors are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe that the information from these publications and studies included in this prospectus is generally reliable, and the conclusions contained in the third-party information are reasonable.

Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and additional uncertainties regarding the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by independent parties and by us.

 

ii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but it does not contain all of the information that you may consider important before deciding to invest in our Class A Common Stock. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including, in particular, the sections entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this summary and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Our Company

We are a premier installer and nationwide distributor of interior building products with leading market positions in residential interior design services in highly attractive markets. Through our Residential Design Services (which we refer to as “RDS”) segment, we serve leading national and regional homebuilders by providing an integrated, outsourced solution for the design, consultation, sourcing, distribution and installation needs of their homebuyer customers. Through our 18 design centers located in California, Nevada, and Arizona, our specially-trained design consultants work closely with homebuyers in the selection of a broad array of interior products and finishes, including flooring, countertops, wall tile, window treatments, shower enclosures, and related interior items, primarily for newly constructed homes. We then coordinate the ordering, fulfillment and installation of many of these interior products to provide a seamless experience for the homebuyer. With our attractively arranged design centers and our strong product sourcing and installation capabilities, we enable our homebuilder customers to outsource critical aspects of their business to us, thereby increasing their sales, profitability, and return on capital.

We also have leading market positions in the selection and importation of natural and engineered stone slabs for kitchen and bathroom countertops and specialty tiles through our Architectural Surfaces Group (which we refer to as “ASG”) segment. ASG sources natural and engineered stone from a global supply base, often under exclusive terms, and markets these materials through a national network of distribution centers and showrooms under proprietary brand names such as AG&M, Modul, Pental, Bedrock International and Cosmic. In addition to serving the new residential and commercial construction markets with these materials, we also distribute them to the repair and remodel (which we refer to as “R&R”) market.

Residential Design Services. Our outsourced interior design center and installation services operate in some of the most attractive and fastest growing residential areas in the United States. We enter into exclusive service agreements with homebuilders in these areas at the beginning of new community development projects to provide them with a single-source solution for the design center operations, consultation, sourcing, fulfillment, and installation phases of the homebuilding process. At our design centers, our expert design staff work directly with homebuyers to help them achieve their design, styling, and product needs, leveraging our web-based preference analysis and proprietary software system to enable real-time pricing of interior options. We believe our consultative sales focus helps homebuyers optimize their product choices, often leading to the selection of higher margin products. This, in turn, creates significant value for our homebuilder customers, who share in incremental product upgrade revenue. We have developed strong, long-term relationships with many of our homebuilder customers, many of which we have worked with for over 15 years. In 2017, our largest customers included Toll Brothers, CalAtlantic (now a part of Lennar Group), TriPointe, Brookfield Residential, D.R. Horton, and Taylor Morrison.

To expand our market opportunity within our RDS segment, we continually consider additional markets, product adjacencies and other opportunities for our installation services. For example, we believe that the multi-family and R&R segments of the residential construction markets represent areas where we are currently



 

1


Table of Contents

underpenetrated yet where there are attractive growth opportunities for us. We also believe that our recent product expansion into cabinet supply and installation represents a substantial growth opportunity with our existing homebuilder customers. In addition, given the fragmented nature of our industry, we believe there is significant opportunity for us to continue growing both our geographic footprint and install capabilities through value-enhancing, accretive acquisitions.

Architectural Surfaces Group . Our ASG segment imports and distributes natural and engineered stone slabs, as well as tile, through 22 strategically positioned warehouse locations across the United States. Our stone slabs include marble, granite, and quartz, for use as distinctive kitchen and bathroom countertops, and our tiles consist of ceramic and porcelain for flooring, backsplash, and wall tile applications. We maintain a broad domestic footprint of showrooms and distribution centers, serving attractive markets in the Northeast, Southeast, Southwest, Mountain West, and West Coast regions of the United States and offer what we believe is a distinctive and targeted merchandising strategy, including displaying our products in customer-oriented showrooms that cater to professional interior designers and architects as well as homeowners. Our showrooms are staffed by product and design experts who focus on the total customer experience. We carry product lines of natural and engineered stone slabs and tile products that are tailored to the specific geographic regions that we serve and our goal is to provide a comprehensive offering that meets all of our professional and homeowner customers’ stone and tile needs.

We have relationships with a wide array of stone slab quarries, manufacturers and distributors around the world, and we work closely with these providers to ensure their product performance and variety meet our high quality standards. We believe the strength and breadth of these relationships helps us offer our customers a broad and consistent selection of high-quality stone slabs from a global supply chain. As a result of our geographic reach and product knowledge, we have successfully secured exclusive rights to leading materials that are marketed under ASG’s MetroQuartz ® and PentalQuartz ® brands along with our new PentalTek ® porcelain brand.

We believe that the markets for design center services and natural and engineered stone slab distribution are complementary and that our ability to combine them into a single platform strengthens our business model and expands our growth opportunities. Both of our business segments provide key value-added services that are critical to serving our customers’ needs and result in an attractive free cash-flow profile. In addition, both of these markets are highly fragmented and, we believe, are poised for further consolidation. In the last two years, we have completed six acquisitions and opened five greenfield locations (which we define as new facilities opened in geographic areas that we previously served from a remote distribution point), and we believe we are well positioned to continue pursuing both additional acquisition opportunities and new greenfield locations in the foreseeable future.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

Exceptional Customer Experience

We believe that the customer experience we provide distinguishes us from our competition and is a critical driver of our success. Key elements of our customer experience include:

Highly Trained Design Center Staff and Sales Consultants . Our merchandising efforts are designed to expand our customer base while achieving the highest level of customer satisfaction. At RDS design centers, design consultants possess strong reputations and skill sets. Our design consultants are knowledgeable about interior design trends, materials, and options, and a majority have technical training and certifications from interior design schools. Based on our customer homebuilder surveys in 2017, over 95% of homebuyers are highly satisfied by the RDS design consultation experience. Similarly, ASG’s facilities are staffed by knowledgeable



 

2


Table of Contents

sales associates that maintain high-end, well-designed showrooms with convenient product displays. ASG sales teams establish and expand relationships with architecture and design firms, kitchen and bath dealers, and countertop fabricators and internal installers, which we believe drive stronger sales and higher satisfaction.

Superior Quality and Service. RDS maintains in-house countertop fabrication, light manufacturing, and installation capabilities, which enable it to meet demanding customer schedules and quality standards. These capabilities help drive on-time project completion, homebuyer satisfaction, and profitability for homebuilders. At ASG, suppliers are selected based on a demonstrated ability to provide product that passes our stringent, hands-on inspection process, which results in consistently high-quality products and strong countertop fabricator yields with minimal waste. ASG also offers branded products, and is the exclusive provider of products marketed under ASG’s MetroQuartz ® , PentalQuartz ® and PentalTek ® brands. We believe these brands are known in the industry for superior quality, which further enhances ASG’s reputation industry-wide.

Comprehensive Suite of Product and Service Offerings. Our homebuilder customers increasingly indicate a preference to work with a small number of reliable partners that offer a broad suite of products and services. RDS and ASG have been built to satisfy this preference, and we believe that our businesses offer among the most comprehensive product sets and services in the markets in which we operate. RDS provides a turnkey homebuyer management process consisting of interior design and product selection and installation service, for homebuilder customers, which depend on RDS to provide the homebuyer with a comprehensive interior product offering that includes approximately 100,000 items. ASG’s customers, which include architects, interior designers, homeowners, and countertop fabricators, rely on ASG to provide a full suite of products that includes in-demand surface materials, including natural stone slabs, engineered stone slabs—notably high-end quartz products that are exclusively marketed through ASG—and related products such as tile.

Sophisticated, Global Supply Chain. We maintain a global and diverse supplier network with extensive procurement resources that promote continuity of supply. We enjoy long-standing relationships with a global supplier base, which enable sourcing of quality products to meet a broad range of customer preferences and specifications at competitive prices. Our footprint provides visibility into local trends that drive highly tailored product procurement, which enables efficient working capital management. We believe that our merchandising capabilities encourage suppliers to partner with us on an exclusive basis, which provides us with an additional competitive advantage. We also believe that the strength of our supplier relationships helps us source products at attractive prices, which further differentiates us from our competitors.

Significant Visibility into Future Financial Performance. RDS is awarded homebuilder development contracts that provide significant visibility into future net revenue. We estimate and track the expected net revenue to be derived from sales related to the remaining housing lots to be fulfilled under existing service agreements for active residential developments. As of December 31, 2017, we estimate that amount was approximately $370 million across approximately 17,000 unique housing lots, assuming each lot is fulfilled and the historical average value of our products are installed with respect to each lot. This amount has increased each of the past three years, despite RDS achieving consecutive increases in net revenue in each of those years. Additionally, ASG’s high-volume fabrication and design customers help provide us with visibility into their supply chain and sales programs, which enable us to forecast expected demand. A substantial percentage of our net revenue is attained from repeat customers with whom ASG has long-standing, cooperative relationships, which provides additional visibility into ASG’s future net revenue profile.

Long-Standing Relationships with Leading, Blue Chip Customers. RDS serves a mix of production homebuilders, multi-family accounts, and high-volume builders. In 2017, RDS’ top ten customers had an average relationship tenure of 15 years, demonstrating the strength of our relationships as well as the trust we have earned in the homebuilding process. ASG also has strong relationships with many architecture and design firms, kitchen and bath dealers, and fabricators. For example, approximately 88% of ASG’s customers that purchased more



 

3


Table of Contents

than $5,000 of products in 2016 also purchased products from ASG in 2017. We believe that ASG’s expanded geographic footprint with premier design centers will drive stronger demand from these large regional and national customers.

Scalable Platform and a Track Record of Accretive Acquisitions. We have built our RDS and ASG platforms to be scalable and to maximize organic and acquisition-driven growth. We have an integration “playbook” that standardizes our approach to human resources and labor management matters and vendor relationships, and improves our overall integration process of financial and operational data. We believe our system roll-out and management processes provide us with a repeatable procedure for on-boarding of newly acquired businesses, with minimal disruption to our existing operations and those of our acquisitions. In the last two years, we have completed six acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”). We believe Pental represents a transformative acquisition, which significantly expanded our geographic reach and product offering. As a result of our multi-regional platform, we believe we are well positioned to continue as a consolidator in our markets, identifying and integrating acquisitions into our existing operations to drive growth and scale.

Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Driving Growth. We are led by Tyrone Johnson, our Chief Executive Officer, Kendall R. Hoyd, our Chief Financial Officer, and Sunil Palakodati, President of ASG. Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd, and Palakodati have a combined 52 years in the building products and construction industries. Prior to their current roles, Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd, and Palakodati held senior executive positions with M&A responsibility at OmniMax International, Inc. (formerly Euramax International, Inc.), Trussway Holdings, Inc., and Masco Corporation, respectively.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy includes:

Expand Geographically through Greenfield Investment. We believe that our greenfield initiatives help lower our overall risk by targeting markets for new physical locations in which we have already established a base of business in our ASG segment through remote distribution, and offer attractive returns due to our knowledge of the market and our low fixed investment costs relative to revenue and profit potential. For example, with respect to the four ASG greenfield locations established in 2016 and 2017, the average fixed investment was $0.9 million and average estimated operating losses during the ramp-up period were $0.5 million, which brought the average total investment to approximately $1.4 million. These four locations took an average of 12 months from establishment to break even on an EBITDA basis. Based on current market assessments, we believe we can continue to expand ASG’s footprint by opening new greenfield locations.

Offer New Products and Services. We will seek to expand the suite of products and services that we provide to our customers. For example, for RDS, cabinets represent an attractive adjacent product expansion opportunity. Many of our long-term homebuilder customers have identified cabinet supply and installation as a challenging area in the construction process due to skilled labor shortages and difficulties associated with material sourcing. We believe that our existing capabilities and relationships can facilitate a successful product expansion in this area. RDS management is also evaluating appliances, home automation, and other products for similar opportunities. ASG will seek exclusive distribution rights from leading manufacturers by leveraging our geographic footprint and national presence following the acquisition of Pental. ASG management is also evaluating additional materials, including porcelain surfaces, for distribution within and cross-selling throughout the ASG network.

Accelerate Penetration of Existing Markets. We believe that we have several opportunities to expand our market penetration and capture additional market share. For RDS, the multi-family market is largely



 

4


Table of Contents

unpenetrated and represents a significant growth opportunity. Within our existing markets, RDS has approximately 4% market share of multi-family construction, and we believe this segment can contribute a larger percentage of net revenue over time. At ASG, management is focused on cross-selling products, identifying new customers, and accelerating the build-out of recently opened ASG greenfield sites with the goal of increasing revenue and earnings potential.

Identify and Pursue New Customer Segments. R&R remains a relatively untapped opportunity for us and we intend to pursue opportunities in this market. We believe that RDS’ design centers and staff are well positioned to serve the needs of R&R customers given the breadth of our product offerings, which would enable us to increase design center utilization and expand our margins. At ASG, management is evaluating new customer segments, including builders and dealers, which historically have not been central to the ASG sales effort. We believe that these initiatives have the potential to accelerate our net revenue growth with limited capital investment or increased cost.

Acquisitions. We intend to pursue acquisitions that bolster our existing geographic reach, facilitate expansion into new regions, and provide new product or service capabilities. Acquisitions that give us direct contact with homebuyers and homeowners are particularly valuable, as we believe that our merchandising strategies differentiate us from our competitors and drive customer satisfaction. Since June 2015, we have successfully integrated two bolt-on acquisitions, helping us achieve higher net revenue, reduced expenses, and improved cash flow. We closed on three more acquisitions in 2017 and two additional acquisitions in the first quarter of 2018, and are in the process of integrating them. We also have a pipeline of acquisition candidates and engage in conversations from time to time with companies that we deem a strategic fit with our existing businesses.

Our History

Our platform originated in September 2014, when affiliates of Trive Capital Management LLC (which we refer to as “Trive Capital”) acquired RDS, which in turn acquired the assets of PT Tile Holdings, LP (which we

refer to as “Pinnacle”) in February 2015 and Greencraft Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as “Greencraft”) in December 2017. Tyrone Johnson and Kendall R. Hoyd joined RDS in 2015 as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of RDS, respectively. Affiliates of Trive Capital also formed a consolidation platform in the stone countertop market by acquiring the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC in June 2015, which in turn acquired the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. (which we refer to as “Modul”) in July 2016, Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”) in February 2017, and the assets of Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (which we refer to as “Cosmic”) in October 2017, and these acquired businesses were combined to form ASG. ASG then acquired certain assets of Elegant Home Design, LLC (which we refer to as “Bedrock”) in January 2018 and certain assets of NSI, LLC (which we refer to as “NSI”) in March 2018. ASG is led by Sunil Palakodati, who joined as Chief Executive Officer of ASG in August 2016.



 

5


Table of Contents

Recent Transactions

November 2017 Restructuring Transactions

In November 2017, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. entered into a series of restructuring transactions (which we refer to as the “November 2017 restructuring transactions”) pursuant to which it acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG, including all of their respective wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which entities, including Select Interior Concepts, Inc., were then under common control by affiliates of Trive Capital. Following the November 2017 restructuring transactions, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. became a holding company that wholly owns RDS and ASG, and Tyrone Johnson, Kendall R. Hoyd, and Sunil Palakodati became our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and the President—ASG, respectively. The following diagram shows our current organizational structure:

 

 

LOGO

November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

In November 2017, we completed a private offering and private placement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 21,750,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which included shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the option granted by us to the initial purchaser and placement agent thereunder, in reliance upon the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which we refer to as the “Securities Act”), provided by Rule l44A, Regulation S, and Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (which we refer to as the “November 2017 private offering and private placement”). We received net proceeds of $240.5 million from the November 2017 private offering and private placement, of which we used $122.8 million in connection with the November 2017 restructuring transactions, which included our acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG and the repurchase by us of shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (which we refer to as our “Class B Common Stock”) from existing stockholders, and $112.8 million to repay our outstanding indebtedness, with the remaining $4.9 million of the net proceeds being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.



 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Risk Factors

An investment in shares of our Class A Common Stock involves risks. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below and described more fully, along with other risks, under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus before investing in our Class A Common Stock.

 

    The industry in which we operate is dependent upon the U.S. residential homebuilding industry, repair and remodel activity, the economy, the credit markets, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control.

 

    A significant portion of our, and in particular RDS’, business is in the state of California. A slowdown in the economy or a decline in homebuilding activity in California, or the occurrence of a natural disaster, could have a disproportionately negative effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

 

    Our businesses are cyclical and significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.

 

    Our industry and the markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and competitive, and increased competitive pressure may adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

    We are exposed to warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims, and legal proceedings related to our businesses, the products we distribute, the services we provide, and services provided for us by third parties.

 

    Product shortages, loss of key suppliers or failure to develop relationships with qualified suppliers, our dependence on third-party suppliers and manufacturers, or the development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain, could adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

    The importation of building materials into the United States could expose us to additional risk.

 

    The loss of any of our significant customers or a reduction in the quantity of products they purchase could affect our financial health.

 

    Our backlog estimates for our RDS segment may not be accurate and may not generate expected levels of future revenues or translate into profits.

 

    We may not timely identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations or trends, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, the demand for our products and services and our market share.

 

    The success of our businesses depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our growth strategy, which includes opening new branches and pursuing strategic acquisitions.

 

    Any inability to successfully integrate our recent or future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

    We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions.


 

7


Table of Contents
    We may not be able to expand into new geographic markets, which may impact our ability to grow our businesses.

 

    We may use additional leverage in executing our business strategy, which may adversely affect our businesses.

 

    Our current financing arrangements contain, and our future financing arrangements likely will contain, restrictive covenants relating to our operations.

 

    Our management has identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our Class A Common Stock and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.

 

    If we are unable to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

 

    We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries.

 

    There is currently no public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock, a trading market for our Class A Common Stock may never develop, and our Class A Common Stock prices may be volatile and could decline substantially.

 

    Future sales of our Class A Common Stock, other securities convertible into our Class A Common Stock, or our preferred stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the value of our Class A Common Stock to decline and could result in dilution of your shares.

 

    Future offerings of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities that may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividend and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to SEC reporting companies. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company we will not be required to, among other things:

 

    present more than two years of audited financial statements and two years of related selected financial data and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure in our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

 

    have an auditor report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (which we refer to as the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

    disclose certain executive compensation related items, as we will be subject to the scaled disclosure requirements of a smaller reporting company with respect to executive compensation disclosure; and


 

8


Table of Contents
    seek stockholder non-binding advisory votes on certain executive compensation matters and golden parachute arrangements.

We have elected to adopt the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of these elections, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

The JOBS Act also permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the date of this prospectus, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807. Our main telephone number is (888) 701-4737. Our internet website is www.selectinteriorconcepts.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into, and is not a part of, this prospectus.



 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders

             shares.

 

Class A Common Stock Outstanding as of the Date of this Prospectus

             shares.

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus.

 

Dividend Policy

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our businesses and, therefore, do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in any financing instruments, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant in its discretion. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NASDAQ Symbol

We have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC.”

 

Risk Factors

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk . For a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before making an investment decision, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page  16 .

 

 

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus:

 

  (i) includes an aggregate of                      shares of Class A Common Stock that were issued in the form of dividends (which we refer to as the “Special Stock Dividends”) to the existing holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and an aggregate of                      shares of Class A Common Stock that were issued in connection with the automatic conversion of the same number of shares of our Class B Common Stock (representing all of the then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock);

 

  (ii) does not include an aggregate of 918,228 shares of restricted stock, subject to vesting, that have been granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan; and

 

  (iii) does not include an aggregate of 1,286,867 shares of our common stock remaining and reserved for awards that may be granted in the future under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.


 

10


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information

The following sets forth a summary of our selected consolidated financial and operating information on a historical and pro forma basis. You should read the following summary of selected consolidated financial information in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements, our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, and the respective notes thereto, and with the sections entitled “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In February 2017, we acquired all of the equity interests (which we refer to as the “Pental Acquisition”) in Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”). The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information set forth below gives effect to the Pental Acquisition as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2017, and has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical financial information that are (i) directly attributable to the Pental Acquisition, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what may be expected to occur in the future. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information does not include non-recurring items, including, but not limited to, acquisition-related legal and advisory fees. See the related notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information.

The historical statement of income information of Pental used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information set forth below has been derived from the two months of unaudited Pental financial results for the period between January 1, 2017 and February 27, 2017, which is the period immediately prior to the Pental Acquisition.

Our summary selected historical consolidated statement of operations information for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, and our related summary selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2018 and 2017, have been derived from our historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary selected historical consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and our related summary selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2017      2017      2016  

Selected Balance Sheet Information (end of period):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,972      $ 4,095      $ 2,547      $ 4,727  

Restricted cash

     3,000        —          3,000        —    

Accounts receivable, net

     47,101        32,191        45,284        27,904  

Inventory

     103,448        62,136        87,629        31,654  

Other current assets

     4,362        683        4,145        848  

Total assets

     339,852        240,284        320,246        136,507  

Accounts payable

     35,642        26,565        38,491        20,988  

Accrued liabilities

     22,690        10,370        19,840        6,417  

Total debt and capital lease obligations

     127,465        180,124        108,279        59,940  

Total liabilities

     192,248        227,404        172,159        96,766  

Equity

     147,604        12,881        148,088        39,741  


 

11


Table of Contents

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
   2018     2017     Pro Forma (1)
2017
    2017     2016  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Information:

          

Net revenue

   $     104,386     $     67,725     $     367,013     $     352,952     $     233,868  

Cost of revenue

     76,436       47,254       255,439       249,063       167,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,950       20,471       111,574       103,889       66,830  

Sales and marketing

     5,458       3,882       19,889       19,889       11,189  

General & administrative

     21,542       15,896       84,221       77,837       41,215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     27,000       19,778       104,110       97,726       52,404  

Interest expense

     2,523       2,856       14,956       13,749       4,736  

Other expense, net

     239       111       429       440       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before tax expense

     (1,812     (2,274     (7,921     (8,026     9,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (503     311       3,343       3,320       2,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net (loss) income

   $ (1,309   $ (2,585   $ (11,264   $ (11,346   $ 7,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income attributable to members prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ —       $ (2,585   $ (5,575   $ (5,657   $ 7,055  

Loss attributable to shareholders subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ (1,309   $ —       $ (5,689   $ (5,689   $ —    

Loss per basic and diluted shares of common stock (2)

   $ (0.05   $ —       $ (0.22   $ (0.22   $ —    

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

     25,614,626       —         25,614,626       25,614,626       —    

Other Operating and Financial Information:

          

Operating income

   $ 950     $ 693     $ 7,464     $ 6,163     $ 14,426  

Other expense, net

     239       111       429       440       1  

Depreciation

     1,357       621       4,066       3,938       2,045  

Amortization

     3,327       2,219       11,601       10,878       7,142  

EBITDA (3)

     5,395       3,422       22,702       20,539       23,612  

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 10,677     $ 8,105     $ 49,478     $ 46,997     $ 27,413  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (3)

     10.2     12.0    
13.5

    13.3    
11.7

 

 

(1)   For more information regarding the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflecting the Pental Acquisition, see our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus.


 

12


Table of Contents
(2) Basic historical and pro forma loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss for the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement. Diluted loss per share of common stock is typically computed the same way as basic historical loss per share of common stock, except that the dilutive effect of restricted stock-based awards using the treasury stock method is included in the computation. However, since our Company reported a net loss during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, all outstanding restricted stock-based awards, consisting of 918,228 shares of our common stock at March 31, 2018 and 356,368 shares of our common stock at December 31, 2017, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share of common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, because the effect of inclusion would have been antidilutive, and therefore diluted loss per share of common stock is equal to basic historical loss per share of common stock for such periods. Loss incurred prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement is attributable to the former equityholders of RDS and ASG and, as such, is not reflected in loss per share of common stock. Because the pro forma period includes losses from the period prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement, there was no effect on loss per share of common stock from the inclusion of the pro forma loss. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share of common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and the period between the date of consummation of the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement and December 31, 2017:

 

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018
    Period between
November 22, 2017 and
December 31, 2017
 

Net loss

  $ (1,309   $ (5,689
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

    19,650,000       19,650,000  

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding

    5,964,626       5,964,626  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

    25,614,626       25,614,626  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share of common stock:

   

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.05   $ (0.22
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, no shares of common stock of our Company were outstanding, and therefore earnings (loss) per share is not applicable for such periods.

 

(3)  

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not measurements of financial performance under United States generally accepted accounting principles (which we refer to as “GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative to consolidated net income as a measure of performance or to net cash flows provided by (used in) operations as a measure of liquidity. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin as supplemental measures in evaluating operating performance. We define EBITDA as consolidated net income before (i) income tax expense, (ii) interest expense, and (iii) depreciation and amortization expense . Adjusted EBITDA adjusts EBITDA for costs that are not considered part of our ongoing core operations, as described below, and we calculate Adjusted EBITDA margin as a percentage of our net revenue. We believe Adjusted EBITDA provides an indicator of general economic performance that is not affected by fluctuations in interest rates or effective tax rates, levels of depreciation or amortization, and items considered to be transitional or not part of our core operations.



 

13


Table of Contents
  Accordingly, our management believes that this measurement is useful for comparing general operating performance from period to period. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by unusual, transitional, or non-core items. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin are limited as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In addition, other companies may define EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, or Adjusted EBITDA margin differently and, as a result, our measures of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be directly comparable to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, or Adjusted EBITDA margin of other companies. You should therefore not place undue reliance on these measures or any ratio or derivative thereof.

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income, our most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated. Each of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented on a historical consolidated basis for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and on a pro forma consolidated basis for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2018     2017       Pro Forma   
2017
          2017           2016  

Consolidated net (loss) income

   $ (1,309   $ (2,585   $ (11,264   $ (11,346   $ 7,055      

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (503     311       3,343       3,320       2,634      

Interest expense

     2,523       2,856       14,956       13,749       4,736      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,684       2,840       15,667       14,816       9,187      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 5,395     $ 3,422     $ 22,702     $ 20,539     $ 23,612      

EBITDA adjustments

          

Consulting Fees to Trive Capital (a)

   $ —       $ 211     $ 1,008     $ 1,008     $ 628      

Share Based and Transaction Incentive Compensation (b)

     1,980       381       16,794       16,794       —        

Professional Fees (c)

     1,597       3,670       6,800       6,724       1,638      

Employee Transition Costs (d)

     284       395       1,257       1,176       1,474      

Facilities Transition Costs (e)

     1,159       —         854       695       —        

Other Transition Costs (f)

     262       26       63       61       61      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     10,667     $     8,105     $     49,478     $     46,997     $     27,413      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following is a description of the adjustments to EBITDA, each of which was recorded as a part of operating expenses reflected in our historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  (a)

Consulting Fees to Trive Capital . Consulting fees to Trive Capital are fees and expenses paid directly to Trive Capital under consulting agreements that each of RDS and ASG had with Trive Capital prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and November 2017 private offering and private placement. Such fees and expenses were for nominal services that were primarily related to the ongoing conduct of monthly reviews and business meetings between Trive Capital and each of RDS and ASG. These consulting agreements and services were terminated in November 2017 as they were determined not to be necessary for the ongoing operation of our Company. EBITDA is adjusted by adding back such fees and expenses paid to Trive Capital under such consulting agreements because no services that



 

14


Table of Contents
  are necessary for the ongoing operation of our businesses were rendered under such consulting agreements. Such fees and expenses are judged to not be a part of the cost structure required to operate our businesses on an ongoing basis.

 

  (b) Share Based and Transaction Incentive Compensation . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back share based and transaction incentive compensation related to the November 2017 private offering and private placement and acquisitions of businesses, because these expenses are judged to be unrelated to the ongoing operation of our businesses and should not be considered as part of our operating cost structure.

 

  (c) Professional Fees . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back professional, legal, accounting, and investment banking fees and expenses, and other similar fees and expenses related to acquisitions of businesses and significant debt and financing transactions, because these fees and expenses are judged to be unrelated to the ongoing operation of our businesses and should not be considered as part of our operating cost structure.

 

  (d) Employee Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the transition and integration of employees of newly acquired businesses, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.

 

  (e) Facilities Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the transition of facilities of newly acquired businesses, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.

 

  (f) Other Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the integration of newly acquired businesses or the transition of our Company to a publicly-traded company, and costs and expenses that are investment-like in nature, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.


 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, which address the material risks concerning our businesses and an investment in our Class A Common Stock, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus occur, our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, in which case the value of our Class A Common Stock could decline significantly and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The industry in which we operate is dependent upon the U.S. residential homebuilding industry, repair and remodel activity, the economy, the credit markets, and other important factors, many of which are beyond our control.

The building products supply and services industry in the United States is highly dependent on new home construction and the repair & remodel (which we refer to as “R&R”) market, which in turn are dependent upon a number of factors, including interest rates, consumer confidence, employment rates, wage rates, foreclosure rates, housing inventory levels, housing demand, the availability of land, local zoning and permitting processes, the availability of construction financing and the health of the economy and mortgage markets. Unfavorable changes in demographics, credit markets, consumer confidence, health care costs, housing affordability, housing inventory levels, a weakening of the national economy or of any regional or local economy in which we operate and other factors beyond our control could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes and adversely affect our businesses.

The U.S. homebuilding industry underwent a significant downturn that began in mid-2006 and began to stabilize in late 2011. The downturn in the homebuilding industry resulted in a substantial reduction in demand for our products and services, which in turn had a significant adverse effect on our businesses during that time.

The U.S. Census Bureau reported an estimated 1,202,100 housing starts in 2017. This is an increase of approximately 2.4% from 2016, but still well below historical averages over the past 50 years. There is significant uncertainty regarding the timing and extent of any further recovery in home construction and R&R activity and resulting product demand levels, and any decline may materially adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, operating results, and cash flows. For example, some analysts project that the demand for residential construction may be negatively impacted as the number of renting households has increased in recent years and a shortage in the supply of affordable housing is expected to result in lower home ownership rates. Further, even if homebuilding activity fully recovers, the impact of such recovery on our businesses may be dampened if, for example, the average selling price or average size of new single-family homes decreases, which could cause homebuilders to decrease spending on our products and services.

We also rely on home R&R activity. High unemployment levels, high mortgage delinquency and foreclosure rates, lower home prices, limited availability of mortgage and home improvement financing, and significantly lower housing turnover may restrict consumer spending, particularly on discretionary items such as home improvement projects, and affect consumer confidence levels leading to reduced spending in the R&R end market. Furthermore, with even a slight decline in the economy, nationally or in any of the markets in which we operate, consumer preferences and purchasing practices and the strategies of our customers may adjust in a manner that could result in changes to the nature and prices of products demanded by the end consumer and our customers and could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.

In addition, beginning in 2007, the mortgage markets experienced substantial disruption due to increased defaults, primarily as a result of credit quality deterioration. The disruption resulted in a stricter regulatory

 

16


Table of Contents

environment and reduced availability of mortgages for potential homebuyers due to a tighter credit market and stricter standards to qualify for mortgages. Mortgage financing and commercial credit for smaller homebuilders, as well as for the development of new residential lots, continue to be constrained. As the housing industry is dependent upon the economy as well as potential homebuyers’ access to mortgage financing and homebuilders’ access to commercial credit, it is likely that the housing industry will not fully recover until conditions in the economy and the credit markets continue to further improve. Prolonged weakness or another downturn in the homebuilding industry would have a significant adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

A significant portion of our, and in particular RDS’, business is in the state of California. A slowdown in the economy or a decline in homebuilding activity in California, or the occurrence of a natural disaster, could have a disproportionately negative effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, and cash flows.

A significant portion of RDS’ business is in the state of California. In 2017 and 2016, we derived 63.3% and 77.1%, respectively, of our consolidated net revenue, and RDS derived 98.4% and 98.3%, respectively, of its net revenue, from customers in California. We expect that a significant portion of our and RDS’ revenue will continue to depend on sales within the State of California for the foreseeable future. As such, we are more susceptible to adverse developments in California than our competitors with more diversified operations or if RDS had a more geographically diverse business. A slowdown in the economy, or a decline in homebuilding activity, in California could have a disproportionately negative effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, California has historically been at greater risk of certain natural disasters and other risks, such as earthquakes, wildfires, droughts, mudslides, and civil disturbances. At times, these events have disrupted parts or all of the California economy.

A significant decline in the general economy or the new home construction or R&R markets, and/or a deterioration in expectations regarding the homebuilding market, could cause us to record significant non-cash impairment charges, which could negatively affect our earnings and reduce stockholders’ equity.

A significant decline in the general economy or the new home construction or R&R markets, and/or a deterioration in expectations regarding the homebuilding market, could cause us to record significant non-cash, pre-tax impairment charges for goodwill or other long-lived assets, which are not determinable at this time and which could negatively affect our earnings and reduce stockholders’ equity. In addition, as a result of our acquisition strategy, we have recorded goodwill and may incur impairment charges in connection with prior and future acquisitions. If the value of goodwill or other intangible assets is impaired, our earnings and stockholders’ equity would be adversely affected.

Our businesses are cyclical and significantly affected by changes in general and local economic conditions.

The building products supply and services industry is subject to cyclical market pressures. Demand for our products and services is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions over which we have no control, including changes in:

 

    the number of new home and commercial building construction starts;

 

    the production schedules of our homebuilder customers;

 

    short- and long-term interest rates;

 

    inflation;

 

    employment levels and job and personal income growth;

 

17


Table of Contents
    housing demand from population growth, household formation and other demographic changes;

 

    availability and pricing of mortgage financing for homebuyers and commercial financing for developers of multi-family homes and sub-contractors;

 

    consumer confidence generally and the confidence of potential homebuyers in particular;

 

    U.S. and global financial and political system and credit market stability;

 

    private party and government mortgage loan programs and federal and state regulation, oversight and legal action regarding lending, appraisal, foreclosure and short sale practices;

 

    federal and state personal income tax rates and provisions, including provisions for the deduction of mortgage loan interest payments, real estate taxes and other expenses;

 

    federal, state and local energy efficiency programs, regulations, codes and standards; and

 

    general economic conditions in the markets in which we compete.

Unfavorable changes in these conditions could adversely affect consumer spending, result in decreased demand for homes, and adversely affect our businesses generally. Any deterioration in economic conditions or increased uncertainty regarding economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

The building products supply and services industry is seasonal and affected by weather-related conditions.

Our industry is seasonal. Seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can adversely affect our businesses and operations through a decline in both the use of our products and demand for our services. Although weather patterns affect our operating results throughout the year, our first and fourth quarters have historically been, and are generally expected to continue to be, the most adversely affected by weather patterns in some of our markets, causing reduced construction activity. To the extent that severe weather conditions, such as unusually prolonged cold conditions, hurricanes, severe storms, earthquakes, floods, fires, droughts, other natural disasters or similar events occur in the markets in which we operate, construction or installation activity could be reduced, delayed or halted and our businesses may be adversely affected.

In addition, the levels of fabrication, distribution, and installation of our products generally follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. Markets in which we operate that are impacted by winter weather, such as snow storms and extended periods of rain, experience a slowdown in construction activity during the beginning and the end of each calendar year, and this winter slowdown contributes to traditionally lower sales in our first and fourth quarters.

Our industry and the markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and competitive, and increased competitive pressure may adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

The building products supply and services industry is highly fragmented and competitive. We face significant competition from local, regional and national building materials chains, design centers, fabricators, and sub-contractors, as well as from privately-owned single-site enterprises. Competition varies depending on product line, type of customer and geographic area. Any of these competitors may (i) foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, (ii) offer products and services that are deemed superior to ours, (iii) have the ability to produce or supply similar products and services at a lower cost, (iv) install building

 

18


Table of Contents

products at a lower cost, (v) develop stronger relationships with suppliers, fabricators, homebuilders, and other customers in our markets, (vi) develop a superior network of distribution centers in our markets, (vii) adapt more quickly to new technologies, new installation techniques, or evolving customer requirements, or (viii) have access to financing on more favorable terms than we can obtain. As a result, we may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors. In addition, home center retailers, which have historically concentrated their sales efforts on retail consumers and small contractors, may in the future intensify their marketing efforts to professional homebuilders. Furthermore, certain product manufacturers sell and distribute their products directly to production homebuilders. The volume of such direct sales could increase in the future. Additionally, manufacturers and specialty distributors who sell products to us may elect to sell and distribute directly to homebuilders in the future or enter into exclusive supplier arrangements with other distributors. Consolidation of production homebuilders may result in increased competition for their business. Finally, we may not be able to maintain our operating costs or product prices at a level sufficiently low for us to compete effectively. If we are unable to compete effectively, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be adversely affected.

Our customers consider the performance and quality of the products we distribute, our customer service and price when deciding whether to use our services or purchase the products we distribute. Excess industry capacity for certain products in several geographic markets could lead to increased price competition. We may be unable to maintain our operating costs or product prices at a level that is sufficiently low for us to compete effectively. If we are unable to compete effectively with our existing competitors or new competitors enter the markets in which we operate, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be adversely affected.

Furthermore, in the event that increased demand leads to higher costs for the products we install, we may have limited, if any, ability to pass on cost increases in a timely manner or at all due to the fragmented and competitive nature of our industry, which may lead to an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are exposed to warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims, and legal proceedings related to our businesses, the products we distribute, the services we provide, and services provided for us by third parties.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. As a sub-contractor, we are regularly subject to construction defects claims on various housing tracts. We may not always be able to successfully defend or be excused from the lawsuits related to these claims and could be subject to substantial losses.

We are also from time to time subject to casualty, contract, tort and other claims relating to our businesses, the products we have distributed in the past or may in the future distribute, and the services we have provided in the past or may in the future provide, either directly or through third parties. If any such claim were adversely determined, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be adversely affected if we were unable to seek indemnification for such claims or were not adequately insured for such claims. We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we sell or distribute. Since we do not have direct control over the quality of products that are manufactured or supplied to us by third-parties, we are particularly vulnerable to risks relating to the quality of such products.

In addition, we are exposed to potential claims arising from the conduct of our employees, builders and their sub-contractors, and third-party installers for which we may be liable. We and they are subject to regulatory requirements and risks applicable to general contractors, which include management of licensing, permitting and quality of third-party installers. As they apply to our businesses, if we fail to manage these processes effectively or provide proper oversight of these services, we could suffer lost sales, fines and lawsuits, as well as damage to our reputation, which could adversely affect our businesses and results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

Furthermore, claims and investigations may arise related to distributor relationships, commercial contracts, antitrust or competition law requirements, employment matters, employee benefits issues and other compliance and regulatory matters, including anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters. While we have processes and policies designed to mitigate these risks and to investigate and address such claims as they arise, we cannot predict or, in some cases, control the costs to defend or resolve such claims.

Although we believe we currently maintain suitable and adequate insurance, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms or that such insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities, and the cost of any warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment or other litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Additionally, we do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our businesses may encounter. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts. Warranty, casualty, construction defect, contract, tort, employment and other claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for significant periods, regardless of the ultimate outcome. Claims of this nature could also have a negative impact on customer confidence in our products and us. There can be no assurance that any current or future claims will not adversely affect our financial position, cash flows, or results of operations.

Product shortages, loss of key suppliers or failure to develop relationships with qualified suppliers, our dependence on third-party suppliers and manufacturers, or the development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain, could adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our ability to offer a wide variety of products to our customers is dependent upon our ability to obtain adequate product supply from manufacturers and other suppliers. Generally, our products are obtainable from various sources and in sufficient quantities to meet our operating needs. However, the loss of, or a substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers or the loss of key supplier arrangements could adversely impact our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In prior downturns in the housing industry, manufacturers have reduced capacity by closing plants and production lines within plants. Even if such capacity reductions are not permanent, there may be a delay in manufacturers’ ability to increase capacity in times of rising demand. If the demand for products from manufacturers and other suppliers exceeds the available supply, we may be unable to source additional products in sufficient quantity or quality in a timely manner and the prices for the products that we install could rise. These developments could affect our ability to take advantage of market opportunities and limit our growth prospects.

Our ability to continue to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers who can satisfy our high standards for quality and our need to access products in a timely and efficient manner is a significant challenge. Our ability to access products also can be adversely affected by the financial instability of suppliers, suppliers’ non-compliance with applicable laws, tariffs and import duties, supply disruptions, shipping interruptions or costs, and other factors beyond our control. The loss of, or a substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers or the loss of key supplier arrangements could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Although in some instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party without notice or on limited notice. Many of our suppliers also offer us favorable terms based on the volume of our purchases. If market conditions change, suppliers may stop offering us favorable terms. Failure by our suppliers to continue to supply us with products on favorable terms, commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could put pressure on our operating margins or have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In addition, our larger customers, such as homebuilders, fabricators, and dealers, could begin purchasing more of their product needs directly from manufacturers, which would result in decreases in our net sales and

 

20


Table of Contents

earnings. Our suppliers could invest in infrastructure to expand their own sales forces and sell more products directly to our customers, which also would negatively impact our businesses. These changes in the supply chain could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

A material disruption at one of our suppliers’ facilities or loss of a supplier relationship could prevent us from meeting customer demand, reduce our sales and negatively affect our overall financial results.

Any of the following events could cease or limit operations unexpectedly: fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, on-site or off-site environmental incidents or other catastrophes; utility and transportation infrastructure disruptions; labor difficulties; other operational problems; or war, acts of terrorism or other unexpected events. Any downtime or facility damage at our suppliers could prevent us from meeting customer demand for our products or require us to make more expensive purchases from a competing supplier. If our suppliers were to incur significant downtime, our ability to satisfy customer requirements could be impaired, resulting in customers seeking products from other distributors as well as decreased customer satisfaction and lower sales and operating income. In addition, a loss of a supplier relationship could harm our operations. Because we purchase from a limited number of suppliers, the effects of any particular shutdown or facility damage or loss of a supplier relationship could be significant to our operations.

In addition, our suppliers’ inability to produce or procure the necessary raw materials to supply finished goods to us may adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, and financial position.

If we fail to qualify for supplier rebates or are unable to maintain or adequately renegotiate our rebate arrangements, our gross margins and income could be adversely affected.

Many of our products, such as flooring, tile and finished carpentry, are purchased pursuant to rebate arrangements that entitle us to receive a rebate based on the volume of our purchases. Such arrangements generally require us to purchase minimum quantities in certain geographies or product categories and result in higher rebates with increased quantities of purchases. These rebates effectively reduce the costs of our products and we manage our businesses to take advantage of these programs. When assessing the desirability of acquisitions, we consider the effects of such acquisitions on our ability to qualify for rebates. Rebate arrangements are subject to renegotiation with our suppliers from time to time. In addition, consolidation of suppliers may result in the reduction or elimination of rebate programs in which we participate. If we are unable to qualify for these rebates, are unable to renew rebate programs on desirable terms or are unable to obtain the expected rebate benefits of our acquisitions, or a supplier materially reduces or stops offering rebates, our costs could increase and our gross margins and income could be adversely affected.

Changes in product mix or the costs of the products we install can decrease our profit margins.

The principal building products that we distribute and install have been subject to price changes in the past, some of which have been significant. Our operating results for individual quarterly periods can be, and have been, adversely affected by a delay between when building product cost increases are implemented and when we are able to increase prices for our products and services, if at all. Our supplier purchase prices often depend on volume requirements. If we do not meet these volume requirements, our costs could increase and our margins may be adversely affected. In addition, while we have been able to achieve cost savings through volume purchasing and our relationships with suppliers, we may not be able to continue to receive advantageous pricing for the products that we supply, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our profitability is also impacted by the mix of products that we install. There can be no assurance that the current product mix will continue, and any shift to options with lower profit margin could adversely impact our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

21


Table of Contents

Political and economic uncertainty and unrest in foreign countries where our suppliers are located could adversely affect our operating results.

In 2017, approximately 36% and 10% of ASG’s revenue came from products that were obtained directly from suppliers located in Vietnam and China, respectively. We are subject to risks and uncertainties associated with changing economic and political conditions in these or other foreign countries in which we source, or in the future may source, any of our products, such as:

 

    increased import duties, tariffs, trade restrictions, and quotas;

 

    work stoppages;

 

    economic uncertainties (including inflation);

 

    adverse foreign government regulations, government control, or sudden changes in laws and regulations;

 

    wars, fears of war, and terrorist attacks; and

 

    organizing activities and political unrest.

We cannot predict if, when, or the extent to which, the countries in which we source our products will experience any of the above events. Any event causing a disruption, delay or cessation of imports from foreign locations would likely increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us, and cause us to seek alternative sources for our products, which may only be available on less advantageous terms, and would adversely affect our operating results.

The importation of building materials into the United States could expose us to additional risk.

A significant portion of the building materials that we distribute and/or install come from foreign jurisdictions outside North America. Such materials may be imported because they may not be available for domestic purchase in the United States or because there may be a shortfall of inventory available locally. Despite our efforts to ensure the merchantability of these products, such products may not adhere to U.S. standards or laws. In addition, pricing of these products can be impacted by changes to the relative value of the U.S. dollar over the applicable foreign currency in the long-term, which could negatively impact our margins. Importation of such building materials could subject us to greater risk, including currency risk, and lawsuits by customers or governmental entities.

We may be unable to effectively manage our inventory and working capital as our sales volume increases or the prices of the products we distribute fluctuate, which could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

We purchase certain materials, including wood and laminate flooring, natural and engineered stone, tile for wall and flooring applications, glass for shower enclosures and mirrors, millwork, and interior doors, from manufacturers or quarries, which are then sold to customers as an installed product or as a prefabricated and installed product. We must maintain and have adequate working capital to purchase sufficient inventory to meet customer demand. Due to the lead times required by our suppliers, we order products in advance of expected sales. As a result, we are required to forecast our sales and purchase accordingly. In periods characterized by significant changes in economic growth and activity in the commercial and residential construction and home R&R end markets, it can be especially difficult to forecast our sales accurately. We must also manage our working capital to fund our inventory purchases. Excessive increases in the market prices of certain products can put negative pressure on our operating cash flows by requiring us to invest more in inventory. In the future, if we

 

22


Table of Contents

are unable to effectively manage our inventory and working capital as we attempt to expand our businesses, or if we make changes to how we manage our payments to suppliers, our cash flows may be negatively affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to significant pricing pressures from homebuilders, contractors, fabricators, dealers and other customers.

Large homebuilders, contractors, fabricators, and dealers have historically been able to exert significant pressure on their outside suppliers and distributors to keep prices low in the highly fragmented building products supply and services industry. In addition, continued consolidation in the residential homebuilding industry and changes in builders’ purchasing policies and payment practices could result in even further pricing pressure. For example, there has been a recent trend of large publicly-traded homebuilders acquiring other large homebuilders, which increases their market share and buying power. Our homebuilder customers may be acquired by other homebuilders that we do not currently have relationships with, which may make it difficult for us to maintain our current market share and margins. A decline in the prices of the products we distribute and the services we provide could adversely impact our operating results. When the prices of our products and services decline, customer demand for lower prices could result in lower sales prices and, to the extent that our inventory at the time was purchased at higher costs, lower margins. Alternatively, due to the rising market price environment, our suppliers may increase prices or reduce discounts on the products we distribute and we may be unable to pass on any cost increase to our customers, thereby resulting in reduced margins and profits. Overall, these pricing pressures may adversely affect our results of operations, and cash flows.

The loss of any of our significant customers or a reduction in the quantity of products they purchase could affect our financial health.

Our ten largest customers generated approximately 37% of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. In addition, in 2017, Toll Bros., Inc. accounted for approximately 12.6% of our total revenue. We cannot guarantee that we will maintain or improve our relationships with these customers or that we will continue to supply these customers at historical levels. Due to the weak housing market over the past several years relative to long-term averages, many of our homebuilder and fabricator customers substantially reduced their construction activity. Some homebuilder customers exited or severely curtailed building activity in certain of our markets. In the future, additional homebuilder customers may exit or decrease their building activity in one or more of our markets. Our historically high rate of customer retention is not necessarily indicative of our future customer retention.

In addition, homebuilders and other customers may: (i) purchase some of the products that we currently sell and distribute directly from manufacturers; (ii) elect to establish their own building products manufacturing, fabrication, distribution, and/or installation facilities; or (iii) give advantages to manufacturing, fabrication, distribution, and/or installation intermediaries in which they have an economic stake. Continued consolidation among homebuilders could also result in a loss of some of our present customers to our competitors. The loss of one or more of our significant customers or deterioration in our existing relationships with any of our customers could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Furthermore, our customers are not required to purchase any minimum amount of product from us. Should our customers purchase the products we distribute or install in significantly lower quantities than they have in the past, or should the customers of any business that we acquire purchase products from us in significantly lower quantities than they had prior to our acquisition of such business, such decreased purchases could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In an attempt to diversify and expand its customer base, RDS may target smaller homebuilders. This exposes RDS to additional risks, such as increased non-payment risk of those customers, especially during times of economic uncertainty and tight credit markets.

 

23


Table of Contents

RDS’ customers may be affected by shortages in labor supply, increased labor costs or labor disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our customers require a qualified labor force to build homes and communities, and we require a qualified labor force to install our products in those homes. Access to qualified labor and sub-contractors by our customers and us may be affected by circumstances beyond their or our control, including:

 

    shortages of qualified trades people, such as flooring, tile and cabinet installers, carpenters, roofers, electricians and plumbers, especially in key markets;

 

    changes in immigration laws and trends in labor force migration; and

 

    increases in sub-contractor and professional services costs.

Labor shortages can be further exacerbated if demand for housing increases. Any of these circumstances could also give rise to delays in the start or completion of, or could increase the cost of, building homes. Such delays and cost increases would also have an effect on our ability to generate sales from homebuyers and could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our backlog estimates for our RDS segment may not be accurate and may not generate expected levels of future revenues or translate into profits.

Estimates of future financial results are inherently unreliable. Our backlog estimates of potential future revenue for our RDS segment require substantial judgment and are based on a number of assumptions, including management’s current assessment of customer contracts that exist as of the date the estimates are made and the expected revenue to be derived from sales related to remaining housing lots to be fulfilled under existing service agreements for active residential developments. A number of factors could result in actual revenue being less than the amounts reflected in our estimates, such as upgrade rates or upgrade amounts being lower than expected, or modification or cancellation of contracts by homebuilders. Actual rates and amounts may differ from historical experiences used to estimate potential future revenue. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will actually generate the specified revenue or that the actual revenue will be generated within the estimated period. If such revenue fails to materialize, we could experience a reduction in revenue and a decline in profitability, which could result in a deterioration of our financial position and liquidity.

We may not timely identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations or trends, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, the demand for our products and services and our market share.

It is difficult to predict successfully the products and services our customers will demand. The success of our businesses depends in part on our ability to identify and respond promptly to changes in demographics, consumer preferences, expectations, needs and weather conditions, while also managing inventory levels. For example, a significant portion of the product that we distribute is natural stone. If a natural stone product becomes unavailable for any reason or the color and quality changes within the quarry we purchase from, we may not be able to replace that particular color or quality with an acceptable alternative. In general, the products we sell are affected by style trends, customer preferences and changes thereto. Failure to identify timely or effectively respond to changing consumer preferences, expectations, and building product needs could possibly result in obsolete or devalued inventory, and adversely affect our relationship with customers, the demand for our products and services, and our market share.

The success of our businesses depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our growth strategy, which includes opening new branches and pursuing strategic acquisitions.

Our long-term business strategy depends in part on increasing our sales and growing our market share through opening new branches, including through our greenfield initiatives, and strategic acquisitions. A

 

24


Table of Contents

significant portion of our historical growth has occurred through acquisitions, and our business plan provides for continued growth through acquisitions in the future. We are presently evaluating, and we expect to continue to evaluate on an ongoing basis, a variety of possible acquisition transactions, including both smaller acquisitions and larger acquisitions that would be material. We regularly make, and we expect to continue to make, acquisition proposals, and we may enter into letters of intent for acquisitions. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and there can be no assurances that we will identify suitable acquisition opportunities or, if we do identify such opportunities, that any transaction can be consummated on acceptable terms. We may be unable to continue to grow our businesses through acquisitions. In addition, the past performance or size of our greenfield investments is not necessarily indicative of future performance or investment size. We may not open all four currently contemplated greenfield locations, and we may reduce the size or number of our existing locations. Furthermore, significant changes in our businesses or the economy, an unexpected decrease in our cash flows, or any restrictions imposed by our debt may limit our ability to obtain the necessary capital for acquisitions or otherwise impede our ability to complete an acquisition. Our recent growth and our acquisition strategy have placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management’s time, which may divert their attention from our businesses, and may lead to significant due diligence and other expenses regardless of whether we pursue or consummate any acquisition. Failure to identify suitable transaction partners and to consummate transactions on acceptable terms, as well as the commitment of time and resources in connection with such transactions, could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

To a large extent, our growth strategy depends on RDS and ASG forming a strong, scalable platform. Our platform was formed in November 2017 and continues to be developed. There can be no assurance that we will be able to implement this platform across all, if any, markets, products and services where we currently plan to grow.

Our acquisition strategy exposes us to significant risks and additional costs.

In the last two years, we have completed six acquisitions, and we continue to evaluate further possible acquisitions on an ongoing basis. Acquisitions also involve risks that the business acquired will not perform as expected and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of the acquired business will prove incorrect. We may not accurately assess the value, strengths, weaknesses or potential profitability of an acquisition target. We may become liable for certain unforeseen pre-acquisition liabilities of an acquired business, including, among others, tax liabilities, product liabilities, asbestos liabilities, environmental liabilities, pension liabilities and liabilities for employment practices, and these liabilities could be significant. In addition, an acquisition could result in the impairment of customer relationships or certain acquired assets such as inventory and goodwill. We may also incur costs and inefficiencies to the extent an acquisition expands the industries, products, markets or geographies in which we operate due to our limited exposure to and experience in a given industry, market or region. Acquisitions can also involve post-transaction disputes with the counterparty regarding a number of matters, including a purchase price, inventory or other working capital adjustment, environmental liabilities, or pension obligations. If any of these risks were to occur, our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows may be adversely affected.

In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing our equity securities or securities convertible into our equity securities, our existing stockholders would be diluted, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. We could also finance an acquisition with debt, resulting in higher leverage and interest costs relating to the acquisition. As a result, if we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions efficiently, we may not ultimately experience the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions, and we may incur costs that exceed our expectations.

 

25


Table of Contents

Any inability to successfully integrate our recent or future acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on us.

Acquisitions typically require integration of the acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, purchasing, finance and administrative functions, as well as exposure to different legal and regulatory regimes in jurisdictions in which we have not previously operated. We may not be able to integrate successfully any business we acquire into our existing business, or may not be able to do so in a timely, efficient and cost-effective manner. Our inability to complete the integration of new businesses in a timely and orderly manner could increase costs and lower profits. Factors affecting the successful integration of acquired businesses include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our inability to manage acquired businesses or control integration costs and other costs relating to acquisitions;

 

    diverting the attention of our management and that of the acquired business;

 

    merging or linking different accounting and financial reporting systems and systems of internal controls;

 

    merging computer, technology and other information networks and systems;

 

    assimilating personnel, human resources and other administrative departments and potentially contrasting corporate cultures;

 

    failure to retain existing key personnel of the acquired businesses and recruit qualified new employees at new locations;

 

    disrupting our relationship with, or loss of, key customers or suppliers;

 

    incurring or guaranteeing additional indebtedness;

 

    interfering with, or loss of momentum in, our ongoing business or that of the acquired company; and

 

    delays or cost-overruns in the integration process.

Any of these acquisition or other integration-related issues could divert management’s attention and resources from our day-to-day operations, cause significant disruption to our businesses, and lead to substantial additional costs. Our inability to realize the anticipated benefits of an acquisition or to successfully integrate acquired companies as well as other transaction-related issues could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, possible future acquisitions or dispositions may trigger a review by the U.S. Department of Justice, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, and/or the State Attorneys General under their respective regulatory authority, focusing on the effects on competition, including the size or structure of the relevant markets and the pro-competitive benefits of the transaction. Any delay, prohibition or modification required by regulatory authorities could adversely affect the terms of a proposed acquisition or could require us to modify or abandon an otherwise attractive acquisition opportunity.

We may be subject to claims or liabilities arising from the operations of our various businesses for periods prior to the dates we acquired them, including environmental, employee-related and other claims and liabilities not covered by insurance. These claims or liabilities could be significant.

We may be subject to claims or liabilities arising from the ownership or operation of acquired businesses for the periods prior to our acquisition of them, including environmental, employee-related and other liabilities

 

26


Table of Contents

and claims not covered by insurance. These claims or liabilities could be significant. Our ability to seek indemnification from the former owners of our acquired businesses for these claims or liabilities may be limited by various factors, including the specific time, monetary or other limitations contained in the respective acquisition agreements and the financial ability of the former owners to satisfy our indemnification claims. In addition, insurance companies may be unwilling to cover claims that have arisen from acquired businesses or locations, or claims may exceed the coverage limits that our acquired businesses had in effect prior to the date of acquisition. If we are unable to successfully obtain insurance coverage of third-party claims or enforce our indemnification rights against the former owners, or if the former owners are unable to satisfy their obligations for any reason, including because of their current financial position, we could be held liable for the costs or obligations associated with such claims or liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions.

We may not achieve anticipated cost savings in connection with prior or future acquisitions within the anticipated time frames or at all. In addition, our operating results from these acquisitions could, in the future, result in impairment charges for any of our intangible assets, including goodwill, or other long-lived assets, particularly if economic conditions worsen unexpectedly. These changes could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows.

We may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisition of Pental.

On February 28, 2017, TCFI G&M LLC completed the acquisition (which we refer to as the “Pental Acquisition”) of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”), our largest acquisition to date. Our performance after consummating the Pental Acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully and efficiently integrate Pental with our business in a cost-effective manner that does not significantly disrupt our consolidated operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain and grow our business and operations during, and following, the integration of Pental. Integrating and coordinating certain aspects of the operations, portfolio of products, and personnel of Pental involve complex operational and personnel-related challenges. This process has been and will continue to be time-consuming and expensive, may disrupt our business, and may not result in the full benefits expected from the Pental Acquisition, including cost synergies expected to arise from efficiencies and overlapping general and administrative functions. The potential difficulties, and resulting costs and delays, include:

 

    consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures;

 

    difficulties attracting and retaining key personnel;

 

    loss of customers and suppliers and inability to attract new customers and suppliers;

 

    issues in integrating information technology (which we refer to as “IT”), communications and other systems;

 

    incompatibility of purchasing, logistics, marketing, administration and other systems and processes; and

 

    unforeseen and unexpected liabilities related to the Pental Acquisition.

Additionally, the continued integration of our operations, products and personnel may place a significant burden on our management and other internal resources. The diversion of our management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the transition and integration process, could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

We may not be able to expand into new geographic markets, which may impact our ability to grow our businesses.

We intend to continue to pursue our growth strategy to expand into new geographic markets, such as, through RDS, in Nevada and Arizona, for the foreseeable future. Our expansion into new geographic markets may present competitive, distribution and other challenges that differ from the challenges we currently face. In addition, we may be less familiar with the customers in these markets and may ultimately face different or additional risks, as well as increased or unexpected costs, compared to those we experience in our existing markets. We may also be unfamiliar with the labor force in these markets and may have difficulty finding and retaining necessary skilled or qualified workers on acceptable terms, or at all. Expansion into new geographic markets may also expose us to direct competition with companies with whom we have limited or no past experience as competitors. Furthermore, some of our customer and supplier agreements may restrict the markets where we are able to distribute certain products, and these limitations could negatively impact our ability to achieve success in new markets. To the extent we rely upon expanding into new geographic markets and do not meet, or are unprepared for, any new challenges posed by such expansion, our future sales growth could be negatively impacted, our operating costs could increase, and our businesses, operations, and financial results could be negatively affected.

We occupy many of our facilities under long-term non-cancellable leases, and we may be unable to renew our leases at the end of their terms.

Many of our facilities and distribution centers are located on leased premises. Many of our current leases are non-cancellable and typically have initial terms ranging from one to 12 years, and most provide options to renew for specified periods of time. We believe that leases we enter into in the future will likely be long-term and non-cancellable and have similar renewal options. If we close or idle a facility, we would most likely remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which would include, among other things, payment of the base rent, insurance, taxes and other expenses on the leased property for the balance of the lease term. The inability to terminate leases when idling a facility or exiting a geographic market can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

In addition, at the end of the lease term and any renewal period for a facility, we may be unable to renew the lease without substantial additional cost, if at all. If we are unable to renew our facility leases, we may close or relocate a facility, which could subject us to construction and other costs and risks, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our businesses and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to secure a replacement facility in a location that is as commercially viable, including easy access to transportation and shipping, as the lease we are unable to renew. For example, closing a facility, even during the time of relocation, will reduce the sales that the facility would have contributed to our net revenue. Additionally, the net revenue and profit, if any, generated at a relocated facility may not equal the net revenue and profit generated at the existing one.

Natural or man-made disruptions to our facilities may adversely affect our businesses and operations.

We currently maintain a broad network of distribution facilities throughout the United States. Any widespread disruption to our facilities or those of our suppliers resulting from fire, earthquake, weather-related events, an act of terrorism or any other cause could damage a significant portion of our facilities and inventory and could materially impair our ability to distribute our products to customers. We could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to our customers during the time that it takes for us to reopen or replace a damaged facility. In addition, any shortages of fuel or significant fuel cost increases could disrupt our ability to distribute products to our customers. Disruptions to the national or local transportation infrastructure systems, including those related to a domestic terrorist attack, may also affect our

ability to keep our operations and services functioning properly. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

Anti-terrorism measures and other disruptions to the transportation network could impact our distribution system and our operations.

Our ability to efficiently distribute products to our customers is an integral component of our overall business strategy. In the aftermath of terrorist attacks in the United States, federal, state and local authorities have implemented and continue to implement various security measures that affect many parts of the transportation network in the United States. Our customers typically need quick delivery and rely on our on-time delivery capabilities. If security measures disrupt or impede the timing of our deliveries, we may fail to meet the needs of our customers, or may incur increased expenses to do so.

The implementation of new initiatives related to our operating software systems and related technology could disrupt our operations, and these initiatives might not provide the anticipated benefits or might fail.

We have made, and we plan to continue to make, significant investments in our operating software systems and related technology. These initiatives are designed to streamline our operations to allow our employees to continue to provide high quality service to our customers, while simplifying customer interaction and providing our customers with a more interconnected purchasing experience. The cost and potential problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of these initiatives, including those associated with managing third-party service providers and employing new web-based tools and services, could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations. In the event that we grow very rapidly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to keep up, expand or adapt our IT infrastructure to meet evolving demand on a timely basis and at a commercially reasonable cost, or at all. In addition, our new and upgraded technology might cost more than anticipated or might not provide the anticipated benefits, or it might take longer than expected to realize the anticipated benefits or the initiatives might fail altogether. Because the success of our growth strategy depends in part on our IT infrastructure, problems with any related initiatives may adversely affect our businesses, operations, and results of operations.

We are subject to cybersecurity risks, and a disruption or breach of our IT systems could adversely impact our businesses and operations.

We rely on the accuracy, capacity and security of our IT systems, some of which are managed or hosted by third parties, and our ability to continually update these systems in response to the changing needs of our businesses. We have incurred costs and may incur significant additional costs in order to implement security measures that we feel are appropriate to protect our IT systems. Our security measures are focused on the prevention, detection and remediation of damage from computer viruses, natural or man-made disasters, unauthorized access, cyberattacks and other similar disruptions. Despite our security measures, our IT systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any attacks on our IT systems could result in our systems or data being breached or damaged by computer viruses or unauthorized physical or electronic access, which could lead to delays in receiving inventory and supplies or filling customer orders, and adversely affect our customer service and relationships. Such a breach could result in not only business disruption, but also theft of our intellectual property or other competitive information or unauthorized access to controlled data and any personal information stored in our IT systems. To the extent that any data is lost or destroyed or any confidential information is inappropriately disclosed or used, it could adversely affect our competitive position or customer relationships. In addition, any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence in our businesses, products and services, which could adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, profitability, and cash flows.

To date, we have not experienced a material breach of our IT systems. As cyber-attacks become more sophisticated generally, we may be required to incur significant costs to strengthen our systems from outside intrusions and/or maintain insurance coverage related to the threat of such attacks. While we have implemented administrative and technical controls and taken other preventive actions to reduce the risk of cyber incidents and

 

29


Table of Contents

protect our IT, they may be insufficient to prevent physical and electronic break-ins, cyber-attacks, or other security breaches to our computer systems.

We depend on key personnel.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon the contributions of certain key personnel and other members of our management team, each of whom would be difficult to replace. If any of our key personnel were to cease employment with us, our operating results could suffer. Further, the process of attracting and retaining suitable replacements for key personnel whose services we may lose would result in transition costs and would divert the attention of other members of our senior management from our existing operations. The loss of services from key personnel or a limitation in their availability could materially and adversely impact our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Further, such a loss could be negatively perceived in the capital markets. We have not obtained and do not expect to obtain key man life insurance that would provide us with proceeds in the event of death or disability of any of our key personnel.

An inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our businesses.

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications, such as build tradesmen for finished carpentry and for installation of tile, flooring and cabinets. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than us. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our businesses and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

RDS’ business and results of operations are significantly dependent on the availability and skill of sub-contractors.

We engage sub-contractors to perform the installation of the products that we sell to our customers. Accordingly, the timing and quality of our installations depends on the availability and skill of our sub-contractors. While we believe that our relationships with sub-contractors are good, we generally do not have long-term contractual commitments with any sub-contractors, and we can provide no assurance that skilled sub-contractors will continue to be available at reasonable rates and in our markets. Competition for skilled contractors can be significant in our markets. The inability to contract with skilled sub-contractors at reasonable rates and on a timely basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Despite our quality control efforts, we may discover that our sub-contractors have engaged in improper construction practices or have installed defective materials in the homes of our customers. The adverse costs of satisfying our warranty and other legal obligations in these instances may be significant and we may be unable to recover the costs of warranty-related repairs from sub-contractors, suppliers and insurers, which could have a material impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If any of RDS’ sub-contractors are characterized as employees, we would be subject to employment and withholding liabilities.

We structure our relationships with our sub-contractors in a manner that we believe results in an independent contractor relationship, not an employee relationship. An independent contractor is generally

 

30


Table of Contents

distinguished from an employee by his or her degree of autonomy and independence in providing services. A high degree of autonomy and independence is generally indicative of a contractor relationship, while a high degree of control is generally indicative of an employment relationship. Although we believe that our sub-contractors are properly characterized as independent contractors, tax or other regulatory authorities may in the future challenge our characterization of these relationships. If such regulatory authorities or state, federal or foreign courts were to determine that our sub-contractors are employees, and not independent contractors, we would be required to withhold income taxes, to withhold and pay social security, Medicare and similar taxes, and to pay unemployment and other related payroll taxes. We would also be liable for unpaid past taxes and subject to penalties. As a result, any determination that our sub-contractors are our employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in employment laws may adversely affect our businesses.

Various federal and state labor laws govern the relationship with our employees and impact operating costs. These laws include:

 

    employee classification as exempt or non-exempt for overtime and other purposes;

 

    minimum wage requirements;

 

    unemployment tax rates;

 

    workers’ compensation rates;

 

    immigration status;

 

    mandatory health benefits;

 

    paid leaves of absence, including paid sick leave;

 

    tax reporting; and

 

    other wage and benefit requirements.

Significant additional government-imposed increases in the preceding areas could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, various states in which we operate are considering or have already adopted new immigration laws or enforcement programs, and, from time to time, the U.S. Congress and Department of Homeland Security consider and implement changes to federal immigration laws, regulations or enforcement programs. These changes may increase our compliance and oversight obligations, which could subject us to additional costs and make our hiring process more cumbersome, or reduce the availability of potential employees. Although we take steps to verify the employment eligibility status of all our employees, some of our employees may, without our knowledge, be unauthorized workers. Unauthorized workers are subject to deportation and may subject us to fines or penalties and, if any of our workers are found to be unauthorized, we could experience adverse publicity that negatively impacts our brand and may make it more difficult to hire and retain qualified employees. Termination of a significant number of employees who were unauthorized employees may disrupt our operations, cause temporary increases in our labor costs as we train new employees and result in additional adverse publicity. We could also become subject to fines, penalties and other costs related to claims that we did not fully comply with all recordkeeping obligations of federal and state immigration laws. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

Federal, state, local and other regulations could impose substantial costs and/or restrictions on our operations that would reduce our net income.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and other laws and regulations, including, among other things, transportation regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation (which we refer to as the “DOT”), work safety regulations promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (which we refer to as “OSHA”), employment regulations promulgated by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor, accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or similar entities, and state and local zoning restrictions, building codes and contractors’ licensing regulations. More burdensome regulatory requirements in these or other areas may increase our general and administrative costs and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Moreover, failure to comply with the regulatory requirements applicable to our businesses could expose us to litigation and substantial fines and penalties that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Our transportation operations, upon which we depend to distribute products from our distribution centers, are subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the DOT, which has broad administrative powers with respect to our transportation operations. Vehicle dimensions and driver hours of service also are subject to both federal and state regulation. More restrictive limitations on vehicle weight and size, trailer length and configuration, or driver hours of service would increase our costs, which, if we are unable to pass these cost increases on to our customers, may increase our selling, general and administrative expenses and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. If we fail to comply adequately with the DOT regulations or regulations become more stringent, we could experience increased inspections, regulatory authorities could take remedial action including imposing fines or shutting down our operations or we could be subject to increased audit and compliance costs. If any of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows would be adversely affected.

In addition, the homebuilding industry is subject to various local, state and federal statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations concerning zoning, building design and safety, construction, energy conservation, environmental protection and similar matters. Regulatory restrictions may increase our operating expenses and limit the availability of suitable building lots for our customers, which could negatively affect our sales and earnings.

Failure to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things: the release or discharge of materials into the environment; the management, use, generation, treatment, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and materials; and the protection of public and employee health and safety and the environment. These laws and regulations impose strict liability in some cases without regard to negligence or fault and expose us to liability for the environmental condition of our currently or formerly owned, leased or operated facilities, and may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions, even if such actions complied with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. These laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for claims of personal injury or property or natural resource damage related to alleged exposure to, or releases of, regulated or hazardous materials. The existence of contamination at properties we own, lease or operate could also result in increased operational costs or restrictions on our ability to use those properties as intended, including for purposes of construction materials distribution. In addition, because our properties are generally situated adjacent to or near industrial companies, our properties may be at an increased risk of having environmental contaminants from other properties spill or migrate onto or otherwise affect our properties.

Although we believe that we operate our businesses, including each of our locations, in compliance with applicable local environmental laws and regulations, and maintain all material permits required under such laws and

 

32


Table of Contents

regulations to operate our businesses, we may be held liable or incur fines or penalties in connection with such requirements. While our employees who handle potentially hazardous substances receive specialized training and wear protective equipment when necessary, there is still a risk that they, or others, may be exposed to these substances. Exposure to these substances could result in significant injury to our employees and others, including site occupants, and damage to our property or the property of others, including natural resource damage. Our personnel and others at our work sites are also at risk for other workplace-related injuries, including slips and falls. In addition, as owners and lessees of real property, we may be held liable for, among other things, hazardous substances on, at, under or emanating from currently or formerly owned or operated properties, or any off-site disposal locations, or for any known or newly discovered environmental conditions at or relating to any of our properties, including those arising from activities conducted by previous occupants or at adjoining properties, without regard to whether we knew of or were responsible for such release. We may be required to investigate, remove, remediate or monitor the presence or release of such hazardous substances. We may also be held liable for fines, penalties or damages, including for bodily injury, property damage and natural resource damage in connection with the presence or release of hazardous substances. In addition, expenditures may be required in the future as a result of releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances, the discovery of currently unknown environmental conditions, or changes in environmental laws and regulations or their interpretation or enforcement, and, in certain instances, such expenditures may be material.

Despite our compliance efforts, there is an inherent risk of liability in the operation of our businesses, especially from an environmental standpoint, and, from time to time, we may be in non-compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These potential liabilities or non-compliances could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. Our failure to comply with applicable governmental requirements could result in sanctions, including substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some or all of our operations. Future changes in law, resulting in stricter laws and regulations, more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the future discovery of environmental conditions may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operating hours, require additional investment by us, or impede our ability to open new or expand existing plants or facilities. We have incurred, and may in the future incur, significant capital and operating expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations. The cost of complying with such laws could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Changes in legislation and government policy may have a material adverse effect on our businesses in the future.

The 2016 presidential and congressional elections in the United States have resulted in uncertainty with respect to, and could result in significant changes in, legislation and government policy. In addition to the recent reform of the federal tax code, specific legislative and regulatory proposals discussed during and after the election that could have a material impact on us include, but are not limited to, modifications to international trade policy and increased regulation related to the employment of foreign workers. Furthermore, proposals have been discussed regarding the imposition of new or additional taxes or tariffs on goods imported from abroad that are used in our businesses or the elimination of income tax deductibility of such imported goods. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we purchased an estimated $139 million of material sourced from outside of the United States.

We are currently unable to predict whether reform discussions will meaningfully change existing legislative and regulatory environments relevant to our businesses, or if any such changes, including the recent changes to the federal tax code, would favorably or unfavorably impact our businesses. To the extent that such changes have a negative impact on us or the industries we serve, these changes may materially and adversely impact our businesses, financial condition, result of operations, and cash flows.

Tax matters, including changes in tax rates, disagreements with taxing authorities and imposition of new taxes could impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes as well as non-income based taxes, such as payroll, sales, use, value added, net worth, property, withholding and franchise taxes. We are also subject to regular reviews, examinations and

 

33


Table of Contents

audits by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as the “IRS”) and other taxing authorities with respect to such income and non-income based taxes. If the IRS or another taxing authority disagrees with our tax positions, we could face additional tax liabilities, including interest and penalties. Payment of such additional amounts upon final settlement or adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

In addition, we are directly and indirectly affected by new tax legislation and regulation, and the interpretation of tax laws and regulations. Changes in legislation, regulation or interpretation of existing laws and regulations, including the changes to the federal tax code pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, could increase our taxes and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

As a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, we will benefit from a reduction of our corporate income tax rate. However, the impact of the various limitations, reductions and the repeal of certain expenses, deductions and tax credits are presently unknown and the tax liability of our businesses may be increased, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to taxes by the U.S. federal, state, and local tax authorities, and our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

    changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

    expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

    tax effects of stock-based compensation;

 

    changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

    future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state, and local taxing authorities. The impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as well as outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We may use additional leverage in executing our business strategy, which may adversely affect our businesses.

As of March 31, 2018, the principal amount of our total indebtedness was approximately $129.7 million, consisting of (i) $10.0 million under the RDS revolving credit facility, (ii) $22.3 million under the ASG revolving credit facility, (iii) $94.0 million under the ASG term loan, and (iv) $3.4 million of vehicle and equipment loans and capital leases. Additionally, as of March 31, 2018, we had the ability to access approximately $32.7 million of unused borrowings available under the RDS revolving credit facility and the ASG revolving credit facility, and, as part of our financing strategy, we may incur a significant amount of additional debt in the future. Our existing indebtedness is recourse to us and we anticipate that future indebtedness will likewise be recourse. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risk that we now face could intensify.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our board of directors will consider a number of factors when evaluating our level of indebtedness and when making decisions regarding the incurrence of new indebtedness, including the purchase price of assets to be acquired with debt financing, the estimated market value of our assets and the ability of particular assets, and our company as a whole, to generate cash flow to cover the expected debt service. As a means of sustaining our long-term financial health and limiting our exposure to unforeseen dislocations in the debt and financing markets, we currently expect to remain conservatively capitalized; however, our charter does not contain a limitation on the amount of debt we may incur and our board of directors may change our target debt levels at any time without the approval of our stockholders.

Incurring a substantial amount of debt could have important consequences for our businesses, including:

 

    making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt or to our trade or other creditors;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all, to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, particularly when the availability of financing in the capital markets is limited;

 

    requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations for the payment of interest on our debt and reducing our ability to use our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and general corporate requirements;

 

    limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and

 

    placing us at a competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors.

We cannot assure you that our businesses will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us through capital markets financings or under our credit facilities or otherwise in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of the indebtedness that we will incur on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, we may incur additional indebtedness in order to finance our operations or to repay our indebtedness. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional debt or equity or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances. We cannot assure you that any such actions, if necessary, could be effected on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or on terms that would be advantageous to our stockholders or on terms that would not require us to breach the terms and conditions of our existing or future financing arrangements.

Our current financing arrangements contain, and our future financing arrangements likely will contain, restrictive covenants relating to our operations.

Our current financing arrangements contain, and the financing arrangements we enter into in the future likely will contain, covenants (financial and otherwise) affecting our ability to incur additional debt, incur liens, make certain investments, sell our shares, reduce liquidity below certain levels, make distributions to our stockholders and otherwise affect our operating policies. The restrictions contained in our financing arrangements could also limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet capital needs or make acquisitions or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans. If we fail to meet or satisfy any of these covenants in our financing arrangements, we would be in default under these arrangements, and our lenders could elect to declare outstanding amounts due and payable, terminate their commitments, require the posting of additional collateral and enforce their respective interests against existing collateral. In addition, our financing

 

35


Table of Contents

arrangements may contain cross-default provisions. As a result, if we default in our payment or performance obligations under one of our financing arrangements and, in some cases, if the amount due thereunder is accelerated, other financing arrangements, if any, may be declared in default and accelerated even though we are meeting payment and performance obligations on those other arrangements. If this occurs, we may not have sufficient available cash to pay all amounts that are then due and payable under our financing arrangements, and we may have to seek additional debt or equity financing, which may not be available on acceptable terms. If alternative financing is not available, we may have to curtail our investment activities and/or sell assets in order to obtain the funds required to make the accelerated payments or seek ways to restructure the loan obligations. If we default on several of our financing arrangements or any single significant financing arrangement, it could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

Interest expense on debt we will incur may limit our cash available to fund our growth strategies.

Our current financing arrangements have, and any additional debt we subsequently incur may have, a floating rate of interest. Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements on our current floating rate debt and on any floating rate debt we subsequently incur, and could reduce funds available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes. If we need to repay debt during periods of rising interest rates, we could be required to refinance our then-existing debt on unfavorable terms or liquidate one or more of our assets to repay such debt at times which may not permit realization of the maximum return on such assets and could result in a loss. The occurrence of either or both of such events could materially and adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.

We may require additional capital in the future and may not be able to secure adequate funds on terms acceptable to us.

The expansion and development of our businesses may require significant capital, which we may be unable to obtain, to fund our capital expenditures, operating expenses, working capital needs, and potential strategic acquisitions. In accordance with our growth strategy, we may opportunistically raise additional debt capital to help fund the growth of our businesses, subject to market and other conditions, but such debt capital may not be available to us on a timely basis to meet our cash requirements. Further, our capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned if, for example, our revenues do not reach expected levels or we have to incur unforeseen capital expenditures and make investments to maintain our competitive position. If this is the case, we may require additional financing sooner than anticipated or we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our development and expansion plans or otherwise forego market opportunities.

To a large extent, our cash flow generation ability is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors and other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our businesses will generate cash flow from operations in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before its maturity, or obtain additional equity or debt financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on favorable terms, if at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash flow, refinance our debt or incur additional debt on favorable terms could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause us to be unable to service our debt and may delay or prevent the expansion of our businesses.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

Certain anti-takeover defenses and applicable law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of us.

Our charter and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our Company that might involve a premium paid for shares of our common stock or

 

36


Table of Contents

otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Certain of these provisions are described below.

Selected provisions of our charter and bylaws . Our charter and/or bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting that series, the powers, rights and preferences of the shares of that series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of that series;

 

    require that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, actions to be taken by our stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president, or the majority of our board of directors;

 

    provide that our bylaws may be amended by our board of directors without stockholder approval;

 

    provide that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, directors may be removed from office only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors or newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of our directors may be filled only by a vote of a majority of directors then in office, although less than a quorum;

 

    provide that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, any amendment, alteration or repeal of our charter provisions, or the adoption of any new or additional provision, inconsistent with our charter provisions relating to the management of our Company by our board of directors, the calling of special meetings of our stockholders, the prohibition against stockholder action by written consent, and amendment of our charter, requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

    provide that the stockholders may amend, alter or repeal our bylaws, or adopt new or additional provisions of our bylaws, only with the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally; and

 

    establish advance notice procedures for stockholders to submit nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors and other proposals to be brought before a stockholders meeting.

Selected provisions of Delaware law . We are a Delaware corporation, and we have elected to be subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (which we refer to as the “DGCL”) by provision of our charter. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prevents an “interested stockholder” (as defined in the DGCL) from engaging in a “business combination” (as defined in the DGCL) with us for three years following the date that person becomes an interested stockholder unless one or more of the following occurs:

 

    before that person became an interested stockholder, our board of directors approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination;

 

37


Table of Contents
    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) stock held by directors who are also officers of our Company and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held under the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    following the transaction in which that person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

The DGCL generally defines “interested stockholder” as any person who, together with affiliates and associates, is the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or is our affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination.

See “Description of Capital Stock—Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and of our Charter and Bylaws” for additional information regarding these provisions.

We may change our operational policies, investment guidelines and business and growth strategies without stockholder consent, which may subject us to different and more significant risks in the future.

Our board of directors determines our operational policies, investment guidelines and business and growth strategies. Our board of directors may make changes to, or approve transactions that deviate from, those policies, guidelines and strategies without a vote of, or notice to, our stockholders. This could result in our conducting operational matters, making investments or pursuing business or growth strategies different than those contemplated in this prospectus. Under any of these circumstances, we may expose ourselves to different and more significant risks in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our Class A Common Stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”), and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, a requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements in the registration statement for the emerging growth company’s initial public offering of common equity securities, an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (which we refer to as the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, no requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements. We have elected to adopt these reduced disclosure requirements.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the

 

38


Table of Contents

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to as the “Exchange Act”)) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of this prospectus, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities, or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year (and we have been a public company for at least 12 months and have filed at least one annual report on Form 10-K).

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A Common Stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A Common Stock less attractive as a result of our choices, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A Common Stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our management has identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our Class A Common Stock and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.

The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A deficiency in internal control exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or employees, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of the company’s financial reporting, is called a significant deficiency.

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, identified certain control deficiencies relating to our internal control over financial reporting, which in the aggregate constitute a material weakness as defined above. The material weakness identified by our management and our independent registered public accounting firm relates to the fact that we do not have sufficient resources in our accounting function, which restricts our ability to gather, analyze and properly review information related to financial reporting in a timely manner. This material weakness is a result of issues that arose in the preparation and presentation of financial statements, maintaining of supporting documentation and agreements, accounting for acquired businesses, accounting for intercompany transactions, correct balance sheet and income statements classifications, correct application of inventory valuation, accounting treatment of our returns policies, and effective monitoring and recording of accounting period cutoffs of revenues, receivables, inventory and liabilities. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have also identified certain significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

39


Table of Contents

In addition, in connection with the audit of Pental’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, management of Pental has identified a material weakness. The material weakness relates to identified deficiencies in internal control over Pental’s financial reporting, including the failure by Pental’s management to allot adequate time in the financial statement closing process to allow personnel to perform an adequately detailed review of the disclosures in Pental’s financial statements. The material weakness resulted in an incorrect footnote disclosure in Pental’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, despite review by Pental’s management, which led to the re-issuance of those financial statements. See Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies—Exclusive Distributor Rights (Restated) to Pental’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In connection with the audit of Pental’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, Pental’s management also identified certain significant deficiencies in Pental’s internal control over financial reporting.

Due to the significant changes to our external reporting requirements and our lack of adequate resources in financial reporting with sufficient experience with public company reporting standards and GAAP to address complex transactions, there is a risk that accounting guidance may be improperly applied or the presentation and disclosure of the financial statements be incorrect or inaccurate.

We have taken and will continue to take a number of actions to remediate these material weaknesses including, but not limited to, (i) hiring additional resources with significant experience in public company accounting and reporting to strengthen our accounting team, (ii) conducting a company-wide assessment of our control environment, (iii) augmenting, documenting and formalizing our internal controls and financial reporting policies and procedures, and (iv) instituting appropriate review and oversight responsibilities within the accounting and financial management function. We are not able to predict when we will fully remediate all of our control deficiencies and we may need to take additional measures (the cost of which we are not able to predict) to implement an adequate and compliant level of internal controls, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our control environment may not be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective, or to ensure that none of the identified control deficiencies or other material weaknesses or deficiencies would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In addition, other material weaknesses or deficiencies may be identified in the future. If we are unable to correct material weaknesses or deficiencies in internal control in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information accurately, and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, will be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our Class A Common Stock, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and penalties, and generally materially and adversely impact our businesses and financial condition.

We will become subject to financial reporting and other requirements as a public company for which our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared.

As a public company with listed equity securities, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, including the requirements of the Exchange Act, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market, with which we were not required to comply as a private company. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting.

These reporting and other obligations will place significant demands on our management, administrative, operational, and accounting resources and will cause us to incur significant expenses. We may need to upgrade our information systems or create new systems, implement additional financial and management controls,

 

40


Table of Contents

reporting systems and procedures, create or outsource an internal audit function, and hire additional accounting and finance staff. If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with the financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

We also expect that being a public company and these rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, as well as qualified executive officers to manage our Company.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our businesses and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our businesses and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our executive management team and adversely affect our businesses and operating results.

If we are unable to design, implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

We are currently not required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and therefore are not yet required to make an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. However, as a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. In addition, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, at the time we file our second annual report on Form 10-K with the SEC, which will be for our year ending December 31, 2019. However, if we continue to take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and we are an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer within the meaning of Section 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

We are in the early stages of the process of designing, implementing and testing our internal control over financial reporting, which process is time consuming, costly and complex.

If we are unable to design, implement and test our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses previously described, in a timely manner or if, in the future, we identify other control deficiencies or material weaknesses in our accounting and financial reporting processes, we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A Common Stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC, the NASDAQ Stock Market or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

41


Table of Contents

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting” for additional information.

Operation on multiple Enterprise Resource Planning (which we refer to as “ERP”) information systems may negatively impact our operations.

We are highly dependent on our information systems infrastructure to process orders, purchase materials, track inventory, ship products in a timely manner, prepare invoices to our customers, maintain internal controls, produce financial data, and otherwise carry on our businesses in the ordinary course. Our RDS segment intends to implement a system that will enhance its ability to scale rapidly, and our ASG segment currently has significant operations on two different ERP platforms. Consequently, both segments will undertake significant ERP implementation or conversion projects starting in 2018. While we believe we have the experience, skill and management abilities, as well as access to the necessary experts and consultants, to plan and execute these projects without significant disruption to our businesses, ERP implementations and conversions are very complex and inherently subject to risks and uncertainty. There is no assurance that the projects will succeed or that failure in the design, programming, software or implementation will not cause significant disruption to our businesses. Such a disruption could cause project cost overruns, which may be significant, losses in revenue, increases in operating costs, and reduced customer satisfaction, all of which would lead to a decline in profitability over the short term and possibly the long term.

We also intend to implement appropriate consolidation, analysis and reporting tools at the Select Interior Concepts, Inc. parent company level to facilitate effective monitoring of business results and variances, enable prompt and accurate financial period closes, and produce the necessary data and reports for board reports, financial statement audits and public company filings. This project is also complex and subject to delays, reporting errors, and the potential inability to effectively close our books and report our results on a timely basis, if at all, which may cause the market to lose confidence in our ability to effectively manage and control our businesses. This may in turn adversely affect our financial condition and the market value of our Class A Common Stock.

Changes in accounting rules, assumptions and/or judgments could materially and adversely affect us.

Accounting rules and interpretations for certain aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant assumptions and judgment. These complexities could lead to a delay in the preparation and dissemination of our financial statements. Furthermore, changes in accounting rules and interpretations or in our accounting assumptions and/or judgments, such as asset impairments, could significantly impact our financial statements. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in restating prior period financial statements. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, prospects, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

The members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our businesses, which could materially adversely affect our businesses, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

42


Table of Contents

Upon our current Chief Financial Officer’s transition to become President of RDS, which we anticipate will occur shortly after the date of this prospectus, we intend to appoint a new Chief Financial Officer. Our inability to successfully manage the transition with respect to these key executives may have a material adverse impact on our businesses, results of operations and financial condition.

Shortly after the date of this prospectus, we intend to appoint Kendall Hoyd, our current Chief Financial Officer, to become President of RDS. Concurrently, we also intend to appoint a new Chief Financial Officer.

Our success is largely dependent upon our senior management. These or any future leadership transitions may be inherently difficult to manage and may cause operational and administrative inefficiencies, added costs, decreased productivity among our employees, and loss of personnel with deep institutional knowledge, which could result in significant disruptions to our operations. In addition, we must successfully integrate any new management team members within our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives, and changes in key management positions may temporarily affect our financial performance and results of operations as new management becomes familiar with our businesses. These changes could also increase the volatility of our stock price. If we are unable to mitigate these or other similar risks, our businesses, results of operations, and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries.

We are a holding company and substantially all of our businesses are conducted through our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We derive all of our operating income from RDS, ASG, and their respective subsidiaries. Other than any cash we may retain, all of our assets will be held by our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We will rely on the earnings and cash flows of RDS, ASG, and their respective subsidiaries.

We rely on the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries, which are paid to us by our subsidiaries in the form of dividends and other payments or distributions, to meet our debt service and other obligations. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions to us will depend on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization (which may limit the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends and other distributions to us), the terms of existing and future indebtedness and other agreements of our subsidiaries and the covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness that our subsidiaries incur.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, rules of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market require changes in corporate governance practices of public companies, as compared to private companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We will also incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve as executive officers, or on our board of directors, particularly on our audit committee and compensation committee.

 

43


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock

There is currently no public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock, a trading market for our Class A Common Stock may never develop, and our Class A Common Stock prices may be volatile and could decline substantially.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. Although we have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC,” an active trading market for the shares of our Class A Common Stock may not develop or if one develops, it may not be sustained. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the following:

 

    the likelihood that an active trading market for shares of our Class A Common Stock will develop or be sustained;

 

    the liquidity of any such market;

 

    the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares of Class A Common Stock; or

 

    the price that our stockholders may obtain for their Class A Common Stock.

If an active market for our Class A Common Stock does not develop or is not maintained, the market price of our Class A Common Stock may decline and you may not be able to sell your shares. Even if an active trading market develops for our Class A Common Stock, the market price of our Class A Common Stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws, interest rates and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Some of the factors that could negatively affect or result in fluctuations in the market price of our Class A Common Stock include:

 

    actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

    adverse market reaction to the level of our indebtedness;

 

    additions or departures of key personnel;

 

    actions by stockholders;

 

    speculation in the press or investment community;

 

    negative publicity regarding us specifically or our businesses generally;

 

    general market, economic and political conditions, including an economic slowdown or dislocation in the global credit markets;

 

    our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

    changes in accounting principles; and

 

    passage of legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us or the building products supply and services industry.

 

44


Table of Contents

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our Company, or if they downgrade our Class A Common Stock, the price of our Class A Common Stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock could be influenced by any research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our Company. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our Company, the trading price for our Class A Common Stock would be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts cover our Company and one or more of these analysts downgrade our Class A Common Stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our Company, our Class A Common Stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A Common Stock could decrease, which could cause our Class A Common Stock price and trading volume to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our businesses and, therefore, do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in any financing instruments and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant in its discretion. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them, or at all for an indefinite period of time, except as permitted under the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any other jurisdiction.

Future sales of our Class A Common Stock, other securities convertible into our Class A Common Stock, or our preferred stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the market value of our Class A Common Stock to decline and could result in dilution of your shares.

Our board of directors is authorized, without your approval, to cause us to issue additional shares of our Class A Common Stock or to raise capital through the creation and issuance of preferred stock, other debt securities convertible into our Class A Common Stock, options, warrants and other rights, on terms and for consideration as our board of directors in its sole discretion may determine. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock or of preferred stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decrease significantly. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future sales of our Class A Common Stock or the perception that these sales may occur, or the availability of our Class A Common Stock for future sales, on the value of our Class A Common Stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock by any large stockholder, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

In addition, in connection with the November 2017 private offering and private placement, each of our executive officers and certain former equityholders of RDS and/or ASG have entered into lock-up agreements that, subject to certain exceptions, restrict the direct or indirect sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially held by such person for 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part without the prior written consent of B. Riley FBR, Inc., the initial purchaser and placement agent in the November 2017 private offering and private placement. Once the restrictions under the lock-up provisions of the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with the November 2017 private offering and private placement have lapsed, such shares of our Class A Common Stock will become available for sale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price for our Class A Common Stock.

Furthermore, subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be issued under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. Upon registration, these shares of Class A Common Stock will be eligible for sale without restriction.

 

45


Table of Contents

Future offerings of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities that may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividend and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt securities or additional offerings of equity securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments or both that could limit our ability to pay dividends or make liquidating distributions to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control. As a result, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings, and purchasers of our Class A Common Stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our Class A Common Stock and diluting their ownership interest in our Company.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Various statements contained in this prospectus, including those that express a belief, expectation or intention, as well as those that are not statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements may include projections and estimates concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, financial condition, business strategies and plans, market opportunity, competitive position, industry environment, and potential growth opportunities. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “could,” “intend,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “continue,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “goal” or other words that convey the uncertainty of future events or outcomes. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and assumptions about future events. While our management considers these expectations and assumptions to be reasonable, they are inherently subject to significant business, economic, competitive, regulatory and other risks, contingencies and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. These and other important factors, including those discussed in this prospectus under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. Some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus include:

 

    our dependency upon the homebuilding industry, repair and remodel activity, the economy, the credit markets, and other important factors;

 

    the cyclical nature of our businesses and the seasonality of the building products supply and services industry;

 

    competition in our highly fragmented industry and the markets in which we operate;

 

    exposure to warranty, casualty, construction defect and various other claims and litigation;

 

    product shortages, loss of key suppliers, our dependence on third-party suppliers and manufacturers, and the development of alternatives to distributors in the supply chain;

 

    changes in the costs of the products we install;

 

    our inability to effectively manage our inventory and working capital as our sales volume increases or the prices of the products we distribute fluctuate;

 

    the loss of any of our significant customers or a reduction in the quantity of products they purchase;

 

    our failure to timely identify or effectively respond to consumer needs, expectations or trends;

 

    our inability to open new branches and pursue strategic acquisitions, including successfully integrating our recent or future acquisitions and achieving synergies and cost savings in connection with such acquisitions;

 

    our inability to expand into new geographic markets;

 

    our inability to cancel before the end of the term or renew many of the leases for our facilities;

 

    natural or man-made disruptions to our facilities;

 

47


Table of Contents
    disruptions in our information technology systems, including cybersecurity risks;

 

    our dependence on key personnel;

 

    our inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees;

 

    the impact of federal, state and local regulations;

 

    tax matters, including the recently passed Tax Cuts and Jobs Act;

 

    use of additional leverage;

 

    restrictions relating to our operations in our current and future financing arrangements;

 

    our inability to obtain additional capital on acceptable terms, if at all;

 

    our ability to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting; and

 

    additional factors discussed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Our Business.”

Given the foregoing risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this prospectus. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are not guarantees of future performance and our actual results of operations and financial condition may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. In addition, even if our results of operations and financial condition are consistent with the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, they may not be predictive of results or developments in future periods.

Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise, or to publicly announce any update or revision to, any of the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are registering the offer and sale of the shares of our Class A Common Stock described in this prospectus in connection with resales of such shares by the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of the shares of our Class A Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders pursuant to this prospectus. The net proceeds from the sales of the shares of our Class A Common Stock offered pursuant to this prospectus will be received by the selling stockholders.

 

49


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our businesses and, therefore, do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in any financing instruments, and such other factors as our board of directors deems relevant in its sole discretion. Accordingly, you may need to sell your shares of our Class A Common Stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock—We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.”

 

50


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following sets forth our selected consolidated financial and operating information on a historical and pro forma basis. You should read the following selected consolidated financial information in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements, our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, and the respective notes thereto, and with the sections entitled “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In February 2017, we acquired all of the equity interests (which we refer to as the “Pental Acquisition”) in Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”). The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information set forth below gives effect to the Pental Acquisition as if it had occurred as of January 1, 2017, and has been prepared to reflect adjustments to our historical financial information that are (i) directly attributable to the Pental Acquisition, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) expected to have a continuing impact on our results. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what may be expected to occur in the future. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information does not include non-recurring items, including, but not limited to, acquisition-related legal and advisory fees. See the related notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the selected unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information.

The historical statement of income information of Pental used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations information set forth below has been derived from the two months of unaudited Pental financial results for the period between January 1, 2017 and February 27, 2017, which is the period immediately prior to the Pental Acquisition.

Our selected historical consolidated statement of operations information for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, and our related selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2018 and 2017, have been derived from our historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected historical consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and our related selected historical consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2017      2017      2016  

Selected Balance Sheet Information (end of period):

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,972      $ 4,095      $ 2,547      $ 4,727  

Restricted cash

     3,000        —          3,000        —    

Accounts receivable, net

     47,101        32,191        45,284        27,904  

Inventory

     103,448        62,136        87,629        31,654  

Other current assets

     4,362        683        4,145        848  

Total assets

     339,852        240,284        320,246        136,507  

Accounts payable

     35,642        26,565        38,491        20,988  

Accrued liabilities

     22,690        10,370        19,840        6,417  

Total debt and capital lease obligations

     127,465        180,124        108,279        59,940  

Total liabilities

     192,248        227,404        172,159        96,766  

Equity

     147,604        12,881        148,088        39,741  

 

51


Table of Contents

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
   2018     2017     Pro Forma (1)
2017
    2017     2016  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Information:

          

Net revenue

   $     104,386     $     67,725     $     367,013     $     352,952     $     233,868  

Cost of revenue

     76,436       47,254       255,439       249,063       167,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,950       20,471       111,574       103,889       66,830  

Sales and marketing

     5,458       3,882       19,889       19,889       11,189  

General & administrative

     21,542       15,896       84,221       77,837       41,215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

     27,000       19,778       104,110       97,726       52,404  

Interest expense

     2,523       2,856       14,956       13,749       4,736  

Other expense, net

     239       111       429       440       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before tax expense

     (1,812     (2,274     (7,921     (8,026     9,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (503     311       3,343       3,320       2,634  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net (loss) income

   $ (1,309   $ (2,585   $ (11,264   $ (11,346   $ 7,055  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income attributable to members prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ —       $ (2,585   $ (5,575   $ (5,657   $ 7,055  

Loss attributable to shareholders subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ (1,309   $ —       $ (5,689   $ (5,689   $ —    

Loss per basic and diluted shares of common stock (2)

   $ (0.05   $ —       $ (0.22   $ (0.22   $ —    

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

     25,614,626       —         25,614,626       25,614,626       —    

Other Operating and Financial Information:

          

Operating income

   $ 950     $ 693     $ 7,464     $ 6,163     $ 14,426  

Other expense, net

     239       111       429       440       1  

Depreciation

     1,357       621       4,066       3,938       2,045  

Amortization

     3,327       2,219       11,601       10,878       7,142  

EBITDA (3)

     5,395       3,422       22,702       20,539       23,612  

Adjusted EBITDA (3)

   $ 10,677     $ 8,105     $ 49,478     $ 46,997     $ 27,413  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (3)

     10.2     12.0    
13.5

   
13.3

   
11.7

 

 

(1)   For more information regarding the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflecting the Pental Acquisition, see our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

52


Table of Contents
(2) Basic historical and pro forma loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss for the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement. Diluted loss per share of common stock is typically computed the same way as basic historical loss per share of common stock, except that the dilutive effect of restricted stock-based awards using the treasury stock method is included in the computation. However, since our Company reported a net loss during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, all outstanding restricted stock-based awards, consisting of 918,228 shares of our common stock at March 31, 2018 and 356,368 shares of our common stock at December 31, 2017, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share of common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively, because the effect of inclusion would have been antidilutive, and therefore diluted loss per share of common stock is equal to basic historical loss per share of common stock for such periods. Loss incurred prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement is attributable to the former equityholders of RDS and ASG and, as such, is not reflected in loss per share of common stock. Because the pro forma period includes losses from the period prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement, there was no effect on loss per share of common stock from the inclusion of the pro forma loss. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share of common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and the period between the date of consummation of the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement and December 31, 2017:

 

(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2018
     Period between
November 22, 2017 and
December 31, 2017
 

Net loss

   $ (1,309    $ (5,689
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

     19,650,000        19,650,000  

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding

     5,964,626        5,964,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

     25,614,626        25,614,626  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss per share of common stock:

     

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.05    $ (0.22
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, no shares of common stock of our Company were outstanding, and therefore earnings (loss) per share is not applicable for such periods.

 

(3)   EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures used by us as supplemental measures in evaluating our operating performance. For a description of each of these measures and their limitations, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income, our most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated. Each of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is presented on a historical consolidated basis for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 and the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, and on a pro forma consolidated basis for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)    2018     2017       Pro Forma   
2017
          2017           2016  

Consolidated net (loss) income

   $ (1,309   $ (2,585   $ (11,264   $ (11,346   $ 7,055      

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (503     311       3,343       3,320       2,634      

Interest expense

     2,523       2,856       14,956       13,749       4,736      

Depreciation and amortization

     4,684       2,840       15,667       14,816       9,187      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 5,395     $ 3,422     $ 22,702     $ 20,539     $ 23,612      

EBITDA adjustments

          

Consulting Fees to Trive Capital (a)

   $ —       $ 211     $ 1,008     $ 1,008     $ 628      

Share Based and Transaction Incentive Compensation (b)

     1,980       381       16,794       16,794       —        

Professional Fees (c)

     1,597       3,670       6,800       6,724       1,638      

Employee Transition Costs (d)

     284       395       1,257       1,176       1,474      

Facilities Transition Costs (e)

     1,159       —         854       695       —        

Other Transition Costs (f)

     262       26       63       61       61      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     10,667     $     8,105     $     49,478     $     46,997     $     27,413      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following is a description of the adjustments to EBITDA, each of which was recorded as a part of operating expenses reflected in our historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

  (a) Consulting Fees to Trive Capital . Consulting fees to Trive Capital are fees and expenses paid directly to Trive Capital under consulting agreements that each of RDS and ASG had with Trive Capital prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and November 2017 private offering and private placement. Such fees and expenses were for nominal services that were primarily related to the ongoing conduct of monthly reviews and business meetings between Trive Capital and each of RDS and ASG. These consulting agreements and services were terminated in November 2017 as they were determined not to be necessary for the ongoing operation of our Company. EBITDA is adjusted by adding back such fees and expenses paid to Trive Capital under such consulting agreements because no services that are necessary for the ongoing operation of our businesses were rendered under such consulting agreements. Such fees and expenses are judged to not be a part of the cost structure required to operate our businesses on an ongoing basis.

 

  (b) Share Based and Transaction Incentive Compensation . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back share based and transaction incentive compensation related to the November 2017 private offering and private placement and acquisitions of businesses, because these expenses are judged to be unrelated to the ongoing operation of our businesses and should not be considered as part of our operating cost structure.

 

  (c) Professional Fees . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back professional, legal, accounting, and investment banking fees and expenses, and other similar fees and expenses related to acquisitions of businesses and significant debt and financing transactions, because these fees and expenses are judged to be unrelated to the ongoing operation of our businesses and should not be considered as part of our operating cost structure.

 

54


Table of Contents
  (d) Employee Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the transition and integration of employees of newly acquired businesses, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.

 

  (e) Facilities Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the transition of facilities of newly acquired businesses, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.

 

  (f) Other Transition Costs . EBITDA is adjusted by adding back costs and expenses related to the integration of newly acquired businesses or the transition of our Company to a publicly-traded company, and costs and expenses that are investment-like in nature, because these costs and expenses are deemed to be distinct from the ongoing operating cost structure of our businesses since they are temporary and transitional in nature.

 

55


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information,” and “Our Business,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are an installer and nationwide distributor of interior building products with market positions in residential interior design services in attractive markets. Through our Residential Design Services (which we refer to as “RDS”) segment, we serve leading national and regional homebuilders by providing an integrated, outsourced solution for the design, consultation, sourcing, distribution and installation needs of their homebuyer customers. Through our 18 design centers located in California, Nevada, and Arizona, our specially-trained design consultants work closely with homebuyers in the selection of a broad array of interior products and finishes, including flooring, countertops, wall tile, window treatments, shower enclosures, and related interior items, primarily for newly constructed homes. We then coordinate the ordering, fulfillment and installation of many of these interior product categories to provide a seamless experience for the homebuyer. With our design centers and our product sourcing and installation capabilities, we enable our homebuilder customers to outsource critical aspects of their business to us, thereby increasing their sales, profitability, and return on capital. We also have leading market positions in the selection and importation of natural and engineered stone slabs for kitchen and bathroom countertops and specialty tiles through our other segment, Architectural Surfaces Group (which we refer to as “ASG”). ASG sources natural and engineered stone from a global supply base, and markets these materials through a national network of distribution centers and showrooms. In addition to serving the new residential and commercial construction markets with these materials, we also distribute them to the repair and remodel (which we refer to as “R&R”) market.

Our platform originated in September 2014, when affiliates of Trive Capital Management LLC (which we refer to as “Trive Capital”) acquired RDS, which in turn acquired the assets of PT Tile Holdings, LP (which we refer to as “Pinnacle”) in February 2015, and Greencraft Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as “Greencraft”) in December 2017. In 2015, affiliates of Trive Capital also formed a consolidation platform in the stone countertop market by acquiring the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “AG&M”), which in turn acquired the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. (which we refer to as “Modul”) in July 2016, Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”) in February 2017, and the assets of Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (which we refer to as “Cosmic”) in October 2017, and these acquired businesses were combined to form ASG. ASG then acquired certain assets of Elegant Home Design, LLC (which we refer to as “Bedrock”) in January 2018, and certain assets of NSI, LLC (which we refer to as “NSI”) in March 2018. Pursuant to the November 2017 restructuring transactions discussed below, we combined RDS and ASG to create what we believe to be a strong, scalable platform of product and service offerings for home interiors that can be replicated across geographies, product categories, and services.

November 2017 Restructuring Transactions

In November 2017, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. entered into a series of restructuring transactions (which we refer to as the “November 2017 restructuring transactions”) pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG, including all of their respective wholly-owned subsidiaries. Following the November 2017 restructuring transactions, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. became a holding company that wholly owns RDS and ASG.

 

56


Table of Contents

November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

In November 2017, we completed a private offering and private placement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 21,750,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which included shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the option granted by us to the initial purchaser and placement agent thereunder, in reliance upon the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), provided by Rule l44A, Regulation S, and Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (which we refer to as the “November 2017 private offering and private placement”). We received net proceeds of $240.5 million from the November 2017 private offering and private placement, and we used $122.8 million in connection with the November 2017 restructuring transactions, which included our acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG and the repurchase by us of shares of our Class B Common Stock from existing stockholders, and $112.8 million to repay our outstanding indebtedness, with the remaining $4.9 million of the net proceeds being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Operating Segments

We have defined each of our operating segments based on the nature of its operations and its management structure and product offerings. Our management decisions are made by our Chief Executive Officer, whom we have determined to be our Chief Operating Decision Maker. Our management evaluates segment performance based on operating income. Our two reportable segments are described below.

Residential Design Services

RDS, our interior design and installation segment, is a service business that provides design center operation, interior design, product sourcing, and installation services to homebuilders, homeowners, general contractors and property managers. Products sold and installed include flooring, prefabricated countertops, cabinets, wall tile, interior trim (doors, moldings, door and window casing), shower enclosures and doors, mirrors, and window treatments. New single-family and multi-family construction are the primary end markets, although we intend to explore growth opportunities in other markets, such as the R&R market.

Architectural Surfaces Group

ASG, our natural and engineered stone countertop distribution segment, distributes granite, marble, and quartz slabs for countertop and other uses, and ceramic and porcelain tile for flooring and backsplash and wall tile applications. Primary end markets are new residential and commercial construction and the R&R market.

Key Factors Affecting Operating Results

Our operating results are impacted by changes in the levels of new residential construction and of the demand for products and services in the R&R market. These are in turn affected by a broad range of macroeconomic factors including the rate of economic growth, unemployment, job and wage growth, interest rates, multi-family project financing, and residential mortgage lending conditions. Other important underlying factors include demographic variables such as household formation, immigration and aging trends, housing stock and vacant inventory levels, changes in the labor force, raw materials prices, the legal environment and local and regional development and construction regulation.

Long-term Trends and Expectations

Demand for our products and services is highly dependent on the overall levels of new residential construction and investment in residential remodeling. These variables are in turn affected by macroeconomic variables such as employment levels, income growth, consumer confidence, interest rates generally, and mortgage rates specifically.

 

57


Table of Contents

During the Great Recession from 2007 to 2009, our revenue and profits declined significantly as demand for our products collapsed with the dramatic decline in residential construction. Since the trough of that recession in 2009, residential investment and demand for our products have entered into a sustained period of growth.

According to the U.S. Census Bureau, from 1977 to 2006, new housing starts averaged 1.56 million units per year. In the recession that began in mid-2007, starts bottomed out at 554,000 units in 2009. Since that time, the market has gradually recovered to 1.2 million units started in 2017. Similarly, the home improvement and repair part of the R&R market, which reached approximately $318.4 billion in 2007 and dropped to approximately $276.9 billion in 2009, has grown to an estimated $381.4 billion in 2017, and is projected to exceed $400 billion by the end of 2018, according to September 2017 data from the Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University (which we refer to as the “JCHS”).

According to the 2017 report of the JCHS, Demographic Change and the Remodeling Outlook (which we refer to as the “JCHS Report”), new household formation is expected to average approximately 1.36 million units per year over the decade from 2015 to 2025, an average that is approximately 16.2% above the 2016 level of 1.17 million total housing starts. Household formation is a primary driver of demand for new housing construction, which in turn impacts demand for our products and services. Based on JCHS data, annual homeowner spending on home improvements is expected to increase by approximately 21.7% between 2015 and 2025, from approximately $221 billion to approximately $269 billion.

The National Association of Home Builders (which we refer to as “NAHB”) December 2017 forecast update expects 10.0% growth in housing starts over the 2017 to 2019 timeframe. Broken down by dwelling type, the NAHB forecast projects 15.0% growth in single-family housing starts, a 3.0% decline in multi-family housing starts, and 5.5% growth in R&R investment. For California, where we have a significant proportion of our operations, the NAHB forecast projects 15.5% and 10.9% growth in single-family housing starts in 2018 and 2019, respectively, continuing a trend that has shown total growth of 45.9% from the 41.6 million single-family housing starts in 2014. According to the NAHB forecast, the multi-family housing market is expected to slow by 5.7% in 2018 and 8.7% in 2019, but since our overall penetration in this market in California is very low, we still regard this market as a growth opportunity.

We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of long-term growth trends in the single-family and R&R markets. We also believe that there is significant opportunity for additional penetration of the multi-family segment of the housing market.

Material Costs

The materials that we distribute and install are sourced through a wide array of quarries, manufacturers, and distributors located in the United States, Mexico, South America, Europe and Asia. As demand for these products continues to grow with housing demand, we expect that we may be subject to cost increases from time to time. There is no guarantee that our relationships with our customers will be such that we can pass these increases on to our customers. Affordability issues in new residential construction could temper our homebuilder customers’ ability to raise their prices, which could in turn limit our ability to increase prices to compensate for increases in our costs of materials. We believe, however, that over the long term, these same forces affecting housing prices would also limit our suppliers’ ability to increase prices, which would help us maintain our margins.

Labor Costs

Installation labor is a significant component of our aggregate labor force of approximately 960 employees. With the unemployment rate at 4.1% in December 2017 according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, there is no guarantee that we will be able to attract the type and quality of skilled labor that we need in sufficient quantities to accomplish our growth plans. Correspondingly, we expect that tight labor markets will continue to lead to upward pressure on wages and could impact our gross profit margin and overall profitability negatively.

 

58


Table of Contents

We believe, however, that our scale will continue to give us the ability to provide steady work, an attractive benefits package, and a beneficial work environment, particularly as compared to our smaller competitors. Over time, we expect that the combination of these factors will gradually increase our relative advantage over smaller and less sophisticated competitors.

Operating and Administrative Costs

We incur significant costs related to the operation and administration of our businesses that are reported as period expenses separately from Cost of Goods Sold. These expenses include such functions as purchasing of materials, distribution and shipping of our products, project management, customer service, human resources, accounting, information technology, general management and others. These costs will likely continue to grow as our businesses grow, but we believe that, overall, they will grow more slowly than the rate at which our gross profit grows due to improved utilization rates of these resources and the fact that we have implemented and intend to continue to implement scalable technology and process improvements that increase the efficiency of our operations.

On November 22, 2017, we incurred significant costs with respect to advisory fees and incentive compensation payments related to the November 2017 private offering and private placement. These costs were comprised of approximately $2.2 million in fees to our advisors and attorneys, and approximately $8.7 million in transaction bonuses paid to certain of our executives.

Cyclicality and Seasonality

Our businesses are both cyclical and seasonal. Because of the nature of the timing during which homebuyers are most active, and the fact the interior finishes are installed near the end of the construction process, activity in the homebuilding industry is weighted toward the end of the calendar year, with the summer, fall and early winter months being the busiest of the year.

Homebuilding-based businesses are also generally cyclical. Our financial performance will be impacted by economic changes nationally and locally in the markets we serve. The building products supply industry is dependent on new home construction and subject to cyclical market pressures. Our operations are subject to fluctuations arising from changes in supply and demand, national and international economic conditions, labor costs, competition, government regulation, trade policies, and other factors that affect the homebuilding industry such as demographic trends, interest rates, single-family housing starts, employment levels, consumer confidence, and the availability of credit to homebuilders, contractors and homeowners.

After the dramatic recession that ran from 2007 to 2009, there have been eight straight years of relatively steady growth. While we believe that the underlying fundamentals of demand for new housing units and residential investment are indicative of continued growth into the future, there can be no assurance that macroeconomic or other factors will not change unexpectedly and cause a downturn in housing construction.

Non-GAAP Measures

In addition to the results reported in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (which we refer to as “GAAP”), we have provided information in this prospectus relating to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin.

EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as consolidated net income before (i) income tax expense, (ii) interest expense, (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, and (iv) adjustments for costs that are deemed to be transitional in nature or not related to our core operations, such as severance, facility closure costs, and professional and legal fees related to business acquisitions, or similar transitional costs and expenses related to integrating acquired businesses into our Company. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated as a percentage of our net revenue.

 

59


Table of Contents

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures used by us as supplemental measures in evaluating our operating performance. For a description of each of these measures and their limitations, and a reconciliation to consolidated net income, our most comparable GAAP measure, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenue . Net revenue consists of revenue net of our homebuilder customers’ participation, which is their share of revenue from our sales of upgrades. In our RDS segment, over 95% of its net revenue is derived from the sale of RDS’ interior products and installation services to homebuilders and contractors. In single-family construction, revenue is recognized when the work is complete or complete in all material respects. In multi-family construction, revenue is recognized on a percentage of completion basis as these projects often take place over several months. In our ASG segment, net revenue is derived from the sale of stone products and is recognized when it has been accepted at the customer’s designated location.

We generate revenue in both our operating segments from a variety of end-markets. For the year ended December 31, 2017, sales in connection with (i) new single-family construction was responsible for approximately 71%, (ii) R&R expenditures was responsible for approximately 21%, (iii) commercial construction was responsible for approximately 5%, and (iv) new multi-family construction was responsible for approximately 4%, of our consolidated revenue.

Cost of Revenue.   Cost of revenue consists of the direct costs associated with revenue earned by the sale and installation of our interior products in the case of our RDS segment, or by delivering product in the case of our ASG segment. In our RDS segment, cost of revenue includes direct material costs associated with each project, the direct labor costs associated with installation (including taxes, benefits and insurance), rent, utilities and other period costs associated with warehouses and fabrication shops, depreciation associated with warehouses, material handling, fabrication and delivery assets, and other costs directly associated with delivering and installing product in our customers’ projects. In our ASG segment, cost of revenue includes direct material costs, inbound and outbound freight costs, overhead (such as rent, utilities and other period costs associated with product warehouses), depreciation associated with fixed assets used in warehousing, material handling and warehousing activities, warehouse labor, and taxes, benefits and other costs directly associated with receiving, storing, handling and delivering product to customers in revenue earning transactions.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin .   Gross profit is revenue less the associated cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit divided by revenue.

Operating Expenses .   Operating expenses include overhead costs such as general management, project management, purchasing, customer service, accounting, human resources, information technology and all other forms of wage and salary cost associated with operating our businesses and the taxes and benefits associated with those costs. We also include other general-purpose expenses, including, but not limited to, office supplies, office rents, legal, consulting, insurance, and non-cash stock compensation costs. Professional services expenses and transaction costs are also included in operating expenses and were a significant component of our total costs in 2017 due to the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

Depreciation and Amortization .   Depreciation and amortization expenses represent the estimated decline over time of the value of tangible assets such as vehicles, equipment and tenant improvements, and intangible assets such as customer lists and trade names. We recognize the expenses on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the asset in question.

Interest Expense.   Interest expense represents amounts paid to or which have become due during the period to lenders and lessors under credit agreements and capital leases, as well as the amortization of debt issuance costs.

 

60


Table of Contents

Income Taxes.   Income taxes are recorded using the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the deferred tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results for the periods indicated:

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
(dollars in thousands)   2018     2017     2017     2016  

Net revenue

  $         104,386     $         67,725     $         352,952     $         233,868  

Cost of revenue

    76,436       47,254       249,063       167,038  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  $ 27,950     $ 20,471     $ 103,889     $ 66,830  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and marketing

  $ 5,458     $ 3,882     $ 19,889     $ 11,189  

General & administrative

    21,542       15,896       77,837       41,215  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

  $ 27,000     $ 19,778     $ 97,726     $ 52,404  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

  $ 2,523     $ 2,856     $ 13,749     $ 4,736  

Other expense, net

    239       111       440       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before tax expense

  $ (1,812   $ (2,274   $ (8,026   $ 9,689  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $ (503   $ 311     $ 3,320     $ 2,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net (loss) income

  $ (1,309   $ (2,585   $ (11,346   $ 7,055  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ 10,677     $ 8,105     $ 46,997     $ 27,413  

Adjusted EBITDA margin (1)

    10.2     12.0     13.3     11.7

 

(1)   Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial measures used by us as supplemental measures in evaluating our operating performance. For a description of these measures and their limitations, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net Revenue . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net revenue increased $36.7 million, or 54.1%, to $104.4 million, from $67.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Net revenue is adjusted for the elimination of intercompany sales of $0.3 million.

In our RDS segment, revenue increased by $15.4 million, or 37.1%, to $57.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $41.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was largely due to the acquisition of Greencraft, which accounted for $11.3 million of the RDS growth. The remaining increase was a result of an increase in volume, measured in square feet of installed product, of 4.13% in our core businesses of flooring, countertops and wall tile. This is a result of additional housing units constructed as well as an increase in square footage per unit. The average price per square foot of installed products increased slightly by 0.6%, based on increased sales of higher priced products.

In our ASG segment, revenue increased by $21.3 million, or 81.1%, to $47.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $26.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was largely

 

61


Table of Contents

due to the inclusion of Pental for the full quarter ended March 31, 2018, as compared to one month for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, which accounted for $13.7 million of the total ASG growth for the three months ended March 31, 2018. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Bedrock acquisition accounted for $4.8 million of the growth with the remainder of the growth of $2.8 million in our ASG segment attributable to increased revenue from new locations. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, excluding the effect of the Pental Acquisition and the Bedrock acquisition, volume increased by 12.3%, primarily driven by growth in new locations, and overall price increased by 2.7%, primarily due to a shift in product mix with higher priced quartz products accounting for 35% of volume for the three months ended March 31, 2018, compared to 19% of volume for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Cost of Revenue . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, cost of revenue increased $29.2 million, or 61.8%, to $76.4 million, from $47.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

In our RDS segment, cost of revenue increased by $12.3 million, or 41.8%, to $41.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $29.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The acquisition of Greencraft was primarily responsible for this increase, contributing $11.1 million. The remaining increase in cost of revenues was driven by the increase in sales in the core RDS business.

In our ASG segment, cost of revenue increased by $17.0 million, or 93.8%, to $35.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $18.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The increase was due to a full quarter of Pental results and the increase in revenue from our Bedrock acquisition.

Gross Profit and Margin . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, gross profit increased $7.5 million, or 36.5%, to $27.9 million, from $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, gross margin decreased 3.4% to 26.8%, from 30.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This reduction in gross margin was primarily due to a one-time liquidation of aged product in our ASG segment and a slightly unfavorable shift in product mix in both segments.

In our RDS segment, gross margin decreased 2.4% to 27.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from 29.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This was the result of a slightly unfavorable shift in product and customer mix.

In our ASG segment, gross margin decreased by 4.8% to 26.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from 31.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. 1.0% of this decrease was due to a one-time liquidation of aged product from new locations, and 3.8% of this decrease was due to a slightly unfavorable shift in product mix that was primarily caused by the addition of revenue from Cosmic and Bedrock, which have lower margins than the core ASG business.

Operating Expenses . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, operating expenses increased by $7.2 million, or 36.5%, to $27.0 million, from $19.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

In our RDS segment, operating expenses increased by $2.4 million to $13.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $11.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was entirely related to the Greencraft acquisition.

In our ASG segment, operating expenses increased by $1.8 million to $10.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, from $8.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. $1.7 million of this increase was due to inclusion of a full quarter of Pental operating expenses. General company growth and costs associated with the opening of new locations accounted for the rest of the increase in operating expenses in our ASG segment.

The remaining $3.0 million of the increase in operating expenses was related to overhead costs incurred by Select Interior Concepts, Inc. at the holding company level.

 

62


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 64.9%, to $4.7 million, from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

In our RDS segment, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 40.4%, to $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, which was primarily due to the depreciation associated with the acquired Greencraft assets and amortization related to intangible assets recognized in the purchase accounting for the Greencraft acquisition.

In our ASG segment, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 95.9%, to $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018. A full three months of amortization of intangible assets acquired with the Pental acquisition accounted for $0.9 million of the increase. The remaining $0.3 million of the increase was associated with depreciation of additional assets from new locations.

Interest Expense . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, interest expense decreased by $0.3 million, or 15.8%, to $2.5 million, from $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, our interest expense was reduced because we decreased our borrowing significantly from March 31, 2017 by paying off our RDS term loan and repaying a significant amount of our ASG term debt with proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement. We offset this decrease by increasing our long term debt to finance our Greencraft and Bedrock acquisitions.

Income Taxes . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we recognized income tax benefit of $0.5 million, a decrease of $0.8 million from income tax expense of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, our ASG segment was a pass through entity for tax purposes, resulting in our consolidated Company not realizing the income tax benefit from the loss incurred by ASG during the period. This resulted in a net negative effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Net Loss . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, net loss decreased by $1.3 million to $1.3 million, from $2.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Adjusted EBITDA . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, Adjusted EBITDA increased to $10.7 million, from $8.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017, primarily as a result of incremental operating profit from the Pental and Greencraft acquisitions, partially offset by increases in operating expenses related to opening new locations. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income, our most directly comparable measure under GAAP, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Adjusted EBITDA Margin . For the three months ended March 31, 2018, Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased to 10.2%, from 12.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2017. The decrease in the Adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily due to a one-time liquidation of aged product in our ASG segment and a slightly unfavorable shift in product mix in both segments. For a description of Adjusted EBITDA margin, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenue .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, net revenue increased $119.1 million, or 50.9%, to $353.0 million, from $233.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net revenue includes the elimination of intercompany sales of $1.4 million.

In our RDS segment, revenue increased by $17.4 million, or 9.9%, to $193.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $175.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Volume, measured in square

 

63


Table of Contents

feet of installed product, increased by 15.4% in our core businesses of flooring, countertops and wall tile, as a result of a higher average size of the homes we serviced. Offsetting these volume gains, price per square foot of installed products decreased slightly as flooring (which sells for a lower unit price) made up a higher percentage of total sales in 2017 than in 2016, and multi-family flooring sales (which are generally higher volume and lower priced) increased by 35.5%.

In our ASG segment, revenue increased by $102.3 million, or 173.9%, to $161.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was largely due to the Pental Acquisition, which accounted for $84.7 million, or 82.8 %, of the total growth for the year ended December 31, 2017. The remainder of the growth of $17.6 million in our ASG segment for the year ended December 31, 2017 was due to increased revenue from new locations and a full year of revenue from assets acquired in the Modul Acquisition, which closed in July 2016. In our ASG segment, for the year ended December 31, 2017, overall price increased by 1.9%, and volume increased by 26.5%, excluding the effect of the Pental Acquisition.

Cost of Revenue.   For the year ended December 31, 2017, cost of revenue increased $82.1 million, or 49.1%, to $249.1 million, from $167.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

In our RDS segment, cost of revenue increased by $12.2 million, or 9.5%, to $140.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $128.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due entirely from an increase in sales of 9.9%.

In our ASG segment, cost of revenue increased by $70.3 million, or 176.8%, to $110.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $39.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was due to the Pental Acquisition and the resulting increase in revenue.

Gross Profit and Margin .   For the year ended December 31, 2017, gross profit increased $37.1 million, or 55.5%, to $103.9 million, from $66.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2017, gross margin increased 0.9% to 29.4%, from 28.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This was primarily due to the fact that in 2016, our ASG segment (which has a higher gross margin than our RDS segment) comprised 25.2% of our consolidated revenue, and following the consummation of the Pental Acquisition in 2017, our ASG segment comprised 45.6% of our consolidated revenue.

In our RDS segment, gross margin increased 0.2% to 27.4% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 27.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This was the result of a slightly favorable shift toward houses where we generally installed higher amounts of upgrades in 2017.

In our ASG segment, gross margin decreased by 0.8% to 31.6% for the year ended December 31, 2017, from 32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This decrease was due to a slightly unfavorable shift in product mix.

Operating Expenses .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, operating expenses increased by $45.3 million, or 86.5%, to $97.7 million, from $52.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

In our RDS segment, operating expenses increased by $13.8 million to $53.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, of which $10.9 million was due to transaction costs and equity bonuses related to a February refinancing transaction and the November 2017 private offering and private placement. The remaining $2.9 million of the increase was a result of growth in volume during the year.

In our ASG segment, operating expenses increased by $29.9 million to $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, of which $13.1 million was due to the addition of ten months of Pental operating expenses,

 

64


Table of Contents

$10.5 million was related to the financing for the Pental Acquisition and equity bonus payments made as a result of the November 2017 private offering and private placement, and the rest was related to general company growth and costs associated with the opening of new locations.

The remaining $1.6 million of the increase in operating expenses was related to overhead costs incurred by Select Interior Concepts, Inc. at the holding company level.

Depreciation and Amortization .   For the year ended December 31, 2017, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $5.6 million, or 61.3%, to $14.8 million, from $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

In our RDS segment, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 9.6%, to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was due to an increase in fixed assets acquired to support revenue growth.

In our ASG segment, depreciation and amortization expenses increased by $5.0 million, or 171.4%, to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, which was due almost entirely to depreciation associated with the acquired Pental assets and amortization related to intangible assets recognized in the purchase accounting for the Pental Acquisition.

Interest Expense .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, interest expense increased by $8.0 million, or 169.5%, to $12.8 million, from $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2017, our RDS segment increased its borrowing for the purpose of a dividend distribution, and our ASG segment increased its borrowing to finance the Pental Acquisition, prior to our repayment of a significant amount of debt with a portion of the proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

Income Taxes .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized income tax expense of $3.3 million, an increase of $0.7 million from income tax expense of $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our deferred tax assets were revalued as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which resulted in a $5.3 million increase to income tax expense.

Net (Loss) Income .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, net income decreased by $18.4 million to a net (loss) of $(11.3) million, from net income of $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA .    For the year ended December 31, 2017, Adjusted EBITDA increased to $47.0 million, from $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Incremental operating profit from the Pental Acquisition and an increase in operating profit in our RDS segment were partially offset by increases in operating expenses related to opening new locations in our ASG segment. For the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income, our most directly comparable measure under GAAP, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Adjusted EBITDA Margin . For the year ended December 31, 2017, Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 13.3%, from 11.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in the Adjusted EBITDA margin was primarily due to incremental operating profit from the Pental Acquisition, which produced higher Adjusted EBITDA margin relative to our Company average prior to the Pental Acquisition. For a description of Adjusted EBITDA margin, see “Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”

Customer Concentration

For the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, Toll Bros., Inc. accounted for approximately 11.8% and 15.3%, respectively, of our total revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, Toll Bros., Inc.

 

65


Table of Contents

accounted for approximately 12.6% and 10.9%, respectively, of our total revenue. None of our other customers accounted for greater than 10% of our total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 or for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Working capital is the largest element of our capital needs, as inventory and receivables are our most significant investments. We also require funding to cover ongoing operating expenses and meet required obligations related to financing, such as lease payments and principal and interest payments.

Our capital resources primarily consist of cash from operations and borrowings under our long-term revolving credit facilities, capital equipment leases, and operating leases. As our revenue and profitability have improved during the recovery of the housing market, we have used increased borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities to fund working capital needs. We have utilized capital leases and secured equipment loans to finance our vehicles and equipment needed for both replacement and expansion purposes.

The initial acquisitions of both RDS and AG&M by affiliates of Trive Capital were financed with equity investments by such affiliates of Trive Capital and by debt in the form of long-term revolving credit facilities, as was AG&M’s acquisition of Pental in February 2017. Smaller acquisitions, such as our acquisitions of Cosmic and Greencraft, were financed with available borrowing capacity under the existing revolving credit facilities.

As of March 31, 2018, we had $6.0 million of cash and cash equivalents and $32.7 million of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities. Based on our track record of profitability, positive cash flow, and ability to effectively manage working capital needs, we believe that we have sufficient funding in place to finance our operations and growth plans over at least the next 12 months.

Financing Sources; Debt

RDS Credit Facility

Pursuant to a loan and security agreement, dated as of September 3, 2014, by and between L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc. (which we refer to as “LARK”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of RDS, as the borrower, and Bank of America, N.A., as the lender, as amended (which we refer to as the “RDS Credit Facility”), RDS has a borrowing-base-governed revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings of up to $25 million, which may be increased to an aggregate amount not to exceed $35 million upon the satisfaction of certain conditions. The borrowing base under the RDS Credit Facility is comprised of accounts receivable and inventory.

Under the terms of the RDS Credit Facility, LARK has the ability to request the issuance of letters of credit up to a maximum aggregate stated amount of $5 million. The ability to borrow revolving loans under the RDS Credit Facility is reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the aggregate stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit. The indebtedness outstanding under the RDS Credit Facility is secured by substantially all of LARK’s assets.

The revolving loans under the RDS Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to an index rate (which LARK can elect between a LIBOR-based index and a Prime-based index) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is determined quarterly based on LARK’s leverage ratio during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, and ranges from seventy-five basis points (0.75%) to two hundred twenty-five basis points (2.25%). Upon the occurrence of certain events of default under the RDS Credit Facility, the interest rate applicable to the obligations thereunder may be increased by two hundred basis points (2.00%).

All revolving loans under the RDS Credit Facility are due and payable in full on September 3, 2019, subject to earlier acceleration upon certain conditions. Letter of credit obligations and other amounts outstanding under the RDS Credit Facility are due and payable upon demand by the lender.

 

66


Table of Contents

Under the RDS Credit Facility, LARK is required to comply with certain customary restrictive covenants that, among other things and with certain exceptions, limit the ability of LARK to (i) incur additional indebtedness and liens in connection therewith, (ii) pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments, (iii) effect mergers or consolidations, (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates, (v) sell or dispose of property or assets, and (vi) engage in unrelated lines of business.

As of March 31, 2018, approximately $10.0 million of indebtedness was outstanding under the RDS Credit Facility.

ASG Credit Facility

Pursuant to a loan and security agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, by and between AG&M, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ASG, and Pental, as the borrowers, and Bank of America, N.A., as the lender, as amended (which we refer to as the “ASG Credit Facility”), ASG has a borrowing-base-governed revolving credit facility that provides for borrowings of up to $40 million. The borrowing base under the ASG Credit Facility is comprised of accounts receivable and inventory.

Under the terms of the ASG Credit Facility, AG&M and Pental have the ability to request the issuance of letters of credit up to a maximum aggregate stated amount of $6.5 million. The ability to borrow revolving loans under the ASG Credit Facility is reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the aggregate stated amount of all outstanding letters of credit. The indebtedness outstanding under the ASG Credit Facility is secured by substantially all assets of AG&M and Pental, and the equity interests of each of AG&M and Pental held by ASG.

The revolving loans under the ASG Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate equal to an index rate (which AG&M and Pental can elect between a LIBOR-based index and a Prime-based index) plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is determined quarterly based on the borrowers’ average daily availability (calculated by reference to their accounts receivable and inventory that comprise their borrowing base) during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, and ranges from twenty-five basis points (0.25%) to one hundred seventy-five basis points (1.75%). Upon the occurrence of certain events of default under the ASG Credit Facility, the interest rate applicable to the obligations thereunder may be increased by two hundred basis points (2.00%).

All revolving loans under the ASG Credit Facility are due and payable in full on February 27, 2022, subject to earlier acceleration upon certain conditions. Letter of credit obligations and other amounts outstanding under the ASG Credit Facility are due and payable upon demand by the lender.

Under the ASG Credit Facility, AG&M and Pental are required to comply with certain customary restrictive covenants that, among other things and with certain exceptions, limit the ability of AG&M and Pental to (i) incur additional indebtedness and liens in connection therewith, (ii) pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments, (iii) effect mergers or consolidations, (iv) enter into transactions with affiliates, (v) sell or dispose of property or assets, and (vi) engage in unrelated lines of business.

As of March 31, 2018, approximately $22.3 million of indebtedness was outstanding under the ASG Credit Facility.

Term Loan Facility

On February 28, 2017, AG&M and Pental, as the borrowers, entered into a financing agreement with the lenders party thereto and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as the agent for the lenders, as amended (which we refer to as the “Term Loan Facility”), which provides for a $105 million term loan facility to AG&M and Pental.

Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest per year equal to either: (i) the base rate plus 5.25% for a base rate loan, or (ii) the LIBOR rate plus 7.25% for a LIBOR loan. The base rate is the greater of the

 

67


Table of Contents

publicly announced interest rate by the reference bank as its reference rate, the base commercial lending rate or prime rate, and 3.5% per annum. During an insolvency proceeding or during any other event of default (if elected by the required lenders), the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at the default rate, which is 2% per annum plus the interest rate otherwise applicable to such indebtedness. The borrowings under the Term Loan Facility are secured by substantially all of AG&M’s and Pental’s assets, and the performance and payment by AG&M and Pental thereunder are guaranteed by ASG and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AG&M.

Following the delivery of audited annual financial statements for each fiscal year, the Term Loan Facility requires AG&M and Pental to prepay amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility with (i) 75% of the excess cash flow minus the aggregate principal amount of all optional prepayments made in such preceding fiscal year, if the leverage ratio is greater than 3.25:1.00, or (ii) 50% of the excess cash flow minus the aggregate principal amount of all optional prepayments made in such preceding fiscal year, if the leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00.

In addition, the Term Loan Facility also requires AG&M and Pental to prepay amounts outstanding, subject to certain exceptions (and, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) below, certain limited reinvestment rights), with: (i) 100% of the net proceeds of any asset disposition in excess of $750,000 in any fiscal year, (ii) 100% of any insurance or condemnation awards in excess of $2,500,000, (iii) 100% of the net proceeds of any equity issuances, (iv) 100% of the net proceeds of any issuance of indebtedness (other than certain permitted indebtedness), and (v) 100% of any net cash proceeds received outside the ordinary course of business.

All term loans under the Term Loan Facility are due and payable in full on February 28, 2022, subject to earlier acceleration upon certain conditions.

Under the Term Loan Facility, AG&M and Pental are required to comply with certain customary restrictive covenants that, among other things and with certain exceptions, limit the ability of AG&M and Pental to (i) incur additional indebtedness and liens, (ii) make certain capital expenditures, (iii) pay dividends and make certain other distributions, (iv) sell or dispose of property or assets, (v) make loans, (vi) make payment of certain debt, (vii) make fundamental changes, (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates, and (ix) engage in any new businesses. The Term Loan Facility also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants, and reporting obligations.

As of March 31, 2018, approximately $94.0 million of indebtedness was outstanding under the Term Loan Credit Facility.

Vehicle and Equipment Financing

We have used various secured loans and leases to finance our acquisition of vehicles. In May 2017, we entered into a master vehicle lease with a provider of fleet management services. Under this agreement, we acquire vehicles as necessary for both replacement and expansion of our operations. The interest rates under these leases vary with certain index rate levels at the time of delivery. The terms of these leases include 90% financing, 48 monthly payments starting one month from the date of delivery of the vehicle, and minimal buyout options at termination. As such, we accounted for them as capital leases.

As of March 31, 2018, approximately $3.4 million of indebtedness was outstanding under vehicle and equipment loans and capital leases.

Historical Cash Flow Information

Working Capital

Inventory and accounts receivable represent over 85% of our tangible assets, and accordingly, management of working capital is important to our businesses. Working capital (defined as current assets less current

 

68


Table of Contents

liabilities, excluding debt and cash) totaled $90.1 million at March 31, 2018, compared to $52.9 million at March 31, 2017. Working capital as a percent of revenue was 20.8%, totaling $73.4 million at December 31, 2017, compared to 12.4% of revenue, totaling $29.0 million at December 31, 2016.

In our RDS segment, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, working capital increased by $0.8 million to $10.8 million, compared to $10.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. Higher revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2018 over the three months ended March 31, 2017 led to an increase in accounts receivables. Inventories were also increased due to increased sales activity. Both increases were partially offset by additional payables and customer deposits. For the year ended December 31, 2017, working capital increased by $1.7 million to $13.9 million and was 7.2% of RDS revenue, compared to $12.1 million and 6.9% of RDS revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was due to the fact that December revenue was higher in 2017 than in 2016, leading to higher receivables and inventory balances at year end.

In our ASG segment, for the three months ended March 31, 2018, working capital increased by $38.1 million to $81.1 million, compared to $43.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017. This increase was largely due to the Bedrock acquisition and new branch locations. For the year ended December 31, 2017, working capital increased by $43.8 million to $60.7 million and was 37.7% of ASG revenue, compared to $16.9 million and 28.7% of ASG revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was largely due to the higher working capital needs of the Pental business acquired by ASG. As the Pental Acquisition closed in February 2017, we recorded revenue for only the period from March 1, 2017 to December 31, 2017, but recorded the full amount of the working capital on our closing balance sheets as of December 31, 2017.

Summary of Cash Flows

A summary of our cash flows from our operating, investing, and financing activities is shown in the following table:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
    Year Ended 
December 31,
 
(in thousands)         2018               2017               2017               2016       

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (1,458   $ 3,258     $ (8,367   $ 15,540  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,840     (88,798     (118,836     (14,787

Net cash provided by financing activities

     18,723       84,908       128,024       1,653  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,425     $ (632   $ 821     $ 2,406  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(1.5) million and $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Net loss was $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and $2.6 million for three months ended March 31, 2017, respectively.

Adjustments for noncash expenses included in the calculation of net cash provided by operating activities, including amortization and depreciation, changes in deferred income taxes and other noncash items, totaled $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, and $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in net cash used of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily driven by an increase in ASG’s accounts payable. Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net source of cash of $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

 

69


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities was $(8.4) million and $15.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Net (loss) income was $(11.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2017, and $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Cash provided by depreciation and amortization expense of $14.8 million was associated primarily with transactions that closed during the year ended December 31, 2017, offset by cash used of $24.0 million for additional inventory to support new locations and additional MetroQuartz ® inventory in existing locations in our ASG segment, were the main drivers of the cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Adjustments for noncash expenses included in the calculation of net cash provided by operating activities, including amortization and depreciation, changes in deferred income taxes and other noncash items, totaled $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, and $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net use of cash of $23.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. An increase in ASG inventory was the most significant contributor, along with a $2.4 million reduction in income taxes payable, compared with a $0.5 million increase in the prior year. Changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted in a net source of cash of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. A reduction to the accounts receivable due to an improvement in days sales outstanding also contributed to the change.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, cash flow used in investing activities was $13.8 million, with $0.3 million for the acquisition of NSI and $11.5 million for the acquisition of Bedrock. Capital expenditures for property and equipment, net of proceeds from disposals, totaled $2.0 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, cash flow used in investing activities was $88.8 million, which consisted of $88.0 million for the acquisition of Pental and $0.8 million for the purchase of new property and equipment.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

For the year ended December 31, 2017, cash flow used in investing activities was $118.8 million, with $26.8 million for the acquisition of Greencraft and $88.0 million for the acquisition of Pental. Capital expenditures for property and equipment, net of proceeds from disposals, totaled $4.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, cash flow used in investing activities was $14.8 million, which consisted largely of $11.3 million for the acquisition of Modul and $3.5 million for the purchase of new property and equipment.

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to the Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net cash provided by financing activities was $18.7 million and $84.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we borrowed an additional $6.3 million in term debt and made principal payments of $0.6 million, for a net increase in term debt of $5.7 million. Aggregate net borrowings on the RDS Credit Facility and ASG Credit Facility was $13.1 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, we paid distributions to members of $34.5 million. We borrowed an additional $24.4 million on our revolving line of credit and $116.5 million in term debt while making principal payments of $21.7 million. The increase in borrowing was related primarily to the acquisition of Pental.

 

70


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net cash provided by financing activities was $128.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, we raised $240.5 million in net proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement, used $122.8 million to repurchase and retire shares of our Class B Common Stock, and made distributions to equityholders of $35.4 million. We also borrowed an additional $130.0 million in term debt and made principal payments of $88.9 million, for a net increase in term debt of $41.1 million. Aggregate net borrowings on the RDS Credit Facility and ASG Credit Facility was $8.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we paid distributions to members of $0.3 million, and we received contributions from members of $12.5 million. We also paid down $7.9 million on our revolving line of credit. We also paid total principal payments of $2.7 million on term loans and notes payable.

Contractual Obligations

In the table below, we set forth our enforceable and legally binding obligations as of December 31, 2017. Some of the amounts included in the table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal, anticipated actions by third parties, and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, our actual payments may vary from those reflected in the table.

 

    Payments Due by Period  
(in thousands)       Total         Fiscal Year
2018
    Fiscal Year
2019
    Fiscal Year
2020
    Fiscal Year
2021
    Fiscal Year
2022
      Thereafter    

Long-Term Debt Obligations (1)

  $ 90,540     $ 1,970     $ 1,862     $ 1,680     $   1,187     $   83,839     $ 2  

Capital Lease Obligations (2)

    953       257       257       257       182       —         —    

Operating Lease Obligations (3)

    34,866       8,380       6,804       6,181       4,818       3,752       4,931  

Purchase Obligations (4)

    110,403       36,801       36,801       36,801       —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 236,762     $ 47,408     $ 45,724     $ 44,919     $ 6,187     $ 87,591     $   4,933  

 

(1)   Long-term debt obligations include principal and interest payments on our term loans as well as our notes payable. Long-term debt obligations do not include fees on the unused portion of our revolving letters of credit or financing fees associated with the issuance of debt.

 

(2)   Capital lease obligations include payments on capital leases for vehicles and equipment purchased.

 

(3)   We lease certain locations, including, but not limited to, corporate offices, warehouses, fabrication shops, and design centers. For additional information, see Note 10—Commitments and Contingencies—Leases to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4)   We have a contract with a supplier of engineered stone on an exclusive basis in certain states within the United States. As part of the terms of the exclusive right to distribute the products provided under the contract, we are obligated to take delivery of a certain minimum amount of product from this supplier. If we fall short of these minimum purchase requirements in any given calendar year, we have agreed to negotiate with the supplier to arrive at a mutually acceptable resolution. There are no financial penalties to us if such commitments are not met; however, in such a case, the supplier has reserved the right, under the contract, to withdraw the exclusive distribution rights granted to us. The amount of the payment is estimated by multiplying the minimum quantity required under the contract by the average price paid in 2017.

In addition to the contractual obligations set forth above, as of December 31, 2017, we had an aggregate of approximately $19.3 million of indebtedness outstanding under the RDS Credit Facility and the ASG Credit Facility.

 

71


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2018, with the exception of operating leases that we typically use in the ordinary course of business, we were not party to any material off-balance sheet financial arrangements that are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition or operating results. We do not have any relationship with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

We are currently not required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Upon becoming a publicly traded company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports to be filed with the SEC and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. However, we will evaluate our internal controls on a quarterly basis prior to making the first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, our independent registered public accounting firm is not yet required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and will not be required to do so for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act.

Our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, identified certain control deficiencies relating to our internal control over financial reporting, which in the aggregate constitute a material weakness as defined above. The material weakness identified by our management and our independent registered public accounting firm relates to the fact that we do not have sufficient resources in our accounting function, which restricts our ability to gather, analyze and properly review information related to financial reporting in a timely manner. This material weakness is a result of issues that arose in the preparation and presentation of financial statements, maintaining of supporting documentation and agreements, accounting for acquired businesses, accounting for intercompany transactions, correct balance sheet and income statements classifications, correct application of inventory valuation, accounting treatment of our returns policies, and effective monitoring and recording of accounting period cutoffs of revenues, receivables, inventory and liabilities. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, our management and our independent registered public accounting firm have also identified certain significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. Due to the significant changes to our external reporting requirements and our lack of adequate resources in financial reporting with sufficient experience with public company reporting standards and GAAP to address complex transactions, there is a risk that accounting guidance may be improperly applied or the presentation and disclosure of the financial statements may be incorrect or inaccurate.

We have taken and will continue to take a number of actions to remediate this material weakness including, but not limited to, (i) hiring additional resources with significant experience in public company accounting and reporting to strengthen our accounting team, (ii) conducting a company-wide assessment of our control environment, (iii) augmenting, documenting and formalizing our internal controls and financial reporting policies and procedures, and (iv) instituting appropriate review and oversight responsibilities within the accounting and financial management function. We are not able to predict when we will fully remediate all of our control deficiencies and we may need to take additional measures (the cost of which we are not able to predict) to implement an adequate and compliant level of internal controls, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our control environment may not be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective, or to ensure that none of the identified control deficiencies or other

 

72


Table of Contents

material weaknesses or deficiencies would result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements. In addition, other material weaknesses may be identified in the future. If we are unable to correct material weaknesses or deficiencies in internal control in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information accurately, and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, will be adversely affected.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts could have been reported using different assumptions or under different conditions. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of our assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenue derived from the sale of imported granite, marble, and related items is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists through a purchase order or signed contract detailing the quantity and price, delivery per the agreement has been made, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our revenue derived from contracts with our homebuilder customers is generally treated as derived from short-term contracts for accounting purposes. These contracts generally range in length from several days to several weeks. We account for these contracts under the completed contract method of accounting and will recognize revenue and cost of revenue when the contract is complete and performance has been delivered.

Our revenue derived from contracts related to multi-family projects is treated as derived from long-term contacts for accounting purposes. Accordingly, we recognize revenue using the percentage-of completion method of accounting.

Cost of Revenue

RDS’ cost of revenue is comprised of the costs of materials and labor to purchase and install products for our customers.

ASG’s cost of revenue primarily consists of the costs of purchased materials, sourcing fees for inventory procurement, and freight costs.

RDS’ and ASG’s cost of revenue also includes payroll taxes and benefits, workers’ compensation insurance related to direct labor, as well as vehicle-related expenses and overhead costs including rent, depreciation, utilities, property taxes, repairs and maintenance costs related to warehouse, installation and/or fabrication operations.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. We continually assess the collectability of outstanding customer invoices and, if deemed necessary, maintain an allowance for estimated losses resulting

 

73


Table of Contents

from the non-collection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, we consider factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current creditworthiness, customer concentrations, age of the receivable balance both individually and in the aggregate, and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from our estimates.

Inventories

Inventory consists of stone slabs, tile and sinks, and includes the costs to acquire the inventories and bring them to their sale condition and locations. Inventory also includes flooring, doors and trim, glass, and countertops, which have not yet been installed, as well as labor and related costs for installations in process. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost (using the specific identification and first-in, first-out methods) or net realizable value. We periodically review our inventory to identify slow-moving items and will write down the carrying value of such inventory when necessary. As of March 31, 2018 and 2017, a reserve of $3.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, was recorded for obsolete and slow-moving inventory. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, a reserve of $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, was recorded for obsolete and slow-moving inventory.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trade names, and non-competition agreements. We consider all our intangible assets to have definite lives and are being amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or on an accelerated basis based on the expected cash flows generated by the existing customers as follows:

 

     Range of estimated useful lives      Weighted average useful life  

Customer relationships

     5 years – 10 years        9 years  

Trade names

     3 years – 11 years        10 years  

Non-compete agreements

     Life of agreement        4 years  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We regularly review the recoverability of our long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable, or at least annually. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the related operations. If the aggregate of these cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets. This is done by considering the recent and expected growth in the key end-markets for each of our reporting units (new residential construction and R&R, respectively), along with our recent and expected market share and resulting revenue and margin projections. We have identified each of RDS and ASG as a reporting unit presented on our consolidated financial statements. Independent analysis of the events and circumstances of each reporting unit resulted in the determination that the fair value of each reporting unit is not less than its carrying amount. Additional impairment testing was not required.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the underlying identifiable net tangible and intangible assets acquired. During the three months ended March 31, 2018, RDS recorded goodwill of $0.3 million as a measurement period adjustment related to Greencraft, and ASG recorded goodwill of $0.1 million related to the acquisition of Bedrock and $0.3 million related to the acquisition of

 

74


Table of Contents

NSI. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, ASG recorded goodwill of $25.4 million related to the Pental Acquisition, and $4.0 million related to the acquisition of Modul, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2017, RDS recorded goodwill of $10.4 million related to the acquisition of Greencraft.

Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. We test for impairment of goodwill annually as of December 31 of each year or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the goodwill may be impaired.

Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.

The first step involves comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective book value, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value exceeds book value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no additional steps are necessary. If, however, the fair value of the reporting unit is less than book value, then a second step is required which requires the carrying amount of the goodwill be compared with its implied fair value. The estimate of implied fair value of goodwill may require valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible and tangible net assets, which are derived using available economic data and forecasts for activity levels in the end markets of each of our reporting units (new residential construction and R&R, respectively). These are then used to support forecasts of income and cash flow results that would be expected under those economic conditions, which are then converted to a net present value using an appropriately supported discount rate. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The fair value of intangibles is evaluated by considering the recent and expected growth in our end-markets (new residential construction and R&R, respectively), along with our recent and expected market share and resulting revenue and margin projections.

Basis of Presentation and Combination

The financial information contained herein presents consolidated financial statements, including the accounts of RDS and ASG, and their wholly owned subsidiaries, and are presented using the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with GAAP. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination. References to “ASC” hereafter refer to the Accounting Standards Codification, and references to “ASU” hereafter refer to the Accounting Standards Update, each established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (which we refer to as “FASB”) as the source of authoritative GAAP.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, Income Taxes ). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary

 

75


Table of Contents

differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. We record a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was adopted into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (which we refer to as “AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to uses and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, our statutory federal corporate tax rate was 34.0%, with the statutory rate for fiscal year 2018 and beyond being 21.0%. As of December 31, 2017 our deferred tax assets and liabilities were valued at the 21.0% rate expected for 2018 and beyond.

In December of 2017, the staff of the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (which we refer to as “SAB 118”), which allows companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. Because the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted in the fourth quarter of 2017 and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretations are expected over the next 12 months, the analysis required to record the provisional amounts for the accounting of deferred tax re-measurements and other items, such as cost recovery and state tax considerations, may be revised causing adjustments to these provisions. We expect to complete the analysis and update the provisional amounts within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.

Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to all tax positions as income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. None of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. or our subsidiaries recognized any tax benefits from uncertain tax positions during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. The adoption dates cited below for the adoption of new accounting standards (not yet adopted by us) are the dates applicable to private companies. We will be permitted to use the private company adoption dates as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 establishes a comprehensive revenue recognition standard for virtually all industries under GAAP, including those that previously followed industry-specific guidance, such as the real estate, construction, and software industries. ASU 2014-09’s core principle is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12,  Revenue from Contracts

 

76


Table of Contents

with Customers (Topic 606)—Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients , which further clarifies guidance on collectability, noncash consideration, presentation of sales tax, practical expedients and transition. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20,  Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which makes minor corrections or minor improvements to the codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. These standards, pursuant to ASU 2015-14,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers-Deferral of the Effective Date (Topic 606) , issued by the FASB in August 2015, will be effective for annual periods (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. We are currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASU 2014-09 on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements. Under the JOBS Act, as part of the relief provided to emerging growth companies, an emerging growth company may elect to adopt new standards on the timeline afforded a private company. As we are an emerging growth company, we plan to adopt ASU 2014-09 for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous standards. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, but early application is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASU 2016-02 on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) , which provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues arising from certain cash receipts and cash payments. Currently, GAAP either is unclear or does not include specific guidance on the eight cash flow classification issues addressed in ASU 2016-15. The objective is to reduce current and potential future diversity in practice. ASU 2016-15 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-15 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Restricted Cash . ASU 2016-18 is intended to reduce the diversity in practice around how restricted cash is classified within the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-18 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. We have evaluated the impact of ASU 2016-18, and, upon adopting the new standard, we will not present the release of restricted cash as an investing activity cash inflow. Instead, restricted cash balances have been and will be included in the beginning and ending cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balances in the statement of cash flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . ASU 2017-04 simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the Step 2 requirement to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities. ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on our consolidated financial statements.

Also, in January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combination (Topic 805)—Clarifying the Definition of a Business . ASU 2017-01 provides additional guidance regarding whether a transaction should be treated as an asset acquisition (or disposal) or a business combination. In particular, ASU 2017-01 provides that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This clarification reduces the number of transactions that meet the definition of a business combination. We should apply these amendments to

 

77


Table of Contents

annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and to interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risks

Interest Rate Risk

We borrow from lenders using financial instruments such as revolving lines of credit, term loans, and notes payable. In many cases, the interest costs we incur under these agreements is calculated using a variable rate that will fluctuate with changes in a published short-term market interest rate index, such as LIBOR. Accordingly, there is no guarantee as to what our interest payments and expense will be in the future. In an economic environment where short term rates (under one year) may increase or continue to increase at any time, there can be no assurance that interest rates will not be higher in the future and have an adverse effect on our financial soundness. At March 31, 2018, we had outstanding variable rate borrowings of approximately $126.3 million. Assuming the current level of borrowing under the variable rate debt facilities, a hypothetical one-percentage point increase (decrease) in interest rates on our variable rate debt would increase (decrease) our annual interest expense by $1.3 million.

For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. We did not utilize swaps, forward or option contracts on interest rates or commodities, or other types of derivative financial instruments during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 or during the three months ended March 31, 2018. We have not entered into and currently do not hold derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

We purchase materials from both domestic and foreign suppliers. However, all of the suppliers receive payments in U.S. dollars and, as such, we are not exposed to any foreign currency exchange rate risk.

 

78


Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a premier installer and nationwide distributor of interior building products with leading market positions in residential interior design services in highly attractive markets. Through our Residential Design Services (which we refer to as “RDS”) segment, we serve leading national and regional homebuilders by providing an integrated, outsourced solution for the design, consultation, sourcing, distribution and installation needs of their homebuyer customers. Through our 18 design centers located in California, Nevada, and Arizona, our specially-trained design consultants work closely with homebuyers in the selection of a broad array of interior products and finishes, including flooring, countertops, wall tile, window treatments, shower enclosures, and related interior items, primarily for newly constructed homes. We then coordinate the ordering, fulfillment and installation of many of these interior products to provide a seamless experience for the homebuyer. With our attractively arranged design centers and our strong product sourcing and installation capabilities, we enable our homebuilder customers to outsource critical aspects of their business to us, thereby increasing their sales, profitability, and return on capital.

We also have leading market positions in the selection and importation of natural and engineered stone slabs for kitchen and bathroom countertops and specialty tiles through our Architectural Surfaces Group (which we refer to as “ASG”) segment. ASG sources natural and engineered stone from a global supply base, often under exclusive terms, and markets these materials through a national network of distribution centers and showrooms under proprietary brand names such as AG&M, Modul, Pental, Bedrock International and Cosmic. In addition to serving the new residential and commercial construction markets with these materials, we also distribute them to the repair and remodel (which we refer to as “R&R”) market.

Residential Design Services. Our outsourced interior design center and installation services operate in some of the most attractive and fastest growing residential areas in the United States. We enter into exclusive service agreements with homebuilders in these areas at the beginning of new community development projects to provide them with a single-source solution for the design center operations, consultation, sourcing, fulfillment, and installation phases of the homebuilding process. At our design centers, our expert design staff work directly with homebuyers to help them achieve their design, styling, and product needs, leveraging our web-based preference analysis and proprietary software system to enable real-time pricing of interior options. We believe our consultative sales focus helps homebuyers optimize their product choices, often leading to the selection of higher margin products. This, in turn, creates significant value for our homebuilder customers, who share in incremental product upgrade revenue. We have developed strong, long-term relationships with many of our homebuilder customers, many of which we have worked with for over 15 years. In 2017, our largest customers included Toll Brothers, CalAtlantic (now a part of Lennar Group), TriPointe, Brookfield Residential, D.R. Horton, and Taylor Morrison.

To expand our market opportunity within our RDS segment, we continually consider additional markets, product adjacencies and other opportunities for our installation services. For example, we believe that the multi-family and R&R segments of the residential construction markets represent areas where we are currently underpenetrated yet where there are attractive growth opportunities for us. We also believe that our recent product expansion into cabinet supply and installation represents a substantial growth opportunity with our existing homebuilder customers. In addition, given the fragmented nature of our industry, we believe there is significant opportunity for us to continue growing both our geographic footprint and install capabilities through value-enhancing, accretive acquisitions.

Architectural Surfaces Group . Our ASG segment imports and distributes natural and engineered stone slabs, as well as tile, through 22 strategically positioned warehouse locations across the United States. Our stone slabs include marble, granite, and quartz, for use as distinctive kitchen and bathroom countertops, and our tiles consist of ceramic and porcelain for flooring, backsplash, and wall tile applications. We maintain a broad

 

79


Table of Contents

domestic footprint of showrooms and distribution centers, serving attractive markets in the Northeast, Southeast, Southwest, Mountain West, and West Coast regions of the United States and offer what we believe is a distinctive and targeted merchandising strategy, including displaying our products in customer-oriented showrooms that cater to professional interior designers and architects as well as homeowners. Our showrooms are staffed by product and design experts who focus on the total customer experience. We carry product lines of natural and engineered stone slabs and tile products that are tailored to the specific geographic regions that we serve and our goal is to provide a comprehensive offering that meets all of our professional and homeowner customers’ stone and tile needs.

We have relationships with a wide array of stone slab quarries, manufacturers and distributors around the world, and we work closely with these providers to ensure their product performance and variety meet our high quality standards. We believe the strength and breadth of these relationships helps us offer our customers a broad and consistent selection of high-quality stone slabs from a global supply chain. As a result of our geographic reach and product knowledge, we have successfully secured exclusive rights to leading materials that are marketed under ASG’s MetroQuartz ® and PentalQuartz ® brands along with our new PentalTek ® porcelain brand.

We believe that the markets for design center services and natural and engineered stone slab distribution are complementary and that our ability to combine them into a single platform strengthens our business model and expands our growth opportunities. Both of our business segments provide key value-added services that are critical to serving our customers’ needs and result in an attractive free cash-flow profile. In addition, both of these markets are highly fragmented and, we believe, are poised for further consolidation. In the last two years, we have completed six acquisitions and opened five greenfield locations (which we define as new facilities opened in geographic areas that we previously served from a remote distribution point), and we believe we are well positioned to continue pursuing both additional acquisition opportunities and new greenfield locations in the foreseeable future.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our competitive strengths include:

Exceptional Customer Experience

We believe that the customer experience we provide distinguishes us from our competition and is a critical driver of our success. Key elements of our customer experience include:

Highly Trained Design Center Staff and Sales Consultants. Our merchandising efforts are designed to expand our customer base while achieving the highest level of customer satisfaction. At RDS design centers, design consultants possess strong reputations and skill sets. Our design consultants are knowledgeable about interior design trends, materials, and options, and a majority have technical training and certifications from interior design schools. Based on our customer homebuilder surveys in 2017, over 95% of homebuyers are highly satisfied by the RDS design consultation experience. Similarly, ASG’s facilities are staffed by knowledgeable sales associates that maintain high-end, well-designed showrooms with convenient product displays. ASG sales teams establish and expand relationships with architecture and design firms, kitchen and bath dealers, and countertop fabricators and internal installers, which we believe drive stronger sales and higher satisfaction.

Superior Quality and Service. RDS maintains in-house countertop fabrication, light manufacturing, and installation capabilities, which enable it to meet demanding customer schedules and quality standards. These capabilities help drive on-time project completion, homebuyer satisfaction, and profitability for homebuilders. At ASG, suppliers are selected based on a demonstrated ability to provide product that passes our stringent, hands-on inspection process, which results in consistently high-quality products and strong countertop fabricator yields with minimal waste. ASG also offers branded products, and is the exclusive provider of products marketed under

 

80


Table of Contents

ASG’s MetroQuartz ® , PentalQuartz ® and PentalTek ® brands. We believe these brands are known in the industry for superior quality, which further enhances ASG’s reputation industry-wide.

Comprehensive Suite of Product and Service Offerings. Our homebuilder customers increasingly indicate a preference to work with a small number of reliable partners that offer a broad suite of products and services. RDS and ASG have been built to satisfy this preference, and we believe that our businesses offer among the most comprehensive product sets and services in the markets in which we operate. RDS provides a turnkey homebuyer management process consisting of interior design and product selection and installation service, for homebuilder customers, which depend on RDS to provide the homebuyer with a comprehensive interior product offering that includes approximately 100,000 items. ASG’s customers, which include architects, interior designers, homeowners, and countertop fabricators, rely on ASG to provide a full suite of products that includes in-demand surface materials, including natural stone slabs, engineered stone slabs—notably high-end quartz products that are exclusively marketed through ASG—and related products such as tile.

Sophisticated, Global Supply Chain. We maintain a global and diverse supplier network with extensive procurement resources that promote continuity of supply. We enjoy long-standing relationships with a global supplier base, which enable sourcing of quality products to meet a broad range of customer preferences and specifications at competitive prices. Our footprint provides visibility into local trends that drive highly tailored product procurement, which enables efficient working capital management. We believe that our merchandising capabilities encourage suppliers to partner with us on an exclusive basis, which provides us with an additional competitive advantage. We also believe that the strength of our supplier relationships helps us source products at attractive prices, which further differentiates us from our competitors.

Significant Visibility into Future Financial Performance. RDS is awarded homebuilder development contracts that provide significant visibility into future net revenue. We estimate and track the expected net revenue to be derived from sales related to the remaining housing lots to be fulfilled under existing service agreements for active residential developments. As of December 31, 2017, we estimate that amount was approximately $370 million across approximately 17,000 unique housing lots, assuming each lot is fulfilled and the historical average value of our products are installed with respect to each lot. This amount has increased each of the past three years, despite RDS achieving consecutive increases in net revenue in each of those years. Additionally, ASG’s high-volume fabrication and design customers help provide us with visibility into their supply chain and sales programs, which enable us to forecast expected demand. A substantial percentage of our net revenue is attained from repeat customers with whom ASG has long-standing, cooperative relationships, which provides additional visibility into ASG’s future net revenue profile.

Long-Standing Relationships with Leading, Blue Chip Customers. RDS serves a mix of production homebuilders, multi-family accounts, and high-volume builders of. In 2017, RDS’ top ten customers had an average relationship tenure of 15 years, demonstrating the strength of our relationships as well as the trust we have earned in the homebuilding process. ASG also has strong relationships with many architecture and design firms, kitchen and bath dealers, and fabricators. For example, approximately 88% of ASG’s customers that purchased more than $5,000 of products in 2016 also purchased products from ASG in 2017. We believe that ASG’s expanded geographic footprint with premier design centers will drive stronger demand from these large regional and national customers.

Scalable Platform and a Track Record of Accretive Acquisitions. We have built our RDS and ASG platforms to be scalable and to maximize organic and acquisition-driven growth. We have an integration “playbook” that standardizes our approach to human resources and labor management matters and vendor relationships, and improves our overall integration process of financial and operational data. We believe our system roll-out and management processes provide us with a repeatable procedure for on-boarding of newly acquired businesses, with minimal disruption to our existing operations and those of our acquisitions. In the last two years, we have completed six acquisitions, the most significant of which was the acquisition of Pental. We believe Pental represents a transformative acquisition, which significantly expanded our geographic reach and

 

81


Table of Contents

product offering. As a result of our multi-regional platform, we believe we are well positioned to continue as a consolidator in our markets, identifying and integrating acquisitions into our existing operations to drive growth and scale.

Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Driving Growth. We are led by Tyrone Johnson, our Chief Executive Officer, Kendall R. Hoyd, our Chief Financial Officer, and Sunil Palakodati, President of ASG. Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd, and Palakodati have a combined 52 years in the building products and construction industries. Prior to their current roles, Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd, and Palakodati held senior executive positions with M&A responsibility at OmniMax International, Inc. (formerly Euramax International, Inc.), Trussway Holdings, Inc., and Masco Corporation, respectively.

Our Growth Strategy

Our growth strategy includes:

Expand Geographically through Greenfield Investment. We believe that our greenfield initiatives help lower our overall risk by targeting markets for new physical locations in which we have already established a base of business in our ASG segment through remote distribution, and offer attractive returns due to our knowledge of the market and our low fixed investment costs relative to revenue and profit potential. For example, with respect to the four ASG greenfield locations established in 2016 and 2017, the average fixed investment was $0.9 million and average estimated operating losses during the ramp-up period were $0.5 million, which brought the average total investment to approximately $1.4 million. These four locations took an average of 12 months from establishment to break even on an EBITDA basis. Based on current market assessments, we believe we can continue to expand ASG’s footprint by opening new greenfield locations.

Offer New Products and Services. We will seek to expand the suite of products and services that we provide to our customers. For example, for RDS, cabinets represent an attractive adjacent product expansion opportunity. Many of our long-term homebuilder customers have identified cabinet supply and installation as a challenging area in the construction process due to skilled labor shortages and difficulties associated with material sourcing. We believe that our existing capabilities and relationships can facilitate a successful product expansion in this area. RDS management is also evaluating appliances, home automation, and other products for similar opportunities. ASG will seek exclusive distribution rights from leading manufacturers by leveraging our geographic footprint and national presence following the acquisition of Pental. ASG management is also evaluating additional materials, including porcelain surfaces, for distribution within and cross-selling throughout the ASG network.

Accelerate Penetration of Existing Markets. We believe that we have several opportunities to expand our market penetration and capture additional market share. For RDS, the multi-family market is largely unpenetrated and represents a significant growth opportunity. Within our existing markets, RDS has approximately 4% market share of multi-family construction, and we believe this segment can contribute a larger percentage of net revenue over time. At ASG, management is focused on cross-selling products, identifying new customers, and accelerating the build-out of recently opened ASG greenfield sites with the goal of increasing revenue and earnings potential.

Identify and Pursue New Customer Segments. R&R remains a relatively untapped opportunity for us and we intend to pursue opportunities in this market. We believe that RDS’ design centers and staff are well positioned to serve the needs of R&R customers given the breadth of our product offerings, which would enable us to increase design center utilization and expand our margins. At ASG, management is evaluating new customer segments, including builders and dealers, which historically have not been central to the ASG sales effort. We believe that these initiatives have the potential to accelerate our net revenue growth with limited capital investment or increased cost.

 

82


Table of Contents

Acquisitions. We intend to pursue acquisitions that bolster our existing geographic reach, facilitate expansion into new regions, and provide new product or service capabilities. Acquisitions that give us direct contact with homebuyers and homeowners are particularly valuable, as we believe that our merchandising strategies differentiate us from our competitors and drive customer satisfaction. Since June 2015, we have successfully integrated two bolt-on acquisitions, helping us achieve higher net revenue, reduced expenses, and improved cash flow. We closed on three more acquisitions in 2017 and two additional acquisitions in the first quarter of 2018, and are in the process of integrating them. We also have a pipeline of acquisition candidates and engage in conversations from time to time with companies that we deem a strategic fit with our existing businesses.

Our History

Our platform originated in September 2014, when affiliates of Trive Capital Management LLC (which we refer to as “Trive Capital”) acquired RDS, which in turn acquired the assets of PT Tile Holdings, LP (which we refer to as “Pinnacle”) in February 2015 and Greencraft Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as “Greencraft”) in December 2017. Tyrone Johnson and Kendall R. Hoyd joined RDS in 2015 as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of RDS, respectively. Affiliates of Trive Capital also formed a consolidation platform in the stone countertop market by acquiring the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC in June 2015, which in turn acquired the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. (which we refer to as “Modul”) in July 2016, Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”) in February 2017, and the assets of Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (which we refer to as “Cosmic”) in October 2017, and these acquired businesses were combined to form ASG. ASG then acquired certain assets of Elegant Home Design, LLC (which we refer to as “Bedrock”) in January 2018 and ceratin assets of NSI, LLC (which we refer to as “NSI”) in March 2018. ASG is led by Sunil Palakodati, who joined as Chief Executive Officer of ASG in August 2016.

 

83


Table of Contents

Recent Transactions

November 2017 Restructuring Transactions

In November 2017, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. entered into a series of restructuring transactions (which we refer to as the “November 2017 restructuring transactions”) pursuant to which it acquired all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG, including all of their respective wholly-owned subsidiaries, each of which entities, including Select Interior Concepts, Inc., were then under common control by affiliates of Trive Capital. Following the November 2017 restructuring transactions, Select Interior Concepts, Inc. became a holding company that wholly owns RDS and ASG, and Tyrone Johnson, Kendall R. Hoyd, and Sunil Palakodati became our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, and the President—ASG, respectively. The following diagram shows our current organizational structure:

 

LOGO

 

84


Table of Contents

We believe that the combination of RDS and ASG creates a strong, scalable platform of product and service offerings for home interiors that can be replicated across geographies, product categories, and services. We believe that our markets are highly fragmented and present opportunities to make additional highly synergistic acquisitions. We intend to opportunistically pursue the acquisition of other companies from a growing list of acquisition candidates.

 

 

LOGO

November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

In November 2017, we completed a private offering and private placement pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of 21,750,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which included shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the option granted by us to the initial purchaser and placement agent thereunder, in reliance upon the exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), provided by Rule l44A, Regulation S, and Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (which we refer to as the “November 2017 private offering and private placement”). We received net proceeds of $240.5 million from the November 2017 private offering and private placement, of which we used $122.8 million in connection with the November 2017 restructuring transactions, which included our acquisition of all of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG and the repurchase by us of shares of our Class B Common Stock from existing stockholders, and $112.8 million to repay our outstanding indebtedness, with the remaining $4.9 million of the net proceeds being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

85


Table of Contents

Industry Background

New Housing Market

New housing construction, particularly for single-family residences, is an important indicator for the success of our businesses. In 2017, approximately 71% of our revenue came from new single-family housing construction. The housing market has experienced significant gains since the 2007-2009 recession. We believe that the new-home market is on a sustainable growth trajectory, supported by stronger macroeconomic conditions, low unemployment levels, improving wage gains, low interest rates, and increasing consumer confidence combined with a limited supply of new homes. In addition, increasing household formations—particularly among members of the millennial generation, according to the 2017 report of the Joint Center for Housing Studies of Harvard University (which we refer to as the “JCHS”), Demographic Change and the Remodeling Outlook (which we refer to as the “JCHS Report”)—is expected to be a key long-term driver of the new-home market.

 

 

LOGO

Source: Federal Reserve Economic Data

We believe that the outlook for new housing starts is favorable. As of December 2017, the National Association of Home Builders (which we refer to as “NAHB”) forecasted increases in single-family housing starts in 95 of the 100 largest metro areas in the United States for 2018.

Repair and Remodel

Approximately 21% of our revenue in 2017 came from R&R activity, almost all of which was earned by our ASG business. According to data produced by the NAHB Remodeling Market Index, current market conditions and future market indicators suggest that remodeling demand is accelerating. We believe that demand drivers such as aging household inventory, millennials forming households and purchasing homes, existing home sales, and rising home equity values will fuel this expansion in the demand for remodeling. We believe that we will benefit from the rising demands of homeowners as they seek to upgrade to higher quality countertops, flooring and other various interior products.

 

86


Table of Contents

According to the JCHS Report, homeowner spending on home improvements is expected to increase 2.0% per year through 2025 after adjusting for inflation, driven by older homeowners age 55 and up. We view discretionary improvement projects, which include kitchen and bath remodels, as the most important form of remodeling activity for our businesses.

 

 

LOGO

Source: JCHS Report

Residential Design Services

RDS Products & Services

We believe RDS is a trusted partner to homebuilders and performs vital outsourced functions on their behalf at key phases of the homebuilding process.

During the initial design phase of a new residential development, RDS often assists builders with upfront planning of design elements and interior options. These alternatives then become the standard packages and design options which are the basis from which the new homebuyer makes upgrade selections. During the initial construction phase, RDS offers a full suite of interior customization options to homebuyers in its design centers, providing the opportunity to upgrade to higher priced options that are not part of the homebuilder’s standard package. These upgrades result in higher revenue and profitability for both RDS and the homebuilder, who shares in the incremental revenue from any upgrades. RDS also provides installation services, ensuring that the finished product meets the homebuyer’s expectations.

 

87


Table of Contents

We believe that RDS provides interior product offerings that are among the most comprehensive in the markets in which we operate. RDS’ collection of design options enables homebuyers to customize their homes with high quality interior finishes and provides homebuilders with a single partner to handle the majority of the interior design elements in a new home. RDS offers five core interior surface categories—flooring, countertops and wall tile, finish carpentry, shower enclosures and mirrors, and window treatments.

 

 

LOGO

As of December 31, 2017

RDS Design Centers

Through its 18 design centers in California (15), Arizona (2) and Nevada (1), RDS improves the homebuyer experience with a high-touch, consultative approach. Once a builder’s sales agent directs a homebuyer to RDS, an RDS designer sets up a personal appointment with the buyer. Designers utilize product samples, color sheets, diagrams, and RDS’ proprietary design center management software system to guide the homebuyer through design selection, pricing, and ordering. Designers demonstrate standard builder options and offer higher-quality upgrade recommendations that enhance the aesthetics and design of the home interior and ultimately increase the value of the home.

We believe that our designers provide a superior customer experience for homebuyers, as evidenced by greater than 95% satisfaction ratings, based on internal surveys conducted in 2017. RDS designers are up-to-date on the latest design trends, and know how each of these design elements fits within the homebuilder’s community plans. RDS’ designers are skilled in matching the homebuyer’s lifestyle and taste with upgraded features and finishes, which can increase value and appeal for the homeowner. We believe that designers are attracted to working at RDS because the homebuyers that RDS and its homebuilder customers serve generally desire high-end homes and have relatively larger upgrade budgets, which in turn drive sales commissions. For example, in a recent residential development project for a long-time homebuilder customer, over 80% of homebuyers selected upgrade packages, which averaged more than $65,000 per lot versus less than $20,000 per lot for standard options. In recognition of their success, in 2017, four of RDS’ designers received awards from national homebuilder customers for providing exceptional homebuyer experiences.

RDS Sourcing and Countertop Fabrication

RDS sources interior surface selections from a large, diverse base of national and regional suppliers. RDS’ significant supplier network, which includes more than 230 vendors, enables sourcing of a diverse set of quality products to meet a broad range of customer aesthetics and budgets. We believe that these supplier relationships and RDS’ merchandising skill in choosing which of their products to offer allow RDS to provide the latest “on trend” designs, which our homebuilder customers and their homebuyers demand.

 

88


Table of Contents

RDS receives and stages inventory at one of its ten warehouses, fabricates certain materials into finished items at one of its three countertop fabrication facilities, and delivers products to homebuilder job sites according to the project schedule. Approximately 50% of natural and engineered stone slab fabrication needs are performed by RDS in-house, with the remainder outsourced to third-parties. Certain other products—including shower enclosures and mirrors—also require pre-fabrication before being delivered to a job site, and RDS performs this preparation in-house. Finally, other products, such as flooring, are delivered to the job site as ordered and are then prepped and installed on-site by RDS employees or trade partners.

RDS Sales and Marketing

RDS has experienced, professional sales account managers focused on providing tailored solutions to meet the needs of each builder. The business is supported by 18 account managers who are knowledgeable about existing and prospective homebuilders’ communities and have cultivated strong relationships with homebuilders over the current average tenure of approximately eight years. Account managers and our senior management are also actively involved with numerous industry organizations and trade shows to promote RDS’ services. We believe that RDS has implemented a highly effective sales strategy, as evidenced by RDS’ growing sales pipeline and new development wins.

Architectural Surfaces Group

ASG Products & Services

ASG’s products are comprised of a number of industry leading brands for engineered stone, and we offer a comprehensive product portfolio with minimal product overlap. From a premium quartz brand (PentalQuartz ® ) to a price-competitive brand (MetroQuartz ® ), ASG offers a robust engineered stone offering across a broad range of price points. Industry growth is increasingly focused on the engineered stone and tile segments, and we believe that we have the in-house product and management expertise to benefit from these emerging product trends.

 

 

LOGO

As of December 31, 2017

 

89


Table of Contents

ASG Distribution Centers and Showrooms

AG&M’s established distribution footprint in the South and East combined with Modul’s focus on Southern California, Pental’s Pacific Northwest presence, and Cosmic’s presence in the Northeast creates a multi-regional footprint of ASG facilities, with access to new geographies, supply chains, products, and distribution rights.

ASG operates what we believe to be an attractive margin business that requires a consistent, scalable and reliable supply chain, coupled with exceptional customer service and showrooms. ASG has developed a hub-and-spoke distribution model to effectively manage logistics between its locations and keep inventory and freight costs down. By accelerating turnover from the hub to the branches of the network, ASG focuses on inventory turns and return on invested capital. ASG has developed long-term partnerships with leading fabricators, who we believe depend on ASG’s logistics infrastructure for reliable supply.

ASG provides distinctive products—oftentimes from specialized quarries—that we believe appeal to the most discerning customers. ASG maintains deep relationships with high-end design firms, which it leverages to work directly with customers for whom aesthetics typically outweigh cost considerations when designing or remodeling their kitchens and bathrooms.

ASG also serves the upper end of the market by stocking a wide variety of high-quality natural stone, engineered stone, and tile products at its showrooms. Showrooms are staffed by a knowledgeable sales force to maintain well-designed product displays and to provide exceptional customer service.

ASG Sourcing

The creation of ASG through the combination of AG&M, Modul, Pental, and Cosmic resulted in significant scale that increased buying power and served as a differentiating factor in the highly-fragmented distribution market, positioning ASG as a leading value-added distributor. The integration also unlocked opportunities for procurement discounts and exclusive distribution rights with new or rare natural stone, engineered stone, and tile. We believe ASG’s higher volume commitments also serve as a differentiator in a competitive marketplace with suppliers, affording tangible benefits to us and creating significant barriers to entry.

ASG Sales and Marketing

ASG employs a dual-pronged, “push” / “pull” sales strategy. The “push” strategy involves direct marketing and sales to fabricators. ASG has built a sophisticated supply chain, with geographically diverse suppliers, technology-enabled inventory management, and a hub-and-spoke distribution model that maximizes freight efficiency and promotes higher sales volumes.

The primary “pull-through” sales strategy leverages ASG’s premium showrooms, valuable brands, and direct relationships with architects and designers to increase demand. ASG’s pull-through strategy is enabled by its national footprint, which we believe appeals to leading homebuilders and large architecture and design firms. We believe that ASG’s pull-through strategy creates direct demand from less price-sensitive end users and fosters brand loyalty and customer stickiness.

Competition

Our markets are highly fragmented and competitive. We face competition from large home improvement stores, national and regional interior surface retailers and distributors, and independent design centers. Some of our competitors are organizations that are larger, are better capitalized, have operated longer, have product offerings that extend beyond our product suite, and have a more established market presence with substantially

 

90


Table of Contents

greater financial, marketing, personnel, and other resources than we have. In addition, while we believe that there is a relatively low threat of new internet-only entrants due to the nature of our products, the growth opportunities presented by e-commerce could outweigh these challenges and result in increased competition.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, we employed a total of approximately 960 employees at our 44 locations. None of these employees is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our relations with our employees are good.

Properties

We have 44 locations, each of which is leased. Our corporate headquarters, which share a facility with RDS’ flagship design center, are located at 4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807. The purpose and size of our top 20 locations, based on revenue, are as follows:

 

Location

 

Segment

 

Purpose

  Approximate
Sq. Ft.
 

Anaheim, CA (East Hunter Avenue)

  RDS  

Design Center / Office / Warehouse

    52,416  

Anaheim, CA (Blue Gum Street)

  RDS  

Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    16,110  

Austin, TX

  ASG  

Design Center /Distribution /Office/Warehouse

    30,000  

Corona, CA (Enterprise)

  RDS  

Design Center / Office / Warehouse

    9,000  

Denver, CO

  ASG  

Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    80,674  

Escondido, CA

  RDS  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    10,183  

Fife, WA

  ASG  

Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    37,950  

Fairfield, CA

  RDS  

Office / Warehouse

    25,150  

Gilroy, CA

  RDS  

Countertop Fabrication / Office / Warehouse

    16,600  

La Mirada, CA

  RDS  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    41,250  

Livermore, CA

  RDS  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    22,880  

Nashville, TN

  ASG  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    12,750  

Oklahoma City, OK

  ASG  

Design Center / Warehouse

    10,419  

Portland, OR

  ASG  

Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    41,876  

Sacramento, CA

  RDS  

Design Center / Office

    9,600  

San Antonio, TX

  ASG  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    12,300  

Seattle, WA

  ASG  

Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    134,000  

Simi Valley, CA (Agate Court)

  RDS  

Office / Warehouse

    13,175  

Sun Valley, CA

  ASG  

Design Center / Distribution / Office / Warehouse

    33,004  

Van Nuys, CA

  ASG  

Design Center / Office / Warehouse

    46,500  

Government Regulation

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to our businesses generally in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including those relating to employment, import and export, public health and safety, work place safety, product safety, transportation, zoning, and the environment. We operate our businesses in accordance with standards and procedures designed to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and we believe we are in compliance in all material respects with such laws and regulations.

Insurance and Risk Management

We use a combination of insurance policies specific to particular purposes to provide us with protection against potential liability for workers’ compensation, general liability, product liability, director and officers’

 

91


Table of Contents

liability, employer’s liability, property damage, auto liability, and other casualty and property risks. Changes in legal trends and interpretations, variability in inflation rates, changes in workers’ compensation and general liability premiums and deductibles, changes in the nature and method of claims settlement, benefit level changes due to changes in applicable laws, insolvency of insurance carriers, and changes in discount rates could all affect ultimate settlements of claims. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcomes of these matters are generally not presently determinable, we do not believe that any of these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Intellectual Property

We possess proprietary knowledge and software programs, as well as registered trademarks that are important to our businesses. We make, and will continue to make, efforts to protect our intellectual property rights; however, the actions taken by us may be inadequate to prevent others from using similar intellectual property. In addition, third parties may assert claims against our use of intellectual property and we may be unable to successfully resolve such claims.

 

92


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Our board of directors consists of six directors. Of these six directors, we believe that four, constituting a majority, are considered “independent,” with independence being determined in accordance with the listing standards established by the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our directors hold office until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Consequently, at each annual meeting, the successors to each of our directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at that meeting by the shares present in person or by proxy at a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereon.

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age   

Position with our Company

Tyrone Johnson    45    Chief Executive Officer and Director
Kendall R. Hoyd    55    Chief Financial Officer
Sunil Palakodati    45    President—ASG
Christopher Zugaro    38    Chairman of our Board of Directors
Donald F. McAleenan    63    Independent Director
Robert Scott Vansant    56    Independent Director
Brett G. Wyard    48    Independent Director
S. Tracy Coster    56    Independent Director

Biographical Information

The following is a summary of certain biographical information concerning our executive officers and directors.

Tyrone Johnson .    Mr. Johnson has served as the Chief Executive Officer of our Company and a member of our board of directors since November 2017. Prior to his current position at our Company, Mr. Johnson served as the Chief Executive Officer of RDS from December 2015 to November 2017. Prior to RDS, from July 2015 to November 2015, Mr. Johnson was President, North America, and from June 2014 to June 2015, Mr. Johnson was Vice President & General Manager Consumer Products, of OmniMax International, Inc. (formerly Euramax International, Inc.), a metal roofing products manufacturing company. Prior to OmniMax International, Mr. Johnson was Senior Vice President of Mannington Mills, Inc., a flooring products manufacturing company, from May 2012 to July 2013, and President, Americas of Amtico International, a global flooring manufacturing company, from January 2008 to May 2012. Mr. Johnson received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Howard University, and a Master of Business Administration degree from DePaul University. Mr. Johnson is qualified to serve as a director due to his familiarity with and leadership at RDS, his expertise in the building products and services industry, and his 15 years of experience at building products companies.

Kendall R. Hoyd .    Mr. Hoyd has served as the Chief Financial Officer of our Company since November 2017. Prior to his current position at our Company, Mr. Hoyd served as the Chief Operating Officer of RDS from May 2017 to November 2017, and served as the Chief Financial Officer of RDS from January 2015 to April 2017. Prior to RDS, Mr. Hoyd was the Chief Financial Officer of Trussway Holdings, Inc., a private-equity owned truss manufacturer headquartered in Houston, Texas, from 2009 to 2014. Prior to Trussway Holdings, Inc., Mr. Hoyd held the positions of Chief Financial Officer/Controller, General Manager, and finally President at Idaho Truss and Component Company, a manufacturer of structural building components, and eventually became part owner of this company before its sale in 2009. Mr. Hoyd received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Finance from Boise State University and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

 

93


Table of Contents

Sunil Palakodati .    Mr. Palakodati has served as the President—ASG of our Company since November 2017. Prior to his current position at our Company, Mr. Palakodati served as the Chief Executive Officer of ASG from August 2016 to November 2017. Prior to ASG, Mr. Palakodati was President of Agile Business Corporation from August 2015 to July 2016. Prior to Agile Business Corporation, Mr. Palakodati worked at Masco Corporation from May 2009 through July 2015, where, in his last role there, he served as an Executive Vice President. Mr. Palakodati received a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Bangalore University, a Master of Science degree in Technology from Pittsburg State University, and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Michigan.

Christopher Zugaro .    Mr. Zugaro is the chairman of our board of directors and has served on our board of directors since November 2017. Mr. Zugaro co-founded and has been a partner at Trive Capital Management LLC since 2012. Mr. Zugaro sits on the Investment Committee of Trive Capital and on the board of directors at many of Trive Capital’s portfolio companies. Prior to co-founding Trive Capital, Mr. Zugaro was a Principal at Insight Equity, a Dallas, Texas area private equity firm, from 2007 to 2012. Prior to joining Insight Equity, Mr. Zugaro was with the management consulting firm Bain & Company from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Zugaro received a Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Engineering from Texas A&M University, and a Master of Business Administration degree from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Zugaro is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive leadership experience sitting on the boards of directors of 23 portfolio companies throughout his career, and working with those companies in all areas of strategy, governance, financial management, and human resources. In addition to years of experience underwriting building products companies, Mr. Zugaro has historically been on the boards of directors of building products and services companies across the United States.

Donald F. McAleenan .    Mr. McAleenan is a director and has served on our board of directors since November 2017. Mr. McAleenan has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Builders FirstSource, Inc. since 1998. Prior to Builders FirstSource, Inc., Mr. McAleenan served as Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Fibreboard Corporation from 1992 to 1997. Mr. McAleenan was also Assistant General Counsel of AT&E Corporation and spent nine years as a securities lawyer at two New York City law firms. Mr. McAleenan received a Bachelor of Science degree in Foreign Service from Georgetown University, and a Juris Doctor degree from New York University School of Law. Mr. McAleenan is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive leadership experience at publicly traded companies within the building products and services industry, his expertise in corporate governance issues, and his strong relationships and extensive contacts with executives within the building products and services industry.

Robert Scott Vansant .    Mr. Vansant is a director and has served on our board of directors since November 2017. Mr. Vansant has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SRS Distribution Inc., a national distributor of roofing materials, since April 2017. Prior to joining SRS Distribution, Mr. Vansant served as the Chief Financial Officer at JW Aluminum, Inc. from 2015 to 2017. Prior to JW Aluminum, Mr. Vansant served as President, North America of OmniMax International, Inc. (formerly Euramax International, Inc.), a metal roofing products manufacturer, and was the Chief Financial Officer at Euramax International, Inc. from 1998 to 2013. From 1991 to 1998, Mr. Vansant served in several roles with Alumax Inc. (which was acquired by Alcoa in 1998), including as Internal Audit Director and as Vice President, Finance for Alumax’s Fabricated Products Division. Mr. Vansant received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from Mercer University. Mr. Vansant is qualified to serve as a director because of his extensive leadership experience within the building products and services industry, his expertise in accounting and finance, and his strong relationships and extensive contacts with executives within the building products and services industry.

Brett G. Wyard .    Mr. Wyard is a director and has served on our board of directors since December 2017. Mr. Wyard is a Founder and has served as Managing Partner of Solace Capital Partners since 2014. In 2013, Mr. Wyard spent the year planning and preparing for the founding of Solace Capital Partners. Prior to that, Mr. Wyard was with The Carlyle Group from 2005 to 2012, where he was involved with the raising and

 

94


Table of Contents

investing of $1.9 billion as a Global Partner, Managing Director and Co-head of Carlyle Strategic Partners. Prior to Carlyle, from 1999 to 2005, Mr. Wyard was Managing Director at Oaktree Capital Management as one of the senior members in the firm’s flagship Opportunities Funds. Between 1992 and 1999, Mr. Wyard had roles at Miller & Schroeder, Voyageur Asset Management, the Financial Restructuring Group at Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin, and the Global Special Situations Group at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Wyard received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Boston College. Mr. Wyard is currently a member of the Board of Directors of Forbes Energy Services Ltd., the Board of Regents of Boston College, and the Board of Trustees of the St. John’s Health Center Foundation and the Young Presidents’ Organization. Mr. Wyard is qualified to serve as a director because of his over 25 years of private equity, investment banking experience and other board experience.

S. Tracy Coster . Ms. Coster became a director on our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Ms. Coster founded and manages STC Consulting Services, LLC, a strategy consulting firm, since 2002. Prior to STC Consulting Services, Ms. Coster served as the Sector Executive for the Cabinetry and Tile Sector at the Kohler Company from 1998 to 2001. Prior to the Kohler Company, Ms. Coster was with the General Electric Company from 1990 to 1998 and held general management roles in the Appliances and GE Capital divisions, as well as the lead strategy role at the Transportation Systems division. Ms. Coster received a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from The Johns Hopkins University and a Master of Business Administration from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Ms. Coster is a former director of Hudson Valley Clean Energy, Inc. and serves as a Trustee of the Mount Washington Pediatric Hospital. Ms. Tracy is qualified to serve as a director due to her expertise in the building products industry, primarily stemming from her positions at the General Electric Company and the Kohler Company.

Management Changes

Shortly after the date of this prospectus, Mr. Hoyd intends to become President of RDS. We intend to appoint a new Chief Financial Officer upon Mr. Hoyd’s transition to his anticipated new role.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

Board of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than 12 members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time by our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of six directors.

On December 15, 2017, we entered into a board designee agreement with Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as the “Solace Fund”), our largest stockholder as of the date of this prospectus. Under this board designee agreement, the Solace Fund has the right to nominate one director to serve on our board of directors until the earliest to occur of (i) the Solace Fund and its affiliates having sold or otherwise transferred 50% or more of the 3,500,000 shares of our common stock held by them (taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or similar events), (ii) the Solace Fund and its affiliates failing to beneficially own on a fully diluted basis at least 6.5% of our outstanding common stock, (iii) the Solace Fund’s nominee being removed from our board of directors for cause (as defined in the board designee agreement), (iv) the Solace Fund’s nominee having breached the board designee agreement or any of his or her fiduciary duties to our Company and our stockholders, and (v) the Solace Fund’s nominee not being elected or re-elected to our board of directors at any meeting of our stockholders. The Solace Fund has currently designated Brett G. Wyard to serve on our board of directors.

Our board of directors has determined that four of our directors, constituting a majority, satisfy the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market with respect to independence.

 

95


Table of Contents

Our board of directors believes its members collectively have or will have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to effectively oversee the management of our Company, including a high degree of personal and professional integrity, an ability to exercise sound business judgment on a broad range of issues, sufficient experience and background to have an appreciation of the issues facing our Company, a willingness to devote the necessary time to board duties, a commitment to representing the best interests of our Company and our stockholders and a dedication to enhancing stockholder value.

Role of our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors administers this oversight function directly, with support from its three standing committees (the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee), each of which will address risks specific to its respective areas of oversight. In particular, the audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management takes to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee will also monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, in addition to oversight of the performance of our internal audit function. The compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating and corporate governance committee will provide oversight with respect to corporate governance and ethical conduct and will monitor the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether such guidelines are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established three committees: (i) the audit committee; (ii) the compensation committee; and (iii) the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each member of these committees satisfies the independence standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market; each member of the audit committee also satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act; and each member of the compensation committee also satisfies the independence requirements of Rule 10C-1 of the Exchange Act.

Audit Committee.   Our board of directors has established an audit committee, which is currently comprised of three independent directors, Donald F. McAleenan, Robert Scott Vansant, and S. Tracy Coster, each of whom is “able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including our balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement,” as required under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Robert Scott Vansant serves as the chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other matters, oversees: (i) our financial reporting, auditing and internal control activities; (ii) the integrity and audits of our financial statements; (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iv) the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors; (v) the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors; and (vi) our overall risk exposure and management. Duties of the audit committee also include:

 

    annually review and assess the adequacy of the audit committee charter;

 

    be responsible for the appointment, retention and termination of our independent auditors and determine the compensation of our independent auditors;

 

    review with the independent auditors the plans and results of the audit engagement;

 

    evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

    have sole authority to approve in advance all audit and non-audit services by our independent auditors, the scope and terms thereof, and the fees therefor;

 

96


Table of Contents
    review our system of audit and financial accounting controls and the results of internal audits; and

 

    meet periodically with management, our chief financial officer or other internal audit staff and our independent auditors in separate executive sessions.

Our board of directors has determined that Robert Scott Vansant is an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the rules of the SEC, and has the requisite “financial sophistication” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Compensation Committee.   Our board of directors has established a compensation committee, which is comprised of three independent directors, Donald F. McAleenan, Robert Scott Vansant, and S. Tracy Coster. Donald F. McAleenan serves as the chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other matters:

 

    administers, reviews, and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, our compensation plans, including our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan;

 

    reviews all equity compensation plans to be submitted for stockholder approval under the listing standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market, and reviews, in its sole discretion, all equity compensation plans that are exempt from such stockholder approval requirement;

 

    annually reviews and approves our corporate goals and objectives with respect to compensation for executive officers and, at least annually, evaluates each executive officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives to set his or her annual compensation, including salary, bonus and equity and non-equity incentive compensation, subject to approval by our board of directors;

 

    annually reviews, concurrently with the nominating and corporate governance committee, the appropriate level of compensation for board and committee service by non-employee directors; and

 

    reviews our incentive compensation arrangements to confirm that incentive pay does not encourage unnecessary risk-taking, and reviews and discusses, at least annually, the relationship between risk management policies and practices, corporate strategy and our compensation arrangements.

The compensation committee has the authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant to be used to assist in the evaluation of executive officer compensation.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee .    Our board of directors has established a nominating and corporate governance committee, which is comprised of three independent directors, Donald F. McAleenan, Robert Scott Vansant, and Brett G. Wyard. Donald F. McAleenan serves as the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee, pursuant to its written charter, among other matters:

 

    identifies individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors and ensures that our board of directors reflects the appropriate balance of knowledge, experience, skills, expertise, diversity and independence;

 

    develops, and recommends to our board of directors for its approval, qualifications for director candidates and periodically reviews these qualifications with our board of directors;

 

    develops, recommends and reviews, concurrently with the compensation committee, the appropriate form and level of director compensation;

 

    reviews the committee structure of our board of directors and recommends directors to serve as members or chairs of each committee of our board of directors;

 

97


Table of Contents
    reviews and recommends committee slates annually and recommends additional committee members to fill vacancies as needed;

 

    develops and recommends to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines applicable to us and, at least annually, reviews such guidelines and recommends changes to our board of directors for approval as necessary; and

 

    oversees the annual evaluations of our board of directors and management.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our Company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and any employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote the following:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our communications with and reports to our stockholders, including reports filed with the SEC, and other public communications;

 

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

    a professional and respectful work environment, free of discrimination or harassment;

 

    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

 

    accountability for adherence to the code of business conduct and ethics.

Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers, directors or any employees may be made only by our board of directors, and, once we become a publicly reporting, listed company, will be promptly disclosed as required by law or the regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

Limitations on Liabilities and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

For information concerning limitations of liability and indemnification and advancement rights applicable to our directors and officers, see “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Directors and Officers, and Insurance.”

 

98


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers (Tyrone Johnson, our Chief Executive Officer, Kendall R. Hoyd, our Chief Financial Officer, and Sunil Palakodati, the President—ASG) in fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

 

Name and
Principal Position

  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus ($)   Stock
Awards ($)
  All Other
Compensation ($)
  Total ($)

Tyrone Johnson

      2017       334,615 (1)       171,000 (7)       6,801,288 (13)       8,475 (17)       7,315,378

Chief Executive Officer

      2016       325,000 (2)       215,694 (8)             5,250 (17)       545,944

Kendall R. Hoyd

      2017       273,269 (3)       141,000 (9)       4,190,256 (14)       6,900 (18)       4,611,425

Chief Financial Officer

      2016       250,000 (4)       380,413 (10)             4,704 (18)       635,117

Sunil Palakodati

      2017       306,000 (5)       134,784 (11)       2,619,224 (15)       2,546 (19)       3,062,554

President—ASG

      2016       114,583 (6)       70,000 (12)       1,874,176 (16)             2,058,759

 

(1)   Mr. Tyrone Johnson began serving as our Chief Executive Officer on November 22, 2017, and immediately prior to serving as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Johnson served as the chief executive officer of RDS, one of our operating subsidiaries. Salary received by Mr. Johnson in 2017 consists of (i) $296,396, a pro-rated amount based on his annual base salary of $350,000 during his employment with RDS, and (ii) $38,219, a pro-rated amount based on his annual base salary of $450,000 under his employment agreement with us.

 

(2)   Salary received by Mr. Johnson in 2016 was in connection with his employment with RDS as its chief executive officer.

 

(3)   Mr. Kendall R. Hoyd began serving as our Chief Financial Officer on November 22, 2017, and immediately prior to serving as our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Hoyd served as the chief financial officer of RDS from January 2017 to April 2017, and served as the chief operating officer of RDS from May 2017 to November 2017. Salary received by Mr. Hoyd in 2017 consists of (i) $243,461, a pro-rated amount based on his weighted average annual base salary of approximately $266,000 during his employment with RDS, and (ii) $29,808, a pro-rated amount based on his annual base salary of $340,000 under his employment agreement with us.

 

(4)   Salary received by Mr. Hoyd in 2016 was in connection with his employment with RDS as its chief financial officer.

 

(5)   Mr. Sunil Palakodati began serving as the President—ASG on November 22, 2017, and immediately prior to serving as the President—ASG, Mr. Palakodati served as the chief executive officer of ASG, one of our operating subsidiaries. Salary received by Mr. Palakodati in 2017 consists of (i) $274,151, a pro-rated amount based on his weighted average annual base salary of approximately of $297,000 during his employment with ASG, and (ii) $31,849, a pro-rated amount based on his annual base salary of $375,000 under his employment agreement with us.

 

(6)   Mr. Palakodati began serving as the chief executive officer of ASG on August 1, 2016. Salary received by Mr. Palakodati in 2016 was a pro-rated amount based on his base salary of $275,000 in connection with his employment with ASG as its chief executive officer.

 

(7)   Bonus earned by Mr. Johnson in 2017 was in connection with his employment with us and RDS.

 

(8)   Bonus earned by Mr. Johnson in 2016 was in connection with his employment with RDS.

 

(9)   Bonus earned by Mr. Hoyd in 2017 was in connection with his employment with us and RDS.

 

(10)   Bonus earned by Mr. Hoyd in 2016 was in connection with his employment with RDS.

 

(11)   Bonus earned by Mr. Palakodati in 2017 was in connection with his employment with us and ASG.

 

(12)   Bonus earned by Mr. Palakodati in 2016 was in connection with his employment with ASG.

 

99


Table of Contents
(13)   Represents the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of (i) an award of 508,649.12 Class B Units of RDS granted to Mr. Johnson in connection with his employment with RDS, including taxes withheld by RDS in connection with such award grant, (ii) an award of 160,092 shares of our restricted stock, subject to time- and performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Johnson under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us, and (iii) an award of our phantom stock with respect to 160,092 shares of our common stock, to be settled in cash, subject to performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Johnson under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us. For additional information regarding the awards of restricted stock and phantom stock, see “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table —Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017”.

 

(14)   Represents the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of (i) an award of 324,008.16 Class B Units of RDS granted to Mr. Hoyd in connection with his employment with RDS, including taxes withheld by RDS in connection with such award grant, (ii) an award of 96,055 shares of our restricted stock, subject to time- and performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Hoyd under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us, and (iii) an award of our phantom stock with respect to 96,055 shares of our common stock, to be settled in cash, subject to performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Hoyd under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us. For additional information regarding the awards of restricted stock and phantom stock, see “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table —Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017”.

 

(15)   Represents the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of (i) an award of 213,162.95 Class C Units of ASG granted to Mr. Palakodati in connection with his employment with ASG, (ii) an award of 96,055 shares of our restricted stock, subject to time- and performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Palakodati under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us, and (iii) an award of our phantom stock with respect to 96,055 shares of our common stock, to be settled in cash, subject to performance-based vesting criteria, granted to Mr. Palakodati under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in connection with his employment with us. For additional information regarding the awards of restricted stock and phantom stock, see “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table —Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017”.

 

(16)   Represents the grant date fair value, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of an award of 1,272,697.93 Class C Units of ASG granted to Mr. Palakodati in connection with his employment with ASG.

 

(17)   Represents RDS’ contributions to Mr. Johnson’s account under RDS’ 401(k) plan.

 

(18)   Represents RDS’ contributions to Mr. Hoyd’s account under RDS’ 401(k) plan.

 

(19)   Represents ASG’s contributions to Mr. Palakodati’s account under ASG’s 401(k) plan.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

We believe that the primary goal of executive compensation is to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders in a way that allows us to attract and retain the best executive talent. We have adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses and making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. Our compensation committee has designed a compensation program that rewards, among other things, favorable stockholder returns, stock appreciation, our Company’s competitive position within the building products supply and services industry, and each executive officer’s long-term contributions to our Company.

The compensation incentives designed to further these goals take the form of annual cash compensation and equity and equity-based awards, as well as long-term cash and/or equity and equity-based incentives measured by company and/or individual performance targets that are established by our compensation committee. In addition, our compensation committee may determine to make equity and/or equity-based awards to newly-hired executive officers in order to attract talented professionals.

 

100


Table of Contents

Named Executive Officer Compensation

Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2017 were Tyrone Johnson, Kendall R. Hoyd, and Sunil Palakodati, each of whom began serving in their roles as executive officers in November 2017. The following is a summary of the elements of our compensation arrangements paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2017.

Annual Base Salary .  Base salary is designed to compensate our named executive officers at a fixed level of compensation that serves as a retention tool throughout the executive’s tenure. In determining base salaries, our compensation committee considers each executive’s role and responsibility, unique skills, future potential with us, salary levels for similar positions in our market and internal pay equity.

Annual Cash Bonus .  Annual cash bonuses are designed to incentivize our named executive officers at a variable level of compensation based on our Company’s performance as well as the executive’s individual performance. In connection with our annual cash bonus program, our compensation committee determines annual performance criteria that are flexible and that change with the needs of our business. Our annual cash bonus program is designed to reward the achievement of specific financial and operational objectives. For fiscal year 2017, our compensation committee determined, on a discretionary basis, the annual cash bonus for each of our named executive officers after consideration of our Company’s performance in fiscal year 2017, including our Adjusted EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 exceeding our Company’s internal Adjusted EBITDA target for such period, each of RDS’ and ASG’s respective Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 exceeding its respective internal Adjusted EBITDA target for such period, and our Company’s successful consummation of the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

Equity and Cash-Settled Equity-Based Awards .  In fiscal year 2017, we began providing time- and/or performance-based equity and cash-settled equity-based awards to our named executive officers pursuant to our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan to recognize such individuals’ efforts on our behalf and to provide a retention element to their overall compensation. Time- and/or performance-based equity and cash-settled equity-based awards are designed to focus and reward our named executive officers on our long-term goals and enhance stockholder value. In determining equity and cash-settled equity-based awards, our compensation committee takes into account our Company’s overall financial performance. The equity and cash-settled equity-based awards made under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in fiscal year 2017 to our named executive officers were granted by our board of directors, on a discretionary basis, after consideration of our Company’s successful consummation of the November 2017 private offering and private placement, and RDS’ and ASG’s financial and operational performance and growth, and such individual’s contributions to RDS or ASG, as the case may be, in fiscal year 2016 and the period from the beginning of fiscal year 2017 until November 22, 2017 (the date such awards were granted).

The equity awards that were granted to our named executive officers pursuant to our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in fiscal year 2017 consist of shares of restricted stock that vest in equal installments annually over three years, subject to the achievement of Company performance goals and such grantee’s continued employment with us, as more fully described in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017.”

The cash-settled equity-based awards that were granted to our named executive officers pursuant to our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan in fiscal year 2017 consist of shares of phantom stock that are to be settled in cash based on the value of the shares of common stock underlying the vested portion of the applicable award as of the date of settlement. The date of settlement of a phantom stock award is generally as and when such award vests, which is subject to the achievement of Company performance goals and such grantee’s continued employment with us, as more fully described in “—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017.”

Retirement Savings Opportunities .  All of our employees are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan (which we refer to as a “401(k) plan”). We provide this 401(k) plan to help our

 

101


Table of Contents

employees save some amount of their cash compensation for retirement in a tax efficient manner. Under the 401(k) plan, employees are eligible to defer a portion of their base salary, and we, at our discretion, may make a matching contribution and/or a profit sharing contribution on their behalf. We do not currently provide, nor do we intend to provide in the future, an option for our employees to invest in shares of our common stock through the 401(k) plan.

Health and Welfare Benefits .  We provide to all of our full-time employees a competitive benefits package, which includes health and welfare benefits, such as medical, dental, disability and life insurance benefits. The programs under which these benefits are offered are available to all of our full-time employees.

Severance .  Under their employment agreements, each of our named executive officers is entitled to receive severance payments under certain circumstances in the event that his employment is terminated. Severance payments are designed to protect and compensate them under those circumstances. The circumstances and payments are described in more detail below under “—Employment Agreements—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2017

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Number of shares of
equity and cash-settled  equity-based
awards that have not vested (#)
     Market value of shares of
equity and  cash-settled equity-based
awards that have not vested ($) (3)
 

Tyrone Johnson (1)

     320,184        3,842,208  

Kendall R. Hoyd (2)

     192,110        2,305,320  

Sunil Palakodati (2)

     192,110        2,305,320  

 

(1)   Represents (a) 32,018 shares of restricted stock that will vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date, upon our EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 exceeding 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period (which condition has been met); (b) 128,074 shares of restricted stock that will vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date, upon either: our EBITDA for the 2018 calendar year exceeding 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period, or (i) our common stock being listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) average daily trading volume exceeding $1 million for 20 consecutive trading days, and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price over such 20-day period meeting or exceeding $15.00; (c) 32,018 shares of phantom stock that vested and were settled in cash in April 2018 upon final determination by our Company that our EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 exceeded 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period; and (d) 128,074 shares of phantom stock that will vest and be settled in cash upon either: final determination by our Company that our EBITDA for the 2018 calendar year exceeds 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period, or (i) our common stock being listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) average daily trading volume exceeding $1 million for 20 consecutive trading days, and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price over such 20-day period meeting or exceeding $15.00. Each of the foregoing restricted stock and phantom stock awards was granted on November 22, 2017, and achievement of each of foregoing vesting criteria is subject to continued employment with us.

 

(2)  

Represents (a) 19,211 shares of restricted stock that will vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date, upon our EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 exceeding 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period (which condition has been met); (b) 76,844 shares of restricted stock that will vest in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversary of the grant date, upon either: our EBITDA for the 2018 calendar year exceeding 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period, or (i) our common stock being listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) average daily trading volume exceeding $1 million for 20 consecutive trading days, and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price over such 20-day period meeting or exceeding $15.00; (c) 19,211 shares of phantom stock that vested and were settled in cash in April 2018 upon final determination by our Company that our EBITDA for the fourth quarter of 2017 exceeded 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period; and (d) 76,844 shares of

 

102


Table of Contents
  phantom stock that will vest and be settled in cash upon either: final determination by our Company that our EBITDA for the 2018 calendar year exceeds 95% of our internal target EBITDA for such period, or (i) our common stock being listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) average daily trading volume exceeding $1 million for 20 consecutive trading days, and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price over such 20-day period meeting or exceeding $15.00. Each of the foregoing restricted stock and phantom stock awards was granted on November 22, 2017, and achievement of each of foregoing vesting criteria is subject to continued employment with us.

 

(3)   Value is calculated by multiplying the total number of shares of restricted stock and phantom stock that have not vested by $12.00, the last traded price of our stock on a secondary market as of December 31, 2017.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Tyrone Johnson, dated as of November 22, 2017, and an amendment to the employment agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018. We have also entered into employment agreements with our Chief Financial Officer, Kendall R. Hoyd, and the President—ASG, Sunil Palakodati, each dated as of November 22, 2017. Each of the employment agreements has an initial term of three years, and provides for automatic one-year extensions after the expiration of the initial term, unless either party provides the other with at least 90 days’ prior written notice of non-renewal. Each of the employment agreements requires Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd and Palakodati, respectively, to dedicate his full business time and attention to the affairs of our Company.

Each of the employment agreements also provides for, among other things:

 

    an annual base salary of $500,000, $340,000, and $375,000 for Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd and Palakodati, respectively, subject to future increases from time to time at the discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors;

 

    eligibility for annual cash performance bonuses, with a target amount equal to 100%, 75%, and 75% of annual base salary for Messrs. Johnson, Hoyd and Palakodati, respectively, based on the satisfaction and performance of discretionary goals to be established by the compensation committee;

 

    participation in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and any subsequent equity incentive plans approved by our board of directors; and

 

    participation in any employee benefit plans and programs that are maintained from time to time for our senior executive officers.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control; Severance

We may terminate Messrs. Johnson’s, Hoyd’s and Palakodati’s employment at any time with or without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), and the executive may terminate his employment at any time with or without “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement). If we terminate the executive’s employment for cause, if the executive resigns without good reason, or if the executive is terminated due to death or disability, the executive will only be entitled to receive any earned but unpaid annual base salary, reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination, accrued but unused vacation and any other benefits that have been vested or which the executive is eligible to receive prior to the date of termination. In addition, any outstanding awards granted to such executive under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan will be paid in accordance with their terms.

If we terminate Messrs. Johnson’s, Hoyd’s and Palakodati’s employment without cause or if the executive terminates his employment for good reason, the executive will be entitled to the following severance benefits:

 

    any earned but unpaid annual base salary, reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination, any accrued but unused vacation, and any benefits that have vested or which the executive is eligible to receive prior to the date of termination;

 

103


Table of Contents
    for 12 months after the date of termination, an additional monthly cash amount equal to the amount we would have paid for the executive’s share of the premiums for the coverage of the executive and the executive’s dependents under our medical plan as if the executive’s employment had not terminated;

 

    a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary, and (ii) a payment in lieu of the annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the executive’s employment was terminated equal to the amount of the annual bonus that would have become payable for that fiscal year if employment had not been terminated, based on performance actually achieved that year (determined by our board of directors following completion of the performance year), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year; and

 

    all outstanding and then unvested equity awards granted to the executive under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan or any subsequent equity incentive plan approved by our board of directors will be modified to reflect an additional one year of vesting.

Each of the employment agreements also provides that if the termination occurs within the 12-month period following a “change in control” (as defined in the employment agreement), then, in lieu of the severance benefits provided for in connection with a termination without cause or for good reason, the executive will be entitled to the following severance benefits:

 

    any earned but unpaid annual base salary, reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the date of termination, any accrued but unused vacation, and any benefits that have vested or which the executive is eligible to receive prior to the date of termination;

 

    for 12 months after the date of termination, an additional monthly cash amount equal to the amount we would have paid for the executive’s share of the premiums for the coverage of the executive and the executive’s dependents under our medical plan as if the executive’s employment had not terminated;

 

    a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary, and (ii) a payment in lieu of the annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the executive’s employment was terminated equal to the amount of the annual bonus that would have become payable for that fiscal year if employment had not been terminated, based on performance actually achieved that year (determined by our board of directors following completion of the performance year), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year;

 

    a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the executive’s annual base salary, and (ii) target bonus (75% of annual base salary), for the fiscal year in which the executive’s employment was terminated; and

 

    all outstanding and then unvested equity awards granted to the executive under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan or any subsequent equity incentive plan approved by our board of directors will become immediately fully vested.

Director Compensation

Upon the completion of the November 2017 private offering and placement, our board of directors established a compensation program for our non-employee directors. Pursuant to this compensation program, we

 

104


Table of Contents

paid to each of our non-employee directors, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, a grant of $25,000 of restricted stock or phantom stock awards pursuant to our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, which shares or awards will vest in equal installments annually over three years, subject to continued service on our board.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Name

   Stock
  Awards ($)  
            Total ($)          

Christopher Zugaro

     25,000  (1)       25,000  

Donald F. McAleenan

     25,000  (2)       25,000  

Robert Scott Vansant

     25,000  (2)       25,000  

Brett G. Wyard

     25,000  (1)       25,000  

 

(1)   Represents the approximate grant date fair value of phantom stock awards (to be settled in cash) with respect to 2,083 shares of common stock computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

 

(2)   Represents the approximate grant date fair value of 2,083 shares of restricted stock computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

In addition, pursuant to the compensation program for our non-employee directors, we intend to pay the following fees and grant the following shares or awards to each of our non-employee directors beginning with the 2018 fiscal year:

 

    an annual cash retainer of $40,000;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000 to the chairman of our board of directors and each chairman of the audit committee, the compensation committee, and the nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

    an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000 to each non-chairman member of the audit committee, the compensation committee, and the nominating and corporate governance committee; and

 

    an annual grant of $25,000 of restricted stock or phantom stock awards pursuant to our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, which shares or awards will vest in equal installments annually over three years, subject to continued service on our board.

We also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their duties as directors, including, without limitation, travel expenses in connection with their attendance in-person at board and committee meetings.

Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for their services as directors.

2017 Incentive Compensation Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders of record have approved, our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan to attract and retain directors, officers, employees and other service providers. Our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan provides for the granting of both equity and equity-based awards, including common stock, restricted stock, restricted stock units, options to purchase shares of common stock, stock appreciation rights, cash-settled phantom stock, and performance awards.

 

105


Table of Contents

Administration of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and Eligibility

Our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which, subject to applicable law, may delegate certain of its authority under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan to our Chief Executive Officer or such other executive officers as our compensation committee deems appropriate.

Subject to the terms of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee is authorized to (i) select eligible persons to receive awards (which includes our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and independent contractors, and persons expected to become our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and independent contractors), (ii) grant awards, (iii) determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, awards, (iv) prescribe award agreements (which need not be identical for each participant) and the rules and regulations for the administration of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, (v) construe and interpret our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and award agreements, (vi) correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, and (vii) make all other decisions and determinations as our compensation committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. Decisions of our compensation committee will be final, conclusive and binding on all persons or entities, including our Company, any subsidiary, any participant or beneficiary, any transferee under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, or any other person claiming rights from or through any of the foregoing persons or entities.

Share Authorization

The number of shares of our common stock subject to awards that may be issued under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan is 2,561,463. The number of shares of our common stock available under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan shall be reduced by the sum of the aggregate number of shares of our common stock which become subject to outstanding options, outstanding stock appreciation rights, outstanding stock awards, and outstanding performance-related awards. To the extent that shares of our common stock subject to an outstanding option, stock appreciation right, stock award, or performance award granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan are not issued or delivered by reason of the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award, or the settlement of such award in cash, then such shares of our common stock generally shall again be available under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.

In the event of any equity restructuring that causes the per share value of shares of our common stock to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through an extraordinary dividend, then our compensation committee will appropriately adjust the number and class of securities available under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and the terms of each outstanding award under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, including a merger, consolidation, reorganization or partial or complete liquidation, our compensation committee may make such equitable adjustments as it determines to be appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights of participants. The decision of our compensation committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee is authorized to grant shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Grants of shares of restricted stock are subject to such risks of forfeiture and other restrictions as our compensation committee may impose, including time- or performance-based restrictions, or both. A participant granted shares of restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder of our Company (including voting and dividend rights), unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee.

 

106


Table of Contents

An award of restricted stock units confers upon a participant the right to receive shares of our common stock or cash equal to the fair market value of the specified number of shares of our common stock covered by the restricted stock units at the end of a specified deferral period, subject to such risks of forfeiture and other restrictions as our compensation committee may impose. Prior to settlement, an award of restricted stock units carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted, as discussed below.

Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights

Under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee is authorized to grant (i) stock options, including both incentive stock options that are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”) (which we refer to as “ISOs”), and non-qualified stock options, and (ii) stock appreciation rights, entitling the participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price per share of our common stock subject to an option and the grant price of a stock appreciation right are to be determined by our compensation committee; provided, that the exercise price per share of an option and the grant price of a stock appreciation right may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the option or stock appreciation right is granted. An option granted to a person who owns or is deemed to own shares of our capital stock representing 10% or more of the voting power of all classes of our capital stock (sometimes referred to as a “10% owner”) will not qualify as an ISO unless the exercise price for the option is not less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date the ISO is granted.

For purposes of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, the term “fair market value” means the fair market value of shares of our common stock, awards under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, or other property as determined by our compensation committee or under procedures established by our compensation committee. The maximum term of each option or stock appreciation right, the times at which each option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable, and provisions requiring forfeiture of unexercised options or stock appreciation rights at or following termination of employment or service generally are fixed by our compensation committee, except that no option or stock appreciation right may have a term exceeding ten years, and no ISO granted to a 10% owner may have a term exceeding five years (to the extent required by the Code at the time of grant). Methods of exercise and settlement and other terms of options and stock appreciation rights are determined by our compensation committee. Accordingly, our compensation committee may permit the exercise price of options awarded under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan to be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, other awards under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, or other property (including loans to participants).

Our compensation committee may grant stock appreciation rights in tandem with options (which we refer to as “tandem stock appreciation rights”) under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. A tandem stock appreciation right may be granted at the same time as the related option is granted or, for options that are not ISOs, at any time thereafter before exercise or expiration of such option. A tandem stock appreciation right may only be exercised when the related option would be exercisable and the fair market value of the shares or our common stock subject to the related option exceeds the option’s exercise price. Any option related to a tandem stock appreciation right will no longer be exercisable to the extent the tandem stock appreciation right has been exercised, and any tandem stock appreciation right will no longer be exercisable to the extent the related option has been exercised.

Performance Awards

Under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee is authorized to grant performance awards to participants on terms and conditions established by our compensation committee. The performance criteria to be achieved during any performance period and the length of the performance period will

 

107


Table of Contents

be determined by our compensation committee upon the grant of the performance award, but in no event will the length of the performance period be shorter than 12 months nor longer than five years. Performance awards may be valued by reference to a designated number of shares of our common stock (in which case they are referred to as “performance shares”) or by reference to a designated amount of property, including cash (in which case they are referred to as “performance units”). Performance awards may be settled by delivery of cash, shares of our common stock or other property, or any combination thereof, as determined by our compensation committee.

After the end of each performance period, our compensation committee will determine and certify whether the performance goals have been achieved. In determining the achievement of such performance goals, our compensation committee may, at the time the performance goals are set, require that those goals be determined by excluding the impact of (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items (as defined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles), and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles, or (iii) such other exclusions or adjustments as our compensation committee specifies at the time the award is granted.

Our compensation committee may, in its discretion, determine that the amount payable as a performance award will be reduced from the amount of any potential award.

Other Terms of Awards

Awards granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan may be settled in the form of cash, shares of our common stock, other awards or other property, in the discretion of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee may require or permit participants to defer the settlement of all or part of an award in accordance with such terms and conditions as our compensation committee may establish. Our compensation committee is authorized to place cash, shares of our common stock, or other property in trusts or make other arrangements to provide for payment of our obligations under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. Our compensation committee may condition any payment relating to an award on the withholding of taxes and may provide that a portion of any shares or our common stock or other property to be distributed will be withheld (or that previously acquired shares or other property be surrendered by the participant) to satisfy withholding and other tax obligations. Awards granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan generally may not be pledged or otherwise encumbered and are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or to a designated beneficiary upon the participant’s death, except that our compensation committee may, in its discretion, permit transfers, subject to any terms and conditions our compensation committee may impose pursuant to the express terms of an award agreement. A beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan from or through any participant will be subject to all terms and conditions of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and any Award agreement applicable to such participant, except as otherwise determined by our compensation committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by our compensation committee.

Awards under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan generally are granted without a requirement that the participant pay consideration in the form of cash or property for the grant (as distinguished from the exercise), except to the extent required by law. Our compensation committee may, however, grant awards in exchange for other awards under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, awards under other plans of our Company, or other rights to payment from our Company, and may grant awards in addition to and in tandem with such other awards, rights or other awards.

Acceleration of Vesting; Change in Control

Subject to certain limitations, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the exercisability, the lapsing of restrictions, or the expiration of deferral or vesting periods of any award granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. In the event of a “change in control” of our Company (as defined in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan), and only to the extent provided in any employment or other

 

108


Table of Contents

agreement between the participant and our Company or any related entity, or in any award agreement, or to the extent otherwise determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion in each particular case, (i) any option or stock appreciation right that was not previously vested and exercisable at the time of the “change in control” will become immediately vested and exercisable, (ii) any restrictions, deferral of settlement and forfeiture conditions applicable to a restricted stock award, restricted stock unit award or another stock-based award subject only to future service requirements will lapse and such awards will be deemed fully vested, and (iii) with respect to any outstanding Award subject to achievement of performance goals and conditions under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, consider such awards to have been earned and payable based on achievement of performance goals or based upon target performance (either in full or pro-rata based on the portion of the performance period completed as of the “change in control”).

Subject to any limitations contained in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan relating to the vesting of awards in the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which our Company does not survive, or in the event of any “change in control,” the agreement relating to such transaction and/or our compensation committee may provide for (i) the continuation of the outstanding awards by our Company, if our Company is a surviving entity, (ii) the assumption or substitution for outstanding awards by the surviving entity or its parent or subsidiary pursuant to the provisions contained in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, (iii) full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding awards, or (iv) settlement of the value of the outstanding awards in cash or cash equivalents or other property followed by cancellation of such. The foregoing actions may be taken without the consent or agreement of a participant in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan and without any requirement that all such participants be treated consistently.

Other Adjustments

Under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, our compensation committee is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, awards (i) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting our Company, any subsidiary or any business unit, or our financial statements, (ii) in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations, or business conditions, or (iii) in view of our compensation committee’s assessment of the business strategy of our Company, any subsidiary or business unit, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant. However, our compensation committee may not make any adjustment described in this paragraph if doing so would cause any award granted under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan to participants designated by our compensation committee as “covered employees” and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation.”

Amendment; Termination

Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan or our compensation committee’s authority to grant awards without the consent of stockholders or participants or beneficiaries, except that stockholder approval must be obtained for any amendment or alteration if such approval is required by law or regulation or under the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which shares or our common stock may then be listed or quoted; provided, that, except as otherwise permitted by our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan or an award agreement, without the consent of an affected participant, no such action by our board of directors may materially and adversely affect the rights of such participant under the terms of any previously granted and outstanding award. Our compensation committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any award theretofore granted and any award agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan; provided, that, except as otherwise permitted by our 2017 Incentive

 

109


Table of Contents

Compensation Plan or award agreement, without the consent of an affected participant, no such action by our compensation committee or our board of directors may materially and adversely affect the rights of such participant under terms of such award.

Our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan will terminate at the earliest of (i) such time as no shares of our common stock remain available for issuance under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, (ii) termination of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan by our board of directors, or (iii) the tenth anniversary of the effective date of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. Awards outstanding upon termination or expiration of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan will remain in effect until they have been exercised or terminated, or have expired.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

Subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, including the shares of restricted stock granted to our directors and executive officers.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plan

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they would contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our policy on insider trading and communications with the public. Our directors and executive officers may not transfer any shares of our common stock under any such 10b5-1 plan prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described under “Plan of Distribution.”

 

110


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the period beginning on January 1, 2015 to the date of this prospectus, we have entered into or participated in the following transactions with related parties:

Consulting Agreements with Trive Capital

In each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, RDS paid an annual consulting fee of $400,000 to Trive Capital (affiliates of which collectively hold more than 5% of our common stock and are affiliated with Christopher Zugaro, the chairman of our board of directors), pursuant to a consulting agreement, dated as of August 31, 2014, by and among RDS and each of its subsidiaries, and Trive Capital, in exchange for certain consulting services provided by Trive Capital to RDS. RDS and Trive Capital terminated this consulting agreement, and Trive Capital’s engagement thereunder, in November 2017.

In each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, ASG paid consulting fees of $109,000, $400,000 and $400,000, respectively, to Trive Capital, pursuant to a consulting agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, by and among ASG and each of its subsidiaries, and Trive Capital, in exchange for certain consulting services provided by Trive Capital to ASG. ASG and Trive Capital terminated this consulting agreement, and Trive Capital’s engagement thereunder, in November 2017.

We no longer pay any consulting fees to Trive Capital.

Information Technology and Process Re-Engineering Consulting Fees Paid to Sharpen Business Analytics

Sharpen Business Analytics, a company solely owned by Sharon Hoyd, who is the spouse of Kendall R. Hoyd, our Chief Financial Officer, provides accounting, financial reporting, information technology, software development, and process re-engineering consulting services to RDS pursuant to a consulting agreement, dated as of March 1, 2015. The total amount of fees paid to Sharpen Business Analytics under this consulting agreement during the period beginning on March 1, 2015 (which is the effective date of the consulting agreement) through date of this prospectus was $874,463, comprised of $192,298 in 2015, $308,863 in 2016, $252,213 in 2017, and $121,089 in 2018.

November 2017 Restructuring Transactions

As part of the November 2017 restructuring transactions, we effected the following transactions with former equityholders of RDS and ASG, which included related parties consisting of our executive officers and affiliates of Trive Capital (which collectively hold more than 5% of our common stock and are affiliated with Christopher Zugaro, the chairman of our board of directors):

Contribution of Equity Interests in RDS and ASG to Us in Exchange for the Issuance by Us of Shares of our Class B Common Stock

On November 21, 2017, certain of the then existing equityholders of each of RDS and ASG contributed a portion of the outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG to us in exchange for the issuance by us of shares of our Class B Common Stock.

 

111


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of shares of our Class B Common Stock that we issued to our executive officers and affiliates of Trive Capital (each as a then equityholder of RDS and ASG) in exchange for their contribution to us of a portion of the then outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG:

 

Equityholder

   Equity Interests in
  RDS Contributed to Us  
     Equity Interests in
  ASG Contributed to Us  
     Number of Shares of
  Class B Common Stock  
Issued by Us to

Such Equityholder
 

TCFI G&M SPV LP

           

 

17,076,868.14

Class A Units

 

10,940,647.84

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

      

Trive Capital Fund I LP

    

2,657,020.87

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

6,671,023.41

Class A Units

 

4,273,928.76

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

     2,280,968  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

    

2,939,073.86

Class A Units

 

 

            712,430  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

    

243,511.58

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

6,671,023.41

Class A Units

 

4,273,928.76

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

     208,806  

Tyrone Johnson

    

508,649.12

Class B Units

 

 

            123,295  

Kendall Hoyd

    

324,008.16

Class B Units

 

 

            78,539  

Sunil Palakodati

           

2,185,147.79

Class C Units

 

 

     182,340  

Repurchase of Shares of Class B Common Stock from a Stockholder

On November 22, 2017, we used approximately $26.6 million of the proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement to repurchase 2,379,486 shares of our Class B Common Stock from Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, an affiliate of Trive Capital, at a price per share equal to the price per share paid by the initial purchaser in the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

Purchase of Equity Interests in RDS and ASG

On November 22, 2017, we used a portion of the proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement to purchase from all the then existing equityholders (other than us) of each of RDS and ASG all of the then outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG held by them at a price equal to the price per share paid by the initial purchaser in the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

 

112


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amount of the purchase price that we paid to affiliates of Trive Capital (each as a then equityholder of RDS and ASG) in connection with their sale to us of a portion of the then outstanding equity interests in RDS and ASG:

 

Seller

     Equity Interests in  
RDS Sold to Us
       Equity Interests in  
ASG Sold to Us
      Purchase Price Paid by 
Us to Such Seller
 

Trive Capital Fund I LP

    

3,491,497.83

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

8,766,157.62

Class A Units

 

5,616,219.71

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

   $     33,449,723  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

    

3,862,133.75

Class A Units

 

 

          $ 10,447,568  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

    

319,990.02

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

802,478.63

Class A Units

 

514,124.49

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

   $ 3,062,081  

Repurchase of Shares of Class B Common Stock from Stockholders

On December 20, 2017, following the exercise and closing of the option to purchase additional shares of our Class A Common Stock, granted by us to the initial purchaser in the November 2017 private offering and private placement, we used the proceeds to repurchase shares of our Class B Common Stock from certain of our Class B stockholders, at a price per share equal to the price per share paid by the initial purchaser in connection with the option.

The following table sets forth the amount of the purchase price that we paid to affiliates of Trive Capital in connection with their sale, and our repurchase, of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock set forth below:

 

Class B Stockholder

   Number of Shares of
Class B Common Stock
Repurchased by Us
     Purchase Price Paid by Us to
Such Class B Stockholder
 

Trive Capital Fund I LP

     1,223,249      $ 13,651,458.84  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

     1,353,178      $ 15,101,466.48  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

     111,980      $ 1,249,696.80  

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, our directors and officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. See “Description of Capital Stock—Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Directors and Officers, and Insurance.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transaction policy, to be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of transactions involving us and any “related person” (as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act). For purposes of the policy, “related persons” will include our directors, executive officers, stockholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding common stock, and their respective immediate family members.

 

113


Table of Contents

The policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from such related person or entities in which such related person has a material interest, transactions involving indebtedness or guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of such related person. In reviewing and approving any such related party transactions, our audit committee will be tasked with considering all relevant facts and circumstances, including, without limitation, whether the related party transaction is or will be on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated party, and the extent of such related person’s interest in the transaction. Any related party transactions may only be consummated if our audit committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a related party transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the deliberations or vote with respect to approval or ratification of such related party transaction. However, such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the audit committee that considers such related party transaction. All of the related party transactions described above in this section occurred prior to the adoption of the related party transaction policy.

 

114


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 25,614,626 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding. The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock, as of the date of this prospectus, by:

 

    each of our directors and named executive officers;

 

    all of our directors and named executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person or entity (or group of affiliated persons or entities) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock.

To our knowledge, each stockholder named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the shares shown as beneficially owned by such stockholder, except as otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table. The number of shares shown represents the number of shares the person “beneficially owns,” as determined by the rules of the SEC. The SEC has defined “beneficial” ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. The percentages reflect beneficial ownership as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, and are based on 25,614,626 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

Except as noted in the footnotes to the table below, the address for all of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Select Interior Concepts, Inc. at 4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807.

 

           Shares of Class A Common Stock      
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares
Owned
    Percentage  

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

    

Tyrone Johnson

     123,295  (5)       *  

Kendall R. Hoyd

     78,539  (5)       *  

Sunil Palakodati

     182,340  (5)       *  

Christopher Zugaro (1)

     2,324,613  (5)       9.1

Donald F. McAleenan

     —        *  

Robert Scott Vansant

     —        *  

Brett G. Wyard

     —        *  

S. Tracy Coster

     —        *  

All directors and named executive officers as a group (8 persons)

     2,708,787  (5)       10.6

5% or more Stockholders:

    

Trive Capital group (1)

     2,324,613  (5)       9.1

Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. (2)

     2,333,333       9.1

B. Riley FBR, Inc. (3)

     2,390,423       9.3

Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (4)

     3,500,000       13.7

 

* Represents less than 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

 

(1)   Includes                  shares of our Class A Common Stock directly held by Trive Capital Fund I LP (which we refer to as “Trive Fund I”). Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC (which we refer to as “Fund I GP”) is the general partner of Trive Fund I and has voting control over Trive Fund I. Trive Capital Holdings LLC (which we refer to as “Trive Holdings”) is the sole member and sole managing member of Fund I GP and has voting control over Fund I GP. Each of Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, and Fund I GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Fund I.

Includes                  shares of our Class A Common Stock directly held by Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP (which we refer to as “Trive Offshore Fund”). Trive Capital Fund I GP Offshore LLC (which we refer to as “Offshore Fund GP”) is the general partner of Trive Offshore Fund and has voting control over Trive Offshore Fund. Fund I GP is the sole member and sole managing member of Offshore Fund GP and has voting control over Offshore Fund GP. Trive Holdings is the sole member and sole managing member of Fund I GP and has voting control over Fund I GP. Each of

 

115


Table of Contents

Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, Fund I GP, and Offshore Fund GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Offshore Fund.

Includes                 shares of our Class A Common Stock directly held by Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP (which we refer to as “Trive Coinvestors Fund”). Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC (which we refer to as “Coinvestors Fund GP”) is the general partner of Trive Coinvestors Fund and has voting control over Trive Coinvestors Fund. Trive Holdings is the sole member and sole managing member of Coinvestors Fund GP and has voting control over Coinvestors Fund GP. Each of Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, and Coinvestors Fund GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Coinvestors Fund.

The address of each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, Fund I GP, Offshore Fund GP, Coinvestors Fund GP, Trive Fund I, Trive Offshore Fund, and Trive Coinvestors Fund is 2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1200, Dallas, TX 75201.

 

(2)   Represents the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. (which we refer to as “Anchorage Offshore”). Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. (which we refer to as “Anchorage”), which in turn is the investment manager of Anchorage Offshore. Mr. Kevin Ulrich is the Chief Executive Officer of Anchorage and the senior managing member of Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. As such, each of the foregoing persons may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by Anchorage Offshore. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by Anchorage Offshore, except for any pecuniary interests therein. The address for all of the foregoing persons is 610 Broadway, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10012.

 

(3)   Represents 1,223,757 shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by B. Riley FBR, Inc., 666,666 shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP, and 500,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by Bryant and Carleen Riley JTWROS. Bryant Riley is the co- chief executive officer of B. Riley FBR, Inc., and the chief executive officer of B. Riley Capital Management, LLC, the general partner of BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP. As such, B. Riley Capital Management, LLC may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP, and Bryant Riley may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by each of B. Riley FBR, Inc., BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP, and Bryant and Carleen Riley JTWROS. B. Riley Capital Management, LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP, and Bryant Riley disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A Common Stock owned by B. Riley FBR, Inc. and BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP, except for any pecuniary interests therein. The address for each of the foregoing persons is 11100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 800, Los Angeles, CA 90025.

 

(4)   Represents the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as the “Solace Fund”). Solace Capital Partners, L.P. (which we refer to as “Solace Capital”) is the investment manager of, and Solace General Partner, LLC (which we refer to as “Solace GP”) is the general partner of, Solace Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. (which we refer to as “Solace Special Situations”), which is the 100% owner of the Solace Fund. Each of Solace Capital and Solace GP has voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Solace Fund. Each of Solace Capital and Solace GP disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of the Class A Common Stock held by the Solace Fund, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest. Mr. Brett G. Wyard, one of our directors, is a managing partner of each of the general partner of Solace Capital and of Solace GP, and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Solace Fund. The mailing address of each of Solace Capital, Solace GP, Solace Special Situations, the Solace Fund, and Mr. Wyard is 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 1275, Los Angeles, CA 90025.

 

(5)   The shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each of our named executive officers and Trive Capital group immediately prior to the date of this prospectus consisted solely of our Class B Common Stock. The shares of our common stock beneficially owned by each of our named executive officers and Trive Capital group as of the date of this prospectus, as reflected in this table, consist solely of our Class A Common Stock, which reflect the conversion of the then number of shares of our Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by them into the same number of shares of our Class A Common Stock, based on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being declared effective by the SEC and the shares of our Class A Common Stock being listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market on                     , 2018. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

116


Table of Contents

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The selling stockholders listed in the table below may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the shares of our Class A Common Stock that they respectively beneficially own as set forth below. When we refer to “selling stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons and entities listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, permitted transferees, assignees, successors and others who later come to hold any of the selling stockholders’ interests in shares of our Class A Common Stock other than through a public sale.

In accordance with SEC rules, the beneficial ownership of each of the selling stockholders includes:

 

    all shares the selling stockholder actually owns beneficially or of record;

 

    all shares over which the selling stockholder has or shares voting or investment power (such as in the capacity as a general partner of an investment fund); and

 

    all shares the selling stockholder has the right to acquire within 60 days.

Certain of the selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act. Any profits realized by the selling stockholders may be deemed to be underwriting commissions.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the name of each selling stockholder for whom we are registering the offer and sale of shares of our Class A Common Stock in connection with resales to the public, and the number of shares that each selling stockholder may offer pursuant to this prospectus. The shares of our Class A Common Stock offered by the selling stockholders were originally issued and sold by us in the November 2017 private offering and private placement pursuant to exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. We agreed to file a registration statement covering the resale of such shares received by the selling stockholders. We have filed with the SEC, under the Securities Act, a registration statement on Form S-l with respect to the resale of such shares of our Class A Common Stock from time to time by the selling stockholders, and this prospectus forms a part of that registration statement.

Except as indicated below in the footnotes to the table, to our knowledge, based on information furnished to us by the selling stockholders, the selling stockholders named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock shown to be beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.

We have been advised that, as noted below in the footnotes to the table, 46 of the selling stockholders are broker-dealers or affiliates of broker-dealers. We have been advised that each such selling stockholder purchased such shares of Class A Common Stock in the ordinary course of business, not for resale, and that no such selling stockholders had, at the time of purchase, any agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute such shares of our Class A Common Stock. All selling stockholders are subject to Rule 105 of Regulation M and are precluded from engaging in any short selling activities prior to effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

None of the selling stockholders have, or have had since our inception, any position, office or other material relationship with us or any of our affiliates, except with respect to Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, entities affiliated with Christopher Zugaro, the chairman of our board of directors, and Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC, an entity affiliated with Brett G. Wyard, one of our directors, as noted below in the footnotes to the table.

Based on information provided to us by the selling stockholders and as of the date the same was provided to us, assuming that the selling stockholders sell all the shares of our Class A Common Stock beneficially owned

 

117


Table of Contents

by them that have been registered by us and do not acquire any additional shares during the offering, the selling stockholders will not own any shares other than those appearing in the column entitled “Number of Shares of Our Class A Common Stock Beneficially Held Immediately After the Offering.” We cannot advise as to whether the selling stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares. In addition, the selling stockholders may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the shares in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date on which they provided the information set forth on the table below.

 

Name of Selling Stockholder

  Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately Prior to

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
to be Sold in

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately After

the Offering
 

Adela Kahn

    4,250       4,250       —    

Alan Edrick

    33,333       33,333       —    

Alan Forman (1)

    5,000       5,000       —    

Allen Morton (1)

    4,500       4,500       —    

Allred 2002 Trust – HHA (3)

    20,834       20,834       —    

Allred 2002 Trust – NLA (3)

    12,500       12,500       —    

Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. (4)

    2,333,333       2,333,333       —    

Andrew Moore (1)

    17,000       17,000       —    

Angela Chen (1)

    166,667       166,667       —    

Arrow Global Growth Fund (5)

    15,000       15,000       —    

B. Riley FBR, Inc. (6)

    1,223,757       1,223,757       —    

Bansbach Capital Group, LLC (7)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Basswood Opportunity Fund, Inc. (8)

    51,422       51,422       —    

Basswood Opportunity Partners, L.P. (8)

    563,578       563,578       —    

Billy D. Prim

    8,333       8,333       —    

BNYH 2015PE1 LLC (9)

    625,000       625,000       —    

BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP (10)

    666,666       666,666       —    

Broc Captive, LLC DBA YBridge Insurance Co. (11)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Bryant and Carleen Riley JTWROS (12)

    500,000       500,000       —    

Caladius Global Opportunities Master Fund LP (13)

    150,333       150,333       —    

CDW Fund, LP (14)

    30,000       30,000       —    

Charles K. Slatery

    21,000       21,000       —    

Chinubhai S. Patel, Revocable trust, 07/23/93 (15)

    4,167       4,167       —    

Christine S. Ellis

    4,167       4,167       —    

Colony Northstar Focus Fund, L.P. (16)

    125,000       125,000       —    

Corrib Master Fund, Ltd. (17)

    473,500       473,500       —    

Daniel Asher Descendants Trust (18)

    250,000       250,000       —    

David K. Johnson and Louise A. Johnson

    17,500       17,500       —    

David S. Hunt

    40,000       40,000       —    

Douglas Dirk Nelson

    16,666       16,666       —    

Edward C. Kaiser and Ashley F. Kaiser

    6,250       6,250       —    

Edwin M. Jones Oil Co. (19)

    167,000       167,000       —    

Emerson Partners (20)

    20,000       20,000       —    

J. Steven Emerson IRA (20)

    130,000       130,000       —    

J. Steven Emerson Roth IRA (20)

    200,000       200,000       —    

Emmel B. Golden, III

    2,000       2,000       —    

Eric B. Rajewski (1)

    8,334       8,334       —    

Evan L. Julber

    20,833       20,833       —    

Evergreen National Indemnity Company (11)

    40,000       40,000       —    

Flavia P. Blechinger

    25,000       25,000       —    

Fred S. Waldman

    4,167       4,167       —    

Gary E. Stavrum

    16,667       16,667       —    

Gary K. Wunderlich Jr. (2)

    8,333       8,333       —    

 

118


Table of Contents

Name of Selling Stockholder

  Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately Prior to

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
to be Sold in

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately After

the Offering
 

Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (21)

    3,500,000       3,500,000       —    

Graball, L.P. (22)

    25,000       25,000       —    

Grand Slam Capital Master Fund, Ltd. (23)

    20,000       20,000       —    

Gratia Capital LLC (24)

    86,333       86,333       —    

Great American Insurance Company (25)

    416,667       416,667       —    

Great American Life Insurance Company (25)

    833,333       833,333       —    

Andy and Dana Gumaer TTEES Gumaer Living Trust (26)

    833,333       833,333       —    

Hammana Partners LP (27)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Hannah Waldman

    4,167       4,167       —    

Haslam Blind Trust (11)

    125,000       125,000       —    

Heritage Capital (28)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Hermes Partners, L.P. (29)

    40,000       40,000       —    

Hirsch Performance Fund (5)

    30,000       30,000       —    

Hoak Public Equities, LP (30)

    170,000       170,000       —    

Indemnity National Insurance Company (11)

    21,000       21,000       —    

Irvin Kessler

    41,666       41,666       —    

J. Walker Hays (2)

    2,083       2,083       —    

Jacques Poirier

    4,167       4,167       —    

James A. Parrish Jr. (2)

    4,167       4,167       —    

James Baker (1)

    6,250       6,250       —    

James Buller

    41,667       41,667       —    

James P. Barrow

    83,333       83,333       —    

James P. Reddington (1)

    2,500       2,500       —    

James Rock Tonkel, Jr.

    30,000       30,000       —    

Jason Buttles (1)

    2,083       2,083       —    

Jeff Hartline Trust (31)

    12,500       12,500       —    

Jeffrey B. Bush and Kristen C. Bush (32)

    1,250       1,250       —    

Joseph R. Nardini (1)

    8,333       8,333       —    

John B. Berding (33)

    58,333       58,333       —    

John Billhardt (1)

    2,083       2,083       —    

Jon D. and Linda W. Gruber Trust (34)

    104,167       104,167       —    

Joseph A. Price (2)

    4,167       4,167       —    

Kelleher Family Trust (35)

    41,667       41,667       —    

Kenneth M Young Revocable Trust U/A dtd 5/8/2015 (36)

    20,833       20,833       —    

Kenneth Tang (1)

    4,000       4,000       —    

Kent Wunderlich (2)

    4,167       4,167       —    

Kessler Family Limited Partnership (37)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Kevin and Betty Gayle (38)

    4,167       4,167       —    

Kevin McEniry

    4,167       4,167       —    

Larry McClendon

    8,333       8,333       —    

Lonestar Partners, LP (39)

    458,333       458,333       —    

Lyda Hunt Allred

    25,000       25,000       —    

Manatuck Hill Mariner Master Fund, L.P. (40)

    19,800       19,800       —    

Manatuck Hill Navigator Master Fund, L.P. (40)

    9,500       9,500       —    

Manatuck Hill Scout Fund, L.P. (40)

    54,033       54,033       —    

Matthew Spain (1)

    4,167       4,167       —    

MGS Partners, LLC (41)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Michael L. Thiele and Elaine Thiele

    8,750       8,750       —    

Michael C. Munck (1)

    4,000       4,000       —    

Michael Crawford (1)

    3,500       3,500       —    

Michael and Patricia McCormack

    2,083       2,083       —    

 

119


Table of Contents

Name of Selling Stockholder

  Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately Prior to

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
to be Sold in

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately After

the Offering
 

Michael Markunas (1)

    1,500       1,500       —    

Michael Wilson

    25,000       25,000       —    

MPC Partners, LLC (42)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Murray and Beth Ruben Living Trust U/A DTD 04/02/2002 (43)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Murray B. Roark (2)

    4,167       4,167       —    

National Fire & Casualty Company (11)

    21,000       21,000       —    

NFC Partners, LLC (12)

    185,000       185,000       —    

NJC Inc. Defined Benefit Plan (44)

    66,666       66,666       —    

Nokomis Capital Master Fund, L.P. (45)

    1,158,333       1,158,333       —    

Norma and Alfred Lerner Limited Partnership 2 (46)

    625,000       625,000       —    

Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited (47)

    743,292       743,292       —    

Park West Partners International, Limited (47)

    90,041       90,041       —    

Patrice McNicoll (1)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Patrick L. Hanniford (1)

    417       417       —    

Paul Choi (1)

    1,000       1,000       —    

PCH Manager Fund, SPC–Segregated Portfolio 206 (48)

    551,500       551,500       —    

Peter Benedict (1)

    1,250       1,250       —    

Philip Wunderlich (2)

    4,167       4,167       —    

Phillip J. Ahn (1)

    5,000       5,000       —    

Placid Ventures, L.P. (49)

    35,000       35,000       —    

Polar Long/Short Master Fund (50)

    314,225       314,225       —    

Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund (50)

    102,442       102,442       —    

Punch Micro Cap Partners, LLC (51)

    125,000       125,000       —    

RD Greene

    12,500       12,500       —    

Reiss Capital Management LLC (52)

    25,000       25,000       —    

Richard James Baker (1)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Richard Reisman

    8,333       8,333       —    

Richard Waks (1)

    8,333       8,333       —    

Robert and Patti Antin Living Trust (53)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Robert D’Agostino (1)

    83,333       83,333       —    

Rolando J. Leal and Cecilia D. Leal

    8,333       8,333       —    

Sam T. and Carol V. Dillahunty

    4,167       4,167       —    

Shanoop Kothari

    2,500       2,500       —    

Snow Park Capital Partners Master Fund, LP (54)

    50,000       50,000       —    

SST, LLC (55)

    4,167       4,167       —    

SteelMill Master Fund LP (56)

    833,333       833,333       —    

Stillwater Insurance Company (11)

    169,000       169,000       —    

Stillwater Property & Casualty Insurance Company (11)

    125,000       125,000       —    

Sturdivant Family Partners, L.P. (57)

    16,667       16,667       —    

Survivors Trust Under the Riley Family Trust dtd 6/20/1989 (58)

    125,000       125,000       —    

Tad R. Holtzclaw

    8,333       8,333       —    

TMK Trust dated Oct 14, 2003 (59)

    17,000       17,000       —    

Tri-State Consumer Insurance Company (11)

    116,000       116,000       —    

Trive Capital Fund I LP (60)

    1,057,719       1,057,719       —    

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP (61)

    1,170,068       1,170,068       —    

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP (62)

    96,826       96,826       —    

TX SIC IG, LLC (63)

    228,333       228,333       —    

Wasatch Micro Cap Fund (64)

    260,000       260,000       —    

Wasatch Micro Cap Value Fund (65)

    300,000       300,000       —    

 

120


Table of Contents

Name of Selling Stockholder

  Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately Prior to

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
to be Sold in

the Offering
    Number of Shares
of Our
Class A Common Stock
Beneficially Held
Immediately After

the Offering
 

William Herbert Hunt Trust Estate (66)

    250,000       250,000       —    

William R. Shefte

    20,833       20,833       —    

 

(1) Such selling stockholder is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(2) Such selling stockholder is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc., each a registered broker-dealer.

 

(3) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Allred 2002 Trust – HHA and Allred 2002 Trust – NLA is held by Brittny Allred, as the trustee of each of Allred 2002 Trust – HHA and Allred 2002 Trust – NLA.

 

(4) Represents shares held by Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., which in turn is the investment manager of Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd. Kevin Ulrich is the senior managing member of Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. and the chief executive officer of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., and as such, Mr. Ulrich may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by Anchorage Capital Master Offshore, Ltd.

 

(5) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Arrow Global Growth Fund and Hirsch Performance Fund is held by James McGovern and Mark Purdy, as the chief executive officer and chief investment officer, respectively, of Arrow Capital Management Inc., the portfolio manager of each of Arrow Global Growth Fund and Hirsch Performance Fund.

 

(6) Voting and investment power over the shares held by B. Riley FBR, Inc. is held by Bryant Riley, as the co-chief executive officer of B. Riley FBR, Inc. B. Riley FBR, Inc. is a registered broker-dealer.

 

(7) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Bansbach Capital Group, LLC is held by Louis P. Bansbach IV, as manager of Bansbach Capital Group, LLC.

 

(8) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Basswood Opportunity Fund, Inc. and Basswood Opportunity Partners, L.P. is held by Matthew Lindenbaum and Bennett Lindenbaum, each as a principal of Basswood Capital Management, LLC, the investment manager of each of Basswood Opportunity Fund, Inc. and Basswood Opportunity Partners, L.P.

 

(9) Voting and investment power over the shares held by BNYH 2015PE1 LLC is held by Brooklyn New York Holdings LLC, as the sole manager of BNYH 2015PE1 LLC. Randolph D. Lerner is the sole manager, president, and chief executive officer, and Murray A. Rabinowitz is the executive vice president and chief investment officer, of Brooklyn New York Holdings LLC, and each can act on its behalf.

 

(10) Voting and investment power over the shares held by BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP is held by Bryant Riley and Tom Kelleher, as the chief executive officer and president, respectively, of B. Riley Capital Management, LLC, the general partner of BRC Partners Opportunity Fund, LP. BRC Opportunity Fund, LP is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(11) Voting and investment power over the shares held by such selling stockholder is held by Charles K. Slatery, as the President of NFC Investments, LLC, the investment manager to such selling stockholder.

 

(12) Bryant Riley is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(13) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Caladius Global Opportunities Master Fund LP is held by Aureus Funds Management Ltd., as the investment manager of Caladius Global Opportunities Master Fund LP.

 

121


Table of Contents
(14) Voting and investment power over the shares held by CDW Fund, LP is held by J. Hale Hoak, as the president of Hoak, & Co., the general partner of CDW Capital Management, LP, the general partner of CDW Fund, LP.

 

(15) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Chinubhai S. Patel, Revocable trust, 07/23/93 is held by Chinubhai S. Patel, as the trustee of Chinubhai S. Patel, Revocable trust, 07/23/93.

 

(16) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Colony Northstar Focus Fund, L.P. is held by Colony Northstar, Inc., the indirect controlling entity of Colony Northstar Focus Fund, L.P.

 

(17) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Corrib Master Fund, Ltd. is held by Kevin Cavanaugh, as the chief executive officer of Corrib Capital Management, L.P., the investment manager of Corrib Master Fund, Ltd.

 

(18) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Daniel Asher Descendants Trust is held by Fred Goldman, as the trustee of Daniel Asher Descendants Trust.

 

(19) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Edwin M. Jones Oil Co. is held by G. Douglas Edwards, as the president of Edwin M. Jones Oil Co.

 

(20) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Emerson Partners, J. Steven Emerson IRA, and J. Steven Emerson Roth IRA is held by J. Steven Emerson.

 

(21) Represents shares held by Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (which we refer to as the “Solace Fund”). Solace Capital Partners, L.P. (which we refer to as “Solace Capital”) is the investment manager of, and Solace General Partner, LLC (which we refer to as “Solace GP”) is the general partner of, Solace Capital Special Situations Fund, L.P. (which we refer to as “Solace Special Situations”), which is the 100% owner of the Solace Fund. Each of Solace Capital and Solace GP has voting and investment power over the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Solace Fund. Mr. Brett G. Wyard, one of our directors, is a managing partner of each of the general partner of Solace Capital and Solace GP.

 

(22) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Graball, L.P. is held by James Walker Sturdivant, as the president of Twilight, LLC, the sole general partner of Graball, L.P.

 

(23) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Grand Slam Capital Master Fund, Ltd. is held by Mitchell Sacks, as the managing member of Grand Slam Asset Management, LLC, the investment manager of Grand Slam Capital Master Fund, Ltd.

 

(24) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Gratia Capital LLC is held by Steve Pei, as the chief investment officer of Gratia Capital LLC.

 

(25) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Great American Insurance Company and Great American Life Insurance Company is held by American Financial Group, Inc., as the parent of each of Great American Insurance Company and Great American Life Insurance Company. Each of Great American Insurance Company and Great American Life Insurance Company is affiliated with Great American Advisors, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(26) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Andy and Dana Gumaer TTEES Gumaer Living Trust is held by Andy Gumaer, as the trustee of Andy and Dana Gumaer TTEES Gumaer Living Trust. Andy Gumaer is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(27) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Hammana Partners LP is held by Nick O’Sullivan, as the managing member of Hammana Partners LP.

 

(28) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Heritage Capital is held by John H. Dobbs, Jr., as the manager of Heritage Capital.

 

(29) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Hermes Partners, L.P. is held by Paul Flather, as the manager of Hermes Advisors, LLC, the general partner of Hermes Partners, L.P.

 

(30) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Hoak Public Equities, LP is held by J. Hale Hoak, as the president of Hoak & Co., the general partner of Hoak Fund Management, LP, the general partner Hoak Public Equities, LP.

 

122


Table of Contents
(31) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Jeff Hartline Trust is held by Jeffrey L. Hartline, as the trustee of Jeff Hartline Trust.

 

(32) Mr. Bush is affiliated with Mass Mutual Investor Services, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(33) Mr. Berding is a senior executive and a member of the board of directors of American Financial Group, Inc., which is affiliated with Great American Advisors, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(34) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Jon D. and Linda W. Gruber Trust is held by Jon D. Gruber, as the trustee of Jon D. and Linda W. Gruber Trust.

 

(35) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Kelleher Family Trust is held by Tom Kelleher, as the trustee of Kelleher Family Trust. Tom Kelleher is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(36) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Kenneth M. Young Revocable Trust U/A dtd 5/8/2015 is held by Kenneth M. Young, as the trustee of Kenneth M. Young Revocable Trust U/A dtd 5/8/2015. Kenneth M. Young is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(37) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Kessler Family Limited Partnership is held by Irvin Kessler, as the general partner of Kessler Family Limited Partnership.

 

(38) Kevin Gayle is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc., each a registered broker-dealer.

 

(39) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Lonestar Partners, LP is held by Jerome L. Simon and Yedi Wong, as the managing member and the chief financial officer, respectively, of Lonestar Capital Management, LLC, the investment adviser to Lonestar Partners, LP.

 

(40) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Manatuck Hill Mariner Master Fund, L.P., Manatuck Hill Navigator Master Fund, L.P., and Manatuck Hill Scout Fund, L.P is held by Mark Broach, as the managing member of Manatuck Hill Partners, LLC, the investment manager of each of Manatuck Hill Mariner Master Fund, L.P., Manatuck Hill Navigator Master Fund, L.P., and Manatuck Hill Scout Fund, L.P.

 

(41) Voting and investment power over the shares held by MGS Partners, LLC is held by Matthew Lindenbaum and Bennett Lindenbaum, each as a member of MGS Partners, LLC.

 

(42) Voting and investment power over the shares held by MPC Partners, LLC is held by Philip Zanone, Jr., as the manager of MPC Partners, LLC. Philip Zanone, Jr. is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc. and Wunderlich Securities, Inc., each a registered broker-dealer.

 

(43) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Murray and Beth Ruben Living Trust U/A DTD 04/02/2002 is held by Murray Ruben, as the trustee of Murray and Beth Ruben Living Trust U/A DTD 04/02/2002.

 

(44) Voting and investment power over the shares held by NJC Inc. Defined Benefit Plan is held by Norman J. Caris, as the trustee of NJC Inc. Defined Benefit Plan. Norman J. Caris is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(45) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Nokomis Capital Master Fund, L.P. is held by Brett Hendrickson, as the portfolio manager of Nokomis Capital Master Fund, L.P.

 

(46) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Norma and Alfred Lerner Limited Partnership 2 is held by Randolph D. Lerner and Nancy Lerner, as the general partners, and Murray A. Rabinowitz, as the executive vice president, of Norma and Alfred Lerner Limited Partnership 2.

 

(47) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited and Park West Partners International, Limited is held by Peter S. Park, as the sole member and manager of Park West Asset Management LLC, the investment manager of each of Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited and Park West Partners International, Limited.

 

123


Table of Contents
(48) Voting and investment power over the shares held by PCH Manager Fund, SPC–Segregated Portfolio 206 is held by Kevin Cavanaugh, as the chief executive officer of Corrib Capital Management, L.P., the subadvisor to PCH Manager Fund, SPC–Segregated Portfolio 206.

 

(49) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Placid Ventures, L.P. is held by David S. Hunt, as the president of Propel Corp., the general partner of Placid Ventures, L.P.

 

(50) Voting and investment power over the shares held by each of Polar Long/Short Master Fund and Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund is held by Paul Sabourin, as the chief investment officer of Polar Asset Management Partners Inc., the investment adviser to each of Polar Long/Short Master Fund and Polar Multi-Strategy Master Fund.

 

(51) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Punch Micro Cap Partners, LLC is held by Howard D. Punch, Jr., as the president and chief investment officer of Punch and Associates Investment Management, Inc., the managing member of Punch Micro Cap Partners, LLC.

 

(52) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Reiss Capital Management LLC is held by Richard Reiss, as the managing director of Reiss Capital Management LLC.

 

(53) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Robert and Patti Antin Living Trust is held by Robert L. Antin, as the trustee of Robert and Patti Antin Living Trust. Robert L. Antin is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(54) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Snow Park Capital Partners Master Fund, LP is held by Jeffrey Pierce, as the managing partner of Snow Park Capital Partners, LP, the investment advisor to Snow Park Capital Partners Master Fund, LP.

 

(55) Voting and investment power over the shares held by SST, LLC is held by Aspy A. Tantra, as the manager of SST, LLC.

 

(56) Voting and investment power over the shares held by SteelMill Master Fund LP is held by Zachary J. Schreiber, as the managing member of PointState Capital GP LLC, the general partner of PointState Capital LP, the investment manager of SteelMill Master Fund LP.

 

(57) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Sturdivant Family Partners, L.P. is held by Walker Sturdivant, as the secretary/treasurer of Sturdivant Farm, LLC, the sole general partner of Sturdivant Family Partners, L.P.

 

(58) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Survivors Trust Under the Riley Family Trust dtd 6/20/1989 is held by Richard Riley, as the trustee of Survivors Trust Under the Riley Family Trust dtd 6/20/1989. Mr. Riley is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(59) Voting and investment power over the shares held by TMK Trust dated Oct 14, 2003 is held by Thomas E. Gallagher, as the trustee of TMK Trust dated Oct 14, 2003. Mr. Gallagher is affiliated with B. Riley FBR, Inc., a registered broker-dealer.

 

(60) Represents shares held by Trive Capital Fund I LP (which we refer to as “Trive Fund I”). Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC (which we refer to as “Fund I GP”) is the general partner of Trive Fund I and has voting control over Trive Fund I. Trive Capital Holdings LLC (which we refer to as “Trive Holdings”) is the sole member and sole managing member of Fund I GP and has voting control over Fund I GP. Each of Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, and Fund I GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Fund I.

 

124


Table of Contents
(61) Represents shares held by Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP (which we refer to as “Trive Offshore Fund”). Trive Capital Fund I GP Offshore LLC (which we refer to as “Offshore Fund GP”) is the general partner of Trive Offshore Fund and has voting control over Trive Offshore Fund. Fund I GP is the sole member and sole managing member of Offshore Fund GP and has voting control over Offshore Fund GP. Trive Holdings is the sole member and sole managing member of Fund I GP and has voting control over Fund I GP. Each of Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, Fund I GP, and Offshore Fund GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Offshore Fund.

 

(62) Represents shares held by Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP (which we refer to as “Trive Coinvestors Fund”). Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC (which we refer to as “Coinvestors Fund GP”) is the general partner of Trive Coinvestors Fund and has voting control over Trive Coinvestors Fund. Trive Holdings is the sole member and sole managing member of Coinvestors Fund GP and has voting control over Coinvestors Fund GP. Each of Messrs. Conner Searcy and Christopher Zugaro, as a manager of Trive Holdings, has voting control over Trive Holdings. As a result of the foregoing, each of Mr. Searcy, Mr. Zugaro, Trive Holdings, and Coinvestors Fund GP may be deemed to have beneficial ownership (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) of the securities directly held by Trive Coinvestors Fund.

 

(63) Voting and investment power over the shares held by TX SIC IG, LLC is held by Charles William Durham and Herbert Hunt Allred, as the managers of DTO Charlie II, LLC, the managing member of TX SIC IG, LLC.

 

(64) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Wasatch Micro Cap Fund is held by Ken Korngiebel, as the portfolio manager of Wasatch Micro Cap Fund.

 

(65) Voting and investment power over the shares held by Wasatch Micro Cap Value Fund is held by Brian Bythrow, as the portfolio manager of Wasatch Micro Cap Value Fund.

 

(66) Voting and investment power over the shares held by William Herbert Hunt Trust Estate is held by Gage A. Prichard Sr., as the trustee of William Herbert Hunt Trust Estate.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description summarizes information about our capital stock. You can obtain more comprehensive information about our capital stock by consulting our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (which we refer to as our “charter”) and our amended and restated bylaws (which we refer to as our “bylaws”), as well as the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (which we refer to as the “DGCL”). Under our charter, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 15,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

As of the date of this prospectus, there are:

 

    25,614,626 shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding, consisting of:

 

  ° 21,750,000 shares issued in the November 2017 private offering and private placement;

 

  °                  shares issued in the form of Special Stock Dividends to the existing holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, based on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being declared effective by the SEC and the shares of our Class A Common Stock being listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market on                 , 2018; and

 

  °                  shares issued in connection with the automatic conversion of the same number of shares of our Class B Common Stock (representing all the then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock), based on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part being declared effective by the SEC and the shares of our Class A Common Stock being listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market on                 , 2018;

 

    no shares of our Class B Common Stock outstanding; and

 

    no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Class A Common Stock

Dividend Rights .    Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive dividends on shares of our Class A Common Stock that will accrue and be payable only in additional shares of Class A Common Stock (which we refer to as the “Special Stock Dividends”) if (i) a shelf registration statement registering for resale all of the shares of our Class A Common Stock sold in the November 2017 private offering and private placement is not filed with or confidentially submitted to the SEC by January 31, 2018, and/or (ii) such shelf registration statement is not declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange by May 31, 2018. Special Stock Dividends will accrue at a daily rate equal to the quotient of (a) 0.05 multiplied by 21,750,000 (the aggregate number of shares of our Class A Common Stock sold and issued in the November 2017 private offering and private placement) divided by (b) 365, up to a maximum aggregate number of shares of our Class A Common Stock equal to 1,460,149 shares (which we refer to as the “Maximum Accrual Amount”), and will cease accruing upon satisfaction of the foregoing conditions. See “—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Other than with respect to any Special Stock Dividends, holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends when and if declared by our board of

 

126


Table of Contents

directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Voting Rights .    Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders and will also be entitled to the benefit of any Special Stock Dividends for such purposes. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our charter that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by holders of at least 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Liquidation Rights .    Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Matters .    The shares of our Class A Common Stock have no preemptive rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A Common Stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Listing .    We have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC.”

Class B Common Stock

Dividend Rights .    Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends (other than Special Stock Dividends, to which only holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled) when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Voting Rights .    Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our charter that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by holders of at least 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Liquidation Rights .    Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Conversion .    Each share of our Class B Common Stock will be automatically converted into a share of our Class A Common Stock upon the earlier to occur of (i) Special Stock Dividends accruing to the Maximum Accrual Amount, and (ii) the date on which a Resale Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and our Class A Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange.

 

127


Table of Contents

Other Matters .    The shares of our Class B Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class B Common Stock. All outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our charter provides that our board of directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares constituting such series, the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), if any, of the shares of such series, the preferences and relative, participating, optional, special or other rights, if any, of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the shares of such series, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions of our board of directors providing for the issuance of such series and as may be permitted by the DGCL.

Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and of our Charter and Bylaws

The following summary of certain provisions of the DGCL and of our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the DGCL and our charter and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our Board of Directors

Our charter and bylaws provide that our board of directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than 12 members, the exact number of which shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by action of our board of directors. Our bylaws provide that, unless otherwise required by applicable law and subject to the rights, if any, of holders of any series of our preferred stock, and the right of our stockholders to elect directors to newly created vacancies at our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders if certain conditions are not met under the Registration Rights Agreement, any vacancy arising through death, resignation, removal, or an increase in the number of directors constituting our board of directors may only be filled by the majority vote of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum is present, or by the sole remaining director. See “—Meetings of Stockholders,” and “—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Pursuant to our bylaws, each member of our board of directors who is elected at our annual meeting of our stockholders, and each director who is elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, will hold office for a one (1) year term or until the next annual meeting of our stockholders, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. Pursuant to our bylaws, directors will be elected by a plurality of votes cast by the shares present in person or by proxy at a meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereon, a quorum being present at such meeting.

Removal of Directors

Our bylaws provide that, subject to the rights, if any, of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock, and unless otherwise required by applicable law, any director may be removed from office, but only for cause, and by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. This provision, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, precludes stockholders from removing incumbent directors except with the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and from filling the vacancies created by such removal.

 

128


Table of Contents

Meetings of Stockholders

Pursuant to our bylaws, an annual meeting of our stockholders for the purpose of the election of directors and the transaction of any other business will be held on a date and at the time and place, if any, determined by our board of directors. Each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve for a one (1) year term or until the next annual meeting, and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal. In addition, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president, or a majority of our board of directors may call a special meeting of our stockholders for any purpose, but business transacted at any special meeting of our stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meeting.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our charter expressly eliminates the right of our stockholders to act by written consent. Stockholder action must take place at the annual or a special meeting of our stockholders.

Charter Amendments

Unless a higher vote is required by its certificate of incorporation, the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote is required to amend a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation. However, amendments which make changes relating to the capital stock by increasing or decreasing the par value or the aggregate number of authorized shares of a class, or by altering or changing the powers, preferences or special rights of a class so as to affect them adversely, also require the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, even though such class would not otherwise have voting rights.

Pursuant to our charter, in addition to any votes required by applicable law and subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors shall be required to amend, alter or repeal any provision, or adopt any new or additional provision, in a manner inconsistent with our charter provisions relating to the management of our Company by our board of directors, the calling of special meetings of our stockholders, the prohibition against stockholder action by written consent, and amendment of our charter. In addition, pursuant to our charter, we reserve the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in our charter, and any other provision authorized by Delaware law in force at such time may be added in the manner prescribed by our charter or by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons pursuant to the charter are granted subject to the foregoing reservation of rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, alteration or repeal to our charter provisions relating to indemnification or the exculpation of directors shall adversely affect any right or protection existing under our charter immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal.

Bylaw Amendments

Our board of directors has the power to alter, amend, or repeal our bylaws or adopt any new provision authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware in force at such time. Under our charter, the stockholders have the power to amend, alter or repeal our bylaws, or adopt any new provision authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware in force at such time, at a duly called meeting of the stockholders, solely with, notwithstanding any other provisions of our bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock enabled to vote thereon.

 

129


Table of Contents

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, the proposal of any business to be considered by our stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders (other than nominations for election to the board of directors) may be made only (i) pursuant to the notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of our board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of our board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the business proposal.

With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made at an annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) pursuant to our notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto), provided, however, that reference in our notice of meeting to the election of directors or the election of members of the board of directors shall not include or be deemed to include nominations for election to the board of directors, (ii) by or at the direction of our board of directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in our bylaws, including a requirement to provide certain information about the stockholder and its affiliates and the nominee.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our charter and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our Company that might involve a premium paid for shares of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Certain of these provisions are described below.

Selected Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws .    Our charter and/or bylaws contain anti-takeover provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting that series, the powers, rights and preferences of the shares of that series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of that series;

 

    require that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, actions to be taken by our stockholders may be taken only at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, our president, or the majority of our board of directors;

 

    provide that our bylaws may be amended by our board of directors without stockholder approval;

 

    provide that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, directors may be removed from office only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

130


Table of Contents
    provide that vacancies on our board of directors or newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of our directors may be filled only by a vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    provide that, subject to the express rights, if any, of the holders of any series of preferred stock, any amendment, alteration or repeal of our charter provisions, or the adoption of any new or additional provision, inconsistent with our charter provisions relating to the management of our Company by our board of directors, the calling of special meetings of our stockholders, the prohibition against stockholder action by written consent, and amendment of our charter, requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

    provide that the stockholders may amend, alter or repeal our bylaws, or adopt new or additional provisions of our bylaws, only with the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of our capital stock entitled to vote generally; and

 

    establish advance notice procedures for stockholders to submit nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors and other proposals to be brought before a stockholders meeting.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute .    In our charter we elected to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover statute. In general, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the time the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the acquisition of shares that resulted in a stockholder becoming an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock or is our affiliate or associate and was the owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately before the date of determination. The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Limitations on Liability, Indemnification of Directors and Officers, and Insurance

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions, by provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Our charter contains a provision eliminating the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, our bylaws include provisions that require us to indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under the DGCL, our directors and officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. Our bylaws also provide that we must advance reasonable expenses to our directors and officers, subject to our receipt of an undertaking from the indemnified party as may be required under the DGCL.

We are also expressly authorized by the DGCL to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. The limitation of liability and indemnification and advancements provisions in our charter and bylaws, respectively, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. However, our charter provision eliminating the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL does not limit or eliminate our

 

131


Table of Contents

rights, or those of any stockholder, to seek non-monetary relief such as injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duties, including the duty of care. The indemnification provisions will not alter the liability of directors under the federal securities laws. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent that, in a derivative or direct suit, we pay the litigation costs of our directors and officers and the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification and advancements provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding against any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification or advancement is sought.

We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (i) to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (ii) to us with respect to indemnification and advancement payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that the limitation of liability provision in our charter and the indemnification agreements will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Insofar as the above described indemnification provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock will be available for future issuance without your approval. We may use additional shares for a variety of purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to fund acquisitions and as employee compensation. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the November 2017 private offering and private placement of our Class A Common Stock, we entered into a registration rights agreement (which we refer to as the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with B. Riley FBR, Inc., as the initial purchaser and placement agent, acting for itself and for the benefit of the purchasers of our Class A Common Stock in the November 2017 private offering and private placement.

Under the Registration Rights Agreement, we agreed, at our expense, to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file with or confidentially submit to the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the November 2017 private offering and private placement, but in no event later than January 31, 2018, a shelf registration statement (which we refer to as the “Resale Shelf Registration Statement”) registering for resale all of the shares of our Class A Common Stock sold in the November 2017 private offering and private placement, plus any additional shares of Class A Common Stock issued in respect thereof whether by stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, or otherwise (which we refer to collectively as the “registrable shares”). We are obligated to use our commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Resale Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act, and to have our Class A Common Stock listed on a national securities exchange, as promptly as practicable, but in any event no later than May 31, 2018, and to

 

132


Table of Contents

continuously maintain the effectiveness of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain permitted blackout periods, until the first to occur of:

 

    the date on which the registrable shares covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement have been resold in accordance with the Resale Shelf Registration Statement;

 

    the date on which the registrable shares covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor or analogous rule) under the Securities Act;

 

    the date on which the registrable shares covered by the Resale Shelf Registration Statement have been sold to us or cease to be outstanding; and

 

    the first anniversary of the effective date of the Resale Shelf Registration Statement, subject to certain extension periods as applicable.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 for the resale of the registrable shares, and this prospectus forms a part of that registration statement, which is considered the Resale Shelf Registration Statement.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and our charter, if (i) if the Resale Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with or confidentially submitted to the SEC by January 31, 2018, and/or (ii) the Resale Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange by May 31, 2018, dividends on shares of our Class A Common Stock (which we refer to as the “Special Stock Dividends”) will accrue at a daily rate equal to the quotient of (a) 0.05 multiplied by 21,750,000 (the aggregate number of shares of our Class A Common Stock sold and issued in the November 2017 private offering and private placement) divided by (b) 365, up to a maximum aggregate number of shares of our Class A Common Stock equal to 1,460,149 shares (which we refer to as the “Maximum Accrual Amount”), and will cease accruing upon satisfaction of the foregoing conditions. 1,000,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock held by affiliates of Trive Capital, and 460,149 shares of our Class B Common Stock held by certain senior management have been deposited into an escrow account and subject to repurchase by us, at a price of $0.01 per share, and immediate cancellation in an amount corresponding to any Special Stock Dividends paid.

In addition, if a Resale Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock has not been listed for trading on a national securities exchange by May 31, 2019, then the Registration Rights Agreement requires that our board of directors (i) take all necessary action to expand the size of our board of directors by such number of additional members such that the additional members constitute a majority of the enlarged board of directors, and (ii) include as part of the agenda for our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders the election of such number of directors as there are then vacancies on our board of directors due to the enlargement of our board of directors, unless the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the registrable shares have (at a duly called meeting or by written consent) waived such requirement. In such special meeting, affiliates of Trive Capital and certain of our directors and officers have agreed to vote their shares of Class B Common Stock in proportion to the holders of the registrable shares.

However, if the SEC declares the Resale Shelf Registration Statement effective and our Class A Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange prior to Special Stock Dividends accruing to the Maximum Accrual Amount, then, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and our charter, each remaining share of our Class B Common Stock will automatically be converted into the right to receive one fully paid and non-assessable share of our Class A Common Stock.

Based on the Resale Shelf Registration Statement being declared effective by the SEC, and our Class A Common Stock being listed on a national securities exchange, on                     , 2018, accrued Special Stock Dividends in the aggregate amount of             shares of our Class A Common Stock were declared and paid, and

 

133


Table of Contents

as such,             shares of our Class B Common Stock held by affiliates of Trive Capital and             shares of our Class B Common Stock held by certain senior management were repurchased by us and immediately cancelled, as described above. Immediately following such repurchase and cancellation,             shares of our Class B Common Stock (representing all of the then remaining shares of our Class B Common Stock) automatically converted into the same number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of our Class A Common Stock. These events were effected immediately prior to the date of this prospectus.

In addition, the conditions that would require the accrual and payment of Special Stock Dividends, and the expansion of the size of our board of directors and the inclusion of the special election agenda item for our 2019 annual meeting of stockholders, are also no longer applicable.

We have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders for certain violations of federal or state securities laws in connection with any registration statement in which the selling stockholders sell their shares of our Class A Common Stock pursuant to these registration rights.

The preceding summary of certain provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement is not intended to be complete, and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Reclassification of Common Stock

Following the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of our Class B Common Stock into shares of our Class A Common Stock, we intend to seek stockholder approval to reclassify our common stock into one class, such that there will no longer be any Class B Common Stock and our Class A Common Stock will be reclassified as the sole class of our common stock.

 

134


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

General

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 25,614,626 shares of our Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding, as a result of:

 

    21,750,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock issued in the November 2017 private offering and private placement, and

 

                    shares of Class A Common Stock issued in the form of Special Stock Dividends to the existing holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, and

 

                    shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with the automatic conversion of the same number of shares of our Class B Common Stock (representing all of the then outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock).

Of the total number of shares of our Class A Common stock issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus:

 

                    shares may be resold by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. These shares will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares subsequently acquired by our affiliates will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. In addition, these shares that are held by our executive officers and certain former equityholders of RDS and/or ASG are subject to lock-up agreements for 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

    the remaining                 shares have not been registered and may be “restricted” securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These shares may not be sold unless they are registered under the Securities Act, the restrictions under Rule 144 have lapsed, or another exemption from registration is available. In addition, these shares that are held by our executive officers and certain former equityholders of RDS and/or ASG are subject to lock-up agreements for 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. Although we have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC,” an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock may not develop or, if one develops, it may not be sustained. No assurance can be given as to the likelihood that an active trading market for our Class A Common Stock will develop, the liquidity of any such market, the ability of our stockholders to sell their shares, or the prices that our stockholders may obtain for any of their shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability of shares of our common stock for future sale, will have on prevailing market prices from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A Common Stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Ownership of our Class A Common Stock.”

Rule 144

As of the date of this prospectus,                  shares of our outstanding Class A Common Stock will be “restricted” securities under the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the

 

135


Table of Contents

absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned shares considered to be restricted securities under Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which equals approximately 256,146 shares as of the date of this prospectus; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before such sale and have filed all required reports during that time period. Such sales by affiliates are also subject to other provisions and requirements of Rule 144 relating to manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that an affiliate sells shares of our common stock, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from such affiliate.

2017 Incentive Compensation Plan

We have adopted an equity incentive plan. The number of shares of our common stock subject to awards that may be issued under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan is 2,561,463.

We have previously granted an aggregate of 918,228 shares of restricted stock to certain of our directors and our named executive officers, and phantom stock awards with respect to 356,368 shares of common stock to a director and our named executive officers, under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. We currently have an aggregate of 1,286,867 shares of our common stock reserved for awards that may be granted in the future under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan. For a description of our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, see “Executive and Director Compensation—2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.”

Subsequent to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, including the shares of restricted stock previously granted to our directors and executive officers.

Lock-Up Periods

For a description of certain lock-up periods, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreement” and “Plan of Distribution.”

 

136


Table of Contents

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock. This summary applies only to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A Common Stock and hold our Class A Common Stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment purposes). This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular non-U.S. holders in light of their individual circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders that are subject to special rules, such as controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), U.S. expatriates, broker-dealers and traders in securities or currencies, non-U.S. holders that hold common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment.

This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation, possibly on a retroactive basis. The summary does not describe any U.S. state, local or non-U.S. income or other tax consequences (including estate, gift and Medicare contribution tax consequences) of owning and disposing of our Class A Common Stock.

For purposes of this summary, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a partnership (or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) nor any of the following:

 

    a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if (a) a United States court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (b) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A Common Stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to them in their particular circumstances.

EACH NON-U.S. HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISER REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on our Class A Common Stock

Distributions on our Class A Common Stock generally will be treated as dividends to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as a return

 

137


Table of Contents

of capital to the extent of a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A Common Stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A Common Stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock.” Generally, the gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder with respect to our Class A Common Stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if an applicable income tax treaty so provides and we (or our agent) have received proper certification as to the application of that treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis and are exempt from the 30% withholding tax described above (assuming compliance with certain certification requirements). Any such effectively connected dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate).

To claim the benefit of an applicable tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder generally will be required to provide a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as “IRS”) Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (if the holder is claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty) or IRS Form W-8ECI (for income effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States) or other suitable form. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of the treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Class A Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax with respect to gain on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A Common Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder), (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a non-resident alien individual, such non-U.S. holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition or the period that such non-U.S. holder held our Class A Common Stock and either (a) our Class A Common Stock was not treated as regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition occurs, or (b) such non-U.S. holder owns or owned (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our Class A Common Stock at any time during the shorter of the two periods mentioned above. We believe that we are not currently a U.S. real property holding corporation; however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future.

If gain or loss is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of such non-U.S. holder), the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our Class A Common Stock on a net income basis in the same manner in which citizens or residents of the United States would be subject to U.S. federal income tax. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation, such gain may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate). If a non-U.S. holder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a flat income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) on any capital gain recognized on the disposition of our Class A Common Stock, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.

 

138


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

You generally will be required to comply with certain certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person in order to avoid backup withholding with respect to dividends or the proceeds of a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Class A Common Stock. In addition, we are required to annually report to the IRS and you the amount of any dividends paid to you, regardless of whether we actually withheld any tax. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and the amount withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or credit against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that certain required information is provided on a timely basis to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Withholding at a rate of 30% generally will be required in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, shares of our Class A Common Stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, or accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our Class A Common Stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our Class A Common Stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions generally will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us or our paying agent that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which we will in turn provide to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in our Class A Common Stock.

 

139


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the shares of our Class A Common Stock covered by this prospectus to permit the selling stockholders to conduct public secondary trading of these shares from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of the shares offered by this prospectus. The aggregate proceeds to the selling stockholders from the sale of the shares will be the purchase price of the shares less any discounts and commissions. Each selling stockholder reserves the right to accept and, together with their respective agents, to reject, any proposed purchase of shares to be made directly or through agents.

The selling stockholders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of our Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These sales may occur at fixed prices, at negotiated prices, at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, or at prices related to prevailing market prices. The selling stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling the shares offered by this prospectus:

 

    ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

 

    block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

 

    purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

 

    an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

 

    privately negotiated transactions;

 

    broker-dealers may agree with the selling stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;

 

    a combination of any such methods of sale; and

 

    any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

In connection with these sales, the selling stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that in turn may:

 

    engage in short sales of shares of the Class A Common Stock in the course of hedging their positions;

 

    engage in short sales of shares of the Class A Common Stock and deliver shares of the Class A Common Stock to close out short positions;

 

    loan or pledge shares of the Class A Common Stock to broker-dealers or other financial institutions that in turn may sell shares of the Class A Common Stock;

 

    enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions that require the delivery to the broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares of the Class A Common Stock, which the broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell under this prospectus; or

 

    enter into transactions in which a broker-dealer makes purchases as a principal for resale for its own account or through other types of transactions.

 

140


Table of Contents

Broker-dealers engaged by the selling stockholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales. Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling stockholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated. The selling stockholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved.

To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between any selling stockholder and any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent regarding the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders.

We have applied to list the shares of our Class A Common Stock for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SIC.” However, we can give no assurances as to the development of liquidity or a trading market for the shares.

In connection with the November 2017 private offering and private placement, each of our executive officers and certain former equityholders of RDS and/or ASG have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of B. Riley FBR, Inc. (the initial purchaser and placement agent in the November 2017 private offering and private placement), they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, lend, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of our equity securities, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our equity securities;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (which we refer to as “FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission or agency fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the proceeds from any offering pursuant to this prospectus.

Any shares of our Class A Common Stock covered by this prospectus that qualify for sale under Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 rather than under this prospectus. The shares covered by this prospectus may also be sold to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act rather than under this prospectus. The shares covered by this prospectus may be sold in some states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares covered by this prospectus may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and complied with.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters, including the validity of the shares of our Class A Common Stock offered hereby, will be passed upon for us by Greenberg Traurig, LLP, Los Angeles, California.

CHANGE IN ACCOUNTANTS

On October 31, 2017, we dismissed Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, as the independent auditor of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC, our primary operating subsidiaries, with respect to the combined consolidated financial statements of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. This dismissal has been ratified by the audit committee of our board of directors.

The combined consolidated financial statements of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 were audited by Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, and its report on such financial statements did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was such report qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the subsequent interim period through October 31, 2017, (i) there were no disagreements with Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP, would have caused them to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with their report on the financial statements for such year, and (ii) there were no “reportable events” as such term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

On October 10, 2017, we engaged Grant Thornton LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm, which engagement has been ratified by the audit committee of our board of directors. The combined consolidated financial statements of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 were audited by Grant Thornton LLP, and Grant Thornton LLP is engaged to audit our Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the subsequent interim period through October 10, 2017, we did not consult with Grant Thornton LLP on any matters regarding the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, or any other matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as such term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions to Item 304 of Regulation S-K) or a reportable event (as such term is used in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

EXPERTS

The audited financial statements of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited financial statements of Pental Granite & Marble, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years then ended, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Moss Adams LLP, independent auditors, given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

142


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the shares of our Class A Common Stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules which are part of the registration statement. Some items included in the registration statement are omitted from the prospectus in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our Class A Common Stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement, including all amendments, supplements, exhibits, and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see a copy of such contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

You may read, without charge, and copy, at prescribed rates, all or any portion of the registration statement and the accompanying exhibits, or any other statements, reports, documents or information we file with or furnish to the SEC, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You can review the registration statement, as well as our future SEC filings, by accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will be subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to a company with securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act. In accordance therewith, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. All documents filed with the SEC are available for inspection and copying at the Public Reference Room and internet site of the SEC referred to above. We maintain a website at www.www.selectinteriorconcepts.com. You may access our periodic reports, proxy statements and other information free of charge at this website as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

 

143


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

     F-2  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

     F-3  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

     F-4  

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (March 31, 2018)

     F-5  

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-27  

Consolidated Balance Sheet s as of December  31, 2017 and 2016

     F-28  

Consolidated Statement s of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

     F-29  

Consolidated Statement s of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

     F-30  

Consolidated Statement s of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

     F-31  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (December 31, 2017 and 2016)

     F-32  

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

 

Audited Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F-72  

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-73  

Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-74  

Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

     F-75  

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2016 and 2015

     F-76  

Notes to Financial Statements (December 31, 2016 and 2015)

     F-77  

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

     F-84  

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2017

     F-86  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017

 

     At March 31,     At December 31,  
     2018     2017  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 5,972,245     $ 2,547,372  

Restricted Cash

     3,000,000       3,000,000  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $227,933 and $217,354 at March 31, 2018 and December 2017, respectively

     47,100,594       45,283,843  

Inventories

     103,447,694       87,629,281  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,252,618       2,624,931  

Income taxes receivable

     1,109,247       1,519,479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     163,882,398       142,604,906  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $8,008,230 and $6,666,309 at March 31, 2018 and December 2017, respectively

     14,389,133       13,225,978  

Deferred tax assets, net

     12,667,458       11,569,161  

Goodwill

     66,984,420       66,326,124  

Customer relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $26,780,291 and $23,835,011 at March 31, 2018 and December 2017, respectively

     66,269,709       68,124,989  

Intangible assets, net

     14,180,671       14,137,790  

Other assets

     1,478,372       4,257,445  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 339,852,161     $ 320,246,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of long-term debt, net of financing fees of $534,971 and $521,590 at March 31, 2018 and December 2017, respectively

   $ 1,434,403     $ 1,448,517  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     238,256       229,466  

Accounts payable

     35,642,061       38,491,326  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     22,690,247       19,839,951  

Customer deposits

     6,450,770       5,319,451  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     66,455,737       65,328,711  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and financing fees of $1,560,332 and $1,672,860 at March 31, 2018 and December 2017, respectively

     92,805,203       86,897,420  

Long-term capital lease obligations

     657,514       663,423  

Line of credit

     32,329,916       19,269,244  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     192,248,370       172,158,798  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Commitments and contingencies    —       —    

Equity

    

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 21,750,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

     217,500       217,500  

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 9,244,112 shares issued, 3,864,626 shares outstanding at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively

     38,646       38,646  

Additional paid-in capital

     154,345,516       153,520,414  

Accumulated deficit

     (6,997,871     (5,688,965
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     147,603,791       148,087,595  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 339,852,161     $ 320,246,393  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2018     2017  

Revenues, net

   $ 104,386,324     $ 67,724,705  

Cost of revenues

     76,436,605       47,254,336  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     27,949,719       20,470,369  

Operating expenses

    

General and administrative

     21,542,180       15,895,815  

Selling and marketing

     5,457,517       3,881,939  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     26,999,697       19,777,754  

Income from operations

     950,018       692,615  

Other (income) expense:

    

Interest expense

     2,523,326       2,107,910  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         747,654  

Other expense, net

     239,283       110,790  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     2,762,609       2,966,354  

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (1,812,591     (2,273,739

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (503,685     311,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,308,906   $ (2,584,944
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: net loss attributable to Predecessor

   $ —       $ (2,584,944

Net loss attributable to Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

   $ (1,308,906   $ —    

Loss per share of common stock

    

Basic and Diluted Class A Common Stock

   $ (0.05   $ —    

Basic and Diluted Class B Common Stock

   $ (0.05   $ —    

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic and Diluted Class A Common Stock

     21,750,000       —    

Basic and Diluted Class B Common Stock

     3,864,626       —    

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2018     2017  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (1,308,906   $ (2,584,944

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     4,683,804       2,840,276  

Equity based compensation

     825,103       —    

Deferred benefit from income taxes

     (1,098,297     (202,122

Amortized interest on deferred debt issuance costs

     157,481       89,685  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         747,654  

Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts

     500       (1,546

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     16,848       —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     4,225,033       1,310,838  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (150,453     334,369  

Inventory

     (1,356,355     210,997  

Other assets

     (502,182     (43,282

Accounts payable

     (10,014,601     (2,122,557

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,522,450       2,683,647  

Income taxes receivable

     410,233       38,784  

Customer deposit

     1,131,319       (43,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (1,458,023     3,258,559  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (2,060,426     (797,690

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     2,000       —    

Acquisition of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, net of cash acquired

     —         (88,000,732

Acquisition of NSI, LLC

     (290,000     —    

Acquisition of Elegant Home Design, LLC

     (11,491,690     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (13,840,116     (88,798,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Dividends issued

     —         (34,305,368

Contributions from members

     —         30,000  

Proceeds from line of credit, net

     13,060,672       24,413,327  

Proceeds from Term Loan

     6,250,000       116,500,000  

Term loan deferred issuance costs

     (31,250     (2,825,500

Payments on Notes Payable

     (293,910     (145,984

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (262,500     (18,758,121
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     18,723,012       84,908,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     3,424,873       (631,509
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and restricted cash, beginning of period

   $ 5,547,372     $ 4,726,895  

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 8,972,245     $ 4,095,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,183,122     $ 1,050,572  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 184,325     $ 450,279  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing activities

    

Acquisition of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, rollover equity

   $     $ 10,000,000  

Measurement period adjustment related to acquisition of Greencraft Holdings, LLC

   $ (317,562   $ —    

Acquisition of Elegant Home Design, LLC, indemnity holdback

   $ (1,000,000   $ —    

Acquisition of equipment and vehicles with long-term debt and capital leases

   $ 103,814     $ 75,955  

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

1. Organization and Business Description

These financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. (“SIC” or “Company”).

SIC is a Delaware corporation that was restructured in November 2017 to be a holding company on which to consolidate diversified building products and services companies with a primary focus on providing products and services related to the interior of all types of buildings. Through its two primary operating companies, Residential Design Services, LLC (f/k/a TCFI LARK LLC) (“RDS”) and Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC (f/k/a TCFI G&M LLC) (“ASG”), SIC imports and distributes natural and engineered stone slabs for kitchen and bathroom countertops, operates design centers that merchandise interior products, and provides installation services. SIC’s interior product offerings include flooring, countertops, wall tile, finish carpentry, shower doors and enclosures, and mirrors. RDS operates throughout California and in Reno, Nevada and in Phoenix, Arizona. ASG has operations in the North East, South East, South West, Mountain West, and West Coast.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying condensed unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding interim financial reporting. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. As such, the information included in these unaudited interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017 included herein was derived from the audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures including notes required by GAAP.

The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SIC, its wholly owned subsidiaries RDS and ASG, and their wholly owned subsidiaries, and are presented using the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination. References to the “ASC” hereafter refer to the Accounting Standards Codification established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the interim periods, but are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be anticipated for the full year ending December 31, 2018.

There have been no changes to our significant accounting policies described in our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures as of December 31, 2017 that have had a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Reorganization

On November 22, 2017, SIC and the former equity holders of RDS and ASG completed a series of restructuring transactions (collectively, the “November 2017 Restructuring Transactions”) whereby certain former equity holders of RDS and ASG (collectively referred to as the “Rollover Stockholders”) contributed a certain amount of equity interests in RDS and ASG to SIC in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of SIC (“Class B Common Stock”).

Concurrent with the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, SIC completed a private offering and private placement of 18,750,000 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), to new investors, at a public offering price of $12.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $225 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses) (the “November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement”).

In accordance with the terms of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, in December 2017, SIC completed an additional sale of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to new investors at an offering price of $12.00 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately $36.0 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses).

The reorganization transactions were treated as a combination of entities under common control with assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the 2017 condensed consolidated historical results of SIC includes the results under the “as if pooling” method.

Loss per Share

Basic loss per share for the period ended March 31, 2018 is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. For the period ended March 31, 2017, no shares of SIC common stock were outstanding, therefore loss per share is not available. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share:

 

     2018  

Net loss

   $ (1,308,906
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:

  

Basic and diluted

     25,614,626  
  

 

 

 

Loss per share of common stock:

  

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.05
  

 

 

 

All restricted stock awards outstanding of 918,228 shares of Class B Common Stock at March 31, 2018 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in the three months ended March 31, 2018 because the Company reported a net loss and the effect of inclusion would have been antidilutive.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and contingencies at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results may vary

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

materially from the estimates that were used. The Company’s significant accounting estimates include the determination of allowances for doubtful accounts, the lives and methods for recording depreciation and amortization on property and equipment, the fair value of reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets, deferred income taxes and the purchase price allocations used in the Company’s acquisitions.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified from general and administrative expense to cost of revenues to conform to current period presentation.

Fair Value Measurement

ASC 820-10 requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. ASC 820-10 defines the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable, supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The level of the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurement falls is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Greencraft earn-out with a fair value of $6,028,000 and $5,794,000 as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, is classified as Level 3 and is valued using the internal rate of return model. The assumptions used in preparing the internal rate of return model include estimates for future revenues from Greencraft products and services and a discount factor of 3.1% at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The assumptions used in preparing the internal rate of return model include estimates for outcome of milestone goals, the probability of achieving each outcome and discount rates. Any change to fair value based on a change in discount rate or estimates for the outcome of milestone goals will result in an adjustment to the fair value of the liability and to goodwill as a measurement period adjustment. An adjustment increasing the fair value of the earn-out by $234,000 was recorded as other expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term obligations approximate their respective fair values because of the short maturities of these instruments. The recorded values of the line of credit and notes payable approximate their fair values, as interest rates approximate market rates. Cash equivalents are measured at fair value on a recurring basis and are categorized as Level 1 based on quoted prices in active markets. The Company recognizes transfers between levels at the end of the reporting period as if the transfers occurred on the last day of the reporting period. There were no transfers during the three months ended March 31, 2018 or during 2017.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trade names and non-compete agreements. The Company considers all its intangible assets to have definite lives and are being amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or on an accelerated basis based on the expected cash flows generated by the existing customers as follows:

 

     Range of estimated useful lives      Weighted average useful life  

Customer relationships

     5 years – 10 years        9 years  

Trade names

     3 years – 11 years        10 years  

Non-compete agreements

     Life of agreement        4 years  

Business Combinations

The Company records business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value is recorded as goodwill. Changes in the estimated fair values of net assets recorded for acquisitions prior to the finalization of more detailed analysis, but not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, will adjust the amount of the purchase price allocable to goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are reflected in the period in which they occur.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable, or at least annually. The assessment for possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the related operations. If the aggregate of these cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets. There were no impairment losses on long-lived assets for the periods ended March 31, 2018 or December 31, 2017.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. During the year ended December 31, 2017, RDS recorded goodwill totaling $10,385,455 related to the acquisition of Greencraft and ASG recorded goodwill totaling $25,387,741 related to the acquisition of Pental. ASG also acquired Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (“Cosmic”) in 2017 with no significant impact on Goodwill. During the period ended March 31, 2018, ASG recorded goodwill totaling $50,734 related to the acquisition of Bedrock and $290,000 related to the acquisition of NSI . Additionally, RDS recorded a measurement period adjustment to goodwill for the acquisition of Greencraft of $317,562 during the period ended March 31, 2018 (See Note 4 ).

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue derived from the sale of imported granite, marble, and related items is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists through a purchase order or signed contract detailing the quantity and price, delivery per the agreement has been made, and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company’s contracts with its home-builder customers are generally treated as short-term contracts for accounting purposes. These contracts will generally range in length from several days to several weeks. The Company accounts for these contracts under the completed contract method of accounting and will recognize revenue and cost of revenues when the contract is complete and performance has been delivered.

The Company’s contracts related to multi-family projects are treated as long-term contacts for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.

The Company recognizes returned product as a reduction to revenue in the period the item is returned. The Company also realized rebates to customers as a reduction to revenue in the period the rebate is earned.

Equity-based compensation

The Company accounts for equity-based awards by measuring the awards at the date of grant and recognizing the grant-date fair value as an expense using either straight-line or accelerated attribution, depending on the specific terms of the award agreements over the requisite service period, which is usually equivalent to the vesting period. See Note 11 for further discussion.

Segment Reporting

In accordance with ASC 280-10-50-1, an operating segment is a component of an entity that has all the following characteristics:

 

  a. It engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses.

 

  b. Its discrete financial information is available.

 

  c. Its operating results are regularly reviewed by the public entity’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance.

The Company has identified two operating segments that meet all three of the criteria, RDS and ASG. These operating segments each provide products and services that generate revenue and incur expenses as they engage in business activities and each maintain discrete financial information. Additionally, the Company’s chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial performance, approves budgets and allocates resources at the RDS and ASG operating segment level.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”). The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have 7 different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The ASU establishes a comprehensive revenue recognition standard for virtually all industries in U.S. GAAP, including those that previously followed industry-specific guidance, such as the real

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

estate, construction, and software industries. The ASU core principal is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. During 2014-2016, the FASB issued various amendments to this topic and the amendments clarified certain positions and extended the implementation date until annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related diclosures and has not yet determined the method by which it will adopt the standard.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous standards. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, but early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASU 2016-02 on the presentation of its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016–15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) which provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification and presentation issues arising from certain cash receipts and cash payments that currently result in diverse practices. The amendments provide guidance in the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows including debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies and distributions received from equity method investees. As an EGC utilizing the extended transition period for new accounting pronouncements, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendments in this ASU should be applied using a retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the new accounting guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “ Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory. ” The amendments in this ASU reduces the complexity in the accounting standards by allowing the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. Historically, recognition of the income tax consequence was not recognized until the asset was sold to an outside party. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) : Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This standard simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the Step 2 requirement to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Also, in January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combination (Topic 805) - Clarifying the Definition of a Business . This ASU provides additional guidance in regards evaluating whether a transaction should be treated as an asset acquisition (or disposal) or a business combination. Particularly, the amendments to this ASU provide that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This clarification reduces the number of transactions that needs further evaluation for business combination. This becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. Management is currently evaluating the provisions of the guidance to determine the potential impact the new standard will have on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting” , which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Concentrations, Risks and Uncertainties

The Company maintains cash balances primarily at one commercial bank per legal entity. The accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. The amounts held in financial institutions periodically exceed the federally insured limit. Management believes that the financial institutions are financially sound and the risk of loss is minimal.

Credit is extended for some customers and is based on financial condition, and generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided in the consolidated financial statements and consistently have been within management’s expectations.

For the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Company recognized revenues from one customer which accounted for 11.8% of total revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, the Company recognized revenues from one customer which accounted for 15.3% of total revenues. There were no customers which accounted for 10% or more of total accounts receivable, as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

4. Acquisitions

Bedrock Acquisition

On January 31, 2018, ASG acquired certain assets of a slab and tile distributor, Elegant Home Design, LLC (“Bedrock”), a Kansas limited liability company, for total consideration of $12.5 million with cash consideration of $11.5 million and $1.0 million accrued liability recorded as security for and source of payment of sellers’ obligations as defined in the purchase agreement that occur within one year subsequent to the acquisition. The outstanding balance remaining at January 31, 2019 will be paid in cash to the sellers. In addition to the consideration paid for Bedrock, the Company has agreed to pay up to an additional $3.0 million to be allocated among three individuals subject to meeting certain financial conditions defined in the purchase agreement and maintaining continuous employment with the Company through January 31, 2019. Due to this provision being compensation in nature, and contingent on both financial results and continued employment, the Company

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

cannot estimate a range of probable outcomes of this provision and therefore has not recorded a liability related to this provision as of March 31, 2018, but will record the provision as compensation expense when incurred.

This acquisition was financed with $6.25 million borrowing from a third-party financing agreement and the remainder from ASG’s line of credit described in Note 8 . The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

ASG acquired Bedrock to further expand its distribution presence in the Midwest, and to gain access to new geographies, supply chains, products, and distribution rights. The goodwill recorded reflects the strategic value of the acquisition beyond the net value of its assets acquired less liability assumed. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

The Company has performed a preliminary valuation analysis of the fair market value of Bedrock’s assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed. Using the total consideration for the acquisition, the Company has estimated the allocations to such assets and liabilities. The following table summarizes the allocation of the preliminary purchase price as of the transaction’s closing date, January 31, 2018.

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 2,614,925  

Inventory

     13,672,570  

Property and equipment

     374,168  

Goodwill

     50,734  

Other intangible assets

     1,515,000  

Other assets

     223,063  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 18,450,460  

Total liabilities

     5,958,770  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 12,491,690  
  

 

 

 

From the date of acquisition to March 31, 2018, Bedrock generated net revenue of $4.8 million and a net income of $0.2 million, which are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Pro Forma Results

The following unaudited pro forma information for the period ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, has been prepared to give effect to the acquisition of Bedrock as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma information takes into account the preliminary purchase price allocation. The final allocation could differ materially from the preliminary allocation used in the pro forma adjustments. This pro forma information does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of the Company would have been had this acquisition occurred on such date, nor does it purport to predict the results of operations for future periods.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2018      2017  
     (unaudited)  

Pro Forma:

     

Total revenue

   $ 106,612,743        74,347,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,281,128      (2,326,555
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

Our pro forma assumptions are as follows:

 

    Revenues and costs of sales were based on actual results for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

    General and administrative expenses were based on actual results adjusted by $22,368 and $67,104 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for the impact of the amortization expense of the intangible assets acquired with the acquisition.

 

    Actual interest expense was adjusted by $54,292 and $162,875 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for the imputed interest on the acquired debt issued to fund the acquisition.

 

    Income taxes were adjusted to impute the Company’s corporate effective rate during the period on the pro forma income before taxes.

NSI Acquisition

On March 19, 2018, ASG acquired certain assets of NSI, LLC (“NSI”), a Maryland limited liability company, for approximately $290,000 in cash. The NSI Acquisition and related transaction costs were financed by ASG’s line of credit described in Note 8 . The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

The Company has performed a preliminary valuation analysis of the fair market value of NSI’s assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed. Using the total consideration for the acquisition, the Company has estimated the allocations to such assets and liabilities. The following table summarizes the allocation of the preliminary purchase price as of the transaction’s closing date, March 19, 2018.

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 250,920  

Inventory

     789,489  

Goodwill

     290,000  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,330,409  

Total liabilities

     1,040,409  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 290,000  
  

 

 

 

From the date of acquisition to March 31, 2018, net revenue and net income generated by NSI was not significant. Pro forma revenues and net income for the periods ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 were not significant.

5. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined under the first in first out method. The significant components of inventory as follows:

 

     March 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  

Raw materials

   $ 94,544,771      $ 80,725,915  

Installations in process

     8,902,923        6,903,366  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 103,447,694      $ 87,629,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

 

6. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     March 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  

Vehicles

   $ 5,771,890      $ 5,378,072  

Machinery and equipment

     3,150,589        2,806,862  

Leasehold improvements

     5,943,555        5,286,767  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,859,274        3,362,711  

Computer equipment

     3,509,497        2,908,317  

Other

     162,558        152,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 22,397,363      $ 19,895,287  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (8,008,230      (6,669,309
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 14,389,133      $ 13,225,978  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment totaled $1,356,405 and $620,820 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, $794,302 and $562,103 of depreciation expense was included in cost of goods sold and general and administrative expense, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2017, $452,484 and $168,336 of depreciation expense was included in cost of goods sold and general and administrative expense, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The change in carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment was as follows:

 

     ASG      RDS      Total Goodwill  

December 31, 2017

   $ 43,712,331      $ 22,613,793      $ 66,326,124  

NSI acquisition

     290,000        —          290,000  

Bedrock acquisition

     50,734        —          50,734  

Greencraft measurement period adjustment

     —          317,562        317,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

   $ 44,053,065      $ 22,931,355      $ 66,984,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

Intangibles Assets

The following table provides the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value by reportable segment for each class of intangible assets as of March 31, 2018:

 

Gross Carrying Amount

   ASG      RDS      Total Gross
Carrying Amount
 

Customer relationships

   $ 58,290,000      $ 34,760,000      $ 93,050,000  

Tradenames

     6,970,000        9,550,000        16,520,000  

Non-Compete Agreements

     35,000        235,000        270,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 65,295,000      $ 44,545,000      $ 109,840,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

   ASG      RDS      Total Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   $ (8,768,611    $ (18,011,680    $ (26,780,291

Tradenames

     (891,934      (1,701,250      (2,593,184

Non-Compete Agreements

     (1,458      (14,687      (16,145
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (9,662,003    $ (19,727,617    $ (29,389,620
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

   ASG      RDS      Total
Net Book Value
 

Customer relationships

   $ 49,521,389      $ 16,748,320      $ 66,269,709  

Tradenames

     6,078,066        7,848,750        13,926,816  

Non-Compete Agreements

     33,542        220,313        253,855  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 55,632,997      $ 24,817,383      $ 80,450,380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

The following table provides the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value by reportable segment for each class of intangible assets as of December 31, 2017:

 

Gross Carrying Amount

   ASG      RDS      Total Gross
Carrying Amount
 

Customer relationships

   $ 57,200,000      $ 34,760,000      $ 91,960,000  

Tradenames

     6,580,000        9,550,000        16,130,000  

Non-Compete Agreements

     —          235,000        235,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 63,780,000      $ 44,545,000      $ 108,325,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

   ASG      RDS      Total Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   $ (7,308,331    $ (16,526,680    $ (23,835,011

Tradenames

     (727,210      (1,500,000      (2,227,210

Non-Compete Agreements

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (8,035,541    $ (18,026,680    $ (26,062,221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

   ASG      RDS      Total
Net Book Value
 

Customer relationships

   $ 49,891,669      $ 18,233,320      $ 68,124,989  

Tradenames

     5,852,790        8,050,000        13,902,790  

Non-Compete Agreements

     —          235,000        235,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 55,744,459      $ 26,518,320      $ 82,262,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $3,327,399 and $2,219,456 during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

2018 Remaining

   $ 10,049,313  

2019

     11,752,393  

2020

     8,459,077  

2021

     8,452,410  

2022

     8,376,306  

Thereafter

     33,360,881  
  

 

 

 
   $ 80,450,380  
  

 

 

 

8. Lines of Credit

RDS Line of Credit

In September 2014, RDS entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with a commercial bank with a limit of the lesser of $25,000,000 or the sum of (i) up to 85% of eligible builder accounts receivable, plus (ii) up to 85% of the value of eligible homeowner accounts receivable, not to exceed $3,000,000, plus (iii) up to 70% of the value of eligible unbilled accounts, not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,000,000 and (y) 25% of the Borrowing

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

8. Lines of Credit (Continued)

 

Base (as defined), plus (iv) the lesser of (x) 65% of the value of eligible inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the net orderly liquidation value percentage times the value of eligible inventory, minus (v) the availability reserve (as defined) determined by the lender.

All borrowings are at the bank’s discretion and bear interest at the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin (as defined), which varies based upon RDS’ leverage ratio. Interest is due and payable in arrears monthly. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the interest rate on the outstanding balance under the credit agreement was 5.5% and 5.5%, respectively. The credit agreement is collateralized by substantially all assets of RDS and secured by RDS’ eligible accounts receivable. The credit agreement expires in September 2019.

At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, outstanding borrowings on the credit agreement totaled $10,000,000 and $14,000,000, respectively.

The agreement requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, RDS was in compliance with the financial covenants.

RDS also has available letter of credit accommodations with a limit of $5,000,000. Any payments made by the bank under the letter of credit are deemed advances by Company under the line of credit. There were no outstanding letters of credit as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

In connection with the line of credit, RDS incurred certain issuance costs. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $27,084 and $8,995 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the credit agreement totaled $50,972 and $78,056, respectively, and are included as an other asset on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

ASG Line of Credit

In June 2015, ASG entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution for a line of credit with availability of $15,000,000. In February 2017 the agreement was amended increasing the availability to $40,000,000. ASG can borrow, repay, and re-borrow all or any part of the commitment at any time before the maturity date (February 27, 2022), so long as the combined total unpaid principal amount outstanding under the note and the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit does not exceed the commitment at any time. The principal amount outstanding under the line of credit accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) LIBOR for a 30-day interest period as determined on such day, plus 2.0% (as defined). The interest rate in effect was 3.375% and 5.0% per annum as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The interest is payable monthly. The line of credit is collateralized by the assets of ASG. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $22,329,916 and $5,269,244 was outstanding on the line of credit, respectively. The line of credit is subject to certain financial covenants. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, ASG was in compliance with the financial covenants.

ASG incurred debt issuance costs in connection with its line of credit. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

8. Lines of Credit (Continued)

 

interest method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $0 and $2,250 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, ASG had no unamortized debt issuance costs related to the line of credit.

9. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     March 31, 2018      December 31, 2017  

RDS Equipment and Vehicle Notes

     1,291,911        1,396,909  

ASG Term Loans

     95,042,998        89,143,478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     96,334,909        90,540,387  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (2,095,303      (2,194,450
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-term debt

     94,239,606        88,345,937  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net of financing fees

   $ 1,434,403      $ 1,448,517  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and financing fees

   $ 92,805,203      $  86,897,420  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

RDS Equipment and Vehicle Notes

RDS has financed the acquisition of certain vehicles, property, and equipment with notes payable that mature at various times through December 2022. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance on equipment and vehicle notes payable, totaled $1,291,911 and $1,396,909, respectively. These notes are secured by the vehicles and equipment that were financed and require monthly interest and principal payments.

ASG Term Loans

In June 2015, ASG entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution offering a term loan in the amount of $19 million. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at the LIBOR rate with an applicable margin (as defined) (8.0% per annum as of December 31, 2016). Interest is payable monthly with principal payments due in quarterly installments beginning September 30, 2015 through maturity (June 23, 2020). As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on this term loan was $17,575,000. On February 28, 2017 this term loan was paid in full.

In December 2015, ASG entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution offering a term loan in the aggregate amount of $1.7 million to finance the purchase of equipment. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at 3.75% per annum with interest payable monthly. Principal payments are due in monthly installments beginning April 8, 2016 through maturity (March 8, 2021). At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, ASG had $961,903 and $1,045,824 outstanding on this loan, respectively.

In May 2016, ASG entered into a loan agreement with an investor offering a term loan in the amount of $151,722 to finance improvements to ASG’s facilities in Anaheim, California. Amounts outstanding under the term loan bear interest at 8% per annum. Payments consisting of principal and interest are due monthly through maturity (January 1, 2023). As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, ASG had $118,594 and $122,652 outstanding on this loan, respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

9. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

 

In February 2017, ASG entered into a financing agreement with a third-party lender to borrow $105.0 million to be used for purposes of refinancing the Company’s existing debt, fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Aquarius Seller, Inc., funding other amounts defined in the financing agreement and funding working capital and general purposes of the Company. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at the LIBOR rate with an applicable margin (as defined) (8.6% per annum as of December 31, 2017). Interest is payable monthly with principal payments due in quarterly installments beginning July 1, 2017 through maturity (February 28, 2022). ASG borrowed an additional $6.25 million under the terms of this loan to fund a portion of the acquisition of Bedrock on January 31, 2018. As of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, ASG had $93,962,501 and $87,975,000 outstanding on this term loan.

Substantially all ASG’s assets are pledged as collateral for these loans. ASG is required to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. ASG was in compliance with all financial covenants as of March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

ASG incurred debt issuance costs in connection with its term loans. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest rate method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $130,397 and $52,692 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Additionally, ASG expensed the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs for the refinanced debt of 557,808 as extinguishment of debt in February 2017. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the term loans totaled $2,095,303 and $2,194,450, respectively, and are shown as a direct deduction from the liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases certain vehicles under leases classified as capital leases. The leased vehicles are included as property, plant and equipment and amortized to accumulated amortization on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease, typically four years. The total acquisition cost included in PP&E related to the leased vehicles was $1,139,627 and $1,071,834 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Total accumulated amortization related to the leased vehicles is $136,524 and $54,567 at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively, with amortization expense totaling $81,956 and $54,567 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and the year ended December 31, 2017, respectively.

RDS leases its corporate, administrative, fabrication and warehousing facilities under long-term non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through April 2023. The monthly rents are subject to annual increases and generally require the payment of utilities, real estate taxes, insurance and repairs. Four of RDS’ facility leases are with a company owned by an SIC shareholder.

RDS also leases certain office equipment under long-term lease agreements expiring at various dates through October 2020.

ASG leases its facilities and equipment under long-term non-cancellable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through October 2029. The facility leases contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rentals. Three of ASG’s facility leases are companies owned by SIC shareholders or other related parties.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rent expense and amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Aggregate deferred rent at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $1,277,890 and $1,296,392, respectively. Aggregate rent expense for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $2,934,093 and $1,296,391, respectively.

11. Equity

RDS

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, distributions totaling $20.8 million were paid to shareholders during 2017.

ASG

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, distributions totaling $14.6 million were paid to Members during 2017.

Class A and B Common Stock

In accordance with the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 18,750,000 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”) were issued and sold to new investors, at an offering price of $12.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $225 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses). An additional sale of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock was issued and sold to new investors at an offering price of $12.00 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately $36 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses) in December 2017.

Total Class B Common Stock equivalents outstanding in RDS and ASG immediately prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions was 14,252,691 shares. A total of 5,620,680 Class B common stock equivalents of RDS and ASG Common Stock shares were repurchased for $62.7 million concurrently using the proceeds from the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement. The remaining member interests were rolled over into 9,244,112 shares of Class B Common Stock. Concurrently, SIC repurchased and retired 2,379,486 shares of Class B Common Stock from Trive for approximately $26.6 million. In accordance with the terms of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, in December 2017, the Company repurchased and retired 3,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock with the proceeds of the sales of Class A Common Stock to new investors. After the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, the Company had 21,750,000 and 3,864,626 shares outstanding shares of Class A and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

Total equity at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 was $147.6 million and $148.1 million, respectively. The change in equity of $(0.5) million during the period was a result of an increase in additional paid in capital of $0.8 million related to the accrual of restricted stock expense and an increase to the accumulated deficit of $1.3 million resulting from the net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

12. Stock Compensation

On November 22, 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”). Upon the adoption of the 2017 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares issuable thereunder was 2,561,463 shares. At March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, there were approximately 1,286,867 and 1,848,727 shares of common stock available for grant under the 2017 Plan, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

12. Stock Compensation (Continued)

 

Stock Options

The Company’s has not had any stock option activity under the 2017 Plan for the period ended March 31, 2018.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards are grants of shares of the Company’s common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, vesting and forfeiture provisions. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Recipients of restricted stock unit awards generally will not have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the Company.

On November 22, 2017, concurrent with November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 356,368 shares of common stock were granted to certain members of the executive management team and members of the Board of Directors subject to certain vesting conditions, including continuous service to the Company for a period of 3 years and meeting other Company performance conditions, following the date of the restricted stock agreement. The shares vest ratably on an annual basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, an additional 561,860 shares of common stock were granted to certain executives and key employees subject to certain vesting conditions, including continuous service to the Company for a period of 3 years and meeting other Company performance conditions, following the date of the restricted stock agreement. The shares vest ratably on an annual basis.

The Company estimated the fair value of these shares on the date the shares were granted, and recognizes the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The grant date fair value for the restricted shares granted on November 22, 2017 and during the three months ended March 31, 2018 was estimated using the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement share price as a proxy due to the lack of any subsequent market indication of a change in value. The company’s stock trades very infrequently and in very low volume. Consequently, there is no substantive data that would lead to the conclusion that the value of the Company’s stock has materially changed since the closing of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

A summary of the Company’s restricted stock activity for the period ended March 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Restricted
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Nonvested shares at January 1, 2018

     356,368      $ 12.00  

Granted

     561,860      $ 12.00  

Forfeited

     —          —    

Vested

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested shares at March 31, 2018

     918,228      $ 12.00  

As of March 31, 2018, total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested restricted stock is $10.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 2.9 years.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

12. Stock Compensation (Continued)

 

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock for the three month period ending March 31, 2018 was $0.8 million. There was no stock-based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock for the three month period ending March 31, 2017.

Phantom Restricted Stock

Phantom restricted stock awards and phantom restricted stock unit awards are grants of shares of the Company’s common stock that are settled in cash and subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, vesting and forfeiture provisions. Recipients of phantom restricted stock unit awards generally will not have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Shares of phantom restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the Company.

On November 22, 2017, concurrent with November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 356,368 shares of phantom common stock were granted to certain members of the executive management team and members of the Board of Directors subject to certain vesting conditions including continuous service to the Company and meeting other Company performance conditions, following the date of the phantom stock agreement. As a result of the cash-settlement feature of these awards, the Company considers these awards to be liability awards, which are measured at fair value at each reporting date and the pro-rata vested portion of the award is recognized as a liability to the extent that the performance condition is deemed probable. The fair value as of March 31, 2018 for the phantom shares granted on November 22, 2017 was estimated using the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement share price as a proxy due to the lack of any subsequent market indication of a change in value. The company’s stock trades very infrequently and in very low volume. Consequently, there is no substantive data that would lead to the conclusion that the value of the company’s stock has materially changed since the closing of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

The Company recorded phantom stock based compensation expense of $0.8 million and $0 related to these shares during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

A summary of the Company’s phantom stock activity for the period ended March 31, 2018 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Phantom
Restricted
Outstanding
 

Nonvested shares at January 1, 2018

     356,368  

Granted

     —    

Forfeited

     —    

Vested

     70,440  
  

 

 

 

Nonvested shares at March 31, 2018

     285,928  

As of March 31, 2018, total remaining stock-based compensation expense for unvested restricted stock and phantom restricted stock is $2.6 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 0.8 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

 

13. Provision for Income Taxes

At March 31, 2018 and 2017, the provision for income taxes reflected on the condensed consolidated statements of operations reflect an effective rate of 27.79% and (13.69%), effectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2017, because the period was prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions, our ASG segment was a pass through entity for tax purposes, resulting in the consolidated SIC not realizing the income tax benefit from the loss occurred by ASG during the period. This resulted in a net negative effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2017.

The Company’s effective income tax rate is different from what would be expected if the federal statutory rate were applied to income from continuing operations primarily because of non-deductible items and state income taxes.

In December 2017, the staff of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows companies to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. Because the Tax Act was enacted in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2017 and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretations are expected over the next 12 months, the analysis required to record the provisional amounts for the accounting of deferred tax re-measurements and other items, such as cost recovery and state tax considerations, may be revised causing adjustments to these provisions. The Company expects to complete the analysis and update the provisional amounts within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.

14. Related Party Transactions

Consulting Agreement

During the period ended March 31, 2017, RDS and ASG each had a consulting agreement with Trive Capital Management (“TCM”), which is affiliated with certain SIC Class B rollover shareholders of SIC. Under the agreement, RDS and ASG were each required to pay TCM an annual nonrefundable annual consulting fee of $400,000, payable in four quarterly installments of $100,000 each, plus the reimbursement of expenses. The agreement also allowed for additional consulting work outside of the scope of the agreement to be provided by TCM and billed separately to each company. The agreement was terminated at the time of the November 2017 Restructuring Transaction. Consulting fees plus expenses that were expensed to TCM during the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017 totaled $0 and $210,791, respectively. There was no outstanding balance due to TCM at March 31, 2018. Amounts due and recorded as accounts payable at December 31, 2017 was $100,000.

Facility Rent

RDS leases four of its facilities from a trust affiliated with an RDS executive. Rent expense incurred with this trust totaled $210,804 and $208,143 during the three months ending March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 10 .

ASG leases office space from AG&M Bee Creek Investments Ltd., a company owned by SIC Class B rollover shareholders. The lease was renewed on February 29, 2016 and includes an additional option to renew the lease for five years. Rent expense under this lease was $124,825 and $121,190 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 10 .

ASG leases office space from AG&M San Antonio Investments Ltd., a company owned by SIC Class B rollover shareholders. The lease was renewed on February 29, 2016 and includes an additional option to renew the lease

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

14. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

for two years. Rent expense under this lease was $43,857 and $44,187 for the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 10 .

ASG leases office space from 502 Jersey Ave LLC., a company owned by an employee and former owner of Cosmic. Rent expense under this lease was $92,812 and $0 for the three months ending March 31, 2018 and 2017. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 10 .

ASG leases office space from 521 Digiulian Boulevard, LLC., a company owned by an employee and former owner of NSI. Rent expense under this lease was $3,097 and $0 for the three months ending March 31, 2018 and 2017. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017. See Note 10 .

Subcontractors and Supplier

Two of RDS executives have family members that have an ownership interest in flooring subcontracting companies that do business with RDS. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, these companies performed a total of $694,111 and $482,901 in subcontract work for RDS, respectively. Amounts due and recorded as accounts payable at March 31, 2018 was $27,708. There was no amount unpaid at December 31, 2017.

Other Consulting Services

A consulting firm affiliated with an officer of SIC has performed various consulting services for the Company related to human resources, accounting, and project management. During the three months ended March 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company incurred $64,526 and $58,900 of costs with this consulting firm, respectively. Amounts due and recorded as accounts payable at March 31, 2018 was $23,000. There was no amount unpaid at December 31, 2017.

An ASG executive and SIC Class B rollover shareholder terminated employment with ASG as of June 30, 2017. The shareholder continues to provide business consulting services for ASG. During the three months ending March 31, 2018 and 2017 ASG incurred $29,750 and $0, respectively, of consulting costs with this shareholder. No amounts were unpaid at March 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

15. Segment Information

The Company’s operations are classified into two operating segments: RDS and ASG. Under RDS, the Company offers Interior Design and Installation (“IDI”) services, and under ASG, the Company performs Natural and Engineered Surfaces Distribution (“NESD”). These operating segments represent strategic business areas which, although they operate separately and provide their own distinctive services, enables the Company to more effectively offer the complete line of interior design and selection services, merchandising, and complex supply chain management. Neither of the two operating segments have any reporting units. While individual acquisitions, for a time, may have discrete financial information before being fully integrated, RDS and ASG are the only operating and reporting segments for which both discrete financial information is available and is reviewed by segment management.

Inter-segment eliminations result, primarily, from the sale of ASG inventory to the RDS segment, including the related profit margin, as well as some intercompany borrowings recorded in the form of intercompany payables and receivables.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

15. Segment Information (Continued)

 

The Company evaluates performance of the respective segments based upon revenues and operating income. Information for the periods presented is provided below:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2018      2017  

Net sales:

     

RDS

   $ 57,140,843      $ 41,679,564  

ASG

     47,575,184        26,270,751  

Elimination of intercompany sales

     (329,703      (225,610
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 104,386,324      $ 67,724,705  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income:

  

RDS

   $ 2,053,519      $ 1,322,362  

ASG

     1,895,410        (634,261

Elimination of intercompany operating income

     2,185        4,514  

Unallocated corporate operating income

     (3,001,096      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 950,018      $ 692,615  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation & Amortization:

     

RDS

   $ 2,227,251      $ 1,586,557  

ASG

     2,456,261        1,253,719  

Unallocated corporate depreciation & amortization

     292        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 4,683,804      $ 2,840,276  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

     

RDS

   $ 511,103      $ 598,236  

ASG

     1,538,823        199,454  

Unallocated corporate capital expenditures

     10,500        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 2,060,426      $ 797,690  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of March 31,
2018
     As of December 31,
2017
 

Goodwill:

     

RDS

   $ 22,931,355      $ 22,613,793  

ASG

     44,053,065        43,712,331  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 66,984,420      $ 66,326,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other intangible assets:

     

RDS

   $ 24,817,383      $ 26,518,320  

ASG

     55,632,997        55,744,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 80,450,380      $ 82,262,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets:

     

RDS

   $ 103,864,283      $ 103,171,953  

ASG

     221,063,578        203,636,942  

Elimination of Intercompany Receivables and Inventory

     (262,642      (275,479

Unallocated corporate assets

     15,186,942        13,712,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 339,852,161      $ 320,246,393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2018

 

16. Subsequent Events

Events occurring after March 31, 2018, have been evaluated for possible adjustment to the consolidated financial statements or disclosure as of June 15, 2018, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. (A Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the periods then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Los Angeles, California

April 20, 2018

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

     At December 31,  
     2017     2016  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash

   $ 2,547,372     $ 4,726,895  

Restricted cash

     3,000,000       —    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $217,354 and $271,077 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     45,283,843       27,904,470  

Inventories

     87,629,281       31,653,513  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,624,931       847,793  

Income taxes receivable

     1,519,479       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     142,604,906       65,132,671  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $6,669,309 and $3,122,167 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     13,225,978       8,896,557  

Deferred tax assets, net

     11,569,161       —    

Goodwill

     66,326,124       30,552,928  

Customer relationships, net of accumulated amortization of $23,835,011 and $13,820,009 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     68,124,989       29,439,991  

Intangible assets, net

     14,137,790       1,615,749  

Other assets

     4,257,445       869,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 320,246,393     $ 136,507,215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Current portion of long-term debt, net of financing fees of $521,590 and $73,916 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

   $ 1,448,517     $ 5,340,167  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     229,466       —    

Accounts payable

     38,491,326       20,988,281  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     19,839,951       6,416,922  

Income taxes payable

     —         886,075  

Customer deposits

     5,319,451       3,114,731  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     65,328,711       36,746,176  

Long-term debt, net of current portion and financing fees of $1,672,860 and $695,920 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     86,897,420       43,572,826  

Long-term capital lease obligations

     663,423       —    

Line of credit

     19,269,244       11,027,060  

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     —         5,420,161  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     172,158,798       96,766,223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)    —       —    

Equity

    

Members’ capital – no Predecessor units and 0 and 55,920,939 member units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively

     —         39,740,992  

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 21,750,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

     217,500       —    

Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 9,244,112 shares issued, 3,864,626 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016

     38,646       —    

Additional paid-in capital

     153,520,414       —    

Accumulated deficit

     (5,688,965     —    

Total shareholders’ equity/members’ capital

     148,087,595       39,740,992  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 320,246,393     $ 136,507,215  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016  

Revenue, net

   $ 352,951,900     $ 233,868,254  

Cost of revenue

     249,062,563       167,038,498  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     103,889,337       66,829,756  

Operating expenses

    

General and administrative

     77,837,360       41,215,429  

Selling and marketing

     19,889,505       11,189,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     97,726,865       52,404,715  

Income from operations

     6,162,472       14,425,041  

Other expense:

    

Interest expense

     12,760,693       4,735,707  

Loss on extinguishments of debt

     988,051       —    

Other expense, net

     440,060       514  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     14,188,804       4,736,221  

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (8,026,332 )       9,688,820  

Provision for income taxes

     3,319,613       2,634,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (11,345,945 )     $ 7,054,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: net (loss) income attributable to Predecessor

   $ (5,656,980 )     $ 7,054,689  

Net (loss) attributable to Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

   $ (5,688,965 )     $ —    

(Loss) per basic and diluted share of common stock

    

Basic Class A Common Stock

   $ (0.22 )     $ —    

Basic Class B Common Stock

   $ (0.22 )     $ —    

Diluted Class A Common Stock

   $ (0.22 )     $ —    

Diluted Class B Common Stock

   $ (0.22 )     $ —    

Weighted average shares outstanding

    

Basic Class A Common Stock

     19,650,000       —    

Basic Class B Common Stock

     5,964,626       —    

Diluted Class A Common Stock

     19,650,000       —    

Diluted Class B Common Stock

     5,964,626       —    

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

    Predecessor     Class A Shareholders     Class B Shareholders                    
    Member
Units
    Members’
Capital
    Class A
Common
Stock
Shares
Outstanding
    Class A
Common
Stock
    Class B
Common
Stock

Shares
Outstanding
    Class B
Common
Stock
    Total
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Total
Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2016

    34,792,621     $ 20,410,823       —       $ —         —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 20,410,823  

Net income

    —         7,054,689       —         —         —         —         —         —         7,054,689  

Dividends issued

    —         (262,825     —         —         —         —         —         —         (262,825

Equity issued related to the acquisition of Modul

    21,128,318       12,538,305       —         —         —         —         —         —         12,538,305  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31,   2016

    55,920,939       39,740,992       —         —         —         —         —         —         39,740,992  

Issuance of Class E-1 Units to existing members

    21,736,168       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Class E-2 Units to Aquarius Seller, Inc. and an existing member

    7,156,106       10.030.000       —         —         —         —         —         —         10,030,000  

Dividends issued

    —         (35,421,082     —         —         —         —         —         —         (35,421,082

Equity based compensation (See Note 12 )

    4,175,844       7,345,212       —         —         —         —         —         —         7,345,212  

Net loss prior to November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

    —         (5,656,980     —         —         —         —         —         —         (5,656,980
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance prior to November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

    88,989,057       16,038,142       —         —         —         —         —         —         16,038,142  

Contribution of member units for Class B Common Stock

    (57,361,484     (10,264,411     —         —         9,244,112       92,441       10,171,970       —         —    

Repurchase of member units

    (31,627,573     (5,773,731     —         —         —         —         (56,951,207     —         (62,724,938

Repurchase and retirement of Class B Common Stock

    —         —         —         —         (5,379,486     (53,795     (59,981,269     —         (60,035,064

Sale of Class A Common Stock in November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, including follow-on offering of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock

    —         —         21,750,000       217,500       —         —         240,283,844       —         240,501,344  

Deferred tax asset adjustment

    —         —         —         —         —         —         19,844,905       —         19,844,905  

Balance subsequent to November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

    —         —         21,750,000       217,500         3,864,626       38,646       153,368,243       —         153,624,389  

Equity based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         152,171       —         152,171  

Net loss subsequent to November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (5,688,965     (5,688,965
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    —       $ —         21,750,000     $ 217,500       3,864,626     $ 38,646     $ 153,520,414     $ (5,688,965   $ 148,087,595  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017     2016  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (11,345,945   $ 7,054,689  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     14,816,329       9,186,936  

Equity based compensation

     7,497,383       —    

Deferred provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     2,928,992       (1,896,001

Amortized interest on deferred debt issuance costs

     557,776       272,996  

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     988,051       —    

Decrease in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (127,460     (101,338

Loss on disposal of property and equipment, net

     57,416       1,234  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (8,784,419     3,347,778  

Inventories

     (24,023,526     (4,344,848

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (1,615,848     591,803  

Related party receivable

     —         44,057  

Other assets

     (110,264     (248,419

Accounts payable

     9,166,002       (410,337

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,964,874       1,275,251  

Income taxes (receivable) payable

     (2,405,052     504,521  

Customer deposit

     1,068,573       261,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (8,367,118     15,539,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (4,217,523     (3,477,108

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     144,511       30,394  

Acquisition of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, net of cash acquired

     (88,000,732     —    

Acquisition of Greencraft Holdings, LLC, net of cash acquired

     (26,762,500     —    

Acquisition of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., net of cash acquired

     —         (11,340,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (118,836,244     (14,786,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Dividends issued

     (35,421,083     (262,825

Repurchase of member units

     (62,724,938     —    

Repurchase and retirement of Class B Common Stock

     (60,035,064     —    

Proceeds from November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, net of issuance costs of $17,978,656

     240,501,344       —    

Proceeds from issuance of equity

     30,000       12,538,305  

Payments (proceeds) on line of credit, net

     8,242,185       (7,901,774

Proceeds from term loan

     130,000,000       —    

Term loan deferred issuance costs

     (2,952,450     —    

Payments on Notes Payable

     (666,993     (717,160

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (88,949,162     (2,003,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     128,023,839       1,653,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     820,477       2,406,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of period

   $ 4,726,895     $ 2,320,305  

Cash and restricted cash, end of period

   $ 5,547,372     $ 4,726,895  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 12,145,710     $ 4,493,321  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 2,761,556     $ 4,402,500  

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities

    

Deferred tax asset adjustment related to November 2017 Restructuring Transactions

   $ 19,844,905     $ —    

Acquisition of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. credit deposits

   $ —       $ 330,000  

Acquisition of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, Rollover Equity

   $ 10,000,000     $ —    

Acquisitions measurement period adjustments, PT Tile

   $ —       $ 140,442  

Contribution of 57,361,484 member units for 9,244,112 shares of Class B Common Stock

   $ 10,264,411     $ —    

Acquisition of equipment and vehicles with long-term debt and capital leases

   $ 1,270,259     $ 510,874  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

1. Organization and Business Description

Organization and Nature of Operations

These financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. (“SIC” or “Company”).

SIC is a Delaware corporation that was restructured in November 2017 to be a holding company on which to consolidate diversified building products and services companies with a primary focus on providing products and services related to the interior of all types of buildings. Through its two primary operating companies, Residential Design Services, LLC (f/k/a TCFI LARK LLC) (“RDS”) and Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC (f/k/a TCFI G&M LLC) (“ASG”), SIC imports and distributes natural and engineered stone slabs for kitchen and bathroom countertops, operates design centers that merchandise interior products, and provides installation services. SIC’s interior product offerings include flooring, countertops, wall tile, finish carpentry, shower doors and enclosures, and mirrors. RDS operates throughout California and in Reno, Nevada and Phoenix, Arizona. ASG has operations in the North East, South East, South West, Mountain West, and West Coast.

The SIC platform originated in September 2014, when affiliates of Trive Capital Management LLC (“Trive Capital”) acquired RDS, formed in 1988, which in turn acquired the assets of PT Tile Holdings, LP (“Pinnacle”) in February 2015, and Greencraft Holdings, LLC (“Greencraft”) in December 2017. Affiliates of Trive Capital also formed a consolidation platform in the stone countertop market by establishing TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed on May 26, 2015. TCFI G&M LLC acquired the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, Ltd., (“AASG”) in June 2015, which in turn acquired the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. (“Modul”) in July 2016, Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (“Pental”) in February 2017, and the assets of Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (“Cosmic”) in October 2017. On January 17, 2018, TCFI G&M LLC changed its name to Architectural Services Group, LLC.

Reorganization

On November 22, 2017, SIC and the former equity holders of RDS and ASG completed a series of restructuring transactions (collectively, the “November 2017 Restructuring Transactions”) whereby (i) certain former equity holders of RDS and ASG (collectively referred to as the “Rollover Stockholders”) contributed a certain amount of equity interests in RDS and ASG to SIC in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of SIC (“Class B Common Stock”) (such transaction referred to as the “Contribution and Exchange”), (ii) SIC used a certain amount of proceeds from the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement (described below) to purchase from certain former equity holders of RDS and ASG the remaining equity interests in each of RDS and ASG (that were not initially contributed to SIC as part of the Contribution and Exchange), and (iii) after the preceding transactions, RDS and ASG became wholly-owned subsidiaries of SIC. SIC was wholly owned by Trive Capital and was inactive until the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions. Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, SIC, RDS, and ASG were all under the common control of Trive Capital.

Concurrent with the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, SIC completed a private offering and private placement of 18,750,000 shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), to new investors, at a public offering price of $12.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $225 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses) (the “November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement”). The net proceeds from the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement were primarily used by SIC to (i) repurchase 2,379,486 shares of Class B Common Stock from Trive Capital for approximately $26.6 million, (ii) purchase, from certain Rollover

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

1. Organization and Business Description (Continued)

 

Stockholders, the remaining outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG (that were not initially contributed to SIC as part of the Contribution and Exchange) for approximately $62.7 million, and (iii) repay outstanding indebtedness totaling $112.8 million to third-party lenders and pay $0.3 million of lending related fees. The remainder of the net proceeds was used by SIC for transaction expenses related to the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, working capital and general corporate purposes.

In accordance with the terms of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, in December 2017, SIC completed an additional sale of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to new investors at an offering price of $12.00 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately $36.0 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses). These net proceeds were used by SIC to repurchase an additional 3,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock from certain Rollover Stockholders. Shareholders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common stock vote together as a single class on all matters, subject to certain exceptions in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Holders of Class B Common Stock, other than items related to the Special Stock Dividends (see Registration Rights ), have substantially the same rights in SIC as holders of Class A Common Stock.

The reorganization transactions were treated as a combination of entities under common control with assets and liabilities transferred at their carrying amounts in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Accordingly, the 2017 and 2016 consolidated historical results of SIC includes the results under the “as if pooling” method.

Registration Rights

In connection with the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, a Registration Rights Agreement was entered into by the Company, certain members of Company management, Trive Capital, and B. Riley FBR, Inc. as the initial purchaser/private placement agent.

Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than January 31, 2018, a shelf registration statement registering the resale of Class A Common Stock sold in the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company also committed in the Registration Rights Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the SEC, and have the Class A Common Stock listed on a national securities exchange, no later than May 31, 2018.

If the Shelf Registration Statement is not effective, and the Class A Common Stock is not listed and trading on a national securities exchange, by May 31, 2018, then holders of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to receive dividends on shares of Class A Common Stock that will accrue and be payable only in additional shares of Class A Common Stock (“Special Stock Dividends”). Special Stock Dividends will accrue at a daily rate equal to the quotient of (i) 0.05 multiplied by 21,750,000 (the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold and issued in the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement) divided by (ii) 365, up to a maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to 1,460,149 shares (the “Maximum Accrual Amount”), and will cease accruing upon the Shelf Registration Statement being declared effective, and the Class A Common Stock commencing trading on a national exchange. In the event that Special Stock Dividends are paid by the Company to the holders of Class A Common Stock, an equivalent amount of shares of Class B Common Stock held by certain affiliates of Trive Capital and certain members of Company management will be repurchased by the Company at a price of $0.01 per share and immediately cancelled. The

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

1. Organization and Business Description (Continued)

 

shares of Class B Common Stock to be repurchased, if any, shall be from the 1,460,149 shares of Class B Common Stock currently held in escrow (consisting of 1,000,000 shares owned by affiliates of Trive Capital and 460,149 shares owned by certain members of Company management).

If the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange prior to Special Stock Dividends accruing to the Maximum Accrual Amount, each remaining share of Class B Common Stock of the Company will automatically convert into one share of Class A Common Stock. The Registration Rights Agreement also describes procedures to be followed in the event the Company proposes to conduct an initial public offering of its Class A Common Stock; however, the Registration Rights Agreement does not explicitly require the Company to do so.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SIC, its wholly owned subsidiaries RDS and ASG, and their wholly owned subsidiaries, and are presented using the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in combination. References to the “ASC” hereafter refer to the Accounting Standards Codification established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP.

The consolidated financial statements and related disclosures for the period ended December 31, 2016 have previously been issued for RDS and ASG on a combined consolidated basis. For purposes of comparability with the consolidated financial statements and disclosures for the period ended December 31, 2017, the Company reclassified the combined consolidated financial statements and disclosures for the period ended December 31, 2016 to conform to the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

The November 2017 Restructuring Transactions resulting in the transfer of RDS and ASG to subsidiaries of SIC was determined to be a combination of interests between commonly controlled entities and, as such, the Company accounted for the transactions using “as if pooling” accounting. Accordingly, the consolidated and results of SIC includes the results of both RDS and ASG for all of 2017 and recast 2016 under the “as if pooling” method. The assets and liabilities of RDS and ASG will also be reflected at their historical cost, as determined in accordance with the requirements of ASC 805 when consolidated into the accounts of SIC in a manner similar to a pooling of interests.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share for both Class A and Class B Common Stock is computed by dividing net income for the period subsequent to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period subsequent to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement. Diluted earnings per share for both Class A and Class B Common Stock is computed by dividing net income for the period subsequent to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period subsequent to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, plus the dilutive effect of restricted stock-based

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

awards using the treasury stock method. Income (loss) earned prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement is attributable to the LLC members and, as such, is not reflected in earnings per share. The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the period between the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement and December 31, 2017:

 

Net loss

   $ (5,688,965
  

 

 

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

     19,650,000  

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding

     5,964,626  
  

 

 

 

Total weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

     25,614,626  
  

 

 

 

Loss per share of common stock:

  

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.22
  

 

 

 

All restricted stock awards outstanding totaling 356,368 Class B Common Stock at December 31, 2017 were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share in 2017 because the Company reported a net loss and the effect of inclusion would have been antidilutive.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and contingencies at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results may vary materially from the estimates that were used. The Company’s significant accounting estimates include the determination of allowances for doubtful accounts, the fair value of reporting units and indefinite life intangible assets, deferred income taxes, revenue recognition, warranties, returns and the purchase price allocations used in the Company’s acquisitions.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Restricted Cash

At December 31, 2017, the Company had restricted cash of $3.0 million. The restricted cash are funds held in escrow related to the Greencraft acquisition.

Fair Value Measurement

ASC 820-10 requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. ASC 820-10 defines the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity has the ability to access.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable, supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The level of the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurement falls is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Greencraft earn-out with a fair value of $5,794,000 is classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2017 and is valued using the internal rate of return model. The assumptions used in preparing the internal rate of return model include estimates for future revenues from Greencraft products and services and a discount factor of 3.1% at December 31, 2017. The assumptions used in preparing the internal rate of return model include estimates for outcome of milestone goals are achieved, the probability of achieving each outcome and discount rates.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying value of the Company’s cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short-term obligations approximate their respective fair values because of the short maturities of these instruments. The recorded values of the line of credit and notes payable approximate their fair values, as interest rates approximate market rates. The Company recognizes transfers between levels at the end of the reporting period as if the transfers occurred on the last day of the reporting period. There were no transfers during 2017 or 2016.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. The Company continually assesses the collectability of outstanding customer invoices; and if deemed necessary, maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the non-collection of customer receivables. In estimating this allowance, the Company considers factors such as: historical collection experience, a customer’s current creditworthiness, customer concentrations, age of the receivable balance both individually and in the aggregate and general economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. Actual customer collections could differ from the Company’s estimates. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $217,354 and $271,077, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories consist of stone slabs, tile and sinks, and include the costs to acquire the inventories and bring them to their existing location and condition. Inventory also includes flooring, doors and trim, glass, and countertops, which have not yet been installed, as well as labor and related costs for installations in process. Inventory is valued at the lower of cost (using the specific identification and first-in, first-out methods) or net realizable value.

The Company regularly reviews its inventory to identify slow-moving items and maintains a reserve to adjust the carrying value of such inventory when necessary. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the inventory reserve was $1,633,793 and $1,126,085, respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided for on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

Machinery and equipment    7 years
Vehicles    3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures    3-7 years
Computer and office equipment    3-5 years
Leasehold improvements    Shorter of 15 years or the remaining lease term

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trade names and non-compete agreements. The Company considers all its intangible assets to have definite lives and are being amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or on an accelerated basis based on the expected cash flows generated by the existing customers as follows:

 

     Range of estimated useful lives    Weighted average useful life

Customer relationships

   5 years – 10 years    9 years

Trade names

   3 years –11 years    10 years

Non-compete agreements

   Life of agreement    4 years

Business Combinations

The Company records business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value is recorded as goodwill. Changes in the estimated fair values of net assets recorded for acquisitions prior to the finalization of more detailed analysis, but not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, will adjust the amount of the purchase price allocable to goodwill. Measurement period adjustments are reflected in the period in which they occur.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable, or at least annually. The assessment for possible impairment is based on the Company’s ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future undiscounted cash flows of the related operations. If the aggregate of these cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value. The measurement of impairment requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets. There were no impairment losses on long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets. During the year ended December 31, 2016, RDS recorded an additional $140,442 of goodwill as an adjustment to

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

PT Tile goodwill, an acquisition which occurred in February 2015, and ASG recorded goodwill totaling $3,958,659 related to the acquisition of Modul. During the year ended December 31, 2017, RDS recorded goodwill totaling $10,385,455 related to the acquisition of Greencraft and ASG recorded goodwill totaling $25,387,741 related to the acquisition of Pental. ASG also acquired Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (“Cosmic”) in 2017 with no significant impact on Goodwill.

The Company accounts for goodwill in accordance with FASB ASC topic 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which among other things, addresses financial accounting and reporting requirements for acquired goodwill and other intangible assets having indefinite useful lives. ASC topic 350 requires goodwill to be carried at cost, prohibits the amortization of goodwill and requires the Company to test goodwill for impairment at least annually. The Company tests for impairment of goodwill annually during the fourth quarter or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the goodwill may be impaired. Events or changes in circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, significant negative industry or economic trends, or significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future results of operations.

The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is not less than its carrying amount, then additional impairment testing is not required. However, if it is concluded otherwise, then it is required to perform the first of a two-step impairment test.

Under ASC 350, a qualitative assessment (i.e., the “Step 0 Test”) allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (i.e., more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If that is the case, the Company would have to perform the annual two-step test. If the Company concludes otherwise, it has completed its goodwill impairment test and does not need to perform the two-step test.

The Company identified RDS and ASG as reporting units and performed a qualitative assessment. Independent analysis of the events and circumstances of each reporting unit resulted in the determination that each reporting unit’s fair value substantially exceeded such reporting unit’s carrying value. The Company considered a variety of qualitative factors as part of its assessment of goodwill, with the greatest weight placed upon the historical revenue, future projections, and specific considerations with respect to each reporting unit. Additional impairment testing was not required. This valuation was completed as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

There were no impairment charges related to goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are deferred and amortized over the related term of the debt as non-cash interest expense and are presented on the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability. Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective interest method or on a straight-line basis when it approximates the effective interest method.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Sales Tax

The Company’s policy is to present taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities on a net basis. The Company records the amounts collected as a current liability and relieves such liability upon remittance to the taxing authority without impacting revenues or expenses.

Warranty Obligations

The Company offers supplier-specific product warranties to its customers. In estimating future warranty obligations, the Company considers various relevant factors, including its warranty policies and practices and those of its suppliers, the historical frequency of claims, the cost to replace products under warranty, and the amounts expected to be reimbursed by suppliers. On certain products, customer warranty claims are covered directly by the manufacturer of the product. Management estimates its warranty obligation at December 31, 2017 and 2016, to be minimal, and therefore, the Company has not recorded a provision for accrued warranty costs.

Operating Leases

The Company accounts for rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for leases. The Company leases its corporate, administrative, retail and manufacturing facilities over terms expiring between 2016 and 2028. The Company also leases certain office equipment over terms expiring between 2016 and 2020. The term of the lease is considered its initial obligation period, which does not include option periods. The leases may have renewal clauses exercisable at the option of the Company and contain rent holidays and/or rent escalation clauses. The Company includes scheduled rent holidays and rent escalation clauses for the purposes of recognizing straight-line rent over the lease term.

Capital Leases

The Company finances the acquisition of certain vehicles with capital leases. The acquisition costs are recognized as property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value at the inception of the lease, or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments as determined at the inception of the lease. The acquisition costs are amortized over the useful life on the same basis as owned vehicles or, where shorter, the term of the capital lease. Amortization expense is recorded as accumulated amortization on the consolidated balance sheets. The capital lease liability to the lessor is included in the consolidated balance sheets as a capital lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenue derived from the sale of imported granite, marble, and related items is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists through a purchase order or signed contract detailing the quantity and price, delivery per the agreement has been made, and collectability is reasonably assured.

The Company’s contracts with its home-builder customers are generally treated as short-term contracts for accounting purposes. These contracts will generally range in length from several days to several weeks. The Company accounts for these contracts under the completed contract method of accounting and will recognize revenue and cost of revenues when the contract is complete and performance has been delivered.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company’s contracts related to multifamily projects are treated as long-term contacts for accounting purposes. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. For the year ended December 31, 2017, multifamily projects accounted for approximately 5% of the Company’s combined revenues. At December 31, 2017, the under billings (revenues in excess of billings) on multifamily projects in progress were not significant.

The Company recognizes returned product as a reduction to revenue in the period the item is returned. The Company also realized rebates to customers as a reduction to revenue in the period the rebate is earned.

Cost of Revenue

RDS’s cost of revenue is comprised of the costs of materials and labor to purchase and install products for our customers.

ASG’s cost of revenue primarily consists of purchased materials, sourcing fees for inventory procurement, and freight costs.

RDS and ASG also include payroll taxes and benefits, workers’ compensation insurance, vehicle-related expenses and overhead costs including rent, depreciation, utilities, property taxes, repairs and maintenance costs in the cost of revenue.

The Company’s cost of revenue is reduced by rebates provided by suppliers in the period the rebate is earned.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, totaled $1,405,737 and $380,375, respectively.

Equity based compensation

The Company accounts for equity based awards by measuring the awards at the date of grant and recognizing the grant-date fair value as an expense using either straight-line or accelerated attribution, depending on the specific terms of the award agreements over the requisite service period, which is usually equivalent to the vesting period. (See Note 12 )

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is accounted for under the asset and liability method prescribed by ASC 740 (Topic 740, Income Taxes ). Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the tax rate changes are enacted. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amounts to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) was adopted into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act makes broad and complex changes to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, but not limited to, (i) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%; (ii) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) and changing how existing AMT credits are realized; (iii) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; and (iv) changing rules related to uses and limitation of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company’s statutory federal corporate tax rate was 34.0%, with the statutory rate for fiscal year 2018 and beyond is 21.0%. As of December 31, 2017 the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were valued at the 21.0% rate expected for 2018 and beyond.

In December of 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued State Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), which allows the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year from the enactment date. Because the Tax Act was enacted in the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2017 and ongoing guidance and accounting interpretations are expected over the next 12 months, the analysis required to record the provisional amounts for the accounting of deferred tax re-measurements and other items, such as cost recovery and state tax considerations, may be revised causing adjustments to these provisions. The Company expects to complete the analysis and update the provisional amounts within the measurement period in accordance with SAB 118.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to all tax positions as income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. No interest or penalties were accrued as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Segment Reporting

In accordance with ASC 280-10-50-1, an operating segment is a component of an entity that has all the following characteristics:

 

  a. It engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses.

 

  b. Its discrete financial information is available.

 

  c. Its operating results are regularly reviewed by the public entity’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance.

The Company has identified two operating segments that meet all three of the criteria, RDS and ASG. These operating segments each provide products and services that generate revenue and incur expenses as they engage in business activities and each maintain discrete financial information. Additionally, the Company’s chief operating decision, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial performance, approves budgets and allocates resources at the RDS and ASG operating segment level.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

As an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”). The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(b)(2) of the JOBS Act. This election allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have 7 different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies.

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . The ASU establishes a comprehensive revenue recognition standard for virtually all industries in U.S. GAAP, including those that previously followed industry-specific guidance, such as the real estate, construction, and software industries. The ASU core principal is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. During 2014-2016, the FASB issued various amendments to this topic and the amendments clarified certain positions and extended the implementation date until annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating whether the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and has not yet determined the method by which it will adopt the standard.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) — Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs . This standard requires debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability to be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability rather than as an asset. This guidance was amended by ASU No. 2015-15, which was issued in August 2015. This amendment provides additional guidance related to the presentation and subsequent measurement of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements. These updates are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, an entity must apply the new guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The adopted the pronouncement for the year ended December 31, 2016. The adoption resulted in the reclassification of debt issuance costs from other assets to long-term liabilities as a direct deduction from the debt liability on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. (See Note 9) .

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) , which requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. ASU 2015-11 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2017 on a prospective basis. The adoption did not have a significant effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805) . This ASU requires an acquirer to retrospectively adjust provisional amounts recognized in a business combination during the measurement period. To simplify the accounting for adjustments made to provisional amounts, the amendments in this update require that the acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amount is determined. The acquirer is required to also record, in the same period’s financial statements, the effect on earnings of changes in

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

depreciation, amortization or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. In addition, an entity is required to present separately on the face of the income statement or disclose in the notes to the financial statements the portion of the amount recorded in current period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments in this Update should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after the effective date of this Update with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not yet been made available for issuance. RDS adopted ASU 2015-16 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and measurement period adjustments to goodwill were recorded in the amount of $669,000. ASG adopted ASU 2015-16 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The adoption did not have a material impact to the financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . The ASU eliminates the guidance in Topic 740, Income Taxes, that requires an entity to separate deferred tax liabilities and assets between current and noncurrent amounts in a classified balance sheet. The ASU requires that all deferred tax liabilities and assets of the same tax jurisdiction or a tax filing group, as well as any related valuation allowance, be offset and presented as a single noncurrent amount in a classified balance sheet. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted the provisions of ASU 2015-17. The adoption resulted in the reclassification of current deferred tax assets and liabilities to be netted against non-current deferred assets and liabilities on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The impact for the year ended December 31, 2017 resulted in a combined non-current asset of $11.6 million and for the year ended December 31, 2016 a combined non-current liability of $5.4 million.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases under previous standards. For leases with a term of 12 months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, but early application is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the provisions of ASU 2016-02 on the presentation of its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force) which provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification and presentation issues arising from certain cash receipts and cash payments that currently result in diverse practices. The amendments provide guidance in the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments in the statement of cash flows including debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies and distributions received from equity method investees. As an EGC utilizing the extended transition period for new accounting pronouncements, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendments in this ASU should be applied using a retrospective approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the new accounting guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “ Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other than Inventory. ” The amendments in this ASU reduces the complexity in the accounting standards by allowing the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. Historically, recognition of the income tax consequence was not recognized until the asset was sold to an outside party. This ASU is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) : Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This standard simplifies the goodwill impairment test by eliminating the Step 2 requirement to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of its assets and liabilities. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Early adoption is permitted for impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Management is currently evaluating the effect of these provisions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Also, in January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combination (Topic 805)—Clarifying the Definition of a Business . This ASU provides additional guidance in regards evaluating whether a transaction should be treated as an asset acquisition (or disposal) or a business combination. Particularly, the amendments to this ASU provide that when substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired (or disposed of) is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business. This clarification reduces the number of transactions that needs further evaluation for business combination. This became effective for the Company on January 1, 2018. The Company has adopted this standard and will apply it to future acquisitions.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, “Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting” , which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2018, the FASB issued authoritative guidance that permits reclassification of the income tax effects of the 2017 U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) on other accumulated comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings. This guidance may be adopted retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the income tax effects of the Tax Act related to items remaining in AOCI are recognized, or at the beginning of the period of adoption. The guidance becomes effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently assessing the adoption method and the impact that adopting this new accounting standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Concentrations, Risks and Uncertainties

The Company maintains cash balances primarily at one commercial bank per legal entity. The accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000. The amounts held in financial institutions periodically exceed the federally insured limit. Management believes that the financial institutions are financially sound and the risk of loss is minimal.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

3. Concentrations, Risks and Uncertainties (Continued)

 

Credit is extended for some customers and is based on financial condition, and generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided in the consolidated financial statements and consistently have been within management’s expectations.

For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized revenue from one customer which accounted for 12.6% and 11.0% of total revenue, respectively. There were no customers which accounted for 10% or more of total accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

4. Acquisitions

Modul Acquisition

On July 21, 2016, ASG acquired certain assets and liabilities from Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., d/b/a Modul Marble & Granite (“Modul”), a corporation formed in the state of California, for approximately $11.3 million in cash (the “Modul Acquisition”). The Modul Acquisition and related transactions costs were funded through the contribution of $12,538,305 by existing members in exchange for 21,027,212 Class A member units and 101,106 Class D member units.

ASG incurred approximately $528,000 in direct acquisition costs, all of which were expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

ASG recorded the Modul Acquisition using the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, recognized the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of the acquired operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning with the date of acquisition.

The goodwill of approximately $4.0 million arising from the Modul Acquisition represents the excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets. Management believes the acquisition of Modul strengthens its presence in the southern California market due to geographic expansion and the reputation for unique, high quality product Modul is known for. These factors are the basis for the excess purchase price paid over the value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill.

The total purchase price consisted of the following:

 

     Amount  

Cash considerations

   $ 11,340,000  

Customer deposits

     330,000  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 11,670,000  
  

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of Modul:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 578,820  

Inventory

     4,007,229  

Deposits

     40,000  

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

    

3,958,659

5,080,000

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 13,664,708  

Accounts payable

   $ 1,201,471  

Customer deposits

     793,237  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 1,994,708  

Total consideration

   $ 11,670,000  
  

 

 

 

From the date of acquisition to December 31, 2016, Modul generated net revenue of $5.6 million and net income of $1.6 million, which are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Pro Forma Results

The following unaudited pro forma information for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the acquisition of Modul as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2016. This pro forma information does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of the Company would have been had this acquisition occurred on such date, nor does it purport to predict the results of operations for future periods.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2016
(unaudited)
 

Pro Forma:

  

Total revenue

   $ 242,081,020  
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 8,229,367  
  

 

 

 

The Company’s pro forma assumptions are as follows:

 

    Revenues and operating costs were based on actual results for the 12 months ended December 31, 2016.

Pental Acquisition

On February 28, 2017, ASG executed an agreement to purchase 100% of the equity interests of Aquarius Seller, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Washington. Aquarius Seller, Inc. held 100% of the equity interests of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (“Pental”), a Washington limited liability company engaged in the selling of granite, marble and related products. Total consideration for the purchase of Aquarius Seller, Inc. was $88.6 million in cash, and 7,134,701.65 Class E2 Units of ASG with an estimated fair value of $10.0 million. Total capitalization changes due to the acquisition resulted in the issuance of 21,736,168 Class E-1 Units, 7,156,104 Class E-2 Units and 568,435 Class C Units of G&M.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

Also on February 28, 2017, ASG entered into a financing agreement with a third-party lender to borrow amounts up to $105.0 million to be used for purposes of refinancing ASG’s existing debt, funding a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Aquarius Seller, Inc. and funding other amounts defined in the financing agreement. In conjunction with the acquisition of Aquarius Seller, Inc., availability under ASG’s line of credit was increased to $40.0 million.

The total purchase price consisted of the following:

 

     Amount  

Cash Considerations

   $ 88,638,339  

Rollover Equity

     10,000,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 98,638,339  
  

 

 

 

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of purchase price consideration over the estimated net fair value of assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. Any change in the estimated fair value of the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and rollover equity subsequent to the closing date, including changes from events after the closing date, will be recognized in earnings in the period the estimated fair value changes.

ASG incurred approximately $3.4 million in direct acquisition costs, all of which were expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management believes the acquisition creates a stronger combined entity primarily due to the increased geographic markets the combined entity will service and the broadening of the company’s product offering. These two factors are the basis for the excess purchase price paid over the value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill.

The following is a summary of the purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of Pental:

 

Cash

   $ 637,607  

Accounts receivable

     5,389,118  

Inventory

     30,693,626  

Property and equipment

     2,306,271  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

     43,800,000  

Goodwill

     25,387,741  

Other assets

     412,278  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 108,626,641  

Total liabilities

     9,988,302  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 98,638,339  
  

 

 

 

From the date of acquisition to December 31, 2017, Pental generated net revenue of $84.7 million and a net income of $16.2 million, which are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

Pro Forma Results

The following unaudited pro forma information for the period ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, has been prepared to give effect to the acquisition of Pental as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2016. This pro forma information does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of the Company would have been had this acquisition occurred on such date, nor does it purport to predict the results of operations for future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (unaudited)  

Pro Forma:

     

Total revenue

   $ 367,012,900      $ 331,512,988  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (11,263,094    $ 11,561,514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our pro forma assumptions are as follows:

 

    Revenues and costs of sales were based on actual results adjusted for intercompany eliminations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

    General and administrative expenses were based on actual results adjusted by $0.7 million and $4.3 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the impact of the amortization expense of the intangible assets acquired with the acquisition.

 

    Actual interest expense was adjusted by $1.2 million and $7.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the imputed interest on the acquired debt issued to fund the acquisition.

 

    Income taxes were adjusted to impute the Company’s corporate rate on the pro forma income before taxes.

Cosmic Acquisition

On October 2, 2017, ASG executed an asset purchase agreement with Cosmic Stone & Tile Distributors, Inc. (“Cosmic”), a New Jersey corporation. Cosmic was established in 1993 and is a slab and tile distributor serving the Tri-State area and most Mid-Atlantic States. The total purchase price was $2.0 million in cash and a $200,000 accrued liability recorded as security for and source of payment of sellers obligations as defined in the purchase agreement that occur within one year subsequent to the acquisition. The outstanding balance remaining at October 2, 2018 will be paid in cash to the sellers. The purchase price was allocated as $2.0 million in inventory and $200,000 in property and equipment. From the date of acquisition to December 31, 2017, net revenue and net income generated by Cosmic was not significant. Pro forma revenue and net income for the periods ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 were not significant.

Management believes the acquisition creates a stronger combined entity through expansion into the Tri-State and Mid-Atlantic regions.

Greencraft Acquisition

On December 29, 2017, RDS executed an agreement to purchase 100% of the equity interests of Greencraft Holdings, LLC (“Greencraft”), an Arizona limited liability company, which provides full-service as a general

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

contractor, performing installations and renovation-based construction services with revenues generated largely from cabinet and flooring installations. Greencraft wholly owns Casa Verde, Stone and Tile, and Greencraft Interiors. Total consideration for the acquisition was $32.7 million with cash consideration of $23.9 million, $3.0 million cash placed in escrow, and an earn-out with an acquisition date fair value of $5.8 million. The agreement provides for the amount in escrow as security for and source of payment of sellers obligations as defined in the purchase agreement that occur within one year subsequent to the acquisition. The balance remaining in escrow at December 31, 2018 will be released to the sellers. The Company has included the $3.0 million placed in escrow as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets and has included a liability in accrued expenses and other current liabilities for $3.0 million, the fair value of the liability due to the sellers at the release date. The agreement also provides for potential earn-out consideration of up to $8.0 million to the former shareholders of Greencraft for the achievement of certain 2018 financial milestones. The contingent earn-out consideration had an estimated fair value of $5,794,000 at the date of acquisition and is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The earn-out was determined by multiplying 2017 projected financial results at the date of acquisition by a projected growth rate to determine an estimated payout as defined in the agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2017, no payments were made on the earn-out or out of escrow. The acquisition was financed with $13.5 million of long term debt and the remaining with funds from RDS line of credit.

The total purchase price consisted of the following:

 

     Amount  

Cash Considerations

   $ 26,901,116  

Fair Value of Earn Out

     5,794,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 32,695,116  
  

 

 

 

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of purchase price consideration over the estimated net fair value of assets acquired has been allocated to goodwill. Any change in the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed subsequent to the closing date, including changes from events after the closing date, will be recognized in earnings in the period the estimated fair value changes.

RDS incurred approximately $0.4 million in direct acquisition costs, all of which were expensed as incurred, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Management believes the acquisition creates a stronger combined entity due to Greencraft’s presence and reputation in Arizona as well as its expertise with cabinets installation and renovation-based construction services. These two factors are the basis for the excess purchase price paid over the value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, resulting in goodwill.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the preliminary purchase price allocation for the Company’s acquisition of Greencraft:

 

Cash

   $ 190,614  

Accounts receivable

     2,605,934  

Inventory

     1,258,618  

Property and equipment

     675,664  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

     18,285,000  

Goodwill

     10,385,455  

Other assets

     433,459  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 33,834,744  

Total liabilities

     1,139,628  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 32,695,116  
  

 

 

 

During the two days from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2017, Greencraft did not generate any net revenue or net income.

Pro Forma Results

The following unaudited pro forma information for the period ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the acquisition of Greencraft as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2016. This pro forma information does not purport to represent what the actual results of operations of the Company would have been had this acquisition occurred on such date, nor does it purport to predict the results of operations for future periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2017      2016  
     (unaudited)  

Pro Forma:

  

Total revenue

   $ 386,872,900      $ 255,509,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (9,860,765    $ 5,884,696  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our pro forma assumptions are as follows:

 

    Revenues and costs of sales were based on actual results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

    General and administrative expenses were based on actual results adjusted by $1.9 million for both twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the impact of the amortization expense of the intangible assets acquired with the acquisition.

 

    Actual interest expense was adjusted by $1.4 million for both twelve months ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for the imputed interest on the acquired debt issued to fund the acquisition.

 

    Income taxes were adjusted to impute the Company’s corporate rate on the pro forma income before taxes.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

5. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, with cost determined under the first in, first out method. The significant components of inventory as follows at December 31:

 

     2017      2016  

Raw materials

   $ 80,725,915      $ 26,221,037  

Installations in process

     6,903,366        5,432,476  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 87,629,281      $ 31,653,513  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2017      2016  

Vehicles

   $ 5,378,072      $ 2,900,052  

Machinery and equipment

     2,806,862        1,761,167  

Leasehold improvements

     5,286,767        2,938,815  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,362,711        2,346,249  

Computer equipment

     2,908,317        1,356,802  

Other

     152,558        715,639  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,895,287      $ 12,018,724  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (6,669,309      (3,122,167
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 13,225,978      $ 8,896,557  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense of property and equipment totaled $3,938,368 and $2,044,652 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2017, $2,133,927 and $1,804,441 of depreciation expense was included in cost of goods sold and general and administrative expense, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016, $1,332,579 and $712,073 of depreciation expense was included in cost of goods sold and general and administrative expense, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The change in carrying amount of goodwill by reporting unit was as follows:

 

     ASG      RDS      Total Goodwill  

January 1, 2016

   $ 14,365,931      $ 12,087,896      $ 26,453,827  

Modul acquisition

     3,958,659        —          3,958,659  

PT Tile measurement period adjustment

     —          140,442        140,442  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

   $ 18,324,590      $ 12,228,338      $ 30,552,928  

Pental Acquisition

     25,387,741        —          25,387,741  

Greencraft Acquisition

     —          10,385,455        10,385,455  
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

December 31, 2017

   $ 43,712,331      $ 22,613,793      $ 66,326,124  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

The December 31, 2016 balance includes a measurement period adjustment of $140,442 reflecting the difference between the original provisional estimate of purchase price adjustments and actual, related to the PT Tile acquisition which occurred in February 2015.

Intangibles Assets

The following table provides the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value for each class of intangible assets by reporting unit as of December 31, 2017:

 

Gross Carrying Amount

   ASG      RDS      Total Gross
Carrying Amount
 

Customer relationships

   $ 57,200,000      $ 34,760,000      $ 91,960,000  

Tradenames

     6,580,000        9,550,000        16,130,000  

Non-Compete agreements

     —          235,000        235,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 63,780,000      $ 44,545,000      $    108,325,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

   ASG      RDS      Total Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   $ (7,308,331    $ (16,526,680    $ (23,835,011

Tradenames

     (727,210      (1,500,000      (2,227,210

Non-Compete agreements

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (8,035,541    $ (18,026,680    $ (26,062,221
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

   ASG      RDS      Total
Net Book Value
 

Customer relationships

   $ 49,891,669      $ 18,233,320      $ 68,124,989  

Tradenames

     5,852,790        8,050,000        13,902,790  

Non-Compete agreements

     —          235,000        235,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 55,744,459      $ 26,518,320      $ 82,262,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

 

The following table provides the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value for each class of intangible assets by reporting unit as of December 31, 2016:

 

Gross Carrying Amount

   ASG      RDS      Total Gross
Carrying Amount
 

Customer relationships

   $ 18,500,000      $ 24,760,000      $ 43,260,000  

Tradenames

     1,480,000        1,500,000        2,980,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19,980,000      $ 26,260,000      $ 46,240,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

   ASG      RDS      Total Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer relationships

   $ (2,233,333    $ (11,586,676    $ (13,820,009

Tradenames

     (197,575      (1,166,676      (1,364,251
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (2,430,908    $ (12,753,352    $ (15,184,260
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Book Value

   ASG      RDS      Total
Net Book Value
 

Customer relationships

   $ 16,266,667      $ 13,173,324      $     29,439,991  

Tradenames

     1,282,425        333,324        1,615,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 17,549,092      $ 13,506,648      $ 31,055,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $10,877,961 and $7,142,281 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

The estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31:

  

2018

   $ 13,130,664  

2019

     11,483,976  

2020

     8,190,660  

2021

     8,183,993  

2022

     8,115,910  

Thereafter

     33,157,576  
  

 

 

 
   $ 82,262,779  
  

 

 

 

8. Lines of Credit

RDS Line of Credit

In September 2014, RDS entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with a commercial bank with a limit of the lesser of $25,000,000 or the sum of (i) up to 85% of eligible builder accounts receivable, plus (ii) up to 85% of the value of eligible homeowner accounts receivable, not to exceed $3,000,000, plus (iii) up to 70% of the value of eligible unbilled accounts, not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,000,000 and (y) 25% of the Borrowing Base (as defined), plus (iv) the lesser of (x) 65% of the value of eligible inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the net orderly liquidation value percentage times the value of eligible inventory, minus (v) the availability reserve (as defined) determined by the lender.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

8. Lines of Credit (Continued)

 

All borrowings are at the bank’s discretion and bear interest at the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin (as defined), which varies based upon RDS’s leverage ratio. Interest is due and payable in arrears monthly. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the interest rate on the outstanding balance under the credit agreement was 5.5% and 4.75%, respectively. The credit agreement is collateralized by substantially all assets of RDS and secured by RDS’s eligible accounts receivable. The credit agreement expires in September 2019.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, outstanding borrowings on the credit agreement totaled $14,000,000 and $4,000,750, respectively.

The agreement requires the maintenance of certain financial covenants. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, RDS was in compliance with the financial covenants.

RDS also has available letter of credit accommodations with a limit of $5,000,000. Any payments made by the bank under the letter of credit are deemed advances by Company under the line of credit. There were no outstanding letters of credit as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

In connection with the line of credit, RDS incurred certain issuance costs. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $17,990 and $35,980 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the credit agreement totaled $78,056 and $96,046, respectively, and are included as a reduction of debt on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

ASG Line of Credit

In June 2015, ASG entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution for a line of credit with availability of $15,000,000. In February 2017 the agreement was amended increasing the availability to $40,000,000. ASG can borrow, repay, and re-borrow all or any part of the commitment at any time before the maturity date on February 27, 2022, so long as the combined total unpaid principal amount outstanding under the note and the face amount of any outstanding letters of credit does not exceed the commitment at any time. The principal amount outstanding under the line of credit accrues interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) LIBOR for a 30-day interest period as determined on such day, plus 2.0% (as defined). The interest rate in effect was 5.0% and 2.5% per annum as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 respectively. The interest is payable monthly. The line of credit is collateralized by the assets of ASG. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, $5,269,244 and $7,026,310 was outstanding on the line of credit, respectively. The line of credit is subject to certain financial covenants. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, ASG was in compliance with the financial covenants.

ASG incurred debt issuance costs in connection with its line of credit. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis which approximates the effective interest method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $95,050 and $27,001 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the line of credit totaled $0 and $95,050, respectively, and are shown as a direct deduction from the liability on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

9. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31:

 

     2017      2016  

RDS Term Notes

   $ —        $ 28,912,956  

RDS Equipment and Vehicle Notes

     1,396,909        1,686,532  

ASG Term Loans

     89,143,478        19,083,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     90,540,387        49,682,829  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     (2,194,450      (769,836
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Long-term debt

     88,345,937        48,912,993  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net of financing fees

   $ 1,443,439      $ 5,340,167  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion and financing fees

   $ 86,902,498      $ 43,572,826  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

RDS Term Notes

In September 2014, RDS entered into a loan agreement with a finance company and a group of affiliates of the finance company. Under the terms of the loan agreement, RDS borrowed $14.7 million from the lenders through the issuance of notes payable, which matured in full in September 2019 (the “Term Notes”). The Term Notes required monthly interest and quarterly principal payments. In July 2015, the Term Notes were amended, and RDS borrowed an additional $17.4 million. After the July 2015 amendment, the quarterly principal payments were $400,624 until December 1, 2016, at which time the quarterly principal payments increased to $801,248. At December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the Term Notes totaled $28.9 million and the interest rate, which is based upon LIBOR plus 7.0% per annum, was 8.0%.

In February, 2017, the Term Notes were amended a second time, and RDS borrowed an additional $11.5 million. After the February, 2017 amendment, the quarterly principal payments were $1,088,747 until September 1, 2019. This term note was paid off in its entirety on November 22, 2017 with proceeds from the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

The Term Note were subordinate to obligations on the line of credit, secured by substantially all RDS’s assets, and required the maintenance of certain financial covenants, including maintaining a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio and a maximum total leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2016, RDS was in compliance with the financial covenants. As of November 22, 2017, when the Term Note was paid in its entirety, RDS was in compliance with the financial covenants.

In connection with the Term Notes, RDS incurred certain issuance costs. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, RDS amortized debt issuance costs of $112,694 and $73,916 as interest expense, respectively. With the additional funding from the second amendment of February, 2017, RDS expensed the unamortized first amendment debt issuance costs of $189,846 as extinguishment of debt. Additionally, with the full pay off of the Term Loan in November, 2017, RDS expensed the unamortized second amendment debt issuance costs of $240,397 as extinguishment of debt.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Term Notes totaled $0 and $198,436, respectively, and were shown as a direct deduction from the liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

9. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

 

RDS Equipment and Vehicle Notes

RDS has financed the acquisition of certain vehicles, property, and equipment with notes payable that mature at various times through December, 2022. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the outstanding balance on equipment and vehicle notes payable, totaled $1,396,909 and $1,686,532, respectively. These notes are secured by the vehicles and equipment that were financed and require monthly interest and principal payments. The aggregate of the monthly payments was approximately $53,830 and $49,987 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The interest rates on the notes ranged from 0% to 8.08% per annum for both years, and the weighted-average interest rate on the outstanding balances at December 31, 2017 and 2016, was 4.49% and 3.96% respectively.

ASG Term Loans

In June 2015, ASG entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution offering a term loan in the amount of $19 million. Amounts due under the term loan bore interest at the LIBOR rate with an applicable margin (as defined) (8.0% per annum as of December 31, 2016). Interest was payable monthly with principal payments due in quarterly installments beginning September 30, 2015 through maturity (June 23, 2020). As of December 31, 2016 the outstanding balance on this term loan was $17,575,000. On February 28, 2017 this term loan was paid in full.

In December 2015, ASG entered into a loan agreement with a financial institution offering a term loan in the aggregate amount of $1.7 million to finance the purchase of equipment. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at 3.75% per annum with interest payable monthly. Principal payments are due in monthly installments beginning April 8, 2016 through maturity (March 8, 2021). At December 31, 2017 and 2016, ASG had $1,045,824 and $1,376,110 outstanding on this loan, respectively.

In May 2016, ASG entered into a loan agreement with an investor offering a term loan in the amount of $151,722 to finance improvements to ASG’s facilities in Anaheim, California. Amounts outstanding under the term loan bear interest at 8% per annum. Payments consisting of principal and interest are due monthly through maturity (January 1, 2023). As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, ASG had $122,652 and $132,231 outstanding on this loan, respectively.

In February 2017, ASG entered into a financing agreement with a third-party lender to borrow $105.0 million to be used for purposes of refinancing the Company’s existing debt, fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Aquarius Seller, Inc., funding other amounts defined in the financing agreement and funding working capital and general purposes of the Company. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at the LIBOR rate with an applicable margin (as defined) (8.6% per annum as of December 31, 2017). Interest is payable monthly with principal payments due in quarterly installments beginning July 1, 2017 through maturity (February 28, 2022). As of December 31, 2017 ASG had $87,975,000 outstanding on this term loan.

Substantially all ASG’s assets are pledged as collateral for these loans. ASG is required to meet certain financial and nonfinancial covenants. ASG was in compliance with all financial covenants as of December 31, 2017.

ASG incurred debt issuance costs in connection with its term loans. These costs are being amortized to non-cash interest expense over the terms of the related notes on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest rate method. Non-cash interest expense related to these costs was $484,592 and $136,103 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Additionally, ASG expensed the remaining unamortized debt

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

9. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

 

issuance costs for the refinanced debt of $557,808 as extinguishment of debt in February, 2017. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the term loans totaled $2,194,450 and $476,350, respectively, and are shown as a direct deduction from the liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Future Maturities

At December 31, 2017, the future maturities of the Company’s long-term debt for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follow:

 

2018

   $ 1,970,109  

2019

     1,862,364  

2020

     1,680,231  

2021

     1,186,668  

2022

     83,838,594  

Thereafter

     2,421  
  

 

 

 
   $ 90,540,387  

Unamortized balance remaining of financing fees

     (2,194,450
  

 

 

 

Total long-term debt net of financing fees

     88,345,937  

Current portion of long-term debt net of financing fees

     (1,448,517
  

 

 

 

Long term debt net of financing fees

   $ 86,897,420  
  

 

 

 

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Equity Tracking Incentive Plan

RDS granted exit payments under the Equity Tracking Incentive Program during 2015 to four executives. The executives were eligible to receive an exit payment if certain equity targets are met upon an Exit event. The amount of the Exit Payment would be based on the additional equity value achieved by the Company above the initial equity investment by TCFI RDS, LLC, net of all of the anticipated Exit Payments, on the first to occur of the following events: (i) RDS’s initial public offering, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of RDS to an unrelated person or entity, or (iii) any other similar transaction in which Trive Capital sells or transfers all of its ownership to an unrelated third party. The Exit Payment shall vest according to the vesting scheduled denoted in the arrangement and will be settled in cash. If the executive ceases to be employed by RDS and its subsidiaries for any or no reason (other than termination for cause) prior to an Exit, the executive may become invested up to a maximum of 50% of the Exit Payment depending on the length of continued employment. The remaining 50% of the Exit Payment will vest only if the executive is employed through the date of the Exit. The Company did not recognize a liability on the date of grant or at December 31, 2016 as the relevant event had not occurred. With the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement (See Note 11 ), item (iii) above triggered the payment under the Equity Tracking Incentive Plan to the four executives. As of December 31, 2017, RDS recognized $3,547,000 of general and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations related to these payments.

Leases

The Company leases certain vehicles under leases classified as capital leases. The leased vehicles are included as property, plant and equipment and amortized to accumulated amortization on a straight line basis over the life of

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

the lease, typically four years. The total acquisition cost included in PP&E related to the leased vehicles is $1,071,834 at December 31, 2017. Total accumulated amortization related to the leased vehicles is $54,567 at December 31, 2017 with amortization expense totaling $54,567 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Company did not have any capital leases for the year ended December 31, 2016.

RDS leases its corporate, administrative, fabrication and warehousing facilities under long-term non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through April 2023. The monthly rents are subject to annual increases and generally require the payment of utilities, real estate taxes, insurance and repairs. Four of RDS’s facility leases are with a company owned by an SIC shareholder.

RDS also leases certain office equipment under long-term lease agreements expiring at various dates through October, 2020.

ASG leases its facilities and equipment under long-term non-cancellable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through October 2029. The facility leases contain predetermined fixed escalations of the minimum rentals. Three of ASG’s facility leases are companies owned by SIC shareholders or other related parties.

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rent expense and amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Aggregate deferred rent at December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $1,296,392 and $872,091, respectively. Aggregate rent expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $7,468,016 and $4,486,029, respectively.

Aggregate future minimum payments under capital leases and noncancelable operating leases at December 31, 2017, are as follows:

 

     Capital Lease
Obligations
     Related
Party Operating
Lease Obligations
     Third
Party Operating
Lease Obligations
     Net Lease
Commitments
 

2018

   $ 257,059      $ 1,798,235      $ 6,581,366      $ 8,636,660  

2019

     257,059        1,777,833        5,026,252        7,061,144  

2020

     257,059        1,603,451        4,577,841        6,438,351  

2021

     182,319        1,102,507        3,715,396        5,000,222  

2022

     —          895,976        2,855,689        3,751,665  

Thereafter

     —          69,252        4,861,942        4,931,194  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 953,496      $ 7,247,254      $ 27,618,486      $ 35,819,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: amount representing interest

     60,607           
  

 

 

          

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     892,889           

Less: current maturities of capital lease obligations

     229,466           
  

 

 

          

Long-term capital lease obligations

   $ 663,423           
  

 

 

          

Litigation

The Company experiences routine litigation in the normal course of its business. Production residential builders in California are primarily sued for alleged construction defects. As a practice, residential builders name all

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

subcontractors in the lawsuit whether or not the subcontractor has any connection, direct or indirect with the alleged defect. The Company, as a subcontractor, is involved in these lawsuits as a result. The Company generally has no or minimal liability in the majority of these lawsuits. The Company generally finds that it is most practical to settle these lawsuits at or below its insurance policies’ self-insured retention (SIR) or/deductible which typically range from $10,000 to $25,000. In the event that the Company has exposure beyond its SIR/deductible, the Company’s general liability policy is triggered and the general liability insurance and the insurance carrier defends the Company in the lawsuit and is responsible for additional exposure up to policy limits. The Company has consistently maintained general liability insurance with $2.0 million aggregate and $1.0 million per occurrence limits. Management does not believe that any pending or threatened litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s combined business, financial condition, results of operations, and/or cash flows.

Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications, including to lessors of office and warehouse space for certain actions arising during the Company’s tenancy and to the Company’s customers. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Exclusive Distributor Rights

Pental’s main supplier has agreed to allow Pental exclusive distribution rights in 23 states in the United States of America. To maintain these rights, Pental must meet certain minimum purchase requirements. Purchase volumes for the period July 1, 2016 to December 31, 2020 must be a minimum purchase of 90 containers per month. Using an estimated price per container based on the 2017 average price per container the future minimum purchases to maintain the exclusive rights as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:

 

2018

   $ 36,801,000  

2019

     36,801,000  

2020

     36,801,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 110,403,000  
  

 

 

 

If Pental falls short of these minimum requirements in any given calendar year, Pental has agreed to negotiate with the supplier to arrive at a mutually acceptable resolution. There are no financial penalties to Pental if such commitments are not met; however, the supplier reserves the right to remove exclusive distribution rights privileges.

11. Equity

RDS

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, RDS was governed by the terms and conditions of TCFI’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “Operating Agreement”), effective as

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

11. Equity (Continued)

 

of August 31, 2014. The Operating Agreement provided for two types member units: Class A and Class B. At December 31, 2016, RDS had 16,891,535 Class A Units and Class B Units issued and outstanding. Both units had voting rights. The Class A Units were owned by Trive Capital. The Operating Agreement provided that the Class A unitholders receive 100% of distributions until Trive Capital had received 100% of its invested capital. Thereafter, distributions were made 100% to the Class B unitholders until they received 20% of the total distributions, and thereafter, distributions were made to both classes of unitholders on a pro rata basis.

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, distributions totaling $20.8 million were paid to members during 2017 and no distributions were made in 2016.

ASG

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, under ASG’s Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement dated July 21, 2016, membership interests were divided into four classes of units referred to as Class A Units, Class B Units, Class C Units, and Class D Units. The Board of Managers was authorized to issue (i) Additional Units (including new classes or series of Units thereof having rights which were preferential to or otherwise different than the rights of any then-existing class or series of Units) and (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests in each case convertible into or exchangeable for Units. The Board of Managers determined the terms and conditions governing the issuance of such Additional Units, including the number and designation of such Additional Units, the preference (with respect to distributions, in liquidation or otherwise) over any other Units and any required contributions in connection therewith, and were entitled to make such amendments to this Agreement as may be necessary to effectuate the foregoing without obtaining the consent of any Member.

Members owning Class A, Class B or Class D Units were entitled to vote on any matter permitted or required to be voted upon by the Members. Each Member had one vote per Class A, Class B and Class D Unit owned by such Member. Class C Units represented the participation of ASG’s management or employees in distributions to Members resulting from a dissolution, liquidation, or sale of substantially all of ASG’s assets. All Class C Units outstanding at December 31, 2016 were awarded on August 1, 2016.

Under ASG’s Limited Liability Agreement, all distributions of Net Proceeds of a Capital Transaction, distributable cash or other property were made in the following order of priority. First, one hundred percent to the Class A Members Pro Rata, until such time as the Class A Members received an amount of distributions equal to one hundred percent of its Invested Capital (defined). Second, one hundred percent to the Class B Members, in proportion to their Class B Capital Return Accounts, until such Class B Capital Return Accounts were reduced to zero. Third, one hundred percent to the Class D Members, in proportion to their Class D Capital Return Accounts, until such Class D Capital Return Accounts were reduced to zero.

Thereafter, all distributions of Net Proceeds of a Capital Transaction, distributable cash or other property were to be made one hundred percent to the Members Pro Rata; provided, however, no Class C Unit could participate in a distribution until the aggregate distributions to the Members since the date that Class C Unit was issued equal the Hurdle Amount for that Class C Unit (defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a 3.25x Return Transaction (defined) distributions would occur such that, subject to any re-allocation as defined in the limited liability agreement, each Rollover Member’s (defined) Pro Rata share of that distribution was calculated as if the Rollover Members, collectively and proportionately, had an additional ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Units at that time, and each other Member’s (defined) Pro Rata share of that distribution was diluted proportionately.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

11. Equity (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2016, ASG had 39,029,404 Class A Units, Class B Units, and Class D Units issued and outstanding. At December 31, 2016, ASG had 3,393,861 Class C Units, granted and unvested. Distributions totaling $262,825 were paid to Members during the year ended December 31, 2016.

ASG’s Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement dated February 28, 2017 added Class E-1 Units and Class E-2 Units primarily to facilitate the acquisition of Pental. In connection with the acquisition of Pental, ASG issued 7,134,702 Class E-2 Units valued at $10.0 million to Aquarius Seller, Inc. for its Rollover Equity (See Note 4 ). An additional 21,404 Class E-2 Units were issued for $30,000 to an existing member. In addition, 21,736,168 Class E-1 Units were issued to Class A unitholders and 568,435 Class C Units were granted to management and employees.

Prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, distributions totaling $14.6 million were paid to Members during 2017.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

In accordance with the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 18,750,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”) were issued and sold to new investors, at an offering price of $12.00 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $225.0 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses). An additional 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued and sold to new investors at an offering price of $12.00 per share for total gross proceeds of approximately $36.0 million (prior to payment of discounts and fees to the initial purchaser and placement agent and offering expenses) in December 2017.

Total member units outstanding in RDS and ASG immediately prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions was 88,989,057 units. A total of 31,627,573 member units of RDS and ASG were repurchased for $62.7 million concurrently using the proceeds from the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement. The remaining member units were rolled over into 9,244,112 shares of Class B Common Stock. Concurrently, SIC repurchased and retired 2,379,486 shares of Class B Common Stock from Trive for approximately $26.6 million. In accordance with the terms of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, in December 2017, the Company repurchased and retired 3,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock with the proceeds of the sales of Class A Common Stock to new investors. At the conclusion of the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, the Company had 21,750,000 and 3,864,626 shares outstanding of Class A and Class B Common Stock, respectively.

Voting Rights

Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters to be voted upon by our stockholders. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our charter that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of holders of our Class A Common Stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by holders of at least 80% of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class A Common Stock, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law.

If a registration statement registering for resale the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement is not declared effective by the Commission, and such shares are not

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

11. Equity (Continued)

 

listed on a national securities exchange by May 31, 2019, the Registration Rights Agreement provides for the holder of our Class A Common Stock (the “Class A Stockholders”) to vote as a class to elect a majority of Board members according to the following process: The Board will take all necessary action to expand the size of the Board by a number of additional members such that the additional members constitute a majority of the enlarged Board, and (ii) SIC’s 2019 annual meeting of stockholders will include, as part of its agenda, the election of such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board due to the enlargement of the Board – all to be elected by Class A Stockholders voting as a separate class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of shares of Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to ratably receive dividends (other than special stock dividends which are described in Note 1—Registration Rights ) when and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any prior rights and preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or other winding up, holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock and Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Matters

The shares of our Class A and Class B Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights and are not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Class A or Class B Common Stock. All outstanding shares of our Class A and Class B Common Stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

12. Stock Compensation

Vesting of Member Units

On August 1, 2016, 3,393,861 ASG Class C Units were granted through unit award agreements to certain members of the ASG executive management concurrent with the Modul acquisition. These units represented participation in distributions from dissolution, liquidation or sale including a change of control and were restricted subject to certain vesting conditions including continuous service to the Company, and other performance conditions.

On February 28, 2017, 568,435 ASG Class C Units were granted to certain members of the executive management concurrent with the Pental acquisition. These units were additional unit grants under the 2016 unit award agreements with ASG executive management.

Vesting was accelerated for all ASG Class C Units under certain events which was triggered by the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement and a total of 3,343,187 units, net of forfeitures of 619,109 units, vested. These units were granted prior to the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

12. Stock Compensation (Continued)

 

On November 22, 2017, prior to the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement and the adoption of the 2017 Plan, 832,657 RDS Class B Units were granted to certain members of the executive management team as a stock bonus. The shares were not subject to any vesting conditions.

Equity based compensation expense of $7.3 million was recorded in general and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and in members’ capital on the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the year ended December 31, 2017 for all Class B and Class C Units granted prior to the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

On November 22, 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (“2017 Plan”). Upon the adoption of the 2017 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares issuable thereunder was 2,561,463 shares. At December 31, 2017, there were approximately 1,848,727 shares of common stock available for grant under the 2017 Plan.

Stock Options

The 2017 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options to employees and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors.

The Company’s Board of Directors administers the 2017 Plan, selects the individuals to whom options will be granted, and determines the number of options to be granted and the term and exercise price of each option. Incentive stock options granted pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Plan cannot be granted with an exercise price of less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant (110% if the award is issued to a 10% or more stockholder of the Company). The term of the options granted under the Plan cannot be greater than ten years; five years for incentive stock options granted to optionees who have a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company.

If a 2017 Plan option expires, such as upon termination of employment, becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, or settled in a manner that does not result in the issuance of shares, the unpurchased shares will become available for future grant or sale under the 2017 Plan. If the employee does not exercise vested 2017 Plan options upon termination, these options will expire and revert back to the 2017 Plan’s option pool. The Company’s policy is to issue new shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options.

The Company’s has not had any stock option activity under the 2017 Plan for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Restricted Stock

Restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards are grants of shares of the Company’s common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, vesting and forfeiture provisions. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Recipients of restricted stock unit awards generally will not have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the Company.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

12. Stock Compensation (Continued)

 

On November 22, 2017, concurrent with November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 356,368 shares of restricted stock were granted to certain members of the executive management team and members of the Board of Directors subject to certain vesting conditions, including continuous service to the Company for a period of 3 years and meeting other Company performance conditions, following the date of the restricted stock agreement. The shares vest ratably on an annual basis.

The Company estimated the fair value of these shares on the date the shares were granted, and recognizes the resulting fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period as general and administrative expense and additional paid-in capital. The weighted average grant date fair value for the shares of restricted stock granted on November 22, 2017 was estimated using as a proxy the offering price per share in the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

A summary of the restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Restricted
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Nonvested shares at January 1, 2017

     —          —    

Granted

     356,368      $ 12.00  

Forfeited

     —          —    

Vested

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2017

     356,368      $ 12.00  

As of December 31, 2017, total remaining equity based compensation expense for unvested restricted stock is $4.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 2.9 years. Equity -based compensation expense recognized for restricted stock for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $152,171 and $0, respectively.

Phantom Stock

Phantom stock awards are grants of shares of the Company’s common stock that are settled in cash and subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability, vesting and forfeiture provisions. Recipients of phantom stock awards generally will not have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise. Shares of phantom stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to the Company.

On November 22, 2017, concurrent with November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, 356,368 shares of phantom stock were granted to certain members of the executive management team and members of the Board of Directors subject to certain vesting conditions including continuous service to the Company and meeting other Company performance conditions, following the date of the phantom stock agreement. As a result of the cash-settlement feature of these awards, the Company considers these awards to be liability awards, which are measured at fair value at each reporting date and the pro-rata vested portion of the award is recognized as a liability to the extent that the performance condition is deemed probable.

The Company recorded $846,542 of general and administrative expense and a corresponding liability in accrued expenses and other current liabilities related to these shares on the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The fair value for the shares of phantom stock granted on November 22, 2017 was

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

12. Stock Compensation (Continued)

 

estimated using as a proxy the offering price per share in the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement.

A summary of the phantom stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Phantom
Restricted
Outstanding
 

Nonvested shares at January 1, 2017

     —    

Granted

     356,368  

Forfeited

     —    

Vested

     (70,440
  

 

 

 

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2017

     285,928  

As of December 31, 2017, total remaining equity based compensation expense for unvested phantom stock is $3.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining period of 1.5 years.

13. Provision for Income Taxes

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the components of the provision for income taxes reflected on the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:

 

     2017      2016  

Current:

     

Federal

   $ 17,277      $ 3,458,464  

State

     372,845        1,071,668  

Total current

     390,122        4,530,132  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

     3,712,708        (1,470,946

State

     (783,217      (425,055

Total deferred

     2,929,491        (1,896,001
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3,319,613      $ 2,634,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

13. Provision for Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense (benefit) (computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income before taxes) to actual income tax expense (benefit).

 

     2017      2016  

Income taxes at federal statutory rate

   $ (2,756,928    $ 3,294,199  

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (247,678      468,323  

Domestic production activities deductions

     (97,151      (206,478

Permanent items

     1,793,695        8,550  

State rate change

     (139,969      —    

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

     5,372,336        —    

2015 IRS audit

     227,914        —    

Flow-through income

     (955,838      (1,372,336

Other, net

     123,232        441,874  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 3,319,613      $ 2,634,131  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company’s effective income tax rate is different from the federal statutory rate primarily due to the impact of the Tax Act noted below. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s effective income tax rate is different from what would be expected if the federal statutory rate were applied to net income before taxes primarily because there is no provision for deferred income taxes for the portion of pretax net income attributable to ASG, which is a limited liability company. The shareholders of ASG, prior to the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions, separately accounted for their share of ASG’s income, deduction and losses on their income tax returns. In addition, the effective rate differed from the statutory rate for RDS as a result of permanent favorable adjustments and state income taxes. The November 2017 Restructuring Transaction was treated as a combination of entities under common control, which resulted in a higher basis for tax vs. book. This resulted in the recognition of deferred tax assets totaling approximately $19.7 million (tax effected) which is recognized as contributed capital.

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

     2017      2016  

Deferred tax assets

     

Accrued liabilities

   $ 472,517      $ 285,520  

State income taxes

     29,376        334,869  

Intangible Assets

     11,224,680        —    

Net operating loss

     541,254        —    

Inventory

     321,594        —    

Other, net

     616,499        50,987  

Total deferred tax assets

     13,205,920        671,376  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Property and equipment

     (1,636,759      (1,062,608

Intangible assets

     —          (5,028,930

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,636,759      (6,091,537
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ 11,569,161      $ (5,420,161
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

13. Provision for Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes. The Company has not provided for a valuation allowance against any of its deferred tax assets, as management has determined it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected future taxable income in making this assessment.

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Act. The Act amends the Internal Revenue Code to reduce tax rates and modify policies, credits, and deductions for individuals and businesses. For businesses, the Act reduces the corporate tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate. The rate reduction is effective on January 1, 2018. Because of the rate reduction, the Company has reduced the deferred tax asset balance as of December 31, 2017 by $5.3 million. In conjunction with the Act, the SEC staff issued SAB 118 to address the application of US GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Act. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has determined the provisional tax impact related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities and included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take because of the Act. At December 31, 2017, the Company has federal net operating loss of approximately $2.6 million for the period November 23, 2017 through December 31, 2017. The federal net operating loss carryforward will expire in 2037 unless previously utilized. Pursuant of Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382, annual use of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. As a result of the November 2017 Restructuring Transactions and the November 2017 Private Offering and Private Placement, as of December 31, 2017, all of the Company’s net operating loss carryforward was generated post-November 22, 2017 period. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits, accrued interest or penalties. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. The Company is subject to examinations by federal taxing authorities for the tax years 2014 – 2017 and by state taxing authorities for the tax years 2013—2017. The Company is not currently under any tax examinations.

14. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) and profit-sharing plan for the benefit of its employees. Substantially all employees are eligible to participate in the plan. Under the plan, eligible participants are permitted to make salary deferral contributions to the plan. In addition, the plan provides for discretionary employer matching and profit-sharing contributions. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company contributed $621,380 and $284,057 to the plan, respectively.

15. Related Party Transactions

Consulting Agreement

During the periods ended December, 31 2017 and 2016, respectively, RDS and ASG each had a consulting agreement with Trive Capital Management (“TCM”), which is affiliated with certain SIC Class B rollover

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

shareholders of SIC. Under the agreement, RDS and ASG were each required to pay TCM an annual nonrefundable consulting fee of $400,000, payable in four quarterly installments of $100,000 each, plus the reimbursement of expenses. The agreement also allowed for additional consulting work outside of the scope of the agreement to be provided by TCM and billed separately to each company. The agreement was terminated at the time of the November 2017 Restructuring Transaction. Consulting fees plus expenses that were expensed to TCM during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 totaled $2,786,810 and $1,207,470, respectively. There was no outstanding balance due to TCM at December 31 2017 and $69,715 in accrued out-of-pocket expenses were outstanding at December 31, 2016.

Facility Rent

RDS leases four of its facilities from a trust affiliated with an RDS executive. Rent expense incurred with this trust totaled $772,253 and $747,724 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 respectively. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016. (See Note 10 ).

ASG leases office space from AASG Bee Creek Investments Ltd., a company owned by SIC Class B rollover shareholders. The lease was renewed on February 29, 2016 and includes an additional option to renew the lease for five years. Rent expense under this lease was $484,759 and $470,640 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016. (See Note 10 ).

ASG leases office space from AASG San Antonio Investments Ltd., a company owned by SIC Class B rollover shareholders. The lease was renewed on February 29, 2016 and includes an additional option to renew the lease for two years. Rent expense under this lease was $160,960 and approximately $165,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016. (See Note 10 ).

ASG leases office space from 502 Jersey Ave LLC, a company owned by an employee and former owner of Cosmic. Rent expense under this lease was $178,750 for the year ended December 31, 2017. There was no rent expense incurred with this company in 2016. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016. (See Note 10 ).

Subcontractors and Supplier

Two of RDS executives have family members that have an ownership interest in flooring subcontracting companies that do business with RDS. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, these companies performed a total of $3,228,032 and $2,711,563 in subcontract work for RDS, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

Other Consulting Services

A consulting firm affiliated with an officer of SIC has performed various consulting services for the Company related to human resources, accounting, and project management. During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred approximately $252,213 and $308,863 of costs with this consulting firm, respectively. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

An ASG executive and SIC Class B rollover shareholder terminated employment with ASG as of June 30, 2017. The shareholder continues to provide business consulting services for ASG. During the year ended December 31,

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

15. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

 

2017 ASG incurred $55,292 of consulting costs with this shareholder. There were no consulting costs associated with this shareholder during 2016. No amounts were unpaid at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

16. Segment Information

The Company’s operations are classified into two operating segments: RDS and ASG. Under RDS, the Company offers Interior Design and Installation (“IDI”) services, and under ASG, the Company performs Natural and Engineered Surfaces Distribution (“NESD”). These operating segments represent strategic business areas which, although they operate separately and provide their own distinctive services, enables the Company to more effectively offer the complete line of interior design and selection services, merchandising, and complex supply chain management. While individual acquisitions, for a time, may have discrete financial information before being fully integrated, RDS and ASG are the only operating and reporting segments for which both discrete financial information is available and is reviewed by management for the purpose of making operating decisions and assessing financial performance.

Inter-segment eliminations result, primarily, from the sale of ASG inventory to the RDS segment, including the related profit margin, as well as some intercompany borrowings recorded in the form of intercompany payables and receivables.

In addition, certain corporate-level costs incurred at a corporate level or at the reporting unit level that benefit the segments is not allocated. These costs include: legal; professional service fees; interest expense, including amortization of deferred financing costs; taxes and equity based compensation.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

16. Segment Information (Continued)

 

The Company evaluates performance of the respective segments based upon revenue and operating income. Information for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, is provided below:

 

     2017      2016  

Net revenue:

     

RDS

   $ 193,204,094      $ 175,824,265  

ASG

     161,114,309        58,612,525  

Elimination of intercompany sales

     (1,366,503      (568,536
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 352,951,900      $ 233,868,254  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income:

  

RDS

   $ (161,125    $ 8,481,087  

ASG

     7,966,548        5,972,414  

Elimination of intercompany operating income

     (73,610      (28,460

Unallocated corporate operating income

     (1,569,341      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 6,162,472      $ 14,425,041  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization:

     

RDS

   $ 6,852,993      $ 6,252,458  

ASG

     7,963,336        2,934,478  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 14,816,329      $ 9,186,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill:

     

RDS

   $ 22,613,793      $ 12,228,338  

ASG

     43,712,331        18,324,590  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 66,326,124      $ 30,552,928  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other intangible assets:

     

RDS

   $ 26,518,320      $ 13,506,648  

ASG

     55,744,459        17,549,092  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 82,262,779      $ 31,055,740  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

     

RDS

   $ 1,289,474      $ 1,267,290  

ASG

     2,792,536        2,209,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 4,082,010      $ 3,477,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets:

     

RDS

   $ 103,171,953      $ 64,708,207  

ASG

     203,636,942        72,033,909  

Elimination of intercompany receivables and inventory

     (275,479      (234,901

Unallocated corporate assets

     13,712,977        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 320,246,393      $ 136,507,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2017 and 2016

 

17. Subsequent Events

Events occurring after December 31, 2017, have been evaluated for possible adjustment to the consolidated financial statements or disclosure as of April 20, 2018, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

On January 31, 2018, ASG acquired certain assets of Elegant Home Design, LLC, a Kansas limited liability company, for approximately $12.5 million in cash (collectively, the “Bedrock Acquisition”). This acquisition was financed with $6.25 million borrowing from a third-party financing agreement and the remainder from ASG’s line of credit described in Note 8 . The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company is in the process of performing the purchase price allocation.

On March 19, 2018, ASG acquired certain assets of NSI, LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, for approximately $290,000 in cash (collectively, the “NSI Acquisition”). The NSI Acquisition and related transaction costs were financed by ASG’s line of credit described in Note 8 . The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets, were recorded based on their respective preliminary estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The Company is in the process of performing the purchase price allocation.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Stockholders

Pental Granite & Marble, Inc.

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Pental Granite & Marble, Inc. (an S corporation), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pental Granite & Marble, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter Regarding Correction of an Error

As more fully described in Note 6, the financial statements have been restated to correct the disclosure of the amount of minimum purchase commitments under the company’s exclusive distributor rights agreement with its main supplier. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

Tacoma, Washington

August 17, 2017, except for Note 6, which is dated October 31, 2017

 

F-72


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2015  
ASSETS  

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 352,769      $ 407,989  

Accounts receivable, net

     5,465,153        4,267,565  

Accounts receivable, other

     26,288        18,950  

Accounts receivable, shareholders and employees

     57,914        89,635  

Inventories

     33,735,700        26,286,090  

Prepaid expenses

     133,316        95,795  

Supplier advance deposits

     10,787        2,472,502  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     39,781,927        33,638,526  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net

     2,295,170        1,405,510  

OTHER ASSETS

     

Deposits

     222,658        219,377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 42,299,755      $ 35,263,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Line of credit

   $ 422,713      $ 957,303  

Accounts payable

     11,512,903        7,976,364  

Accrued expenses

     972,692        819,355  

Customer deposits

     1,237,795        1,012,861  

Current portion of long-term debt

     75,088        48,268  

Current portion of deferred rent

     184,571        143,035  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     14,405,762        10,957,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     34,251        20,097  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     200,819        372,665  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     235,070        392,762  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)

     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Common stock, no par value, 50,000 shares authorized, 1,429 shares issued and outstanding

     10,000        10,000  

Retained earnings

     27,648,923        23,903,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27,658,923        23,913,465  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 42,299,755      $ 35,263,413  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

SALES, net

   $ 97,711,734     $ 85,453,244  

COST OF SALES

     62,812,220       55,303,231  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS PROFIT

     34,899,514       30,150,013  

OPERATING EXPENSES

     17,596,068       15,294,880  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     17,303,446       14,855,133  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    

Other expense

     (5,384     (5,176

Interest income

     —         48  

Interest expense

     (82,974     (102,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (88,358     (107,477
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 17,215,088     $ 14,747,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

     Common Stock      Retained
Earnings
       
     Shares      Amount        Total  

BALANCE, December 31, 2014

     1,429      $ 10,000      $ 18,145,815     $ 18,155,815  

Net income

     —          —          14,747,656       14,747,656  

Distributions

     —          —          (8,990,006     (8,990,006
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2015

     1,429        10,000        23,903,465       23,913,465  

Net income

     —          —          17,215,088       17,215,088  

Distributions

     —          —          (13,469,630     (13,469,630
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2016

     1,429      $ 10,000      $ 27,648,923     $ 27,658,923  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 17,215,088     $ 14,747,656  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     616,464       493,276  

(Gain) loss on sale of assets

     4,992       (1,935

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,197,588     (148,147

Accounts receivable, other

     (7,338     (6,644

Inventories

     (7,449,610     (2,306,929

Prepaid expenses

     (37,521     5,406  

Supplier advance deposits

     2,461,715       2,718,294  

Deposits

     (3,281     (1,550

Accounts payable

     3,536,539       (2,188,452

Accrued expenses

     153,337       190,121  

Customer deposits

     224,934       221,417  

Change in deferred rent

     (130,310     (71,488
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     15,387,421       13,651,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds received on sale of property and equipment

     100       3,965  

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,511,215     (460,916

Proceeds from (advances to) shareholders and employees

     31,720       (24,303
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

     (1,479,395     (481,254
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (70,124     (156,461

Proceeds from long-term debt

     111,098       45,746  

Proceeds from line of credit

     46,939,101       37,972,426  

Repayments on line of credit

     (47,473,691     (41,928,458

Stockholder distributions

     (13,469,630     (8,990,006
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     (13,963,246     (13,056,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

     (55,220     113,018  

CASH, beginning of year

     407,989       294,971  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH, end of year

   $ 352,769     $ 407,989  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 82,974     $ 102,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Note 1—Description of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Operations —Pental Granite & Marble, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Washington corporation engaged in wholesale distribution of granite and marble slabs and tiles. Two warehouses and administrative offices are located in Seattle, WA with additional warehouse and office locations in Fife, WA, Portland, OR, Van Nuys, CA and Denver, CO.

On February 27, 2017, the Company was acquired by Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC for a total purchase price of approximately $84,500,000, see Note 7.

Cash —Cash and cash equivalents include cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

Accounts Receivable —The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost less an allowance for doubtful accounts. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers, maintaining allowances for potential credit losses which, when realized, have been within management’s expectations. Management provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to a valuation allowance based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances still outstanding after management has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the expense and a credit to trade accounts receivable. Accounts receivable write-offs have not been material with respect to the financial statements. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $73,738 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company’s policy is to accrue interest on receivables when they are considered past due. A receivable is considered past due if payments have not been received by the Company for 30 days. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, receivables older than 90 days aged total approximately $211,672 and $44,047, respectively. The 2016 balance reflected $154,005 for one customer that was collected in 2017.

Inventories —Inventories consist of engineered and natural stone slabs (quartz, granite, marble); and engineered and natural stone tile (porcelain, ceramic, glass, quartz, granite, marble). Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market valued using the specific identification method. The Company periodically reviews its inventories and makes provisions as necessary for estimated excess, obsolete or damaged goods to ensure values approximate the lower of cost or market. The amount of any such provision is equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand, selling prices and market conditions.

The Company purchases the majority of inventory from locations oversees and maintains terms where title of the product transfers upon shipment. The Company has $6,890,770 and $5,147,313 of inventory in transit, including estimated shipping costs, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided for using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated lives used in determining depreciation are as follows:

 

     Years

Forklifts

   3 - 7

Warehouse equipment

   5 - 7

Office equipment

   3 - 7

Showroom displays

   3 - 7

Trucks

   5

 

F-77


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Note 1—Description of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of their useful lives or the lease term.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets —The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets, including, but not limited to, property and equipment. For assets that are to be held and used, an impairment charge is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than carrying value. Fair values are determined using quoted market values, discounted cash flows, or external appraisals, as applicable. No impairment of long-lived assets was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Supplier Advance Deposits —The Company prepays certain suppliers for inventory purchases in the normal course of business. During 2014, the Company made advances to one supplier amounting to approximately $5,174,000 as of December 31, 2014. In exchange for the advances, the Company received a discount on purchased materials until the advance was paid down. The Company also received exclusive rights to sell this supplier’s materials to an additional 18 U.S. states for a total of 23 states with exclusive distributor rights. The advance was fully recovered as of May 2016.

Approximately 91% of supplier advance deposits were paid to four vendors and 91% of supplier advance deposits were paid to one vendor at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Supplier advance deposits were $10,787 and $2,472,502 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The large decrease in advance deposits is due to one supplier extending terms and the unwinding of the $5,174,000 advance.

Customer Deposits —The Company requires certain customers to prepay for orders of product not maintained in inventory in the normal course of business.

Deferred Rent —The Company recognizes rent expense related to facilities leases on a straight-line basis, and accrues a liability for rent expense recognized in excess of the rents paid to date. The deferred rent liability at December 31, 2016 and 2015, is $385,390 and $515,700, respectively.

Concentrations of Credit Risk —The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and accounts receivable. At times, the Company has cash deposits in excess of federally insured limits at a single major financial institution.

The Company extends credit terms to customers in the normal course of business and requires no collateral or other security. The maximum accounting loss from the credit risk associated with the accounts receivable is the amount of the receivables recorded.

Vendor Concentrations —Approximately 72% and 71% of inventory purchases were from one supplier for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which is located outside of the United States of America. Approximately 55% and 32% of accounts payable at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, is due to two suppliers.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Actual results can differ from these estimates, including those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the reserve for inventory obsolescence and depreciation and amortization.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Note 1—Description of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Revenue Recognition— The Company recognizes revenue when the following four basic criteria are met: a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; b) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; c) the price to the buyer is fixed and determinable; and d) collectability is reasonably assured. Based on these criteria, the Company generally recognizes revenue at the point of sale or upon delivery to the customer site. For goods shipped by third party carriers, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment since terms are generally free on board (FOB) shipping point. The Company also arranges for certain products to be shipped directly from the manufacturer to the customer. The Company recognizes the gross revenue for these sales upon shipment as the terms are FOB shipping point. Sales discounts are issued to customers as direct discounts at the point of sale. Sales are recorded net of sales discounts amounting to $418,815 and $481,329 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs— Shipping and handling costs on goods received as well as the cost of shipping product to customers is included in cost of sales. Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in sales.

Sales Taxes— The Company’s policy is to present the taxes collected from customers and remit to governmental authorities on a net basis.

Advertising —Advertising costs, which are included in operating expenses, are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense is $2,601,983 and $2,244,213 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Income taxes —With the consent of the stockholders, the Company has elected to be taxed under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. Under those provisions, the Company does not pay corporate income tax on its taxable income. Instead, each stockholder is liable for individual federal income taxes on the Company’s taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for federal income taxes has been included in the financial statements.

The Company does not have any entity-level uncertain tax positions. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customer (Topic 606) . ASU 2014-09 provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model to apply in determining how and when to recognize revenue. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. When applying the new revenue model to contracts with customers, the guidance requires five steps to be applied, which include: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

The guidance also requires both quantitative and qualitative disclosures, which are more comprehensive than existing revenue standards. The disclosures are intended to enable financial statement users to understand the nature, timing and uncertainty of revenue and the related cash flow.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Note 1—Description of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of these standards and the impact on the financial statements is not yet known.

Subsequent Events —Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are available to be issued. The Company recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. The Company’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet, but arose after the balance sheet date and before financial statements were available to be issued.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through August 17, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were originally available to be issued, and October 31, 2017, the date the financial statements were reissued (Note 6).

Note 2—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Leasehold improvements

   $ 1,673,737      $ 1,675,677  

Forklifts

     1,095,676        889,581  

Warehouse equipment

     1,060,725        826,498  

Office equipment

     899,874        701,106  

Trucks

     915,592        588,091  

Showroom displays

     312,070        264,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     5,957,674        4,945,075  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (3,672,575      (3,547,031
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2,285,099        1,398,044  

Assets not placed in service

     10,071        7,466  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $2,295,170      $1,405,510  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense during 2016 and 2015 totaled $616,464 and $493,276, respectively.

Note 3—Line of Credit

At December 31, 2016, the Company maintains a revolving credit line at a bank with a credit limit of $10,000,000 collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company. Interest is paid monthly at the bank’s base rate plus an applicable margin (2.60% and 2.35% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively). The line of credit requires the Company to meet certain financial loan covenants.

The outstanding line of credit balance at December 31, 2016 and 2015 totals $422,713 and $957,303, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the line of credit balance was paid in full as of February 27, 2017, see Note 7.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 4—Long-Term Debt

 

     2016     2015  

Computer purchase contract payable, collateralized by software and computer equipment, payable in 24 interest-free installments of $5,100, maturing June 30, 2018.

   $ 89,389     $ —    

Computer purchase contract payable, collateralized by software and computer equipment, payable in 24 interest-free installments of $2,100, maturing September 30, 2017.

     19,950       42,206  

Computer purchase contract payable, collateralized by software and computer equipment, payable in 24 interest-free installments of $3,895, matured June 30, 2016.

     —         26,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     109,339       68,365  

Less current portion

     (75,088     (48,268
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $34,251     $20,097  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Future minimum payment requirements are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 75,088  

2018

     34,251  
  

 

 

 
   $ 109,339  
  

 

 

 

Note 5—Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan for qualifying employees in which the employee may defer a portion of their compensation. The Company made no matching contributions to the plan during 2016 and 2015. Effective May 13, 2017, the 401(k) match was reinstated at 40% up to 6% of an employee’s deferred amount.

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies

Seattle Office and Warehouse Leases— The Company leases an office, warehouse, and storage space in Seattle, Washington. The current cash rent is for $84,950 per month with an escalation clause in addition to common area maintenance. The lease expires in August 2018 with an option to renew for a period of five years.

The Company leases another building in Seattle. The current lease is for $16,021 per month with an escalation clause in addition to common area maintenance. The lease expires in September 2018.

Portland Office and Warehouse Lease —The Company leases office and warehouse space in Portland, Oregon. The current cash rent is for $24,717 per month with an escalation clause in addition to common area maintenance. This lease expires in November 2020, with an option to renew for a period of five years.

Fife Office and Warehouse Lease —The Company leases office and warehouse space in Fife, Washington. The current cash rent is for $21,860 per month with an escalation clause in addition to the triple net charges. This lease expires in August 2018 with an option to renew for a period of five years.

Van Nuys Office and Warehouse Lease —The Company leases an office and warehouse space in Van Nuys, California. The current cash rent is for $29,528 per month with an escalation clause in addition to common area maintenance. The lease expires in September 2017 with an option to renew for five years.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

Note 6—Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

Denver Office and Warehouse Lease —The Company leases an office and warehouse space in Denver, Colorado. The current cash rent is for $35,119 per month with an escalation clause in addition to common area maintenance. The lease expires in October 2023 with an option to renew for five years.

Total building lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is $2,049,566 and $1,909,772, respectively. Total common area maintenance expense associated with leased buildings for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is $615,700 and $538,912, respectively.

Equipment Leases —The Company has agreements to lease certain office equipment. The agreements are for 60 months expiring through 2021. Total equipment lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 is $24,176 and $21,010, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments for all operating leases are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 2,475,703  

2018

     1,767,047  

2019

     756,853  

2020

     747,409  

2021

     457,554  

Thereafter

     862,061  
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,066,627  
  

 

 

 

Exclusive Distributor Rights ( Restated ) —The Company’s main supplier has agreed to allow the Company exclusive distribution rights in 23 states in the United States of America. To maintain these rights, the Company must meet certain minimum purchase requirements. Purchase volumes for the period June 30 2015 to June 30 2016 state the minimum purchased quantity must be 70 containers per month and for July 1, 2016 to December 31, 2020 the minimum purchase quantity shall be 90 containers per month. As of December 31, 2016, future minimum purchases are as follows:

 

2017

   $ 34,800,000  

2018

     34,800,000  

2019

     34,800,000  

2020

     34,800,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 139,200,000  
  

 

 

 

If the Company falls short of these minimum requirements in any given calendar year, the Company has agreed to negotiate with the supplier to arrive at a mutually acceptable resolution. There are no financial penalties to the Company if such commitments are not met; however, the supplier reserves the right to remove exclusive distribution rights privileges.

As previously reported, the annual purchase commitment was disclosed as $2,900,000 for fiscal years 2017 through 2020. As corrected and tabulated above, the annual purchase commitment is $34,800,000 for fiscal years 2017 through 2020. This revision did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Litigation —The Company is subject to litigation and claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, any judgments or settlements resulting from those matters would not be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operation, or cash flows.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

PENTAL GRANITE & MARBLE, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND 2015

 

Note 7—Subsequent Event

On February 27, 2017, the Company sold 100% of its stock to an unrelated third party, Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (AG&M) for a total purchase price of approximately $84,500,000. In conjunction with the transaction the Company’s line of credit was repaid. The Company continues to operate as a wholly-owned subsidiary of AG&M.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations included herein has been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and certain footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to these rules and regulations; however, management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

On February 28, 2017, we acquired 100% of the equity interests (which we refer to as the “Pental Acquisition”) in Pental Granite and Marble, LLC (which we refer to as “Pental”), which is engaged in the selling of granite, marble and related products. The total purchase price of $95 million was comprised of $85 million in cash and $10 million in equity of ASG. This acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of the acquired operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition by ASG (February 28, 2017) through December 31, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 gives effect to the transaction described in the preceding paragraph as if it had occurred on January 1, 2017. The assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited adjustments to the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are described in the accompanying notes, which should be read together with the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations presented below includes two months of unaudited Pental financial results for the period between January 1, 2017 and February 27, 2017, which is immediately prior to the Pental Acquisition. The Company’s historical condensed consolidated statement of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2017 presented below has been derived from the historical audited consolidated financial statements of the Company.

You should read the following unaudited pro forma condensed financial information in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company, and the historical financials statements and related notes of Pental Granite & Marble, Inc., each of which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

( in thousands, except for per share information )

 

     Historical
Company
    Pental —
Two Months
Ended
February 28,
2017
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
 

Revenue

   $ 352,952     $ 14,092     $ (31   $ 367,013  

Costs of revenue, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

     246,929       8,495       15       255,439  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     14,816       128       723 (a)      15,667  

Selling, general and administrative expense

   $ 85,044     $ 3,399       $ 88,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

   $ 6,163     $ 2,070     $ (769   $ 7,464  

Interest expense

     13,749       11       1,196 (b)      14,956  

Other expense

   $ 440     $ (11     $ 429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

   $ (8,026   $ 2,070     $ (1,965   $ (7,921

Income taxes

     3,320         23 (c)      3,343  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (11,346   $ 2,070     $ (1,988   $ (11,264
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income attributable to members prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ (5,657   $ 2,070     $ (1,988   $ (5,575
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income attributable to stockholders prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions

   $ (5,689   $ —       $ —       $ (5,689
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per share

     (0.22         (0.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares

     25,614,626           25,614,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

Note 1—Basis of presentation

The historical consolidated financial statements have been adjusted in the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements to give effect to pro forma events that are (i) directly attributable to the acquisition of Pental described in the introductory note preceding the pro forma presentations, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results following the business combination.

The November 22, 2017 combination of our two primary operating subsidiaries, Residential Design Services, LLC (which we refer to as “RDS”), and Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC (which we refer to as “ASG”), into the Company was accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Accordingly, the historical 2017 consolidated results of the Company include the results of both RDS and ASG for all of 2017 under the “as if pooling” method.

The February 28, 2017 acquisition of Pental was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The results of the acquired operations are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition by ASG (February 28, 2017) through December 31, 2017. The 2017 unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the effect of that acquisition as if the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2017.

Basic historical and pro forma loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss for the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period subsequent to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement. Diluted loss per share of common stock is typically computed the same way as basic historical loss per share of common stock, except that the dilutive effect of restricted stock-based awards using the treasury stock method is included in the computation. However, since our Company reported a net loss during the year ended December 31, 2017, all outstanding restricted stock-based awards, consisting of 356,368 shares of our common stock at December 31, 2017, were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share of common stock for such period because the effect of inclusion would have been antidilutive, and therefore diluted loss per share of common stock is equal to basic historical loss per share of common stock for such period. Loss incurred prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement is attributable to the former equityholders of RDS and ASG and, as such, is not reflected in loss per share of common stock. Because the pro forma period includes (losses) from the period prior to the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement, there was no effect on loss per share of common stock from the inclusion of the pro forma loss. The following table sets forth the

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

computation of basic and diluted loss per share of common stock for the period between the date of consummation of the November 2017 restructuring transactions and the November 2017 private offering and private placement and December 31, 2017:

 

Net loss

   $ (5,688,965
  

 

 

 

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

     19,650,000  

Weighted average basic and diluted shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding

     5,964,626  
  

 

 

 

Total weighted average basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding

     25,614,626  
  

 

 

 

Loss per share of common stock:

  

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.22 )
  

 

 

 

The pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements do not necessarily reflect what the consolidated Company’s financial condition or results of operations would have been had the events described in the two preceding paragraphs occurred on the dates indicated. They also may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the consolidated Company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

The consolidated pro forma financial information does not reflect the realization of any expected cost savings or other synergies from the combination of RDS and ASG into the Company or the acquisition of Pental as a result of restructuring activities and other planned cost savings initiatives following the completion of these transactions.

Note 2—Capital and financing transactions

In February 2017, ASG entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution offering a term loan in the amount of $105 million. The proceeds from this loan were used (i) to fund the $85 million cash portion of the purchase price for the Pental Acquisition, (ii) to retire the outstanding balance on the Pental line of credit of $2.6 million as of February 27, 2017, and (iii) for other purposes unrelated to the Pental Acquisition. Amounts due under the term loan bear interest at the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin as defined therein (totaling of 8.03% as of February 28, 2017). Interest is payable monthly, with principal payments due in quarterly installments beginning July 1, 2017 through maturity (February 28, 2022). Availability under ASG’s line of credit was also increased to $40 million.

Note 3—Pro forma adjustments

The pro forma adjustments are based on our preliminary estimates and assumptions that are subject to change. The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information:

 

(a) Reflects incremental amortization of Pental identifiable intangibles from January 1, 2017 to February 28, 2017 (the closing date of the Pental Acquisition).

 

(b) Reflects changes to interest expense from ASG borrowings to finance the Pental Acquisition and the refinancing of Pental borrowings at time of the Pental Acquisition as if those transactions occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

(c) Reflects the income tax effect of pro forma adjustments based on the estimated consolidated effective income tax rate of 21.68% during the period from January 1, 2017 to November 22, 2017, the date of consummation of the November 2017 restructuring transactions.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

 

 

 

            Shares

 

LOGO

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

P ROSPECTUS

 

 

 

                    , 2018

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.            Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the sales of our Class A Common Stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.

 

Description

       Amount  

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 43,850  

NASDAQ listing fee

     98,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

     1,700,000  

Legal fees and expenses

     900,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     10,000  

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     3,000  

Printing expenses

     300,000  

Miscellaneous

     50,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,104,850  
  

 

 

 

Item 14.        Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware . Under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (which we refer to as the “DGCL”), a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (i) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, a corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other such court shall deem proper. To the extent that such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she is entitled to indemnification for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for or granted pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL is not exclusive of any other rights of indemnification or advancement of expenses to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, and a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance against liabilities asserted against any former or current director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether or not the power to indemnify is provided by the statute.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

Our Bylaws . Article VIII of the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (which we refer to as the Company’s “Bylaws”), provides that the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any person (which we refer to as a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (which we refer to as a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company or, while a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, its participants or beneficiaries, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to certain exceptions, the Company will be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Company’s board of directors. The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding will be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under the Company’s Bylaws or otherwise.

Indemnification Agreements . In addition to the provisions of the Company’s Bylaws described above, the Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its directors and executive officers. These agreements require the Company to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to the Company, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Insurance . The Company maintains standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (i) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (ii) to it with respect to indemnification payments that the Company may make to such directors and officers.

 

Item 15.            Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation in June 2015, and in November 2017 we were restructured pursuant to certain corporate transactions (which we refer to as the “Restructuring Transactions”). Immediately prior to the Restructuring Transactions, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, a stockholder holding greater than 10% of our common stock as of the date of this Registration Statement, held all of our issued and outstanding common stock. Upon the filing and effectiveness pursuant to the DGCL of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of our common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was automatically converted into 4,190.302 shares of our Class B common stock (which resulted in an aggregate of 4,190,302 shares of Class B common stock). In addition, as part of the of Restructuring Transactions, certain former equityholders of Residential Design Services, LLC (f/.k/a TCFI LARK LLC) (which we were refer to as “RDS”) and Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC (f/k/a TCFI G&M LLC) (which we refer to as “ASG”) contributed a portion of the

 

II-2


Table of Contents

outstanding equity interests in each of RDS and ASG to us, and in exchange therefor, we issued an aggregate of 5,053,810 shares of our Class B common stock to such equityholders of RDS and ASG. We believe that the issuances of shares of our Class B common stock as part of the Restructuring Transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (which we refer to as the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

On November 22, 2017, we completed a private offering and private placement pursuant to which we issued 18,750,000 shares of our Class A common stock, and on December 20, 2017, we issued an additional 3,000,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of the option granted by us to B. Riley FBR, Inc., as the initial purchaser and placement agent thereunder, in each case at an offering price of $12.00 per share (which we refer to as the “November 2017 private offering and private placement”). Some of the shares of our Class A common stock offered and sold by us in the November 2017 private offering and private placement were reoffered and resold by B. Riley FBR, Inc., as the initial purchaser, to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, in reliance upon Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or to certain persons outside the United States in offshore transactions in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act. The remainder of the shares of our Class A common stock offered and sold by us in the November 2017 private offering and private placement were offered and sold pursuant to a private placement, subject to various conditions, directly to “accredited investors,” as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act, with B. Riley FBR, Inc. acting as placement agent, pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. We received net proceeds from the November 2017 private offering and private placement of approximately $240.5 million. The aggregate initial purchaser’s/placement agent’s discount and placement fee was $18,270,000. We believe that the issuances of shares of our Class A common stock in the November 2017 private offering and private placement were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or Regulation D, Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, based upon the representations to us or B. Riley FBR, Inc. by each investor or investor transferee that such investor or investor transferee was at the time of such issuance an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, a “qualified institutional investor” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, or a non-US person within the meaning of, and otherwise was in compliance with the requirements for reliance on, Regulation S under the Securities Act, as the case may be.

 

Item 16.            Exhibits.

(a)    The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement and are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

Exhibit

    Number    

 

Description

3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
5.1   Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP.
10.1†   2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.2†   Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for use with the 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.3†   Form of Phantom Stock Agreement for use with the 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.4†   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, as amended by the Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2018, each by and between the Registrant and Tyrone Johnson.
10.5†   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Kendall R. Hoyd.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    Number    

 

Description

10.6†   Employment Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Sunil Palakodati.
10.7   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.
10.8   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November  22, 2017, among the Registrant, Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, Tyrone Johnson, Kendall Hoyd, Sunil Palakodati, Tim Reed, and B. Riley FBR, Inc.
10.9   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2014, between L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.
10.10   First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Limited Consent, dated as of February 13, 2017, between Bank of America, N.A. and L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc.
10.11   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M OpCo LLC), AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, and Bank of America, N.A.
10.12   First Amendment and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016, by and among Architectural Granite  & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M OpCo LLC), AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, and Bank of America, N.A.
10.13   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder, dated as of February 28, 2017, by and among Architectural Granite  & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M OpCo LLC), Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, TCFI G&M LLC, AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, and Bank of America, N.A.
10.14   Financing Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC and Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, as borrowers, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent for the lenders.
10.15   First Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC and Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, as borrowers, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent for the lenders.
10.16   Lease, dated September 4, 2015, by and between Scholten Family Trust, dated April 14, 1992, as lessor, and L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., as lessee.
10.17   Sharpen Business Analytics Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2015, by and between Residential Design Services and Sharpen Business Analytics.
10.18   Contribution and Exchange Agreement, dated as of November  21, 2017, by and among the former equityholders of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC party thereto, Select Interior Concepts, Inc., TCFI LARK LLC, and TCFI G&M LLC.
10.19   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated as of November  22, 2017, by and among the former equityholders of TCFI LARK LLC and TCFI G&M LLC party thereto, SIC Intermediate, Inc., TCFI LARK LLC, and TCFI G&M LLC.
10.20   Contribution Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, by and between the Registrant and SIC Intermediate, Inc.
10.21   Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2017, by and among the Registrant and certain holders of Class B Common Stock of the Registrant.
10.22   Board Designee Agreement, dated December 15, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC.
14.1   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
16.1   Letter from Macias Gini & O’Connell.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

    Number    

 

Description

21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2   Consent of Moss Adams LLP, independent auditors.
23.3   Consent of Greenberg Traurig, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement).

 

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules:

See our Consolidated Financial Statements starting on page F-1. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required, are inapplicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements, and have therefore been omitted.

 

Item 17.            Undertakings.

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant (which we refer to as the “Registrant”) hereby undertakes:

 

  (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this Registration Statement or any material change to such information in this Registration Statement.

 

  (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
  (4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(b)        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

  (c) The Registrant hereby further undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Anaheim, State of California, on July 9, 2018.

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

By:  

 

/s/ Tyrone Johnson

 

Tyrone Johnson

Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Tyrone Johnson and Kendall R. Hoyd, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution for him in any and all capacities, to sign (i) any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and (ii) any registration statement or post-effective amendment thereto to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

    /s/ Tyrone Johnson        

Tyrone Johnson

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  July 9, 2018

    /s/ Kendall R. Hoyd        

Kendall R. Hoyd

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  July 9, 2018

    /s/ Christopher Zugaro        

Christopher Zugaro

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  July 9, 2018

    /s/ Donald F. McAleenan        

Donald F. McAleenan

  

Director

  July 9, 2018

    /s/ Robert Scott Vansant        

Robert Scott Vansant

  

Director

  July 9, 2018

    /s/ Brett G. Wyard        

Brett G. Wyard

  

Director

  July 9, 2018

Exhibit 3.1

 

  

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

 

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

 

OF

 

T RIVE C APITAL G&M B LOCKER C ORP .

  

Trive Capital G&M Blocker Corp., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  (1) The present name of the Corporation is Trive Capital G&M Blocker Corp. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Trive Capital G&M Blocker Corp.” by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 19, 2015.

 

  (2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends and restates the provisions of the Corporation’s current Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the Corporation’s sole stockholder in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  (3) The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is “Select Interior Concepts, Inc.” (hereinafter, the “ Corporation ”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o Cogency Global Inc., 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, in the city of Dover, County of Kent, 19904. The name of the registered agent at such address upon whom process against the Corporation may be served is Cogency Global Inc.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH :

(a) The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 165,000,000 shares, divided into (i) 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class  A Common Stock ”), (ii) 15,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and (iii) 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Upon the filing and effectiveness (the “ Effective Time ”) pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock, $0,001 par value per share, of the Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be automatically converted into 4,190.302 validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class B Common Stock without any further action by the Corporation or the holder thereof.

(b) Class  A Common Stock and Class  B Common Stock . The powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional, special or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions, if any, of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:


(i) Definitions . As used in this subsection (b) of this Article FOURTH, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

National Securities Exchange ” means the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market, or another similar national securities exchange.

Resale Shelf Registration Statement ” means a shelf registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then available to the Corporation for the purpose of registering the sale of the shares of Class A Common Stock that are registrable under the Registration Rights Agreement, to be entered into on or about November 22, 2017, among the Corporation, the sponsor entities party thereto, the management holders party thereto, and B. Riley FBR, Inc.

(ii) Voting Rights . Except as may otherwise be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended from time to time, this “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) (including any certificate filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth a copy of the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) providing for the issuance of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Article FOURTH (such certificate, as it may be amended from time to time, a “ Certificate of Designation ”)) or by applicable law, each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote; provided , however , that except as otherwise required by the last sentence of subsection (c) of this Article FOURTH or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other outstanding series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(iii) Liquidation Rights . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Article FOURTH, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, as such, held by them. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this subsection (b)(iii) of this Article FOURTH.

(iv) Dividends .

(A) General . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Article FOURTH, holders of shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B


Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property of the Corporation if, as and when declared on the Class A Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock, as applicable, by the Board of Directors. Other than with respect to any Special Stock Dividends (as defined in subsection (b)(iv)(B)(l) of this Article FOURTH), Class A Common Stock will participate with Class B Common Stock on an as-converted basis with respect to any dividends or other distributions.

(B) Special Stock Dividends in Respect of Class  A Common Stock .

(1) Accrual of Special Stock Dividends . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of this Article FOURTH, Special Stock Dividends shall accrue on the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock at a daily rate equal to 0.05 divided by 365, up to a maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to 1,460,149 shares in the aggregate (the “ Maximum Accrual Amount ”), (a) commencing on February 1, 2018, if a Resale Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with, or a draft Resale Shelf Registration Statement has not been confidentially submitted under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) by January 31, 2018, and ceasing on the date a Resale Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with, or a draft Resale Shelf Registration Statement has been confidentially submitted under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 to, the SEC, or (b) commencing on June 1, 2018, if a Resale Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock has not been listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange by May 31, 2018, and ceasing upon the earlier to occur of (the “ Conversion End Date ”) (I) Special Stock Dividends accruing to the Maximum Accrual Amount, and (II) the date a Resale Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and the Class A Common Stock is listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange (each of the foregoing periods, beginning on the first date of such period and including each day of such period until (and not inclusive of) the end date of such period, a “ Special Stock Dividend Accrual Period ”). Upon a simultaneous occurrence of both Special Stock Dividend Accrual Periods on one or more days, Special Stock Dividends shall accrue on the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as if only the Special Stock Dividend Accrual Period described in subsection (b)(iv)(B)(l)(b) of this Article FOURTH was occurring on each such day or days, such that the accrual of Special Stock Dividends in accordance with terms of this subsection (b)(iv)(B)(l) of this Article FOURTH shall not be doubled or otherwise multiplied due to the existence of simultaneously occurring Special Stock Dividend Accrual Periods. Any dividend that accrues on a share of Class A Common Stock during a Special Stock Dividend Accrual Period pursuant to this subsection (b)(iv)(B)(l) of this Article FOURTH is referred to as a “ Special Stock Dividend .” A share of Class A Common Stock shall not, solely by means of sale, transfer or other disposition, become separated from the right to receive payment of Special Stock Dividends that have accrued on such share or that may accrue and be paid upon such share under this subsection (b)(iv)(B) of this Article FOURTH.

(2) Payment of Special Stock Dividends . When issued, Special Stock Dividends shall be issued in additional shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class A Common Stock that accrue as a result of Special Stock Dividends and are issuable as payment of Special Stock Dividends are referred to in unissued form as “ PIK Class  A Common Shares .” Special Stock Dividends shall not accrue on or be issuable in respect of PIK Class A Common Shares. Accrued but unpaid Special Stock Dividends shall be paid


through the issuance of additional shares of Class A Common Stock in respect of accrued PIK Class A Common Shares upon the earlier to occur of (a) any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (but prior to any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up), and (b) the Conversion End Date (but prior to the Conversion in accordance with subsection (b)(vi)(A) of this Article FOURTH) (such event in the foregoing clause (a) or clause (b), a “ Payment Date ”).

(v) Rights of Class  A Common Stock .

(A) Other Rights . A share of Class A Common Stock confers upon the holder of such share the benefit of any PIK Class A Common Shares that have accrued but remain unpaid upon such share of Class A Common Stock, as if such PIK Class A Common Shares had been issued on (i) the business day immediately prior to a record date declared by the Corporation with respect to any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (for so long as shares of Class A Common Stock remain issued and outstanding), such that the holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock (in such capacity) shall be entitled to a number of votes at such meeting equal to the number of all shares of Class A Common Stock plus all accrued and unpaid PIK Class A Common Shares to which such holder is entitled as of such record date in respect of such shares of Class A Common Stock; provided , that any fractional PIK Class A Common Share to which such holder would be entitled (after the aggregation of all PIK Class A Common Shares to which such holder is entitled) will be rounded down to the nearest whole number for purposes of voting at any such meeting; (ii) the business day immediately prior to a record date declared by the Corporation with respect to any dividend benefitting the shares of Class A Common Stock (except a Special Stock Dividend), such that the holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock (in such capacity) shall be entitled to receive dividends in respect of the Class A Common Stock held in an amount equal to the aggregate amount payable on all shares of Class A Common Stock and all accrued and unpaid PIK Class A Common Shares to which such holder is entitled as of such record date; and (iii) the date of any sale, transfer or other disposition of such share of Class A Common Stock, subject to subsection (b)(v)(B) of this Article FOURTH.

(B) Transfer . Any holder of a share of Class A Common Stock electing to sell or transfer such share to a buyer or transferee, prior to any Payment Date, shall be obligated to transfer with such share, to the same buyer or transferee, any PIK Class A Common Shares that have accrued but remain unpaid in respect of such share of Class A Common Stock. An issuable PIK Class A Common Share shall not be issued and paid to any holder who is not also the holder of the underlying share of Class A Common Stock in respect of which such PIK Class A Common Share became accrued and issuable. The holder of a share of Class A Common Stock that is to be permissibly transferred must notify the Secretary of the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock, according to instructions provided by the Corporation or any such transfer agent, of such proposed sale, transfer or other disposition at least three (3) business days in advance of the effective date of such permitted sale, transfer or other disposition.

(C) Notice . The Corporation shall make available to each holder of Class A Common Stock information regarding the occurrence of (i) any Special Stock Dividend Accrual Period (for the first day on which the Special Stock Dividends accrue and for the day on which such Special Stock Dividends cease to accrue), and (ii) the Conversion End Date, in each case within three (3) business days following such occurrence.


(D) Protective Provisions . So long as any share of Class A Common Stock is outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, effect or validate any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that materially adversely alters or changes any rights, powers, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Conversion (in accordance with subsection (b)(vi)(A) of this Article FOURTH) of all shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation shall have the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to provide for a single class of common stock of the Corporation.

(E) Information . Subject to the final sentence of this subsection (b)(v)(E) of this Article FOURTH, the Corporation shall take commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that a holder of any shares of Class A Common Stock may have access to information, that shall be as current as reasonably practicable for the Corporation, regarding the number of such shares of Class A Common Stock held by and issuable to (pursuant to any accrued and unpaid PIK Class A Common Shares) such holders (“ Information ”); provided, that the Corporation shall retain full discretion regarding timing and any delay for releasing such Information to such holders of such shares. The Corporation may contract with one or more third-party service providers to provide Information and services referenced in this this subsection (b)(v)(E) of this Article FOURTH, and shall retain full discretion in determining the nature of and technical details with respect to the Corporation’s provision of Information and services referenced in this this subsection (b)(v)(E) of this Article FOURTH.

(vi) Rights of Class  B Common Stock .

(A) Conversion . Upon the Conversion End Date, (1) any PIK Class A Common Shares that have accrued but remain unpaid as of such date shall be issued and paid in shares of Class A Common Stock prior to the Conversion, and (2) immediately thereafter, each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into the right to receive one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock (the “ Conversion ”).

(B) Mechanics of Conversion . The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock to holders of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to subsection (b)(vi)(A) of this Article FOURTH shall be conditioned on delivery by such holders to the Corporation or any transfer agent or exchange agent designated by the Corporation of any transmittal form or transfer instruction and supplemental material as may be required by the Corporation or such designated transfer agent or exchange agent. Such transmittal form or transfer instruction shall state the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such holder; provided, that the Company shall certify the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such holder to facilitate such Conversion. Thereupon, the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver, or cause its designated transfer agent or exchange agent to issue and deliver, to such holder the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, in book-entry form. Such Conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the Conversion End Date, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such Conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock on such date.

(c) Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions thereof, to provide from time to time out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the powers (including voting powers), if any, of the shares of such series and the preferences and relative, participating, optional, special or other rights, if any, and the


qualifications, limitations or restrictions, if any, of the shares of such series. The designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or by applicable law, no holder of any series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled to any voting powers in respect thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote irrespective of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, without a separate vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class.

FIFTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(a) Management . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

(b) Number of Directors . Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall not be less than three (3) nor more than twelve (12), with the authorized number of directors of the Corporation being fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation.

(c) No Written Ballot . Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

(d) Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to make, alter, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

(e) Automatic Increase/Decrease in Authorized Directors . During any period when the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof have the right to elect one or more directors to the Board of Directors (each, a “ Preferred Director ,” and more than one, the “ Preferred Directors ”), then upon commencement of, and for the duration of, the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of Preferred Directors, and the holders of such outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the Preferred Director or Preferred Directors so provided or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof; and (ii) each such Preferred Director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof, whichever occurs earlier, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions providing for such


series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof, whenever the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock having the right to elect one or more Preferred Directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such capital stock, the term of office of each such Preferred Director elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancy resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of each such Preferred Director, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be decreased by such specified number of directors.

SIXTH : Except as may otherwise be provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time, but only by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Board of Directors. Any special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be postponed by action of (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Board of Directors at any time in advance of such meeting.

SEVENTH : Except as may otherwise be provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders.

EIGHTH : The Corporation expressly elects to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

NINTH : A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal.

TENTH : Except as provided in subsection (b)(v)(D) of Article FOURTH, the Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to this reservation. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law and/or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2 / 3 %) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with Articles FIFTH, SIXTH or SEVENTH, or this Article TENTH.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed and acknowledged on its behalf this 16th day of November, 2017.

 

T RIVE C APITAL G&M B LOCKER C ORP .
By:  

/s/ Conner Searcy

  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: President

Exhibit 3.2

A MENDED AND RESTATED

B YLAWS

OF

S ELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS , INC .

a Delaware Corporation

Effective November 16, 2017


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
  ARTICLE I   
  OFFICES   
Section 1.  

Registered Office

     1  
Section 2.  

Other Offices

     1  
  ARTICLE II   
  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS   
Section 1.  

Place of Meetings

     1  
Section 2.  

Annual Meetings

     1  
Section 3.  

Special Meetings

     2  
Section 4.  

Notice

     2  
Section 5.  

Adjournments

     2  
Section 6.  

Quorum

     3  
Section 7.  

Voting

     3  
Section 8.  

Proxies

     3  
Section 9.  

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     4  
Section 10.  

Record Date

     4  
Section 11.  

Stock Ledger

     5  
Section 12.  

Conduct of Meetings

     5  
Section 13.  

Inspectors of Election

     5  
Section 14.  

Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations

     6  
  ARTICLE III   
  DIRECTORS   
Section 1.  

Number and Election of Directors

     9  
Section 2.  

Term; Election

     10  
Section 3.  

Vacancies

     10  
Section 4.  

Meetings

     10  
Section 5.  

Organization

     11  
Section 6.  

Resignations and Removals of Directors

     11  
Section 7.  

Quorum

     11  
Section 8.  

Action of the Board by Written Consent

     11  
Section 9.  

Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

     11  
Section 10.  

Committees

     11  
Section 11.  

Compensation

     12  
Section 12.  

Interested Directors

     12  
  ARTICLE IV   
  OFFICERS   
Section 1.  

General

     12  
Section 2.  

Election

     13  
Section 3.  

Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

     13  
Section 4.  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

     13  
Section 5.  

Chief Executive Officer

     13  

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
Section 6.  

President

     13  
Section 7.  

Chief Financial Officer

     14  
Section 8.  

Vice Presidents

     14  
Section 9.  

Secretary

     14  
Section 10.  

Treasurer

     14  
Section 11.  

Assistant Secretaries

     15  
Section 12.  

Assistant Treasurers

     15  
Section 13.  

Other Officers

     15  
  ARTICLE V   
  STOCK   
Section 1.  

Shares of Stock

     15  
Section 2.  

Signatures

     15  
Section 3.  

Lost Certificates

     15  
Section 4.  

Dividend Record Date

     15  
  ARTICLE VI   
  NOTICES   
Section 1.  

Notices

     16  
Section 2.  

Waivers of Notice

     16  
  ARTICLE VII   
  GENERAL PROVISIONS   
Section 1.  

Disbursements

     16  
Section 2.  

Fiscal Year

     17  
Section 3.  

Corporate Seal

     17  
  ARTICLE VIII   
  INDEMNIFICATION   
Section 1.  

Right to Indemnification

     17  
Section 2.  

Prepayment of Expenses

     17  
Section 3.  

Claims

     17  
Section 4.  

Nonexclusivity of Rights

     17  
Section 5.  

Other Sources

     17  
Section 6.  

Amendment or Repeal

     18  
Section 7.  

Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses

     18  
  ARTICLE IX   
  FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES   
Section 1.  

Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes

     18  
  ARTICLE X   
  AMENDMENTS   
Section 1.  

Amendments

     18  
Section 2.  

Entire Board of Directors

     18  

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

(hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The Corporation shall have a registered office in the State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have other offices at such other places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication in the manner authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 2. Annual Meetings .

(a) The annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be postponed by action of the Board of Directors at any time in advance of such meeting. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, unless, on or prior to May 31, 2019 (i) a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Securities Act ”), then available to the Corporation providing for the resale of the Registrable Shares (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, to be entered into on or about November 22, 2017 (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), among the Corporation, the sponsor entities identified therein, the management holders identified therein, and B. Riley FBR, Inc., and hereinafter referred to as the “Registrable Shares”), from time to time pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, by each record owner of any Registrable Shares from time to time (the “ Holders ”), has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), and (ii) the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on a national securities exchange, (A) the Board of Directors shall adopt resolutions to expand the size of the Board of Directors (the “ Board Enlargement ”) by such number of additional directors such that the additional directors constitute a majority of the enlarged Board of Directors, and (b) the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (the “ Special 2019 Annual Meeting ”) shall include as part of

 


its agenda the election of such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors (the “ Enlargement Vacancies ”) due to the Board Enlargement (the “ Special Agenda Item ”), unless the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding Registrable Shares vote to waive or defer the requirement that the Board of Directors effect the Board Enlargement and include the Special Agenda Item as part of the agenda for the Special 2019 Annual Meeting. The Special 2019 Annual Meeting shall occur in no event later than July 31, 2019; provided, however, that if prior to July 31, 2019 the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the Board of Directors shall not be required to effect the Board Enlargement and include the Special Agenda Item as part of the agenda for the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Except as may otherwise be provided or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ), special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time, but only by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Board of Directors. Business transacted at any special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Any special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be postponed by action of (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, or (iv) the Board of Directors at any time in advance of such meeting.

Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware setting forth a copy of the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation (such certificate, as it may be amended from time to time, a “ Certificate of Designation ”)) or these Bylaws (as they may be amended from time to time, these “ Bylaws ”), the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in United States mail, postage prepared, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 5. Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 10 of this Article II, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2


Section 6. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation) or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the Corporation’s stock outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders, present in person or represented by proxy, by a majority in voting power thereof, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 7 of this Article II, until a quorum shall be present or represented. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 7. Voting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. At all meetings of stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect. All other elections, questions or matters presented to the stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation), these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or by applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast with respect to such election or question. For purposes of this Section 7 of Article II, a “majority of votes cast” means the number of votes cast “for” an election or question exceeds the number of votes cast “against” such nominee or question.

Section 8. Proxies . Each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(a) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(b) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission; provided, that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

 

3


Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder created as aforesaid may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

Section 9. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network; provided, that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting; or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 10. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to notice of any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (i) in the case of a determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting; and (ii) in the case of a determination of the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, shall not be more than ten (10) days from the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (ii) the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be

 

4


taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law or, if prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for the stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or on earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 10 of Article II at the adjourned meeting.

Section 11. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list required by Section 11 of this Article II or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 12. Conduct of Meetings . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each election, question or matter upon which the stockholders of the Corporation will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding at the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding at any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of the person presiding at the meeting, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the person presiding at the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the person presiding at the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the person presiding at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to determine whether (a) a Nomination (as defined below) or any Business (as defined below) proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 14 of Article II of these Bylaws, and (b) any proposed Nomination or Business shall be disregarded or shall not be considered or transacted. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding at the meeting, meetings of stockholders of the Corporation shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

Section 13. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President may, and shall, if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such

 

5


inspector’s ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall: (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots; (iii) count all votes and ballots; (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector or inspectors; and (v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and its or their count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by applicable law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

Section 14. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Nominations of one or more individuals for election to the Board of Directors (each, a “ Nomination ,” and more than one, “ Nominations ”) and the proposal of business other than Nominations to be considered by the stockholders (“ Business ”) may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); provided, however, that reference in the Corporation’s notice of meeting to the election of directors or the election of members of the Board of Directors shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 14 of Article II is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 14 of Article II.

(ii) For Nominations or Business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of subparagraph (a)(i) of this Section 14 of Article II, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any proposed Business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting ( provided , however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation). In no event shall the public announcement (as defined below) of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each Nomination to be made by such stockholder, (x) all information relating to the individual subject to such Nomination that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case, pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), without regard to the application of the Exchange Act to either the Nomination or the Corporation, and (y) such individual’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (B) as to the Business

 

6


proposed by such stockholder, a brief description of the Business, the text of the proposed Business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such Business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such Business at the meeting and any material interest in such Business of such stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the Nomination or Business is made (w) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and such beneficial owner, (x) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (y) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such Nomination or Business, and (z) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (I) to deliver by proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the Business or elect the nominee subject to the Nomination and/or (II) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders of the Corporation in support of such Nomination or Business; provided, however, that if the Business is otherwise subject to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 14a-8 ”), the foregoing notice requirements shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present such Business at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation in compliance with Rule 14a-8, and such Business has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting of stockholders. The Corporation may require any individual subject to such Nomination to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such individual subject to such Nomination to serve as a director of the Corporation.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Section 14 of Article II to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for election to the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 14 of Article II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for election to the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such Business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); provided, however, that reference therein to the election of directors or the election of members of the Board of Directors shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations. Nominations may be made at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation at which directors are to be elected only (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), provided, however, that reference therein to the election of directors or the election of members of the Board of Directors shall not include or be deemed to include Nominations, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 14 of Article II is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and

 

7


who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 14 of Article II. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may make Nominations of one or more individuals (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by subparagraph (a)(ii) of this Section 14 of Article II shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of such special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such special meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(c) General .

(i) Only individuals subject to a Nomination made in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 14 of Article II shall be eligible for election at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and only such Business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before such meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 14 of Article II. Except as otherwise provided by law, the person presiding at the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether (A) a Nomination or any Business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 14 of Article II, and (B) any proposed Nomination or Business shall be disregarded or shall not be considered or transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14 of Article II, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a Nomination or Business, such Nomination or Business shall be disregarded and such Nomination or Business shall not be considered or transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.

(ii) For purposes of this Section 14 of Article II, “ public announcement ” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the SEC pursuant to Section 13, 14, and 15(d) (or any successor thereto) of the Exchange Act.

(iii) Nothing in this Section 14 of Article II shall be deemed to affect any (A) rights or obligations, if any, of stockholders of the Corporation with respect to inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (to the extent the Corporation or such proposals are subject to Rule 14a-8), or (B) rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation to elect directors.

Section 15. Procedures for Special 2019 Annual Meeting . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in addition to any other applicable provisions of these Bylaws, the following procedures shall be applicable in connection with the Special 2019 Annual Meeting to the extent the Board of Directors is required to effect the Board Enlargement and include the Special Agenda Item as part of the agenda for the Special 2019 Annual Meeting pursuant to Section 2(b) of this Article II.

 

8


(a) Nominations . Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (ii) upon receipt by the Corporation of written notice of Holders entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than twenty percent (20%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting and containing the information specified by Section 15(b) of this Article II. Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section 15(a) of Article II is hereinafter referred to as a “ Special Nomination .”

(b) Procedure for Special Nominations . For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies to be properly brought before the Special 2019 Annual Meeting by Holders pursuant to Section 15(a) of this Article II, a Holder entitled to nominate individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth (10th) calendar day after May 31, 2019. Such notice shall include each such proposed Special Nomination’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify, in addition to any information required by these Bylaws:

(i) as to each proposed Special Nomination, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Special Nomination and all other information relating to such proposed Special Nomination that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director;

(ii) as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Company that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record; and

(iii) all other information required to be included in the notice of such nomination pursuant to these Bylaws.

(c) Notice of Special 2019 Annual Meeting . Not less than fifteen (15) nor more than twenty-five (25) days before the Special 2019 Annual Meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation shall give to each stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the stock transfer records of the Corporation, notice in writing setting forth (i) the time and place of the Special 2019 Annual Meeting, (ii) the purposes for which the Special 2019 Annual Meeting has been called, and (iii) the name of each Special Nomination.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall not be less than three (3) nor more than twelve (12), with the then authorized number of directors being fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders. During any period when the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation have the right to elect one or more directors (each, a “ Preferred Director ,” and more than one, the “ Preferred Directors ”), then upon commencement of, and

 

9


for the duration of, the period which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of Preferred Directors, and the holders of such outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the Preferred Director or Preferred Directors so provided or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subjection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation; and (ii) each such Preferred Director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever occurs earlier, subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions providing for such series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock having the right to elect one or more Preferred Directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such capital stock, the term of office of each such Preferred Director elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancy resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of each such Preferred Director, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be decreased by such specified number of directors.

Section 2. Term; Election . Commencing with the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation in 2018, directors (other than any Preferred Directors), the term of each shall then expire, shall be elected to hold office for a one (1) year term and until the election and qualification of their respective successor in office, subject to each such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification, or removal.

Section 3. Vacancies . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of subsection (c) of Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, and the right of the Corporation’s stockholders to elect directors to fill newly created vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting, and unless otherwise required by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, or any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors, shall be filled solely and exclusively by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so elected shall hold office until the expiration of the term of office of the director whom he or she has replaced and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.

Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors and any committee thereof may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors or such committee, respectively. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or by a majority of the Board of Directors. Special meetings of any committee of the Board of Directors may be called by the chairman of such committee, if there be one, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any director serving on such committee. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director (or, in the case of a committee, to each member of such committee) either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the meeting or personally or by telegram, telex, cable or other means of electronic transmission not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting.

 

10


Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chairman of such committee, as the case may be, or, in his or her absence or if there be none, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside at such meeting. Except as provided below, the Secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Except as otherwise required by applicable law and except for any Preferred Directors, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, but only for cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or a majority of the directors constituting such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors or committee members present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or such committee, as applicable. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Action of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 of Article III shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Each member of a committee of the Board of Directors must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by applicable law and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee of the Board of Directors, who

 

11


may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee of the Board of Directors, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee of the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee of the Board of Directors shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article III, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors and/or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance and/or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these Bylaws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these Bylaws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director), a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant

 

12


Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, subject to such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed for, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, for, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, perform such duties and possess such powers as are customarily vested in the office of the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws.

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be empowered to sign all certificates (including certificates representing shares of the Corporation), contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the Chief Executive Officer is also a director, the Board of Directors. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

Section 6. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or the President. The President shall also have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or provided in these Bylaws.

 

13


Section 7. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation shall, under the direction of the Chief Executive Officer, be responsible for all financial and accounting matters of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, or provided in these Bylaws.

Section 8. Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. If there be no Chief Executive Officer and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 9. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall be empowered to sign all certificates representing shares of the Corporation and shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 10. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

14


Section 11. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 12. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 13. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Shares of Stock . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided, that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by any two (2) authorized officers of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.

Section 2. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 4. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record

 

15


date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices . Whenever notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to be given to any director, member of a committee of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Corporation, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders of the Corporation, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed to be revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by electronic transmission, as described above, shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Notice to any director or member of a committee of the Board of Directors may be given personally or by telegram, telex, cable or by other means of electronic transmission.

Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice or waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

16


Section 2. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, its participants or beneficiaries, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Prepayment of Expenses . The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or otherwise.

Section 3. Claims . If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been received by the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense (including attorneys’ fees) of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

Section 4. Nonexclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, provision of these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 5. Other Sources . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity.

 

17


Section 6. Amendment or Repeal . Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

Section 7. Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses . This Article VIII shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

ARTICLE IX

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES

Section 1. Forum for Adjudication of Certain Disputes . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, (iv) any civil action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in all cases subject to such court having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. Any person or persons purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws made, by the Board of Directors, but the stockholders may make additional bylaws and may alter and repeal any bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise. Any bylaw that is to be made, altered, amended or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation shall receive the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 3 %) in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article X, the affirmative vote or written or electronic consent of at least 75% of the Holders shall be necessary to amend or repeal subsection 2(b) of Article II, until such time as the Special 2019 Annual Meeting has been held or is no longer required to be held thereunder.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article X and in these Bylaws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled directorships.

*   *   *   *   *   *   *   *

 

18

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

July 9, 2018

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807

RE:    Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (as may be amended, the “Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), on the date hereof. The Registration Statement relates to the registration under the Securities Act of sales by the selling stockholders of the Company named therein (the “Selling Stockholders”) of up to 25,614,626 shares (the “Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company. We have been requested by the Company to render this opinion with respect to the legality of the Shares in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

In rendering the opinion expressed below, we have acted as counsel for the Company and have examined and relied upon originals (or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement, (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, (iii) the Registration Statement, (iv) the prospectus contained within the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), and (v) such corporate records, documents, agreements and instruments of the Company, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers of the Company, resolutions of the Company’s board of directors and committees thereof, and such other records, documents, agreements, certificates and instruments, and have examined such questions of law and have satisfied ourselves as to such matters of fact, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion set forth herein. In our examination, we have assumed, without independent investigation, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons who have executed any of the documents reviewed by us, and the conformity with the original documents of any copies thereof submitted to us for our examination. We have also assumed the accuracy of all other information provided to us by the Company during the course of our investigations, on which we have relied in issuing the opinion expressed below.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares being offered by the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company, validly issued and fully paid, and are non-assessable, and the Shares, upon sale, delivery and payment therefor, in an amount not less than the par value thereof, in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus, are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.


Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

July 9, 2018

Page 2

The foregoing opinion is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and we do not express any opinion herein with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction. In addition, we express no opinions other than as expressly set forth herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm appearing under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus. We further consent to the incorporation by reference of this opinion letter and consent into any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act. In giving such consents, we do not thereby admit that we are a party whose consent is required to be filed with the Registration Statement under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

This opinion letter is for your benefit in connection with the Registration Statement and may be relied upon by you and by persons entitled to rely upon it pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Securities Act.

Sincerely,

/s/ Greenberg Traurig, LLP

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

Exhibit 10.1

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

2017 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN


S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

2017 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

 

1.     Purpose

     1  

2.     Definitions

     1  

3.     Administration

     6  

4.     Shares Subject to Plan

     7  

5.     Eligibility; Per-Participant Limitations

     8  

6.     Specific Terms of Awards

     8  

7.     Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards

     14  

8.     Code Section 162(m) Provisions

     16  

9.     Change in Control

     18  

10.   General Provisions

     20  


S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

2017 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1.     Purpose . The purpose of this SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC. 2017 INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN (this “ Plan ”) is to assist SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Related Entities (as hereinafter defined) in attracting, motivating, retaining and rewarding high-quality executives and other employees, officers, directors and consultants to the Company or its Related Entities by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in the Company in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and the Company’s shareholders, and providing such persons with performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareholder value.

2.     Definitions . For purposes of this Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below, in addition to such terms defined elsewhere herein.6

(a)    “ Award ” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Share granted as a bonus or in lieu of another Award, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock-Based Award or Performance Award, together with any other right or interest relating to Shares or other property (including cash), granted to a Participant under this Plan.

(b)    “ Award Agreement ” means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted by the Committee hereunder.

(c)    “ Beneficiary ” means the person, persons, trust or trusts that have been designated by a Participant in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Committee to receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon such Participant’s death or to which Awards or other rights are transferred if and to the extent permitted under Section  10(b) hereof. If, upon a Participant’s death, there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the term Beneficiary means the person, persons, trust or trusts entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

(d)    “ Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and any successor to such Rule.

(e)    “ Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(f)    “ Cause ” shall, with respect to any Participant, have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement. In the absence of any definition in the Award Agreement, “Cause” shall have the equivalent meaning or the same meaning as “cause” or “for cause” set forth in any employment, consulting, or other agreement for the performance of services between the Participant and the Company or a Related Entity or, in the absence of any such agreement or any such definition in such agreement, such term shall mean (i) the failure by the Participant to perform, in a reasonable manner, his or her duties as assigned by the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) any violation or breach by the Participant of his or her employment, consulting or other similar agreement with the Company or a Related Entity, if any; (iii) any violation or breach by the Participant of any non-competition, non-solicitation, non-disclosure and/or other similar agreement with the Company or a Related Entity; (iv) any act by the Participant of


dishonesty or bad faith with respect to the Company or a Related Entity; (v) any material violation or breach by the Participant of the Company’s or Related Entity’s policy for employee conduct, if any; (vi) use of alcohol, drugs or other similar substances in a manner that adversely affects the Participant’s work performance, or (vii) the commission by the Participant of any act, misdemeanor, or crime reflecting unfavorably upon the Participant or the Company or any Related Entity. The good faith determination by the Committee of whether the Participant’s Continuous Service was terminated by the Company for “Cause” shall be final and binding for all purposes hereunder.

(g)    “ Change in Control ” means a Change in Control as defined in Section  9(b) hereof.

(h)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including regulations thereunder and successor provisions and regulations thereto.

(i)    “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof formed by the Compensation Committee to act as the Committee under this Plan; provided , however , that if the Board fails to designate a committee or if there are no longer any members on the committee so designated by the Board, or for any other reason determined by the Board, then the Board shall serve as the Committee. While it is intended that the Committee shall consist of at least two directors, each of whom shall be (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act, unless administration of this Plan by “non-employee directors” is not then required in order for exemptions under Rule 16b-3 to apply to transactions under this Plan, (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (iii) “Independent”, the failure of the Committee to be so comprised shall not invalidate any Award that otherwise satisfies the terms of this Plan.

(j)    “ Consultant ” means any consultant or advisor who is a natural person and who provides services to the Company or any Related Entity, so long as such person (i) renders bona fide services that are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital-raising transaction, (ii) does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities and (iii) otherwise qualifies as a de facto employee or consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares of stock on a Form S-8 registration statement.

(k)    “ Continuous Service ” means the uninterrupted provision of services to the Company or any Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant. Continuous Service shall not be considered to be interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entities, or any successor entities, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement). An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave.

(l)     “ Covered Employee ” means the Person who, as of the end of the taxable year, either is the principal executive officer of the Company or is serving as the acting principal executive officer of the Company, and each other Person whose compensation is required to be disclosed in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission by reason of that person being among the three highest compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief financial officer) as of the end of a taxable year, or such other person as shall be considered a “covered employee” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

2


(m)    “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

(n)    “ Disability ” means a Participant’s eligibility to receive long-term disability benefits under a plan sponsored by the Company or a Related Entity, or if no such plan is applicable, a Participant’s inability to perform the essential functions of his or her duties due to a medically-determinable physical or mental impairment, illness or injury, which can be expected to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Option that is an Incentive Stock Option, if and to the extent required in order for the Option to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, the term “Disability” means disabled within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(o)    “ Dividend Equivalent ” means a right, granted to a Participant under Section  6(g) hereof, to receive cash, Shares, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares, or other periodic payments.

(p)    “ Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which shall be November 22, 2017.

(q)    “ Eligible Person ” means each officer, Director, Employee or Consultant to the Company or any Related Entity. The foregoing notwithstanding, only Employees of the Company, or any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company (as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively), shall be Eligible Persons for purposes of receiving any Incentive Stock Options. An Employee on leave of absence may, in the discretion of the Committee, be considered as still in the employ of the Company or a Related Entity for purposes of eligibility for participation in this Plan.

(r)    “ Employee ” means any person, including an officer or Director, who is an employee of the Company or any Related Entity, or is a prospective employee of the Company or any Related Entity (conditioned upon and effective not earlier than such person becoming an employee of the Company or any Related Entity). The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(s)    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including rules thereunder and successor provisions and rules thereto.

(t)    “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of Shares, Awards or other property as determined by the Committee, or under procedures established by the Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a Share as of any given date shall be the closing sale price per Share reported on a consolidated basis for stock listed on the principal stock exchange or market on which Shares are traded on the date as of which such value is being determined (or as of such later measurement date as determined by the Committee on the date the Award is authorized by the Committee), or, if there is no sale on that date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

(u)    “ Good Reason ” shall, with respect to any Participant, have the meaning specified in the Award Agreement. In the absence of any definition in the Award Agreement, “Good Reason” shall have the equivalent meaning or the same meaning as “good reason” or “for good reason” set forth in any employment, consulting or other agreement for the performance of services between the Participant and the Company or a Related Entity or, in the absence of any such agreement or any such definition in such agreement, such term shall mean (i) the assignment to the Participant of any duties inconsistent in any

 

3


material respect with the Participant’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as assigned by the Company or Related Entity, or any other action by the Company or a Related Entity which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company or a Related Entity promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant; (ii) any material failure by the Company or a Related Entity to comply with its obligations to the Participant as agreed upon, other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company or a Related Entity promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Participant; (iii) the Company’s or Related Entity’s requiring the Participant to be based at any office or location outside of fifty (50) miles from the location of employment or service as of the date of Award, except for travel reasonably required in the performance of the Participant’s responsibilities; (iv) any purported termination by the Company or Related Entity of the Participant’s Continuous Service other than for Cause, death or by reason of the Participant’s Disability, or (v) any material reduction in the Participant’s base salary (unless such reduction is part of a Company-wide reduction that affects a majority of the persons of comparable level to the Participant).

(v)    “ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Option intended to be designated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

(w)    “ Independent ,” when referring to either the Board or members of the Committee, shall have the same meaning as used in the rules of the Listing Market.

(x)    “ Incumbent Board ” means the Incumbent Board as defined in Section  9(b)(ii) hereof.

(y)    “ Listing Market ” means the NASDAQ Stock Market or any other national securities exchange on which any securities of the Company are listed for trading.

(z)    “ Option ” means a right granted to a Participant under Section  6(b) hereof, to purchase Shares or other Awards at a specified price during specified time periods.

(aa)    “ Optionee ” means a person to whom an Option is granted under this Plan or any person who succeeds to the rights of such person under this Plan.

(bb)     “ Other Stock-Based Awards ” means Awards granted to a Participant under Section  6(i) hereof.

(cc)    “ Participant ” means a person who has been granted an Award under this Plan which remains outstanding, including a person who is no longer an Eligible Person.

(dd)    “ Performance Award ” means any Award of Performance Shares or Performance Units granted pursuant to Section  6(h) hereof.

(ee)    “ Performance Period ” means that period established by the Committee at the time any Performance Award is granted or at any time thereafter during which any performance goals specified by the Committee with respect to such Award are to be measured.

(ff)    “ Performance Share ” means any grant pursuant to Section  6(h) hereof of a unit valued by reference to a designated number of Shares, which value may be paid to the Participant by delivery of such property as the Committee shall determine, including cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, upon achievement of such performance goals during the Performance Period as the Committee shall establish at the time of such grant or thereafter.

 

4


(gg)    “ Performance Unit ” means any grant pursuant to Section  6(h) hereof of a unit valued by reference to a designated amount of property (including cash) other than Shares, which value may be paid to the Participant by delivery of such property as the Committee shall determine, including cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, upon achievement of such performance goals during the Performance Period as the Committee shall establish at the time of such grant or thereafter.

(hh)    “ Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, and shall include a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

(ii)    “ Related Entity ” means any Subsidiary, and any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity designated by the Board, in which the Company or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

(jj)     “ Restricted Stock ” means any Share issued with such risks of forfeiture and other restrictions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may impose (including any restriction on the right to vote such Share and the right to receive any dividends), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(kk)    “ Restricted Stock Award ” means an Award granted to a Participant under Section  6(d) hereof.

(ll)    “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right to receive Shares, including Restricted Stock, cash measured based upon the value of Shares or a combination thereof, at the end of a specified deferral period.

(mm)    “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means an Award of Restricted Stock Unit granted to a Participant under Section  6(e) hereof.

(nn)    “ Restriction Period ” means the period of time specified by the Committee that Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose.

(oo)    “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3, as from time to time in effect and applicable to this Plan and Participants, promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(pp)     “ Shares ” means the shares of common stock of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted (or resubstituted) for Shares pursuant to Section  10(c) hereof.

(qq)    “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right granted to a Participant under Section  6(c) hereof.

(rr)    “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest of 50% or more of the total combined voting power of the then outstanding securities or interests of such corporation or other entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or in which the Company has the right to receive 50% or more of the distribution of profits or 50% or more of the assets on liquidation or dissolution.

 

5


(ss)    “ Substitute Awards ” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, Awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future Awards, by an entity, (i) acquired by the Company or any Related Entity, (ii) which becomes a Related Entity after the date hereof, or (iii) with which the Company or any Related Entity combines.

3.     Administration .

(a)     Authority of the Committee . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, except to the extent (and subject to the limitations imposed by Section  3(b) hereof) the Board elects to administer this Plan, in which case this Plan shall be administered by only those members of the Board who are Independent members of the Board, in which case references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to include references to the Independent members of the Board. The Committee shall have full and final authority, subject to and consistent with the provisions of this Plan, to select Eligible Persons to become Participants, grant Awards, determine the type, number and other terms and conditions of, and all other matters relating to, Awards, prescribe Award Agreements (which need not be identical for each Participant) and rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan, construe and interpret this Plan and Award Agreements and correct defects, supply omissions or reconcile inconsistencies therein, and to make all other decisions and determinations as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. In exercising any discretion granted to the Committee under this Plan or pursuant to any Award, the Committee shall not be required to follow past practices, act in a manner consistent with past practices, or treat any Eligible Person or Participant in a manner consistent with the treatment of any other Eligible Persons or Participants. Decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons or entities, including the Company, any Subsidiary or any Participant or Beneficiary, or any transferee under Section  10(b) hereof or any other person claiming rights from or through any of the foregoing persons or entities.

(b)     Manner of Exercise of Committee Authority . The Committee, and not the Board, shall exercise sole and exclusive discretion (i) on any matter relating to a Participant then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company to the extent necessary in order that transactions by such Participant shall be exempt under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or (ii) with respect to any Award that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m), to the extent necessary in order for such Award to so qualify. The express grant of any specific power to the Committee, and the taking of any action by the Committee, shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. The Committee may delegate to members of the Board, or officers or managers of the Company or any Related Entity, or committees thereof, the authority, subject to such terms and limitations as the Committee shall determine, to perform such functions, including administrative functions as the Committee may determine to the extent that such delegation will not result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company and will not cause Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section162(m) to fail to so qualify. The Committee may appoint agents to assist it in administering this Plan.

 

6


(c)     Limitation of Liability . The Committee and the Board, and each member thereof, shall be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to him or her by any officer or Employee, the Company’s independent auditors, Consultants or any other agents assisting in the administration of this Plan. Members of the Committee and the Board, and any officer or Employee acting at the direction or on behalf of the Committee or the Board, shall not be personally liable for any action or determination taken or made in good faith with respect to this Plan, and shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action or determination.

4.     Shares Subject to Plan .

(a)     Limitation on Overall Number of Shares Available for Delivery Under Plan . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section  10(c) hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for delivery under this Plan shall be equal to 2,561,463. Any Shares delivered under this Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.

(b)     Application of Limitation to Grants of Awards . No Award may be granted if the number of Shares to be delivered in connection with such an Award exceeds the number of Shares remaining available for delivery under this Plan, minus the number of Shares deliverable in settlement of or relating to then outstanding Awards. The Committee may adopt reasonable counting procedures to ensure appropriate counting, avoid double counting (as, for example, in the case of tandem or substitute awards) and make adjustments if the number of Shares actually delivered differs from the number of Shares previously counted in connection with an Award.

(c)     Availability of Shares Not Delivered under Awards and Adjustments to Limits .

(i)    If any Shares subject to an Award are forfeited, expire or otherwise terminate without issuance of such Shares is settled for cash or otherwise does not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the Shares subject to such Award shall, to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration, termination, non-issuance or cash settlement, again be available for delivery with respect to Awards under this Plan.

(ii)    Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for delivery under this Plan or authorized for delivery to a Participant in any period. Additionally, in the event that an entity acquired by the Company or any Related Entity or with which the Company or any Related Entity combined has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by its shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for delivery pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under this Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for delivery under this Plan if and to the extent that the use of such Shares would not require approval of the Company’s shareholders under the rules of the Listing Market.

(iii)    Any Share that again becomes available for delivery pursuant to this Section  4(c) shall be added back as one (1) Share.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section  4(c) to the contrary but subject to adjustment as provided in Section  10(c) hereof, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be delivered under this Plan as a result of the exercise of the Incentive Stock Options shall be 2,561,463 Shares.

 

7


(v)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section  4 to the contrary, but subject to adjustment as provided in Section  10(c) hereof, in any fiscal year of the Company during any part of which this Plan is in effect, no Participant who is a Director but is not also an Employee or Consultant may be granted any Awards that have a “fair value” as of the date of grant, as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (or any other applicable accounting guidance), that exceed $500,000 in the aggregate.

5.     Eligibility; Per-Participant Limitations . Awards may be granted under this Plan only to Eligible Persons. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section  10(c) hereof, in any fiscal year of the Company during any part of which this Plan is in effect, no Participant may be granted (i) Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to more than 896,512 Shares or (ii) Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and/or Other Stock-Based Awards denominated in or valued by reference to a designated number of Shares and that are subject to Section  8 hereof, with respect to more than 896,512 Shares. In addition, the maximum dollar value payable to any one Participant with respect to Performance Units that are subject to Section  8 hereof is (x) $2,000,000 with respect to any 12 month Performance Period (pro-rated for any Performance Period that is less than 12 months based upon the ratio of the number of days in the Performance Period as compared to 365), and (y) with respect to any Performance Period that is more than 12 months, $4,000,000.

6.     Specific Terms of Awards .

(a)     General . Awards may be granted on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section  6 . In addition, the Committee may impose on any Award or the exercise thereof, at the date of grant or thereafter (subject to Section  10(e) hereof), such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, as the Committee shall determine, including terms requiring forfeiture of Awards in the event of termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service and terms permitting a Participant to make elections relating to his or her Award. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Committee shall retain full power and discretion to accelerate, waive or modify, at any time, any term or condition of an Award that is not mandatory under this Plan. Except in cases in which the Committee is authorized to require other forms of consideration under this Plan, or to the extent other forms of consideration must be paid to satisfy the requirements of Delaware law, no consideration other than services may be required for the grant (as opposed to the exercise) of any Award.

(b)     Options . The Committee is authorized to grant Options to any Eligible Person on the following terms and conditions:

(i)     Exercise Price . Other than in connection with Substitute Awards, the exercise price per Share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such exercise price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Option and shall not, in any event, be less than the par value of a Share on the date of grant of the Option. If an Employee owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules applicable under Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the

 

8


Company (or any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively) and an Incentive Stock Option is granted to such Employee, the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option (to the extent required by the Code at the time of grant) shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted. Other than pursuant to Sections 10(c)(i) and (ii)  hereof, the Committee shall not be permitted to (A) lower the exercise price per Share of an Option after it is granted, (B) cancel an Option when the exercise price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares in exchange for cash or another Award, (C) cancel an outstanding Option in exchange for an Option with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or (D) take any other action with respect to an Option that may be treated as a repricing pursuant to the applicable rules of the Listing Market, without approval of the Company’s shareholders.

(ii)     Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the time or times at which or the circumstances under which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Options shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the methods by which the exercise price may be paid or deemed to be paid (including in the discretion of the Committee a cashless exercise procedure), the form of such payment, including, without limitation, cash, Shares (including without limitation the withholding of Shares otherwise deliverable pursuant to the Award), other Awards or awards granted under other plans of the Company or a Related Entity, or other property (including notes or other contractual obligations of Participants to make payment on a deferred basis provided that such deferred payments are not in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act, or any rule or regulation adopted thereunder or any other applicable law), and the methods by or forms in which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants.

(iii)     Incentive Stock Options . The terms of any Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan shall comply in all respects with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. Anything in this Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of this Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options (including any Stock Appreciation Right issued in tandem therewith) shall be interpreted, amended or altered, nor shall any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify either this Plan or any Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, unless the Participant has first requested, or consents to, the change that will result in such disqualification. Thus, if and to the extent required to comply with Section 422 of the Code, Options granted as Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following special terms and conditions:

(A)    the Option shall not be exercisable for more than ten years after the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted; provided , however , that if a Participant owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively) and the Incentive Stock Option is granted to such Participant, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be (to the extent required by the Code at the time of the grant) for no more than five years from the date of grant;

(B)    The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and all other option plans of the Company (and any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively) that become exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year shall not (to the extent required by the Code at the time of the grant) exceed $100,000; and

 

9


(C)    if shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two years following the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted or one year following the transfer of such Shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Committee may reasonably require.

(c)     Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may grant Stock Appreciation Rights to any Eligible Person in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under this Plan or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option (a “ Tandem Stock Appreciation Right ”), or without regard to any Option (a “ Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right ”), in each case upon such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan, including the following:

(i)     Right to Payment . A Stock Appreciation Right shall confer on the Participant to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over (B) the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee. The grant price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant; provided , however , that if and to the extent that it would not violate Section 409A of the Code, the grant price for a Stock Appreciation Right that is granted as a Substitute Award for an outstanding Option may be lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right if it is not less than the exercise price of the Option for which it is substituted. Other than pursuant to Section  10(c)(i) and (ii)  hereof, the Committee shall not be permitted to (A) lower the grant price per Share of a Stock Appreciation Right after it is granted, (B) cancel a Stock Appreciation Right when the grant price per Share exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares in exchange for cash or another Award, (C) cancel an outstanding Stock Appreciation Right in exchange for a Stock Appreciation Right with a grant price that is less than the grant price of the original Stock Appreciation Right, or (D) take any other action with respect to a Stock Appreciation Right that may be treated as a repricing pursuant to the applicable rules of the Listing Market, without shareholder approval.

(ii)     Other Terms . The Committee shall determine at the date of grant or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which Stock Appreciation Rights shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Continuous Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which Shares will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants, whether or not a Stock Appreciation Right shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any Stock Appreciation Right.

(iii)     Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . Any Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be granted at the same time as or subsequently to the related Option is granted. Any Tandem Stock Appreciation Right related to an Option may be exercised only when the related Option would be exercisable and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the related Option exceeds the exercise price at which Shares can be acquired pursuant to the Option. In addition, if a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right exists with respect to less than the full number of Shares covered by a related Option, then an exercise or termination of such Option shall not reduce the number of Shares to which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right applies until the number of Shares then exercisable under such Option equals the number of Shares to which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right applies. Any Option related to a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised, and any Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Option has been exercised.

 

10


(d)     Restricted Stock Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Awards to any Eligible Person on the following terms and conditions:

(i)     Grant and Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability, risk of forfeiture and other restrictions, if any, as the Committee may impose, or as otherwise provided in this Plan during the Restriction Period. The terms of any Restricted Stock Award granted under this Plan shall be set forth in a written Award Agreement which shall contain provisions determined by the Committee and not inconsistent with this Plan. The restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine at the date of grant or thereafter. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of this Plan and any Award Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award, a Participant granted Restricted Stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends thereon (subject to any mandatory reinvestment or other requirement imposed by the Committee). During the period that the Restricted Stock Award is subject to a risk of forfeiture, subject to Section  10(b) hereof and except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant or Beneficiary.

(ii)     Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service during the applicable Restriction Period, the Participant’s Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to a risk of forfeiture that has not lapsed or otherwise been satisfied shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided , that the Committee may provide, by rule or regulation or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock Awards shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of Restricted Stock.

(iii)     Certificates for Stock . Restricted Stock granted under this Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, the Committee may require that such certificates bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock, that the Company retain physical possession of the certificates, and that the Participant deliver a stock power to the Company, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Stock.

(iv)     Dividends and Splits . As a condition to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee may require or permit a Participant to elect that any cash dividends paid on a Share of Restricted Stock be automatically reinvested in additional Shares of Restricted Stock or applied to the purchase of additional Awards under this Plan, or except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section  6(h) hereof, may require that payment be delayed (with or without interest at such rate, if any, as the Committee shall determine) and remain subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such cash dividend is payable, in each case in a manner that does not violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, Shares distributed in connection with a stock split or stock dividend, and other property distributed as a dividend, shall be subject to restrictions and a risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Stock with respect to which such Shares or other property have been distributed.

 

11


(e)     Restricted Stock Unit Award . The Committee is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Unit Awards to any Eligible Person on the following terms and conditions:

(i)     Award and Restrictions . Satisfaction of a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall occur upon expiration of the deferral period specified for such Restricted Stock Unit Award by the Committee (or, if permitted by the Committee, as elected by the Participant in a manner that does not violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code). In addition, a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be subject to such restrictions (which may include a risk of forfeiture) as the Committee may impose, if any, which restrictions may lapse at the expiration of the deferral period or at other specified times (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), separately or in combination, in installments or otherwise, as the Committee may determine. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be satisfied by delivery of Shares, cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the specified number of Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee at the date of grant or thereafter. Prior to satisfaction of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award carries no voting or dividend or other rights associated with Share ownership. Prior to satisfaction of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement and as permitted under Section 409A of the Code, a Restricted Stock Unit Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the Participant or any Beneficiary.

(ii)     Forfeiture . Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service during the applicable deferral period or portion thereof to which forfeiture conditions apply (as provided in the Award Agreement evidencing the Restricted Stock Unit Award), the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award that is at that time subject to a risk of forfeiture that has not lapsed or otherwise been satisfied shall be forfeited; provided , that the Committee may provide, by resolution or action or in any Award Agreement, or may determine in any individual case, that forfeiture conditions relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part the forfeiture of any Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(iii)     Dividend Equivalents . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the date of grant, and except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section  6(h) hereof, any Dividend Equivalents that are granted with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be either (A) paid with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit Award at the dividend payment date in cash or in Shares of unrestricted stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, or (B) deferred with respect to such Restricted Stock Unit Award and whether the amount or value thereof shall be automatically deemed reinvested in additional Restricted Stock Units or other Awards, or if not so reinvested shall earn interest and at what rate for the period deferred, as the Committee shall determine or permit the Participant to elect. The applicable Award Agreement shall specify whether any Dividend Equivalents shall be paid at the dividend payment date, deferred or deferred at the election of the Participant. If the Participant may elect to defer the Dividend Equivalents, such election shall be made at such other times prescribed by the Committee as shall not result in a violation of Section 409A of the Code.

(f)     Bonus Stock and Awards in Lieu of Obligations . The Committee is authorized to grant Shares to any Eligible Persons as a bonus, or to grant Shares or other Awards in lieu of obligations to pay cash or deliver other property under this Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, provided that, in the case of Eligible Persons subject to

 

12


Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the amount of such grants remains within the discretion of the Committee to the extent necessary to ensure that acquisitions of Shares or other Awards are exempt from liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. Shares or Awards granted hereunder shall be subject to such other terms as shall be determined by the Committee.

(g)     Dividend Equivalents . The Committee is authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to any Eligible Person entitling the Eligible Person to receive cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property equal in value to the dividends paid with respect to a specified number of Shares, or other periodic payments. Dividend Equivalents may be awarded on a free-standing basis or in connection with another Award. Except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of Section  6(h) hereof, the Committee may provide that Dividend Equivalents shall be paid or distributed when accrued or at some later date, or whether such Dividend Equivalents shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares, Awards, or other investment vehicles, and subject to such restrictions on transferability and risks of forfeiture, as the Committee may specify. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dividend Equivalents credited in connection with an Award that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Award with respect to which such Dividend Equivalents have been credited.

(h)     Performance Awards . The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Person payable in cash, Shares, or other Awards, on terms and conditions established by the Committee, subject to the provisions of Section  8 hereof, if and to the extent that the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, determine that an Award shall be subject to those provisions. The performance criteria to be achieved during any Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award; provided , however , that a Performance Period shall not be shorter than twelve (12) months nor longer than five (5) years. Except as provided in Section  9 hereof or as may be provided in an Award Agreement, Performance Awards will be distributed only after the end of the relevant Performance Period. The performance goals to be achieved for each Performance Period shall be conclusively determined by the Committee and may be based upon the criteria set forth in Section  8(b) hereof, or in the case of an Award that the Committee determines shall not be subject to Section  8 hereof, any other criteria that the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine should be used for that purpose. The amount of the Award to be distributed shall be conclusively determined by the Committee. Performance Awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the close of the Performance Period or, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred basis in a manner that does not violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, cash dividends, Shares, and any other property (other than cash) distributed as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Performance Awards or any other Awards that are subject to satisfaction of performance goals, shall either (i) not be paid or credited, or (ii) be accumulated, shall be subject to satisfaction of the same performance goals to which the vesting of the underlying Award is subject, and shall be paid at the time such restrictions and risk of forfeiture lapses.

(i)     Other Stock-Based Awards . The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to any Eligible Person such other Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Shares, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this Plan. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted to Participants either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under this Plan, and such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be

 

13


available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under this Plan. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section  6( i ) shall be purchased for such consideration, (including without limitation loans from the Company or a Related Entity provided that such loans are not in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act, or any rule or regulation adopted thereunder or any other applicable law) paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, as the Committee shall determine.

7.     Certain Provisions Applicable to Awards .

(a)     Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem, and Substitute Awards . Awards granted under this Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Related Entity, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or a Related Entity, or any other right of a Participant to receive payment from the Company or any Related Entity. Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time. If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award or award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award or award in consideration for the grant of the new Award. In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Related Entity, in which the value of Shares subject to the Award is equivalent in value to the cash compensation (for example, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units), or in which the exercise price, grant price or purchase price of the Award in the nature of a right that may be exercised is equal to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares minus the value of the cash compensation surrendered (for example, Options or Stock Appreciation Right granted with an exercise price or grant price “discounted” by the amount of the cash compensation surrendered), provided that any such determination to grant an Award in lieu of cash compensation must be made in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(b)     Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee. The term of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not exceed a period of ten years (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such shorter term as may be required under Section 422 of the Code); provided , however , that in the event that on the last day of the term of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, other than an Incentive Stock Option, (i) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by applicable law, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased, or sold by certain employees or directors of the Company due to the “black-out period” of a Company policy or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be extended for a period of thirty (30) days following the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, provided that such extension of the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right would not cause the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c)     Form and Timing of Payment Under Awards; Deferrals . Subject to the terms of this Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, payments to be made by the Company or a Related Entity upon the exercise of an Option or other Award or settlement of an Award may be made in such forms as the Committee shall determine, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, provided that any determination to pay in installments or on a

 

14


deferred basis shall be made by the Committee at the date of grant. Any installment or deferral provided for in the preceding sentence shall, however, be subject to the Company’s compliance with applicable law and all applicable rules of the Listing Market, and in a manner intended to be exempt from or otherwise satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Subject to Section  7(e) hereof, the settlement of any Award may be accelerated, and cash paid in lieu of Shares in connection with such settlement, in the sole discretion of the Committee or upon occurrence of one or more specified events (in addition to a Change in Control). Any such settlement shall be at a value determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, which, without limitation, may in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right be limited to the amount if any by which the Fair Market Value of a Share on the settlement date exceeds the exercise or grant price. Installment or deferred payments may be required by the Committee (subject to Section  7(e) hereof, including the consent provisions thereof in the case of any deferral of an outstanding Award not provided for in the original Award Agreement) or permitted at the election of the Participant on terms and conditions established by the Committee. The acceleration of the settlement of any Award, and the payment of any Award in installments or on a deferred basis, all shall be done in a manner that is intended to be exempt from or otherwise satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may, without limitation, make provision for the payment or crediting of a reasonable interest rate on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents or other amounts in respect of installment or deferred payments denominated in Shares.

(d)     Exemptions from Section  16(b) Liability . It is the intent of the Company that the grant of any Awards to or other transaction by a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be exempt from Section 16 pursuant to an applicable exemption (except for transactions acknowledged in writing to be non-exempt by such Participant). Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 then applicable to any such transaction, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 so that such Participant shall avoid liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(e)     Code Section 409A .

(i)    The Award Agreement for any Award that the Committee reasonably determines to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A of the Code (a “ Section  409A Plan ”), and the provisions of the Section 409A Plan applicable to that Award, shall be construed in a manner consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and the Committee, in its sole discretion and without the consent of any Participant, may amend any Award Agreement (and the provisions of this Plan applicable thereto) if and to the extent that the Committee determines that such amendment is necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(ii)    If any Award constitutes a Section 409A Plan, then the Award shall be subject to the following additional requirements, if and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code:

(A)    Payments under the Section 409A Plan may be made only upon (u) the Participant’s “separation from service”, (v) the date the Participant becomes “disabled”, (w) the Participant’s death, (x) a “specified time (or pursuant to a fixed schedule)” specified in the Award Agreement at the date of the deferral of such compensation, (y) a “change in the ownership or effective control of the corporation, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company, or (z) the occurrence of an “unforeseeable emergency”;

 

15


(B)    The time or schedule for any payment of the deferred compensation may not be accelerated, except to the extent provided in applicable Treasury Regulations or other applicable guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service;

(C)    Any elections with respect to the deferral of such compensation or the time and form of distribution of such deferred compensation shall comply with the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4) of the Code; and

(D)    In the case of any Participant who is “specified employee”, a distribution on account of a “separation from service” may not be made before the date which is six months after the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” (or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death).

For purposes of the foregoing, the terms in quotations shall have the same meanings as those terms have for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and the limitations set forth herein shall be applied in such manner (and only to the extent) as shall be necessary to comply with any requirements of Section 409A of the Code that are applicable to the Award.

(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement, the Company does not make any representation to any Participant or Beneficiary that any Awards made pursuant to this Plan are exempt from, or satisfy, the requirements of, Section 409A of the Code, and the Company shall have no liability or other obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Participant or any Beneficiary for any tax, additional tax, interest or penalties that the Participant or any Beneficiary may incur in the event that any provision of this Plan, or any Award Agreement, or any amendment or modification thereof, or any other action taken with respect thereto, is deemed to violate any of the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

8.     Code Section  162(m) Provisions .

(a)     Covered Employees . The provisions of this Section  8 shall be applicable to any Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award, or Other Stock-Based Award if it is granted to an Eligible Person who is, or is likely to be, as of the end of the tax year in which the Company would claim a tax deduction in connection with such Award, a Covered Employee, and is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” that is exempt from the deduction limitations imposed under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b)     Performance Criteria . If an Award is subject to this Section  8 , then the payment or distribution thereof or the lapsing of restrictions thereon and the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be contingent upon achievement of one or more objective performance goals. Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations thereunder including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” One or more of the following business criteria for the Company, on a consolidated basis, and/or for Related Entities, or for business or geographical units of the Company and/or a Related Entity (except with respect to the total shareholder return and earnings per share criteria), shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Awards: (1) earnings per share; (2) revenues or margins; (3) cash

 

16


flow; (4) operating margin; (5) return on net assets, investment, capital, or equity; (6) economic value added; (7) direct contribution; (8) net income; pretax earnings; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; earnings after interest expense and before extraordinary or special items; operating income or income from operations after excluding extraordinary or special items (including, without limitation, stock-based compensation, goodwill impairments, building and other significant asset sales, asset write-downs, plant closures and related layoffs, and/or amortization of intangibles); income before interest income or expense, unusual items and income taxes, local, state or federal and excluding budgeted and actual bonuses which might be paid under any ongoing bonus plans of the Company; (9) working capital; (10) management of fixed costs or variable costs; (11) identification or consummation of investment opportunities or completion of specified projects in accordance with corporate business plans, including strategic mergers, acquisitions or divestitures; (12) total shareholder return; (13) debt reduction; (14) market share; (15) entry into new markets, either geographically or by business unit; (16) customer retention and satisfaction; (17) strategic plan development and implementation, including turnaround plans; and/or (18) the Fair Market Value of a Share. Any of the above goals may be determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 600 Stock Index or a group of companies that are comparable to the Company. In determining the achievement of the performance goals, the Committee may, at the time the performance goals are set, require that those goals be determined by excluding the impact of (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, and extraordinary items (as defined pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles), and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles; or (iii) such other exclusions or adjustments as the Committee specifies at the time the Award is granted.

(c)     Performance Period; Timing For Establishing Performance Goals . Achievement of performance goals in respect of Performance Awards shall be measured over a Performance Period no shorter than twelve (12) months and no longer than five (5) years, as specified by the Committee. Performance goals shall be established not later than 90 days after the beginning of any Performance Period applicable to such Performance Awards, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d)     Adjustments . The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with Awards subject to this Section  8 , but may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a Covered Employee in respect of an Award subject to this Section  8 . The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of Continuous Service by the Participant prior to the end of a Performance Period or settlement of Awards.

(e)     Committee Certification . No Participant shall receive any payment under this Plan that is subject to this Section  8 unless the Committee has certified, by resolution or other appropriate action in writing, that the performance criteria and any other material terms previously established by the Committee or set forth in this Plan, have been satisfied to the extent necessary to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

17


9.     Change in Control .

(a)     Effect of Change in Control . If and only to the extent provided in any employment or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Related Entity, or in any Award Agreement, or to the extent otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and without any requirement that each Participant be treated consistently, upon the occurrence of a “Change in Control,” as defined in Section  9(b) hereof:

(i)    Any Option or Stock Appreciation Right that was not previously vested and exercisable as of the time of the Change in Control, shall become immediately vested and exercisable, subject to applicable restrictions set forth in Section  10(a) hereof.

(ii)    Any restrictions, deferral of settlement, and forfeiture conditions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or an Other Stock-Based Award subject only to future service requirements granted under this Plan shall lapse and such Awards shall be deemed fully vested as of the time of the Change in Control, except to the extent of any waiver by the Participant and subject to applicable restrictions set forth in Section  10(a) hereof.

(iii)    With respect to any outstanding Award subject to achievement of performance goals and conditions under this Plan, the Committee may, in its discretion, consider such Awards to have been earned and payable based on achievement of performance goals or based upon target performance (either in full or pro-rata based on the portion of the Performance Period completed as of the Change in Control).

(iv)    Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in any Award Agreement to the contrary, and unless the Committee otherwise determines in a specific instance, or as is provided in any employment or other agreement between the Participant and the Company any Subsidiary, and unless the Committee otherwise determines in a specific instance, each outstanding Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall not be accelerated as described in Sections 9(a)( i ) , (ii) and (iii)  hereof, if either (A) the Company is the surviving entity in the Change in Control and the Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Award or Other Stock-Based Award continues to be outstanding after the Change in Control on substantially the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to the Change in Control or (B) the successor company or its parent company assumes or substitutes for the applicable Award, as determined in accordance with Section  10(c)(ii) hereof. For the purposes of this Agreement, an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if following the Change in Control the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, on substantially the same vesting and other terms and conditions as were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of such transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor company or its parent or subsidiary, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor company or its parent or subsidiary, provide that the consideration to be received upon the exercise or vesting of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award,

 

18


Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award, for each Share subject thereto, will be solely common stock of the successor company or its parent or subsidiary substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Shares in the transaction constituting a Change in Control. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.

(b)     Definition of Change in Control . Unless otherwise specified in any employment or other agreement for services between the Participant and the Company or any Related Entity, or in an Award Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(i)    The acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of either (A) the value of then outstanding equity securities of the Company (the “ Outstanding Company Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”) (the foregoing Beneficial Ownership hereinafter being referred to as a “ Controlling Interest ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Section  9(b) , the following acquisitions shall not constitute or result in a Change in Control: (w) any acquisition by the Company; (x) any acquisition by any Person that as of the Effective Date owns Beneficial Ownership of a Controlling Interest; (y) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Related Entity; or (z) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with Sections 9(b)(iii)(A) , (B) and (C)  hereof; or

(ii)    During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the Effective Date) individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(iii)    Consummation of (A) a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving (x) the Company or (y) any of its Subsidiaries, but in the case of this clause (y) only if equity securities of the Company are issued or issuable in connection with the transaction (each of the events referred to in this clause (A) being hereinafter referred to as a “ Business Reorganization ”), or (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or equity of another entity by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each an “ Asset Sale ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale, (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the value of the then outstanding equity securities and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of members of the board of directors (or comparable governing body of an entity that does not have such a board), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or

 

19


substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “ Continuing Entity ”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale, of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be (excluding any outstanding equity or voting securities of the Continuing Entity that such Beneficial Owners hold immediately following the consummation of the Business Reorganization or Asset Sale as a result of their ownership, prior to such consummation, of equity or voting securities of any company or other entity involved in or forming part of such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale other than the Company), (2) no Person (excluding any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or any Continuing Entity or any entity controlled by the Continuing Corporation or any Person that as of the Effective Date owns Beneficial Ownership of a Controlling Interest) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the then outstanding equity securities of the Continuing Entity or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Continuing Entity except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Reorganization or Asset Sale, and (3) at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or other governing body of the Continuing Entity were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Reorganization or Asset Sale.

10.     General Provisions .

(a)     Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements . The Company may, to the extent deemed necessary or advisable by the Committee, postpone the issuance or delivery of Shares or payment of other benefits under any Award until completion of such registration or qualification of such Shares or other required action under any federal or state law, rule or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to the Listing Market, or compliance with any other obligation of the Company, as the Committee, may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations, furnish such information and comply with or be subject to such other conditions as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Shares or payment of other benefits in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, listing requirements, or other obligations.

(b)     Limits on Transferability; Beneficiaries . No Award or other right or interest granted under this Plan shall be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or subject to any lien, obligation or liability of such Participant to any party, or assigned or transferred by such Participant otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or to a Beneficiary upon the death of a Participant, and such Awards or rights that may be exercisable shall be exercised during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant or his or her guardian or legal representative, except that Awards and other rights (other than Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem therewith) may be transferred to one or more Beneficiaries or other transferees during the lifetime of the Participant, and may be exercised by such transferees in accordance with the terms of such Award, but only if and to the extent such transfers are permitted by the Committee pursuant to the express terms of an Award Agreement (subject to any terms and conditions which the Committee may impose thereon), are by gift or pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are to a “Permitted Assignee” that is a permissible transferee under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares of stock on a Form S-8 registration statement. For this purpose, a Permitted Assignee shall mean (i) the Participant’s spouse, children or grandchildren (including any adopted and step children or grandchildren), parents, grandparents or siblings, (ii) a trust for the benefit of one or more of the Participant or the persons referred to in clause (i), (iii) a partnership, limited liability company or corporation in which the Participant or the persons referred to in clause (i)

 

20


are the only partners, members or shareholders, or (iv) a foundation in which any person or entity designated in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above control the management of assets. A Beneficiary, transferee, or other person claiming any rights under this Plan from or through any Participant shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to such Participant, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, and to any additional terms and conditions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(c)     Adjustments .

(i)     Adjustments to Awards . In the event that any extraordinary dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, or other property), recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, share exchange, liquidation, dissolution or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares and/or such other securities of the Company or any other issuer, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, substitute, exchange or adjust any or all of (A) the number and kind of Shares which may be delivered in connection with Awards granted thereafter, (B) the number and kind of Shares by which annual per-person Award limitations are measured under Section  4 hereof, (C) the number and kind of Shares subject to or deliverable in respect of outstanding Awards, (D) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award and/or make provision for payment of cash or other property in respect of any outstanding Award, and (E) any other aspect of any Award that the Committee determines to be appropriate.

(ii)     Adjustments in Case of Certain Transactions . In the event of any merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which the Company does not survive, or in the event of any Change in Control (and subject to the provisions of Section  9 hereof relating to vesting of Awards in the event of any Change in Control), any outstanding Awards may be dealt with in accordance with any of the following approaches, without the requirement of obtaining any consent or agreement of a Participant as such, as determined by the agreement effectuating the transaction or, if and to the extent not so determined, as determined by the Committee: (a) the continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is a surviving entity, (b) the assumption or substitution for, as those terms are defined below, the outstanding Awards by the surviving entity or its parent or subsidiary, (c) full exercisability or vesting and accelerated expiration of the outstanding Awards, or (d) settlement of the value of the outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents or other property followed by cancellation of such Awards (which value, in the case of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, shall be measured by the amount, if any, by which the Fair Market Value of a Share exceeds the exercise or grant price of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right as of the effective date of the transaction). For the purposes of this Agreement, an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if following the Change in Control the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, on substantially the same vesting and other terms and conditions as were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of such transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided , however , that if such consideration received in the transaction constituting a Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor company or its parent or subsidiary, the Committee may, with the consent of the successor company or its parent or subsidiary, provide that the consideration to be received upon the exercise or vesting of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Stock-Based Award, for each Share subject thereto, will be solely common stock of the successor company or its parent or

 

21


subsidiary substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Shares in the transaction constituting a Change in Control. The determination of such substantial equality of value of consideration shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and its determination shall be conclusive and binding. The Committee shall give written notice of any proposed transaction referred to in this Section  10(c)(ii) at a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date for such transaction (which notice may be given either before or after the approval of such transaction), in order that Participants may have a reasonable period of time prior to the closing date of such transaction within which to exercise any Awards that are then exercisable (including any Awards that may become exercisable upon the closing date of such transaction). A Participant may condition his exercise of any Awards upon the consummation of the transaction.

(iii)     Other Adjustments . The Committee (and the Board if and only to the extent such authority is not required to be exercised by the Committee to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code) is authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards (including Awards subject to satisfaction of performance goals, or performance goals and conditions relating thereto) in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, acquisitions and dispositions of businesses and assets) affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any business unit, or the financial statements of the Company or any Subsidiary, or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, tax rates and regulations or business conditions or in view of the Committee’s assessment of the business strategy of the Company, any Subsidiary or business unit thereof, performance of comparable organizations, economic and business conditions, personal performance of a Participant, and any other circumstances deemed relevant; provided , that no such adjustment shall be authorized or made if and to the extent that such authority or the making of such adjustment would cause Awards granted pursuant to Section  8(b) hereof to Participants designated by the Committee as Covered Employees and intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder to otherwise fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder. Adjustments permitted hereby may include, without limitation, increasing the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, increasing performance goals, or other adjustments that may be adverse to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustments may be made with respect to any Awards subject to Section  8 hereof if and to the extent that such adjustment would cause the Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d)     Award Agreements . Each Award Agreement shall either be (a) in writing in a form approved by the Committee and executed by the Company by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (b) an electronic notice in a form approved by the Committee and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of tracking one or more types of Awards as the Committee may provide; in each case and if required by the Committee, the Award Agreement shall be executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient of the Award in such form and manner as the Committee may require. The Committee may authorize any officer of the Company to execute any or all Award Agreements on behalf of the Company. The Award Agreement shall set forth the material terms and conditions of the Award as established by the Committee consistent with the provisions of this Plan.

(e)     Taxes . The Company and any Related Entity are authorized to withhold from any Award granted, any payment relating to an Award under this Plan, including from a distribution of Shares, or any payroll or other payment to a Participant, amounts of withholding and other taxes due or potentially payable in connection with any transaction involving an Award, and to take such other action as the

 

22


Committee may deem advisable to enable the Company or any Related Entity and Participants to satisfy obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to any Award. This authority shall include authority to withhold or receive Shares or other property and to make cash payments in respect thereof in satisfaction of a Participant’s tax obligations, either on a mandatory or elective basis in the discretion of the Committee.

(f)     Changes to this Plan and Awards . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this Plan, or the Committee’s authority to grant Awards under this Plan, without the consent of shareholders or Participants, except that any amendment or alteration to this Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders not later than the annual meeting next following such Board action if such shareholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation (including, without limitation, Rule 16b-3 or Code Section 162(m)) or the rules of the Listing Market, and the Board may otherwise, in its discretion, determine to submit other such changes to this Plan to shareholders for approval; provided , that, except as otherwise permitted by this Plan or Award Agreement, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under the terms of any previously granted and outstanding Award. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any Award theretofore granted and any Award Agreement relating thereto, except as otherwise provided in this Plan; provided , that, except as otherwise permitted by this Plan or Award Agreement, without the consent of an affected Participant, no such Committee or the Board action may materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under terms of such Award.

(g)     Limitation on Rights Conferred Under Plan . Neither this Plan nor any action taken hereunder or under any Award shall be construed as (i) giving any Eligible Person or Participant the right to continue as an Eligible Person or Participant or in the employ or service of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) interfering in any way with the right of the Company or a Related Entity to terminate any Eligible Person’s or Participant’s Continuous Service at any time, (iii) giving an Eligible Person or Participant any claim to be granted any Award under this Plan or to be treated uniformly with other Participants and Employees, or (iv) conferring on a Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any Related Entity including, without limitation, any right to receive dividends or distributions, any right to vote or act by written consent, any right to attend meetings of shareholders or any right to receive any information concerning the Company’s or any Related Entity’s business, financial condition, results of operation or prospects, unless and until such time as the Participant is duly issued Shares on the stock books of the Company or any Related Entity in accordance with the terms of an Award. None of the Company, its officers or its directors shall have any fiduciary obligation to the Participant with respect to any Awards unless and until the Participant is duly issued Shares pursuant to the Award on the stock books of the Company in accordance with the terms of an Award. Neither the Company, nor any Related Entity, nor any of the their respective officers, directors, representatives or agents is granting any rights under this Plan to the Participant whatsoever, oral or written, express or implied, other than those rights expressly set forth in this Plan or the Award Agreement.

(h)     Clawback of Benefits .

(i)    The Company may (A) cause the cancellation of any Award, (B) require reimbursement of any Award by a Participant or Beneficiary, and (C) effect any other right of recoupment of equity or other compensation provided under this Plan or otherwise in accordance with any Company policies that currently exist or that may from time to time be adopted or modified in the future by the

 

23


Company and/or applicable law (each, a “ Clawback Policy ”), provided that the following conditions are satisfied: (1) there is an accounting restatement of the Company’s financial statements or results and (2) the restatement results from a noncompliance by the Company with any requirements under or related to the federal securities laws. In such an event, the claw back will be in an amount of up to the total economic gain from any stock-based grants within the five-year period preceding the restatement. By accepting an Award, a Participant is also agreeing to be bound by any existing or future Clawback Policy adopted by the Company, or any amendments that may from time to time be made to the Clawback Policy in the future by the Company in its discretion (including without limitation any Clawback Policy adopted or amended to comply with applicable laws or stock exchange requirements) and is further agreeing that all of the Participant’s Award Agreements may be unilaterally amended by the Company, without the Participant’s consent, to the extent that the Company in its discretion determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with any Clawback Policy.

(ii)    If the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise engages in activity that is in conflict with Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Conduct and Ethics, Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer’s and Senior Financial Officer’s or any other corporate governance materials specified by the SEC or exchange on which common stock of the Company is listed, then (i) any outstanding, vested or unvested, earned or unearned portion of the Award may, at the Committee’s discretion, be canceled and (ii) the Committee, in its discretion, may require the Participant or other person to whom any payment has been made or Shares or other property have been transferred in connection with the Award to forfeit and pay over to the Company, on demand, all or any portion of the gain (whether or not taxable) realized upon the exercise of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right and the value realized (whether or not taxable) on the vesting or payment of any other Award during the time period specified in the Award Agreement or otherwise specified by the Committee.

(i)     Unfunded Status of Awards; Creation of Trusts . This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant or obligation to deliver Shares pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in this Plan or any Award Agreement shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or Related Entity that issues the Award; provided , that the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts and deposit therein cash, Shares, other Awards or other property, or make other arrangements to meet the obligations of the Company or Related Entity under this Plan. Such trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of this Plan unless the Committee otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Participant. The trustee of such trusts may be authorized to dispose of trust assets and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investments, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify and in accordance with applicable law.

(j)     Nonexclusivity of this Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor its submission to the shareholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board or a committee thereof to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable including incentive arrangements and awards which do not qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

24


(k)     Payments in the Event of Forfeitures; Fractional Shares . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a forfeiture of an Award with respect to which a Participant paid cash or other consideration, the Participant shall be repaid the amount of such cash or other consideration. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this Plan or any Award. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

(l)     Governing Law . Except as otherwise provided in any Award Agreement, the validity, construction and effect of this Plan, any rules and regulations under this Plan, and any Award Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws, and applicable federal law.

(m)     Non-U.S. Laws . The Committee shall have the authority to adopt such modifications, procedures, and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with provisions of the laws of foreign countries in which the Company or its Related Entities may operate to assure the viability of the benefits from Awards granted to Participants performing services in such countries and to meet the objectives of this Plan.

(n)     Construction and Interpretation . Whenever used herein, nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine gender. Headings of Articles and Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference and constitute no part of this Plan.

(o)     Severability . If any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(p)     Plan Effective Date and Shareholder Approval; Termination of Plan . This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date, subject to subsequent approval, within 12 months of its adoption by the Board, by shareholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of directors, by a vote sufficient to meet the requirements of Code Sections 162(m) (if applicable) and 422, Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (if applicable), applicable requirements under the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares may be listed or quoted, and other laws, regulations, and obligations of the Company applicable to this Plan. Awards may be granted subject to shareholder approval, but may not be exercised or otherwise settled in the event the shareholder approval is not obtained. This Plan shall terminate at the earliest of (a) such time as no Shares remain available for issuance under this Plan, (b) termination of this Plan by the Board, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards outstanding upon expiration of this Plan shall remain in effect until they have been exercised or terminated, or have expired.

*    *    *    *    *    *     *    *

 

25

Exhibit 10.2

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

1. Award of Restricted Stock . SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants, as of              (the “ Date of Grant ”), to              (the “ Recipient ”),              restricted shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock shall be subject to the terms, provisions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Select Interior Concepts, Inc. 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein for all purposes. As a condition to entering into this Agreement, and as a condition to the issuance of any Shares (or any other securities of the Company), the Recipient agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions herein and in the Plan.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2(b) and (c) of this Agreement or in the Plan, the Restricted Stock shall vest in the following amounts and at the following times (the “ Vesting Date(s) ”), provided that the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities continues through and on the applicable Vesting Dates (except as otherwise provided herein):

 

Percentage of Restricted Stock

  

Vesting Date

  
  
  

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, there shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each Vesting Date, and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate Vesting Date. Except as specified in this Agreement, upon the termination of the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities, any unvested portion of the Restricted Stock shall be forfeited and returned back to the Company for no consideration.


(b) Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

(i) “ Non-Vested Shares ” means any portion of the Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement that has not become vested pursuant to this Section 2.

(ii) “ Vested Shares ” means any portion of the Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement that is and has become vested pursuant to this Section 2.

All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to same in the Plan.

3. Delivery of Restricted Stock.

(a) Issuance of Stock Certificates and Legends. One or more stock certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall be issued in the name of the Recipient but shall be held and retained by the Records Administrator of the Company until the date (the “ Applicable Date ”) on which the shares (or a portion thereof) subject to this Restricted Stock award become Vested Shares pursuant to Section 2 hereof, subject to the provisions of Section 4 hereof. All such stock certificates shall bear the following legends, along with such other legends that the Board or the Committee shall deem necessary and appropriate or which are otherwise required or indicated pursuant to any applicable stockholders agreement:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL VESTING AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES, AND INCLUDE VESTING CONDITIONS WHICH MAY RESULT IN THE COMPLETE FORFEITURE OF THE SHARES.

(b) Stock Powers. The Recipient shall deposit with the Company stock powers or other instruments of transfer or assignment, duly endorsed in blank with signature(s) guaranteed, corresponding to each certificate representing shares of Restricted Stock until such shares become Vested Shares, on a form attached hereto as Exhibit B . If the Recipient shall fail to provide the Company with any such stock power or other instrument of transfer or assignment, the Recipient hereby irrevocably appoints the Secretary of the Company as his attorney-in-fact, with full power of appointment and substitution, to execute and deliver any such power or other instrument which may be necessary to effectuate the transfer of the Restricted Stock (or assignment of distributions thereon) on the books and records of the Company. In addition, the Company may require the spouse of the Recipient, if any, to execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

2


(c) Delivery of Stock Certificates. On or after each Applicable Date, upon written request to the Company by the Recipient, the Company shall promptly cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued for and with respect to all shares that become Vested Shares on that Applicable Date, which certificate(s) shall be delivered to the Recipient as soon as administratively practicable after the date of receipt by the Company of the Recipient’s written request. The new certificate or certificates shall continue to bear those legends and endorsements that the Company shall deem necessary or appropriate (including those relating to restrictions on transferability and/or obligations and restrictions under the Securities Laws).

4. Forfeiture of Non-Vested Shares . If the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and the Related Entities is terminated for any reason, any Shares of Restricted Stock that are not Vested Shares, and that do not become Vested Shares pursuant to Section 2 hereof as a result of such termination, shall be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service and revert back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient. The Committee shall have the power and authority to enforce on behalf of the Company any rights of the Company under this Agreement in the event of the Recipient’s forfeiture of Non-Vested Shares pursuant to this Section 4.

5. Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock.

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Recipient shall have, with respect to all of the shares of Restricted Stock, whether Vested Shares or Non-Vested Shares, all of the rights of a holder of shares of common stock of the Company, including without limitation (i) the right to vote such Restricted Stock, (ii) the right to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared on the Restricted Stock from time to time, and (iii) the rights available to all holders of shares of common stock of the Company upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation or dissolution, stock split-up, stock dividend or recapitalization undertaken by the Company; provided, however, that all of such rights shall be subject to the terms, provisions, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement (including without limitation conditions under which all such rights shall be forfeited). Any Shares issued to the Recipient as a dividend with respect to shares of Restricted Stock shall have the same status and bear the same legend as the shares of Restricted Stock and shall be held by the Company, if the shares of Restricted Stock that such dividend is attributed to is being so held, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. In addition, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, any cash dividends declared with respect to shares of Restricted Stock subject to this Agreement shall be held in escrow by the Committee until such time as the shares of Restricted Stock that such cash dividends are attributed to shall become Vested Shares, and in the event that such shares of Restricted Stock are subsequently forfeited, the cash dividends attributable to such portion shall be forfeited as well.

 

3


(b) Adjustments to Shares. If at any time while this Agreement is in effect (or Shares granted hereunder shall be or remain unvested while Recipient’s Continuous Service continues and has not yet terminated or ceased for any reason), there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Shares of the Company through the declaration of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a stock split-up, combination or exchange of such Shares, then and in that event, the Board or the Committee shall make any adjustments it deems fair and appropriate, in view of such change, in the number of shares of Restricted Stock then subject to this Agreement. If any such adjustment shall result in a fractional Share, such fraction shall be disregarded.

(c) No Restrictions on Certain Transactions. Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the existence of this Agreement, or of any outstanding Restricted Stock awarded hereunder, shall not affect in any manner the right, power or authority of the Company to make, authorize or consummate: (i) any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger, consolidation or similar transaction by or of the Company; (iii) any offer, issue or sale by the Company of any capital stock of the Company, including any equity or debt securities, or preferred or preference stock that would rank prior to or on parity with the Restricted Stock and/or that would include, have or possess other rights, benefits and/or preferences superior to those that the Restricted Stock includes, has or possesses, or any warrants, options or rights with respect to any of the foregoing; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (v) any sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part of the stock, assets or business of the Company; or (vi) any other corporate transaction, act or proceeding (whether of a similar character or otherwise).

6. Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the shares of Restricted Stock are not transferable unless and until they become Vested Shares in accordance with this Agreement, otherwise than by will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Recipient. Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the first sentence of this Section, any attempt to effect a Transfer of any shares of Restricted Stock prior to the date on which the shares become Vested Shares shall be void ab initio . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Transfer ” shall mean any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy or attachment.

 

4


7. Tax Matters; Section  83(b) Election.

(a) Section 83(b) Election. If the Recipient properly elects, within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant, to include in gross income for federal income tax purposes an amount equal to the fair market value (as of the Date of Grant) of the Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Recipient shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to pay to the Company any federal, state or local income taxes required to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock. If the Recipient shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to the Recipient any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.

(b) No Section  83(b) Election. If the Recipient does not properly make the election described in paragraph 7(a) above, the Recipient shall, no later than the date or dates as of which the restrictions referred to in this Agreement hereof shall lapse, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the vesting thereof), and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind (including without limitation, the withholding of any Shares that otherwise would be distributed to the Recipient under this Agreement) otherwise due to Recipient any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Restricted Stock.

(c) Recipient’s Responsibilities for Tax Consequences . Tax consequences on the Recipient (including without limitation federal, state, local and foreign income tax consequences) with respect to the Restricted Stock (including without limitation the grant, vesting and/or forfeiture thereof) are the sole responsibility of the Recipient. The Recipient shall consult with his or her own personal accountant(s) and/or tax advisor(s) regarding these matters, the making of a Section 83(b) election, and the Recipient’s filing, withholding and payment (or tax liability) obligations.

8. Amendment, Modification  & Assignment; Non-Transferability . This Agreement may only be modified or amended in a writing signed by the parties hereto. No promises, assurances, commitments, agreements, undertakings or representations, whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, and whether express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company, in its sole discretion, this Agreement (and Recipient’s rights hereunder) may not be assigned, and the obligations of Recipient hereunder may not be delegated, in whole or in part. The rights and obligations created hereunder shall be binding on the Recipient and his heirs and legal representatives and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

5


9. Complete Agreement . This Agreement (together with those agreements and documents expressly referred to herein, for the purposes referred to herein) embody the complete and entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any and all prior promises, assurances, commitments, agreements, undertakings or representations, whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, and whether express or implied, which may relate to the subject matter hereof in any way.

10. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Right to (Continued) Employment or Service . This Agreement and the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder shall not confer, or be construed to confer, upon the Recipient any right to employment or service, or continued employment or service, with the Company or any Related Entity.

(b) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Related Entity from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.

(c) Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or under any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable law (or if such provision cannot be so construed or deemed amended without materially altering the purpose or intent of this Agreement and the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction and the remainder of this Agreement and the award hereunder shall remain in full force and effect).

(d) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither this Agreement nor the grant of Restricted Stock hereunder shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Related Entity and the Recipient or any other person. To the extent that the Recipient or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Related Entity pursuant to this Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(e) Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflict of laws rules or principles thereof).

 

6


(f) Interpretation . The Recipient accepts the Restricted Stock subject to all of the terms, provisions and restrictions of this Agreement and the Plan. The undersigned Recipient hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or the Committee upon any questions arising under this Agreement or the Plan.

(g) Headings . Section, paragraph and other headings and captions are provided solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings and captions shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction, meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any term or provision hereof.

(h) Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s Secretary at 4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Recipient, to the Recipient’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.

(i) Non-Waiver of Breach . The waiver by any party hereto of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.

(j) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the          day of                                      , 20          .

 

COMPANY:
SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Agreed and Accepted:
RECIPIENT:
By:    
  Name:


EXHIBIT A

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with his or her receipt of the property described below:

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

Name:        
Spouse:        
Taxpayer I.D. No.:        
Address:        
       
Tax Year:        

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:              shares of the common stock (“ Common Shares ”) of SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC. (the “Company”).

3. The date on which the property was transferred is                          , 20          .

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Common Shares are required to be returned to the Company in the event that the undersigned ceases to perform services for the Company through certain dates specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement between me and the Company dated as of                      , 20      . This right lapses with regard to a portion of the Common Shares based on my Continuous Service as an Employee, Consultant or Director over time.

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $                                  .

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $0.

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property. The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked.

 

Dated:                                  , 20     
 

 

Signature of Taxpayer


EXHIBIT B

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                      , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto              shares of common stock of SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate Nos.                  herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                           to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Agreement between SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC. and the undersigned dated                                  , 20      .

Dated:                                  , 20     

 

Signature:    
Print Name:    

INSTRUCTIONS:

Please DO NOT fill in any blanks other than the signature lines .

The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to receive the return of the shares of common stock as set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Recipient.


EXHIBIT C

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                                          , spouse of              , have read and approve the foregoing Restricted Stock Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). In consideration of the Company’s grant to my spouse of the shares of common stock of SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC. as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares of common stock issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state or country of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

Dated:                                      , 20     

 

 

 

Signature of Spouse
Print Name:                                                                                  

Exhibit 10.3

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

FORM OF PHANTOM STOCK AGREEMENT

1. Award of Phantom Stock . SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants, as of              (the “ Date of Grant ”), to              (the “ Recipient ”), a phantom unit award with respect to              shares of the Company’s common stock (collectively the “ Phantom Stock ”). The Phantom Stock is intended to be, and shall be construed as, Other Stock-Based Awards as defined in the Select Interior Concepts, Inc. 2017 Incentive Compensation Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein for all purposes, and, therefore, shall be subject to the terms, provisions and restrictions set forth therein and in this Agreement. As a condition to entering into this Agreement, and as a condition to the grant of such Phantom Stock, the Recipient agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions herein and in the Plan.

2. Vesting of Phantom Stock.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) of this Agreement or in the Plan, the Phantom Stock shall vest in the following amounts and at the following times (the “ Vesting Date(s) ”), provided that the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities continues through and on the applicable Vesting Dates (except as otherwise provided herein):

 

Phantom Stock Units

  

Vesting Date

  
  
  

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, there shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each Vesting Date, and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate Vesting Date. Except as specified in this Agreement, upon the termination of the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and its Related Entities, any unvested portion of the Phantom Stock shall be forfeited and returned back to the Company for no consideration.


(b) Acceleration of Vesting at Company Discretion.

Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Agreement, the Committee shall be authorized, in its sole discretion, based upon its review and evaluation of the performance of the Recipient and of the Company, to accelerate the vesting of any portion of the Phantom Stock under this Agreement, at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem advisable.

3. Settlement of Phantom Stock . To the extent not previously forfeited pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the vested portion of the Phantom Stock (determined in accordance with Section 2 above) shall be automatically be settled, in cash, on such applicable Vesting Date (each such date, a “ Settlement Date ”).

4. Forfeiture . If the Recipient’s Continuous Service with the Company and the Related Entities is terminated for any reason, the unvested portion of the Phantom Stock shall be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service and revert back to the Company without any payment to the Recipient.

5. Payment Upon Settlement of Phantom Stock. Upon the first payroll date immediately following the Settlement Date, the Company shall pay to the Recipient a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the number of vested shares of Phantom Stock multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the Settlement Date, less applicable withholding and employment taxes (the “ Phantom Award Value ”).

6. Adjustments .

(a) Adjustments to Shares. If at any time while this Agreement is in effect (or Phantom Stock granted hereunder shall be or remain unvested while Recipient’s Continuous Service continues and has not yet terminated or ceased for any reason), there shall be any increase or decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Shares of the Company through the declaration of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a stock split-up, combination or exchange of such Shares, then and in that event, the Board or the Committee shall make any adjustments it deems fair and appropriate, in view of such change, in the number of units of Phantom Stock then subject to this Agreement.


(b) No Restrictions on Certain Transactions. Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the existence of this Agreement, or of any outstanding Phantom Stock awarded hereunder, shall not affect in any manner the right, power or authority of the Company to make, authorize or consummate: (i) any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger, consolidation or similar transaction by or of the Company; (iii) any offer, issue or sale by the Company of any capital stock of the Company, including any equity or debt securities, or preferred or preference stock that would rank prior to or on parity with the Phantom Stock and/or that would include, have or possess other rights, benefits and/or preferences superior to those that the Phantom Stock includes, has or possesses, or any warrants, options or rights with respect to any of the foregoing; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (v) any sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part of the stock, assets or business of the Company; or (vi) any other corporate transaction, act or proceeding (whether of a similar character or otherwise).

Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Phantom Stock is not transferable, otherwise than by will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Recipient. Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the first sentence of this Section, any attempt to effect a Transfer of any portion of the Phantom Stock shall be void ab initio . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Transfer ” shall mean any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy or attachment.

7. Amendment, Modification  & Assignment; Non-Transferability . This Agreement may only be modified or amended in a writing signed by the parties hereto. No promises, assurances, commitments, agreements, undertakings or representations, whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, and whether express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof, have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. Unless otherwise consented to in writing by the Company, in its sole discretion, this Agreement (and Recipient’s rights hereunder) may not be assigned, and the obligations of Recipient hereunder may not be delegated, in whole or in part. The rights and obligations created hereunder shall be binding on the Recipient and his heirs and legal representatives and on the successors and assigns of the Company.

8. Complete Agreement . This Agreement (together with those agreements and documents expressly referred to herein, for the purposes referred to herein) embody the complete and entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any and all prior promises, assurances, commitments, agreements, undertakings or representations, whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, and whether express or implied, which may relate to the subject matter hereof in any way.


9. Miscellaneous.

(a) Unfunded Agreement. All obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be paid by the Company from its general assets. It is intended that this Agreement shall constitute an “unfunded” arrangement for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any assets acquired by the Company relating to this Agreement shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, shall be considered general assets of the Company and shall not be subject to any claims by the Recipient. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be interpreted to grant to the Recipient any right, title or interest in any assets of the Company or its Related Entities, and the Recipient shall be an unsecured general creditor of the Company with respect to any rights he or she may have under this Agreement.

(b) No Right to (Continued) Employment or Service . This Agreement and the grant of Phantom Stock hereunder shall not confer, or be construed to confer, upon the Recipient any right to employment or service, or continued employment or service, with the Company or any Related Entity.

(c) No Limit on Other Compensation Arrangements . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude the Company or any Related Entity from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation plans, agreements or arrangements, and any such plans, agreements and arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases or to specific persons.

(d) Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or under any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable law (or if such provision cannot be so construed or deemed amended without materially altering the purpose or intent of this Agreement and the grant of Phantom Stock hereunder, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction and the remainder of this Agreement and the award hereunder shall remain in full force and effect).

(e) Taxes; Section  409A . The Company or any of its Related Entities shall withhold from any payment due under this Agreement any taxes required to be withheld under applicable Federal, state or local tax laws or regulations. In addition, this Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“ Section  409A ”) and to the extent administratively practicable, the Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements thereunder. If and to the extent that the benefits under this Agreement are not deemed to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, the Recipient and the Company shall negotiate reasonably and in good faith to amend the terms of such benefits and rights such that they comply with Section 409A.


(f) Law Governing . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflict of laws rules or principles thereof).

(g) Interpretation . The Recipient accepts the Phantom Stock subject to all of the terms, provisions and restrictions of this Agreement and the Plan. The undersigned Recipient hereby accepts as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board or the Committee upon any questions arising under this Agreement or the Plan.

(h) Headings . Section, paragraph and other headings and captions are provided solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings and captions shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction, meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any term or provision hereof.

(i) Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid, and addressed, in the case of the Company, to the Company’s Secretary at 4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807, or if the Company should move its principal office, to such principal office, and, in the case of the Recipient, to the Recipient’s last permanent address as shown on the Company’s records, subject to the right of either party to designate some other address at any time hereafter in a notice satisfying the requirements of this Section.

(j) Non-Waiver of Breach . The waiver by any party hereto of the other party’s prompt and complete performance, or breach or violation, of any term or provision of this Agreement shall be effected solely in a writing signed by such party, and shall not operate nor be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or violation, and the waiver by any party hereto to exercise any right or remedy which he or it may possess shall not operate nor be construed as the waiver of such right or remedy by such party, or as a bar to the exercise of such right or remedy by such party, upon the occurrence of any subsequent breach or violation.

(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ Signature page follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the              day of                                      , 20          .

 

COMPANY:
SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:    
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Agreed and Accepted:
RECIPIENT:
By:    
 

Name:

Exhibit 10.4

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 22, 2017 and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Tyrone Johnson (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment, Duties and Agreements .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its Chief Executive Officer, and the Executive hereby accepts such position and agrees to serve the Company in such capacity on a full-time basis during the employment period fixed by Section  3 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). The Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are consistent with the Executive’s position and as may be reasonably assigned by the Board from time to time. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to, and shall act in accordance with, all reasonable instructions and directions of the Board and all applicable policies and rules of the Company.

(b) During the Employment Period, excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder and shall endeavor to promote the business and best interests of the Company.

(c) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not engage in any business activity other than the Company without the express prior written approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees consistent with the Company’s conflicts of interests policies and corporate governance guidelines in effect from time to time, (B) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company.

(d) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as a member of the Board. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned as a member of the Board and from all other positions with the Company.


2. Compensation . During the Employment Period:

(a) Base Salary . As compensation for the agreements made by the Executive herein and the performance by the Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive, pursuant to the Company’s normal and customary payroll procedures, a base salary at the rate of $450,000 per annum, (the “ Base Salary ”). During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase (but not decrease) in the Company’s sole discretion, as determined by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”); provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to any annual cost-of-living increases in Base Salary that are granted to senior executives of the Company generally. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so adjusted.

(b) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible, through participation in the Company’s annual bonus plan or other similar plan to the extent then in effect, to earn an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) in each fiscal year during the Employment Period, with a target Annual Bonus of seventy five percent (75%) of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), with the actual payout based on the achievement of annual individual and Company performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee. Any Annual Bonus earned in the first year of the Employment Period shall be pro-rated for the number of days of the year that the Executive is employed by the Company. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 th of each calendar year immediately following the year in which compensation is earned in accordance with the applicable plan (except as otherwise provided herein).

(c) Long Term Incentive Award . Pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the Incentive Plan ”), as soon as administratively practicable on or after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be eligible to receive the following awards granted thereunder:

(i) A restricted stock award with respect to that number of restricted shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.625% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the Company’s Regulation 144A private placement offering (the “ 144A Offering ”) (such shares, the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock award shall be subject to following vesting schedules:

A. 0.5% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the 2018 calendar year (the “ 2018 Performance Goa l”) to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement (as defined below), provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.


B. 0.125% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the fourth quarter of 2017 (the “ 2017 Performance Goal ”)), to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement, provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.

Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock shall be set forth in a restricted stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Agreement ”).

(ii) A phantom stock award with respect to that number of shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.625% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Phantom Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the 144A Offering (such shares, the “ Phantom Stock ”). The Phantom Stock award shall be subject to a performance based vesting schedule as follows:

A. 0.5% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2018 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement (as defined below). If the performance goals are achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2019, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company on the payment date.

B. 0.125% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2017 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement. If the 2017 Performance Goal is achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2018, provided that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the payment date.

Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Phantom Stock shall be set forth in a phantom stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Phantom Agreement ”).

(d) Benefit Plans . In addition, (i) the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company; (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, vision, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives; (iii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with subsection (h) below and the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company; and (iv) the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company.


(e) Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days paid vacation per year (prorated for partial years), and to such paid holidays as are observed by the Company from time to time, all in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices that are applicable to the Company’s senior executives. Unused vacation will be carried over from year to year and/or paid out as provided in the Company’s vacation plans and polices in effect as of the Effective Date.

(f) Insurance . The Company shall maintain (i) a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, or an equivalent errors and omissions liability insurance policy and (ii) an employment practices liability insurance policy. Each such policy shall cover the Executive with scope, exclusions, amounts and deductibles no less favorable to the insured than those applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers and directors on the Effective Date, or any more favorable as may be available to any other director or senior executive officer of the Company, while the Executive is employed with the Company and thereafter until the sixth anniversary of the Executive’s Scheduled Termination Date (as defined below).

(g) Business Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of statements of such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified with respect to all senior executive officers of the Company.

3. Employment Period . The Employment Period shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for additional one (1)-year periods unless either party provides the other party with notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Employment Period terminates shall be referred to herein as the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”). “ Effective Date ” means the date of the closing of the 144A Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period prior to the Scheduled Termination Date upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events (at which time the Employment Period shall be terminated):

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability . The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means the Executive’s inability by reason of physical or mental illness to fulfill his obligations hereunder for ninety (90) consecutive days or a total of one hundred eighty (180) days in any twelve (12)-month period which, in the reasonable opinion of an independent physician selected by the Company or its insurers and reasonably acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his job, even after reasonable accommodations are made by the Company.


(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean:

(i) conviction (or a plea of nolo contendere ) by the Executive to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty;

(ii) acts of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation committed by the Executive and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the Company;

(iii) willful misconduct by the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties required by this Agreement which is likely to materially damage the financial position or reputation of the Company;

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Executive of a Notice of Termination (as defined under Section  4 below) from the Company; or

(v) a breach of Section  7 of this Agreement, which the Executive acknowledges cannot be cured within the meaning of subsection (iv) above.

The foregoing is an exclusive list of the acts or omissions that shall be considered Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until (A) the Board shall have provided the Executive with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Cause and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, and (B) in the case of subsection (iv) above, the Executive shall have had the opportunity to cure such breach with the time period specified, and (C) in all cases where Cause is alleged, the Executive shall have had a reasonable opportunity to prepare and present his case to the full Board (with the assistance of his own counsel) before any termination for Cause is finalized by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors (not including the vote of the Executive).

For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act of the Executive shall be willful or intentional if performed in good faith with the reasonable belief that the action or inaction was in the best interest of the Company. In addition, nothing herein shall limit or otherwise prevent the Executive from challenging judicially any determination of Cause as made by the Board hereunder.

(d) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder during the Employment Period without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a notice of non-renewal given by the Company as provided in Section  3 herein shall be treated as a termination of employment by the Company without Cause.

(e) For Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company (including the Company’s withholding or failure to pay compensation when due to the Executive); (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s titles, duties, authority, or responsibilities, or the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position, authority, duties, or responsibilities without the written consent of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in the Executive’s annual Base


Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity, as currently in effect or as may be increased from time to time, including, but not limited to, elimination or reduction in the Executive’s participation in the Incentive Plan for reasons other than those specified in such plan; or (iv) the failure of the Company to nominate the Executive for election as a member of the Board. With respect to the acts or omissions set forth in this subsection (e), (A) the Executive shall provide the Board with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Good Reason and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, (B) the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the matters specified in the notice delivered, and (C) if uncured, the Executive must terminate his employment with the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason in order for such termination to be considered to be for Good Reason.

(f) Voluntarily . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder, without Good Reason, provided that the Executive provides the Company with notice of his intent to terminate his employment at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Date of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below).

4. Termination Procedure .

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive during the Employment Period (other than a termination on account of the death of the Executive) shall be communicated by a written “ Notice of Termination ” to the other party hereto in accordance with Section  8(a) .

(b) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section  3(b) , on the date the Executive receives Notice of Termination from the Company, (iii) if the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment (whether or not for Good Reason), the date specified in the notice given pursuant to Section  3(e) or 3(f) herein which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days, or any alternative time period agreed upon by the parties, after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

5. Termination Payments .

(a) Without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event the Employment Period terminates under this Agreement as a result of the Company terminating the Executive’s employment without Cause (other than pursuant to Sections  4(a) or (b) ) or the Executive terminating his employment for Good Reason:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive, upon the Date of Termination:

A. (A) the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation, unreimbursed business expenses and Base Salary through the Date of Termination (to the extent not theretofore paid) (the “ Accrued Benefits ”), and (B) one (1) times the Executive’s Base Salary, in each case payable in a lump sum (the “ Base Severance ”).


B. In lieu of any Annual Bonus under Section  2(b) for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, a lump sum amount equal to the Annual Bonus that would have become payable in cash to Executive for that fiscal year if his employment had not terminated, based on performance actually achieved in that year (determined by the Board following completion of the performance year and paid at the time specified in the applicable plan), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year of termination.

(ii) The Company shall provide to the Executive an additional amount, each month for twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, equal to the amount the Company would have paid for its share of the premiums for the Executive and his dependents coverage under the Company’s medical plan as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.

(iii) All outstanding and then unvested stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company’s equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) (each, an “ Equity Award ”) shall be modified to reflect an additional one (1) year of vesting.

(iv) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive as of the Termination Date under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Other Benefits ”).

(v) If the Date of Termination under this Section  5(a) occurs within the twelve (12)-month period following a Change in Control, in addition to the other payments provided for in this Section  5(a) , the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to one (1) times the Base Severance and Target Bonus for the current fiscal year, in a lump sum cash payment, upon the Date of Termination, and all outstanding and then unvested Equity Awards and Phantom Awards (in each case to the extent not forfeited due to the failure to meet the performance-based vesting schedules, if any, thereunder) granted to the Executive shall accelerate and become fully vested. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning specified on Exhibit  A attached hereto.

(vi) For the avoidance of doubt, upon termination of the Employment Period without Cause or as a result of Good Reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits not expressly provided for in this Section  5(a) , regardless of the time that would otherwise remain in the Employment Period had the Employment Period not been terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, except any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(a) , any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans


of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Section 601 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which provisions are commonly known as “COBRA”) or such other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

(vii) The payments and benefits provided under this Section  5(a) are subject to and conditioned upon (A) the Executive executing a timely and valid release of claims (“ Release ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  B , waiving all claims the Executive may have against the Company, its successors, assigns, affiliates, executives, officers and directors, (B) the Executive delivering the executed Release to the Company within twenty-one days following the Date of Termination, (C) such Release and the waiver contained therein becoming effective and not revoked. In the event that payments are made hereunder prior to the execution of the Release and the Executive does not execute the Release in the time and manner set forth herein, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company such amounts or the value of such benefits so received.

(b) Cause or Voluntarily Other than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by the Company for Cause or voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive upon the Date of Termination the Accrued Benefits and the Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(b) or with respect to any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company and the continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

(c) Disability or Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period as a result of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the Accrued Benefits and Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation to be paid under the Equity Agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(c) , or pursuant to the terms of the Equity Agreements, and except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

6. Compliance with Section  409(A) . This Agreement is intended to either comply with, or fall within an exemption to, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed consistently with such intent. To the maximum extent possible, the payments to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are also intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under either the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4). In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject the Executive to taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“ 409A Penalties ”), the Company and Executive shall


cooperate diligently to amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible; provided that such amendment shall not increase or reduce (in the aggregate) the amounts payable to the Executive hereunder. Any taxable reimbursement payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the reimbursable expense. Any amount of expenses eligible for taxable reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit provided, during a calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit to be provided, during any other calendar year. The right to such reimbursement or such in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. If, as of the Date of Termination, the Executive is a “specified employee”, then no payment or benefit that is payable on account of the Executive’s “separation from service”, as that term is defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, shall be made before the date that is six (6) months after the Executive’s “separation from service” (or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death) if and to the extent that such payment or benefit constitutes deferred compensation (or may be nonqualified deferred compensation) under Section 409A of the Code and such deferral is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule. For purposes of this provision, the Executive shall be considered to be a “specified employee” if, at the time of his “separation from service”, the Executive is a “key employee”, within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Code, of the Company (or any person or entity with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code) any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

7. Protection of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information.

(a) Acknowledgments Regarding “Confidential Information” . In performing his duties as an executive of the Company, the Executive acknowledges that he will have access to documents, trade secrets, and other confidential and proprietary information which consists of information known by the Executive as a consequence of his employment with the Company (including information originated, discovered and/or developed by the Executive). The Executive acknowledges that all of the Confidential Information, as defined below, made accessible to the Executive shall be provided only in strict confidence; that unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information may damage the Company’s business; that Confidential Information could be susceptible to immediate competitive application by a competitor of the Company; that the Company’s business is substantially dependent on access to and the continuing secrecy of Confidential Information; that Confidential Information is novel, unique to the Company and known only to the Executive, the Company and certain key employees and contractors of the Company; that the Company shall at all times retain ownership and control of all Confidential Information; and that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

(b) Definition of Confidential Information . The term “ Confidential Information ” means confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including, but not limited to, (i) information not generally known outside the Company such as information which


is unique to the Company, (ii) information about the Company’s projects, developments, business plans, financial plans, products, processes and services, research and development activities, client lists, vendor lists, inventories, marketing techniques, pricing policies, financial targets, financial information and projections, and (iii) any trade secret information as that term is defined in the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act. However, the term Confidential Information shall not include information that: (1) becomes generally available to and known by the public; (2) was available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure; (3) becomes available to the Executive from a source other than the Company, provided that the Executive has no knowledge that such source is prohibited from disclosing such information to the Executive by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company; or (4) the Executive has independently developed with no reliance on or access to any of the information provided directly or indirectly by the Company.

(c) The Executive’s Use of Confidential Information . Except in connection with and in furtherance of the Executive’s work on the Company’s behalf, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior written consent, at any time, directly or indirectly: (i) use any Confidential Information for any purpose; (ii) disclose or otherwise communicate any Confidential Information to any person or entity; or (iii) accept or participate in any employment, consulting engagement or other business opportunity that inevitably will result in the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

(d) Third-Parties’ Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company has received, and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information, and that the Company must maintain the confidentiality of such information and use it only for authorized purposes. The Executive shall not use or disclose any such information except as authorized by the Company or the third party to whom the information belongs.

(e) Ownership of Works . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose in writing to the Company all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements and innovations (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”) that the Executive has conceived or made during his employment with the Company; provided, however, that in this context, “Inventions” are limited to those which (i) relate in any manner to the existing or contemplated business or research activities of the Company and its affiliates; (ii) are suggested by or result from the Executive’s work at the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the time, materials or facilities of the Company and its affiliates. All Inventions will be the Company’s property rather than the Executive’s. Should the Company request it, the Executive agrees to sign any document that the Company may reasonably require to establish ownership in any Invention.


8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and shall be deemed to be given when delivered personally or four days after it is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or one day after it is sent by a reputable overnight courier service and, in each case, addressed as follows (or if it is sent through any other method agreed upon by the parties):

 

  If to the Company:   

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, CA 92807

Attn: Secretary

 

With a copy to (which shall

not constitute notice):

  

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

1840 Century Park East

Suite 1900

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attn: Mark Kelson

  If to the Executive:   

Tyrone Johnson

or to such other address as any party hereto may designate by notice to the others.

(b) Arbitration . To the fullest extent allowed by law, any controversy, claim or dispute between the Executive and the Company (and/or any of its owners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates, or agents) relating to or arising out of the Executive’s employment or the cessation of that employment will be submitted to final and binding arbitration in the county in which the Executive work(ed) for determination in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s (“AAA”) National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (which may be found at https://www.adr.org/sites/default/files/Employment%20Rules.pdf ), as the exclusive remedy for such controversy, claim or dispute. In any such arbitration, the parties may conduct discovery in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, except that the arbitrator shall have the authority to order and permit discovery as the arbitrator may deem necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable state or federal discovery statutes. The arbitrator shall issue a reasoned, written decision, and shall have full authority to award all remedies which would be available in court. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by Company;  provided however , that at Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Possible disputes covered by the above include (but are not limited to) unpaid wages, breach of contract, torts, violation of public policy, discrimination, harassment, or any other employment-related claims under laws including but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code,


and any other statutes or laws relating to an employee’s relationship with his/her employer, regardless of whether such dispute is initiated by the employee or the Company. Thus, this bilateral arbitration provision applies to any and all claims that the Company may have against the Executive, including, but not limited to, claims for misappropriation of Company property, disclosure of proprietary information or trade secrets, interference with contract, trade libel, gross negligence, or any other claim for alleged wrongful conduct or breach of the duty of loyalty by the Executive. However, nothing herein shall prevent Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (although if Executive chooses to pursue a claim following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to the provisions of this Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and the Executive shall have their respective rights to seek and obtain injunctive relief with respect to any controversy, claim or dispute to the extent permitted by law. BY AGREEING TO THIS BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION, BOTH EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY GIVE UP ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY. This arbitration provision is to be construed as broadly as is permissible under applicable law. Executive and Company acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Agreement survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Company.

(c) Entire Agreement . As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, and the Release, each of which is being entered into between the parties concurrently herewith, constitute the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof (it being understood that any Equity Awards shall be governed by the relevant Equity Agreements and any Phantom Stock awards shall be governed by the relevant Phantom Agreements). Such agreements replace and supersede any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, if any, made to the Executive by any predecessor entity to the Company whose business or assets the Company succeeded to in connection with the 144A Offering. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement shall have no force or effect.

(d) Amendments; No Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and any provision hereof may be waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought. The failure of any party hereto at any time to require the performance by any other party hereto of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(f) Agreement Negotiated . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each party has reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has had the opportunity to contribute to its revision. Accordingly, the rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Rather, the terms of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to both parties hereto and not in favor or against either party.


(g) Representations . The parties hereto hereby represent that they each have the authority to enter into this Agreement, and the Executive hereby represents to the Company that the execution of, and performance of duties under, this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of or otherwise violate any other agreement to which the Executive is a party. The Executive hereby further represents to the Company that he will not utilize or disclose any confidential information obtained by the Executive in connection with any former employment with respect to his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(h) Consultation with Counsel . The Executive acknowledges that he has had a full and complete opportunity to consult with counsel and other advisors of his own choosing concerning the terms, enforceability and implications of this Agreement, and that the Company has not made any representations or warranties to the Executive concerning the terms, enforceability or implications of this Agreement other than as reflected in this Agreement.

(i) Binding Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement is binding on and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned by the Executive.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the “ Company ” shall mean both the Company as defined above and any such successor that assumes this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

(k) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this Section  8(k) , be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(l) Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable to the Executive hereunder all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation (it being understood that the Executive shall be responsible for payment of all taxes in respect of the payments and benefits provided herein).

(m) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or PDF of a signature shall be deemed to be and have the effect of an original signature.


(n) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of any provision hereof.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Tyrone Johnson
Tyrone Johnson
COMPANY:
SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Kendall R. Hoyd
  Name: Kendall R. Hoyd
  Title: Chief Financial Officer


E XHIBIT A

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of voting securities, directly or indirectly, by any “person” or “group” (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules thereunder) having “beneficial ownership” (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ voting securities ”) of the Company that represent greater than 35% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (unless the Executive has beneficial ownership of at least 35% of such voting securities), other than any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of securities:

(i) by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

(ii) by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

(iii) pursuant to a transaction described in clause (c) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (c);

(b) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company’s stockholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; provided, further, that any change in the composition of the Incumbent Board triggered pursuant to Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated on or around the date of this Agreement, by and among (i) the Company (ii) Trive Capital Fund I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, a Delaware limited partnership (iii) Tyrone Johnson, an individual, Kendall Hoyd, an individual, Sunil Palakodati, an individual, and Tim Reed, an individual, and (iv) B. Riley FBR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall not be considered a Change in Control under this clause (b);

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (i) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction


(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, greater than 25% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause as beneficially owning greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The approval by the Company’s stockholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of clause (a) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders, and for purposes of clause (c) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders.


E XHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Tyrone Johnson (“ you ” or “ Executive ”). You and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of November 22, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”). You and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1) A blank copy of this Agreement was attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibit B thereto.

2) Termination Payments . If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason (each, as defined in the Employment Agreement), then, in consideration for your execution, delivery and non-revocation of this Agreement, following the Release Date (as defined in Section  3 below), the Company will provide the termination payments and benefits (the “ Termination Payments ”) to you as provided in Section 5 of the Employment Agreement.

3) Release by You . In exchange for the payments and other consideration under this Agreement, to which you would not otherwise be entitled, and except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, you hereby generally and completely release, acquit and forever discharge, and covenant not to sue, the Company, its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, current and former directors, members, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, heirs, beneficiaries, its successors and assigns (both individually and in their official capacities), its parents and subsidiaries, and its officers, directors, managers, partners, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns and affiliates (the “ Releasees ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages, indemnities and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, both known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising out of or in any way related to agreements, events, acts or conduct at any time prior to and including the execution date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to: all such claims and demands directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; claims or demands related to salary, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company, vacation pay, fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, severance pay, or any other form of compensation; claims pursuant to any federal, state or local law, statute, or cause of action; tort law; or contract law. The claims and causes of action you are releasing and waiving in this Agreement include, but are not limited to, any and all claims and causes of action that any of the Company, its parents and subsidiaries, or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns or affiliates:

 

  (a) has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;


  (b) has discriminated against you on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category in violation of any local, state or federal law, constitution, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ ADEA ”); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1981, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Americans With Disabilities Act; the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act; the Family Medical Leave Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Immigration Reform and Control Act; the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended; Section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; and the National Labor Relations Act; and

 

  (c) has violated any statute, public policy or common law (including, but not limited to claims for retaliatory discharge; negligent hiring, retention or supervision; defamation; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress and/or mental anguish; intentional interference with contract; negligence; detrimental reliance; loss of consortium to you or any member of your family and/or promissory estoppel).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, you are not releasing (x) any right of indemnification you may have for any liabilities arising from your actions within the course and scope of your employment with the Company or within the course and scope of your role as an officer and/ or director of the Company, and (y) any right to receive and to enforce the Company’s obligation to pay any Termination Payments due and payable to you. Also excluded from this Agreement are any claims which cannot be waived by law. You are waiving, however, your right to any monetary recovery should any governmental agency or entity, such as the EEOC or the DOL, pursue any claims on your behalf. You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA. You also acknowledge that (i) the consideration given to you in exchange for the waiver and release in this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled, and (ii) that you have been paid for all time worked, have received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which you are eligible, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which you have not already filed a claim. You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing that: (a) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the execution date of this Agreement; (b) you have been advised hereby that you have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (c) you have twenty-one (21) days  to consider this Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily execute this Agreement earlier); (d) you have seven (7) days following your execution of this Agreement to revoke the Agreement; and (e) this Agreement shall not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which shall be the eighth (8 th ) day after this Agreement is executed by you provided the Company has also executed the Release on or before that date (the “ Release Date ”).


4) Return of Company Property . Within ten (10) days of the effective date of the termination of employment, you agree to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property then in existence that you have had in your possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, computers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and, any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof) (“ Company Property ”).  Receipt of the Termination Payments described in Section  2 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon return of all such Company Property.

5) Confidentiality . The provisions of this Agreement will be held in strictest confidence by you and will not be publicized or disclosed in any manner whatsoever;  provided, however,  that: (a) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your immediate family; (b) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your attorney, accountant, auditor, tax preparer, and financial advisor; and (c) you may disclose this Agreement insofar as such disclosure may be required by law.

6) Non-Disparagement . You and the Company, acting through its executive officers, agree not to disparage the other party, and in addition with respect to the Company, you agree not to disparage the Company’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in each case in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided , that both you and the Company will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

7) No Admission . This Agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any wrongful action or violation of any federal, state, or local statute, or common law rights, including those relating to the provisions of any law or statute concerning employment actions, or of any other possible or claimed violation of law or rights.

8) Breach . You agree that upon any material breach of this Agreement, you will forfeit all amounts paid or owing to you under this Agreement. Further, you acknowledge that it may be impossible to assess the damages caused by your material violation of the terms of Sections 4 , 5 , and 6 of this Agreement and further agree that any threatened or actual material violation or breach of those sections of this Agreement will constitute immediate and irreparable injury to the Company. You therefore agree that any such breach of this Agreement is a material breach of this Agreement, and, in addition to any and all other damages and remedies available to the Company upon your breach of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent you from violating or breaching this Agreement.

9) California Civil Code § 1542 . You hereby represent and warrant to the Releasees that you knowingly and intentionally have waived any protection afforded to you by California Civil Code § 1542, which provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.


You further represent and warrant that this Agreement is intended to cover all claims, whether the same are known, unknown or hereafter discovered or ascertained, and the provisions of § 1542 of the California Civil Code are hereby expressly waived.

10) Non-Assignment of Claims . You represent and warrant that you have not heretofore assigned or transferred any matter released by this Agreement or any part or portion thereof. You agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any claims resulting from any such assignment or transfer by you, or asserted by any assignee or transferee.

11) Miscellaneous . This Agreement constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to this subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified by the court so as to be rendered enforceable. This Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and performed entirely within California .

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .     E XECUTIVE
By:          
  Name:     Tyrone Johnson
  Title:    


AMENDMENT TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of May 1, 2018, by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Tyrone Johnson (the “ Executive ”). The above parties are referred to together herein as the “ Parties ,” and individually as a “ Party .”

R ECITALS

A. The Company and the Executive are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of November 22, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to employ the Executive, and the Executive agreed to accept employment with the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein.

B. The Parties desire to amend the Employment Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

A GREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises, terms and conditions contained herein and such other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, each Party hereby agrees as follows:

A. Defined Terms and Recitals . Except as otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement. The Parties hereby agree that the recitals set forth hereinabove are true and correct and incorporated into this Amendment.

B. Modifications to Purchase Agreement . The Parties agree that from and after the date of this Amendment, the Employment Agreement shall be modified as follows:

1. Section 2 . The following amendments are made to Section  2 of the Employment Agreement:

a. Section 2(a) of the Employment Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Base Salary . As compensation for the agreements made by the Executive herein and the performance by the Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive, pursuant to the Company’s normal and customary payroll procedures, a base salary at the rate of $500,000 per annum, (the “ Base Salary ”). During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase (but not decrease) in the Company’s sole discretion, as determined by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”); provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to any annual cost-of-living increases in Base Salary that are granted to senior executives of the Company generally. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so adjusted.”


b. Section 2(b) of the Employment Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(b) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible, through participation in the Company’s annual bonus plan or other similar plan to the extent then in effect, to earn an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) in each fiscal year during the Employment Period, with a target Annual Bonus of one hundred percent (100%) of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), with the actual payout based on the achievement of annual individual and Company performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee. During the Employment Period, the Annual Bonus shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase (but not decrease) in the Company’s sole discretion, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Any Annual Bonus earned in the first year of the Employment Period shall be pro-rated for the number of days of the year that the Executive is employed by the Company. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 th of each calendar year immediately following the year in which compensation is earned in accordance with the applicable plan (except as otherwise provided herein).”

c. The reference to “subsection (h)” in Section  2(d)(iii) of the Employment Agreement is changed to “subsection (g)”.

2. Section 5 . The following amendment is made to Section  5 of the Employment Agreement: The reference to “Sections 4(a) or (b)” in Section 5(a) of the Employment Agreement is changed to “Sections 3(a) or (b)”.

C. No Further Modification . Except to the extent set forth herein, the Employment Agreement remains unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Employment Agreement and this Amendment, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

D. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

E. Counterparts and Facsimile . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The Parties contemplate that they may be executing counterparts of this Amendment transmitted by facsimile or email in PDF format and agree and intend that a signature by either facsimile machine or email in PDF format shall bind the Party so signing with the same effect as though the signature were an original signature.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE:
  /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Tyrone Johnson

 

COMPANY:

 

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Kendall R. Hoyd

 

Name: Kendall R. Hoyd

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 22, 2017 and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Kendall R. Hoyd (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment, Duties and Agreements .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its Chief Financial Officer, and the Executive hereby accepts such position and agrees to serve the Company in such capacity on a full-time basis during the employment period fixed by Section  3 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). The Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are consistent with the Executive’s position and as may be reasonably assigned by the Board from time to time. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to, and shall act in accordance with, all reasonable instructions and directions of the Board and all applicable policies and rules of the Company.

(b) During the Employment Period, excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder and shall endeavor to promote the business and best interests of the Company.

(c) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not engage in any business activity other than the Company without the express prior written approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees consistent with the Company’s conflicts of interests policies and corporate governance guidelines in effect from time to time, (B) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company.

2. Compensation . During the Employment Period:

(a) Base Salary . As compensation for the agreements made by the Executive herein and the performance by the Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive, pursuant to the Company’s normal and customary payroll procedures, a base salary at the rate of $340,000 per annum, (the “ Base


Salary ”). During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase (but not decrease) in the Company’s sole discretion, as determined by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”); provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to any annual cost-of-living increases in Base Salary that are granted to senior executives of the Company generally. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so adjusted.

(b) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible, through participation in the Company’s annual bonus plan or other similar plan to the extent then in effect, to earn an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) in each fiscal year during the Employment Period, with a target Annual Bonus of seventy five percent (75%) of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), with the actual payout based on the achievement of annual individual and Company performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee. Any Annual Bonus earned in the first year of the Employment Period shall be pro-rated for the number of days of the year that the Executive is employed by the Company. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 th of each calendar year immediately following the year in which compensation is earned in accordance with the applicable plan (except as otherwise provided herein).

(c) Long Term Incentive Award . Pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the Incentive Plan ”), as soon as administratively practicable on or after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be eligible to receive the following awards granted thereunder:

(i) A restricted stock award with respect to that number of restricted shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.375% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the Company’s Regulation 144A private placement offering (the “ 144A Offering ”) (such shares, the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock award shall be subject to following vesting schedules:

A. 0.3% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the 2018 calendar year (the “ 2018 Performance Goa l”) to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement (as defined below), provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.

B. 0.075% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the fourth quarter of 2017 (the “ 2017 Performance Goal ”)), to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement, provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.


Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock shall be set forth in a restricted stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Agreement ”).

(ii) A phantom stock award with respect to that number of shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.375% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Phantom Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the 144A Offering (such shares, the “ Phantom Stock ”). The Phantom Stock award shall be subject to a performance based vesting schedule as follows:

A. 0.3% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2018 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement (as defined below). If the performance goals are achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2019, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company on the payment date.

B. 0.075% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2017 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement. If the 2017 Performance Goal is achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2018, provided that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the payment date.

Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Phantom Stock shall be set forth in a phantom stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Phantom Agreement ”).

(d) Benefit Plans . In addition, (i) the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company; (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, vision, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives; (iii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with subsection (h) below and the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company; and (iv) the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company.

(e) Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days paid vacation per year (prorated for partial years), and to such paid holidays as are observed by the Company from time to time, all in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices that are applicable to the Company’s senior executives. Unused vacation will be carried over from year to year and/or paid out as provided in the Company’s vacation plans and polices in effect as of the Effective Date.


(f) Insurance . The Company shall maintain (i) a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, or an equivalent errors and omissions liability insurance policy and (ii) an employment practices liability insurance policy. Each such policy shall cover the Executive with scope, exclusions, amounts and deductibles no less favorable to the insured than those applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers and directors on the Effective Date, or any more favorable as may be available to any other director or senior executive officer of the Company, while the Executive is employed with the Company and thereafter until the sixth anniversary of the Executive’s Scheduled Termination Date (as defined below).

(g) Business Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of statements of such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified with respect to all senior executive officers of the Company.

3. Employment Period . The Employment Period shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for additional one (1)-year periods unless either party provides the other party with notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Employment Period terminates shall be referred to herein as the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”). “ Effective Date ” means the date of the closing of the 144A Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period prior to the Scheduled Termination Date upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events (at which time the Employment Period shall be terminated):

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability . The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means the Executive’s inability by reason of physical or mental illness to fulfill his obligations hereunder for ninety (90) consecutive days or a total of one hundred eighty (180) days in any twelve (12)-month period which, in the reasonable opinion of an independent physician selected by the Company or its insurers and reasonably acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his job, even after reasonable accommodations are made by the Company.

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean:

(i) conviction (or a plea of nolo contendere ) by the Executive to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty;


(ii) acts of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation committed by the Executive and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the Company;

(iii) willful misconduct by the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties required by this Agreement which is likely to materially damage the financial position or reputation of the Company;

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Executive of a Notice of Termination (as defined under Section  4 below) from the Company; or

(v) a breach of Section  7 of this Agreement, which the Executive acknowledges cannot be cured within the meaning of subsection (iv) above.

The foregoing is an exclusive list of the acts or omissions that shall be considered Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until (A) the Board shall have provided the Executive with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Cause and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, and (B) in the case of subsection (iv) above, the Executive shall have had the opportunity to cure such breach with the time period specified, and (C) in all cases where Cause is alleged, the Executive shall have had a reasonable opportunity to prepare and present his case to the full Board (with the assistance of his own counsel) before any termination for Cause is finalized by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors (not including the vote of the Executive).

For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act of the Executive shall be willful or intentional if performed in good faith with the reasonable belief that the action or inaction was in the best interest of the Company. In addition, nothing herein shall limit or otherwise prevent the Executive from challenging judicially any determination of Cause as made by the Board hereunder.

(d) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder during the Employment Period without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a notice of non-renewal given by the Company as provided in Section  3 herein shall be treated as a termination of employment by the Company without Cause.

(e) For Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company (including the Company’s withholding or failure to pay compensation when due to the Executive); (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s titles, duties, authority, or responsibilities, or the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position, authority, duties, or responsibilities without the written consent of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in the Executive’s annual Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity, as currently in effect or as may be increased from time to time, including, but not limited to, elimination or reduction in the Executive’s participation in the


Incentive Plan for reasons other than those specified in such plan; or (iv) the failure of the Company to nominate the Executive for election as a member of the Board. With respect to the acts or omissions set forth in this subsection (e), (A) the Executive shall provide the Board with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Good Reason and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, (B) the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the matters specified in the notice delivered, and (C) if uncured, the Executive must terminate his employment with the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason in order for such termination to be considered to be for Good Reason.

(f) Voluntarily . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder, without Good Reason, provided that the Executive provides the Company with notice of his intent to terminate his employment at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Date of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below).

4. Termination Procedure .

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive during the Employment Period (other than a termination on account of the death of the Executive) shall be communicated by a written “ Notice of Termination ” to the other party hereto in accordance with Section  8(a) .

(b) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section  3(b) , on the date the Executive receives Notice of Termination from the Company, (iii) if the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment (whether or not for Good Reason), the date specified in the notice given pursuant to Section  3(e) or 3(f) herein which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days, or any alternative time period agreed upon by the parties, after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

5. Termination Payments .

(a) Without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event the Employment Period terminates under this Agreement as a result of the Company terminating the Executive’s employment without Cause (other than pursuant to Sections  4(a) or (b) ) or the Executive terminating his employment for Good Reason:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive, upon the Date of Termination:

A. (A) the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation, unreimbursed business expenses and Base Salary through the Date of Termination (to the extent not theretofore paid) (the “ Accrued Benefits ”), and (B) one (1) times the Executive’s Base Salary, in each case payable in a lump sum (the “ Base Severance ”).


B. In lieu of any Annual Bonus under Section  2(b) for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, a lump sum amount equal to the Annual Bonus that would have become payable in cash to Executive for that fiscal year if his employment had not terminated, based on performance actually achieved in that year (determined by the Board following completion of the performance year and paid at the time specified in the applicable plan), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year of termination.

(ii) The Company shall provide to the Executive an additional amount, each month for twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, equal to the amount the Company would have paid for its share of the premiums for the Executive and his dependents coverage under the Company’s medical plan as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.

(iii) All outstanding and then unvested stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company’s equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) (each, an “ Equity Award ”) shall be modified to reflect an additional one (1) year of vesting.

(iv) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive as of the Termination Date under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Other Benefits ”).

(v) If the Date of Termination under this Section  5(a) occurs within the twelve (12)-month period following a Change in Control, in addition to the other payments provided for in this Section  5(a) , the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to one (1) times the Base Severance and Target Bonus for the current fiscal year, in a lump sum cash payment, upon the Date of Termination, and all outstanding and then unvested Equity Awards and Phantom Awards (in each case to the extent not forfeited due to the failure to meet the performance-based vesting schedules, if any, thereunder) granted to the Executive shall accelerate and become fully vested. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning specified on Exhibit  A attached hereto.

(vi) For the avoidance of doubt, upon termination of the Employment Period without Cause or as a result of Good Reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits not expressly provided for in this Section  5(a) , regardless of the time that would otherwise remain in the Employment Period had the Employment Period not been terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, except any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(a) , any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Section 601 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which provisions are commonly known as “COBRA”) or such other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.


(vii) The payments and benefits provided under this Section  5(a) are subject to and conditioned upon (A) the Executive executing a timely and valid release of claims (“ Release ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  B , waiving all claims the Executive may have against the Company, its successors, assigns, affiliates, executives, officers and directors, (B) the Executive delivering the executed Release to the Company within twenty-one days following the Date of Termination, (C) such Release and the waiver contained therein becoming effective and not revoked. In the event that payments are made hereunder prior to the execution of the Release and the Executive does not execute the Release in the time and manner set forth herein, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company such amounts or the value of such benefits so received.

(b) Cause or Voluntarily Other than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by the Company for Cause or voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive upon the Date of Termination the Accrued Benefits and the Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(b) or with respect to any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company and the continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

(c) Disability or Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period as a result of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the Accrued Benefits and Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation to be paid under the Equity Agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(c) , or pursuant to the terms of the Equity Agreements, and except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

6. Compliance with Section 409(A) . This Agreement is intended to either comply with, or fall within an exemption to, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed consistently with such intent. To the maximum extent possible, the payments to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are also intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under either the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4). In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject the Executive to taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“ 409A Penalties ”), the Company and Executive shall cooperate diligently to amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible; provided that such amendment shall not increase or reduce (in the aggregate) the amounts payable to the Executive hereunder. Any taxable reimbursement payable to the


Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the reimbursable expense. Any amount of expenses eligible for taxable reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit provided, during a calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit to be provided, during any other calendar year. The right to such reimbursement or such in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. If, as of the Date of Termination, the Executive is a “specified employee”, then no payment or benefit that is payable on account of the Executive’s “separation from service”, as that term is defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, shall be made before the date that is six (6) months after the Executive’s “separation from service” (or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death) if and to the extent that such payment or benefit constitutes deferred compensation (or may be nonqualified deferred compensation) under Section 409A of the Code and such deferral is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule. For purposes of this provision, the Executive shall be considered to be a “specified employee” if, at the time of his “separation from service”, the Executive is a “key employee”, within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Code, of the Company (or any person or entity with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code) any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

7. Protection of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information.

(a) Acknowledgments Regarding “Confidential Information . In performing his duties as an executive of the Company, the Executive acknowledges that he will have access to documents, trade secrets, and other confidential and proprietary information which consists of information known by the Executive as a consequence of his employment with the Company (including information originated, discovered and/or developed by the Executive). The Executive acknowledges that all of the Confidential Information, as defined below, made accessible to the Executive shall be provided only in strict confidence; that unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information may damage the Company’s business; that Confidential Information could be susceptible to immediate competitive application by a competitor of the Company; that the Company’s business is substantially dependent on access to and the continuing secrecy of Confidential Information; that Confidential Information is novel, unique to the Company and known only to the Executive, the Company and certain key employees and contractors of the Company; that the Company shall at all times retain ownership and control of all Confidential Information; and that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

(b) Definition of Confidential Information . The term “ Confidential Information ” means confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including, but not limited to, (i) information not generally known outside the Company such as information which is unique to the Company, (ii) information about the Company’s projects, developments, business plans, financial plans, products, processes and services, research and development activities, client lists, vendor lists, inventories, marketing techniques, pricing policies, financial


targets, financial information and projections, and (iii) any trade secret information as that term is defined in the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act. However, the term Confidential Information shall not include information that: (1) becomes generally available to and known by the public; (2) was available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure; (3) becomes available to the Executive from a source other than the Company, provided that the Executive has no knowledge that such source is prohibited from disclosing such information to the Executive by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company; or (4) the Executive has independently developed with no reliance on or access to any of the information provided directly or indirectly by the Company.

(c) The Executive’s Use of Confidential Information . Except in connection with and in furtherance of the Executive’s work on the Company’s behalf, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior written consent, at any time, directly or indirectly: (i) use any Confidential Information for any purpose; (ii) disclose or otherwise communicate any Confidential Information to any person or entity; or (iii) accept or participate in any employment, consulting engagement or other business opportunity that inevitably will result in the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

(d) Third-Parties’ Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company has received, and in the future will receive, from third parties confidential or proprietary information, and that the Company must maintain the confidentiality of such information and use it only for authorized purposes. The Executive shall not use or disclose any such information except as authorized by the Company or the third party to whom the information belongs.

(e) Ownership of Works . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose in writing to the Company all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements and innovations (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”) that the Executive has conceived or made during his employment with the Company; provided, however, that in this context, “Inventions” are limited to those which (i) relate in any manner to the existing or contemplated business or research activities of the Company and its affiliates; (ii) are suggested by or result from the Executive’s work at the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the time, materials or facilities of the Company and its affiliates. All Inventions will be the Company’s property rather than the Executive’s. Should the Company request it, the Executive agrees to sign any document that the Company may reasonably require to establish ownership in any Invention.


8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and shall be deemed to be given when delivered personally or four days after it is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or one day after it is sent by a reputable overnight courier service and, in each case, addressed as follows (or if it is sent through any other method agreed upon by the parties):

 

  If to the Company:   

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, CA 92807

Attn: Secretary

 

With a copy to (which shall

not constitute notice):

  

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

1840 Century Park East

Suite 1900

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attn: Mark Kelson

  If to the Executive:   

Kendall R. Hoyd

or to such other address as any party hereto may designate by notice to the others.

(b) Arbitration . To the fullest extent allowed by law, any controversy, claim or dispute between the Executive and the Company (and/or any of its owners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates, or agents) relating to or arising out of the Executive’s employment or the cessation of that employment will be submitted to final and binding arbitration in the county in which the Executive work(ed) for determination in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s (“ AAA ”) National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (which may be found at https://www.adr.org/sites/default/files/Employment%20Rules.pdf) , as the exclusive remedy for such controversy, claim or dispute. In any such arbitration, the parties may conduct discovery in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, except that the arbitrator shall have the authority to order and permit discovery as the arbitrator may deem necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable state or federal discovery statutes. The arbitrator shall issue a reasoned, written decision, and shall have full authority to award all remedies which would be available in court. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by Company; provided however, that at Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Possible disputes covered by the above include (but are not limited to) unpaid wages, breach of contract, torts, violation of public policy, discrimination, harassment, or any other employment-related claims under laws including but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, and any other statutes or laws relating to an employee’s relationship with his/her employer, regardless of whether such dispute is initiated by the employee or the Company. Thus, this bilateral arbitration provision applies to any and all claims that the Company may have against the Executive, including, but not limited to, claims for misappropriation of Company property, disclosure of proprietary information or trade secrets, interference with contract, trade libel, gross negligence, or any other claim for alleged wrongful conduct or breach of the duty of loyalty by the Executive. However, nothing herein shall prevent Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (although if Executive chooses to


pursue a claim following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to the provisions of this Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and the Executive shall have their respective rights to seek and obtain injunctive relief with respect to any controversy, claim or dispute to the extent permitted by law. BY AGREEING TO THIS BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION, BOTH EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY GIVE UP ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY. This arbitration provision is to be construed as broadly as is permissible under applicable law. Executive and Company acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Agreement survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Company.

(c) Entire Agreement . As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, and the Release, each of which is being entered into between the parties concurrently herewith, constitute the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof (it being understood that any Equity Awards shall be governed by the relevant Equity Agreements and any Phantom Stock awards shall be governed by the relevant Phantom Agreements). Such agreements replace and supersede any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, if any, made to the Executive by any predecessor entity to the Company whose business or assets the Company succeeded to in connection with the 144A Offering. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement shall have no force or effect.

(d) Amendments; No Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and any provision hereof may be waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought. The failure of any party hereto at any time to require the performance by any other party hereto of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(f) Agreement Negotiated . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each party has reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has had the opportunity to contribute to its revision. Accordingly, the rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Rather, the terms of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to both parties hereto and not in favor or against either party.

(g) Representations . The parties hereto hereby represent that they each have the authority to enter into this Agreement, and the Executive hereby represents to the Company that the execution of, and performance of duties under, this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of or otherwise violate any other agreement to which the Executive is a party. The Executive hereby further represents to the Company that he will not utilize or disclose any confidential information obtained by the Executive in connection with any former employment with respect to his duties and responsibilities hereunder.


(h) Consultation with Counsel . The Executive acknowledges that he has had a full and complete opportunity to consult with counsel and other advisors of his own choosing concerning the terms, enforceability and implications of this Agreement, and that the Company has not made any representations or warranties to the Executive concerning the terms, enforceability or implications of this Agreement other than as reflected in this Agreement.

(i) Binding Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement is binding on and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned by the Executive.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the “ Company ” shall mean both the Company as defined above and any such successor that assumes this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

(k) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this Section  8(k) , be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(l) Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable to the Executive hereunder all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation (it being understood that the Executive shall be responsible for payment of all taxes in respect of the payments and benefits provided herein).

(m) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or PDF of a signature shall be deemed to be and have the effect of an original signature.

(n) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of any provision hereof.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Kendall R. Hoyd
Kendall R. Hoyd
COMPANY:
SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer


E XHIBIT A

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of voting securities, directly or indirectly, by any “person” or “group” (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules thereunder) having “beneficial ownership” (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ voting securities ”) of the Company that represent greater than 35% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (unless the Executive has beneficial ownership of at least 35% of such voting securities), other than any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of securities:

(i) by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

(ii) by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

(iii) pursuant to a transaction described in clause (c) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (c);

(b) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company’s stockholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; provided, further, that any change in the composition of the Incumbent Board triggered pursuant to Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated on or around the date of this Agreement, by and among (i) the Company (ii) Trive Capital Fund I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, a Delaware limited partnership (iii) Tyrone Johnson, an individual, Kendall Hoyd, an individual, Sunil Palakodati, an individual, and Tim Reed, an individual, and (iv) B. Riley FBR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall not be considered a Change in Control under this clause (b);

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (i) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction


(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, greater than 25% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause as beneficially owning greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The approval by the Company’s stockholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of clause (a) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders, and for purposes of clause (c) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders.


E XHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Kendall R. Hoyd (“ you ” or “ Executive ”). You and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of November 22, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”). You and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1) A blank copy of this Agreement was attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibit B thereto.

2) Termination Payments . If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason (each, as defined in the Employment Agreement), then, in consideration for your execution, delivery and non-revocation of this Agreement, following the Release Date (as defined in Section  3 below), the Company will provide the termination payments and benefits (the “ Termination Payments ”) to you as provided in Section 5 of the Employment Agreement.

3) Release by You . In exchange for the payments and other consideration under this Agreement, to which you would not otherwise be entitled, and except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, you hereby generally and completely release, acquit and forever discharge, and covenant not to sue, the Company, its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, current and former directors, members, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, heirs, beneficiaries, its successors and assigns (both individually and in their official capacities), its parents and subsidiaries, and its officers, directors, managers, partners, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns and affiliates (the “ Releasees ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages, indemnities and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, both known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising out of or in any way related to agreements, events, acts or conduct at any time prior to and including the execution date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to: all such claims and demands directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; claims or demands related to salary, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company, vacation pay, fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, severance pay, or any other form of compensation; claims pursuant to any federal, state or local law, statute, or cause of action; tort law; or contract law. The claims and causes of action you are releasing and waiving in this Agreement include, but are not limited to, any and all claims and causes of action that any of the Company, its parents and subsidiaries, or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns or affiliates:

 

  (a) has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;


  (b) has discriminated against you on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category in violation of any local, state or federal law, constitution, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ ADEA ”); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1981, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Americans With Disabilities Act; the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act; the Family Medical Leave Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Immigration Reform and Control Act; the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended; Section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; and the National Labor Relations Act; and

 

  (c) has violated any statute, public policy or common law (including, but not limited to claims for retaliatory discharge; negligent hiring, retention or supervision; defamation; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress and/or mental anguish; intentional interference with contract; negligence; detrimental reliance; loss of consortium to you or any member of your family and/or promissory estoppel).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, you are not releasing (x) any right of indemnification you may have for any liabilities arising from your actions within the course and scope of your employment with the Company or within the course and scope of your role as an officer and/ or director of the Company, and (y) any right to receive and to enforce the Company’s obligation to pay any Termination Payments due and payable to you. Also excluded from this Agreement are any claims which cannot be waived by law. You are waiving, however, your right to any monetary recovery should any governmental agency or entity, such as the EEOC or the DOL, pursue any claims on your behalf. You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA. You also acknowledge that (i) the consideration given to you in exchange for the waiver and release in this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled, and (ii) that you have been paid for all time worked, have received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which you are eligible, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which you have not already filed a claim. You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing that: (a) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the execution date of this Agreement; (b) you have been advised hereby that you have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (c) you have twenty-one (21) days  to consider this Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily execute this Agreement earlier); (d) you have seven (7) days following your execution of this Agreement to revoke the Agreement; and (e) this Agreement shall not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which shall be the eighth (8 th ) day after this Agreement is executed by you provided the Company has also executed the Release on or before that date (the “ Release Date ”).


4) Return of Company Property . Within ten (10) days of the effective date of the termination of employment, you agree to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property then in existence that you have had in your possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, computers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and, any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof) (“ Company Property ”).  Receipt of the Termination Payments described in Section  2 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon return of all such Company Property.

5) Confidentiality . The provisions of this Agreement will be held in strictest confidence by you and will not be publicized or disclosed in any manner whatsoever;  provided, however,  that: (a) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your immediate family; (b) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your attorney, accountant, auditor, tax preparer, and financial advisor; and (c) you may disclose this Agreement insofar as such disclosure may be required by law.

6) Non-Disparagement . You and the Company, acting through its executive officers, agree not to disparage the other party, and in addition with respect to the Company, you agree not to disparage the Company’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in each case in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided , that both you and the Company will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

7) No Admission . This Agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any wrongful action or violation of any federal, state, or local statute, or common law rights, including those relating to the provisions of any law or statute concerning employment actions, or of any other possible or claimed violation of law or rights.

8) Breach . You agree that upon any material breach of this Agreement, you will forfeit all amounts paid or owing to you under this Agreement. Further, you acknowledge that it may be impossible to assess the damages caused by your material violation of the terms of Sections 4 , 5 , and 6 of this Agreement and further agree that any threatened or actual material violation or breach of those sections of this Agreement will constitute immediate and irreparable injury to the Company. You therefore agree that any such breach of this Agreement is a material breach of this Agreement, and, in addition to any and all other damages and remedies available to the Company upon your breach of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent you from violating or breaching this Agreement.

9) California Civil Code § 1542 . You hereby represent and warrant to the Releasees that you knowingly and intentionally have waived any protection afforded to you by California Civil Code § 1542, which provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.


You further represent and warrant that this Agreement is intended to cover all claims, whether the same are known, unknown or hereafter discovered or ascertained, and the provisions of § 1542 of the California Civil Code are hereby expressly waived.

10) Non-Assignment of Claims . You represent and warrant that you have not heretofore assigned or transferred any matter released by this Agreement or any part or portion thereof. You agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any claims resulting from any such assignment or transfer by you, or asserted by any assignee or transferee.

11) Miscellaneous . This Agreement constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to this subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified by the court so as to be rendered enforceable. This Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and performed entirely within California .

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .     E XECUTIVE
By:          
  Name:     Kendall R. Hoyd
  Title:    

Exhibit 10.6

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 22, 2017 and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Sunil Palakodati (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

1. Employment, Duties and Agreements .

(a) The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive as its President–ASG, and the Executive hereby accepts such position and agrees to serve the Company in such capacity on a full-time basis during the employment period fixed by Section  3 hereof (the “ Employment Period ”). The Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). The Executive shall have such duties and responsibilities as are consistent with the Executive’s position and as may be reasonably assigned by the Board from time to time. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be subject to, and shall act in accordance with, all reasonable instructions and directions of the Board and all applicable policies and rules of the Company.

(b) During the Employment Period, excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive shall devote his full working time and efforts to the performance of his duties and responsibilities hereunder and shall endeavor to promote the business and best interests of the Company.

(c) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall not engage in any business activity other than the Company without the express prior written approval of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees consistent with the Company’s conflicts of interests policies and corporate governance guidelines in effect from time to time, (B) deliver lectures or fulfill speaking engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an executive officer of the Company.

2. Compensation . During the Employment Period:

(a) Base Salary . As compensation for the agreements made by the Executive herein and the performance by the Executive of his obligations hereunder, during the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive, pursuant to the Company’s normal and customary payroll procedures, a base salary at the rate of $375,000 per annum, (the “ Base


Salary ”). During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase (but not decrease) in the Company’s sole discretion, as determined by the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”); provided, however, that the Executive shall be entitled to any annual cost-of-living increases in Base Salary that are granted to senior executives of the Company generally. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The term “Base Salary” as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so adjusted.

(b) Annual Bonus . In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible, through participation in the Company’s annual bonus plan or other similar plan to the extent then in effect, to earn an annual bonus (the “ Annual Bonus ”) in each fiscal year during the Employment Period, with a target Annual Bonus of seventy five percent (75%) of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), with the actual payout based on the achievement of annual individual and Company performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee. Any Annual Bonus earned in the first year of the Employment Period shall be pro-rated for the number of days of the year that the Executive is employed by the Company. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before March 15 th of each calendar year immediately following the year in which compensation is earned in accordance with the applicable plan (except as otherwise provided herein).

(c) Long Term Incentive Award . Pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the Incentive Plan ”), as soon as administratively practicable on or after the Effective Date, the Executive shall be eligible to receive the following awards granted thereunder:

(i) A restricted stock award with respect to that number of restricted shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.375% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the Company’s Regulation 144A private placement offering (the “ 144A Offering ”) (such shares, the “ Restricted Stock ”). The Restricted Stock award shall be subject to following vesting schedules:

A. 0.3% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the 2018 calendar year (the “ 2018 Performance Goa l”) to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement (as defined below), provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.

B. 0.075% of the Shares shall be subject to both a time-based vesting schedule (one third (1/3) of the shares shall vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the Effective Date) and a performance based vesting schedule (the satisfaction of a pre-established performance goal for the fourth quarter of 2017 (the “ 2017 Performance Goal ”)), to be set forth more fully in the Equity Agreement, provided in each case that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the respective vesting dates.


Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock shall be set forth in a restricted stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Equity Agreement ”).

(ii) A phantom stock award with respect to that number of shares of the common stock of the Company equal to 0.375% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Phantom Shares ”), on a fully diluted basis, as of the date of the closing of the 144A Offering (such shares, the “ Phantom Stock ”). The Phantom Stock award shall be subject to a performance based vesting schedule as follows:

A. 0.3% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2018 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement (as defined below). If the performance goals are achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2019, provided that the Executive remains employed by the Company on the payment date.

B. 0.075% of the Phantom Shares shall vest based on the satisfaction of the 2017 Performance Goal, to be set forth more fully in the Phantom Agreement. If the 2017 Performance Goal is achieved, this portion of the Phantom Stock award shall be settled, in a lump sum cash payment by March 15, 2018, provided that the Executive remains employed with the Company on the payment date.

Consistent with the foregoing, the terms and conditions of the Phantom Stock shall be set forth in a phantom stock award agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Executive in the form adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, in conjunction with the adoption of the Incentive Plan (the “ Phantom Agreement ”).

(d) Benefit Plans . In addition, (i) the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company; (ii) the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, vision, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives; (iii) the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with subsection (h) below and the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company; and (iv) the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices, and procedures of the Company.

(e) Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to twenty (20) days paid vacation per year (prorated for partial years), and to such paid holidays as are observed by the Company from time to time, all in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices that are applicable to the Company’s senior executives. Unused vacation will be carried over from year to year and/or paid out as provided in the Company’s vacation plans and polices in effect as of the Effective Date.


(f) Insurance . The Company shall maintain (i) a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, or an equivalent errors and omissions liability insurance policy and (ii) an employment practices liability insurance policy. Each such policy shall cover the Executive with scope, exclusions, amounts and deductibles no less favorable to the insured than those applicable to the Company’s senior executive officers and directors on the Effective Date, or any more favorable as may be available to any other director or senior executive officer of the Company, while the Executive is employed with the Company and thereafter until the sixth anniversary of the Executive’s Scheduled Termination Date (as defined below).

(g) Business Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable business expenses upon the presentation of statements of such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures now in force or as such policies and procedures may be modified with respect to all senior executive officers of the Company.

3. Employment Period . The Employment Period shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date, provided that on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Effective Date and on each anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended for additional one (1)-year periods unless either party provides the other party with notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days before any such anniversary (the anniversary date on which the Employment Period terminates shall be referred to herein as the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”). “ Effective Date ” means the date of the closing of the 144A Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated during the Employment Period prior to the Scheduled Termination Date upon the earliest to occur of any one of the following events (at which time the Employment Period shall be terminated):

(a) Death . The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability . The Company shall be entitled to terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means the Executive’s inability by reason of physical or mental illness to fulfill his obligations hereunder for ninety (90) consecutive days or a total of one hundred eighty (180) days in any twelve (12)-month period which, in the reasonable opinion of an independent physician selected by the Company or its insurers and reasonably acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his job, even after reasonable accommodations are made by the Company.

(c) Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Cause ” shall mean:

(i) conviction (or a plea of nolo contendere ) by the Executive to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty;


(ii) acts of fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation committed by the Executive and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the Company;

(iii) willful misconduct by the Executive in the performance of the Executive’s duties required by this Agreement which is likely to materially damage the financial position or reputation of the Company;

(iv) a material breach of this Agreement by the Executive which is not cured within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Executive of a Notice of Termination (as defined under Section  4 below) from the Company; or

(v) a breach of Section  7 of this Agreement, which the Executive acknowledges cannot be cured within the meaning of subsection (iv) above.

The foregoing is an exclusive list of the acts or omissions that shall be considered Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the termination of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until (A) the Board shall have provided the Executive with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Cause and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, and (B) in the case of subsection (iv) above, the Executive shall have had the opportunity to cure such breach with the time period specified, and (C) in all cases where Cause is alleged, the Executive shall have had a reasonable opportunity to prepare and present his case to the full Board (with the assistance of his own counsel) before any termination for Cause is finalized by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors (not including the vote of the Executive).

For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act of the Executive shall be willful or intentional if performed in good faith with the reasonable belief that the action or inaction was in the best interest of the Company. In addition, nothing herein shall limit or otherwise prevent the Executive from challenging judicially any determination of Cause as made by the Board hereunder.

(d) Without Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder during the Employment Period without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, a notice of non-renewal given by the Company as provided in Section  3 herein shall be treated as a termination of employment by the Company without Cause.

(e) For Good Reason . The Executive may terminate his employment hereunder for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (i) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company (including the Company’s withholding or failure to pay compensation when due to the Executive); (ii) a material reduction in the Executive’s titles, duties, authority, or responsibilities, or the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent with the Executive’s position, authority, duties, or responsibilities without the written consent of the Executive; (iii) a reduction in the Executive’s annual Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity, as currently in effect or as may be increased from time to time, including, but not limited to, elimination or reduction in the Executive’s participation in the


Incentive Plan for reasons other than those specified in such plan; or (iv) the failure of the Company to nominate the Executive for election as a member of the Board. With respect to the acts or omissions set forth in this subsection (e), (A) the Executive shall provide the Board with a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below) specifying in detail the basis for the termination of employment for Good Reason and the provision(s) under this Agreement on which such termination is based, (B) the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the matters specified in the notice delivered, and (C) if uncured, the Executive must terminate his employment with the Company within ninety (90) days after the initial existence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason in order for such termination to be considered to be for Good Reason.

(f) Voluntarily . The Executive may voluntarily terminate his employment hereunder, without Good Reason, provided that the Executive provides the Company with notice of his intent to terminate his employment at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Date of Termination (as defined in Section  4 below).

4. Termination Procedure .

(a) Notice of Termination . Any termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company or by the Executive during the Employment Period (other than a termination on account of the death of the Executive) shall be communicated by a written “ Notice of Termination ” to the other party hereto in accordance with Section  8(a) .

(b) Date of Termination . “ Date of Termination ” shall mean (i) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section  3(b) , on the date the Executive receives Notice of Termination from the Company, (iii) if the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment (whether or not for Good Reason), the date specified in the notice given pursuant to Section  3(e) or 3(f) herein which shall not be less than thirty (30) days after the Notice of Termination, and (iv) if the Executive’s employment is terminated for any other reason, the date on which a Notice of Termination is given or any later date (within thirty (30) days, or any alternative time period agreed upon by the parties, after the giving of such notice) set forth in such Notice of Termination.

5. Termination Payments .

(a) Without Cause or for Good Reason . In the event the Employment Period terminates under this Agreement as a result of the Company terminating the Executive’s employment without Cause (other than pursuant to Sections  4(a) or (b) ) or the Executive terminating his employment for Good Reason:

(i) The Company shall pay to the Executive, upon the Date of Termination:

A. (A) the Executive’s accrued but unused vacation, unreimbursed business expenses and Base Salary through the Date of Termination (to the extent not theretofore paid) (the “ Accrued Benefits ”), and (B) one (1) times the Executive’s Base Salary, in each case payable in a lump sum (the “ Base Severance ”).


B. In lieu of any Annual Bonus under Section  2(b) for the fiscal year in which Executive’s employment terminates, a lump sum amount equal to the Annual Bonus that would have become payable in cash to Executive for that fiscal year if his employment had not terminated, based on performance actually achieved in that year (determined by the Board following completion of the performance year and paid at the time specified in the applicable plan), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Executive was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the fiscal year of termination.

(ii) The Company shall provide to the Executive an additional amount, each month for twelve (12) months after the Date of Termination, equal to the amount the Company would have paid for its share of the premiums for the Executive and his dependents coverage under the Company’s medical plan as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.

(iii) All outstanding and then unvested stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company’s equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) (each, an “ Equity Award ”) shall be modified to reflect an additional one (1) year of vesting.

(iv) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive as of the Termination Date under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the “ Other Benefits ”).

(v) If the Date of Termination under this Section  5(a) occurs within the twelve (12)-month period following a Change in Control, in addition to the other payments provided for in this Section  5(a) , the Company shall pay the Executive an amount equal to one (1) times the Base Severance and Target Bonus for the current fiscal year, in a lump sum cash payment, upon the Date of Termination, and all outstanding and then unvested Equity Awards and Phantom Awards (in each case to the extent not forfeited due to the failure to meet the performance-based vesting schedules, if any, thereunder) granted to the Executive shall accelerate and become fully vested. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning specified on Exhibit  A attached hereto.

(vi) For the avoidance of doubt, upon termination of the Employment Period without Cause or as a result of Good Reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits not expressly provided for in this Section  5(a) , regardless of the time that would otherwise remain in the Employment Period had the Employment Period not been terminated without Cause or for Good Reason, except any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(a) , any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and Section 601 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which provisions are commonly known as “COBRA”) or such other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.


(vii) The payments and benefits provided under this Section  5(a) are subject to and conditioned upon (A) the Executive executing a timely and valid release of claims (“ Release ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  B , waiving all claims the Executive may have against the Company, its successors, assigns, affiliates, executives, officers and directors, (B) the Executive delivering the executed Release to the Company within twenty-one days following the Date of Termination, (C) such Release and the waiver contained therein becoming effective and not revoked. In the event that payments are made hereunder prior to the execution of the Release and the Executive does not execute the Release in the time and manner set forth herein, the Executive shall promptly pay to the Company such amounts or the value of such benefits so received.

(b) Cause or Voluntarily Other than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period by the Company for Cause or voluntarily by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay the Executive upon the Date of Termination the Accrued Benefits and the Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation provided under the Equity Agreements which shall be paid in accordance with such agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(b) or with respect to any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company and the continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

(c) Disability or Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Period as a result of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive or the Executive’s estate, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination, the Accrued Benefits and Other Benefits and any benefits or compensation to be paid under the Equity Agreements. Except as provided in this Section  5(c) , or pursuant to the terms of the Equity Agreements, and except for any vested benefits under any tax qualified pension plans of the Company, and continuation of health insurance benefits on the terms and to the extent required by COBRA or any other analogous legislation as may be applicable to the Executive, the Company shall have no additional obligations under this Agreement.

6. Compliance with Section 409(A) . This Agreement is intended to either comply with, or fall within an exemption to, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be interpreted and construed consistently with such intent. To the maximum extent possible, the payments to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement are also intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under either the separation pay exemption pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) or as short-term deferrals pursuant to Treasury regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(4). In the event the terms of this Agreement would subject the Executive to taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code (“ 409A Penalties ”), the Company and Executive shall cooperate diligently to amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid such 409A Penalties, to the extent possible; provided that such amendment shall not increase or reduce (in the aggregate) the amounts payable to the Executive hereunder. Any taxable reimbursement payable to the


Executive pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the reimbursable expense. Any amount of expenses eligible for taxable reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit provided, during a calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or such in-kind benefit to be provided, during any other calendar year. The right to such reimbursement or such in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit. Any right to a series of installment payments pursuant to this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments. If, as of the Date of Termination, the Executive is a “specified employee”, then no payment or benefit that is payable on account of the Executive’s “separation from service”, as that term is defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, shall be made before the date that is six (6) months after the Executive’s “separation from service” (or, if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death) if and to the extent that such payment or benefit constitutes deferred compensation (or may be nonqualified deferred compensation) under Section 409A of the Code and such deferral is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Any payment or benefit delayed by reason of the prior sentence shall be paid out or provided in a single lump sum at the end of such required delay period in order to catch up to the original payment schedule. For purposes of this provision, the Executive shall be considered to be a “specified employee” if, at the time of his “separation from service”, the Executive is a “key employee”, within the meaning of Section 416(i) of the Code, of the Company (or any person or entity with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) or Section 414(c) of the Code) any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.

7. Protection of Trade Secrets and Confidential Information.

(a) Acknowledgments Regarding “Confidential Information” . In performing his duties as an executive of the Company, the Executive acknowledges that he will have access to documents, trade secrets, and other confidential and proprietary information which consists of information known by the Executive as a consequence of his employment with the Company (including information originated, discovered and/or developed by the Executive). The Executive acknowledges that all of the Confidential Information, as defined below, made accessible to the Executive shall be provided only in strict confidence; that unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information may damage the Company’s business; that Confidential Information could be susceptible to immediate competitive application by a competitor of the Company; that the Company’s business is substantially dependent on access to and the continuing secrecy of Confidential Information; that Confidential Information is novel, unique to the Company and known only to the Executive, the Company and certain key employees and contractors of the Company; that the Company shall at all times retain ownership and control of all Confidential Information; and that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests.

(b) Definition of Confidential Information . The term “ Confidential Information ” means confidential and proprietary information of the Company, including, but not limited to, (i) information not generally known outside the Company such as information which is unique to the Company, (ii) information about the Company’s projects, developments, business plans, financial plans, products, processes and services, research and development activities, client lists, vendor lists, inventories, marketing techniques, pricing policies, financial


targets, financial information and projections, and (iii) any trade secret information as that term is defined in the California Uniform Trade Secrets Act. However, the term Confidential Information shall not include information that: (1) becomes generally available to and known by the public; (2) was available to the Executive on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure; (3) becomes available to the Executive from a source other than the Company, provided that the Executive has no knowledge that such source is prohibited from disclosing such information to the Executive by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Company; or (4) the Executive has independently developed with no reliance on or access to any of the information provided directly or indirectly by the Company.

(c) The Executive’s Use of Confidential Information . Except in connection with and in furtherance of the Executive’s work on the Company’s behalf, the Executive shall not, without the Company’s prior written consent, at any time, directly or indirectly: (i) use any Confidential Information for any purpose; (ii) disclose or otherwise communicate any Confidential Information to any person or entity; or (iii) accept or participate in any employment, consulting engagement or other business opportunity that inevitably will result in the disclosure or use of any Confidential Information.

(d) Third-Parties’ Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that the Company has received, and in the future will receive, from third parties confidential or proprietary information, and that the Company must maintain the confidentiality of such information and use it only for authorized purposes. The Executive shall not use or disclose any such information except as authorized by the Company or the third party to whom the information belongs.

(e) Ownership of Works . The Executive agrees to promptly disclose in writing to the Company all inventions, discoveries, developments, improvements and innovations (collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”) that the Executive has conceived or made during his employment with the Company; provided, however, that in this context, “Inventions” are limited to those which (i) relate in any manner to the existing or contemplated business or research activities of the Company and its affiliates; (ii) are suggested by or result from the Executive’s work at the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the time, materials or facilities of the Company and its affiliates. All Inventions will be the Company’s property rather than the Executive’s. Should the Company request it, the Executive agrees to sign any document that the Company may reasonably require to establish ownership in any Invention.


8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . Any notice or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement shall be effective only if it is in writing and shall be deemed to be given when delivered personally or four days after it is mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or one day after it is sent by a reputable overnight courier service and, in each case, addressed as follows (or if it is sent through any other method agreed upon by the parties):

 

  If to the Company:   

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, CA 92807

Attn: Secretary

  With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):   

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

1840 Century Park East

Suite 1900

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attn: Mark Kelson

  If to the Executive:   

Sunil Palakodati

or to such other address as any party hereto may designate by notice to the others.

(b) Arbitration . To the fullest extent allowed by law, any controversy, claim or dispute between the Executive and the Company (and/or any of its owners, directors, officers, employees, affiliates, or agents) relating to or arising out of the Executive’s employment or the cessation of that employment will be submitted to final and binding arbitration in the county in which the Executive work(ed) for determination in accordance with the American Arbitration Association’s (“ AAA ”) National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (which may be found at https://www.adr.org/sites/default/files/Employment%20Rules.pdf ), as the exclusive remedy for such controversy, claim or dispute. In any such arbitration, the parties may conduct discovery in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, except that the arbitrator shall have the authority to order and permit discovery as the arbitrator may deem necessary and appropriate in accordance with applicable state or federal discovery statutes. The arbitrator shall issue a reasoned, written decision, and shall have full authority to award all remedies which would be available in court. The arbitrators’ fees and expenses and all administrative fees and expenses associated with the filing of the arbitration shall be borne by Company; provided however, that at Executive’s option, Executive may voluntarily pay up to one-half the costs and fees. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Possible disputes covered by the above include (but are not limited to) unpaid wages, breach of contract, torts, violation of public policy, discrimination, harassment, or any other employment-related claims under laws including but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans With Disabilities Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, and any other statutes or laws relating to an employee’s relationship with his/her employer, regardless of whether such dispute is initiated by the employee or the Company. Thus, this bilateral arbitration provision applies to any and all claims that the Company may have against the Executive, including, but not limited to, claims for misappropriation of Company property, disclosure of proprietary information or trade secrets, interference with contract, trade libel, gross negligence, or any other claim for alleged wrongful conduct or breach of the duty of loyalty by the Executive. However, nothing herein shall prevent Executive from filing and pursuing proceedings before the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, or the


United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (although if Executive chooses to pursue a claim following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, that claim would be subject to the provisions of this Agreement). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company and the Executive shall have their respective rights to seek and obtain injunctive relief with respect to any controversy, claim or dispute to the extent permitted by law. BY AGREEING TO THIS BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION, BOTH EXECUTIVE AND THE COMPANY GIVE UP ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY. This arbitration provision is to be construed as broadly as is permissible under applicable law. Executive and Company acknowledge and agree that their obligations to arbitrate under this Agreement survive the termination of this Agreement and continue after the termination of the employment relationship between Executive and Company.

(c) Entire Agreement . As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, and the Release, each of which is being entered into between the parties concurrently herewith, constitute the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof (it being understood that any Equity Awards shall be governed by the relevant Equity Agreements and any Phantom Stock awards shall be governed by the relevant Phantom Agreements). Such agreements replace and supersede any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, if any, made to the Executive by any predecessor entity to the Company whose business or assets the Company succeeded to in connection with the 144A Offering. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement shall have no force or effect.

(d) Amendments; No Waiver . This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and any provision hereof may be waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought. The failure of any party hereto at any time to require the performance by any other party hereto of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of any succeeding breach of such provision or a waiver of the provision itself or a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed under and in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

(f) Agreement Negotiated . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each party has reviewed and negotiated the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has had the opportunity to contribute to its revision. Accordingly, the rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement. Rather, the terms of this Agreement shall be construed fairly as to both parties hereto and not in favor or against either party.

(g) Representations . The parties hereto hereby represent that they each have the authority to enter into this Agreement, and the Executive hereby represents to the Company that the execution of, and performance of duties under, this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of or otherwise violate any other agreement to which the Executive is a party. The Executive hereby further represents to the Company that he will not utilize or disclose any confidential information obtained by the Executive in connection with any former employment with respect to his duties and responsibilities hereunder.


(h) Consultation with Counsel . The Executive acknowledges that he has had a full and complete opportunity to consult with counsel and other advisors of his own choosing concerning the terms, enforceability and implications of this Agreement, and that the Company has not made any representations or warranties to the Executive concerning the terms, enforceability or implications of this Agreement other than as reflected in this Agreement.

(i) Binding Agreement; Assignment . This Agreement is binding on and is for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives. Neither this Agreement nor any right or obligation hereunder may be assigned by the Executive.

(j) Successors and Assigns . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the “ Company ” shall mean both the Company as defined above and any such successor that assumes this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.

(k) Severability . Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) which is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this Section  8(k) , be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or rendering any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.

(l) Withholding . The Company may withhold from any amounts payable to the Executive hereunder all federal, state, city or other taxes that the Company may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation (it being understood that the Executive shall be responsible for payment of all taxes in respect of the payments and benefits provided herein).

(m) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or PDF of a signature shall be deemed to be and have the effect of an original signature.

(n) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be a part of or control or affect the meaning of any provision hereof.

[ Signature Page Follows ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EXECUTIVE:
/s/ Sunil Palakodati
Sunil Palakodati

 

COMPANY:
SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO E MPLOYMENT A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(a) Any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of voting securities, directly or indirectly, by any “person” or “group” (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and the rules thereunder) having “beneficial ownership” (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d 3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“ voting securities ”) of the Company that represent greater than 35% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (unless the Executive has beneficial ownership of at least 35% of such voting securities), other than any transaction or event resulting in the beneficial ownership of securities:

(i) by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

(ii) by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

(iii) pursuant to a transaction described in clause (c) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (c);

(b) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company’s stockholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; provided, further, that any change in the composition of the Incumbent Board triggered pursuant to Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated on or around the date of this Agreement, by and among (i) the Company (ii) Trive Capital Fund I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, a Delaware limited partnership (iii) Tyrone Johnson, an individual, Kendall Hoyd, an individual, Sunil Palakodati, an individual, and Tim Reed, an individual, and (iv) B. Riley FBR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, shall not be considered a Change in Control under this clause (b);

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (i) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination, (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (iii) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction


(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “ Successor Entity ”)) directly or indirectly, greater than 25% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause as beneficially owning greater than 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

(d) The approval by the Company’s stockholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of clause (a) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders, and for purposes of clause (c) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company’s stockholders.


E XHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

This RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Sunil Palakodati (“ you ” or “ Executive ”). You and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement dated as of November 22, 2017 (the “ Employment Agreement ”). You and the Company hereby agree as follows:

1) A blank copy of this Agreement was attached to the Employment Agreement as Exhibit B thereto.

2) Termination Payments . If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or if you resign for Good Reason (each, as defined in the Employment Agreement), then, in consideration for your execution, delivery and non-revocation of this Agreement, following the Release Date (as defined in Section  3 below), the Company will provide the termination payments and benefits (the “ Termination Payments ”) to you as provided in Section 5 of the Employment Agreement.

3) Release by You . In exchange for the payments and other consideration under this Agreement, to which you would not otherwise be entitled, and except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, you hereby generally and completely release, acquit and forever discharge, and covenant not to sue, the Company, its respective subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors, current and former directors, members, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, heirs, beneficiaries, its successors and assigns (both individually and in their official capacities), its parents and subsidiaries, and its officers, directors, managers, partners, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns and affiliates (the “ Releasees ”), of and from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages, indemnities and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, both known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising out of or in any way related to agreements, events, acts or conduct at any time prior to and including the execution date of this Agreement, including, but not limited to: all such claims and demands directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected with your employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; claims or demands related to salary, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company, vacation pay, fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, severance pay, or any other form of compensation; claims pursuant to any federal, state or local law, statute, or cause of action; tort law; or contract law. The claims and causes of action you are releasing and waiving in this Agreement include, but are not limited to, any and all claims and causes of action that any of the Company, its parents and subsidiaries, or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns or affiliates:

 

  (a) has violated its personnel policies, handbooks, contracts of employment, or covenants of good faith and fair dealing;


  (b) has discriminated against you on the basis of age, race, color, sex (including sexual harassment), national origin, ancestry, disability, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, parental status, source of income, entitlement to benefits, any union activities or other protected category in violation of any local, state or federal law, constitution, ordinance, or regulation, including but not limited to: the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ ADEA ”); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; 42 U.S.C. § 1981, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1866; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Equal Pay Act; the Americans With Disabilities Act; the Genetic Information Non-Discrimination Act; the Family Medical Leave Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Immigration Reform and Control Act; the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended; Section 510 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; and the National Labor Relations Act; and

 

  (c) has violated any statute, public policy or common law (including, but not limited to claims for retaliatory discharge; negligent hiring, retention or supervision; defamation; intentional or negligent infliction of emotional distress and/or mental anguish; intentional interference with contract; negligence; detrimental reliance; loss of consortium to you or any member of your family and/or promissory estoppel).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, you are not releasing (x) any right of indemnification you may have for any liabilities arising from your actions within the course and scope of your employment with the Company or within the course and scope of your role as an officer and/ or director of the Company, and (y) any right to receive and to enforce the Company’s obligation to pay any Termination Payments due and payable to you. Also excluded from this Agreement are any claims which cannot be waived by law. You are waiving, however, your right to any monetary recovery should any governmental agency or entity, such as the EEOC or the DOL, pursue any claims on your behalf. You acknowledge that you are knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights you may have under the ADEA. You also acknowledge that (i) the consideration given to you in exchange for the waiver and release in this Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which you were already entitled, and (ii) that you have been paid for all time worked, have received all the leave, leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which you are eligible, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which you have not already filed a claim. You further acknowledge that you have been advised by this writing that: (a) your waiver and release do not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the execution date of this Agreement; (b) you have been advised hereby that you have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (c) you have twenty-one (21) days  to consider this Agreement (although you may choose to voluntarily execute this Agreement earlier); (d) you have seven (7) days following your execution of this Agreement to revoke the Agreement; and (e) this Agreement shall not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which shall be the eighth (8 th ) day after this Agreement is executed by you provided the Company has also executed the Release on or before that date (the “ Release Date ”).


4) Return of Company Property . Within ten (10) days of the effective date of the termination of employment, you agree to return to the Company all Company documents (and all copies thereof) and other Company property then in existence that you have had in your possession at any time, including, but not limited to, Company files, notes, drawings, records, business plans and forecasts, financial information, specifications, computer-recorded information, tangible property (including, but not limited to, computers), credit cards, entry cards, identification badges and keys; and, any materials of any kind that contain or embody any proprietary or confidential information of the Company (and all reproductions thereof) (“ Company Property ”).  Receipt of the Termination Payments described in Section  2 of this Agreement is expressly conditioned upon return of all such Company Property.

5) Confidentiality . The provisions of this Agreement will be held in strictest confidence by you and will not be publicized or disclosed in any manner whatsoever;  provided, however,  that: (a) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your immediate family; (b) you may disclose this Agreement in confidence to your attorney, accountant, auditor, tax preparer, and financial advisor; and (c) you may disclose this Agreement insofar as such disclosure may be required by law.

6) Non-Disparagement . You and the Company, acting through its executive officers, agree not to disparage the other party, and in addition with respect to the Company, you agree not to disparage the Company’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in each case in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided , that both you and the Company will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

7) No Admission . This Agreement does not constitute an admission by the Company of any wrongful action or violation of any federal, state, or local statute, or common law rights, including those relating to the provisions of any law or statute concerning employment actions, or of any other possible or claimed violation of law or rights.

8) Breach . You agree that upon any material breach of this Agreement, you will forfeit all amounts paid or owing to you under this Agreement. Further, you acknowledge that it may be impossible to assess the damages caused by your material violation of the terms of Sections 4 , 5 , and 6 of this Agreement and further agree that any threatened or actual material violation or breach of those sections of this Agreement will constitute immediate and irreparable injury to the Company. You therefore agree that any such breach of this Agreement is a material breach of this Agreement, and, in addition to any and all other damages and remedies available to the Company upon your breach of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief to prevent you from violating or breaching this Agreement.

9) California Civil Code § 1542 . You hereby represent and warrant to the Releasees that you knowingly and intentionally have waived any protection afforded to you by California Civil Code § 1542, which provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.


You further represent and warrant that this Agreement is intended to cover all claims, whether the same are known, unknown or hereafter discovered or ascertained, and the provisions of § 1542 of the California Civil Code are hereby expressly waived.

10) Non-Assignment of Claims . You represent and warrant that you have not heretofore assigned or transferred any matter released by this Agreement or any part or portion thereof. You agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any claims resulting from any such assignment or transfer by you, or asserted by any assignee or transferee.

11) Miscellaneous . This Agreement constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between you and the Company with regard to this subject matter. It is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by both you and a duly authorized officer of the Company. This Agreement will bind the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of both you and the Company, and inure to the benefit of both you and the Company, their heirs, successors and assigns. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination will not affect any other provision of this Agreement and the provision in question will be modified by the court so as to be rendered enforceable. This Agreement will be deemed to have been entered into and will be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts made and performed entirely within California .

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .     E XECUTIVE
By:            
  Name:     Sunil Palakodati
  Title:      

Exhibit 10.7

F ORM OF

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement, dated as of              , 20      (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims being asserted against directors and officers of companies in today’s environment;

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) requires the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, and the Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Company in part in reliance on such provisions in the Bylaws;

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (“ Board of Directors ”) has determined that enhancing the ability of the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons is in the best interests of the Company and that the Company therefore should seek to assure such persons that indemnification and insurance coverage will be available in the future; and

WHEREAS, in recognition of the Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued service to the Company in an effective manner and the Indemnitee’s reliance on the Bylaws, and in part to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Bylaws will be available to the Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of such Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted by law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained, for the continued coverage of the Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the Indemnitee serving the Company directly or, at its request, as an officer, director, manager, member, partner, tax matters partner, fiduciary or trustee of, or in any other capacity with, another Person (as defined below) or any employee benefit plan, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Certain Definitions : In addition to terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used in this Agreement:

Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50%


or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Claim ” means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any appeal of any kind thereof, or any inquiry or investigation, in each case whether instituted by (or in the right of) the Company or any governmental agency or any other person or entity, in which the Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise.

Expenses ” include reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable direct or indirect costs, expenses and obligations, including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, appeal bonds, amounts paid in settlement (which settlement shall have been approved by the Company in accordance with the terms hereof), and counsel fees and disbursements (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, court costs, retainers, appeal bond premiums, transcript fees, duplicating, printing and binding costs, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) paid or incurred in connection with investigating, prosecuting, defending, settling, arbitrating, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, prosecute, defend, settle, arbitrate, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim relating to any Indemnifiable Event, and shall include (without limitation) all attorneys’ fees and all other expenses incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in connection with preparing and submitting any requests or statements for indemnification, advancement or any other right provided by this Agreement (including, without limitation, such fees or expenses incurred in connection with legal proceedings contemplated by Section  2(d) hereof).

Indemnifiable Amounts ” means (i) any and all liabilities, Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, Expenses, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or amounts paid in settlement) arising out of or resulting from any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event, (ii) any liability pursuant to a loan guaranty or otherwise, for any indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including, without limitation, any indebtedness which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has assumed or taken subject to, and (iii) any liabilities which an Indemnitee incurs as a result of acting on behalf of the Company (whether as a fiduciary or otherwise) in connection with the operation, administration or maintenance of an employee benefit plan or any related trust or funding mechanism (whether such liabilities are in the form of excise taxes assessed by the United States Internal Revenue Service, penalties assessed by the United States Department of Labor, restitutions to such a plan or trust or other funding mechanism or to a participant or beneficiary of such plan, trust or other funding mechanism, or otherwise).

Indemnifiable Event ” means any event or occurrence, whether occurring before, on or after the date of this Agreement, related to the fact that the Indemnitee is or was (or has agreed to serve as) a director,

 

2


officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or is or was serving (or has agreed to serve) at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of anything done or not done by the Indemnitee in any such capacity (in all cases whether or not the Indemnitee is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any Indemnifiable Amount is incurred for which indemnification, advancement or any other right can be provided by this Agreement).

Independent Legal Counsel ” means an attorney or firm of attorneys (following a Change in Control, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section  3 hereof), who is experienced in the matters of corporate law and who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee within the last five years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Reviewing Party ” means any appropriate person or body consisting of a member or members of the Board of Directors or any other person or body appointed by the Board of Directors who is not a party to the particular Claim for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification, or Independent Legal Counsel.

Voting Securities ” means any securities of the Company which vote generally in the election of directors.

2.     Basic Indemnification Arrangement; Advancement of Expenses.

(a)    In the event that the Indemnitee was, is or becomes subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made subject to, a party to or witness or other participant in, a Claim by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee, or cause such Indemnitee to be indemnified, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law; provided , however , that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to the Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the date hereof or as such benefits may improve as a result of amendments after the date hereof. Payments of Indemnifiable Amounts shall be made as soon as practicable but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after written demand is presented to the Company.

(b)    If so requested by the Indemnitee, the Company shall advance, or cause to be advanced (within five business days of such request), any and all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee (an “ Expense Advance ”). The Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), pay, or caused to be paid, such Expenses on behalf of the Indemnitee, unless the Indemnitee shall have elected to pay such Expenses and have such Expenses reimbursed, in which case the Company shall reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed, the Indemnitee for such Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, the Indemnitee’s right to an Expense Advance is absolute and shall not be subject to any prior determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee has satisfied any applicable standard of conduct for indemnification. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of the Indemnitee other than execution of this Agreement. If the Indemnitee commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any Expense Advance until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto.

 

3


(c)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Claim initiated by the Indemnitee unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board of Directors has authorized or consented to the initiation of such Claim, or (ii) the Claim is one to enforce the Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement (including an action pursued by the Indemnitee to secure a determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law).

(d)    A determination by the Company that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section  2(a) hereof shall be made only by the Reviewing Party pursuant to a legal opinion. If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board of Directors, and if there has been such a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Legal Counsel referred to in Section  3 hereof. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party within thirty (30) days after written demand is presented to the Company or if the Reviewing Party determines that the Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, the Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court in the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any such determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect thereof, including the legal or factual bases therefor, and the Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.

(e)    To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Indemnifiable Amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith, notwithstanding an earlier determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law.

3.     Change in Control . The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), then with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of the Indemnitee to indemnity payments and Expense Advances under this Agreement or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), or the Bylaws hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, the Company shall seek legal advice only from Independent Legal Counsel selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and the Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent the Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel and to indemnify fully such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

4.     Indemnification for Additional Expenses . The Company shall indemnify, or cause the indemnification of, the Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by the Indemnitee, shall advance such Expenses to the Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section  2(b) , which are incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by the Indemnitee for (a) indemnification or an Expense Advance by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement, or provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or of the Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to Claims for Indemnifiable Events, and/or (b) recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether the Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, Expense Advance or insurance recovery, as the case may be; provided , that the Indemnitee shall be required to reimburse such Expenses in the event that a final judicial determination is made (as to

 

4


which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that such action brought by the Indemnitee, or the defense by the Indemnitee of an action brought by the Company or any other person, as applicable, was frivolous or in bad faith.

5.     Partial Indemnity, Etc. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses or other Indemnifiable Amounts in respect of a Claim but not, however, for the entire amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is entitled. Moreover, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any or all Claims relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, including dismissal without prejudice, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

6.     Burden of Proof . In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the Reviewing Party, court, any finder of fact or other relevant person shall presume that the Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish by clear and convincing evidence that the Indemnitee is not so entitled.

7.     Reliance as Safe Harbor . For purposes of this Agreement, and without creating any presumption as to a lack of good faith if the following circumstances do not exist, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company if the Indemnitee’s actions or omissions to act are taken in good faith reliance upon the records of the Company, including its financial statements, or upon information, opinions, reports or statements furnished to the Indemnitee by the officers or employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in the course of their duties, or by committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other Person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters the Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company shall not be imputed to the Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnity hereunder.

8.     No Other Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Claim by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of the Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether the Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party that the Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by the Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that the Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law shall be a defense to the Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief.

9.     Nonexclusivity, Etc . The rights of the Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights the Indemnitee may have under the Bylaws, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), or otherwise. To the extent that a change in the DGCL (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification by agreement than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Bylaws, it is the intent of the parties hereto that

 

5


the Indemnitee shall enjoy the greater benefits regardless of whether contained herein or in the Bylaws. No amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to the Indemnitee under this Agreement. No limitation of the Indemnitee’s rights pursuant to this Agreement shall in any way limit, or imply any limitation of, the Indemnitee’s rights under any other agreement.

10.     Liability Insurance . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing directors and officers with coverage for any liability asserted by reason of the fact that they are serving as a director or officer or have agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, and, to the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any Company director or officer. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from the Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

11.     Period of Limitations . No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against the Indemnitee, the Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided , however , that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

12.     Amendments, Etc. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

13.     Subrogation . Subject to Section  15(c) hereof, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company shall pay or reimburse all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

14.     No Duplication of Payments . Subject to Section  15(c) hereof, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Claim made against the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy, any provision of the Bylaws or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder.

15.     Defense of Claims/Settlement .

(a)    The Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event or to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee; provided , that if the Indemnitee reasonably believes, after consultation with counsel selected by the Indemnitee, that (i) the use of counsel chosen by the Company to represent the Indemnitee would present such counsel with an actual or potential conflict of interest, (ii) the named parties in any such Claim

 

6


(including any impleaded parties) include the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and the Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee concludes that there may be one or more legal defenses available to him or her that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company or such subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) any such representation by such counsel would be precluded under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to retain separate counsel (but not more than one law firm plus, if applicable, local counsel in respect of any particular Claim) at the Company’s expense.

(b)    The Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event effected without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event which the Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Claim. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its or his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided , that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee. In no event shall the Indemnitee be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection.

(c)    Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities, and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section  15(c) , entitled to enforce this Section  15(c) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section  15(c) , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i)    The term “ Indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

 

7


(ii)    The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

16.     No Adverse Settlement . The Company shall not seek, nor shall it agree to, consent to, support, or agree not to contest any settlement or other resolution of any Claim(s), or settlement or other resolution of any other claim, action, proceeding, demand, investigation or other matter that has the actual or purported effect of extinguishing, limiting or impairing the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the entry of any bar order or other order, decree or stipulation, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 (the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act), or any similar foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law.

17.     Binding Effect, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether the Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or director of the Company or of any other enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Indemnitee and his or her counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

18.     Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (including any provision within a single section, paragraph or sentence) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or otherwise unenforceable in any respect, and the validity and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

19.     Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, the Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, the Indemnitee shall be entitled, if the Indemnitee so elects, to institute proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as the Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

20.     Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written document delivered in person or sent by facsimile, nationally recognized overnight courier or personal delivery, addressed to such party at the address set forth below or such other address as may hereafter be designated on the signature pages of this Agreement or in writing by such party to the other parties:

(a)    If to the Company, to:

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807

Attention: Secretary

 

8


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

1840 Century Park East, Suite 1900

Los Angeles, California 90067-2121

Attention: Mark J. Kelson

(b)    If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereof.

All such notices, requests, consents and other communications shall be deemed to have been given or made if and when received (including by overnight courier) by the parties at the above addresses or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to the facsimile numbers specified above (or at such other address or facsimile number for a party as shall be specified by like notice). Any notice delivered by any party hereto to any other party hereto shall also be delivered to each other party hereto simultaneously with delivery to the first party receiving such notice.

21.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

22.     Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

23.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such state without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  
Business Address:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:

Exhibit 10.8

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 22, 2017, among (i) Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity thereto, the “ Company ”), (ii) Trive Capital Fund I LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP , a Delaware limited partnership, and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP, a Delaware limited partnership (collectively, the “ Sponsor ”), (iii) Tyrone Johnson, an individual, Kendall Hoyd, an individual, Sunil Palakodati, an individual, and Tim Reed, an individual (collectively, the “ Management Holders ”), and (iv) B. Riley FBR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the initial purchaser/placement agent (“ B. Riley FBR ”), for the benefit of B. Riley FBR and the Holders (as defined below).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2017 (the “ Purchase/Placement Agreement ”), between the Company and B. Riley FBR in connection with the sale and purchase or placement of an aggregate of 18,750,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class  A Shares ”), plus up to an additional 3,000,000 Class A Shares that B. Riley FBR has the option to purchase or place to cover additional allotments, if any. In order to induce B. Riley FBR to enter into the Purchase/Placement Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights provided for in this Agreement to the Holders. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement. Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation (the “ Company Charter ”), the shares of the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class  B Shares ”), are convertible into an equivalent number of Class A Shares upon certain events.

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Accredited Investor Shares : The Shares initially sold by the Company to “accredited investors” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act).

Affiliate : As to any specified Person, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.

Agreement : As defined in the preamble.

Board of Directors : The board of directors of the Company.

Business Day : With respect to any act to be performed hereunder, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or other applicable places where such act is to occur are authorized or obligated by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close.

Bylaws : The Bylaws of the Company, adopted as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Class  A Shares : As defined in the preamble.

Class  B Shares : As defined in the preamble.


Closing Date : November 22, 2017 or such other time or such other date as B. Riley FBR and the Company may agree.

Commission : The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock : The Class A Shares and the Class B Shares.

Company : As defined in the preamble.

Company Charter : As defined in the preamble.

Controlling Person : As defined in Section  7(a) hereof.

End of Suspension Notice : As defined in Section  6(b) hereof.

Escrow Account : As defined in Section  2(f)(iii) hereof.

Escrow Agent : MUFG Union Bank, N.A., a national banking association.

Exchange Act : The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission pursuant thereto.

B. Riley FBR : As defined in the preamble.

FINRA : The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Holder : Each record owner of any Registrable Shares from time to time, including B. Riley FBR and its Affiliates to the extent B. Riley FBR or any such Affiliate holds any Registrable Shares.

Indemnified Party : As defined in Section  7(c) hereof.

Indemnifying Party : As defined in Section  7(c) hereof.

Insider Shares : Any shares of Common Stock held or controlled by the Sponsor and the Management Holders.

IPO : As defined in Section  2(b)(ii) hereof.

IPO Registration Statement : As defined in Section  2(b) hereof.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus : As defined in Section  2(c) hereof.

JOBS Act : The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Lead Bookrunner : As defined in Section  2(b)(ii) hereof.

Liabilities : As defined in Section  7(a) hereof.

Management Holders : As defined in the preamble hereof.

 

2


National Securities Exchange : New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market, or any similar national securities exchange.

Nominee : As defined in Section  3(b) hereof.

Participants : As defined in the preamble.

Person : An individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other legal entity.

Proceeding : An action (including a class action), claim, suit or proceeding (including without limitation, an investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or, to the knowledge of the Person subject thereto, threatened.

Prospectus : The prospectus included in any Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus at the applicable “time of sale” within the meaning of Rule 159 under the Securities Act, and all other amendments and supplements to any such prospectus, including post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such prospectus.

Purchase/Placement Agreement : As defined in the preamble.

Purchaser Indemnitee : As defined in Section  7(a) hereof.

Registrable Shares : The Rule 144A Shares, the Regulation S Shares, and the Accredited Investor Shares, upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, including upon the transfer thereof by the original holder or any subsequent holder, and any shares or other securities of the Company issued in respect of such Registrable Shares by reason of or in connection with any stock dividend, stock distribution, stock split, purchase in any rights offering or in connection with any exchange for, or conversion or replacement of, such Registrable Shares or any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, or any other equity securities of the Company issued pursuant to any other pro rata distribution with respect to the Common Stock, until, in the case of any such share or other security, the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which the resale of such share or other security has been registered pursuant to the Securities Act and it has been disposed of in accordance with the Registration Statement relating to it, (b) the date on which such share or other security is listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange and (i) has been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect), or (ii) is freely saleable, without condition, pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in effect), including any current public information requirements, or (c) the date on which such share or other security is sold to the Company or ceases to be outstanding.

Registration Expenses : Any and all fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: (a) all Commission, securities exchange, FINRA or other registration, listing, inclusion and filing fees; (b) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with international, federal or state securities or blue sky laws (including, without limitation, any registration and filing fees, and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Shares, the preparation of a blue sky memorandum, and compliance with the rules of FINRA); (c) all expenses in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, duplicating, printing, delivering and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any certificates and any other documents relating to the performance under and compliance with this Agreement; (d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing or inclusion of any of the Registrable Shares on any securities exchange pursuant to Section  5(l) hereof; (e) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the

 

3


independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of this Agreement); (f) reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Holders, with respect to a review of the Registration Statement and other offering arrangements for the Holders (such counsel, “ Review Counsel ”); and (g) any fees and disbursements customarily paid by issuers in connection with offerings, sales and issuances of securities (including the fees and expenses of any experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement); provided, however , that Registration Expenses shall exclude any and all brokers’ or underwriters’ discounts and commissions, transfer taxes, and transfer fees relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Shares by a Holder, and the fees and expenses of any counsel to the Holders, except as provided for in clause (f) above.

Registration Statement : Any registration statement of the Company filed or confidentially submitted with the Commission under the Securities Act that covers the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference, if any, in such registration statement.

Regulation S : Regulation S (Rules 901-905) promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such regulation.

Regulation S Shares : The Shares initially sold by the Company to B. Riley FBR and resold by B. Riley FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “non-U.S. persons” (in accordance with Regulation S) in an “offshore transaction” (in accordance with Regulation S).

Review Counsel : As defined in clause (d)  of the definition for “Registration Expenses.”

Rule 144A Shares : The Shares initially sold by the Company to B. Riley FBR and resold by B. Riley FBR pursuant to the Purchase/Placement Agreement to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A).

Securities Act : The Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder. Any reference to a “Rule” number herein, unless otherwise specified, shall be a reference to such Rule number promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission as a replacement thereto having substantially the same effect as such rule.

Shares : The Class A Shares being offered and sold pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase/Placement Agreement.

Shelf Registration Statement : As defined in Section  2(a) hereof.

Special 2019 Annual Meeting : As defined in Section  3(a) hereof.

Special Stock Dividends : As defined in Section  2(f) hereof.

Sponsor : As defined in the preamble.

Suspension Event : As defined in Section  6(b) hereof.

 

4


Suspension Notice : As defined in Section  6(b) hereof.

Trigger Date : As defined in Section  2(a) hereof.

Underwritten Offering : A sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

(a) Mandatory Shelf Registration . As set forth in Section  5 hereof, the Company agrees to file with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable following the Closing Date (but in no event later than January 31, 2018) a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1, or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company, providing for the resale of the Registrable Shares pursuant to Rule 415, from time to time, by the Holders (a “ Shelf Registration Statement ”). Subject to Section  2(b)(iii) hereof, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the initial filing thereof and to cause the Registrable Shares to be listed on a National Securities Exchange concurrently with the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, but in no event later than May 31, 2018 (the “ Trigger Date ”). Any Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale, from time to time, of any and all Registrable Shares by the Holders pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents, which may include sales over the internet).

(b) IPO Registration . If the Company proposes to file a registration statement on Form S-1 or such other form under the Securities Act providing for the initial public offering of the Class A Shares (the “ IPO Registration Statement ”), the Company will notify in writing each Holder of the filing before (but no earlier than ten (10) Business Days before) or within five (5) Business Days after the initial filing, and afford each Holder an opportunity to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Shares then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in the IPO Registration Statement all or any part of the Registrable Shares held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Shares such Holder wishes to include in the IPO Registration Statement. Any election by any Holder to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement will not affect the inclusion of such Registrable Shares in the Shelf Registration Statement until such Registrable Shares have been sold under the IPO Registration Statement.

(i) Right to Terminate IPO Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw the IPO Registration Statement initiated by it and referred to in this Section  2(b) prior to the effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement; provided, however , the Company must provide each Holder that elected to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement prompt written notice of such termination or withdrawal. Furthermore, in the event the IPO Registration Statement is not declared effective within one hundred fifty (150) days following the initial filing of the IPO Registration Statement, unless a road show for the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement is actually in progress at such time or such IPO Registration Statement has been terminated or withdrawn pursuant to this Section  2(b)(i) , the Company shall promptly provide a new written notice to all Holders giving them another opportunity to elect to include Registrable Shares in the pending IPO Registration Statement. Each Holder receiving such notice shall have the same election rights afforded such Holder as described above in this clause  (b) .

 

5


(ii) Selection of Underwriter . If the Company conducts an initial public offering of its equity or equity-linked securities (an “ IPO ”), B. Riley FBR has the right of first refusal for 18 months from the Closing Date to serve as the lead underwriter and lead bookrunner (the “ Lead Bookrunner ”) in connection with the IPO. In the event that B. Riley FBR is the Lead Bookrunner in an IPO pursuant to this Section  2(b)(ii) , B. Riley FBR shall be named on the cover of any IPO Prospectus in the upper left relative to the names of the other underwriters participating in the IPO, shall manage all of the “roadshow” scheduling and logistics and share allocations in connection with the IPO and shall perform such other customary tasks of the lead underwriter and lead bookrunner in an initial public offering, unless (A) the appointment of a different Lead Bookrunner is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the Shares or (B) the Company receives a signed writing by the chief executive officer of B. Riley FBR stating that B. Riley FBR does not wish to serve as the Lead Bookrunner in the IPO. B. Riley FBR’s compensation as the Lead Bookrunner in connection with the IPO shall be determined by agreement between the Company and B. Riley FBR on the basis of compensation customarily paid to leading investment banks acting as underwriters in similar transactions; provided, however , that B. Riley FBR’s compensation in connection with the IPO shall be equal to the compensation paid to the most highly compensated member of the underwriting group unless otherwise determined by B. Riley FBR.

(iii) No IPO Registration Statement without Shelf Registration . The Company’s obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section  2(a) hereof shall not be affected by the filing or effectiveness of the IPO Registration Statement. The Company will not permit the IPO Registration Statement to go effective prior to the Conversion End Date (as such term is defined in the Company Charter).

(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus . The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares that are included in a Registration Statement at such time or the consent of the lead managing underwriter in connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, and each Holder represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company and, in connection with any Underwritten Offering of Registrable Shares, the consent of the lead managing underwriter of such Underwritten Offering, it shall not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 (an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405, required to be filed with the Commission. The Company represents that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus will not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in any Registration Statement or the related Prospectus (other than as would not violate the rules and regulations of the Commission), and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, when taken together with the information in such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) Underwriting . The Company shall advise all Holders who elect to include any Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement of the lead managing underwriter for the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement. The right of any such Holder to include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement pursuant to Section  2(b) hereof shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such Underwritten Offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Shares in such Underwritten Offering to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Shares through such Underwritten Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering and complete, execute and deliver, or cause to be delivered, any questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, custody agreements, securities escrow agreements and other documents,

 

6


including opinions of counsel, reasonably required under the terms of such Underwritten Offering, and furnish to the Company such information in writing as the Company may reasonably request for inclusion in the Registration Statement; provided, however , that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Holder and such Holder’s intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law or reasonably requested by the underwriters.

By electing to include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, the Holder of such Registrable Shares shall be deemed to have agreed not to effect any public sale or distribution of securities of the Company of the same or similar class or classes of the securities included in the IPO Registration Statement or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act, during such periods as reasonably requested (but in no event for a period longer than thirty (30) days prior to and one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement) by the representatives of the underwriters, in an Underwritten Offering, or by the Company in any other registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter(s), delivered by the later of (i) two (2) Business Days after the IPO price range is communicated by the Company to such Holder and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the expected effective date of the IPO Registration Statement. Any Registrable Shares excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be included, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Shares) from the IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering, and any shares included in such IPO Registration Statement and Underwritten Offering shall be allocated first (subject to the last proviso of this paragraph), to the Company, and second , to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Shares in such IPO Registration Statement (on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Shares then held by each such Holder who is requesting inclusion); provided , however , that the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the IPO Registration Statement shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company held by (i) officers, directors, other employees of the Company and consultants and (ii) other holders of the Company’s capital stock with registration rights that are inferior (with respect to such reduction) to the registration rights of each of the Holders set forth herein, are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration; provided , further , however , that Holders of Registrable Shares shall be permitted to include Registrable Shares comprising at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total securities included in the Underwritten Offering proposed under the IPO Registration Statement.

(e) Expenses . The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration of the Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section  2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of Registrable Shares sold in such registration) of all discounts and commissions payable to underwriters or brokers and all transfer taxes and transfer fees in connection with a registration of Registrable Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7


(f) Penalty Provisions .

(i) If the Company does not file or confidentially submit a Shelf Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares with the Commission by the deadline set forth in Section  2(a) , other than as a result of the Commission being unable to accept such filings, dividends on the Shares, payable only in additional Shares (the “ Special Stock Dividends ”), shall accrue and be payable in accordance with the Company Charter beginning on the day after the applicable date by which the Company was required to file the Shelf Registration Statement until the Shelf Registration Statement is filed;

(ii) if the Shelf Registration Statement is not effective, and the Registrable Shares are not listed and trading on a National Securities Exchange, by the Trigger Date, then the Special Stock Dividends shall accrue and be payable in accordance with the Company Charter beginning on the date immediately following the Trigger Date until the date specified in the Company Charter; and

(iii) As of the Closing Date, the Sponsor and the Management Holders shall have deposited into an escrow account designated by B. Riley FBR (the “ Escrow Account ”) and administered by the Escrow Agent, stock certificates representing that number of Class B Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Exhibit A and applicable stock powers. In the event that any Special Stock Dividend is paid by the Company, the Company and B. Riley FBR shall submit joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release from the Escrow Account (A) such Class B Shares of the Sponsor and the Management Holders, in an amount of shares equal to the aggregate Special Stock Dividend paid by the Company, on a pro rata basis, to the Company be repurchased by the Company at a price of $0.01 per share, and immediately cancelled by the Company following such repurchase, and (B) any remaining Class B Shares in the Escrow Account (after the release of such Class B Shares pursuant to the immediately foregoing clause (A)) to the Sponsor and the Management Holders. In the event that (x) the Company files or confidentially submits a Shelf Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares with the Commission by the deadline set forth in Section 2(a) , (y) the Shelf Registration Statement is effective, and the Registrable Shares are listed and trading on a National Securities Exchange, by the Trigger Date, and (z) no Special Stock Dividends have accrued and are payable, then the Company and B. Riley FBR shall submit joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent to release from the Escrow Account all the Class B Shares in the Escrow Account to the Sponsor and the Management Holders.

(g) JOBS ACT Submissions . For purposes of this Agreement, if the Company elects to confidentially submit a draft of the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission pursuant to the JOBS Act, the date on which the Company makes such confidential submission will be deemed the initial filing date of such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

3. SPECIAL BOARD PROVISIONS

(a) Unless a Shelf Registration Statement registering the resale of the Registrable Shares has been declared effective by the Commission and the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on a national securities exchange by May 31, 2019, (i) the Board of Directors shall take all necessary action to expand the size of the Board of Directors (the “ Board Enlargement ”) by such number of additional members such that the additional members constitute a majority of the enlarged Board of Directors, and (ii) the 2019 annual meeting of stockholders (the “ Special 2019 Annual Meeting ”) called in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company shall include as part of its agenda the election of such number of directors as there are then vacancies on the Board of Directors (the “ Enlargement Vacancies ”) due to the Board Enlargement (the “ Special Agenda Item ”); provided , however , that the requirement to effect the Board Enlargement and include the Special Agenda Item as part of the agenda for the Special 2019 Annual Meeting may be waived or deferred by the Company upon the Company’s receipt of the affirmative consent (at a duly called meeting or by written consent) of Holders of at least eighty percent

 

8


(80%) of the outstanding Registrable Shares; provided , however , that Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by a director or an “executive officer” (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding for this purpose. The Special 2019 Annual Meeting shall occur in no event later than July 31, 2019; provided, however , if prior to July 31, 2019 the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the Company shall not be required to effect the Board Enlargement and include the Special Agenda Item as part of the agenda for its 2019 Annual Meeting.

(b) Nominations . Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting may only be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (ii) upon receipt by the Company of written notice of Holders entitled to cast, or direct the casting of, not less than twenty percent (20%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting and containing the information specified by Section  3(c) hereof, in addition to any other information required by the Company’s Bylaws. Each individual whose nomination is made in accordance with this Section  3(b) is hereinafter referred to as a “ Nominee .”

(c) Procedure for Stockholder Nominations . For nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies to be properly brought before the Special 2019 Annual Meeting by Holders pursuant to Section  3(b) hereof, a Holder entitled to nominate individuals for election to the Board of Directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting must have given notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth (10 th ) calendar day after May 31, 2019. Such notice shall include each such proposed Nominee’s written consent to serve as a director, if elected, and shall specify, in addition to any information required by the Company’s Bylaws:

(i) as to each proposed Nominee, the name, age, business address and residence address of such proposed Nominee and all other information relating to such proposed Nominee that would be required, pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision), to be disclosed in a contested solicitation of proxies with respect to the election of such individual as a director;

(ii) as to each Holder giving the notice, the class, series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Company that are owned by such Holder, beneficially or of record; and

(iii) all other information required to be included in the notice of such nomination pursuant to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

(d) Notice . Not less than fifteen (15) nor more than twenty-five (25) days before the Special 2019 Annual Meeting, the Secretary of the Company shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at, or to receive notice of, such meeting at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the share transfer records of the Company, notice in writing setting forth (i) the time and place of the Special 2019 Annual Meeting, (ii) the purposes for which the Special 2019 Annual Meeting has been called and (iii) the name of each Nominee.

(e) Vote of Insider Shares . The Sponsor and the Management Holders shall vote all of their Insider Shares in the election of directors to fill the Enlargement Vacancies at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting in the same proportion as the votes cast by the Holders of Shares who are voting on that proposal at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting. So long as any director who was elected to the Board of Directors to fill an Enlargement Vacancy at the Special 2019 Annual Meeting continues to serve in such capacity as a director of the Company, the Sponsor and the Management Holders shall not vote any of the Insider

 

9


Shares in favor of the removal of any such director, the expansion of the size of the Board of the Directors to create new vacancies, or any other proposal, the effect of which is to undermine the intent and purpose of this Section  3 , unless otherwise expressly consented to by B. Riley FBR.

 

4. RULES 144 AND 144A REPORTING

With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the resale of the Registrable Shares to the public without registration, until such date as no Holder owns any Registrable Shares, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep “current public information” available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the first registration statement under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements);

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, if the Company is not required to file reports and other documents under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, make available other information as required by, and so long as necessary to permit sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to, Rule 144 or Rule 144A, and in any event make available (either by mailing a copy thereof, by posting on the Company’s website or by press release) to each Holder a copy of:

(i) the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, accompanied by an audit report of the Company’s independent accountants, no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company; and

(ii) the Company’s unaudited quarterly consolidated financial statements (including at least balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, statements of stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows) prepared in a manner consistent with the preparation of the Company’s annual financial statements, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of the Company;

(d) hold, a reasonable time after the availability of such financial statements and upon reasonable notice to the Holders and B. Riley FBR (either by mail, by posting on the Company’s website or by press release), a quarterly investor conference call to discuss such financial statements, which call will also include an opportunity for the Holders to ask questions of management with regard to such financial statements, and will also cooperate with, and make management reasonably available to, B. Riley FBR personnel in connection with making Company information available to investors; and

(e) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Shares, furnish to the Holder promptly upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), and (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company.

 

10


5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to any registration pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause to be effected the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act to permit the sale of such Registrable Shares by the Holder or Holders in accordance with the Holder’s or Holders’ intended method or methods of distribution, and the Company shall:

(a) (i) notify B. Riley FBR and Review Counsel, in writing, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to filing a Registration Statement, of its intention to file a Registration Statement with the Commission and, at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of the Registration Statement to B. Riley FBR and Review Counsel for review and comment; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, as specified in this Agreement, a Registration Statement(s), which Registration Statement(s) shall (A) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the Commission to be filed therewith and (B) be acceptable to B. Riley FBR, its counsel and Review Counsel; (iii) notify B. Riley FBR and Review Counsel in writing at least five (5) Business Days prior to filing of any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement; (iv) at least three (3) Business Days prior to filing, provide a copy of any amendment or supplement to B. Riley FBR and Review Counsel for review and comment; (v) promptly following receipt from the Commission, provide to B. Riley FBR and Review Counsel copies of any comments made by the staff of the Commission relating to such Registration Statement and of the Company’s responses thereto for review and comment; and (vi) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable after filing and to remain effective, subject to Section  6 hereof, until the earlier of (A) such time as all Registrable Shares covered thereby have been sold in accordance with the method or methods of distribution of such Registrable Shares contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) there are no Registrable Shares outstanding, or (C) the first anniversary of the effective date of such Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section  6(c) hereof and the condition that the Registrable Shares have been transferred to an unrestricted CUSIP, are listed or included on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market, pursuant to Section  5(l) of this Agreement, or on an alternative trading system with the Registrable Shares qualified under the applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of all fifty (50) states), and can be sold under Rule 144 without limitation as to manner of sale, volume or current public information; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to cause the IPO Registration Statement to remain effective for any period longer than ninety (90) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement (subject to extension as provided in Section  6(c) hereof); provided, further , that if the Company has an effective Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or other form then available to the Company) under the Securities Act and becomes eligible to use Form S-3 or such other short-form registration statement form under the Securities Act, the Company may, upon thirty (30) Business Days prior written notice to all Holders, register any Registrable Shares registered but not yet distributed under the effective Shelf Registration Statement on such a short-form Shelf Registration Statement and, once the short-form Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective, de-register such shares under the previous Registration Statement or transfer the filing fees from the previous Registration Statement (such transfer pursuant to Rule 429, if applicable) unless any Holder registered under the initial Shelf Registration Statement notifies the Company within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt of the Company notice that such a registration under a new Registration Statement and de-registration of the initial Shelf Registration Statement would interfere with its distribution of Registrable Shares already in progress, in which case, the Company shall delay the effectiveness of the short-form Registration Statement and termination of the then-effective initial Registration Statement or any short-form Registration Statement for a period of not less than thirty (30) days from the date that the Company receives the notice from such Holders requesting a delay;

 

11


(b) subject to Section  5(g) hereof, (i) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the period described in Section  5(a) hereof; (ii) cause each Prospectus contained therein to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 or any similar rule that may be adopted under the Securities Act; and (iii) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof;

(c) furnish to the Holders, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request, in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares, and hereby does consent to the use of such Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, by the Holders, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Shares covered by any such Prospectus, subject to Section  6 hereof;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify, or obtain exemption from registration or qualification for, all Registrable Shares by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as B. Riley FBR or any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by a Registration Statement shall reasonably request in writing, keep each such registration or qualification or exemption effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section  5(a) and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Shares owned by such Holder; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section  5(d) and except as may be required by the Securities Act, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) submit to the general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(e) (i) notify B. Riley FBR and each Holder promptly and, if requested by B. Riley FBR or any Holder, confirm such advice in writing (A) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (B) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any Proceeding for that purpose, (C) of any request by the Commission or any other federal, state or foreign governmental authority for (1) amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or related Prospectus or (2) additional information, and (D) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made); and (ii) at the request of any such Holder, promptly to furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such Prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such securities, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

12


(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the issuance of, or if issued, to obtain the withdrawal of, any order enjoining or suspending the use or effectiveness of a Registration Statement or suspending the qualification of (or exemption from qualification of) any of the Registrable Shares for sale in any jurisdiction, as promptly as practicable;

(g) except as provided in Section  6 hereof, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section  5(e)(i)(D) hereof, use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Shares, such Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(h) if requested by the representative of the underwriters, if any, or any Holders of Registrable Shares being sold in connection with such offering, (i) promptly incorporate in a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or such Holders indicate relates to them or that they reasonably request be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(i) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Holder of Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement and the underwriters a signed counterpart, addressed to each such Holder and the underwriters, of (i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, addressed to the underwriters, dated the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the underwriters, and (ii) a “comfort” letter, addressed to the underwriters and the Board of Directors, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement and the date of each closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Company’s financial statements included in such Registration Statement, covering substantially the same matters with respect to such Registration Statement (and the Prospectus included therein) and with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other financial matters as such Holder and the underwriters may reasonably request;

(j) enter into customary agreements (including in the case of an Underwritten Offering, an underwriting agreement in customary form and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and take all other reasonable action in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the distribution of the Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement and, in the case of an Underwritten Offering, make representations and warranties to the Holders covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters in such form and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same to the extent customary if and when requested;

(k) make available for inspection by representatives of the Holders and the representative of any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any special counsel or accountants retained by such Holders or underwriters, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representatives, the representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants in connection with a Registration Statement; provided, however, that such records, documents or information that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and notifies such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants are confidential shall not be disclosed by such representatives, representative of the underwriters, counsel thereto or accountants unless (i) the disclosure of such records,

 

13


documents or information is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such records, documents or information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) such records, documents or information have been generally made available to the public; provided, further , that the representatives of the Holders and any underwriters will use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and not materially disrupt the Company’s business operations;

(l) use its commercially reasonable efforts (including, without limitation, seeking to cure any deficiencies cited by the exchange or market in the Company’s listing or inclusion application) to list or include all Registrable Shares on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market;

(m) prepare and file in a timely manner all documents and reports required by the Exchange Act and, to the extent the Company’s obligation to file such reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act expires prior to the expiration of the effectiveness period of the Registration Statement as required by Section  5(a) hereof, the Company shall register the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act and shall maintain such registration through the effectiveness period required by Section  5(a) hereof;

(n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Shares, not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement;

(o) (i) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, (ii) make generally available to its stockholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, earnings statements covering at least twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement that satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) thereunder, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and (iii) not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus to which any Holder of Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, each Holder having been furnished with a copy thereof at least two (2) Business Days prior to the filing thereof;

(p) provide and cause to be maintained a registrar and transfer agent for all Registrable Shares covered by any Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(q) in connection with any sale or transfer of the Registrable Shares (whether or not pursuant to a Registration Statement) that will result in the securities being delivered no longer being Registrable Shares, cooperate with the Holders and the representative of the underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely, in the case of beneficial interests in Shares held through a depositary, transfer of such equivalent Registrable Shares with an unrestricted CUSIP, or in the case of certificated shares, preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Shares to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive transfer legends (other than as required by the Company’s organizational documents) and to enable such Registrable Shares to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the representative of the underwriters, if any, or the Holders may request at least three (3) Business Days prior to any sale of the Registrable Shares;

 

14


(r) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section  2(a) hereof, cooperate with B. Riley FBR in connection with the filing with FINRA of all forms and information required or requested by FINRA in order to obtain written confirmation from FINRA that FINRA does not object to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements (or any deemed underwriting terms and arrangements) relating to the resale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information provided to FINRA through its Public Offering System, and pay all costs, fees and expenses incident to FINRA’s review of the Shelf Registration Statement and the related underwriting terms and arrangements, including, without limitation, all filing fees associated with any filings or submissions to FINRA and the legal expenses, filing fees and other disbursements of B. Riley FBR and any other FINRA member that is the Holder of, or is affiliated or associated with an owner of, Registrable Shares included in the Shelf Registration Statement (including in connection with any initial or subsequent member filing);

(s) in connection with the initial filing of a Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to Section  2(a) hereof, provide to B. Riley FBR and its representatives the opportunity to conduct due diligence, including, without limitation, an inquiry of the Company’s financial and other records, and make available members of its management for questions regarding information which B. Riley FBR may request in order to fulfill any due diligence obligation on its part;

(t) upon effectiveness of the first Registration Statement filed under this Agreement, take such actions and make such filings as are necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares under the Exchange Act simultaneously with or immediately following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and

(u) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter,” if applicable) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA.

The Company may require the Holders to furnish (and each Holder shall furnish) to the Company such information regarding the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing or as shall be required to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares, and no Holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling stockholder in any Registration Statement and no Holder shall be entitled to use the Prospectus forming a part thereof if such Holder does not provide such information to the Company. Any Holder that sells Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement or as a selling security holder pursuant to an Underwritten Offering shall be required to be named as a selling stockholder in the related Prospectus and to deliver a Prospectus to purchasers. Each Holder further agrees to furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required from time to time to make the information previously furnished by such Holder not misleading.

Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section  5(e)(i)(B) , Section  5(e)(i)(C) or Section  5(e)(i)(D) hereof, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies in its possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

15


6. BLACK-OUT PERIOD

(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section  6 and a good faith determination by a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors that it is in the best interests of the Company to suspend the use of the Registration Statement, following the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (and the filings with any international, federal or state securities commissions), the Company, by written notice to B. Riley FBR and the Holders, may direct the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement for such times as the Company reasonably may determine is necessary and advisable (but in no event for more than an aggregate of ninety (90) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period commencing on the Closing Date or more than sixty (60) days in any rolling ninety (90) day period), if any of the following events shall occur: (i) the representative of the underwriters of an Underwritten Offering of primary shares by the Company has advised the Company that the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s primary Underwritten Offering; (ii) a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that (A) the offer or sale of any Registrable Shares would materially impede, delay or interfere with any proposed financing, offer or sale of securities, acquisition, merger, tender offer, business combination, corporate reorganization or other significant transaction involving the Company, (B) after the advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement would require disclosure of non-public material information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law and (C) (1) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (2) disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (3) the disclosure would render the Company unable to comply with Commission requirements, in each case under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the Registration Statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis, as applicable; or (iii) a majority of the independent members of the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith, after the advice of counsel, that it is required by law, rule or regulation or that it is in the best interests of the Company to supplement the Registration Statement or file a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement in order to incorporate information into the Registration Statement for the purpose of (A) including in the Registration Statement any Prospectus required under Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (B) reflecting in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement or any misstatement or omission in the Prospectus (or of the most recent post-effective amendment) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth therein; or (C) including in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information. Upon the occurrence of any such suspension, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the Registration Statement on a post-effective basis or to take such action as is necessary to make resumed use of the Registration Statement compatible with the Company’s best interests, as applicable, so as to permit the Holders to resume sales of the Registrable Shares as soon as possible.

(b) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Registration Statement (a “ Suspension Event ”), the Company shall give written notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) to B. Riley FBR and the Holders to suspend sales of the Registrable Shares and such notice shall state generally the basis for the notice and that such suspension shall continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing and the Company is using its best efforts and taking all reasonable steps to terminate suspension of the use of the Registration Statement as promptly as possible. The Holders shall not effect any sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of

 

16


Suspension Notice (as defined below). If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) all copies other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Shares at the time of receipt of the Suspension Notice. The Holders may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement (or such filings) following further notice to such effect (an “ End of Suspension Notice ”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice shall be given by the Company to the Holders and B. Riley FBR in the manner described above promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event and its effect.

(c) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, if the Company shall give a Suspension Notice pursuant to this Section  6 , the Company agrees that it shall extend the period of time during which the applicable Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from the date of receipt by the Holders of the Suspension Notice to and including the date of receipt by the Holders of the End of Suspension Notice and provide copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus necessary to resume sales.

 

7. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder of Registrable Shares and any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder (including, if applicable, B. Riley FBR), (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) any such Person described in clause  (i) (any of the Persons referred to in this clause  (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “ Controlling Person ”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of any such Person or any Controlling Person (any Person referred to in clause  (i) , (ii) or (iii)  above may hereinafter be referred to as a “ Purchaser Indemnitee ”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, actions, out-of-pocket expenses and other liabilities (the “ Liabilities ”), including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any Purchaser Indemnitee, joint or several, directly or indirectly related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with, (A) with respect to any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained therein or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading or (B) with respect to any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any preliminary Prospectus or any other document used to sell the Shares, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained therein or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such Liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Purchaser Indemnitee furnished to the Company, or any underwriter in writing by such Purchaser Indemnitee expressly for use therein. The Company shall notify B. Riley FBR and Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any claim, Proceeding (including any governmental investigation), or litigation of which it shall have become aware in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement that involves the Company or a Purchaser Indemnitee. The indemnity provided for herein shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Purchaser Indemnitee.

 

17


(b) In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Shares is participating, and as a condition to such participation, such Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act and the respective officers, directors, partners, members, employees, representatives and agents of such Person or Controlling Person to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each Purchaser Indemnitee, but only with reference to untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus. Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, the liability of any Holder pursuant to this paragraph shall in no event exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder from sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any preliminary Prospectus.

(c) If any suit, action, Proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph  (a) or (b)  above, such Person (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing of the commencement thereof (but the failure to so notify an Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section  7 , except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice), and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may reasonably designate in such Proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred by such counsel related to such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any such Proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party, unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed in writing to the contrary, (ii) the Indemnifying Party failed within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action to assume the defense and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, (iii) the Indemnifying Party and its counsel do not actively and vigorously pursue the defense of such action or (iv) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party, or any Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been reasonably advised by counsel that, either (A) there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party or (B) a conflict may exist between such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party or such Affiliate of the Indemnifying Party (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume nor direct the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party; it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by those Indemnified Parties who sold a majority of the Registrable Shares sold by all such Indemnified Parties and any such separate firm for the Company, the directors, the officers and such control Persons of the Company as shall be designated in writing by the Company). The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but if settled with such consent or if there is a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify any Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

 

18


No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs  (a) and (b)  of this Section  7 is for any reason held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein (other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein) or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraphs, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits of the Indemnified Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnifying Party(ies), on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Liabilities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause  (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause  (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party(ies) and the Indemnified Party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Purchaser Indemnitees on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by such Purchaser Indemnitees and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

(e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section  7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if such Indemnified Parties were treated as one entity for such purpose), or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section  7(d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any Liabilities referred to in Section  7(d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonable legal or other expenses actually incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section  7 , in no event shall a Purchaser Indemnitee be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Purchaser Indemnitee from sales of Registrable Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Purchaser Indemnitee has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this Section  7 , each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) B. Riley FBR or a Holder of Registrable Shares shall have the same rights to contribution as B. Riley FBR or such Holder, as the case may be, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act) the Company, and each officer, director, partner, employee, representative, agent or manager of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or Proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section  7 or otherwise, except to the extent that any party is materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

19


(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section  7 will be in addition to any liability which the Indemnifying Parties may otherwise have to the Indemnified Parties referred to above. The Purchaser Indemnitee’s obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section  7 are several in proportion to the respective number of Registrable Shares sold by each of the Purchaser Indemnitees hereunder and not joint.

 

8. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT

Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other Class A Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A Shares then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) (a) in the case of the Company and each of its officers, directors, managers and employees, in each case to the extent such person or entity acquires and holds Registrable Shares, for a period beginning on the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of, the IPO Registration Statement; (b) in the case of all other Holders who include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, beginning on the effective date of, and continuing for one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the IPO Registration Statement of the Company; and (c) in the case of all other Holders, except B. Riley FBR, who do not include Registrable Shares in the IPO Registration Statement, for a period of sixty (60) days following the effective date of an IPO Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however , that:

(a) the restrictions above shall not apply to Registrable Shares sold pursuant to the IPO Registration Statement;

(b) all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Class A Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Class A Shares enter into agreements that are no less restrictive;

(c) the Holders shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer or director that entered into agreements that are no less restrictive (with such proportion being determined by dividing the number of shares being released with respect to such officer or director by the total number of issued and outstanding shares held by such officer or director); provided , that nothing in this Section  8(c) shall be construed as a right to proportionate release for the executive officers and directors of the Company upon the expiration of the period applicable to all Holders other than the executive officers and directors of the Company; and

(d) this Section  8 shall not be applicable if a Shelf Registration Statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act has been declared effective prior to the filing of an IPO Registration Statement.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the securities as subject to this Section  8 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares and such other securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

20


9. TERMINATION OF THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION

The Company shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to this Agreement if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, (a) all such Registrable Shares proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a single transaction without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144, (b) the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for a period of at least ninety (90) days and is current in the filing of all such required reports and (c) the Registrable Shares have been listed for trading on a National Securities Exchange.

 

10. LIMITATIONS ON SUBSEQUENT REGISTRATION RIGHTS

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section  10 , Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding) enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (a) include such securities in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the terms hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of its securities will not reduce the amount of Registrable Shares of the Holders that is included or (b) have its securities registered on a registration statement that could be declared effective prior to, or within one hundred eighty (180) days of, the effective date of any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Remedies . In the event of a breach by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement, B. Riley FBR and each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or, in the case of B. Riley FBR, in the Purchase/Placement Agreement, or granted by law, including the rights granted in Section  2(e) hereof and recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. Subject to Section  7 , the Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

(b) Amendments and Waivers . Except as set forth otherwise herein, the provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, without (i) the written consent of the Company and Holders beneficially owning not less than a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Shares or (ii) in the case of Article  II and Article  III , the written consent of the Company and the Holders beneficially owning not less than eighty percent (80%) of the then outstanding aggregate Registrable Shares; provided, however , that for purposes of this Section  11(b) , Registrable Shares that are owned, directly or indirectly, by an Affiliate of the Company shall not be deemed to be outstanding; provided, further, however , that any amendments, modifications or supplements to, or any waivers or consents to departures from, the provisions of Section  8 hereof that would have the effect of extending the sixty (60) or one hundred eighty (180) day periods referenced therein shall be approved by, and shall only be applicable to, those Holders who provide written consent to such extension to the Company. No amendment shall be deemed effective unless it applies uniformly to all Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to or departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of a Holder whose securities are being sold

 

21


pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders may be given by such Holder; provided that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the first and second sentences of this paragraph.

(c) Notices . All notices and other communications, provided for or permitted hereunder, shall be made in writing and delivered by facsimile (with receipt confirmed), overnight courier, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by telegram:

(i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by the transfer agent and registrar of the Shares to the Company; and

(ii) if to the Company, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered to the Company at the offices of the Company at 2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1200, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Tyrone Johnson; with a copy to Greenberg Traurig, LLP, 1840 Century Park East, Suite 1900, Los Angeles, California 90067, Attention: Mark J. Kelson (facsimile: (310) 586-0556); and

(iii) if to B. Riley FBR, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to B. Riley FBR, Inc., 1300 North 17 th Street, Suite 1400, Arlington, Virginia 22209, Attention: Compliance Department (facsimile: (703) 312-9698); with a copy to Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP, 101 Constitution Avenue, NW, Suite 900, Washington, DC 20001, Attention: Jonathan H. Talcott (facsimile: (202) 712-2856).

(d) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or assumption, subsequent Holders. The Company agrees that the Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder by the Participants and the Company, and each Holder shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

(e) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATION LAW THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANY OTHER STATE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO

 

22


UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. THE PARTIES WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

(h) Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties hereto that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

(i) Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Purchase/Placement Agreement, is intended by the parties hereto as a final expression of their agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.

(j) Registrable Shares Held by the Company or its Affiliates . Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Shares is required hereunder, Registrable Shares held by the Company or its Affiliates and the Management Holders shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

(k) Adjustment for Stock Splits, etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares, then upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such shares, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of Stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

(l) Survival . This Agreement is intended to survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase/Placement Agreement. The indemnification and contribution obligations under Section  7 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Company’s obligations under Section  2 of this Agreement.

(m) Attorneys’ Fees . In any action or Proceeding brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or where any provision hereof is validly asserted as a defense, the prevailing party, as determined by the court, shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees in addition to any other available remedy.

[Signature page follows]

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ISSUER:
S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 


SPONSOR:
T RIVE C APITAL F UND I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner
T RIVE C APITAL F UND I (O FFSHORE ) LP,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP (Offshore) LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner
T RIVE A FFILIATED C OINVESTORS I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

 


MANAGEMENT HOLDERS:
/s/ Tyrone Johnson
T YRONE J OHNSON
/s/ Kendall Hoyd
K ENDALL H OYD
/s/ Sunil Palakodati
S UNIL P ALAKODATI
/s/ Tim Reed
T IM R EED

 


B. RILEY FBR, INC.
By:   /s/ Patrice McNicoll
Name:   Patrice McNicoll
Title:   Co-Head of Investment Banking


EXHIBIT A

ESCROW SHARES

 

Trive Capital Fund I LP

   455,009 shares of Class B common stock

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

   503,339 shares of Class B common stock

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

   41,652 shares of Class B common stock

Tyrone Johnson

   123,295 shares of Class B common stock

Kendal Hoyd

   78,539 shares of Class B common stock

Sunil Palakodati

   182,340 shares of Class B common stock

Tim Reed

   75,975 shares of Class B common stock

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of September 3, 2014

 

 

 

 

L.A.R.K. INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Borrower

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

     1  
 

1.1

 

D EFINITIONS

     1  
 

1.2

 

A CCOUNTING T ERMS

     18  
 

1.3

 

U NIFORM C OMMERCIAL C ODE

     18  
 

1.4

 

C ERTAIN M ATTERS OF C ONSTRUCTION

     18  
 

1.5

 

T IME OF D AY

     18  

2.

 

CREDIT FACILITIES

     19  
 

2.1

 

R EVOLVER C OMMITMENT

     19  
 

2.2

 

L ETTER OF C REDIT F ACILITY

     19  

3.

 

INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

     20  
 

3.1

 

I NTEREST

     20  
 

3.2

 

F EES

     21  
 

3.3

 

C OMPUTATION OF I NTEREST , F EES , Y IELD P ROTECTION

     22  
 

3.4

 

R EIMBURSEMENT O BLIGATIONS

     22  
 

3.5

 

I LLEGALITY

     22  
 

3.6

 

I NABILITY TO D ETERMINE R ATES

     22  
 

3.7

 

I NCREASED C OSTS ; C APITAL A DEQUACY

     23  
 

3.8

 

M ITIGATION

     23  
 

3.9

 

F UNDING L OSSES

     23  
 

3.10

 

M AXIMUM I NTEREST

     24  

4.

 

LOAN ADMINISTRATION

     24  
 

4.1

 

M ANNER OF B ORROWING AND F UNDING R EVOLVER L OANS

     24  
 

4.2

 

N UMBER AND A MOUNT OF LIBOR L OANS ; D ETERMINATION OF R ATE

     25  
 

4.3

 

R ESERVED

     25  
 

4.4

 

O NE O BLIGATION

     25  
 

4.5

 

E FFECT OF T ERMINATION

     25  

5.

 

PAYMENTS

     25  
 

5.1

 

G ENERAL P AYMENT P ROVISIONS

     25  
 

5.2

 

R EPAYMENT OF R EVOLVER L OANS

     25  
 

5.3

 

R ESERVED

     25  
 

5.4

 

P AYMENT OF O THER O BLIGATIONS

     25  
 

5.5

 

D OMINION A CCOUNT

     25  
 

5.6

 

M ARSHALING ; P AYMENTS S ET A SIDE

     26  
 

5.7

 

A PPLICATION OF P AYMENTS

     26  
 

5.8

 

A CCOUNT S TATED

     26  
 

5.9

 

T AXES

     26  


6.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     28  
 

6.1

 

C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO I NITIAL L OANS

     28  
 

6.2

 

C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO A LL C REDIT E XTENSIONS

     28  

7.

 

COLLATERAL

     28  
 

7.1

 

G RANT OF S ECURITY I NTEREST

     28  
 

7.2

 

L IEN ON D EPOSIT A CCOUNTS ; C ASH C OLLATERAL

     29  
 

7.3

 

R EAL E STATE C OLLATERAL

     29  
 

7.4

 

O THER C OLLATERAL

     29  
 

7.5

 

L IMITATIONS

     30  
 

7.6

 

F URTHER A SSURANCES ; E XTENT OF L IENS

     30  

8.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     30  
 

8.1

 

G ENERAL R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

     30  
 

8.2

 

C OMPLETE D ISCLOSURE

     33  

9.

 

COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

     34  
 

9.1

 

A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS

     34  
 

9.2

 

N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

     36  
 

9.3

 

F INANCIAL C OVENANTS

     39  

10.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

     39  
 

10.1

 

E VENTS OF D EFAULT

     39  
 

10.2

 

R EMEDIES UPON D EFAULT

     41  
 

10.3

 

L ICENSE

     41  
 

10.4

 

S ETOFF

     41  
 

10.5

 

R EMEDIES C UMULATIVE ; N O W AIVER

     42  

11.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     42  
 

11.1

 

A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS

     42  
 

11.2

 

P OWER OF A TTORNEY

     43  
 

11.3

 

I NDEMNITY

     43  
 

11.4

 

N OTICES AND C OMMUNICATIONS

     43  
 

11.5

 

P ERFORMANCE OF B ORROWER S O BLIGATIONS

     44  
 

11.6

 

C REDIT I NQUIRIES

     44  
 

11.7

 

S EVERABILITY

     44  
 

11.8

 

C UMULATIVE E FFECT ; C ONFLICT OF T ERMS

     44  
 

11.9

 

C OUNTERPARTS ; E XECUTION

     44  
 

11.10

 

E NTIRE A GREEMENT

     44  
 

11.11

 

N O C ONTROL ; N O A DVISORY OR F IDUCIARY R ESPONSIBILITY

     44  


 

11.12

 

C ONFIDENTIALITY

   45
 

11.13

 

[R ESERVED ]

   45
 

11.14

 

GOVERNING LAW

   45
 

11.15

 

C ONSENT TO F ORUM

   45
 

11.16

 

W AIVERS BY B ORROWER

   46
 

11.17

 

PATRIOT A CT N OTICE

   46
 

11.18

 

I NTERCREDITOR A GREEMENT

   46
 

11.19

 

NO ORAL AGREEMENT

   46

LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 8.1.4

  

Names and Capital Structure

Schedule 8.1.11

  

Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses

Schedule 8.1.13

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 8.1.14

  

Restrictive Agreements

Schedule 8.1.15

  

Litigation

Schedule 8.1.17

  

Pension Plans

Schedule 9.1.9

  

Deposit Accounts

Schedule 9.1.10

  

Business Locations

Schedule 9.2.2

  

Existing Liens

Schedule 9.2.17

  

Existing Affiliate Transactions


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit B

  

Conditions Precedent

Exhibit C

  

Fees

Exhibit D

  

Financial Reporting

Exhibit E

  

Collateral Reporting

Exhibit F

  

Post Closing


THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY LIEN CREATED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO THE LIEN PRIORITY AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 3, 2014 BY AND BETWEEN BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. AS ABL AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE ABL CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, AS TERM AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE TERM CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE BORROWER AND PARENT, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is dated as of September 3, 2014, among L.A.R.K. INDUSTRIES, INC ., a California corporation (“ Borrower ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”).

R E C I T A L S :

Borrower has requested that Lender provide a credit facility to Borrower to finance its business. Lender is willing to provide the credit facility on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1     Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Acquisition : means the acquisition of 100% of the Equity Interests in Borrower by Parent on the Closing Date pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Agreement : means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, to be effective as of the Closing Date, among Borrower, Parent, and each of the sellers described therein, together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Acquisition Documents : means collectively, the Acquisition Agreement and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Affiliate : with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have correlative meanings.

Anti-Terrorism Law : any law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the PATRIOT Act.

Applicable Margin : the margin set forth below, as determined by the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter:

 

    Leverage   Base Rate     LIBOR  

Level

 

Ratio

  Revolver Loans     Revolver Loans  

I

  < 2.50 to 1.0     0.75     1.75

II

  > 2.50 to 1.0 and < 3.25 to 1.0     1.00     2.00

III

  > 3.25 to 1.0     1.25     2.25

 

1


Until February 28, 2015, the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level I were applicable. Thereafter, the Applicable Margin shall be subject to increase or decrease by Lender on the first day of the calendar month following delivery of a Compliance Certificate that sets forth the Leverage Ratio for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter. If Borrower fails to deliver any Compliance Certificate or financial statements in each case, for a period when required hereunder, then, at the option of Lender, Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level III were applicable until the first day of the calendar month following Lender’s receipt of such financial statements and Compliance Certificate.

Approved Fund : any Person (other than a natural Person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans in its ordinary course of activities; provided that (i) no Person determined by Lender to be acting in the capacity of a vulture fund or distressed debt purchaser shall be an Approved Fund, (ii) no Person or Affiliate of such Person (other than a Person that is already a Lender) holding Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests issued by any Obligor shall be an Approved Fund, and (iii) no Person that constitutes a hedge fund shall be an Approved Fund; provided further, however, that at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply.

Availability : the Borrowing Base minus Revolver Usage.

Availability Reserve : the sum (without duplication) of (a) the Inventory Reserve; (b) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (c) the Bank Product Reserve; (d) the Subcontractor Payable Reserve; (e) the aggregate amount of liabilities secured by Liens (other than Liens imposed by law only that are not past due and owing) upon Collateral that are senior to Lender’s Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom); (f) a reserve for dilutive items with respect to Accounts; (g) the Whirlpool Reserve; and (h) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Lender in its Permitted Discretion may elect to impose from time to time. To the extent Lender has determined, in its Permitted Discretion, to establish new criteria or revise criteria for Eligible Accounts or Eligible Inventory so as to address any circumstances, condition, event or contingency in a manner satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, Lender shall not establish an Availability Reserve, reduce the advance rate or otherwise decrease the Borrowing Base in any manner for the same purpose.

Bank Product : any of the following products, services or facilities extended to an Obligor by Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) Cash Management Services; (b) products under Hedging Agreements; (c) commercial credit card and merchant card services and corporate purchasing cards; and (d) other banking products or services, other than Letters of Credit.

Bank Product Debt : Debt, obligations and other liabilities of an Obligor with respect to Bank Products.

Bank Product Reserve : the aggregate amount of reserves established by Lender from time to time in its Permitted Discretion in respect of Bank Product Debt.

Bankruptcy Code : Title 11 of the United States Code.

Base Rate : for any day, a per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) LIBOR for a 30 day interest period as determined on such day, plus 2.0%, without giving effect to any minimum floor rate (if any) specified in the definition of LIBOR.

Base Rate Loan : any Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Base Rate Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Board of Governors : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrowed Money : with respect to any Obligor, without duplication, its (a) Debt that (i) arises from the lending of money by any Person to such Obligor; (ii) is evidenced by notes, drafts, bonds, debentures, credit

 

2


documents or similar instruments; (iii) accrues interest or is a type upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding trade payables owing in the Ordinary Course of Business); or (iv) was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (b) Capital Leases; (c) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit; and (d) guaranties of any Debt of the foregoing types owing by another Person.

Borrowing : a group of Loans that are made or converted together on the same day and have the same interest option and, if applicable, Interest Period.

Borrowing Base : on any date of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the Revolver Commitment; or (b) the sum of: (i) up to 85% of the Value of Eligible Homebuilder Accounts; plus (ii) up to 85% of the Value of Eligible Homeowner Accounts, not to exceed $3,000,000; plus (iii) up to 70% of the Value of Eligible Unbilled Accounts, not to exceed the greater of (x) $3,000,000 and (y) 25% of the Borrowing Base; plus (iv) the lesser of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Inventory ; minus (v) the Availability Reserve (for the avoidance of doubt, determined by Lender in its Permitted Discretion).

Borrowing Base Certificate : a certificate reasonably satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which Borrower certifies the Borrowing Base.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, North Carolina, California and Texas, and if such day relates to a LIBOR Loan, any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures : all liabilities incurred or expenditures made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries for the acquisition of fixed assets, or any improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto with a useful life of more than one year.

Capital Lease : any lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Collateral : cash, and any interest or other income earned thereon, that is delivered to Lender to Cash Collateralize any Obligations.

Cash Collateral Account : a demand deposit, money market or other account maintained with Lender and subject to Lender’s Liens.

Cash Collateralize : the delivery of cash to Lender, as security for the payment of Obligations, in an amount equal to (a) with respect to LC Obligations, 105% of the aggregate LC Obligations; and (b) with respect to any inchoate or other contingent Obligations (including Obligations arising under Bank Products), Lender’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including fees, expenses and indemnification hereunder. “ Cash Collateralization ” has a correlative meaning.

Cash Equivalents : (a) marketable obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by, and backed by the full faith and credit of, the United States government, maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition, and overnight bank deposits, in each case which are issued by Lender or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state or district thereof, rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition, and (unless issued by Lender) not subject to offset rights; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying investments of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) entered into with any bank described in clause (b); (d) commercial paper issued by Lender or rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s, and maturing within nine months of the date of acquisition; and (e) shares of any money market fund that has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to above, has net assets of at least $500,000,000 and has the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P.

 

3


Cash Management Services : services relating to operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

Change in Law : the occurrence, after the date hereof, of (a) the adoption, taking effect or phasing in of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof; or (c) the making, issuance or application of any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided , however , that “Change in Law” shall include, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued, all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives (i) under or relating to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or (ii) promulgated pursuant to Basel III by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar authority) or any other Governmental Authority.

Change of Control : (a) Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Borrower; (b) the Sponsors cease to collectively own and control, beneficially and of record, at least 51% of the voting and economic Equity Interests of Parent; (c) a change in the majority of directors of Borrower during any 24 month period, unless approved by the majority of directors serving at the beginning of such period; or (d) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all assets an Obligor.

Claims : all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, proceedings, interest, costs and expenses of any kind (including remedial response costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Extraordinary Expenses) at any time (including after Full Payment of the Obligations) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Obligor or other Person, in any way relating to (a) any Loans, Letters of Credit, Loan Documents, or the use thereof or transactions relating thereto; (b) any action taken or omitted in connection with any Loan Documents; (c) the existence or perfection of any Liens, or realization upon any Collateral; (d) exercise of any rights or remedies under any Loan Documents or applicable law; or (e) failure by any Obligor to perform or observe any terms of any Loan Document, in each case including all costs and expenses relating to any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other proceeding (including an Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceedings), whether or not the applicable Indemnitee is a party thereto.

Closing Date : as defined in Section  6.1 .

Closing Date Dividend : a dividend on the Closing Date by Borrower to Parent, the proceeds of which shall be exclusively used to pay the purchase price under the Acquisition Agreement.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral : all Property described in Section  7.1 , all Property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other Property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall not include any Equity Interests in Borrower.

Commitment Termination Date : the earliest to occur of (a) the Revolver Termination Date; (b) the date on which Borrower terminates the Revolver Commitment pursuant to Section  2.1.3 ; or (c) the date on which the Revolver Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section  10.2 .

Commitments : the Revolver Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act : the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

Compliance Certificate : a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which Borrower certifies compliance with Sections 9.2.3 and 9.3 and sets forth the Leverage Ratio for determination of the Applicable Margin.

Connection Income Taxes – Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), or are franchise or branch profits Taxes.

 

4


Contingent Obligation : any obligation of a Person arising from a guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of another obligor (“ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person under any (a) guaranty, endorsement, co-making or sale with recourse of an obligation of a primary obligor; (b) obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments regardless of nonperformance by any other party to an agreement; and (c) arrangement (i) to purchase any primary obligation or security therefor, (ii) to supply funds for the purchase or payment of any primary obligation, (iii) to maintain or assure working capital, equity capital, net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iv) to purchase Property or services for the purpose of assuring the ability of the primary obligor to perform a primary obligation, or (v) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation (or, if less, the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable under the instrument evidencing the Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto.

Debt : as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all items that would be included as liabilities on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including Capital Leases, but excluding trade payables incurred and being paid in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) all Contingent Obligations; (c) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; and (d) in the case of Borrower, the Obligations. The Debt of a Person shall include any recourse Debt of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner or joint venture, unless expressly made non-recourse to such Person and only to the extent of the direct payment liability of such Person.

Default : an event or condition that, with the lapse of time or giving of notice, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate : for any Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), 2% plus the interest rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Deposit Account Control Agreement : a control agreement satisfactory to Lender executed by an institution maintaining a Deposit Account for an Obligor, to perfect Lender’s Lien on such account.

Distribution : any declaration or payment of a distribution, interest or dividend on any Equity Interest (other than payment-in-kind); distribution, advance or repayment of Debt to a holder of Equity Interests; or purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interest.

Dollars : lawful money of the United States.

Dominion Account : a special account established by Borrower at Lender or a bank acceptable to Lender, over which Lender has exclusive control for withdrawal purposes.

Dominion Termination Period : a period beginning on the earliest date (such date not earlier than 90 days after the Closing Date) on which (i) Availability has exceeded the Dominion Threshold for a period of 30 consecutive days and (ii) no Event of Default exists; provided, any such period shall cease during the continuance of an Event of Default or when Availability is less than the Dominion Threshold.

Dominion Threshold : the greater of $3,750,000 and 15% of the Commitments.

EBITDA : determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and Subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, (a) net income, calculated before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, gains or losses arising from the sale of capital assets, gains arising from the write-up or write-down of assets, and any extraordinary gains or losses (in each case, to the extent included in determining net income), (b) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such net income, the one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrower incurred before October 31, 2014 in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition, this Agreement and the Term Debt, not to exceed $2,750,000 in the aggregate, (c) one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrower incurred before August 31, 2015 in connection with the implementation of operational changes with respect to Borrower, not to exceed $1,500,000 in the aggregate, and (d) management fees and expenses paid to Sponsors or their Affiliates in an annual amount not to exceed $500,000.

 

5


Eligible Account : an Account owing to Borrower that arises in the Ordinary Course of Business from the sale of goods or rendition of services, is payable in Dollars and is deemed by Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, to be an Eligible Account. Without limiting the foregoing, no Account shall be an Eligible Account if (a) it is unpaid for more than 90 days after the original due date, or more than 120 days after the original invoice date; (b) 50% or more of the Accounts owing by the Account Debtor are not Eligible Accounts under the foregoing clause; (c) when aggregated with other Accounts owing by the Account Debtor, it exceeds 15% (“ Concentration Limit ”) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts (or such higher Concentration Limit as Lender may establish for the Account Debtor from time to time); provided that the Concentration Limit for each of Standard Pacific Corp., KB Home, Toll Brothers Inc. and DR Horton Inc. shall be 25% of the aggregate Eligible Accounts (or such higher Concentration Limit as Lender may establish for the Account Debtor from time to time); (d) it does not conform with a covenant or representation herein; (e) it is owing by a creditor or supplier, or is otherwise subject to a offset, counterclaim, dispute, deduction, discount, recoupment, reserve, defense, chargeback, credit or allowance (including any customer deposit) (but ineligibility shall be limited to the amount thereof); (f) an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Account Debtor; or the Account Debtor has failed, has suspended or ceased doing business, is liquidating, dissolving or winding up its affairs, is not Solvent, or is subject to Sanctions or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC; or Borrower is not able to bring suit or enforce remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process; (g) the Account Debtor is organized or has its principal offices or assets outside the United States or Canada, unless the Account is supported by a letter of credit (delivered to and directly drawable by Lender) or credit insurance satisfactory in all respects to Lender; (h) it is owing by a Governmental Authority, unless the Account Debtor is the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof and the Account has been assigned to Lender in compliance with the federal Assignment of Claims Act; (i) it is not subject to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender, or is subject to any other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien junior to Lender’s Lien or any other Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (j) the goods giving rise to it have not been delivered to the Account Debtor, the services giving rise to it have not been accepted by the Account Debtor, or it otherwise does not represent a final sale; (k) it is evidenced by Chattel Paper or an Instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; (l) its payment term has been extended or the Account Debtor has made a partial payment (other than a partial payment of an Account that is the full payment of an invoice); (m) it arises from a sale to an Affiliate, from a sale on a cash-on-delivery, bill-and-hold, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment, or other repurchase or return basis; (n) it represents a progress billing or retainage, or relates to services for which a performance, surety or completion bond or similar assurance has been issued; or (o) it includes a billing for interest, fees or late charges, but ineligibility shall be limited to the extent thereof. In calculating delinquent portions of Accounts under clauses (a) and (b), credit balances more than 120 days past the original invoice date will be excluded.

Eligible Assignee : a Person that is (a) an Affiliate of Lender; (b) an Approved Fund approved by Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (c) during an Event of Default, any Person.

Eligible Homebuilder Account : an Eligible Account pursuant to which the Account Debtor is a Person in the business of building homes.

Eligible Homeowner Account : an Eligible Account pursuant to which the Account Debtor is a Person not in the business of building homes.

Eligible Inventory : Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory unless it (a) is finished goods and not work-in-process, packaging or shipping materials, labels, samples, display items, bags, replacement parts or manufacturing supplies; (b) is not held on consignment, nor subject to any deposit or down payment; (c) is in new and saleable condition and is not damaged, defective, shopworn or otherwise unfit for sale; (d) is not slow-moving, perishable, obsolete or unmerchantable, and does not constitute returned or repossessed goods; (e) meets all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, has not been acquired from an entity subject to Sanctions or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC and does not constitute hazardous materials under any Environmental Law; (f) conforms with the covenants and representations herein; (g) is subject to Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien, and no other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien junior to Lender’s Lien or any other

 

6


Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (h) is within the continental United States or Canada, is not in transit except between locations of Borrower, and is not consigned to any Person; (i) is not subject to any warehouse receipt or negotiable Document; (j) is not subject to any License or other arrangement that restricts such Borrower’s or Lender’s right to dispose of such Inventory, unless Lender has received an appropriate Lien Waiver; (k) is not located on leased premises or in the possession of a warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder or other Person, unless the lessor or such Person has delivered a Lien Waiver within 60 days following the Closing Date or an appropriate Rent and Charges Reserve has been established and (l) is reflected in the details of a current perpetual inventory report.

Eligible Unbilled Account : an Eligible Account which has not yet been billed and has existed for less than 15 days.

Environmental Laws : applicable laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority) relating to public health (other than occupational safety and health regulated under OSHA, or public health and safety regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) or the protection or pollution of the environment, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991i) and the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq .).

Environmental Notice : a notice (whether written or oral) from any Governmental Authority or other Person of any possible noncompliance with, investigation of a possible violation of, litigation relating to, or potential fine or liability under any Environmental Law, or with respect to any Environmental Release, including any complaint, summons, citation, order, claim, demand or request for correction, remediation or otherwise.

Environmental Release : any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Equity Interest : the interest of any (a) shareholder in a corporation; (b) partner in a partnership (whether general, limited, limited liability or joint venture); (c) member in a limited liability company; or (d) other Person having any other form of equity security or ownership interest.

ERISA : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with an Obligor within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event : (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at risk plan or a plan in critical or endangered status under the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate.

Event of Default : as defined in Section  10 .

Excess Cash Flow : as defined in the documents evidencing the Term Loan on the Closing Date.

 

7


Exception Account : Account number 80-03042754 maintained by Borrower at East West Bank.

Excluded Swap Obligation : with respect to an Obligor, each Swap Obligation as to which, and only to the extent that, such Obligor’s guaranty of or grant of a Lien as security for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act because the Obligor does not constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the act (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Obligor, and all guarantees of Swap Obligations by other Obligors) when such guaranty or grant of Lien becomes effective with respect to the Swap Obligation. If a Hedging Agreement governs more than one Swap Obligation, only the Swap Obligation(s) or portions thereof described in the foregoing sentence shall be Excluded Swap Obligation(s) for the applicable Obligor.

Excluded Tax : means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by a Recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profit Taxes (i) as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of Lender, its lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; and (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which; (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment; or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  5.9.5 or 5.9.6 and (d) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Extraordinary Expenses : all out-of-pocket costs, expenses or advances that Lender may incur during the continuance of an Event of Default, or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding of an Obligor, including those relating to (a) any audit, inspection, repossession, storage, repair, appraisal, insurance, manufacture, preparation or advertising for sale, sale, collection, or other preservation of or realization upon any Collateral; (b) any action, arbitration or other proceeding (whether instituted by or against Lender, any Obligor, any representative of creditors of an Obligor or any other Person) in any way relating to any Collateral (including the validity, perfection, priority or avoidability of Lender’s Liens with respect to any Collateral), Loan Documents, Letters of Credit or Obligations, including any lender liability or other Claims; (c) the exercise of any rights or remedies of Lender in, or the monitoring of, any Insolvency Proceeding; (d) settlement or satisfaction of any taxes, charges or Liens with respect to any Collateral; (e) any action to enforce any Obligations or Loan Documents or to realize upon any Collateral (whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of Account Debtors, exercise of set off or recoupment, credit bid or otherwise); and (f) negotiation and documentation of any modification, waiver, workout, restructuring or forbearance with respect to any Loan Documents or Obligations. Such out-of-pocket costs, expenses and advances include transfer fees, Other Taxes, storage fees, insurance costs, permit fees, utility reservation and standby fees, legal fees, appraisal fees, brokers’ and auctioneers’ fees and commissions, accountants’ fees, environmental study fees, wages and salaries paid to employees of any Obligor or independent contractors in liquidating any Collateral, and travel expenses.

FATCA : Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including any amended or successor version if substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

Federal Funds Rate : (a) the weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on the applicable Business Day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable day is not a Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the average rate (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/8 of 1%) charged to Lender on the applicable day on such transactions, as determined by Lender.

Fiscal Quarter : each period of three months, commencing on the first day of a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year : the fiscal year of Borrower and Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, ending on February 28 of each year.

 

8


Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio : the ratio, as of any date of determination and determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and Subsidiaries, of (a) EBITDA minus Capital Expenditures (except those financed with Borrowed Money other than Revolver Loans) paid in cash minus cash taxes paid minus Distributions made by Borrower (other than the Closing Date Dividend and the Recapitalization Dividend), to (b) Fixed Charges.

Fixed Charges : the sum of interest expense (other than payment-in-kind), and principal payments made on Borrowed Money (excluding (a) Excess Cash Flow payments, (b) voluntary pre-payments permitted under the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement, or the Term Debt Credit Agreement, (c) mandatory pre-payments permitted under the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement (other than scheduled principal payments) and (d) any payments made on Debt owed to an Obligor).

FLSA : the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

Foreign Plan : any employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained or contributed to by any Obligor or Subsidiary that is (a) not subject to the laws of the United States; or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Obligor or Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary : a Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code, (a “ CFC ”) or a Subsidiary of a CFC and any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in a CFC.

Full Payment : with respect to any Obligations, (a) the payment in full in cash of all Obligations that are then non-contingent and outstanding, (b) the termination or cash collateralization (in an amount equal to 105%) of all Letters of Credit and then outstanding (or indemnities or other undertakings issued and then in existence in respect of such outstanding Letters of Credit), or, alternatively, with the consent of Lender, the delivery of backstop letters of credit with respect to all such Letters of Credit, indemnities and undertakings (in each case, in an amount, manner and upon terms reasonable satisfactory to Lender), (c) termination or cash collateralization of all Bank Product Obligations owing to Lender or its Affiliates, and (d) the termination or expiration of all Commitments or other obligations to make the Loan or extend credit to the Obligors under the Loan Documents.

GAAP : generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States from time to time.

Governmental Approvals : all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and required reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority : any federal, state, local, foreign or other agency, authority, body, commission, court, instrumentality, political subdivision, central bank, or other entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions for any governmental, judicial, investigative, regulatory or self-regulatory authority (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or European Central Bank).

Guarantors : each Person that guarantees payment or performance of Obligations.

Guaranty : each guaranty agreement executed by a Guarantor in favor of Lender.

Hazardous Material : any pollutant, contaminant, chemical or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “acutely hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances ,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “toxic chemicals,” “toxic pollutants,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (i) any petroleum, petroleum products, or fractions or derivatives thereof, (ii) natural or synthetic gas, (iii) any asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls or radon gas, and (iv) any radioactive materials, substances or waste.

Hedging Agreement : any “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

9


Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or relating to any payment of an Obligation; and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees : Lender, other Secured Parties, and their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents and attorneys.

Insolvency Proceeding : any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Intellectual Property : all intellectual and similar Property of a Person, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, customer lists, know-how, software and databases; all embodiments or fixations thereof and all related documentation, applications, registrations and franchises; all licenses or other rights to use any of the foregoing; and all books and records relating to the foregoing.

Interest Period : as defined in Section  3.1.3 .

Inventory Reserve : reserves established by Lender in its Permitted Discretion to reflect factors that may negatively impact the Value of Inventory, including change in salability, theft, shrinkage, imbalance, markdowns and vendor chargebacks.

Investment : (a) a transaction or series of transactions resulting in (i) acquisition of a business division or substantially all assets of a Person; (ii) record or beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Equity Interests of a Person; or (iii) merger, consolidation or combination of Borrower or Subsidiary with another Person; (b) an acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of any Equity Interests of a Person; or (c) an advance or capital contribution to or other investment in a Person.

IP Assignment : a collateral assignment or security agreement pursuant to which an Obligor grants a Lien on its Intellectual Property to Lender, as security for the Obligations.

IRS : the United States Internal Revenue Service.

LC Application : an application by Borrower to Lender for issuance of a Letter of Credit, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

LC Conditions : the following conditions necessary for issuance of a Letter of Credit: (a) each of the conditions set forth in Section  6 is satisfied as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion; (b) after giving effect to such issuance, total LC Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Subline, no Overadvance exists and Revolver Usage does not exceed the Borrowing Base; (c) the Letter of Credit and payments thereunder are denominated in Dollars; and (d) the purpose and form of the proposed Letter of Credit are reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion.

LC Documents : all documents, instruments and agreements (including LC Requests and LC Applications) delivered by Borrower or any other Person to Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit.

LC Obligations : the sum of (a) all amounts owing by Borrower for drawings under Letters of Credit; and (b) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit : any standby or documentary letter of credit, foreign guaranty, documentary bankers acceptance or similar instrument issued by Lender for the account or benefit of Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower.

 

10


Letter of Credit Subline : $5,000,000.

Leverage Ratio : the ratio, determined as of the end of any month, of (a) Borrowed Money (other than Contingent Obligations) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such month, to (b) EBITDA for the trailing twelve months then ending.

LIBOR : for any Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/8th of 1%) determined by Lender at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to commencement of such Interest Period, for a term comparable to such Interest Period, equal to (a) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate or successor thereto if such association is no longer making such rate available, as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source designated by Lender); or (b) if the rate described in clause (a) is unavailable for any reason, the interest rate at which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the Loan would be offered by Lender’s London branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

LIBOR Loan : each set of LIBOR Revolver Loans having a common length and commencement of Interest Period.

LIBOR Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on LIBOR.

License : any license or agreement under which an Obligor is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of Property or any other conduct of its business.

Licensor : any Person from whom an Obligor obtains the right to use any Intellectual Property.

Lien : any lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, easement, right-of-way, or other title exception or encumbrance.

Lien Waiver : an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit Lender to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral consisting of books, records or Inventory held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents in its possession relating to such Collateral as agent for Lender, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; (c) for any Collateral consisting of books, records or Inventory held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges Lender’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; and (d) for any Collateral consisting of books, records or Inventory and subject to a Licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the Licensor grants to Lender the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Lender’s Liens with respect to such Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.

Loan : a Revolver Loan.

Loan Documents : this Agreement, Other Agreements and Security Documents.

Loan Year : each 12 month period commencing on the Closing Date and on each anniversary of the Closing Date.

Management Agreement : that certain Consulting Agreement, dated on or about the Closing Date, among Parent, Borrower and Trive Capital Management LLC, as in effect on the date hereof.

Margin Stock : as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors.

 

11


Material Adverse Effect : the effect of any event or circumstance that, taken alone or in conjunction with other events or circumstances, (a) has or could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, material Properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Obligor or on the value of any material Collateral, on the enforceability of any Loan Documents, or on the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens on any material portion of the Collateral; (b) impairs the ability of an Obligor to perform its material obligations under the Loan Documents, including repayment of any Obligations; or (c) otherwise impairs the ability of Lender to enforce or collect any Obligations or to realize upon a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract : any agreement or arrangement to which Borrower or its Subsidiary is party (other than the Loan Documents) (a) that is deemed to be a material contract under any securities law applicable to such Person, including the Securities Act of 1933; (b) for which breach, termination, nonperformance or failure to renew would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (c) that relates to Subordinated Debt, or to Debt in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more.

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgage : any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in which any Obligor grants a Lien on its Real Estate to Lender, as security for any Obligations.

Multiemployer Plan : any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Proceeds : with respect to any disposition of Property, proceeds (including, when received, any deferred or escrowed payments) received by Borrower or its Subsidiary in cash from such disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including legal fees and sales commissions; (b) amounts applied to repayment of Debt secured by a Permitted Lien senior to Lender’s Liens on Collateral sold; (c) transfer or similar taxes; and (d) reserves for indemnities, income tax, and such other customary reserves, until such reserves are no longer needed.

NOLV Percentage : the net orderly liquidation value of Inventory, expressed as a percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of Borrower’s Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms satisfactory to Lender.

Notice of Borrowing : a Notice of Borrowing to be provided by Borrower to request a Borrowing of Revolver Loans, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Notice of Conversion/Continuation : a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to be provided by Borrower to request a conversion or continuation of any Loans as LIBOR Loans, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Obligations : all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Loans; (b) LC Obligations and other obligations of Obligors with respect to Letters of Credit; (c) interest, expenses, fees, indemnification obligations, Extraordinary Expenses and other amounts payable by Obligors under Loan Documents; (d) Bank Product Debt; in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Obligor : Borrower and each Guarantor.

OFAC : Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

Ordinary Course of Business : the ordinary course of business of Borrower or Subsidiary, undertaken in good faith and consistent with applicable law and past practices.

 

12


Organic Documents : with respect to any Person, its charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability agreement, operating agreement, members agreement, shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, certificate of formation, voting trust agreement, or similar agreement or instrument governing the formation or operation of such Person.

OSHA : the Occupational Safety and Hazard Act of 1970.

Other Agreement : each LC Document, Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement, Borrowing Base Certificate, Compliance Certificate, or other document, instrument or agreement (other than this Agreement or a Security Document) now or hereafter delivered by an Obligor to Lender in connection with any transactions relating hereto.

Other Connection Taxes : Taxes imposed on a Recipient due to a present or former connection between it and the taxing jurisdiction (other than connections arising from the Recipient having executed, delivered, become party to, performed obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a Lien or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, enforced, or sold or assigned an interest in, any Loan or Loan Document.

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a Lien under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Overadvance : as defined in Section  2.1.4 .

Parent : TCFI LARK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

PATRIOT Act : the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001).

Payment Conditions : as to any relevant action contemplated in this Agreement, (a) no Event of Default has then occurred and is continuing or would result from any such action, and (b) after giving pro forma effect to such action, Availability is at least $5,000,000 as of the date of such relevant action and after giving effect to such relevant action on a pro forma basis for the 30 days prior to the date of such relevant action.

Payment Item : each check, draft or other item of payment payable to Borrower, including those constituting proceeds of any Collateral.

PBGC : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan : any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate or to which the Obligor or ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the preceding five plan years.

Permitted Discretion : a determination made in the exercise, in good faith, of reasonable business judgment (from the perspective of a secured, asset-based lender providing for a secured facility of the type set forth herein and based on the applicable circumstances as of the applicable date of determination).

Permitted Distributions : means, with respect to any Obligor, so long as no Event of Default exists, (a) the Closing Date Dividend, (b) the Recapitalization Dividend, (c) the payment of dividends or any other distributions on an Obligor’s Equity Interests to another Obligor or the payment of any indebtedness owed to an Obligor, (d) the making of any loans or advances to an Obligor, (e) the transfer of any property or assets to an Obligor, (f) payments to enable Obligors to repurchase any Equity Interest issued by such Obligor or warrants, options or other similar rights granted by such Obligor, from any officer, director or employee, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year and (g) to the extent an Obligor is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S.

 

13


federal income tax purposes, quarterly tax distributions on April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of each Fiscal Year (“ Tax Distributions ”) by such Obligor to its members with respect to each Fiscal Year, which, in the aggregate, are in an amount equal to the amount necessary to pay such members’ estimated state and United States federal income tax liabilities in respect of the income earned by such Obligor, calculated as an amount equal to the product of (A) the net taxable income of the Obligor minus any previous net taxable loss of the Obligor that is usable by the members of the Obligor to offset net taxable income of the Obligor, and taking into account the characterization of the income of such Obligor as ordinary income or capital gains, as appropriate, and (B) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to any member of Obligor and a 10% assumed state tax rate; provided however, that to the extent the actual tax liability of members in respect of Obligor for a taxable year is less than the sum of the estimated payments described above for the year, then the excess will be deducted from the next quarterly tax distribution.

Permitted Investments : means an Investment by an Obligor in (a) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to Borrower or an Obligor, (b) payroll, travel, commission, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the Ordinary Course of Business, (c) consideration received in connection with any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted under this Agreement, (d) deposit accounts, and (e) Investments in the nature of immaterial pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business.

Permitted Lien : as defined in Section  9.2.2 .

Person : any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan : any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by an Obligor or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, an ERISA Affiliate.

Platform : as defined in Section  11.4.3 .

Prime Rate : the rate of interest announced by Lender from time to time as its prime rate. Such rate is set by Lender on the basis of various factors, including its costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such rate. Any change in such rate publicly announced by Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement.

Properly Contested : with respect to any obligation of an Obligor, (a) the obligation is subject to a bona fide dispute regarding amount or the Obligor’s liability to pay; (b) the obligation is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently pursued; (c) appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (d) non-payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor result in forfeiture or sale of any assets of the Obligor; (e) no Lien is imposed on assets of the Obligor, unless bonded and stayed to the satisfaction of Lender; and (f) if the obligation results from entry of a judgment or other order, such judgment or order is stayed pending appeal or other judicial review.

Property : any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Purchase Money Debt : (a) Debt (other than the Obligations) for payment of any of the purchase price of fixed assets; (b) Debt (other than the Obligations) incurred within 10 Business Days before or after acquisition of any fixed assets, for the purpose of financing any of the purchase price thereof; and (c) any renewals, extensions or refinancings (but not increases) thereof.

 

14


Purchase Money Lien : a Lien that secures Purchase Money Debt, encumbering only the fixed assets acquired with such Debt and constituting a Capital Lease or a purchase money security interest under the UCC.

Qualified ECP : an Obligor with total assets exceeding $10,000,000, or that constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of such act.

Real Estate : all right, title and interest (whether as owner, lessor or lessee) in any real Property or any buildings, structures, parking areas or other improvements thereon.

Recapitalization Dividend : means a one-time Distribution by Borrower in the period beginning on the later of September 3, 2015 and Borrower’s delivery to Lender of the audited financial statements required by Exhibit E for the period ending February 28, 2015, and ending on the one year anniversary of such date; provided that the following conditions are satisfied: (i) EBITDA as of the date of such Distribution is at least $10,300,000 for the immediately preceding four (4) Fiscal Quarters (without giving effect to any Equity Cure Contributions), (ii) the Leverage Ratio as of the date of such Distribution shall not exceed 3.25 to 1.0 after giving effect to such Distribution (without giving effect to any Equity Cure Contributions in the calculation of EBITDA), (iii) Borrower shall have a net book worth of at least $1 as of the date of such Distribution after giving effect to such Distribution, and (iv) Availability is at least $5,000,000 as of the date of such Distribution after giving effect to such Distribution and on a pro forma basis for the 30 days prior to the date of such Distribution.

Recipient : Lender or any other recipient of a payment to be made by an Obligor under a Loan Document or on account of an Obligation.

Reimbursement Date : as defined in Section  2.3.2 .

Related Real Estate Documents : with respect to any Real Estate subject to a Mortgage, the following, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent: (a) a mortgagee title policy (or binder therefor) covering Agent’s interest under the Mortgage, by an insurer reasonably acceptable to Agent, which must be fully paid on such effective date; (b) such assignments of leases, estoppel letters, attornment agreements, consents, waivers and releases as Agent may reasonably require with respect to other Persons having an interest in the Real Estate; (c) a current, as-built survey of the Real Estate, containing a metes-and-bounds property description and certified by a licensed surveyor acceptable to Agent; (d) a life-of-loan flood hazard determination and, if the Real Estate is located in a special flood hazard area, an acknowledged notice to borrower and flood insurance by an insurer acceptable to Agent; and (e) such other documents, instruments or agreements as Agent may reasonably require with respect to any environmental risks regarding the Real Estate.

Rent and Charges Reserve : the aggregate of (a) all past due rent and other amounts owing by an Obligor to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Collateral or could assert a Lien on any Collateral; and (b) commencing 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as determined by Lender in its sole discretion), a reserve at least equal to three (3) months’ rent and other charges that could be payable to any such Person, unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.

Reportable Event : any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Restricted Investment : any Investment by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (a) Investments in Subsidiaries to the extent existing on the Closing Date; (b) Cash Equivalents that are subject to Lender’s Lien and control, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; (c) loans and advances permitted under Section  9.2.7 , and (d) Permitted Investments.

Restrictive Agreement : an agreement (other than a Loan Document or an agreement executed in connection with Subordinated Debt or Borrowed Money otherwise permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents) that conditions or restricts the right of Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Obligor to incur or repay Borrowed Money, to grant Liens on any assets, to declare or make Distributions, to modify, extend or renew any agreement evidencing Borrowed Money, or to repay any intercompany Debt.

 

15


Revolver Commitment : Lender’s obligation to make Revolver Loans and to issue Letters of Credit in an amount up to $25,000,000 in the aggregate, as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section 2.1.3(b).

Revolver Loan : a loan made pursuant to Section  2.1 .

Revolver Termination Date : September 3, 2019.

Revolver Usage : the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolver Loans, plus the aggregate Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit.

Royalties : all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by Borrower under a License.

S&P : Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successors thereto.

Sanction : any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Secured Parties : Lender and providers of Bank Products.

Security Documents : the Guaranties, IP Assignments, Deposit Account Control Agreements, and all other documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter securing (or given with the intent to secure) any Obligations.

Senior Officer : the chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Borrower or, if the context requires, an Obligor.

Solvent : as to any Person, such Person (a) owns Property whose fair salable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of its debts (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities); (b) owns Property whose present fair salable value (as defined below) is greater than the probable total liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as they become absolute and matured; (c) is able to pay all of its debts as they mature; (d) has capital that is not unreasonably small for its business and is sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage; (e) is not “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (f) has not incurred (by way of assumption or otherwise) any obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any Loan Documents, or made any conveyance in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of such Person or any of its Affiliates. “ Fair salable value ” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Obligor : an Obligor that is not then an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section 5.10).

Sponsors : means, collectively, Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors LP.

 

16


Stated Amount : the stated amount of a Letter of Credit, including any automatic increase, whether or not then effective, provided by the terms of the Letter of Credit or related LC Documents.

Subcontractor Payable Reserve : the aggregate of all past due amounts owing by an Obligor to any subcontractors who have actual or potential lien rights.

Subordinated Debt : (a) the Term Debt and (b) all Debt incurred by Borrower that is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to Full Payment of all Obligations, and is on terms (including maturity, interest, fees, repayment, covenants and subordination) reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

Subsidiary : any entity at least 50% of whose voting securities or Equity Interests is owned by Borrower or combination of Borrower (including indirect ownership through other entities in which the Borrower directly or indirectly owns 50% of the voting securities or Equity Interests).

Swap Obligations : with respect to any Obligor, its obligations under a Hedging Agreement that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Agent : has the meaning set forth in the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Debt : means all Borrowed Money owed to the Term Creditors (as defined in the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the Term Debt Documents.

Term Debt Credit Agreement : means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2014, by and among Borrower, Term Agent and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof or as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Debt Documents : means (i) the Term Debt Credit Agreement and (ii) each of the other agreements, instruments and other documents with respect to the Term Debt, all as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement : means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2014 by and among Term Agent, in its capacity as agent for the Term Creditors (as defined therein), Lender, and acknowledged by Borrower and Parent, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Trigger Period : the period (a) commencing on the day that an Event of Default occurs, or Availability is less than the Trigger Threshold at any time; and (b) continuing until, no Event of Default exists and Availability has been greater than the Trigger Threshold for 15 consecutive days.

Trigger Threshold : the greater of $5,000,000 and 20% of the Commitments.

UCC : the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the perfection or enforcement of any Lien, the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction.

Unused Line Fee Rate : a per annum rate equal to (a) 0.25%, if the average daily balance of Revolver Usage was less than 40% of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month, or (b) 0.15%, if the average daily Revolver Usage was 40% or more of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month.

Value : (a) for Inventory, its value determined on the basis of the lower of cost or market, calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among Borrower and its Affiliates; and (b) for an Account, its face amount, without duplication of any other calculation made in the

 

17


determination of the Borrowing Base, net of any returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor or any other Person.

Whirlpool Reserve : the aggregate of all amounts owing by an Obligor to Whirlpool Corporation and/or its Affiliates.

1.2      Accounting Terms . Under the Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified herein), all accounting terms shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations shall be made, and all financial statements shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to Lender before the Closing Date and using the same inventory valuation method as used in such financial statements, except for any change required or permitted by GAAP if Borrower’s certified public accountants concur in such change, the change is disclosed to Lender, and all relevant provisions of the Loan Documents are amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lender to take into account the effects of the change. All financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof.

1.3      Uniform Commercial Code . As used herein, the following terms are defined in accordance with the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time: “Account,” “Account Debtor,” “Chattel Paper,” “Commercial Tort Claim,” “Deposit Account,” “Document,” “Electronic Chattel Paper,” “Equipment,” “Fixtures,” “General Intangibles,” “Goods,” “Instrument,” “Inventory,” “Investment Property,” “Letter-of-Credit Right” and “Supporting Obligation.”

1.4      Certain Matters of Construction . The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, “from” means “from and including,” and “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.” The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including, without limitation” and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit any provision. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any Loan Document. All references to (a) laws include all related regulations, interpretations, supplements, amendments and successor provisions; (b) any document, instrument or agreement includes any modifications, extensions or renewals (to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents); (c) any section mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a section of this Agreement; (d) any exhibits or schedules mean, unless the context otherwise requires, exhibits and schedules attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference; (e) any Person includes successors and assigns; (f) time of day means the time of day at Lender’s notice address under Section  11.4.1 ; or (g) discretion of Lender mean its sole and absolute discretion unless expressly provided otherwise. All references to Value, Borrowing Base components, Loans, Letters of Credit, Obligations and other amounts herein shall be denominated in Dollars, unless expressly provided otherwise, and all determinations (including calculations of Borrowing Base and financial covenants) made from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time. Borrowing Base calculations shall be consistent with historical methods of valuation and calculation, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion (and not necessarily calculated in accordance with GAAP). No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision. Reference to Borrower’s “knowledge” or similar concept means actual knowledge of a Senior Officer, or knowledge that a Senior Officer would have obtained if he or she had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his or her duties, including reasonably specific inquiries of employees or agents and a good faith attempt to ascertain the matter.

1.5      Time of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

18


2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1      Revolver Commitment .

2.1.1     Revolver Loans . Lender agrees, on the terms set forth herein, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to the Revolver Commitment, from time to time through the Commitment Termination Date. The Revolver Loans may be repaid and reborrowed as provided herein. In no event shall Lender have any obligation to honor a request for a Revolver Loan if Revolver Usage at such time plus the requested Loan would exceed the Borrowing Base. Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 Business Days prior written notification of the establishment of any change in the eligibility criteria or the establishment of any Availability Reserve, in each case, to the extent such change would have the effect of reducing the Borrowing Base; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights to establish any such change or reserve, but such change or reserve shall only become effective following notice to Borrower.

2.1.2     Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Revolver Loans shall be used by Borrower solely (a) to satisfy existing Debt; (b) to pay a portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition; (c) to pay fees and transaction expenses associated with the closing of this credit facility; (d) to pay Obligations in accordance with this Agreement; and (e) for other lawful corporate purposes of Borrower, including working capital and Permitted Distributions.

2.1.3     Termination of, and Increase of Revolver Commitment .

(a)    The Revolver Commitment shall terminate on the Revolver Termination Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. Upon prior written notice to Lender, Borrower may, at their option, terminate in full or reduce in part the Revolver Commitment (provided that the reduced Revolver Commitment shall in no event be reduced to less than $15,000,000). Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable. On the termination or reduction date, Borrower shall (i) repay any Overadvance or (ii) provide Full Payment of all Obligations (if the Revolver Commitments are terminated in full).

(b)    Borrower may request an increase in the Revolver Commitment from time to time upon notice to Lender, as long as (a) the first such requested increase is in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and each increase is offered on the same terms as existing Revolver Commitment, (b) increases under this Section do not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate and no more than two (2) increases are made, (c) the requested increase does not cause the Revolver Commitment to exceed 90% of any applicable cap under any Subordinated Debt agreement, and (d) Borrower has not reduced the Revolver Commitment. If Lender agrees to the requested increase (in its sole discretion), Lender and Borrower shall execute and deliver such documents and agreements as Lender deems appropriate to evidence the increase in the Revolver Commitment.

2.1.4     Overadvances . If Revolver Usage exceeds the Borrowing Base (“ Overadvance ”) at any time, the excess amount shall be payable by Borrower on demand by Lender (or within 2 Business Days after demand by Lender with respect to any Overadvance resulting from a change by Lender to the eligibility criteria in accordance with this Agreement), but all such Revolver Loans shall nevertheless constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral and entitled to all benefits of the Loan Documents. Any funding or sufferance of an Overadvance shall not constitute a waiver of the Event of Default caused thereby.

2.2     Letter of Credit Facility .

2.2.1     Issuance of Letters of Credit . Lender agrees to issue Letters of Credit from time to time until 30 days prior to the Revolver Termination Date (or until the Commitment Termination Date, if earlier), on the terms set forth herein, including the following:

(a)    Borrower acknowledges that Lender’s willingness to issue any Letter of Credit is conditioned upon its receipt of a LC Application with respect to the requested Letter of Credit, as well as such other instruments and agreements as Lender may customarily require for issuance of a letter of credit of similar type and amount. Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit unless (i) it receives a LC Application at least three Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance; and (ii) each LC Condition is satisfied or waived.

(b)    Letters of Credit may be requested by Borrower to support obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, or as otherwise approved by Lender. Increase, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be treated as issuance of a new Letter of Credit, except that Lender may require a new LC Application in its discretion.

 

19


(c)    Borrower assumes all risks of the acts, omissions or misuses of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary. In connection with issuance of any Letter of Credit, Lender shall not be responsible for the existence, character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods purported to be represented by any Documents; any differences or variation in the character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods from that expressed in any Documents; the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Documents or of any endorsements thereon; the time, place, manner or order in which shipment of goods is made; partial or incomplete shipment of, or failure to ship, any goods referred to in a Letter of Credit or Documents; any deviation from instructions, delay, default or fraud by any shipper or other Person in connection with any goods, shipment or delivery; any breach of contract between a shipper or vendor and Borrower; errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, telecopy, e-mail, telephone or otherwise; errors in interpretation of technical terms; the misapplication by a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof; or any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Lender, including any act or omission of a Governmental Authority. No Indemnitee shall be liable to any Obligor or other Person for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with any Letter of Credit or LC Documents except as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Lender shall be fully subrogated to the rights and remedies of each beneficiary whose claims against Borrower is discharged with proceeds of any Letter of Credit.

(d)    In connection with its administration of and enforcement of rights or remedies under any Letters of Credit or LC Documents, Lender shall be entitled to act, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon any certification, documentation or communication in whatever form believed by Lender, in good faith, to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by a proper Person. Lender may consult with and employ legal counsel, accountants and other experts to advise it concerning its obligations, rights and remedies, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any advice given by such experts. Lender may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection with any matter relating to Letters of Credit or LC Documents, and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of unaffiliated agents and attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care.

2.2.2     Reimbursement . If Lender honors any request for payment under a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay (in the form of a Revolving Loan) to Lender, on the same day (“ Reimbursement Date ”), the amount paid under such Letter of Credit and all applicable fees, together with interest at the interest rate for Base Rate Revolver Loans from the Reimbursement Date until payment by Borrower. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Lender for any payment made under a Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, irrevocable, and shall be paid without regard to any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower may have at any time against the beneficiary. Whether or not Borrower submits a Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Revolver Loans in an amount necessary to pay all amounts due on any Reimbursement Date.

2.2.3     Cash Collateral . If at any time (a) an Event of Default exists, (b) the Commitment Termination Date has occurred, or (c) the Revolver Termination Date is scheduled to occur within 20 Business Days, then Borrower shall, at Lender’s request, Cash Collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit. If Borrower fails to provide any Cash Collateral as required under this Section 2.2.3, Lender may advance, as Revolver Loans, the amount of Cash Collateral required and unprovided.

 

3. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

3.1     Interest .

3.1.1     Rates and Payment of Interest .

(a)    The Obligations shall bear interest (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) if a LIBOR Loan, at LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) if any other Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Revolver Loans.

 

20


(b)    During an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to Borrower, or during any other Event of Default if Lender in its discretion so elects, Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate (whether before or after any judgment). Borrower acknowledges that the cost and expense to Lender due to an Event of Default are difficult to ascertain and that the Default Rate is fair and reasonable compensation for this.

(c)    Interest shall accrue from the date a Loan is advanced or Obligation is incurred or payable, until paid in full by Borrower. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be due and payable in arrears, (i) on the first day of each month; (ii) on any date of prepayment, with respect to the principal amount of Loans being prepaid; and (iii) on the Commitment Termination Date. Interest accrued on any other Obligations shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents and, if no payment date is specified, shall be due and payable within the two (2) Business Day period following demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest accrued at the Default Rate shall be due and payable on demand .

3.1.2     Application of LIBOR to Outstanding Loans .

(a)    Borrower may on any Business Day, subject to delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, elect to convert any portion of the Base Rate Loans to, or to continue any LIBOR Loan at the end of its Interest Period as, a LIBOR Loan. During any Event of Default, Lender may declare that no Loan may be made, converted or continued as a LIBOR Loan.

(b)    Whenever Borrower desires to convert or continue Loans as LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, no later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days before the requested conversion or continuation date. Each Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable, and shall specify the amount of Loans to be converted or continued, the conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), and the duration of the Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified). If, upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, they shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Loans into Base Rate Loans.

3.1.3     Interest Periods . In connection with the making, conversion or continuation of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall select an interest period (“ Interest Period ”) to apply, which interest period shall be 30, 60, or 90 days; provided , however , that:

(a)    the Interest Period shall begin on the date the Loan is made or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan, and shall expire on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at its end;

(b)    if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no corresponding day in the calendar month at its end or if such corresponding day falls after the last Business Day of such month, then the Interest Period shall expire on the last Business Day of such month; and if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, the period shall expire on the next Business Day; and

(c)    no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolver Termination Date.

3.1.4     Interest Rate Not Ascertainable . If, due to any circumstance affecting the London interbank market, Lender determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR on any applicable date or that any Interest Period is not available on the basis provided herein, then Lender shall immediately notify Borrower of such determination. Until Lender notifies Borrower that such circumstance no longer exists, the obligation of Lender to make affected LIBOR Loans shall be suspended, and no further Loans may be converted into or continued as such LIBOR Loans.

3.2     Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender the fees set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement.

 

21


3.3      Computation of Interest, Fees, Yield Protection . All interest, as well as fees and other charges calculated on a per annum basis, shall be computed for the actual days elapsed, based on a year of 360 days. Each determination by Lender of any interest, fees or interest rate hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. All fees shall be fully earned when due and shall not be subject to rebate, refund or proration. All fees payable under Section  3.2 are compensation for services and are not, and shall not be deemed to be, interest or any other charge for the use, forbearance or detention of money. A certificate as to amounts payable by Borrower under Section  3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9 or 5.9 , submitted to Borrower by Lender shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Borrower shall pay such amounts to the appropriate party within 30 days following receipt of the certificate.

3.4      Reimbursement Obligations . Borrower shall pay all Extraordinary Expenses promptly upon request. Borrower also shall reimburse Lender for all legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting, and other fees, costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with (a) negotiation and preparation of any Loan Documents, including any amendment or other modification thereof; (b) administration of and actions relating to any Collateral, Loan Documents and transactions contemplated thereby, including any actions taken to perfect or maintain priority of Lender’s Liens on any Collateral, to maintain any insurance required hereunder or to verify Collateral; and (c) subject to the limits of Section 9.1.1(b), each inspection, audit or appraisal with respect to any Obligor or Collateral, whether prepared by Lender’s personnel or a third party. All legal, accounting and consulting fees shall be charged to Borrower by Lender’s professionals at their full hourly rates, regardless of any alternative fee arrangements that Lender or any of its Affiliates may have with such professionals that otherwise might apply to this or any other transaction. Borrower acknowledges that counsel may provide Lender with a benefit (such as a discount, credit or accommodation for other matters) based on counsel’s overall relationship with Lender, including fees paid hereunder. If, for any reason (including inaccurate reporting by Borrower), it is determined by Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion that a higher Applicable Margin should have applied to a period than was actually applied, then the proper margin shall be applied retroactively, and Borrower shall immediately pay to Lender an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest that would have accrued using the proper margin and the amount actually paid. All amounts payable by Borrower under this Section shall be due on demand .

3.5     Illegality . If Lender determines that any change in applicable law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for Lender to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon LIBOR, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by Lender to Borrower, any obligation of Lender to make or continue LIBOR Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until Lender notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon delivery of such notice, Borrower shall convert all LIBOR Loans to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if Lender may lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans to such day, or immediately, if Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.6      Inability to Determine Rates . If Lender notifies Borrower in connection with a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan that for any reason (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable Loan amount or Interest Period, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, or (c) LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of funding the Loan, then Lender’s obligation to make or maintain LIBOR Loans shall be suspended to the extent of the affected LIBOR Loan or Interest Period until Lender revokes the notice. Upon receipt of the notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of a LIBOR Loan or, failing that, will be deemed to have submitted a request for a Base Rate Loan.

 

22


3.7      Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

3.7.1     Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(a)    impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, liquidity, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in LIBOR);

(b)    subject any Recipient to Taxes (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, or (iii) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(c)    impose on Lender or any interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or Loan Document;

and the result in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or Commitment, or converting to or continuing any interest option for a Loan, or to increase the cost to Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to issue a Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request by Lender, Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

3.7.2     Capital Requirements . If Lender determines that a Change in Law affecting Lender or its holding company regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit to a level below that which Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate it or its holding company for the reduction suffered.

3.7.3     LIBOR Loan Reserves . If Lender is required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, Borrower shall pay additional interest to Lender on each LIBOR Loan equal to the costs of such reserves allocated to the Loan by Lender (as determined by it in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive). The additional interest shall be due and payable on each interest payment date for the Loan; provided, however, that if Lender notifies Borrower of the additional interest less than 10 days prior to the interest payment date, then the additional interest shall be payable 10 days after Borrower’s receipt of the notice.

3.7.4     Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of its right to demand such compensation, but Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender for any increased costs or reductions suffered more than six months (plus any period of retroactivity of the Change in Law giving rise to the demand) prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the applicable Change in Law and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

3.8      Mitigation . If Lender gives a notice under Section  3.5 or requests compensation under Section  3.7 , or if Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section  5.9 , then at the request of Borrower, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate the need for such notice or reduce amounts payable or to be withheld in the future, as applicable; and (b) would not subject Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to it or unlawful. Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.9      Funding Losses . If for any reason (a) any Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan does not occur on the date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn), (b) any repayment or conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day other than the end of its Interest Period, or (c) Borrower fails to repay a LIBOR Loan when required hereunder, then Borrower shall pay to Lender all resulting losses and expenses, including loss of anticipated profits and any loss, expense or fee arising from redeployment of funds or termination of match fundings. For purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section, Lender shall be deemed to have funded a LIBOR Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and period, whether or not the Loan was in fact so funded.

 

23


3.10      Maximum Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (“ maximum rate ”). If Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the maximum rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Lender exceeds the maximum rate, Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4. LOAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1     Manner of Borrowing and Funding Revolver Loans .

4.1.1     Notice of Borrowing .

(a)    Whenever Borrower desires funding of a Revolver Loan, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Borrowing. Such notice must be received by Lender by 11:00 a.m. (i) on the requested funding date for a Base Rate Loan, and (ii) at least two Business Days prior to the requested funding date for a LIBOR Loan. Notices received after such time shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the amount of the Borrowing, (B) the requested funding date (which must be a Business Day), (C) whether the Borrowing is to be made as a Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Loan, and (D) in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified).

(b)    Unless payment is otherwise made by Borrower, the becoming due of any Obligations (whether principal, interest, fees or other charges, including Extraordinary Expenses, LC Obligations, Cash Collateral and Bank Product Debt) shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the due date in the amount due and the Loan proceeds shall be disbursed as direct payment of such relevant Obligation. In addition, Lender may, at its option, charge such amount against any operating, investment or other account of Borrower maintained with Lender or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 days prior written notification before charging any out-of-pocket fees or expenses against any operating, investment or other account or deeming such fees or expenses to be a request for a Base Rate Loan; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights hereunder. If Lender elects to not make a Borrowing to pay the Obligations as provided in this Section 4.1.1(b), such Obligations shall be due from Borrower within two (2) Business Days after demand.

(c)    If Borrower maintains disbursement account with Lender or any of its Affiliates, then presentation for payment in the account of a Payment Item when there are insufficient funds to cover it shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the presentation date, in the amount of the Payment Item. Proceeds of the Loan may be disbursed directly to the account.

4.1.2     Notices . Borrower may request, convert or continue Loans, select interest rates, and transfer funds based on telephonic or e-mailed instructions to Lender. Borrower shall confirm each such request by prompt delivery to Lender of a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, if applicable, but if it differs materially from the action taken by Lender, the records of Lender shall govern. Lender shall not have any liability for any loss suffered by Borrower as a result of Lender acting upon its understanding of telephonic or e-mailed instructions from a person believed in good faith to be a person authorized to give such instructions on Borrower’s behalf.

 

24


4.2     Number and Amount of LIBOR Loans; Determination of Rate .

Each Borrowing of LIBOR Loans when made shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000, plus any increment of $100,000 in excess thereof. No more than 6 Borrowings of LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at any time, and all LIBOR Loans having the same length and beginning date of their Interest Periods shall be aggregated together and considered one Borrowing for this purpose.

Upon determining LIBOR for any Interest Period requested by Borrower, Lender shall promptly notify Borrower thereof by telephone or electronically and, if requested by Borrower, shall confirm any telephonic notice in writing.

4.3     Reserved .

4.4      One Obligation . The Loans, LC Obligations and other Obligations shall constitute one general obligation of Borrower and are secured by Lender’s Lien on all Collateral.

4.5      Effect of Termination . On the effective date of the termination of the Revolver Commitment, the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable, and each Secured Party may terminate its Bank Products. Until Full Payment of the Obligations, all undertakings of Borrower contained in the Loan Documents shall continue, and Lender shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Lender shall not be required to terminate its Liens unless it receives Cash Collateral or a written agreement, in each case satisfactory to it, protecting it from dishonor or return of any Payment Item previously applied to the Obligations. Sections 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 5.6, 5.9, 11.3 , this Section, and each indemnity or waiver given by an Obligor in any Loan Document, shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations.

 

5. PAYMENTS

5.1      General Payment Provisions . All payments of Obligations shall be made in Dollars, without offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind, free and clear of (and without deduction for) any Taxes, and in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon on the due date. Any payment after such time shall be deemed made on the next Business Day. Any payment of a LIBOR Loan prior to the end of its Interest Period shall be accompanied by all amounts due under Section  3.9 . Borrower agrees that Lender shall have the continuing, exclusive right to apply and reapply payments and proceeds of Collateral against Obligations, in such manner as Lender deems advisable, but whenever possible, any prepayment of Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Loans.

5.2      Repayment of Revolver Loans . Revolver Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Revolver Termination Date, unless payment is sooner required hereunder. Revolver Loans may be prepaid from time to time, without penalty or premium. If an Overadvance exists at any time, Borrower shall, on the sooner of Lender’s demand or the first Business Day after Borrower has knowledge thereof, repay Revolver Loans in an amount sufficient to reduce Revolver Usage to the Borrowing Base. If any asset disposition includes the disposition of Accounts or Inventory, Borrower shall apply Net Proceeds to repay Revolver Loans equal to the greater of (a) the net book value of such Accounts and Inventory, or (b) the reduction in Borrowing Base resulting from the disposition.    

5.3      Reserved .

5.4      Payment of Other Obligations . Obligations other than Loans, including LC Obligations and Extraordinary Expenses, shall be paid by Borrower as provided in the Loan Documents or, if no payment date is specified, on demand .

5.5      Dominion Account . Borrower shall maintain Dominion Accounts pursuant to lockbox or other arrangements reasonably acceptable to Lender. Borrower shall obtain an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) from each lockbox servicer and Dominion Account bank, establishing Lender’s control over and Lien in the lockbox or Dominion Account, requiring immediate deposit of all remittances received in the lockbox to a Dominion Account. If a Dominion Account is not maintained with Lender, Lender may require immediate transfer of all funds in such account to a Dominion Account maintained with Lender. Lender assumes no

 

25


responsibility to Borrower for any lockbox arrangement or Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to any Payment Items accepted by any bank. Borrower shall request in writing and otherwise take all necessary steps to ensure that all payments on Accounts or otherwise relating to Collateral are made directly to a Dominion Account (or a lockbox relating to a Dominion Account). If Borrower or Subsidiary receives cash or Payment Items with respect to any Collateral, it shall hold same in trust for Lender and promptly (not later than the next Business Day) deposit same into a Dominion Account. The provisions of this Section 5.5 shall cease to apply during the Dominion Termination Period.

5.6      Marshaling; Payments Set Aside . Lender shall have no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Obligor or against any Obligations. If any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Lender, or Lender exercises a right of setoff, and any of such payment or setoff is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person, then the Obligation originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies relating thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or setoff had not occurred.

5.7      Application of Payments .

5.7.1     Dominion Account . The ledger balance in the main Dominion Account as of the end of a Business Day shall be applied to the Obligations at the beginning of the next Business Day, other than during a Dominion Termination Period. If, a credit balance results from such application, it shall not accrue interest in favor of Borrower and shall be made available to Borrower as long as no Event of Default exists. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, monies and collateral proceeds obtained from an Obligor shall not be applied to repayment of its Excluded Swap Obligations.

5.7.2     Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds . Any proceeds of insurance (other than proceeds from workers’ compensation or D&O insurance) and any awards arising from condemnation of any Collateral shall be paid to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement. Any such proceeds or awards that relate to Inventory shall be applied to payment of the Revolver Loans, and then to other Obligations. Any proceeds or awards that relate to Equipment or Real Estate shall be applied in accordance with the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement.

5.7.3     Reinvestment of Proceeds . If requested by Borrower in writing within 30 days after Lender’s receipt of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards relating to any loss or destruction of Equipment or Real Estate, Borrower may use such proceeds or awards to repair or replace such Equipment or Real Estate (and until so used, the proceeds shall be held in a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement) as long as (i) no Event of Default exists on the date of such request; (ii) the repaired or replaced Property is free of Liens, other than Permitted Liens that are not Purchase Money Liens; and (iii) the aggregate amount of such proceeds or awards from any single casualty or condemnation reinvested pursuant to this Section does not exceed $4,000,000.

5.8      Account Stated . Lender shall maintain, in accordance with customary practices, loan account(s) evidencing the Debt of Borrower hereunder. Any failure of Lender to record anything in a loan account, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower to pay any amount owing hereunder. Entries made in a loan account shall constitute presumptive evidence of the information contained therein. If any information contained in a loan account is provided to or inspected by any Person, the information shall be conclusive and binding on such Person for all purposes absent manifest error, except to the extent such Person notifies Lender in writing within 30 days after receipt or inspection that specific information is subject to dispute.

5.9     Taxes .

5.9.1     Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Tax Payment .

(a)    All payments of Obligations by Obligors shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If applicable law (as determined by Lender in its discretion)

 

26


requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Recipient or Obligor, then the Recipient or Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding based on information and documentation provided pursuant to this Section.

(b)    If a Recipient or Obligor is required by the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes, including backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor shall pay the full amount that it determines is to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority pursuant to the Code. If a Recipient or Obligor is required by any applicable law other than the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor, to the extent required by applicable law, shall timely pay the full amount to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. In each case, to the extent the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that the Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(c)    Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or, at Lender’s option, timely reimburse Lender for payment thereof.

5.9.2     Tax Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless, on a joint and several basis, each Recipient against any Indemnified Taxes (including those imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower shall make payment within 10 days after demand for any amount or liability payable under this Section. A certificate delivered to Borrower by Lender (for itself or on behalf of a Recipient) as to the amount of such payment or liability, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

5.9.3     Evidence of Payments . If Lender or an Obligor pays any Taxes pursuant to this Section, then upon request, Lender or Borrower, as applicable, shall deliver to the other a copy of a receipt issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority evidencing the payment, a copy of any return required by applicable law to report the payment, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party.

5.9.4     Treatment of Certain Refunds . If Lender determines in its discretion that it or another Recipient has received a refund of any Taxes that were indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, Lender shall pay or shall cause the other Recipient to pay to Borrower the amount of such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrower with respect to the Taxes giving rise to the refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by the Recipient and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Borrower shall, upon request by Lender, repay to the Recipient any refund amount so paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) if the Recipient is required to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Recipient shall be required to pay any amount to Borrower if such payment would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. In no event shall any Recipient be required to make its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) available to any Obligor or other Person.

5.9.5     Status of Lender . If Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments of Obligations, it shall deliver to Borrower properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law as is necessary to enable Borrower to determine whether Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such documentation shall not be required if Lender believes delivery of the documentation would subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice its legal or commercial position.

 

27


5.9.6     Documentation . Without limiting the foregoing, Lender shall deliver to Borrower, from time to time upon reasonable request, executed originals of IRS Form W-9, certifying that Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax and if Lender is a foreign entity an IRS Form, W-8BEN-E, W-81MY or W-8ECI, as applicable. If payment of any Obligation to Lender would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code), Lender shall deliver to Borrower at the time(s) prescribed by law and otherwise as reasonably requested by Borrower such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for them to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date hereof. If any form or certification delivered by Lender pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, Lender shall update the form or certification or notify Borrower in writing of its inability to do so.

5.9.7     Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section  5.9 shall survive any assignment by Lender of rights or obligations hereunder, termination of the Commitments, and any repayment, satisfaction, discharge or Full Payment of any Obligations.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1      Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans . In addition to the conditions set forth in Section  6.2 , Lender shall not be required to fund any requested Loan, issue any Letter of Credit or otherwise extend credit to Borrower hereunder, until the date (“ Closing Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth on Exhibit B has been satisfied.

6.2      Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Lender shall not be required to fund any Loans, issue any Letters of Credit, or grant any other accommodation to or for the benefit of Borrower, unless the following conditions are satisfied:

(a)    No Default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or result from, such funding, issuance or grant;

(b)    The representations and warranties of each Obligor in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date of, and upon giving effect to, such funding, issuance or grant (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to an earlier date);

(c)    No event shall have occurred or circumstance exist that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d)    With respect to issuance of a Letter of Credit, the LC Conditions shall be satisfied.

Each request (or deemed request) by Borrower for funding of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit or grant of an accommodation shall constitute a representation by Borrower that the foregoing conditions are satisfied on the date of such request and on the date of such funding, issuance or grant. As an additional condition to any funding, issuance or grant, Lender shall have received such other information, documents, instruments and agreements as it deems reasonably appropriate in connection therewith.

 

7. COLLATERAL

7.1      Grant of Security Interest . To secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender, on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all personal Property of Borrower, including all of the following Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located: (a) all Accounts; (b) all Chattel Paper, including Electronic Chattel Paper;

 

28


(c) all Commercial Tort Claims, including those shown on Schedule 8.1.15 ; (d) all Deposit Accounts; (e) all Documents; (f) all General Intangibles, including Intellectual Property; (g) all Goods, including Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures; (h) all Instruments; (i) all Investment Property; (j) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (k) all Supporting Obligations; (l) all monies, whether or not in the possession or under the control of Lender, or a bailee or Affiliate of Lender, including any Cash Collateral; (m) all accessions to, substitutions for, and all replacements, products, and cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing, including proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies, and claims against any Person for loss, damage or destruction of any Collateral; and (n) all books and records (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, print-outs and computer records) pertaining to the foregoing; provided , that in no event shall the Collateral include (x) Equity Interests in Borrower, or (y) more than 65% of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower.

7.2      Lien on Deposit Accounts; Cash Collateral .

7.2.1     Deposit Accounts . To further secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all amounts credited to any Deposit Account of such Borrower, including sums in any blocked, lockbox, sweep or collection account. Without limiting the obligations under Section 5.5, during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby authorizes and directs each bank or other depository to deliver to Lender, upon request, all balances in any Deposit Account maintained for such Borrower, without inquiry into the authority or right of Lender to make such request.

7.2.2     Cash Collateral . Cash Collateral may be invested, at Lender’s discretion (and with the prior written consent of Borrower, as long as no Event of Default exists), but Lender shall have no duty to do so, regardless of any agreement or course of dealing with Borrower, and shall have no responsibility for any investment or loss. As security for its Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in and Lien upon all Cash Collateral held from time to time and all proceeds thereof, whether held in a Cash Collateral Account or otherwise. Lender may apply Cash Collateral to the payment of Obligations as they become due, in such order as Lender may elect. Each Cash Collateral Account and all Cash Collateral shall be under the sole dominion and control of Lender, and neither Borrower nor any other Person (other than the applicable depository bank) shall have any right to any Cash Collateral, until Full Payment of the Obligations.

7.3     Real Estate Collateral.

7.3.1     Lien on Real Estate . If any Obligor acquires any interest in Real Estate hereafter, the Obligors shall, within 60 days (or such later date in Lender’s reasonable discretion), execute, deliver and record a Mortgage sufficient to create a second priority Lien in favor of Lender on such Real Estate (subject only to the first-priority Lien in favor of Term Agent), and shall deliver all Related Real Estate Documents.

7.3.2     Collateral Assignment of Leases . To further secure the prompt payment and performance of its Obligations, each Obligor hereby transfers and assigns to Lender all of such Obligor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all now or hereafter existing leases of real Property to which such Obligor is a party, whether as lessor or lessee, and all extensions, renewals, modifications and proceeds thereof.

7.4      Other Collateral .

7.4.1     Commercial Tort Claims . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing if Borrower has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $100,000), shall promptly amend Schedule 8.1.15 to include such claim, and shall take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to subject such claim to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender.

7.4.2     Certain After-Acquired Collateral . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing if, after the Closing Date, Borrower obtains any interest in any Collateral consisting of Deposit Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments, Intellectual Property, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Rights and, upon Lender’s reasonable request, shall promptly take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to effect Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien upon such Collateral, including obtaining any appropriate possession, control agreement or Lien Waiver. If any material Collateral is in the possession of a third party, at Lender’s reasonable request, Borrower shall obtain an acknowledgment that such third party holds the Collateral for the benefit of Lender.

 

29


7.5      Limitations . The Lien on Collateral granted hereunder is given as security only and shall not subject Lender to, or in any way modify, any obligation or liability of Borrower relating to any Collateral. In no event shall the grant of any Lien under any Loan Document secure an Excluded Swap Obligation.

7.6      Further Assurances; Extent of Liens . All Liens granted to Lender under the Loan Documents are for the benefit of Secured Parties. Promptly upon request, Borrower shall deliver such instruments and agreements, and shall take such actions, as is reasonably required under applicable law to evidence or perfect Lender’s Lien on any Collateral, or otherwise to give effect to the intent of this Agreement. Borrower authorizes Lender to file any financing statement that describes the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of Borrower, or words to similar effect, and ratifies any action taken by Lender before the Closing Date to effect or perfect its Lien on any Collateral.

 

8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8.1      General Representations and Warranties . To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make available the Commitments, Loans and Letters of Credit, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

8.1.1     Organization and Qualification . Borrower and its Subsidiaries, if any, are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly qualified, authorized to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.2     Power and Authority . Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform its Loan Documents. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not (a) require any consent or approval of any holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except those already obtained; (b) contravene the Organic Documents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (c) violate or cause a default under any applicable law or Material Contract; or (d) result in or require the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on Borrower’s Property.

8.1.3     Enforceability . Each Loan Document is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

8.1.4     Capital Structure . Schedule 8.1.4 shows, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, its name, jurisdiction of organization, authorized and issued Equity Interests, holders of its Equity Interests, and agreements binding on such holders with respect to such Equity Interests. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.4 , in the five years preceding the Closing Date, no Borrower or Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination. Borrower has good title to its Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (if any), subject only to Lender’s Lien and Liens securing the Term Debt, and all such Equity Interests are duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.4 , there are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower or Subsidiary.

8.1.5     Title to Properties; Priority of Liens . Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to (or valid leasehold interests in) all of its Real Estate, and good title to all of its personal Property, included on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, in each case free of Liens except Permitted Liens. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has paid and discharged all lawful claims (other than such claims Properly Contested) that, if unpaid, could become a Lien on its Properties, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens of Lender in the Collateral are duly perfected, first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

8.1.6     Accounts . Lender may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by Borrower with respect thereto. Borrower warrants, with respect to each

 

30


Account at the time it is shown as an Eligible Account in a Borrowing Base Certificate, that: (a) it is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is not evidenced by a judgment; (b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services in the Ordinary Course of Business, and substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto; (c) it is for a sum certain, maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to Lender on request; (d) it is not subject to any offset, Lien (other than Permitted Liens), deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or other adverse condition except as arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and disclosed to Lender; (e) no purchase order, agreement, document or applicable law restricts assignment of the Account to Lender (regardless of whether, under the UCC, the restriction is ineffective); and (f) no extension, compromise, settlement, modification, credit, deduction or return has been authorized with respect to the Account, except discounts or allowances granted in the Ordinary Course of Business for prompt payment that are reflected on the face of the invoice related thereto and in the reports submitted to Lender hereunder.

8.1.7     Financial Statements . The consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, and related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity, of Borrower and Subsidiaries that have been and are hereafter delivered to Lender, are prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly present the financial positions and results of operations of Borrower and Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods indicated. All projections delivered from time to time to Lender have been prepared in good faith, based on reasonable assumptions in light of the circumstances at such time. Since the date of the most recently delivered audited financial statements of Borrower, there has been no change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such a change in condition is first evidenced in the most recently submitted annual financial statements, the reference in the preceding sentence to such most recently submitted audited financial statements shall not mean that such a change in condition has not occurred for purposes of the representations and warranties in this Section 8.1.7. No financial statement delivered to Lender at any time contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make such statement not materially misleading. Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as whole) are Solvent.

8.1.8     Surety Obligations . Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries is obligated as surety or indemnitor under any bond or other contract that assures payment or performance of any obligation of any Person, except as permitted hereunder.

8.1.9     Taxes . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal and material state and local tax returns and other material reports that it is required by law to file, and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes upon it, its income and its Properties that are due and payable, except to the extent being Properly Contested. The provision for Taxes on the books of Borrower and Subsidiary is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current Fiscal Year.

8.1.10     Brokers . Other than as set forth on Schedule 8.1.10, there are no brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or investment banking fees payable in connection with any transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

8.1.11     Intellectual Property . Borrower and its Subsidiaries own or have the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business, without conflict with any rights of others. There is no pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened Intellectual Property Claim with respect to Borrower’s or its Subsidiary or any of its Property (including any Intellectual Property). Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.11 , neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries pay or owe any Royalty or other compensation to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property owned, used or licensed by, or otherwise subject to any interests of, Borrower or Subsidiary is shown on Schedule 8.1.11 (as amended from time to time). Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.11, and except for non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business (to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien), none of the Intellectual Property of any Obligor is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Obligor is the licensor or franchisor. To each Obligor’s knowledge, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority against any Obligor which limits, cancels or questions the validity of, or any Obligor’s ownership interest in, any Intellectual Property owned by any Obligor in any material respect.

 

31


8.1.12     Governmental Approvals . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have, are in material compliance with, and are in good standing with respect to, all Governmental Approvals necessary to conduct its business and to own, lease and operate all of its material Properties, except where noncompliance (or failure to be in good standing) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.13     Compliance with Laws . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.13: (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have duly complied, and their Properties and business operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with all applicable law, except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.; (ii) no Inventory has been produced in violation of the FLSA; (iii) no Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s present operations (or to Borrower’s knowledge, past operations), Real Estate or other Properties are subject to any federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any remedial action is needed to address any Environmental Release; (iv) no Borrower or Subsidiary has received any Environmental Notice; (v) to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no Environmental Releases or Hazardous Materials on any Real Estate now owned, leased or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries which would result in material liability arising under any Environmental Law.

8.1.14     Burdensome Contracts . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is party or subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 . No such Restrictive Agreement prohibits the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document by Borrower.

8.1.15     Litigation . Except as shown on Schedule 8.1.15 , there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Borrower or Subsidiary, or any of their businesses, operations, Properties, prospects or conditions, that (a) relate to any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby; or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if determined adversely to Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Except as shown on such Schedule, no Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $100,000). No Borrower or Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, injunction or judgment of any Governmental Authority.

8.1.16     No Defaults . No event or circumstance has occurred or exists that constitutes a Default or Event of Default. Borrower is not in material default, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a material default, under any Material Contract other than as is being Properly Contested.

8.1.17     ERISA . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.17 :

(a)    Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and other federal and state laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter) from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate has met, in all material respects all applicable requirements under the Code, ERISA and the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards or an extension of any amortization period has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b)    There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction or, to the knowledge of Borrower violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)    Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under

 

32


Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (iv) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; and (v) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate knows of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of such date.

8.1.18     Parent . Parent has not engaged in any activities other than acting as a holding and management company and transactions and activities incidental thereto, entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Management Agreement and does not hold any assets other than all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Borrower and proceeds thereof and contractual rights pursuant to the Term Debt Documents.

8.1.19     Labor Relations . Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries are party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement. There are no material grievances, disputes or controversies with any union or other organization of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s employees, or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any asserted or threatened strikes, work stoppages or demands for collective bargaining.

8.1.20     Payable Practices . Borrower has not made any material change in its historical accounts payable practices that would have an adverse impact on Borrower from those in effect on the Closing Date.

8.1.21     Not a Regulated Entity . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a “person directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any public utilities code or any other applicable law regarding its authority to incur Debt.

8.1.22     Margin Stock . Borrower is not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No Loan proceeds or Letters of Credit will be used by Borrower to purchase or carry, or to reduce or refinance any Debt incurred to purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any related purpose governed by Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

8.1.23     OFAC . Neither Borrower nor, to the knowledge of Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanctions. Borrower is not located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.1.24     Deposit Accounts . Schedule 9.1.9 (as amended from time to time) sets forth all Deposit Accounts maintained by Borrower, including all Dominion Accounts.

8.2      Complete Disclosure . No Loan Document contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. There is no fact or circumstance that any Obligor has failed to disclose to Lender in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

33


9. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

9.1      Affirmative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1.1     Inspections; Appraisals .

(a)    Permit Lender from time to time, subject to reasonable notice (except when an Event of Default exists) and during normal business hours, to visit and inspect the Properties of Borrower or Subsidiary, inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations. Lender shall not have any duty to Borrower to make any inspection, or to share any results of any inspection, appraisal or report with Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that all inspections, appraisals and reports are prepared by Lender for its purposes, and Borrower shall not be entitled to rely upon them.

(b)    Reimburse Lender for its reasonable charges, costs and expenses in connection with (i) examinations of any Obligor’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as Lender deems reasonably appropriate; and (ii) appraisals of Inventory, up to two times per Loan Year (one of which is on a desktop basis); provided, however , that if an examination or appraisal is initiated during an Event of Default, all reasonable charges, costs and expenses therefor shall be reimbursed by Borrower without regard to such limits. Subject to and without limiting the foregoing, Borrower agrees to pay Lender’s then standard charges for examination activities, including the standard charges of Lender’s internal examination and appraisal groups, as well as the charges of any third party used for such purposes.

9.1.2     Financial and Other Information . Keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities, in which proper entries are made in accordance with GAAP reflecting all financial transactions; and furnish to Lender all financial statements, reports and other items set forth on Exhibit D no later than the time specified therein.

9.1.3     Collateral Reporting . Provide Lender with each certificate, report or schedule set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto no later than the times specified therein (or such later date as Lender shall agree).

9.1.4     Notices . Notify Lender in writing, promptly after Borrower’s obtaining knowledge thereof, of any of the following that affects an Obligor: (a) the threat (in writing) or commencement of any proceeding or investigation, whether or not covered by insurance, if an adverse determination would have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any pending or threatened (in writing) labor dispute, strike or walkout, or the expiration of any material labor contract; (c) any default under or early termination of a Material Contract; (d) the existence of any Default or Event of Default; (e) any judgment in an amount exceeding $500,000; and (f) any violation or asserted violation of any applicable law (including ERISA, OSHA, FLSA, or any Environmental Laws), if an adverse resolution would have a Material Adverse Effect; (g) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (h) any proposed modification to any License or entry into a new License in each case at least 30 days prior to its effective date or any default or breach asserted by any Person to have occurred under any License; or (i) the discharge of or any withdrawal or resignation by Borrower’s independent accountants that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.5     Compliance with Laws . Comply with all applicable laws, including ERISA, Environmental Laws, FLSA, OSHA, Anti-Terrorism Laws, and laws regarding collection and payment of Taxes, and maintain all Governmental Approvals necessary to the ownership of its Properties or conduct of its business, unless failure to comply (other than failure to comply with Anti-Terrorism Laws or the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended) or maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.6     Taxes . Pay and discharge all Taxes prior to the date on which they become delinquent or penalties attach, unless such Taxes are being Properly Contested. If an Account of Borrower includes a charge for any Taxes, Lender is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of Borrower and to charge Borrower therefor; provided , however , that Lender shall not be liable for any Taxes that may be due from Borrower or with respect to any Collateral.

9.1.7     Insurance .

(a)    Maintain insurance with respect to the Collateral, covering casualty, hazard, theft, malicious mischief, flood and other risks, in amounts, with endorsements and with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A+, unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) satisfactory to Lender. All proceeds

 

34


under each policy shall be payable to an account at Lender. From time to time upon Lender’s reasonable request, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the originals or certified copies of its insurance policies and updated flood plain searches (if applicable). Unless Lender shall agree otherwise, each policy shall include satisfactory endorsements (i) showing Lender as lender’s loss payee; (ii) requiring 30 days prior written notice to Lender in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever; and (iii) specifying that the interest of Lender shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or neglect of Borrower or the owner of the Property, nor by the occupation of the premises for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by the policy. If Borrower fails to provide and pay for any insurance, Lender may, at its option, but shall not be required to, procure the insurance and charge Borrower therefor. Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender, promptly as rendered, copies of all reports made to insurance companies. While no Event of Default exists, Borrower may settle, adjust or compromise any insurance claim, as long as the proceeds are delivered to an account at the Lender. If an Event of Default exists, only Lender shall be authorized to settle, adjust and compromise such claims.

(b)    Without limiting clause (a) above, maintain insurance with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A+, unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) reasonably satisfactory to Lender, with respect to the Properties and business of Borrower and Subsidiaries of such type (including product liability, workers’ compensation, larceny, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation insurance), in such amounts, and with such coverages and deductibles as are customary for companies similarly situated.

9.1.8     Licenses . Keep each material License affecting any Collateral (including the manufacture, distribution or disposition of Inventory) or any other material Property of Borrower and Subsidiaries in full force and effect and pay all Royalties when due, except to the extent such License is replaced by a License that is comparable or more favorable to Borrower or such License matures or expires in accordance with the terms of such License.

9.1.9     Deposit Accounts; Depository Bank . Take all actions necessary to establish Lender’s control of each such Deposit Account (other than (i) the Exception Account, (ii) an account exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes or employee benefits, or (iii) a petty cash account containing not more than $50,000 individually at any time or $100,000 in the aggregate for all such petty cash accounts). Borrower shall be the sole account holder of each Deposit Account and shall not allow any other Person (other than Lender and Term Agent) to have control over a Deposit Account or any Property deposited therein. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account and, with the consent of Lender, will amend Schedule 9.1.9 to reflect same. Borrower also shall maintain Lender as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of all operating, collection, disbursement and other deposit accounts and for all Cash Management Services. Borrower also shall cause any funds deposited into the Exception Account after the Closing Date to be remitted to a Dominion Account within one (1) Business Day following Borrower’s receipt of such funds. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall provide Lender with account statements with respect to the Exception Account.

9.1.10     Other Collateral Covenants . Comply with the following additional covenants related to Collateral:

(a)    All tangible items of Collateral, other than Inventory in transit, shall at all times be kept by Borrower at the business locations set forth in Schedule 9.1.10 , except that Borrower may (a) make sales or other dispositions of Collateral in accordance with Section  9.2.6 ; and (b) move Collateral to another location in the United States, upon 30 Business Days prior written notice to Lender.

(b)    At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right at any time, in the name of Lender, any designee of Lender or Borrower, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of Borrower by mail, telephone or otherwise. Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.

(c)    All expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping any Collateral, all Taxes payable with respect to any Collateral (including any sale thereof), and all other payments required to be made by Lender to any Person to realize upon any Collateral, shall be borne and paid by Borrower. Lender shall not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any Collateral, for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in its custody while Collateral is in Lender’s actual possession), for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency or other Person whatsoever, but the same shall be at Borrower’s sole risk.

 

35


(d)     Borrower shall defend its title to Collateral and Lender’s Liens therein against all Persons, claims and demands, except Permitted Liens.

(e)     Upon request, Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof provide Lender with copies of all agreements executed after the Closing Date, between an Obligor and any landlord, warehouseman, processor, shipper, bailee or other Person that owns any premises at which any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base is kept or that otherwise may possess or handle any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base.

(f)     Borrower shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all applicable law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.

9.1.11     Post Closing . Comply with the requirements on Exhibit F .

9.2      Negative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary not to:

9.2.1     Permitted Debt . Create, incur, guarantee or suffer to exist any Debt , except: (a) the Obligations; (b) Subordinated Debt; (c) Purchase Money Debt of Borrower and Subsidiaries that is unsecured or secured only by a Purchase Money Lien, as long as the aggregate amount does not exceed $4,000,000 at any time; (d) Bank Product Debt incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; (e) Contingent Obligations (i) arising from endorsements of Payment Items for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (ii) arising from Hedging Agreements permitted hereunder; (iii) existing on the Closing Date, and any extension or renewal thereof that does not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligation when extended or renewed; (iv) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar obligations; (v) arising from customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of Equipment permitted hereunder; or (vi) arising under the Loan Documents; (f) the Term Debt, subject to the limitations set forth in the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement, and (g) Debt that is not included in any of the preceding clauses of this Section, is not secured by a Lien and does not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.2     Permitted Liens . Create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, except the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”): (a) Liens in favor of Lender; (b) Liens securing Debt that is permitted under Section  9.2.1(c) ; (c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or being Properly Contested; (d) statutory Liens (other than Liens for Taxes or imposed under ERISA) arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, but only if (i) payment of the obligations secured thereby is not yet due or is being Properly Contested, and (ii) such Liens do not materially impair the value or use of the Property or materially impair operation of the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (e) Liens incurred or deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure the performance of government tenders, bids, contracts, statutory obligations and other similar obligations, as long as such Liens are at all times junior to Lender’s Liens and are required or provided by law; (f) Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are either (i) subject to Lien Waivers or (ii) with respect to a non-material portion of the Collateral (other than Accounts); (g) Liens arising by virtue of a judgment or judicial order against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or any Property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as long as such Liens are (i) in existence for less than 20 consecutive days or being Properly Contested, and (ii) at all times junior to Lender’s Liens; (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants or other agreements of record, and other similar charges or encumbrances on Real Estate, that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not interfere with the Ordinary Course of Business; (i) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits in favor of depository institutions, and Liens of a collecting bank on Payment Items in the course of collection; and (j) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being Properly Contested; (k) Liens securing the Term Debt; provided that such Liens are at all times subject to the terms of the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement; and (l) existing Liens shown on Schedule 9.2.2 .

 

36


9.2.3    [ Reserved ]

9.2.4     Distributions; Upstream Payments . Declare or make any Distributions, except Permitted Distributions when no Event of Default exists, or create or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of a Subsidiary to make any Distribution to Borrower, except for restrictions under the Loan Documents, under applicable law or in effect on the Closing Date as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 .

9.2.5     Restricted Investments . Make any Restricted Investment.

9.2.6     Disposition of Assets . Sell, lease, license, consign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Property of an Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor, including a disposition of Property in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction or synthetic lease, except (a) a sale of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) as long as no Event of Default exists and all Net Proceeds are in cash and remitted to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, a disposition of Property of an Obligor that is (i) a disposition of Equipment; or (ii) a disposition of Inventory that is obsolete, unmerchantable or otherwise unsalable in the Ordinary Course of Business; (c) replacement of Equipment that is worn, damaged or obsolete with Equipment of like function and value, if the replacement Equipment is acquired substantially contemporaneously with such disposition and is free of Liens; (d) a transfer of Property by another Obligor to Borrower; (e) the use of cash in the ordinary course of its business; (f) the granting of Liens not prohibited under this Agreement; and (g) the conveyance of Property (other than Accounts and Goods) not otherwise permitted above; provided that , the aggregate book value of all such Property so conveyed in any Loan Year of Borrower under this clause (g) shall not exceed $1,000,000.

9.2.7     Loans . Make any loans or other advances of money to any Person, except (a) advances to an officer or employee for salary, travel expenses, commissions and similar items in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) any loans or other advances to customers in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.8     Restrictions on Payment of Certain Debt . Make any payments (whether voluntary or mandatory, or a prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance or acquisition) with respect to any (a) Subordinated Debt (other than Term Debt), except to the extent expressly permitted under any subordination agreement relating to such Debt (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all conditions under such agreement have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default); (b) Term Debt, except (i) mandatory prepayments based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term Debt Credit Agreement) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section  5.2.2 of the Term Debt Credit Agreement, but only to the extent the Payment Conditions have been satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that , failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), (ii) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Term Debt, (iii) fees and expenses payable to Term Agent and Term Creditors (as defined in the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement), (iv) mandatory prepayments based on “Equity Cure Contributions” (as defined in the Term Debt Credit Agreement) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.2.2(f) of the Term Debt Credit Agreement, but only to the extent such “Equity Cure Contributions” are not Equity Cure Contributions pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement, the proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement; and (v) other payments to the extent expressly permitted in the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement (including payments made pursuant to Section 4 of the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement); (c) the earnout payments owing pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement if at the time of such payment, the Payment Conditions are satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), or (d) subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, any Borrowed Money (other than the Obligations) prior to its due date under the agreements evidencing such Debt as in effect on the Closing Date (or as amended thereafter with the written consent of Lender).

 

37


9.2.9     Fundamental Changes . Change its name or conduct business under any fictitious name; change its tax, charter or other organizational identification number; change its form or state of organization; liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself; or merge, combine or consolidate with any Person, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, except for mergers or consolidations of a wholly-owned Subsidiary with another wholly-owned Subsidiary or into Borrower.

9.2.10     Subsidiaries . Form or acquire any Subsidiary after the Closing Date or permit any existing Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interests except directors’ qualifying shares.

9.2.11     Organic Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of its Organic Documents, except in connection with a transaction permitted under Section  9.2.9 .

9.2.12     Tax Consolidation . File or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person other than Borrower and Subsidiaries.

9.2.13     Accounting Changes . Make any material change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP and in accordance with Section  1.2 ; or change its Fiscal Year.

9.2.14     Restrictive Agreements . Become a party to any Restrictive Agreement, except a Restrictive Agreement (a) in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.1.14 ; (b) relating to secured Debt permitted hereunder, as long as the restrictions apply only to collateral for such Debt; or (c) constituting customary restrictions on assignment in leases and other contracts.

9.2.15     Hedging Agreements . Enter into any Hedging Agreement, except to hedge risks arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not for speculative purposes.

9.2.16     Conduct of Business . Engage in any business, other than its business as conducted on the Closing Date and any activities incidental thereto.

9.2.17     Affiliate Transactions . Enter into or be party to any transaction with an Affiliate, except (a) transactions expressly permitted by the Loan Documents; (b) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered, and payment of customary directors’ fees and indemnities; and (c) transactions with Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business (including those consummated prior to the Closing Date and shown on Schedule 9.2.17 ) so long as such transactions are upon fair and reasonable terms fully disclosed to Lender and no less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

9.2.18     Plans . Become party to any Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan, other than any in existence on the Closing Date.

9.2.19     Amendments to Subordinated Debt . Amend, supplement or otherwise modify any document, instrument or agreement relating to (a) the Term Debt that is not permitted under the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement or (b) any other Subordinated Debt (other than the Term Debt), if such modification (i) increases the principal balance of such Debt, or increases any required payment of principal or interest; (ii) accelerates the date on which any installment of principal or any interest is due, or adds any additional redemption, put or prepayment provisions; (iii) shortens the final maturity date or otherwise accelerates amortization; (iv) increases the interest rate; (v) increases or adds any fees or charges; or (vi) modifies any covenant in a manner or adds any representation, covenant or default that is more onerous or restrictive in any material respect for Borrower or Subsidiary, or that is otherwise materially adverse to Borrower, any Subsidiary or Lender.

9.2.20     Returns of Inventory; Affixed Equipment . Return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless (a) such return is in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) no Event of Default or Overadvance exists or would result therefrom; (c) Lender is promptly notified if the aggregate Value of all Inventory returned in any calendar month exceeds $250,000; and (d) any payment received by Borrower for a return is promptly remitted to Lender for application to the Obligations. Borrower shall not permit any material Equipment to become affixed to real Property unless any landlord or mortgagee delivers a Lien Waiver.

 

38


9.2.21     Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance of Inventory . Acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval, and Borrower shall take all steps to assure that all Inventory is produced in accordance with applicable law, including the FLSA. Borrower shall not sell any Inventory on consignment or approval or any other basis under which the customer may return or require Borrower to repurchase such Inventory.

9.2.22     Management Fee . Pay any management fee, consulting fee, or similar fee to the Sponsors, any of its equity holders, or any Affiliate thereof, other than management and consulting fees paid to the Sponsors or their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that, such fees may not be paid if an Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such payment.

9.3      Financial Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall:

9.3.1     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . While a Trigger Period is in effect, maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.0 as of the end of each month, for the trailing twelve month period then ending, commencing with the most recent period for which financial statements were, or were required to be, delivered hereunder prior to the Trigger Period.

9.3.2     Borrower’s Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 10.1, in the event of any Event of Default under Section 10.1 that results from a breach of Section 9.3.1, and until the expiration of the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the earlier of (x) the date of delivery by the Borrower of the financial statements required by Exhibit E (clause (b)) or (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to have been delivered (the “ Equity Cure Period ”), Parent or Sponsor may, as applicable, pursuant to written notice to the Lender prior to the receipt of such proceeds by Borrower or Parent, as applicable, issue equity interests in Borrower or Parent, as applicable, to its then existing equity investors in return for cash or otherwise receive a cash capital contribution from one or more of such Persons, and Borrower or Parent, as applicable, may apply the amount of the net proceeds therefrom to increase EBITDA with respect to such applicable Fiscal Quarter and in the calculation of EBITDA for any subsequent financial covenant tests including the Fiscal Quarter that includes the date of such contribution (the “ Equity Cure Contributions ”); provided that (i) any such proceeds received by Parent are contributed by Parent to Borrower, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of such Equity Cure Contribution are applied to prepay in full all outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan, with any excess proceeds applied pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of the Term Debt Credit Agreement, (iii) in each four Fiscal Quarter period, no more than two Equity Cure Contributions shall be made, (iv) not more than four Equity Cure Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement, and (v) the amount of any Equity Cure Contributions in any Fiscal Quarter shall be no greater than the amount required to cause Borrower to be in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 9.3.2 may not be relied on for any other purposes and all Equity Cure Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes. If, after giving effect to the Equity Cure Contributions, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the terms of Section 9.3.1, Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 9.3.1 on the relevant date of determination, and the applicable Event of Default shall automatically be deemed to have not occurred.

 

10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

10.1      Events of Default . Each of the following shall be an “ Event of Default ” if it occurs for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise:

(a)    Borrower fails to pay the Obligations when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise);

 

39


(b)     Any representation, warranty or other written statement of an Obligor made in connection with any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when given;

(c)    Borrower breaches or fail to perform any covenant contained in Section 5.5, 5.7, 7.2, 9.1.1, 9.1.2 (but only as to the covenants described in (a), (b) and (c) of Exhibit D ), 9.1.3, 9.1.4(d), 9.1.7, 9.1.10, 9.1.11, or 9.2 or 9.3.1; provided that , solely with respect to a breach of Section 9.3.1, such breach continues after the expiration of the applicable Equity Cure Period;

(d)    An Obligor breaches or fails to perform any other covenant contained in any Loan Documents, and such breach or failure is not cured within 30 days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof or receives notice thereof from Lender, whichever is sooner; provided , however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply if the breach or failure to perform is not capable of being cured within such period or is a willful breach by an Obligor;

(e)    A Guarantor repudiates, revokes or attempts to revoke its Guaranty; an Obligor or third party denies or contests the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Obligations, or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender; or any Loan Document ceases to be in full force or effect for any reason (other than a waiver or release by Lender);

(f)    Any breach or default of an Obligor occurs under (i) one or more Hedging Agreements in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $500,000 (the “obligations” of any Obligor in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Obligor would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time) ; or (ii) any documentation evidencing or executed in connection with the Term Debt or (iii) any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Properties is bound, relating to any Debt (other than the Obligations or the Term Debt) in excess of $500,000, in each case, if the maturity of or any payment with respect to such Debt may be accelerated or demanded due to such breach;

(g)    Any judgment or order for the payment of money is entered against an Obligor in an amount that exceeds, individually or cumulatively with all unsatisfied judgments or orders against all Obligors, $1,000,000 (net of insurance coverage therefor that has not been denied by the insurer), unless a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order is in effect, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise;

(h)    A loss, theft, damage or destruction occurs with respect to any Inventory if the amount not covered by insurance exceeds $500,000;

(i)    An Obligor is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by any Governmental Authority from conducting any material part of its business; an Obligor suffers the loss, revocation or termination of any material license, permit, lease or agreement necessary to its business; there is a cessation of any material part of an Obligor’s business for a material period of time; any material Collateral or Property of an Obligor is taken or impaired through condemnation; an Obligor agrees to or commences any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of its affairs; or an Obligor is not Solvent;

(j)    (i) An Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by an Obligor; (ii) an Obligor makes an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its unsecured creditors generally; (iii) a trustee is appointed to take possession of any substantial Property of or to operate any of the business of an Obligor; or (iv) an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against an Obligor and the Obligor consents to institution of the proceeding, the petition commencing the proceeding is not timely contested by the Obligor, the petition is not dismissed within 30 days after filing, or an order for relief is entered in the proceeding;

(k)    An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of an Obligor to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or PBGC that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA

 

40


under a Multiemployer Plan and such failure would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or any event similar to the foregoing occurs or exists with respect to a Foreign Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l)     An Obligor or any of its Senior Officers is criminally indicted or convicted for (i) a felony committed in the conduct of the Obligor’s business, or (ii) violating any state or federal law (including the Controlled Substances Act, Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and Illegal Exportation of War Materials Act) that could cause or result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m)    A Change of Control occurs.

10.2      Remedies upon Default . If an Event of Default described in Section  10.1(j) occurs with respect to Borrower, then to the extent permitted by applicable law, all Obligations shall become automatically due and payable and all Commitments shall terminate, without any action by Lender or notice of any kind. In addition, or if any other Event of Default exists, Lender may in its discretion do any one or more of the following from time to time:

(a)    declare any Obligations immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall be due and payable without diligence, presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Borrower to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(b)    terminate, reduce or condition any Commitment, or make any adjustment to the Borrowing Base;

(c)    require Obligors to Cash Collateralize their LC Obligations, Bank Product Debt and other Obligations that are contingent or not yet due and payable, and, if Obligors fail to deposit such Cash Collateral, Lender may advance the required Cash Collateral as Revolver Loans; and

(d)    exercise any other rights or remedies afforded under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise, including the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Such rights and remedies include the rights to (i) take possession of any Collateral; (ii) require Borrower to assemble Collateral, at Borrower’s expense, and make it available to Lender at a place designated by Lender; (iii) enter any premises where Collateral is located and store Collateral on such premises until sold (and if the premises are owned or leased by Borrower, Borrower agrees not to charge for such storage); and (iv) sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at public or private sale, with such notice as may be required by applicable law, in lots or in bulk, at such locations, all as Lender, in its discretion, deems advisable. Borrower agrees that 10 days’ notice of any proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral by Lender shall be reasonable, and that any sale conducted on the internet or to a licensor of Intellectual Property shall be commercially reasonable. Lender may conduct sales on any Obligor’s premises, without charge, and any sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with applicable law. Lender shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Lender may purchase any Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Obligations.

10.3      License . Lender is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of Borrower, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other Property, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral. Each Borrower’s rights and interests under Intellectual Property shall inure to Lender’s benefit.

10.4      Setoff . At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender and its Affiliates are authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of an Obligor

 

41


against its Obligations, whether or not Lender or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of Lender or such Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of Lender and each such Affiliate under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of offset) that such Person may have.

10.5     Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver .

10.5.1     Cumulative Rights . All agreements, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of Obligors under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not in derogation of each other. The rights and remedies of Lender under the Loan Documents are cumulative, may be exercised at any time and from time to time, concurrently or in any order, and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies available by agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations.

10.5.2     Waivers . No waiver or course of dealing shall be established by (a) the failure or delay of Lender to require strict performance by any Obligor under any Loan Document, or to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to Collateral or otherwise; (b) the making of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit during a Default, Event of Default or other failure to satisfy any conditions precedent; or (c) acceptance by Lender of any payment or performance by an Obligor under any Loan Documents in a manner other than that specified therein. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any failure to satisfy a financial covenant on a measurement date shall not be cured or remedied by satisfaction of such covenant on a subsequent date.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1     Amendments and Waivers .

11.1.1     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender, and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) no Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under any Loan Documents and (b) Lender may only assign to an Eligible Assignee any of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (any other attempted transfer, assignment or participation by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to pledge or assign any rights under the Loan Documents to secure obligations of Lender, including a pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided , however , that no such pledge or assignment shall release Lender from its obligations hereunder nor substitute such pledgee or assignee as a party hereto.

11.1.2     Amendments and Other Modifications . No modification of any Loan Document, including any extension or amendment of a Loan Document or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, shall be effective without the prior written agreement of Lender and each Obligor party to such Loan Document; provided, however, that only the consent of the parties to a Bank Product agreement shall be required for any modification of such agreement. Any waiver or consent granted by Lender shall be effective only if in writing, and only for the matter specified.

11.1.3     Register . Lender, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall maintain (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of each assignment document evidencing an assignment of interests in the Loan Documents, and (b) a register for recordation of the names, addresses and Commitments of, and the Loans, interest and LC Obligations owing to, Lender and any Eligible Assignee. Entries in the register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower and Lender shall treat each Person recorded in such register as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Lender shall have no obligation to disclose any information in such register except to the extent necessary to establish that any Person’s interest is in registered form under the Code.

 

42


11.2     Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender (and all Persons designated by Lender) as such Borrower’s true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purposes provided in this Section. Lender, or Lender’s designee, may, without notice and in either its or Borrower’s name, but at the cost and expense of Borrower:

(a)    Endorse Borrower’s name on any Payment Item or other proceeds of Collateral (including proceeds of insurance) that come into Lender’s possession or control; and

(b)    During the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) notify any Account Debtors of the assignment of their Accounts, demand and enforce payment of Accounts, by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise any rights and remedies with respect to Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, modify, compromise, discharge or release any Accounts or other Collateral, or any legal proceedings brought to collect Accounts or Collateral; (iii) collect, liquidate and receive balances in Deposit Accounts or investment accounts, and take control, in any manner, of proceeds of Collateral; (iv) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Borrower, and notify postal authorities to deliver any such mail to an address designated by Lender; (v) use Borrower’s stationery and sign its name to verifications of Accounts and notices to Account Debtors; (vi) use information contained in any data processing, electronic or information systems relating to Collateral; (vii) make and adjust claims under insurance policies; and (viii) do all other things necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

11.3      Indemnity . BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE, INCLUDING CLAIMS ASSERTED BY ANY OBLIGOR OR OTHER PERSON OR ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNITEE . In no event shall any party to a Loan Document have any obligation thereunder to indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee with respect to a Claim that is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

11.4      Notices and Communications .

11.4.1     Notice Address . Subject to Section  4.1.2 , all notices and other communications by or to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be given to Borrower, at Borrower’s address shown on the signature pages hereof, and to any other Person at its address shown on the signature pages hereof, or at such other address as a party may hereafter specify by notice in accordance with this Section  11.4 . Each communication shall be effective only (a) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the applicable facsimile number, if confirmation of receipt is received; (b) if given by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage pre-paid, addressed to the applicable address; or (c) if given by personal delivery, when duly delivered to the notice address with receipt acknowledged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice to Lender pursuant to Section  2.1.3, 2.3, 3.1.2, 4.1.1 or 5.3.3 shall be effective until actually received by the individual to whose attention at Lender such notice is required to be sent. Any written communication that is not sent in conformity with the foregoing provisions shall nevertheless be effective on the date actually received by the noticed party.

11.4.2     Electronic Communications; Voice Mail . Electronic mail and internet websites may be used only for routine communications, such as delivery of financial statements, Borrowing Base Certificates and other information required by Section  9.1.2 , administrative matters, distribution of Loan Documents, and matters permitted under Section  4.1.2 . Lender make no assurances as to the privacy and security of electronic communications. Electronic and voice mail may not be used as effective notice under the Loan Documents.

11.4.3     Platform . Borrowing Base information, reports, financial statements and other materials shall be delivered by Borrower pursuant to procedures approved by Lender, including electronic delivery (if possible) upon request by Lender to an electronic system maintained by it (“ Platform ”). Borrower shall notify Lender of each posting of reports or other information on the Platform. All information shall be deemed received by Lender only upon its receipt of such notice. The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE PLATFORM. Lender does not warrant the adequacy or functioning of the Platform, and expressly disclaims liability for any issues involving the Platform. No Indemnitee shall have any liability to Borrower or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) relating to use by any Person of the Platform or delivery of any information over the internet.

 

43


11.4.4     Non-Conforming Communications . Lender may rely upon any communications purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if they were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not confirmed, or if the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from a later confirmation. Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from any liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from any electronic or telephonic communication purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower.

11.5      Performance of Borrower’s Obligations . Lender may, in its discretion at any time and from time to time, at Borrower’s expense, pay any amount or do any act required of Borrower under any Loan Documents or otherwise lawfully requested by Lender to (a) enforce any Loan Documents or collect any Obligations; (b) protect, insure, maintain or realize upon any Collateral; or (c) defend or maintain the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens in any Collateral, including any payment of a judgment, insurance premium, warehouse charge, finishing or processing charge, or landlord claim, or any discharge of a Lien. All payments, costs and expenses (including Extraordinary Expenses) of Lender under this Section shall be reimbursed by Borrower, on demand , with interest from the date incurred until paid in full, at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Revolver Loans. Any payment made or action taken by Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default or to exercise any other rights or remedies under the Loan Documents.

11.6      Credit Inquiries . Lender may (but shall have no obligation) to respond to usual and customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning any Obligor or Subsidiary.

11.7      Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid under applicable law. If any provision is found to be invalid under applicable law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

11.8      Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms . The provisions of the Loan Documents are cumulative. The parties acknowledge that the Loan Documents may use several limitations or measurements to regulate similar matters, and they agree that these are cumulative and that each must be performed as provided. Except as otherwise provided in another Loan Document (by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement), if any provision contained herein is in direct conflict with any provision in another Loan Document, the provision herein shall govern and control.

11.9      Counterparts; Execution . Any Loan Document may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when Lender has received counterparts bearing the signatures of all parties hereto. Delivery of a signature page of any Loan Document by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such agreement. Any electronic signature, contract formation on an electronic platform and electronic record-keeping shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based recordkeeping system to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.10     Entire Agreement . Time is of the essence with respect to all Loan Documents and Obligations. The Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof.

11.11     No Control; No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . Nothing in any Loan Document and no action of Lender pursuant to any Loan Document shall be deemed to constitute control of any Obligor by Lender. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by any Loan Document, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that (a)(i) this credit facility and all related services by Lender or its Affiliates are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrower and such Person; (ii) Borrower has consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate; and (iii) Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understand and accept, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (b)

 

44


each of Lender and its Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Borrower, their Affiliates or any other Person, and has no obligation with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except as expressly set forth therein; and (c) Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrower and its Affiliates, and have no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrower or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Lender and its Affiliates with respect to any breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any transaction contemplated by a Loan Document.

11.12     Confidentiality . Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, and its and their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (provided they are informed of the confidential nature of the Information and instructed to keep it confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates; (c) to the extent required by applicable law or by any subpoena or other legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Documents or Obligations; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Section, to any potential or actual transferee of any interest in a Loan Document or any actual or prospective party (or its advisors) to any Bank Product or to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to an Obligor or Obligor’s obligations; (g) with the consent of Borrower; or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) is available to Lender or its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may publish or disseminate general information concerning this credit facility, and may use Borrower’s logos, trademarks or product photographs in advertising materials. As used herein, “ Information ” means all information received from an Obligor or Subsidiary relating to it or its business. Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to have complied if it exercises a degree of care similar to that accorded its own confidential information. Lender acknowledges that (i) Information may include material non-public information; (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of such information; and (iii) it will handle the material non-public information in accordance with applicable law.

11.13     [Reserved] .

11.14     GOVERNING LAW . UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL CLAIMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES EXCEPT FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS.

11.15     Consent to Forum .

11.15.1     Forum . BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING IN ANY WAY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING ANY SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.4.1. A final judgment in any proceeding of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or any other manner provided by applicable law.

11.15.2     Other Jurisdictions . Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against any Obligor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Lender of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

 

45


11.15.3     Judicial Reference . If any action, litigation or proceeding relating to any Obligations or Loan Documents is filed in a court sitting in or applying the laws of California, the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general reference pursuant to Cal. Civ. Proc. Code §638 to a referee (who shall be an active or retired judge) to hear and determine all issues in such case (whether fact or law) and to report a statement of decision. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Lender to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any Collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, during or after any judicial reference. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to judicial reference. At Lender’s option, foreclosure under a mortgage or deed of trust may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

11.16     Waivers by Borrower . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower waives (a) the right to trial by jury (which Lender hereby also waives) in any proceeding or dispute of any kind relating in any way to any Loan Documents, Obligations or Collateral; (b) presentment, demand, protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender on which Borrower may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies anything Lender may do in this regard; (c) notice prior to taking possession or control of any Collateral; (d) any bond or security that might be required by a court prior to allowing Lender to exercise any rights or remedies; (e) the benefit of all valuation, appraisement and exemption laws; (f) any claim against Lender, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) in any way relating to any enforcement action, Obligations, Loan Documents or transactions relating thereto; and (g) notice of acceptance hereof. Borrower acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are a material inducement to Lender entering into this Agreement and that Lender is relying upon the foregoing in its dealings with Borrower. Borrower has reviewed the foregoing waivers with its legal counsel and has knowingly and voluntarily waived its jury trial and other rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court .

11.17     PATRIOT Act Notice . Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the PATRIOT Act, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow Lender to identify it in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. Lender will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding Borrower’s management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth. Borrower shall, promptly upon request, provide all documentation and other information as Lender may request from time to time in order to comply with any obligations under “know your customer,” anti-money laundering or other requirements of applicable law.

11.18     Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent the terms of this Agreement and the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement conflict, the terms of the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

11.19     NO ORAL AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures begin on following page]

 

46


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date set forth above.

 

LENDER :

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

By:   /s/ Laura Parrish                                             
Name: Laura Parrish
Title: Vice President
Address:  
 

901 Main Street

1l th Floor, Mail Code: TX1-492-11-23

Dallas, TX 75202

 

Attn: L.A.R.K. Industries Portfolio Manager


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date set forth above.

 

BORROWER :

 

L.A.R.K INDUSTRIES, INC.

By:   /s/ RICHARD SCHOLTEN                                
Name: RICHARD SCHOLTEN
Title: CEO
Address:  

               c/o Trive Capital

               200 Crescent Court, Suite 1040

               Dallas, TX 75201

               Attn: Conner Searcy

               Telecopy:


SCHEDULE 8.1.4

to

Loan and Security Agreement

NAMES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

1. The corporate names, jurisdictions of incorporation, and authorized and issued Equity Interests of Borrower and

Subsidiary are as follows:

 

Name

   Jurisdiction    Number and Class
of Authorized Shares
   Number and Class
of Issued Shares

L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc.

   California    Common – 1,000,0001
Preferred – 15,000
   Common - 71,395
Preferred – 0

 

2. The record holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

   Class of Stock    Number of Shares      Record Owner  

L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc.

   Common      71,395        TCFI LARK LLC  

 

3. All agreements binding on holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and Subsidiaries with respect to such interests are as follows:

None.

 

4. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination, except:

 

    Asset Purchase and Subcontractor Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2012, by and between the Borrower and Dave’s Design Center.

 

    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2012, by and between the Borrower and SKS Sales, Inc. d/b/a Crown Custom Hardware.

 

    Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2013, by and between the Borrower and The Peninsula Group, Inc.

 

    California Bill of Sale of Personal Property (As-Is), dated as of March 4, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Richard D. Scholten.

 

5. There are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary, except:

None.

 

 

1 Borrower will amend its organizational documents following the Closing Date and the completion of the Acquisition to increase the number of authorized shares to 1,015,000.

 

1


SCHEDULE 8.1.11

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

1. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ patents: None.

 

Patent

   Owner      Status in
Patent Office
     Federal
Registration No.
     Registration
Date
 
           
           
           

 

2. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ trademarks:

 

Trademark

  

Number

   Date    If Foreign Trademark,
What Country?
   COMPANY/Affiliate

California Fictitious Business Name: “Crown Custom Hardware”

   Orange County, CA Clerk Records Number: 20126322819 23.00    12/13/2012    NA    Borrower

California Fictitious Business Name: “Commercial Design Services”

   Orange County, CA Clerk Records Number: 20126311062 23.00    08/06/2012    NA    Borrower

California Fictitious Business Name: “Residential Design Services”

   Orange County, CA Clerk Records Number: 20106221477 23.00    02/22/2010    NA    Borrower

Nevada Fictitious Business Name: “Residential Design Services”

   NA    02/06/2013    NA    Borrower

 

1


3. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ copyrights: None.

 

Copyright

   Owner      Status in
Copyright Office
     Federal
Registration No.
     Registration
Date
 
           
           
           

 

4. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ licenses (other than routine business licenses, authorizing them to transact business in local jurisdictions):

 

    Technical Services Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Exigent Systems, Inc.

 

    OnSite Connex Proposal, dated as of August 1, 2012, by and between the Borrower and O2 Interactive LLC.

 

    Studio Chateau, pursuant to that certain Studio Chateau License Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2011, by and between the Borrower and Chateau Interiors – California.

 

    RFMS, pursuant to that certain End-User License Agreement & Warranty Statement, dated as of an unspecified date, by and between the Borrower and RFMS.

 

    RFMS, pursuant to that certain Builder Advantage Software NHMS Invoice, dated as of July 6, 2006, by and between the Borrower and RFMS.

 

    Pharaoh Information Services, Inc., pursuant to that certain Software License Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Pharaoh Information Services, Inc.

 

    Pharaoh Information Services, Inc., pursuant to that certain IBSWIN Software Support Program., dated as of an unspecified date, by and between the Borrower and Pharaoh Information Services, Inc..

 

    Webview, pursuant to that certain Software License Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2013, by and between the Borrower and Pharaoh Information Services, Inc.


SCHEDULE 8.1.13

to

Loan and Security Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.14

to

Loan and Security Agreement

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

None.

 

Entity

   Agreement      Restrictive Provisions  
     
     
     
     


SCHEDULE 8.1.15

to

Loan and Security Agreement

LITIGATION

None.

 

1


SCHEDULE 8.1.17

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PENSION PLAN DISCLOSURES

None.


SCHEDULE 9.1.9

to

Loan and Security Agreement

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Depository Bank

   Type of Account    Account Number

East West Bank

   Deposit    80-03047340

East West Bank

   Clearing Account    00-92802741

East West Bank

   Operating Account    80-03042754
     


SCHEDULE 9.1.10

to

Loan and Security Agreement

BUSINESS LOCATIONS

 

1. Chief Executive Office: 4900 East Hunter Ave. Anaheim, CA 92807

 

2. Collateral Locations:

 

Location

  

Full Address

   Facility Size (sq. ft.)     

Principal Usage

   Owned / Leased  

Stand-Alone Facilities

           

Anaheim, CA

  

4900 East Hunter Ave. Anaheim, CA 92807

     50,000      Corporate HQ /Design Center / Warehouse      Leased  

Anaheim, CA

  

1341 North Blue Gum Street Anaheim, CA 92806

     16,464      Warehouse      Leased  

Corona, CA

  

507 Queensland Circle Corona, CA 92879

     4,659      Design Center      Leased  

Corona, CA

  

121 Enterprise Court Corona, CA 92882

     9,000      Glass Division / Warehouse      Leased  

Dublin, CA

  

6785 Sierra Court, Suite A Dublin, CA 94568

     3,352      Design Center      Leased  


Fullerton, CA

  

4325 Artesia Avenue Fullerton, CA 92833

     31,000      Slab Shop / Warehouse    Leased

Gilroy, CA

  

8155 Swanston Lane Gilroy, CA 95020

     16,600      Slab Shop / Warehouse    Leased

Irvine, CA

  

9991 Muirlands Boulevard Irvine, CA 92618

     5,164      Toll Brothers Design Center    Leased

Livermore, CA

  

224, 232, and 240 Lindbergh Avenue Livermore, CA 94551

     22,500      Design Center    Leased

Palm Desert, CA

  

39-740 Garand Lane Palm Desert, CA

     3,600      Design Center    Leased

Reno, NV

  

1070 Sand Hill Road Reno, NV 89521

     10,000      Design Center / Offices    Leased

Reno, NV

  

1060 Sand Hill Road Reno, NV 89521

     10,000      Warehouse    Leased

Sacramento, CA

  

5300 South Watt Avenue Sacramento, CA 95826

     10,000      Design Center / Offices    Leased


Sacramento, CA

  

5340 South Watt Avenue Sacramento, CA 95826

     10,000      Warehouse    Leased

San Diego, CA

  

8949 Kenamar Drive, Suite 104 San Diego, CA 92121

     4,840      Design Center    Leased

San Jose, CA

  

2190 Bering Drive San Jose, CA 95131

     5,225      Design Center / Warehouse    Leased

Simi Valley, CA

  

2267 Agate Court Simi Valley, CA 93064

     13,175      Design Center / Warehouse    Leased

Temecula, CA

  

41750 Winchester Road, Suites J & K Temecula, CA 92590

     3,000      Design Center    Leased


SCHEDULE 9.2.2

to

Loan and Security Agreement

EXISTING LIENS

 

    F ILE N UMBER     E FFECTIVE
D ATE
 

S ECURED P ARTY

 

C OLLATERAL

1.     13-7368990854     07.11.13   Manufacturers Financing Services   One (1) Park Edge Shaper & Polisher, Model No. Velocity, equipped with Infeed and Outfeed Conveyors, 47 KVA Transformer w/Wall Mount, Velocity Complete Tooling Package, with all replacements, parts, repairs, additions, accessions and accessories, affixed or attached thereto.
        Equipment located at 4325 Artesia Avenue, Fullerton, California 92833.
2.     13-7368577108     07.09.13   Bank of the West   One (1) Park Edge Shaper & Polisher, Model No. Velocity, equipped with Infeed and Outfeed Conveyors 47 KVA Transformer w/Wall Mount, Velocity Complete Tooling Package; One (1) Park Deluxe Diamond Saw, Model No. Yukon II; One (1) Park Flat Edge Shaper & Polisher, Model No. Fastback, equipped with Tooling Package, Extended Length Infeed and Outfeed Conveyors (7” long), Infeed and Outfeed Support Rollers; with all replacements, parts, repairs, additions, accessions and accessories, affixed or attached thereto.
        Equipment locations: (1) 11085-B Commercial Parkway, Castroville, California 95012, and (2) 8155 Swanston Lane, Gilroy, California 95020.
A.     14-74119234     05.14.14     Amendment: Add equipment location: 8155 Swanston Lane, Gilroy, California 95020.
B.     14-74169109     06.20.14     Assignment: From Manufacturers Financing Services to Bank of the West.
3.     12-7318272154     06.26.12   Whirlpool Corporation   All Debtor’s Inventory manufactured or sold by Whirlpool Corporation and/or any person that at any time directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is


         under common control with Whirlpool (“ Whirlpool Goods ”), owned, existing or acquired, and wherever located; all accounts, general intangibles (payment intangibles), chattel paper (tangible or electronic), instruments (promissory notes), deposit accounts, and all products and proceeds relating to any item of the Whirlpool Goods; all Debtor’s rights to any price protection payments, rebates, discounts, credits, factory holdbacks, incentive payments and other amounts which at any time are due Debtor from Whirlpool Corporation; all books and records, electronic or otherwise, which evidence or otherwise relate to the property, and all computers, disks, tapes, media and other devices in which such records are stored.
1. 14-7407460780 2      04.11.14      State of California, Employment Development Department    Notice of State Tax Lien: $14,555.34.

 

2 This lien from the State of California will not be a Permitted Lien after September 30, 2014.


3. Liens on each of the motor vehicles set forth below:

 

Make

   Model    Year  

Ford

   F350      2012  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F150      2011  

Ford

   F150      2011  

Ford

   F150      2011  

Ford

   F350      2011  

Ford

   F350      2011  

Ford

   F250      2012  

Ford

   F250      2012  

Ford

   F250      2012  

Ford

   F650      2012  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F250      2012  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F250      2013  

Ford

   F350      2012  

Ford

   Transit Connect      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  

Ford

   F550      2014  

Ford

   F350      2014  

Ford

   Transit Connect      2013  

Ford

   Transit Connect      2013  

Ford

   Transit Connect      2013  

Ford

   F150      2013  


SCHEDULE 9.2.17

to

Loan and Security Agreement

EXISTING AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

 

  Borrower has entered into three real estate leases with its CEO, Richard D. Scholten (or the Scholten Trust). These leases are as follows:

 

    Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease - Net, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and between Borrower and the Scholten Family Trust dated April 14, 1992, with respect to the property located at 4900 E. Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, CA.

 

    Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease – Net, dated as of May 30, 2013, by and between Borrower and the Scholten Family Trust, in connection with the property located at 121 Enterprise, Corona, California.

 

    Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease – Gross, dated as of April 23, 2014, by and between Borrower and The Scholten Family Trust, in connection with the property located at 507 Queensland Circle, Corona, California.

 

  Master Subcontract Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2013, by and between Borrower and Kurt Co., Borrower has entered into a Standard Installation Subcontractor Agreement with Kurt Co. (a flooring, tile and stone installation company owned by Richard D. Scholten’s son who is a subcontractor).

 

  Consulting Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2014, by and between Parent, the Borrower, and Trive Capital Management LLC.


EXHIBIT A

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

In accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated September 3, 2014 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and between L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) and Bank of America, N.A., I hereby certify that:

1. I am the [President] [Chief Financial Officer] of Borrower;

2. The enclosed financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

3. No Default (as defined in the Loan Documents) or any event which, upon the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute such a Default, has occurred.

4. Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section  9.3.1 of the Loan Agreement, as demonstrated by the calculations contained in Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

5. The Applicable Margin level is Level      , based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter, as calculated on Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., as Borrower
By:  

                                                              

Name:  

                                                              

Title:  

                                                              


EXHIBIT B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

(a)    Each Loan Document shall have been duly executed and delivered to Lender by each of the signatories thereto, and each Obligor shall be in compliance with all terms thereof.

(b)    Lender shall have made all filings or recordations necessary to perfect its Liens in the Collateral, as well as UCC and Lien searches and other evidence satisfactory to Lender that such Liens are the only Liens upon the Collateral, except Permitted Liens.

(c)    Lender shall have received duly executed agreements establishing each Dominion Account and related lockbox, in form and substance, and with financial institutions, satisfactory to Lender.

(d)    Lender shall have received certificates, in form and substance satisfactory to it, from a knowledgeable Senior Officer of Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to the initial Loans and transactions hereunder, (i) Borrower is Solvent; (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists; (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section  8 are true and correct in all material respects; and (iv) Borrower has complied with all agreements and conditions to be satisfied by it under the Loan Documents.

(e)    Lender shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of the Loan Documents is true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to this credit facility; and (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign the Loan Documents. Lender may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing.

(f)    Lender shall have received a written opinion of Haynes & Boone, LLP, as well any local counsel to Borrower or Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(g)    Lender shall have received copies of the charter documents of each Obligor, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization. Lender shall have received good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and each jurisdiction where such Obligor’s conduct of business or ownership of Property necessitates qualification.

(h)    Lender shall have received copies of policies or certificates of insurance for the insurance policies carried by Borrower, all in compliance with the Loan Documents.

(i)    Lender shall have completed its business, financial and legal due diligence of Obligors, including a roll-forward of its previous field examination, with results satisfactory to Lender. No material adverse change in the financial condition of any Obligor or in the quality, quantity or value of any Collateral shall have occurred since February 28, 2014.

(j)    Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses to be paid to Lender on the Closing Date.

(k)    Lender shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of August 31, 2014. Upon giving effect to the initial funding of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit, and the payment by Borrower of all fees and expenses incurred in connection herewith as well as any payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices, Availability shall be at least 4,000,000.

(l)    The Acquisition shall have closed on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender.

(m)    Lender shall have received financial statements and projections for Borrower acceptable to Lender.


EXHIBIT C

FEES

(a)    Unused Line Fee. Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee equal to the applicable Unused Line Fee Rate times the amount by which the average daily Revolver Commitment exceeds the average daily Revolver Usage during any month. Such fee shall be payable in arrears, on the first day of each month and on the Commitment Termination Date.

(b)    LC Facility Fees. Borrower shall pay to Lender (i) a fee equal to the Applicable Margin in effect for LIBOR Revolver Loans times the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; (ii) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum on the Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; and (iii) all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, which charges shall be paid as and when incurred. During an Event of Default, the fee payable under clause (i) shall be increased by 2% per annum.

(c)    Closing Fee. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender a closing fee.


EXHIBIT D

FINANCIAL REPORTING

As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to furnish to Lender:

(a)    as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, balance sheets as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity for such Fiscal Year, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, which consolidated statements shall be audited and certified (without qualification) by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, and shall set forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and other information acceptable to Lender;

(b)    as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days (45 days for each month ending on or before December 31, 2014) after the end of each month (but within 60 days after the last month in a Fiscal Year), unaudited balance sheets as of the end of such month and the related statements of income and cash flow for such month and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then elapsed, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, setting forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations for such month and period, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)    concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clauses (a) and (b) above, or more frequently if requested by Lender while a Default or Event of Default exists, a Compliance Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower;

(d)    concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, copies of all management letters and other material reports submitted to Borrower by its accountants in connection with such financial statements;

(e)    not later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections of Borrower’s consolidated balance sheets, results of operations, cash flow and Availability for the next Fiscal Year, month by month and for the following three Fiscal Years, year by year;

(f)    at not later than 10 days prior to the end of each month, a listing of Borrower’s trade payables, specifying the trade creditor and balance due, and a detailed trade payable aging, all in form satisfactory to Lender;

(g)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any press releases or other statements made available by Borrower to the public concerning material changes to or developments in the business of Borrower;

(h)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any annual report to be filed in connection with each Plan or Foreign Plan;

(i)    such other reports and information (financial or otherwise) as Lender may reasonably request from time to time in connection with any Collateral or Borrower’s, any of its Subsidiaries’ or other Obligor’s financial condition or business (provided, however, such reports and information shall not include any board minutes or management notes of Borrower or any other Obligor); and

(j)    as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, financial statements for each Guarantor (if any), in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

- 1 -


EXHIBIT E

COLLATERAL REPORTING

(a)    By the 20th day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous month, and at such other times as Lender may request (the Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week, if Availability is less than $3,000,000 at any time during the preceding 30 days). All calculations of Availability in any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by Borrower and certified by a Senior Officer, provided that Lender may from time to time review and adjust any such calculation to the extent the calculation is not made in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, at any time and from time to time during the period between required deliveries of Borrowing Base Certificates, Borrower may deliver an interim Borrowing Base Certificate to Lender and the Borrowing Base as calculated therein shall for all purposes be the Borrowing Base and such interim Borrowing Base Certificate shall for all purposes constitute the then applicable Borrowing Base Certificate until the next scheduled Borrowing Base Certificate or interim Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered.

(b)    Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to Lender sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on such periodic basis as Lender may request. Borrower shall also provide to Lender, on or before the 20th day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Accounts as of the end of the preceding month, specifying each Account’s Account Debtor name and address (if requested during the continuance of an Event of Default), amount, invoice date and due date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment histories, status reports and other information as Lender may reasonably request. If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $1,000,000 or more cease to be Eligible Accounts, Borrower shall notify Lender of such occurrence promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) after Borrower has knowledge thereof; provided, however, the foregoing shall not apply to circumstances where Lender itself has determined the ineligibility of any portion of such formerly Eligible Accounts. Together with the trial balance, Borrower shall provide to Lender reasonable documentation of Eligible Unbilled Accounts to the extent included in the current Borrowing Base Certificate.

(c)    Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily withdrawals and additions, and shall submit to Lender inventory and reconciliation reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on such periodic basis as Lender may request. Borrower shall conduct a physical inventory at least once per calendar year (and on a more frequent basis if requested by Lender when an Event of Default exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to Lender a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion thereof, together with such supporting information as Lender may request. Lender may participate in and observe each physical count.

 

- 1 -


EXHIBIT F

POST CLOSING

 

(a) By September 5, 2014, deliver Borrower’s signature page to Exhibit A to the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement.

 

(b) By September 5, 2014, deliver (i) a fully executed copy of the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., duly signed by each party thereto and (ii) evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, that the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc. has been duly filed and recorded with the office of the California Secretary of State.

 

(c) By September 12, 2014, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, that UCC-1 File #13-7388332245 naming East West Bank as secured party and Borrower as debtor, filed with the office of the California Secretary of State on November 26, 2013, has been properly terminated and released.

 

(d) By September 12, 2014, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, that UCC-1 File #20100796866 naming Huntington Capital Fund II as secured party and Borrower as debtor, filed with the office of the California Secretary of State on September 23, 2010, has been properly terminated and released.

 

(e) By September 30, 2014, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, that the California State Tax Lien in the amount of $14,555.34, filed in the office of the California Secretary of State against Borrower on April 1, 2014 has been released, and all of the Borrower’s obligations relating thereto have been indefeasibly satisfied in full.

 

(f) By September 30, 2014, deliver (i) a lender loss payable endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s property insurance, (ii) an additional insured endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s liability insurance and (iii) an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of all insurance policies, in each case, duly endorsed to Lender and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(g) By September 30, 2014, deliver a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds, duly executed by each of the parties named therein.

 

(h) By September 30, 2014, use commercially reasonable efforts to amend the collateral description set forth in UCC-1 File #12-731827251 naming Borrower as debtor and Whirlpool Corporation as secured party thereunder filed with the office of the California Secretary of State on June 26, 2012, to a collateral description that is satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion.

 

(i) By October 31, 2014, close each Deposit Account of Borrower which is not at Lender (other than accounts permitted under the parenthetical in the first sentence of Section 9.1.9).

 

(j) By October 31 2014, maintain all lockbox arrangements with Lender as required by Section  5.5 .

 

(k) Assist Lender with obtaining an appraisal report of Borrower’s Inventory to be received by October 31, 2014.

 

(l) By October 31, 2014, deliver fully executed Lien Waivers for the following locations:

Anaheim, CA (books and records):

 

    4900 East Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, CA 92807


    1341 N. Bluegum, Anaheim, CA 92807

Fullerton, CA (inventory):

 

    4325 Artesia Ave., Fullerton, CA 92833

Livermore, CA (inventory):

 

    224, 232, and 240 Lindbergh Avenue, Livermore, CA 94551

Corona, CA (inventory):

 

    121 Enterprise Court, Corona, CA 92882

Sacramento, CA (inventory):

 

    5340 S Watt Ave, Sacramento, CA.

 

    5300 South Watt Avenue, Sacramento, CA.

Reno, NV (inventory):

 

    1070 Sand Hill Road, Reno, NV.

City of Gilroy (inventory):

 

    8155 Swanston Lane, City of Gilroy, CA.

 

(m) Upon the earlier of (i) March 2, 2015 and (ii) the date that all outstanding checks have cleared the Exception Account, close the Exception Account.

Exhibit 10.10

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

AND LIMITED CONSENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND LIMITED CONSENT (this “Agreement’’) is entered into as of February 13, 2017, between Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”) and L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., a California corporation (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 3, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”; capitalized terms used in these Recitals and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Loan Agreement);

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender (a) consent to (i) the incurrence of additional Term Debt on the First Amendment Effective Date (defined below) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $11,500,000 (the “Add-On Term Loans”) and (ii) a one-time Distribution by Borrower on the First Amendment Effective Date to certain shareholders in an amount not to exceed $21,500,000, with the proceeds of the Add-On Term Loans and cash on hand (collectively, the “Specified Transactions”), and (b) make certain other modifications to the Loan Agreement in connection with the Specified Transaction;

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to consent to the Specified Transaction and has agreed to make certain modifications to the Loan Agreement, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the matters set forth in the recitals and the covenants and provisions herein set forth, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement (as amended hereby).

Section 2. Amendments. Effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1- New Definitions The following new definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement in proper alphabetic order to provide as follows:

“First Amendment Effective Date: February 13, 2017.”

“First Amendment Effective Date Dividend: the one-time Distribution made by Borrower on the First Amendment Effective Date to certain shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed $21,500,000, with the proceeds of the Add-On Term Loans and cash on hand.”


2.2 Amendment to Section  1.1- Amended and Restated Definitions . The following definitions set forth in Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to provide as follows (the underlined text reflects the amended portion):

Excess Cash Flow : as defined in the Term Debt Credit Agreement as in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date .”

Federal Funds Rate : the weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System on the applicable Business Day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable day is not a Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the average rate (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/8 of 1%) charged to Lender on the applicable day on such transactions, as determined by Lender.”

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio : the ratio, as of any date of determination and determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and Subsidiaries, of (a) EBITDA minus Capital Expenditures (except (i) Capital Expenditures financed with Borrowed Money (other than Revolver Loans) and (ii)  Capital Expenditures in connection with the ERP system upgrade incurred on or before December  31, 2018 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,200,000) paid in cash minus cash taxes paid minus Distributions made by Borrower (other than the Closing Date Dividend, the Recapitalization Dividend and the First Amendment Effective Date Dividend), to (b) Fixed Charges.”

LIBOR : for any Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest (rounded up to the nearest 1/8th of 1%) determined by Lender at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such interest period, for a term equivalent to such interest period, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or comparable or successor rate approved by Lender, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or other commercially available source designated by Lender from time to time); provided, that if the foregoing rate is not available, then any comparable or successor rate shall be applied by Lender, if administratively feasible, in a manner consistent with market practice; provided further, that in no event shall LIBOR be less than zero .”

2.3 Amendment to Section  1.1- Amendment to the Definition of “Permitted Distributions” . The definition of “Permitted Distribution” set forth in Section  1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by (a) replacing the word “and” at the end of clause (f) thereof with the punctuation mark “,”; (b) deleting the punctuation mark “.” at the end of clause (g) thereof and replacing it with “and” and (c) adding a new clause (h) thereof to provide in its entirety as follows:

“(h) the First Amendment Effective Date Dividend.”

2.4 Amendment to 9.2.8(b)(i) . Section  9.2.8(b)(i) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the parenthetical that reads “(as defined in the Term Debt Credit Agreement)” therein.

2.5 Amendment Section  11 . Section  11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 11.20 thereto to provide in its entirety as follows:


Section  11.20 . Judicial Reference . If any action, litigation or proceeding relating to any Obligations or Loan Documents is filed in a court sitting in or applying the laws of California, the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general reference pursuant to Cal. Civ. Proc. Code §638 to a referee (who shall be an active or retired judge) to hear and determine all issues in the case (whether fact or law) and to report a statement of decision. Nothing in this Section shall limit any right of Agent or any other Secured Party or Borrower to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of Collateral, or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, during or after any judicial reference. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to require judicial reference.”

Section 3. Limited Consent . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions herein (including Section  5 hereof), Lender hereby consents to the Specified Transaction. The consent set forth in this Section  3 is limited to those items specifically referenced herein. Except as specifically set forth in this Section  3, nothing contained in this Agreement or any other communication between Lender and the Borrower shall be a waiver of any past, present or future violation, Default or Event of Default of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement or any Loan Document.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties . Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender that the following are true and correct as of the First Amendment Effective Date:

4.1 Continuation of Representations and Warranties . After giving effect to this Agreement, the representations and warranties made by Borrower and contained in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty itself is qualified by “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifier, in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

4.2 No Existing Default . After giving effect to this Agreement and the Specified Transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists on the date hereof.

4.3 Authorization: No Conflict . Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, and does not (a) require any consent or approval of any holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except those already obtained; (b) contravene the Organic Documents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (c) violate or cause a default under any applicable law or Material Contract; or (d) result in or require the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on Borrower’s Property.

4.4 Solvency . Both immediately before and after giving effect to this Agreement and the Specified Transaction, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) are Solvent.

Section 5. Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first set forth above, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (the date of such satisfaction being the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”):


5.1 Execution and Delivery . Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender this Agreement.

5.2 Amendment to Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement . Lender shall have received an amendment to the Term Debt Intercreditor Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and duly executed by the parties named therein.

5.3 Amendment to Term Debt Credit Agreement . Lender shall have received (i) an amendment and consent to the Term Debt Credit Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and duly executed by the parties named therein (the “ Term Credit Agreement Amendment ”), and such Term Credit Agreement Amendment shall be in full force and effect on the date hereof and (ii) evidence that Borrower has received the proceeds of the Add-On Term Loans.

5.4 No Defaults . After giving effect to this Agreement, no Default or Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing or will result from the Specified Transaction.

5.5 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section  3 hereof are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier).

5.6 Officer’s Certificate . Lender shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of Borrower certifying (A) the representations and warranties of Borrower and the other Obligors set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation and warranty itself is qualified by “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar qualifier, in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date hereof (except to the extent stated to relate to a specific earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), (B) that both immediately before and after giving effect to this Agreement and the Specified Transaction, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) are Solvent.and (C) after giving effect to this Agreement, the Specified Transaction on the date hereof and the payment of all fees and expenses in connection therewith, no Default or Event of Default exists.

5.7 Payment of Fees and Attorney Costs . Borrower shall have paid to Lender all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of Lender incurred by it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including reasonable legal costs and disbursements of Lender in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement).

Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant to Lender that each of the foregoing conditions have been satisfied upon the release of its respective signatures to this Agreement.

Section 6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Effect of Agreement .

(a) Except as specifically affected by this Agreement, the Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and hereby are ratified and confirmed in all respects. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the


performance of the Loan Agreement (as affected hereby) shall not operate, except as expressly set forth herein, as a waiver of, consent to, or a modification or amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of the Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document. The consent set forth herein is limited as specified herein, shall not apply with respect to any facts or occurrences other than those on which the same are based, shall neither excuse future non-compliance with the Loan Documents nor operate as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, shall not operate as a consent to any further or other matter under the Loan Documents and shall not be construed as an indication that any waiver of covenants or any other provision of the Loan Agreement will be agreed to, it being understood that the granting or denying of any waiver which may hereafter be requested by the Borrower remains in the sole and absolute discretion of the Lender.

(b) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Agreement, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Loan Agreement”, “thereunder”, “therein”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement (as affected hereby).

(c) To the extent that any of the terms and conditions in any of the Loan Documents shall contradict or be in conflict with any of the terms or conditions of the Loan Agreement (as affected hereby) such terms and conditions are hereby deemed modified accordingly to reflect the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement (as affected hereby).

6.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.

6.3 References . Any reference to the Loan Agreement contained in any notice, request, certificate, or other document executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall be deemed to include this Agreement unless the context shall otherwise require. Reference in any of this Agreement, the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Loan Agreement shall be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby and as further amended, modified, restated, supplemented or extended from time to time.

6.4 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

6.5 Forum Selection; Consent to Jurisdiction . BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. BORROWER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING ANY SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND


UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 13.4.1 OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT. A final judgment in any proceeding of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or any other manner provided by applicable law.

6.6 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY LENDING RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE FOREGOING, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

6.7 Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law in any jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating any other provision of this Agreement.

6.8 Headings . Article, section and subsection headings in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by either party hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Receipt by telecopy or other electronic means, including .pdf of any executed signature page to this Agreement shall constitute effective delivery of such signature page.

6.10 Reaffirmation of Obligations and Ratification . The Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms its obligations under the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document to which it is a party, as modified hereby, all of which are performable in accordance with their respective terms. The Borrower hereby further ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of all of the Liens and security interests heretofore granted, pursuant to and in connection with the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, to the Lender as collateral security for the obligations under the Loan Documents in accordance with their respective terms, and acknowledges that all of such Liens and security interests, and all Collateral heretofore pledged as security for such obligations, continue to be and remain collateral for such obligations from and after the date hereof.

[signature page follows]


The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

L.A.R.K. INDUSTRIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Tyrone Johnson

Name: Tyrone Johnson
Title: Chief Executive Officer


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Laura Parrish

  Name: Laura Parrish
  Title: Its Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

G&M OPCO LLC,

as Borrower,

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
1.    DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION      1  
   1.1   

D EFINITIONS

     1  
   1.2   

A CCOUNTING T ERMS

     20  
   1.3   

U NIFORM C OMMERCIAL C ODE

     20  
   1.4   

C ERTAIN M ATTERS OF C ONSTRUCTION

     20  
   1.5   

T IME OF D AY

     20  
2.    CREDIT FACILITIES      21  
   2.1   

R EVOLVER C OMMITMENT

     21  
   2.2   

L ETTER OF C REDIT F ACILITY

     21  
3.    INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES      23  
   3.1   

I NTEREST

     23  
   3.2   

F EES

     24  
   3.3   

C OMPUTATION OF I NTEREST , F EES , Y IELD P ROTECTION

     24  
   3.4   

R EIMBURSEMENT O BLIGATIONS

     24  
   3.5   

I LLEGALITY

     24  
   3.6   

I NABILITY TO D ETERMINE R ATES

     24  
   3.7   

I NCREASED C OSTS ; C APITAL A DEQUACY

     25  
   3.8   

M ITIGATION

     25  
   3.9   

F UNDING L OSSES

     26  
   3.10   

M AXIMUM I NTEREST

     26  
4.    LOAN ADMINISTRATION      26  
   4.1   

M ANNER OF B ORROWING AND F UNDING R EVOLVER L OANS

     26  
   4.2   

N UMBER AND A MOUNT OF LIBOR L OANS ; D ETERMINATION OF R ATE

     27  
   4.3   

R ESERVED

     27  
   4.4   

O NE O BLIGATION

     27  
   4.5   

E FFECT OF T ERMINATION

     27  
5.    PAYMENTS      27  
   5.1   

G ENERAL P AYMENT P ROVISIONS

     27  
   5.2   

R EPAYMENT OF R EVOLVER L OANS

     27  
   5.3   

K EEPWELL

     28  
   5.4   

P AYMENT OF O THER O BLIGATIONS

     28  
   5.5   

D OMINION A CCOUNT

     28  
   5.6   

M ARSHALING ; P AYMENTS S ET A SIDE

     28  
   5.7   

A PPLICATION OF P AYMENTS

     28  

 

i


     5.8      A CCOUNT S TATED      29  
     5.9      T AXES      29  
6.      CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      30  
     6.1     

C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO I NITIAL L OANS

     30  
     6.2     

C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO A LL C REDIT E XTENSIONS

     30  
7.      COLLATERAL      31  
     7.1     

G RANT OF S ECURITY I NTEREST

     31  
     7.2      L IEN ON D EPOSIT A CCOUNTS ; C ASH C OLLATERAL      31  
     7.3     

[R ESERVED ]

     32  
     7.4     

O THER C OLLATERAL

     32  
     7.5      L IMITATIONS      34  
     7.6     

F URTHER A SSURANCES ; E XTENT OF L IENS

     34  
8.      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      34  
     8.1     

G ENERAL R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

     34  
     8.2     

C OMPLETE D ISCLOSURE

     38  
9.      COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS      38  
     9.1     

A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS

     38  
     9.2     

N EGATIVE C OVENANTS

     41  
     9.3     

F INANCIAL C OVENANTS

     46  
10.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT      46  
     10.1     

E VENTS OF D EFAULT

     46  
     10.2      R EMEDIES UPON D EFAULT      48  
     10.3     

L ICENSE

     48  
     10.4     

S ETOFF

     48  
     10.5     

R EMEDIES C UMULATIVE ; N O W AIVER

     49  
11.      MISCELLANEOUS      49  
     11.1     

A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS

     49  
     11.2      P OWER OF A TTORNEY      50  
     11.3     

I NDEMNITY

     50  
     11.4     

N OTICES AND C OMMUNICATIONS

     50  
     11.5     

P ERFORMANCE OF O BLIGORS ’ O BLIGATIONS

     51  
     11.6     

C REDIT I NQUIRIES

     51  
     11.7     

S EVERABILITY

     51  
     11.8     

C UMULATIVE E FFECT ; C ONFLICT OF T ERMS

     51  
     11.9     

C OUNTERPARTS ; E XECUTION

     51  
     11.10     

E NTIRE A GREEMENT

     51  
     11.11     

N O C ONTROL ; N O A DVISORY OR F IDUCIARY R ESPONSIBILITY

     51  

 

ii


     11.12      C ONFIDENTIALITY      52  
     11.13      [R ESERVED ]      52  
     11.14      GOVERNING LAW      52  
     11.15     

C ONSENT TO F ORUM

     52  
     11.16     

W AIVERS BY O BLIGORS

     53  
     11.17     

P ATRIOT A CT N OTICE

     53  
     11.18     

I NTERCREDITOR A GREEMENT

     53  
     11.19      NO ORAL AGREEMENT      53  
12.      GUARANTY      53  
     12.1     

U NCONDITIONAL G UARANTY

     53  
     12.2      C OVERED T AXES      54  
     12.3     

W AIVERS OF N OTICE , D EMAND , ETC .

     54  
     12.4     

N O I NVALIDITY , I RREGULARITY , ETC .

     54  
     12.5     

I NDEPENDENT L IABILITY

     54  
     12.6     

L IABILITY A BSOLUTE

     54  
     12.7     

A PPLICATION OF P ROCEEDS

     55  
     12.8     

C ONTINUING E FFECTIVENESS

     55  
     12.9      E NFORCEMENT      56  
     12.10     

S TATUTE OF L IMITATIONS

     56  
     12.11     

I NTEREST

     57  
     12.12     

C URRENCY C ONVERSION

     57  
     12.13      A CKNOWLEDGMENT      57  
     12.14     

C ONTINUING E FFECTIVENESS

     57  
     12.15      R ELEASE      57  

LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 8.1.4    Names and Capital Structure
Schedule 8.1.10    Brokerage Commission
Schedule 8.1.11    Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Schedule 8.1.13    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.1.14    Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 8.1.15    Litigation
Schedule 8.1.17    Pension Plans
Schedule 9.1.9    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 9.1.10    Business Locations
Schedule 9.2.2    Existing Liens
Schedule 9.2.17    Existing Affiliate Transactions

 

iii


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit B    Conditions Precedent
Exhibit C    Fees
Exhibit D    Financial Reporting
Exhibit E    Collateral Reporting
Exhibit F    Post Closing

 

iv


THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY LIEN CREATED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO THE LIEN PRIORITY AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 23, 2015 BY AND BETWEEN BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. AS ABL AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE ABL CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, AS TERM AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE TERM CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE BORROWER AND THE OBLIGORS NAMED THEREIN, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is dated as of June 23, 2015, among G&M OPCO LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), the undersigned Obligors (as defined below) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns and including any Lending Office, “ Lender ”).

R E C I T A L S:

Borrower has requested that Lender provide a credit facility to Borrower to finance its business. Lender is willing to provide the credit facility on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period : the period (a) commencing on the day that Availability is less than $3,750,000; and (b) continuing until Availability has been greater than $3,750,000 for 30 consecutive days.

Account Debtor : a Person obligated under an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible.

Acquired Indebtedness : Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by Borrower in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that such Indebtedness (a) is unsecured, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisition : means the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Target by Borrower on the Closing Date pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Agreement : means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, to be effective as of the Closing Date, among Borrower, Parent, and each of the sellers described therein, together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Acquisition Documents : means collectively, the Acquisition Agreement and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Affiliate : with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have correlative meanings.

AG SPV : AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

Anti-Terrorism Law : any law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Patriot Act.


Applicable Law : all laws, rules, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, agreement or matter in question, including all applicable statutory law, common law principles, and all provisions of constitutions, treaties, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of Governmental Authorities.

Applicable Margin : the margin set forth below, as determined by the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter:

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio

  

Base Rate

Revolver Loans

  

LIBOR
Revolver Loans

I    < 2.75:1.00    0.75%    1.50%
II    ³ 2.75:1.00 but £ 3.75:1.00    1.00%    1.75%
III    > 3.75:1.00    1.25%    2.00%

Provided that, (i) until January 1, 2016, the initial Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level II were applicable until such time as the Applicable Margin shall change pursuant to clause (ii) below and (ii) thereafter, the Applicable Margin shall be subject to increase or decrease by Lender on the first day of the calendar month following delivery of a Compliance Certificate that sets forth the Leverage Ratio for the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter. If Borrower fails to deliver any Compliance Certificate or financial statements, in each case, for a period when required hereunder, then, at the option of Lender, Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level III were applicable until the first day of the calendar month following Lender’s receipt of such Compliance Certificate and financial statements, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined as provided above.

Approved Fund : any Person (other than a natural Person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans in its ordinary course of activities; provided that (i) no Person determined by Lender to be acting in the capacity of a vulture fund or distressed debt purchaser shall be an Approved Fund, (ii) no Person or Affiliate of such Person (other than a Person that is already a Lender) holding Term Debt, Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests issued by any Obligor shall be an Approved Fund, and (iii) no Person that constitutes a hedge fund shall be an Approved Fund; provided further , however, that at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply.

Artisan Company Agreement : the Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC d/b/a The Artisan Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, dated as of September 30, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Availability : the Borrowing Base minus Revolver Usage.

Availability Reserve : the sum (without duplication) of (a) the Inventory Reserve; (b) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (c) the Bank Product Reserve; (d) the Dilution Reserve; (e) the aggregate amount of liabilities secured by Liens (other than Liens imposed by law only that are not past due and owing) upon Collateral that are senior to Lender’s Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom); and (f) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Lender in its Permitted Discretion may elect to impose from time to time. To the extent Lender has determined, in its Permitted Discretion, to establish new criteria or revise criteria for Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory, Eligible Consigned Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, and Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory so as to address any circumstances, condition, event or contingency in a manner satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, Lender shall not establish an Availability Reserve, reduce the advance rate or otherwise decrease the Borrowing Base in any manner for the same purpose.

Bank Product : any of the following products, services or facilities extended to an Obligor by Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) Cash Management Services; (b) products under Hedging Agreements; (c) commercial credit card and merchant card services and corporate purchasing cards; and (d) other banking products or services, other than Letters of Credit.

 

2


Bank Product Debt : Debt, obligations and other liabilities of an Obligor with respect to Bank Products.

Bank Product Reserve : the aggregate amount of reserves established by Lender from time to time in its Permitted Discretion in respect of Bank Product Debt.

Bankruptcy Code : Title 11 of the United States Code.

Base Rate : for any day, a per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) LIBOR for a 30 day interest period as determined on such day, plus 2.0%, without giving effect to any minimum floor rate (if any) specified in the definition of LIBOR.

Base Rate Loan : any Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Base Rate Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Board of Governors : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrowed Money : with respect to any Obligor, without duplication, its (a) Debt that (i) arises from the lending of money by any Person to such Obligor; (ii) is evidenced by notes, drafts, bonds, debentures, credit documents or similar instruments; (iii) accrues interest or is a type upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding trade payables owing in the Ordinary Course of Business); or (iv) was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (b) Capital Leases; (c) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit; and (d) guaranties of any Debt of the foregoing types owing by another Person.

Borrowing : a group of Loans that are made or converted together on the same day and have the same interest option and, if applicable, Interest Period.

Borrowing Base : on any date of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the Revolver Commitment; or (b) the sum of: (i) up to 85% of the Value of Eligible Accounts; plus (ii) the lesser of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Inventory; plus (iii) the lesser of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Consigned Inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Consigned Inventory; plus (iv) the lesser of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible In-Transit Inventory; or (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible In-Transit Inventory; plus (v) the least of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory; (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory; or (z) $500,000; minus (vi) the Availability Reserve (for the avoidance of doubt, determined by Lender in its Permitted Discretion).

Borrowing Base Certificate : a certificate reasonably satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which Borrower certifies the Borrowing Base.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, North Carolina, New York and Texas, and if such day relates to a LIBOR Loan, any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures : all liabilities incurred or expenditures made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries for the acquisition of fixed assets, or any improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto with a useful life of more than one year.

Capital Lease : any lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Collateral : cash, and any interest or other income earned thereon, that is delivered to Lender to Cash Collateralize any Obligations.

 

3


Cash Collateral Account : a demand deposit, money market or other account maintained with Lender and subject to Lender’s Liens.

Cash Collateralize : the delivery of cash to Lender, as security for the payment of Obligations, in an amount equal to (a) with respect to LC Obligations, 105% of the aggregate LC Obligations; and (b) with respect to any inchoate or other contingent Obligations (including Obligations arising under Bank Products), Lender’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including fees, expenses and indemnification hereunder. “ Cash Collateralization ” has a correlative meaning.

Cash Equivalents : (a) marketable obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by, and backed by the full faith and credit of, the United States government, maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition, and overnight bank deposits, in each case which are issued by Lender or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state or district thereof, rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition, and (unless issued by Lender) not subject to offset rights; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying investments of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) entered into with any bank described in clause (b); (d) commercial paper issued by Lender or rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s, and maturing within nine months of the date of acquisition; and (e) shares of any money market fund that has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to above, has net assets of at least $500,000,000 and has the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P.

Cash Management Services : services relating to operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

CERCLA : the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .).

Change in Law : the occurrence, after the date hereof, of (a) the adoption, taking effect or phasing in of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof; or (c) the making, issuance or application of any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided, however , that “Change in Law” shall include, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued, all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives (i) under or relating to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or (ii) promulgated pursuant to Basel III by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar authority) or any other Governmental Authority.

Change of Control : (a) Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Borrower; (b) the Sponsors cease to collectively own and control, beneficially and of record, at least 51% of the voting and economic Equity Interests of Parent; (c) Borrower ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in AG SPV; (d) a change in the majority of directors of Borrower during any 24 month period, unless approved by the majority of directors serving at the beginning of such period; or (e) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all assets an Obligor.

Claims : all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, proceedings, interest, costs and expenses of any kind (including remedial response costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Extraordinary Expenses) at any time (including after Full Payment of the Obligations) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Obligor or other Person, in any way relating to (a) any Loans, Letters of Credit, Loan Documents, or the use thereof or transactions relating thereto; (b) any action taken or omitted in connection with any Loan Documents; (c) the existence or perfection of any Liens, or realization upon any Collateral; (d) exercise of any rights or remedies under any Loan Documents or Applicable Law; or (e) failure by any Obligor to perform or observe any terms of any Loan Document, in each case including all costs and expenses relating to any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other proceeding (including an Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceedings), whether or not the applicable Indemnitee is a party thereto.

 

4


Closing Date : as defined in Section  6.1 .

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral : all Property described in Section  7.1 , all Property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other Property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall not include any Equity Interests in Borrower.

Commitment Termination Date : the earliest to occur of (a) the Revolver Termination Date; (b) the date on which Borrower terminates the Revolver Commitment pursuant to Section  2.1.3 ; or (c) the date on which the Revolver Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section  10.2 .

Commitments : the Revolver Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act : the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

Compliance Certificate : a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which Borrower certifies compliance with Section  9.3 and sets forth the Leverage Ratio for determination of the Applicable Margin.

Connection Income Taxes : Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), or are franchise or branch profits Taxes.

Consigned Inventory : shall mean Inventory of Borrower that is in the possession of another Person on a consignment, sale or return, or other basis that does not constitute a final sale and acceptance of such Inventory.

Contingent Obligation : any obligation of a Person arising from a guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of another obligor (“ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person under any (a) guaranty, endorsement, co-making or sale with recourse of an obligation of a primary obligor; (b) obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments regardless of nonperformance by any other party to an agreement; and (c) arrangement (i) to purchase any primary obligation or security therefor, (ii) to supply funds for the purchase or payment of any primary obligation, (iii) to maintain or assure working capital, equity capital, net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iv) to purchase Property or services for the purpose of assuring the ability of the primary obligor to perform a primary obligation, or (v) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation (or, if less, the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable under the instrument evidencing the Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto.

Controlled In-Transit Inventory Eligibility Event : the occurrence of any of the following: (a) an Event of Default or (b) the failure of the Borrower to maintain Availability of at least $1,500,000 at any time.

CWA : the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq .).

Debt : as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all items that would be included as liabilities on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including Capital Leases, but excluding trade payables incurred and being paid in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) all Contingent Obligations; (c) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; and (d) in the case of Borrower, the Obligations. The Debt of a Person shall include any recourse Debt of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner or joint venture, unless expressly made non-recourse to such Person and only to the extent of the direct payment liability of such Person.

Default : an event or condition that, with the lapse of time or giving of notice, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

5


Default Rate : for any Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), 2% per annum plus the interest rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Deposit Account Control Agreement : a control agreement satisfactory to Lender executed by an institution maintaining a Deposit Account for an Obligor, to perfect Lender’s Lien on such account.

Dilution Percent : the percent, determined for Borrowers’ most recent Fiscal Quarter, equal to (a) bad debt write-downs or write-offs, and other dilutive items with respect to Accounts, divided by (b) gross sales.

Dilution Reserve : a percentage of Eligible Accounts equal to the amount by which the Dilution Percent exceeds 5%.

Distribution : any declaration or payment of a distribution, interest or dividend on any Equity Interest (other than payment-in-kind); distribution, advance or repayment of Debt to a holder of Equity Interests; or purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interest.

Dollars : lawful money of the United States.

Dominion Account : a special account established by Borrower at Lender or a bank acceptable to Lender, over which Lender has exclusive control for withdrawal purposes.

Dominion Termination Period : a period beginning on the earliest date (such date not earlier than the date in which Borrower maintains all lockbox arrangements with Lender as required by clause (c) of Exhibit F hereof) on which (i) Availability is greater than $3,750,000 for 30 consecutive days and (ii) no Event of Default exists; provided , any such period shall immediately and automatically cease during the continuance of an Event of Default or when Availability is less than $3,750,000.

EBITDA : determined for any period, on a consolidated basis for Borrower and Subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, (a) net income (excluding net income of any Target in a Permitted Acquisition for any period prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition), calculated before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, gains or losses arising from the sale of capital assets, gains arising from the write-up or write-down of assets, and any extraordinary gains or losses (in each case, to the extent included in determining net income), (b) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such net income, the one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrower incurred before August 31, 2015, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition, this Agreement and the Term Debt, not to exceed $2,750,000 in the aggregate, (c) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such net income, one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrower incurred before June 30, 2016, in connection with the implementation of operational changes with respect to Borrower, not to exceed $1,200,000 in the aggregate, (d) management fees and expenses paid in cash to Sponsors or their Affiliates to the extent permitted by this Agreement and in an annual amount not to exceed $500,000, (e) pro forma adjustments identified in writing prior to the Closing Date and acceptable to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, (f) costs incurred before June 30, 2017 with respect to (i) the expansion of Borrower’s business or lines of business into California in an aggregate amount not to exceed $925,000 and (ii) the addition of two Greenfield branch locations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 per location; provided, that with respect to each location, all such costs associated with such location must be incurred within an 18 month period, and (g) expenses for such period that are covered by insurance or have been reimbursed to an Obligor in cash by a third party who is not an Affiliate of an Obligor to the extent such reimbursement is not already reflected in the calculation of net income; provided that with respect to amounts reimbursed pursuant to such Obligor’s business interruption insurance policies such amount shall not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any three month period.

Eligible Account : an Account owing to Borrower that arises in the Ordinary Course of Business from the sale of goods or rendition of services, is payable in Dollars and is deemed by Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, to be an Eligible Account. Without limiting the foregoing, no Account shall be an Eligible Account if (a) it is unpaid for more than 60 days after the original due date, or more than 90 days after the original invoice date; (b) 50% or more of the Accounts owing by the Account Debtor and its Affiliates are not Eligible Accounts under the foregoing

 

6


clause; (c) when aggregated with other Accounts owing by the Account Debtor and its Affiliates, it exceeds 15% (“ Concentration Limit ”) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts (or such higher Concentration Limit as Lender may establish for the Account Debtor from time to time); (d) it does not conform with a covenant or representation herein; (e) it is owing by a creditor or supplier, or is otherwise subject to a offset, counterclaim, dispute, deduction, discount, recoupment, reserve, defense, chargeback, credit or allowance (including any customer deposit) (but ineligibility shall be limited to the amount thereof); (f) an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Account Debtor; or the Account Debtor has failed, has suspended or ceased doing business, is liquidating, dissolving or winding up its affairs, is not Solvent, or is subject to any Sanction or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC; or Borrower is not able to bring suit or enforce remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process; (g) the Account Debtor is organized or has its principal offices or assets outside the United States or Canada, unless the Account is supported by a letter of credit (delivered to and directly drawable by Lender) or credit insurance satisfactory in all respects to Lender; (h) it is owing by a Governmental Authority, unless the Account Debtor is the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof and the Account has been assigned to Lender in compliance with the federal Assignment of Claims Act; (i) it is not subject to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender, or is subject to any other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien junior to Lender’s Lien or any other Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (j) the goods giving rise to it have not been delivered to the Account Debtor, the services giving rise to it have not been accepted by the Account Debtor, or it otherwise does not represent a final sale; (k) it is evidenced by Chattel Paper or an Instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; (l) its payment term has been extended or the Account Debtor has made a partial payment (other than a partial payment of an Account that is the full payment of an invoice); (m) it arises from a sale to an Affiliate, from a sale on a cash-on-delivery, bill-and-hold, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment, or other repurchase or return basis; (n) it represents a progress billing or retainage, or relates to services for which a performance, surety or completion bond or similar assurance has been issued; or (o) it includes a billing for interest, fees or late charges, but ineligibility shall be limited to the extent thereof. In calculating delinquent portions of Accounts under clauses (a) and (b), credit balances more than 90 days past the original invoice date will be excluded.

Eligible Assignee : a Person that is (a) an Affiliate of Lender; (b) an Approved Fund approved by Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and (c) during an Event of Default, any Person.

Eligible Consigned Inventory : Consigned Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Consigned Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Consigned Inventory unless (a) it meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term “Eligible Inventory” except clause (b) thereof; (b) it is subject to a duly executed consigned inventory agreement between Borrower and such consignee, in form and scope satisfactory to Lender (“ Consigned Inventory Agreement ”), granting Borrower and its assigns a purchase money lien and security interest in all Consigned Inventory that is consigned by Borrower to such consignee, together with the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof; (c) Borrower has perfected its consignment interest in such Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof by filing a financing statement naming itself as secured party and each Person(s) in possession of such Consigned Inventory as debtor (and naming Lender as assignee or assigned of record by Borrower), and delivering an authenticated notification (executed by, and in form and substance satisfactory to, Lender) within the time period required by, and otherwise meeting the requirements of, the applicable state’s UCC (or with respect to Consigned Inventory owned by the Borrower on the Closing Date, within the earlier of (i) the time period afforded by Exhibit F hereof and (ii) receipt by Lender of a recent lien search with respect to each consignee of Consigned Inventory) to the holders of any conflicting security interest that have filed a financing statement covering the same types of Inventory before the date that Borrower filed its aforementioned financing statement covering the Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof; (d) Lender has received and reviewed to its satisfaction a recent lien search with respect to each consignee of such Consigned Inventory; and (e) the aggregate Value of all Consigned Inventory of Borrower included in the Borrowing Base (after giving effect to the applicable advance rate) on such date does not exceed $2,000,000.

Eligible Inventory : Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory unless it (a) is finished goods and not work-in-process, packaging or shipping materials, labels, samples, display items, bags, replacement parts or manufacturing supplies; (b) is not held on consignment, nor subject to any deposit or down payment; (c) is in new and saleable condition and is not damaged, defective, shopworn or otherwise unfit for sale; (d) is not Slow-Moving Inventory, perishable, obsolete or unmerchantable, and does not constitute returned or repossessed goods;

 

7


(e) meets all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, has not been acquired from an entity subject to any Sanction or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC and does not constitute hazardous materials under any Environmental Law; (f) conforms with the covenants and representations herein; (g) is subject to Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien, and no other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien junior to Lender’s Lien or any other Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (h) is within the continental United States or Canada, is not in transit except between locations of Borrower, and is not consigned to any Person; (i) is not subject to any warehouse receipt or negotiable Document; (j) is not subject to any License or other arrangement that restricts such Borrower’s or Lender’s right to dispose of such Inventory, unless Lender has received an appropriate Lien Waiver; (k) is not located on leased premises or in the possession of a warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, customs broker, freight forwarder or other Person, unless the lessor or such Person has delivered a Lien Waiver or Imported Goods Agreement, as applicable, within the timeline afforded by Exhibit F hereof or, with respect to Eligible Inventory, an appropriate Rent and Charges Reserve has been established; and (l) is reflected in the details of a current perpetual inventory report.

Eligible In-Transit Inventory : In-Transit Inventory owned by Borrower that meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term Eligible Inventory except clauses (h) and (i) thereof, and that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible In-Transit Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless it (a) is shipped by a common carrier that is not affiliated with the vendor and is not subject to any Sanction or on any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC; (b) is received by the Borrower within ninety (90) days after the date of shipment; (c) is fully insured in a manner satisfactory to Lender; (d) is subject to purchase orders and other sale documentation satisfactory to Lender (in its Permitted Discretion), and title has passed to Borrower; (e) is not sold by a Foreign Vendor that has a right to reclaim, divert shipment of, repossess, stop delivery, claim any reservation of title or otherwise assert Lien rights against the Inventory, or with respect to whom Borrower is in default of any obligations; (f) is being handled by a customs broker, freight-forwarder or other handler that has delivered an Imported Goods Agreement (within the timeline afforded by Exhibit F hereof); (g) the aggregate Value of all In-Transit Inventory of Borrower included in the Borrowing Base (after giving effect to the applicable advance rate) on such date does not exceed $2,000,000; and (h) following a Controlled In-Transit Eligibility Event, is subject to a negotiable Document showing Lender (or, with the consent of Lender, Borrower) as consignee, which Document is in the possession of Lender or such other Person as Lender shall approve.

Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory : Slow-Moving Inventory owned by Borrower that meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term Eligible Inventory except clause (d) thereof, and that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory unless (a) it is comprised of Slow-Moving Inventory of Borrower of not more than twenty-four (24) months’ supply of such type or category of Slow-Moving Inventory and (b) Borrower possesses sales data for Inventory of the same category and type for at least the preceding twelve (12) consecutive months.

Enforcement Action : any action to enforce any Obligations or Loan Documents or to realize upon any Collateral (whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of Account Debtors, setoff or recoupment, credit bid, action in an Obligor’s Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise).

Environmental Laws : Applicable Laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority) relating to public health (other than occupational safety and health regulated under OSHA, or public health and safety regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) or the protection or pollution of the environment, including CERCLA, RCRA and CWA; provided that , governmental guidelines are not considered to be Environmental Laws unless such governmental guidelines are legally binding.

Environmental Notice : a notice (whether written or oral) from any Governmental Authority or other Person of any possible noncompliance with, investigation of a possible violation of, litigation relating to, or potential fine or liability under any Environmental Law, or with respect to any Environmental Release, including any complaint, summons, citation, order, claim, demand or request for correction, remediation or otherwise.

Environmental Release : any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

 

8


Equity Interest : the interest of any (a) shareholder in a corporation; (b) partner in a partnership (whether general, limited, limited liability or joint venture); (c) member in a limited liability company; or (d) other Person having any other form of equity security or ownership interest.

ERISA : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with an Obligor within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event : (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at risk plan or a plan in critical or endangered status under the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate; or (h) failure by an Obligor to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan.

Event of Default : as defined in Section  10 .

Excess Cash Flow : as defined in the Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date.

Excluded Swap Obligation : with respect to an Obligor, each Swap Obligation as to which, and only to the extent that, such Obligor’s guaranty of or grant of a Lien as security for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act because the Obligor does not constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the act (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Obligor, and all guarantees of Swap Obligations by other Obligors) when such guaranty or grant of Lien becomes effective with respect to the Swap Obligation. If a Hedging Agreement governs more than one Swap Obligation, only the Swap Obligation(s) or portions thereof described in the foregoing sentence shall be Excluded Swap Obligation(s) for the applicable Obligor.

Excluded Account : (i) a deposit account used exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes or employee benefits, or (ii) a petty cash account containing not more than $50,000 individually at any time or $100,000 in the aggregate for all such petty cash accounts.

Excluded Tax : means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by a Recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profit Taxes (i) as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; and (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which; (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment; or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, unless the Taxes were payable to the Lender immediately prior to its change in Lending Office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  5.9.5 or Section  5.9.6 and (d) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

 

9


Extraordinary Expenses : all out-of-pocket costs, expenses or advances that Lender may incur during the continuance of an Event of Default, or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding of an Obligor, including those relating to (a) any audit, inspection, repossession, storage, repair, appraisal, insurance, manufacture, preparation or advertising for sale, sale, collection, or other preservation of or realization upon any Collateral; (b) any action, arbitration or other proceeding (whether instituted by or against Lender, any Obligor, any representative of creditors of an Obligor or any other Person) in any way relating to any Collateral (including the validity, perfection, priority or avoidability of Lender’s Liens with respect to any Collateral), Loan Documents, Letters of Credit or Obligations, including any lender liability or other Claims; (c) the exercise of any rights or remedies of Lender in, or the monitoring of, any Insolvency Proceeding; (d) settlement or satisfaction of any taxes, charges or Liens with respect to any Collateral; (e) any Enforcement Action; and (f) negotiation and documentation of any modification, waiver, workout, restructuring or forbearance with respect to any Loan Documents or Obligations. Such out-of-pocket costs, expenses and advances include transfer fees, Other Taxes, storage fees, insurance costs, permit fees, utility reservation and standby fees, legal fees, appraisal fees, brokers’ and auctioneers’ fees and commissions, accountants’ fees, environmental study fees, wages and salaries paid to employees of any Obligor or independent contractors in liquidating any Collateral, and travel expenses.

FATCA : Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including any amended or successor version if substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

FCCR Trigger Period : the period (a) commencing on the day that an Event of Default occurs, or Availability is less than $4,000,000 at any time; and (b) continuing until, no Event of Default exists and Availability has been greater than $4,000,000 for 15 consecutive days.

Federal Funds Rate : (a) the weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on the applicable Business Day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable day is not a Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the average rate (rounded up, if necessary, to the nearest 1/8 of 1%) charged to Lender on the applicable day on such transactions, as determined by Lender.

Fiscal Quarter : each period of three months, commencing on the first day of a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year : the fiscal year of Borrower and Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, ending on December 31 of each year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio : the ratio, as of any date of determination and determined on a consolidated basis for Borrower and Subsidiaries, of (a) EBITDA minus Capital Expenditures (except those financed with Borrowed Money other than Revolver Loans) paid in cash minus cash taxes paid minus Tax Distributions made by Borrower, to (b) Fixed Charges; provided, however , that in the case of any Permitted Acquisition, the deductions from EBITDA described in clause (a) above and the items described in clause (b) above shall, in each case, be excluded from this calculation to the extent they pertain to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition prior to the date such Permitted Acquisition was consummated.

Fixed Charges : with respect to any period, the sum of (a) interest expense (other than payment-in-kind), plus (b) principal payments made on Borrowed Money (excluding (i) Excess Cash Flow payments, (ii) voluntary pre-payments permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement, this Agreement, and the Term Loan Agreement, and (iii) mandatory pre-payments permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement (other than scheduled principal payments)) plus (c) Distributions (other than Tax Distributions and Distributions made in connection with a dividend recapitalization facility but only to the extent expressly permitted by Section  9.2.4 hereof) made during such period.

FLSA : the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

Foreign Plan : any employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained or contributed to by any Obligor or Subsidiary that is (a) not subject to the laws of the United States; or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Obligor or Subsidiary.

 

10


Foreign Subsidiary : a Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code, (a “CFC”) or a Subsidiary of a CFC and any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in a CFC.

Full Payment : with respect to any Obligations, (a) the payment in full in cash of all Obligations that are then non-contingent and outstanding, (b) the termination or cash collateralization (in an amount equal to 105%) of all Letters of Credit and then outstanding (or indemnities or other undertakings issued and then in existence in respect of such outstanding Letters of Credit), or, alternatively, with the consent of Lender, the delivery of backstop letters of credit with respect to all such Letters of Credit, indemnities and undertakings (in each case, in an amount, manner and upon terms reasonable satisfactory to Lender), (c) termination or cash collateralization of all Bank Product Obligations owing to Lender or its Affiliates, and (d) the termination or expiration of all Commitments or other obligations to make the Loan or extend credit to the Obligors under the Loan Documents.

GAAP : generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States from time to time.

Governmental Approvals : all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and required reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority : any federal, state, local, foreign or other agency, authority, body, commission, court, instrumentality, political subdivision, central bank, or other entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions for any governmental, judicial, investigative, regulatory or self-regulatory authority (including the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority, any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or European Central Bank).

Guarantors : AG SPV and each other Person that guarantees payment or performance of Obligations.

Guaranty : each guaranty agreement executed by a Guarantor in favor of Lender.

Hazardous Material : any pollutant, contaminant, chemical or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “acutely hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “toxic chemicals,” “toxic pollutants,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (i) any petroleum, petroleum products, or fractions or derivatives thereof, (ii) natural or synthetic gas, (iii) any asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls or radon gas, and (iv) any radioactive materials, substances or waste.

Hedging Agreement : any “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Imported Goods Agreement : an Imported Goods Agreement in a form acceptable to Lender and duly executed by the parties named therein.

Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or relating to any payment of an Obligation; and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees : Lender, other Secured Parties, and their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents and attorneys.

Insolvency Proceeding : any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Intellectual Property : all intellectual and similar Property of a Person, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, confidential or proprietary information, customer lists, know-how, software and databases; all embodiments or fixations thereof and all related documentation, applications, registrations and franchises; all licenses or other rights to use any of the foregoing; and all books and records relating to the foregoing.

 

11


Intercreditor Agreement : means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015 by and among Term Agent, in its capacity as agent for the Term Creditors (as defined therein), Lender, and acknowledged by the Obligors, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Interest Period : as defined in Section  3.1.3 .

In-Transit Inventory : Inventory of Borrower that is in the possession of a common carrier and is in transit from a vendor of Borrower from a location outside of a state within the United States to a location of Borrower (or a location designated by Borrower) that is in a state within the United States.

Inventory Reserve : reserves established by Lender in its Permitted Discretion to reflect factors that may negatively impact the Value of Inventory, including change in salability, theft, shrinkage, imbalance, markdowns and vendor chargebacks.

Investment : (a) a transaction or series of transactions resulting in (i) acquisition of a business division or substantially all assets of a Person; (ii) record or beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Equity Interests of a Person; or (iii) merger, consolidation or combination of an Obligor or Subsidiary with another Person; (b) an acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of any Equity Interests of a Person; or (c) an advance or capital contribution to or other investment in a Person.

IP Assignment : a collateral assignment or security agreement pursuant to which an Obligor grants a Lien on its Intellectual Property to Lender, as security for the Obligations.

IRS : the United States Internal Revenue Service.

LC Application : an application by Borrower to Lender for issuance of a Letter of Credit, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

LC Conditions : the following conditions necessary for issuance of a Letter of Credit: (a) each of the conditions set forth in Section  6 is satisfied as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion; (b) after giving effect to such issuance, total LC Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Subline, no Overadvance exists and Revolver Usage does not exceed the Borrowing Base; (c) the Letter of Credit and payments thereunder are denominated in Dollars; and (d) the purpose and form of the proposed Letter of Credit are reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion.

LC Documents : all documents, instruments and agreements (including LC Requests and LC Applications) delivered by Borrower or any other Person to Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit.

LC Obligations : the sum of (a) all amounts owing by Borrower for drawings under Letters of Credit; and (b) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

LC Request : a request for issuance of a Letter of Credit, to be provided by Borrower, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Lender Professionals : attorneys, accountants, appraisers, auditors, business valuation experts, environmental engineers or consultants, turnaround consultants, and other professionals and experts retained by Lender.

Lending Office : any office (including a domestic or foreign Affiliate or branch) used by Lender to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder, as identified in writing from time to time to Borrower by Lender.

 

12


Letter of Credit : any standby or documentary letter of credit, foreign guaranty, documentary bankers’ acceptance or similar instrument issued by Lender for the account or benefit of Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower.

Letter of Credit Subline : $5,000,000.

Leverage Ratio : the ratio, determined as of the end of any Fiscal Quarter, of (a) Borrowed Money (other than Contingent Obligations) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of such Fiscal Quarter, to (b) EBITDA for the trailing four Fiscal Quarters then ending.

LIBOR : for any Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest (rounded up to the nearest 1/8th of 1% and in no event less than zero) determined by Lender at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to an interest period, for a term equivalent to such interest period, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or comparable or successor rate approved by Lender, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or other commercially available source designated by Lender from time to time); provided , that if the foregoing rate is not available, then any comparable or successor rate shall be applied by Lender, if administratively feasible, in a manner consistent with market practice.

LIBOR Loan : each set of LIBOR Revolver Loans having a common length and commencement of Interest Period.

LIBOR Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on LIBOR.

License : any license or agreement under which an Obligor is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of Property or any other conduct of its business.

Licensor : any Person from whom an Obligor obtains the right to use any Intellectual Property.

Lien : any lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, easement, right-of-way, or other title exception or encumbrance.

Lien Waiver : an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit Lender to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral consisting of books, records, or Inventory held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents in its possession relating to such Collateral as agent for Lender, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; (c) for any Collateral consisting of books, records, or Inventory held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges Lender’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; and (d) for any Collateral consisting of books, records, or Inventory and subject to a Licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the Licensor grants to Lender the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Lender’s Liens with respect to such Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.

Loan : a Revolver Loan.

Loan Documents : this Agreement, Other Agreements and Security Documents.

Loan Year : each 12 month period commencing on the Closing Date and on each anniversary of the Closing Date.

Management Agreement : that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Borrower, Parent and Trive Capital Management LLC, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

13


Margin Stock : as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors.

Material Adverse Effect : the effect of any event or circumstance that, taken alone or in conjunction with other events or circumstances, (a) has or could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, material Properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Obligor or on the value of any material Collateral, on the enforceability of any Loan Documents, or on the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens on any material portion of the Collateral; (b) impairs the ability of an Obligor to perform its material obligations under the Loan Documents, including repayment of any Obligations; or (c) otherwise impairs the ability of Lender to enforce or collect any Obligations or to realize upon a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract : any agreement or arrangement to which Borrower or its Subsidiary is party (other than the Loan Documents) (a) that is deemed to be a material contract under any securities law applicable to such Person, including the Securities Act of 1933; (b) for which breach, termination, nonperformance or failure to renew would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (c) that relates to the Term Debt, Subordinated Debt, or to Debt in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more.

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgage : any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in which any Obligor grants a Lien on its Real Estate to Lender, as security for any Obligations.

Multiemployer Plan : any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan : a Plan that has two or more contributing sponsors, including an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate, at least two of whom are not under common control, as described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

Net Proceeds : with respect to any disposition of Property, proceeds (including, when received, any deferred or escrowed payments) received by Borrower or its Subsidiary in cash from such disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including legal fees and sales commissions; (b) amounts applied to repayment of Debt secured by a Permitted Lien senior to Lender’s Liens on Collateral sold; (c) transfer or similar taxes; and (d) reserves for indemnities, income tax, and such other customary reserves, until such reserves are no longer needed.

NOLV Percentage : the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Consigned Inventory, and Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory, as applicable, expressed as a percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of Borrower’s Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms satisfactory to Lender.

Notice of Borrowing : a Notice of Borrowing to be provided by Borrower to request a Borrowing of Revolver Loans, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Notice of Conversion/Continuation : a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to be provided by Borrower to request a conversion or continuation of any Loans as LIBOR Loans, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Obligations : all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Loans; (b) LC Obligations and other obligations of Obligors with respect to Letters of Credit; (c) interest, expenses, fees, indemnification obligations, Extraordinary Expenses and other amounts payable by Obligors under Loan Documents; (d) Bank Product Debt; in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Obligor : Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

14


OFAC : Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

Ordinary Course of Business : the ordinary course of business of Borrower or Subsidiary, undertaken in good faith and consistent with Applicable Law and past practices.

Organic Documents : with respect to any Person, its charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability agreement, operating agreement, members agreement, shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, certificate of formation, voting trust agreement, or similar agreement or instrument governing the formation or operation of such Person.

OSHA : the Occupational Safety and Hazard Act of 1970.

Other Agreement : each LC Document, Intercreditor Agreement, Borrowing Base Certificate, Compliance Certificate, or other document, instrument or agreement (other than this Agreement or a Security Document) now or hereafter delivered by an Obligor to Lender in connection with any transactions relating hereto.

Other Connection Taxes : Taxes imposed on a Recipient due to a present or former connection between it and the taxing jurisdiction (other than connections arising from the Recipient having executed, delivered, become party to, performed obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a Lien or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, enforced, or sold or assigned an interest in, any Loan or Loan Document.

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a Lien under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Overadvance : as defined in Section  2.1.4 .

Parent : TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Patriot Act : the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001).

Payment Conditions : as to any relevant action contemplated in this Agreement, (a) no Event of Default has then occurred and is continuing or would result from any such action, and (b) after giving pro forma effect to such action, Availability is at least $3,000,000 as of the date of such relevant action and after giving effect to such relevant action on a pro forma basis for the 30 days prior to the date of such relevant action.

Payment Item : each check, draft or other item of payment payable to Borrower, including those constituting proceeds of any Collateral.

PBGC : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Funding Rules : Code and ERISA rules regarding minimum required contributions (including installment payments) to Pension Plans set forth in, for plan years ending prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 effective date, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, both as in effect prior to such act, and thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan : any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate or to which the Obligor or ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the preceding five plan years.

 

15


Permitted Acquisition : an Investment of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of such definition, so long as (a) with respect to all such Investments, (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or is caused thereby; (ii) such Investment is consensual; (iii) the assets, business or Person being acquired is useful or engaged in the business of Obligors and is located or organized within the United States; and (iv) (A) the average daily Availability is at least $2,500,000 for the 30 days immediately preceding the date of such Investment and after giving effect to such Investment or (B) Availability is at least $3,000,000 after giving effect to such Investment.

Permitted Discretion : a determination made in the exercise, in good faith, of reasonable business judgment (from the perspective of a secured, asset-based lender providing for a secured facility of the type set forth herein and based on the applicable circumstances as of the applicable date of determination).

Permitted Distributions : means, with respect to any Obligor, so long as no Event of Default exists, (a) the payment of dividends or any other distributions on an Obligor’s Equity Interests to another Obligor or the payment of any indebtedness owed to an Obligor, (b) the making of any loans or advances to an Obligor, (c) the transfer of any property or assets to an Obligor, (d) payments to enable Obligors to repurchase any Equity Interest issued by such Obligor or warrants, options or other similar rights granted by such Obligor, from any officer, director or employee, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year and (e) to the extent Parent or Borrower, as applicable, is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Tax Distributions.

Permitted Investments : means (a) an Investment by an Obligor in (i) payroll, travel, commission, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) consideration received in connection with any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted under this Agreement, (iii) deposit accounts, (b) Investments made by an Obligor in the nature of immaterial pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business and (c) Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Lien : as defined in Section  9.2.2 .

Person : any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan : any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by an Obligor or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, an ERISA Affiliate.

Platform : as defined in Section  11.4.3 .

Pledged Equity : the equity interests listed on Schedule 8.1.4(d) , together with any other Equity Interests, certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the equity interests of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Obligor while this Agreement is in effect.

Prime Rate : the rate of interest announced by Lender from time to time as its prime rate. Such rate is set by Lender on the basis of various factors, including its costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such rate. Any change in such rate publicly announced by Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement.

Properly Contested : with respect to any obligation of an Obligor, (a) the obligation is subject to a bona fide dispute regarding amount or the Obligor’s liability to pay; (b) the obligation is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently pursued; (c) appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (d) non-payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor result in forfeiture or sale of any assets of the Obligor; (e) no Lien is imposed on assets of the Obligor, unless bonded and stayed to the satisfaction of Lender; and (f) if the obligation results from entry of a judgment or other order, such judgment or order is stayed pending appeal or other judicial review.

 

16


Property : any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Purchase Money Debt : (a) Debt (other than the Obligations) for payment of any of the purchase price of fixed assets; (b) Debt (other than the Obligations) incurred within 10 Business Days before or after acquisition of any fixed assets, for the purpose of financing any of the purchase price thereof; and (c) any renewals, extensions or refinancings (but not increases) thereof.

Purchase Money Lien : a Lien that secures Purchase Money Debt, encumbering only the fixed assets acquired with such Debt and constituting a Capital Lease or a purchase money security interest under the UCC.

Qualified ECP : an Obligor with total assets exceeding $10,000,000, or that constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of such act.

RCRA : the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991i).

Real Estate : all right, title and interest (whether as owner, lessor or lessee) in any real Property or any buildings, structures, parking areas or other improvements thereon.

Recipient : Lender or any other recipient of a payment to be made by an Obligor under a Loan Document or on account of an Obligation.

Reimbursement Date : as defined in Section  2.2.2 .

Rent and Charges Reserve : the aggregate of (a) all past due rent and other amounts owing by an Obligor to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Collateral or could assert a Lien on any Collateral; and (b) commencing 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as determined by Lender in its sole discretion), a reserve at least equal to three (3) months’ rent and other charges that could be payable to any such Person, unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.

Reportable Event : any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Restricted Investment : any Investment by any Obligor or its Subsidiaries, other than (a) Investments in Subsidiaries to the extent existing on the Closing Date; (b) Cash Equivalents that are subject to Lender’s Lien and control, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; (c) loans and advances permitted under Section  9.2.7 , and (d) Permitted Investments.

Restrictive Agreement : an agreement (other than a Loan Document or an agreement executed in connection with the Term Debt, Subordinated Debt or Borrowed Money otherwise permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents) that conditions or restricts the right of Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Obligor to incur or repay Borrowed Money, to grant Liens on any assets, to declare or make Distributions, to modify, extend or renew any agreement evidencing Borrowed Money, or to repay any intercompany Debt.

Revolver Commitment : Lender’s obligation to make Revolver Loans and to issue Letters of Credit in an amount up to $15,000,000 in the aggregate, as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section  2.1.3(b) .

Revolver Loan : a loan made pursuant to Section  2.1 .

Revolver Termination Date : June 22, 2020.

Revolver Usage : the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolver Loans, plus the aggregate Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

17


Royalties : all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by Borrower under a License.

S&P : Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successors thereto.

Sanction : any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Secured Parties : Lender and providers of Bank Products.

Security Documents : the Guaranties, IP Assignments, Deposit Account Control Agreements, and all other documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter securing (or given with the intent to secure) any Obligations.

Senior Officer : the chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Borrower or, if the context requires, an Obligor.

Slow-Moving Inventory : Inventory owned by Borrower that is in excess of a twelve (12) months’ supply of such type or category of Inventory (of a type or category of Inventory which, for items held for sale by Borrower at least twelve (12) consecutive months, shall be based on sales over the then preceding twelve (12) consecutive month period).

Solvent : as to any Person, such Person (a) owns Property whose fair salable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of its debts (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities); (b) owns Property whose present fair salable value (as defined below) is greater than the probable total liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as they become absolute and matured; (c) is able to pay all of its debts as they mature; (d) has capital that is not unreasonably small for its business and is sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage; (e) is not “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (f) has not incurred (by way of assumption or otherwise) any obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any Loan Documents, or made any conveyance in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of such Person or any of its Affiliates. “Fair salable value” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Obligor : an Obligor that is not then an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section  5.10 ).

Sponsors : means, collectively, Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital G&M Blocker Corp. and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP.

Stated Amount : the stated amount of a Letter of Credit, including any automatic increase, whether or not then effective, provided by the terms of the Letter of Credit or related LC Documents.

Subordinated Debt : all Debt incurred by Borrower that is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to Full Payment of all Obligations, and is on terms (including maturity, interest, fees, repayment, covenants and subordination) reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

18


Subsidiary : any entity at least 50% of whose voting securities or Equity Interests is owned by Borrower or combination of Borrower (including indirect ownership through other entities in which the Borrower directly or indirectly owns 50% of the voting securities or Equity Interests).

Swap Obligations : with respect to any Obligor, its obligations under a Hedging Agreement that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Target : Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Tax Distributions : so long as Parent or Borrower, as applicable, is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for United States federal tax purposes, quarterly tax distributions on April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of each Fiscal Year by Parent or Borrower, as applicable, to its members with respect to each Fiscal Year, which, in the aggregate, are in an amount equal to the amount necessary to pay such members’ estimated state and United States federal income tax liabilities in respect of the income earned by Parent or Borrower, as applicable, calculated as an amount equal to the product of (A) the net taxable income of the Parent or Borrower, as applicable, minus any previous net taxable loss of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, that is usable by the members of Parent or Borrower, as applicable to offset net taxable income of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, and taking into account the characterization of the income of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, as ordinary income or capital gains and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal purposes, as appropriate, and (B) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to any member of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, (including under Sections 1401 through 1403 and Section 1411 of the Code) and a 10% assumed state tax rate; p rovided however , that to the extent the actual tax liability of members in respect of Parent or Borrower, as applicable for a taxable year is less than the sum of the estimated payments described above for the year, then the excess will be deducted from the next quarterly tax distribution.

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Agent : has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Debt : means all Borrowed Money owed to the Term Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the Term Debt Documents.

Term Debt Documents : means (i) the Term Loan Agreement and (ii) each of the other agreements, instruments and other documents with respect to the Term Debt, all as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Agreement : means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, by and among Borrower, Term Agent and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof or as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Lenders : means each “Lender” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement.

UCC : the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the perfection or enforcement of any Lien, the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction.

Unfunded Pension Liability : the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006 for the applicable plan year.

 

19


Unused Line Fee Rate : a per annum rate equal to (a) 0.25%, if the average daily balance of Revolver Usage was less than 40% of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month, or (b) 0.15%, if the average daily Revolver Usage was 40% or more of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month.

Value : (a) for Inventory, its value determined on the basis of the lower of cost or market, calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among Borrower and its Affiliates; and (b) for an Account, its face amount, without duplication of any other calculation made in the determination of the Borrowing Base, net of any returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor or any other Person.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Under the Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified herein), all accounting terms shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations shall be made, and all financial statements shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to Lender before the Closing Date and using the same inventory valuation method as used in such financial statements, except for any change required or permitted by GAAP if Borrower’s certified public accountants concur in such change, the change is disclosed to Lender, and all relevant provisions of the Loan Documents are amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lender to take into account the effects of the change. All financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof.

1.3 Uniform Commercial Code . As used herein, the following terms are defined in accordance with the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time: “Account”, “Chattel Paper,” “Commercial Tort Claim,” “Deposit Account,” “Document,” “Electronic Chattel Paper,” “Equipment,” “Fixtures,” “General Intangibles,” “Goods,” “Instrument,” “Inventory,” “Investment Property,” “Letter-of-Credit Right” and “Supporting Obligation.”

1.4 Certain Matters of Construction . The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, “from” means “from and including,” and “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.” The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including, without limitation” and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit any provision. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any Loan Document. All references to (a) laws include all related regulations, interpretations, supplements, amendments and successor provisions; (b) any document, instrument or agreement includes any modifications, extensions or renewals (to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents); (c) any section mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a section of this Agreement; (d) any exhibits or schedules mean, unless the context otherwise requires, exhibits and schedules attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference; (e) any Person includes successors and assigns; (f) time of day means the time of day at Lender’s notice address under Section  11.4.1 ; or (g) discretion of Lender mean its sole and absolute discretion unless expressly provided otherwise. All references to Value, Borrowing Base components, Loans, Letters of Credit, Obligations and other amounts herein shall be denominated in Dollars, unless expressly provided otherwise, and all determinations (including calculations of Borrowing Base and financial covenants) made from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time. Borrowing Base calculations shall be consistent with historical methods of valuation and calculation, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion (and not necessarily calculated in accordance with GAAP). No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision. Reference to Borrower’s “knowledge” or similar concept means actual knowledge of a Senior Officer, or knowledge that a Senior Officer would have obtained if he or she had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his or her duties, including reasonably specific inquiries of employees or agents and a good faith attempt to ascertain the matter.

1.5 Time of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

20


2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Revolver Commitment .

2.1.1 Revolver Loans . Lender agrees, on the terms set forth herein, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to the Revolver Commitment, from time to time through the Commitment Termination Date. The Revolver Loans may be repaid and reborrowed as provided herein. In no event shall Lender have any obligation to honor a request for a Revolver Loan if Revolver Usage at such time plus the requested Loan would exceed the Borrowing Base. Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 Business Days prior written notification of the establishment of any change in the eligibility criteria or the establishment of any Availability Reserve, in each case, to the extent such change would have the effect of reducing the Borrowing Base; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights to establish any such change or reserve, but such change or reserve shall only become effective following notice to Borrower. Lender may fulfill its obligations under the Loan Documents through one or more Lending Offices, and this shall not affect any obligations of Obligors under the Loan Documents or with respect to any Obligations.

2.1.2 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Revolver Loans shall be used by Borrower solely (a) to satisfy existing Debt; (b) to pay a portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition; (c) to pay fees and transaction expenses associated with the closing of this credit facility; (d) to pay Obligations in accordance with this Agreement; and (e) for other lawful corporate purposes of Borrower, including working capital and Permitted Distributions.

2.1.3 Termination of Revolver Commitment . (a) The Revolver Commitment shall terminate on the Revolver Termination Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. Upon prior written notice to Lender, Borrower may, at their option, terminate in full or reduce in part the Revolver Commitment (provided that the reduced Revolver Commitment shall in no event be reduced to less than $12,000,000). Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable. On the termination or reduction date, Borrower shall (i) repay any Overadvance or (ii) provide Full Payment of all Obligations (if the Revolver Commitments are terminated in full).

(b) Borrower may request an increase in the Revolver Commitment from time to time upon notice to Lender, as long as (a) the first such requested increase is in a minimum amount of $2,500,000 and each increase is offered on the same terms as the existing Revolver Commitment, (b) increases under this Section do not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate and no more than two (2) increases are made, (c) the requested increase does not cause the Revolver Commitment to exceed 90% of any applicable cap under any Subordinated Debt agreement or the Term Debt Documents, and (d) Borrower has not reduced the Revolver Commitment. If Lender agrees to the requested increase (in its sole discretion), Lender and Borrower shall execute and deliver such documents and agreements as Lender deems appropriate to evidence the increase in the Revolver Commitment.

2.1.4 Overadvances . If Revolver Usage exceeds the Borrowing Base (“ Overadvance ”) at any time, the excess amount shall be payable by Borrower on demand by Lender (or within 2 Business Days after demand by Lender with respect to any Overadvance resulting from a change by Lender to the eligibility criteria in accordance with this Agreement), but all such Revolver Loans shall nevertheless constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral and entitled to all benefits of the Loan Documents. Any funding or sufferance of an Overadvance shall not constitute a waiver of the Event of Default caused thereby.

2.2 Letter of Credit Facility .

2.2.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit . Lender agrees to issue Letters of Credit from time to time until 30 days prior to the Revolver Termination Date (or until the Commitment Termination Date, if earlier), on the terms set forth herein, including the following:

(a) Borrower acknowledges that Lender’s willingness to issue any Letter of Credit is conditioned upon its receipt of a LC Application with respect to the requested Letter of Credit, as well as such other instruments and agreements as Lender may customarily require for issuance of a letter of credit of similar type and amount. Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit unless (i) it receives a LC Request and LC Application at least three Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance; and (ii) each LC Condition is satisfied or waived.

 

21


(b) Letters of Credit may be requested by Borrower to support obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, or as otherwise approved by Lender. Increase, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be treated as issuance of a new Letter of Credit, except that Lender may require a new LC Application in its discretion.

(c) Borrower assumes all risks of the acts, omissions or misuses of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary. In connection with issuance of any Letter of Credit, Lender shall not be responsible for the existence, character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods purported to be represented by any Documents; any differences or variation in the character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods from that expressed in any Documents; the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Documents or of any endorsements thereon; the time, place, manner or order in which shipment of goods is made; partial or incomplete shipment of, or failure to ship, any goods referred to in a Letter of Credit or Documents; any deviation from instructions, delay, default or fraud by any shipper or other Person in connection with any goods, shipment or delivery; any breach of contract between a shipper or vendor and Borrower; errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, telecopy, e-mail, telephone or otherwise; errors in interpretation of technical terms; the misapplication by a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof; or any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Lender, including any act or omission of a Governmental Authority. No Indemnitee shall be liable to any Obligor or other Person for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with any Letter of Credit or LC Documents except as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Lender shall be fully subrogated to the rights and remedies of each beneficiary whose claims against Borrower is discharged with proceeds of any Letter of Credit.

(d) In connection with its administration of and enforcement of rights or remedies under any Letters of Credit or LC Documents, Lender shall be entitled to act, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon any certification, documentation or communication in whatever form believed by Lender, in good faith, to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by a proper Person. Lender may consult with and employ legal counsel, accountants and other experts to advise it concerning its obligations, rights and remedies, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any advice given by such experts. Lender may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection with any matter relating to Letters of Credit or LC Documents, and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of unaffiliated agents and attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care.

2.2.2 Reimbursement . If Lender honors any request for payment under a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay (in the form of a Revolving Loan) to Lender, on the same day (“ Reimbursement Date ”), the amount paid under such Letter of Credit and all applicable fees, together with interest at the interest rate for Base Rate Revolver Loans from the Reimbursement Date until payment by Borrower. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Lender for any payment made under a Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, irrevocable, and shall be paid without regard to any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower may have at any time against the beneficiary. Whether or not Borrower submits a Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Revolver Loans in an amount necessary to pay all amounts due on any Reimbursement Date.

2.2.3 Cash Collateral . If at any time (a) an Event of Default exists, (b) the Commitment Termination Date has occurred, or (c) the Revolver Termination Date is scheduled to occur within 20 Business Days, then Borrower shall, at Lender’s request, Cash Collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit. If Borrower fails to provide any Cash Collateral as required under this Section  2.2.3 , Lender may advance, as Revolver Loans, the amount of Cash Collateral required and unprovided.

 

22


3. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

3.1 Interest .

3.1.1 Rates and Payment of Interest .

(a) The Obligations shall bear interest (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) if a LIBOR Loan, at LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) if any other Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Revolver Loans.

(b) During an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Obligor, or during any other Event of Default if Lender in its discretion so elects, Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate (whether before or after any judgment). Each Obligor acknowledges that the cost and expense to Lender due to an Event of Default are difficult to ascertain and that the Default Rate is fair and reasonable compensation for this.

(c) Interest shall accrue from the date a Loan is advanced or Obligation is incurred or payable, until paid in full by Borrower. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be due and payable in arrears, (i) on the first day of each month; (ii) on any date of prepayment, with respect to the principal amount of Loans being prepaid; and (iii) on the Commitment Termination Date. Interest accrued on any other Obligations shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents and, if no payment date is specified, shall be due and payable within the two (2) Business Day period following demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest accrued at the Default Rate shall be due and payable on demand .

3.1.2 Application of LIBOR to Outstanding Loans .

(a) Borrower may on any Business Day, subject to delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, elect to convert any portion of the Base Rate Loans to, or to continue any LIBOR Loan at the end of its Interest Period as, a LIBOR Loan. During any Event of Default, Lender may declare that no Loan may be made, converted or continued as a LIBOR Loan.

(b) Whenever Borrower desires to convert or continue Loans as LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, no later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days before the requested conversion or continuation date. Each Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable, and shall specify the amount of Loans to be converted or continued, the conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), and the duration of the Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified). If, upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, they shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Loans into Base Rate Loans. Lender does not warrant or accept responsibility for, nor shall it have any liability with respect to, administration, submission or any other matter related to any rate described in the definition of LIBOR.

3.1.3 Interest Periods . In connection with the making, conversion or continuation of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall select an interest period (“ Interest Period ”) to apply, which interest period shall be 30, 60, or 90 days; provided, however , that:

(a) the Interest Period shall begin on the date the Loan is made or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan, and shall expire on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at its end;

(b) if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no corresponding day in the calendar month at its end or if such corresponding day falls after the last Business Day of such month, then the Interest Period shall expire on the last Business Day of such month; and if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, the period shall expire on the next Business Day; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolver Termination Date.

 

23


3.1.4 Interest Rate Not Ascertainable . If, due to any circumstance affecting the London interbank market, Lender determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR on any applicable date or that any Interest Period is not available on the basis provided herein, then Lender shall immediately notify Borrower of such determination. Until Lender notifies Borrower that such circumstance no longer exists, the obligation of Lender to make affected LIBOR Loans shall be suspended, and no further Loans may be converted into or continued as such LIBOR Loans.

3.2 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender the fees set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement.

3.3 Computation of Interest, Fees, Yield Protection . All interest, as well as fees and other charges calculated on a per annum basis, shall be computed for the actual days elapsed, based on a year of 360 days. Each determination by Lender of any interest, fees or interest rate hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. All fees shall be fully earned when due and shall not be subject to rebate, refund or proration. All fees payable under Section  3.2 are compensation for services and are not, and shall not be deemed to be, interest or any other charge for the use, forbearance or detention of money. A certificate as to amounts payable by Borrower under Section  3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9 or 5.9 , submitted to Borrower by Lender shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Borrower shall pay such amounts to the appropriate party within 30 days following receipt of the certificate.

3.4 Reimbursement Obligations . Borrower shall pay all Extraordinary Expenses promptly upon request. Borrower also shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting, and other fees, costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with (a) negotiation and preparation of any Loan Documents, including any amendment or other modification thereof; (b) administration of and actions relating to any Collateral, Loan Documents and transactions contemplated thereby, including any actions taken to perfect or maintain priority of Lender’s Liens on any Collateral, to maintain any insurance required hereunder or to verify Collateral; and (c) subject to the limits of Section  9.1.1(b) , each examination, inspection, audit or appraisal with respect to any Obligor or Collateral, whether prepared by Lender’s personnel or a third party (and with respect to field examinations, audits and appraisals, whether such fees are out-of-pocket or allocated fees of Lender’s personnel). All legal, accounting and consulting fees shall be charged to Borrower by Lender Professionals at their full hourly rates, regardless of any alternative fee arrangements that Lender or any of its Affiliates may have with such professionals that otherwise might apply to this or any other transaction. Each Obligor acknowledges that counsel may provide Lender with a benefit (such as a discount, credit or accommodation for other matters) based on counsel’s overall relationship with Lender, including fees paid hereunder. If, for any reason (including inaccurate reporting by Borrower), it is determined by Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion that a higher Applicable Margin should have applied to a period than was actually applied, then the proper margin shall be applied retroactively, and Borrower shall immediately pay to Lender an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest that would have accrued using the proper margin and the amount actually paid. All amounts payable by Borrower under this Section shall be due on demand .

3.5 Illegality . If Lender determines that any change in Applicable Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for Lender to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon LIBOR, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by Lender to Borrower, any obligation of Lender to make or continue LIBOR Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until Lender notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon delivery of such notice, Borrower shall convert all LIBOR Loans to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if Lender may lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans to such day, or immediately, if Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.6 Inability to Determine Rates . If Lender notifies Borrower in connection with a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan that for any reason (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable Loan amount or Interest Period, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, or (c) LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of funding the Loan, then

 

24


Lender’s obligation to make or maintain LIBOR Loans shall be suspended to the extent of the affected LIBOR Loan or Interest Period until Lender revokes the notice. Upon receipt of the notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of a LIBOR Loan or, failing that, will be deemed to have submitted a request for a Base Rate Loan.

3.7 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

3.7.1 Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, liquidity, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in LIBOR);

(b) subject any Recipient to Taxes (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, or (iii) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(c) impose on Lender or any interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or Loan Document;

and the result in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or Commitment, or converting to or continuing any interest option for a Loan, or to increase the cost to Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to issue a Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request by Lender, Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

3.7.2 Capital Requirements . If Lender determines that a Change in Law affecting Lender or its holding company regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit to a level below that which Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate it or its holding company for the reduction suffered.

3.7.3 LIBOR Loan Reserves . If Lender is required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, Borrower shall pay additional interest to Lender on each LIBOR Loan equal to the costs of such reserves allocated to the Loan by Lender (as determined by it in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive). The additional interest shall be due and payable on each interest payment date for the Loan; provided, however , that if Lender notifies Borrower of the additional interest less than 10 days prior to the interest payment date, then the additional interest shall be payable 10 days after Borrower’s receipt of the notice.

3.7.4 Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of its right to demand such compensation, but Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender for any increased costs or reductions suffered more than six months (plus any period of retroactivity of the Change in Law giving rise to the demand) prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the applicable Change in Law and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

3.8 Mitigation . If Lender gives a notice under Section  3.5 or requests compensation under Section  3.7 , or if Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section  5.9 , then at the request of Borrower, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate the need for such notice or reduce amounts payable or to be

 

25


withheld in the future, as applicable; and (b) would not subject Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to it or unlawful. Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.9 Funding Losses . If for any reason (a) any Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan does not occur on the date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn), (b) any repayment or conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day other than the end of its Interest Period, or (c) Borrower fails to repay a LIBOR Loan when required hereunder, then Borrower shall pay to Lender all resulting losses and expenses, including loss of anticipated profits and any loss, expense or fee arising from redeployment of funds or termination of match fundings. For purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section, Lender shall be deemed to have funded a LIBOR Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and period, whether or not the Loan was in fact so funded.

3.10 Maximum Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (“ maximum rate ”). If Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the maximum rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Lender exceeds the maximum rate, Lender may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4. LOAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Manner of Borrowing and Funding Revolver Loans .

4.1.1 Notice of Borrowing .

(a) Whenever Borrower desires funding of a Revolver Loan, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Borrowing. Such notice must be received by Lender by 11:00 a.m. (i) on the requested funding date for a Base Rate Loan, and (ii) at least two Business Days prior to the requested funding date for a LIBOR Loan. Notices received after such time shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the amount of the Borrowing, (B) the requested funding date (which must be a Business Day), (C) whether the Borrowing is to be made as a Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Loan, and (D) in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified).

(b) Unless payment is otherwise made by Borrower, the becoming due of any Obligations (whether principal, interest, fees or other charges, including Extraordinary Expenses, LC Obligations, Cash Collateral and Bank Product Debt) shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the due date in the amount due and the Loan proceeds shall be disbursed as direct payment of such relevant Obligation. In addition, Lender may, at its option, charge such amount against any operating, investment or other account of Borrower maintained with Lender or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 days prior written notification before charging any out-of-pocket fees or expenses against any operating, investment or other account or deeming such fees or expenses to be a request for a Base Rate Loan; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights hereunder. If Lender elects to not make a Borrowing to pay the Obligations as provided in this Section  4.1.1(b) , such Obligations shall be due from Borrower within two (2) Business Days after demand.

(c) If Borrower maintains disbursement account with Lender or any of its Affiliates, then presentation for payment in the account of a Payment Item when there are insufficient funds to cover it shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the presentation date, in the amount of the Payment Item. Proceeds of the Loan may be disbursed directly to the account.

 

26


4.1.2 Notices . Borrower may request, convert or continue Loans, select interest rates, and transfer funds based on telephonic or e-mailed instructions to Lender. Borrower shall confirm each such request by prompt delivery to Lender of a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, if applicable, but if it differs materially from the action taken by Lender, the records of Lender shall govern. Lender shall not have any liability for any loss suffered by Borrower as a result of Lender acting upon its understanding of telephonic or e-mailed instructions from a person believed in good faith to be a person authorized to give such instructions on Borrower’s behalf.

4.2 Number and Amount of LIBOR Loans; Determination of Rat e.

Each Borrowing of LIBOR Loans when made shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000, plus any increment of $100,000 in excess thereof. No more than six (6) Borrowings of LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at any time, and all LIBOR Loans having the same length and beginning date of their Interest Periods shall be aggregated together and considered one Borrowing for this purpose.

Upon determining LIBOR for any Interest Period requested by Borrower, Lender shall promptly notify Borrower thereof by telephone or electronically and, if requested by Borrower, shall confirm any telephonic notice in writing.

4.3 Reserved .

4.4 One Obligation . The Loans, LC Obligations and other Obligations shall constitute one general obligation of Borrower and are secured by Lender’s Lien on all Collateral.

4.5 Effect of Termination . On the effective date of the termination of the Revolver Commitment, the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable, and each Secured Party may terminate its Bank Products. Until Full Payment of the Obligations, all undertakings of Borrower contained in the Loan Documents shall continue, and Lender shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Lender shall not be required to terminate its Liens unless it receives Cash Collateral or a written agreement, in each case satisfactory to it, protecting it from dishonor or return of any Payment Item previously applied to the Obligations. Sections 2.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 5.3, 5.6, 5.8, 5.9, 10.14, 10.15, 10.16, 11.3 , this Section, and each indemnity or waiver given by an Obligor in any Loan Document, shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations.

 

5. PAYMENTS

5.1 General Payment Provisions . All payments of Obligations shall be made in Dollars, without offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind, free and clear of (and without deduction for) any Taxes, and in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon on the due date. Any payment after such time shall be deemed made on the next Business Day. Any payment of a LIBOR Loan prior to the end of its Interest Period shall be accompanied by all amounts due under Section  3.9 . Borrower agrees that Lender shall have the continuing, exclusive right to apply and reapply payments and proceeds of Collateral against Obligations under the Loan Documents, in such manner as Lender deems advisable, but whenever possible, any prepayment of Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Loans.

5.2 Repayment of Revolver Loans . Revolver Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Revolver Termination Date, unless payment is sooner required hereunder. Revolver Loans may be prepaid from time to time, without penalty or premium. If an Overadvance exists at any time, Borrower shall, on the sooner of Lender’s demand or the first Business Day after Borrower has knowledge thereof, repay Revolver Loans in an amount sufficient to reduce Revolver Usage to the Borrowing Base. If any asset disposition includes the disposition of Accounts or Inventory (other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, but in all cases subject to the provisions of Section  5.5 ), Borrower shall apply Net Proceeds to repay Revolver Loans equal to the greater of (a) the net book value of such Accounts and Inventory, or (b) the reduction in Borrowing Base resulting from the disposition.

 

27


5.3 Keepwell . Each Obligor that is a Qualified ECP when its guaranty of or grant of Lien as security for a Swap Obligation becomes effective hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide funds or other support to each Specified Obligor with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Obligor from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP’s obligations and undertakings under this Section  5.3 voidable under any applicable fraudulent transfer or conveyance act). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations. Each Obligor intends this Section to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Obligor for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

5.4 Payment of Other Obligations . Obligations other than Loans, including LC Obligations and Extraordinary Expenses, shall be paid by Borrower as provided in the Loan Documents or, if no payment date is specified, on demand .

5.5 Dominion Account . Borrower shall maintain Dominion Accounts pursuant to lockbox or other arrangements reasonably acceptable to Lender. Borrower shall obtain an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) from each lockbox servicer and Dominion Account bank, establishing Lender’s control over and Lien in the lockbox or Dominion Account, requiring immediate deposit of all remittances received in the lockbox to a Dominion Account. If a Dominion Account is not maintained with Lender, Lender may require immediate transfer of all funds in such account to a Dominion Account maintained with Lender. Lender assumes no responsibility to Borrower for any lockbox arrangement or Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to any Payment Items accepted by any bank. Borrower shall request in writing and otherwise take all necessary steps to ensure that all payments on Accounts or otherwise relating to Collateral are made directly to a Dominion Account (or a lockbox relating to a Dominion Account). If Borrower or Subsidiary receives cash or Payment Items with respect to any Collateral, it shall hold same in trust for Lender and promptly (not later than the next Business Day) deposit same into a Dominion Account. The provisions of this Section  5.5 shall cease to apply during the Dominion Termination Period.

5.6 Marshaling; Payments Set Aside . Lender shall have no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Obligor or against any Obligations. If any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Lender, or if Lender exercises a right of setoff, and any of such payment or setoff is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person, then the Obligation originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies relating thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or setoff had not occurred.

5.7 Application of Payments .

5.7.1 Dominion Account . The ledger balance in the main Dominion Account as of the end of a Business Day shall be applied to the Obligations at the beginning of the next Business Day, other than during a Dominion Termination Period. If, a credit balance results from such application, it shall not accrue interest in favor of Borrower and shall be made available to Borrower as long as no Event of Default exists. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, monies and collateral proceeds obtained from an Obligor shall not be applied to repayment of its Excluded Swap Obligations.

5.7.2 Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds . Any proceeds of insurance (other than proceeds from workers’ compensation or D&O insurance) and any awards arising from condemnation of any Collateral shall be paid to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement. Any such proceeds or awards that relate to Inventory shall be applied to payment of the Revolver Loans, and then to other Obligations. Any proceeds or awards that relate to Equipment or Real Estate shall be applied in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

5.7.3 Reinvestment of Proceeds . If requested by Borrower in writing within 30 days after Lender’s receipt of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards relating to any loss or destruction of Equipment or Real Estate, Borrower may use such proceeds or awards to repair or replace such Equipment or Real Estate (and until so used, the proceeds shall be held in a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account

 

28


Control Agreement) as long as (i) no Event of Default exists on the date of such request; (ii) the repaired or replaced Property is free of Liens, other than Permitted Liens that are not Purchase Money Liens; and (iii) the aggregate amount of such proceeds or awards from any single casualty or condemnation reinvested pursuant to this Section does not exceed $4,000,000.

5.8 Account Stated . Lender shall maintain, in accordance with customary practices, loan account(s) evidencing the Debt of Borrower hereunder. Any failure of Lender to record anything in a loan account, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower to pay any amount owing hereunder. Entries made in a loan account shall constitute presumptive evidence of the information contained therein. If any information contained in a loan account is provided to or inspected by any Person, the information shall be conclusive and binding on such Person for all purposes absent manifest error, except to the extent such Person notifies Lender in writing within 30 days after receipt or inspection that specific information is subject to dispute.

5.9 Taxes .

5.9.1 Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Tax Payment .

(a) All payments of Obligations by Obligors shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If Applicable Law (as determined by Lender in its discretion) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Recipient or Obligor, then the Recipient or Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding based on information and documentation provided pursuant to this Section.

(b) If a Recipient or Obligor is required by the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes, including backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor shall pay the full amount that it determines is to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority pursuant to the Code. If a Recipient or Obligor is required by any Applicable Law other than the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor, to the extent required by Applicable Law, shall timely pay the full amount to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. In each case, to the extent the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that the Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law or, at Lender’s option, timely reimburse Lender for payment thereof.

5.9.2 Tax Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless, on a joint and several basis, each Recipient against any Indemnified Taxes (including those imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower shall make payment within 10 days after demand for any amount or liability payable under this Section. A certificate delivered to Borrower by Lender (for itself or on behalf of a Recipient) as to the amount of such payment or liability, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

5.9.3 Evidence of Payments . If Lender or an Obligor pays any Taxes pursuant to this Section, then upon request, Lender or Borrower, as applicable, shall deliver to the other a copy of a receipt issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority evidencing the payment, a copy of any return required by Applicable Law to report the payment, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party.

5.9.4 Treatment of Certain Refunds . If Lender determines in its discretion that it or another Recipient has received a refund of any Taxes that were indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, Lender shall pay or shall cause the other Recipient to pay to Borrower the amount of such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts

 

29


paid, by Borrower with respect to the Taxes giving rise to the refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by the Recipient and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Borrower shall, upon request by Lender, repay to the Recipient any refund amount so paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) if the Recipient is required to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Recipient shall be required to pay any amount to Borrower if such payment would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. In no event shall any Recipient be required to make its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) available to any Obligor or other Person.

5.9.5 Status of Lender . If Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments of Obligations, it shall deliver to Borrower properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as is necessary to enable Borrower to determine whether Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such documentation shall not be required if Lender believes delivery of the documentation would subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice its legal or commercial position.

5.9.6 Documentation . Without limiting the foregoing, Lender shall deliver to Borrower, from time to time upon reasonable request, executed originals of IRS Form W-9, certifying that Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax and if Lender is a foreign entity an IRS Form, W-8BEN-E, W-81MY or W-8ECI, as applicable. If payment of any Obligation to Lender would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code), Lender shall deliver to Borrower at the time(s) prescribed by law and otherwise as reasonably requested by Borrower such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for them to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date hereof. If any form or certification delivered by Lender pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, Lender shall update the form or certification or notify Borrower in writing of its inability to do so.

5.9.7 Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section  5.9 shall survive any assignment by Lender of rights or obligations hereunder, termination of the Commitments, and any repayment, satisfaction, discharge or Full Payment of any Obligations.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans . In addition to the conditions set forth in Section  6.2 , Lender shall not be required to fund any requested Loan, issue any Letter of Credit or otherwise extend credit to Borrower hereunder, until the date (“ Closing Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth on Exhibit B has been satisfied.

6.2 Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Lender shall not be required to fund any Loans, issue any Letters of Credit, or grant any other accommodation to or for the benefit of Borrower, unless the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or result from, such funding, issuance or grant;

 

30


(b) The representations and warranties of each Obligor in the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date of, and upon giving effect to, such funding, issuance or grant (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate to an earlier date);

(c) No event shall have occurred or circumstance exist that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) With respect to issuance of a Letter of Credit, the LC Conditions shall be satisfied.

Each request (or deemed request) by Borrower for funding of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit or grant of an accommodation shall constitute a representation by Borrower that the foregoing conditions are satisfied on the date of such request and on the date of such funding, issuance or grant. As an additional condition to any funding, issuance or grant, Lender shall have received such other information, documents, instruments and agreements as it deems reasonably appropriate in connection therewith.

 

7. COLLATERAL

7.1 Grant of Security Interest . To secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, each Obligor hereby grants to Lender, on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all personal Property of Obligor, including all of Obligor’s present and after acquired personal property, including all of the following Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located: (a) all Accounts; (b) all Chattel Paper, including Electronic Chattel Paper; (c) all Commercial Tort Claims, including those shown on Schedule 8.1.15 ; (d) all Deposit Accounts; (e) all Documents; (f) all General Intangibles, including Intellectual Property; (g) all Goods, including Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures; (h) all Instruments; (i) all Investment Property; (j) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (k) all Supporting Obligations; (l) all monies, whether or not in the possession or under the control of Lender or any other Secured Party, or a bailee or Affiliate of Lender or any other Secured Party, including any Cash Collateral; (m) all accessions to, substitutions for, and all replacements, products, and cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing, including proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies, and claims against any Person for loss, damage or destruction of any Collateral; and (n) all books and records (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, print-outs and computer records) pertaining to the foregoing; provided, that in no event shall the Collateral include (v) Equity Interests in Borrower, (w) more than 65% of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of any Obligor, (x) Real Estate, (y) fixed or capital assets owned by an Obligor that are subject to a purchase money lien or a capital lease if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than such Obligor’s Affiliates as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such fixed or capital asset, and such consent has not been obtained or (z) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Obligors. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Obligor shall be required to perfect Lender’s Lien with respect to (i) any Excluded Account or (ii) vehicles, airplanes and other assets owned by an Obligor to the extent perfection requires the notation of such Lien on a certificate of title.

7.2 Lien on Deposit Accounts; Cash Collateral .

7.2.1 Deposit Accounts . To further secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, each Obligor hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all amounts credited to any Deposit Account of such Obligor, including sums in any blocked, lockbox, sweep or collection account. Without limiting the obligations under Section  5.5 , during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Obligors hereby authorize and direct each bank or other depository to deliver to Lender, upon request, all balances in any Deposit Account maintained for such Obligor, without inquiry into the authority or right of Lender to make such request.

7.2.2 Cash Collateral . Cash Collateral may be invested, at Lender’s discretion (and with the prior written consent of Borrower, as long as no Event of Default exists), but Lender shall have no duty to do so, regardless of any agreement or course of dealing with Borrower, and shall have no responsibility for any investment or loss. As security for its Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in and Lien upon all

 

31


Cash Collateral held from time to time and all proceeds thereof, whether held in a Cash Collateral Account or otherwise. Lender may apply Cash Collateral to the payment of Obligations as they become due, in such order as Lender may elect. Each Cash Collateral Account and all Cash Collateral shall be under the sole dominion and control of Lender, and neither Borrower nor any other Person (other than the applicable depository bank) shall have any right to any Cash Collateral, until Full Payment of the Obligations.

7.3 [Reserved]

7.4 Other Collateral .

7.4.1 Commercial Tort Claims . Obligors shall promptly notify Lender in writing if any Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $100,000), shall promptly amend Schedule 8.1.15 to include such claim, and shall take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to subject such claim to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender.

7.4.2 Certain After-Acquired Collateral . Obligors shall promptly notify Lender in writing if, after the Closing Date, any Obligor obtains any interest in any Collateral consisting of Deposit Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments, Intellectual Property, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Rights and, upon Lender’s reasonable request, shall promptly take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to effect Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien upon such Collateral, including obtaining any appropriate possession, control agreement or Lien Waiver. If any material Collateral is in the possession of a third party, at Lender’s reasonable request, Obligors shall obtain an acknowledgment that such third party holds the Collateral for the benefit of Lender.

7.4.3 Investment Property .

(a) If an Obligor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate, option or rights in respect of the Equity Interests pledged hereunder, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any of the Pledged Equity, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Obligor shall accept the same as the agent of Lender, hold the same in trust for Lender and, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, deliver the same forthwith to Lender in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Obligor to Lender, if required, together with an undated instrument of transfer covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Obligor, to be held by the Lender, subject to the terms hereof, as additional Collateral for the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) unless the Lender provides express written notice to the contrary, any sums paid upon or in respect of such Equity Interests upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, be paid over to Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Obligations, and (ii) in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of such Equity Interests or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to such Equity Interests pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and unless otherwise subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Lender, be delivered to the Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of such Equity Interests shall be received by such Obligor, such Obligor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to Lender, hold such money or property in trust for the Lender, segregated from other funds of such Obligor, as additional Collateral for the Obligations.

(b) Without the prior written consent of Lender, such Obligor will not (i) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Pledged Equity or proceeds thereof, (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the Equity Interests or proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for Permitted Liens, or (iii) enter into or permit to exist any agreement or undertaking, including, without limitation, the governing documents of any issuer and shareholders’ agreements, restricting the right or ability of such Obligor or Lender to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged Equity or proceeds thereof, except, with respect to such Equity Interests, shareholders’ or operating agreements entered into by such Obligor with respect to Persons in which such Obligor maintains an ownership interest of 50% or less.

 

32


(c) In the case of each Obligor which is an issuer of Pledged Equity, such Person agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Equity issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify Lender promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section  7.4.3(a) with respect to the Pledged Equity issued by it, (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 shall apply to such issuer with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or 6.7 regarding the Pledged Equity issued by it and (iv) it will not recognize, acknowledge or permit the pledge, transfer, grant of control or other disposition of the Pledged Equity issued by it (or any portion thereof) other than to or as requested by Lender unless otherwise permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Within the time period afforded by Exhibit F hereof and with respect to each issuer of Pledged Equity that is a limited liability company, such issuer shall cause the equity interests of such issuer to be governed by, and to be a “security” within the meaning of, Article 8 (Investment Securities) of the UCC, and no such issuer shall, and no Obligor shall cause any such issuer to, “opt out” of Article 8 of the UCC with respect to such issuer’s Equity Interests.

(e) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and Lender shall have given notice to the relevant Obligor of Lender’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section  7.4.3(f) , each Obligor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends and distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Equity, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, and to exercise all voting and other rights with respect to the Equity Interests.

(f) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and Lender shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Obligors, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) Lender shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends and distributions, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Equity Interests and make application thereof to the Obligations in such order as Lender may determine, (ii) Lender shall have the right to cause any or all of the Equity Interest to be registered in the name of Lender or its nominee, and (iii) Lender or its nominee may exercise (x) all voting and other rights pertaining to such Equity Interests at any meeting of holders of the equity interests of the relevant issuers thereof or otherwise (or by written consent) and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Equity Interests as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Equity Interests upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other structure of any issuer thereof, or upon the exercise by any Obligor or Lender of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Equity Interests, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Equity Interests with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as Lender may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but Lender shall have no duty to any Obligor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(g) Each Obligor hereby authorizes and instructs each issuer of any Equity Interests pledged by such Obligor hereunder to, and each such issuer hereby agrees to immediately, comply with any instruction received by such issuer from Lender in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions or consent of such Obligor, including without limitation, instructions as to the transfer of other disposition of such Equity Interests, to pay and remit to Lender or its nominee all dividends, distributions and other amounts payable to such Obligor in respect of such Equity Interests (upon redemption of such Equity Interests, dissolution of such Issuer or otherwise), and to transfer to, and register such Equity Interests in the name of, the Lender or its nominee or transferee. Each Obligor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying with such instructions.

(h) Each Obligor recognizes that Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Equity, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Equity for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities or other interests for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

 

33


(i) Each Obligor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Equity pursuant to this Section  7.4.3 valid and binding and in compliance with Applicable Law. Each Obligor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section  7.4.3 will cause irreparable injury to Lender and that Lender may have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section  7.4.3 shall be specifically enforceable against such Obligor, and such Obligor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under this Agreement.

7.5 Limitations . The Lien on Collateral granted hereunder is given as security only and shall not subject Lender to, or in any way modify, any obligation or liability of Obligors relating to any Collateral. In no event shall the grant of any Lien under any Loan Document secure an Excluded Swap Obligation.

7.6 Further Assurances; Extent of Liens . All Liens granted to Lender under the Loan Documents are for the benefit of Secured Parties. Promptly upon request, Obligors shall deliver such instruments and agreements, and shall take such actions, as is reasonably required under Applicable Law to evidence or perfect Lender’s Lien on any Collateral, or otherwise to give effect to the intent of this Agreement. Each Obligor authorizes Lender to file any financing statement that describes the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Obligor, or words to similar effect, and ratifies any action taken by Lender before the Closing Date to effect or perfect its Lien on any Collateral.

 

8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8.1 General Representations and Warranties . To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make available the Commitments, Loans and Letters of Credit, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that:

8.1.1 Organization and Qualification . Borrower and its Subsidiaries, if any, are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly qualified, authorized to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.2 Power and Authority . Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform its Loan Documents. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not (a) require any consent or approval of any holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, except those already obtained; (b) contravene the Organic Documents of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (c) violate or cause a default under any Applicable Law or Material Contract; or (d) result in or require the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on Borrower’s Property.

8.1.3 Enforceability . Each Loan Document is a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

8.1.4 Capital Structure .

(a) Schedule 8.1.4(a) shows, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, its name, jurisdiction of organization, authorized and issued Equity Interests, holders of its Equity Interests, and agreements binding on such holders with respect to such Equity Interests. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.4(a) , in the five years preceding the Closing Date, no Borrower or Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination. Borrower has good title to its Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (if any), subject only to Lender’s Lien and Liens securing the Term Debt, and all such Equity Interests are duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.4(a) , there are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

34


(b) The Pledged Equity pledged by each Obligor hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by such Obligor or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, 100% of all issued and outstanding non-voting equity interests of such Foreign Subsidiary and 65% of all issued and outstanding voting equity interests of such Foreign Subsidiary.

(c) All of the Pledged Equity has been duly and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.

(d) Schedule 8.1.4(d) lists all Equity Interests owned by each Obligor. Each Obligor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Equity Interests pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except Permitted Liens.

8.1.5 Title to Properties; Priority of Liens . Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to (or valid leasehold interests in) all of its Real Estate, and good title to all of its personal Property, included on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, in each case free of Liens except Permitted Liens. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has paid and discharged all lawful claims (other than such claims Properly Contested) that, if unpaid, could become a Lien on its Properties, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens of Lender in the Collateral are duly perfected, first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

8.1.6 Accounts . Lender may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by Borrower with respect thereto. Borrower warrants, with respect to each Account at the time it is shown as an Eligible Account in a Borrowing Base Certificate, that: (a) it is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is not evidenced by a judgment; (b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services in the Ordinary Course of Business, and substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto; (c) it is for a sum certain, maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to Lender on request; (d) it is not subject to any offset, Lien (other than Permitted Liens), deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or other adverse condition except as arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and disclosed to Lender; (e) no purchase order, agreement, document or Applicable Law restricts assignment of the Account to Lender (regardless of whether, under the UCC, the restriction is ineffective); (f) no extension, compromise, settlement, modification, credit, deduction or return has been authorized with respect to the Account, except discounts or allowances granted in the Ordinary Course of Business for prompt payment that are reflected on the face of the invoice related thereto and in the reports submitted to Lender hereunder and (g) to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, (i) there are no facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to impair the enforceability or collectability of such Account; (ii) the Account Debtor had the capacity to contract when the Account arose, is not subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, and has not failed, or suspended or ceased doing business; and (iii) there are no proceedings or actions pending against any Account Debtor that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Account Debtor’s financial condition, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith.

8.1.7 Financial Statements . The consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, and related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity, of Borrower and Subsidiaries that have been and are hereafter delivered to Lender, are prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly present the financial positions and results of operations of Borrower and Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods indicated. All projections delivered from time to time to Lender have been prepared in good faith, based on reasonable assumptions in light of the circumstances at such time. Since the date of the most recently delivered audited financial statements of Borrower, there has been no change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such a change in condition is first evidenced in the most recently submitted annual financial statements, the reference in the preceding sentence to such most recently submitted audited financial statements shall not mean that such a change in condition has not occurred for purposes of the representations and warranties in this Section  8.1.7 . No financial statement delivered to Lender at any time contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make such statement not materially misleading. Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as whole) are Solvent.

 

35


8.1.8 Surety Obligations . Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries is obligated as surety or indemnitor under any bond or other contract that assures payment or performance of any obligation of any Person, except as permitted hereunder.

8.1.9 Taxes . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal and material state and local tax returns and other material reports that it is required by law to file, and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes upon it, its income and its Properties that are due and payable, except to the extent being Properly Contested. The provision for Taxes on the books of Borrower and Subsidiary is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current Fiscal Year.

8.1.10 Brokers . Other than as set forth on Schedule 8.1.10, there are no brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or investment banking fees payable in connection with any transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

8.1.11 Intellectual Property . Borrower and its Subsidiaries own or have the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business, without conflict with any rights of others. There is no pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened Intellectual Property Claim with respect to Borrower’s or its Subsidiary or any of its Property (including any Intellectual Property). Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.11 , neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries pay or owe any Royalty or other compensation to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property owned, used or licensed by, or otherwise subject to any interests of, Borrower or Subsidiary is shown on Schedule 8.1.11 (as amended from time to time). Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.11 , and except for non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business (to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien), none of the Intellectual Property of any Obligor is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Obligor is the licensor or franchisor. To each Obligor’s knowledge, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority against any Obligor which limits, cancels or questions the validity of, or any Obligor’s ownership interest in, any Intellectual Property owned by any Obligor in any material respect.

8.1.12 Governmental Approvals . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have, are in material compliance with, and are in good standing with respect to, all Governmental Approvals necessary to conduct its business and to own, lease and operate all of its material Properties, except where noncompliance (or failure to be in good standing) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary import, export or other licenses, permits or certificates for the import or handling of any goods or other Collateral have been procured and are in effect, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have complied with all foreign and domestic laws with respect to the shipment and importation of any goods or Collateral, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.13 Compliance with Laws . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.13: (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries have duly complied, and their Properties and business operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with all Applicable Law, except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.; (ii) no Inventory has been produced in violation of Applicable Law, including the FLSA; (iii) no Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s present operations (or to Borrower’s knowledge, past operations), Real Estate or other Properties are subject to any federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any remedial action is needed to address any Environmental Release; (iv) no Borrower or Subsidiary has received any Environmental Notice; (v) to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no Environmental Releases or Hazardous Materials on any Real Estate now owned, leased or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries which would result in material liability arising under any Environmental Law.

8.1.14 Burdensome Contracts . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is party or subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 . No such Restrictive Agreement prohibits the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document by Borrower.

8.1.15 Litigation . Except as shown on Schedule 8.1.15 , there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Borrower or Subsidiary, or any of their businesses, operations, Properties, prospects or conditions, that (a) relate to any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby; or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if

 

36


determined adversely to Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Except as shown on such Schedule, no Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $100,000). No Borrower or Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, injunction or judgment of any Governmental Authority.

8.1.16 No Defaults . No event or circumstance has occurred or exists that constitutes a Default or Event of Default. Borrower is not in material default, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a material default, under any Material Contract other than as is being Properly Contested.

8.1.17 ERISA . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.17 :

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and other federal and state laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter) from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate has met, in all material respects all applicable requirements under the Code, ERISA and the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards or an extension of any amortization period has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction or, to the knowledge of Borrower violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iv) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (v) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate knows of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of such date.

8.1.18 Parent and AG SPV . (a) Parent has not engaged in any activities other than acting as a holding and management company and transactions and activities incidental thereto, entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Management Agreement and does not hold any assets other than all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Borrower and proceeds thereof and contractual rights pursuant to the Term Debt Documents, and (b) AG SPV has not engaged in any activities other than entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Artisan Company Agreement and does not hold any assets other than the membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement.

8.1.19 Trade Relations . To the knowledge of Borrower, there exists no actual or threatened termination of any business relationship between Borrower or any of its Subsidiary and any customer or supplier, or any group of customers or suppliers, who individually or in the aggregate are material to the business of Borrower or such Subsidiary.

8.1.20 Labor Relations . Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries are party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement. There are no material grievances, disputes or controversies with any union or other organization of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s employees, or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any asserted or threatened strikes, work stoppages or demands for collective bargaining.

 

37


8.1.21 Payable Practices . Borrower has not made any material change in its historical accounts payable practices that would have an adverse impact on Borrower from those in effect on the Closing Date.

8.1.22 Not a Regulated Entity . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a “person directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any public utilities code or any other Applicable Law regarding its authority to incur Debt.

8.1.23 Margin Stock . Borrower is not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No Loan proceeds or Letters of Credit will be used by Borrower to purchase or carry, or to reduce or refinance any Debt incurred to purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any related purpose governed by Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

8.1.24 OFAC . Neither Borrower nor, to the knowledge of Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanction. Borrower is not located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.1.25 Deposit Accounts . Schedule 9.1.9 (as amended from time to time) sets forth all Deposit Accounts maintained by Borrower, including all Dominion Accounts.

8.1.26 Anti-Corruption Laws . Each Obligor and its respective Subsidiaries has conducted its business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

8.2 Complete Disclosure . No Loan Document contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. There is no fact or circumstance that any Obligor has failed to disclose to Lender in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

9.1 Affirmative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1.1 Inspections; Appraisals .

(a) Permit Lender from time to time, subject to reasonable notice (except when an Event of Default exists) and during normal business hours, to visit and inspect the Properties of Borrower or Subsidiary, inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations. Lender shall not have any duty to Borrower to make any inspection, or to share any results of any inspection, appraisal or report with Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that all inspections, appraisals and reports are prepared by Lender for its purposes, and Borrower shall not be entitled to rely upon them.

 

38


(b) Reimburse Lender for its reasonable charges, costs and expenses in connection with (i) examinations of any Obligor’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as Lender deems reasonably appropriate, up to twice per Loan Year (or three times per Loan Year during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period); and (ii) appraisals of Inventory, up to once per Loan Year (or twice per Loan Year during any time in which Availability is less than 10% of the Revolving Commitment for 5 consecutive days); provided, however , that if an examination or appraisal is initiated during an Event of Default, all reasonable charges, costs and expenses therefor shall be reimbursed by Borrower without regard to such limits. Subject to and without limiting the foregoing, Borrower agrees to pay Lender’s then standard charges for examination activities, including the standard charges of Lender’s internal examination and appraisal groups, as well as the charges of any third party used for such purposes. No Borrowing Base calculation shall include Collateral acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or otherwise outside of the Ordinary Course of Business until completion of applicable field examinations and appraisals, which shall not be included in the limits provided above, in each case, satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion; provided that if the applicable field examinations and appraisals have not been conducted within 60 days following the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (through no cause or delay by Borrower or its Affiliates), then such acquired Collateral shall be included in the Borrowing Base calculation.

9.1.2 Financial and Other Information . Keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities, in which proper entries are made in accordance with GAAP reflecting all financial transactions; and furnish to Lender all financial statements, reports and other items set forth on Exhibit D no later than the time specified therein.

9.1.3 Collateral Reporting . Provide Lender with each certificate, report or schedule set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto no later than the times specified therein (or such later date as Lender shall agree).

9.1.4 Notices . Notify Lender in writing, promptly after Borrower’s obtaining knowledge thereof, of any of the following that affects an Obligor: (a) the threat (in writing) or commencement of any proceeding or investigation, whether or not covered by insurance, if an adverse determination would have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any pending or threatened (in writing) labor dispute, strike or walkout, or the expiration of any material labor contract; (c) any default under or early termination of a Material Contract; (d) the existence of any Default or Event of Default; (e) any judgment in an amount exceeding $500,000; and (f) any violation or asserted violation of any Applicable Law (including ERISA, OSHA, FLSA, or any Environmental Laws), if an adverse resolution would have a Material Adverse Effect; (g) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (h) any proposed modification to any License or entry into a new License in each case at least 30 days prior to its effective date or any default or breach asserted by any Person to have occurred under any License; (i) any proposed material modifications to any License or entry into a new material License in each case at least 10 days prior to its effective date or any default or breach asserted by any Person to have occurred under any material provision of any License; or (j) the discharge of or any withdrawal or resignation by Borrower’s independent accountants that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.1.5 Compliance with Laws . Comply with all Applicable Laws, including ERISA, Environmental Laws, FLSA, OSHA, Anti-Terrorism Laws, and laws regarding collection and payment of Taxes, and maintain all Governmental Approvals necessary to the ownership of its Properties or conduct of its business, unless failure to comply (other than failure to comply with Anti-Terrorism Laws or the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended) or maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Environmental Release from Borrower’s operations requiring reporting under Environmental Law occurs at or on any Properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, it shall report such Environmental Release to Lender and act promptly and diligently to investigate and report to all Governmental Authorities the extent of such Environmental Release as required by Applicable Law, and to make appropriate remedial action to investigate and remediate, such Environmental Release to the extent required under Environmental Law to be performed by Borrower.

9.1.6 Taxes . Pay and discharge all Taxes prior to the date on which they become delinquent or penalties attach, unless such Taxes are being Properly Contested. If an Account of Borrower includes a charge for any Taxes, Lender is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of Borrower and to charge Borrower therefor; provided, however, that Lender shall not be liable for any Taxes that may be due from Borrower or with respect to any Collateral.

 

39


9.1.7 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance with respect to the Collateral, covering casualty, hazard, theft, malicious mischief, flood and other risks, in amounts, with endorsements and with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A+, unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) satisfactory to Lender. All proceeds under each policy shall be payable to an account at Lender. From time to time upon Lender’s reasonable request, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the originals or certified copies of its insurance policies and updated flood plain searches (if applicable). Unless Lender shall agree otherwise, each policy shall include satisfactory endorsements (i) showing Lender as lender’s loss payee; (ii) requiring 30 days prior written notice to Lender in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever; and (iii) specifying that the interest of Lender shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or neglect of Borrower or the owner of the Property, nor by the occupation of the premises for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by the policy. If Borrower fails to provide and pay for any insurance, Lender may, at its option, but shall not be required to, procure the insurance and charge Borrower therefor. Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender, promptly as rendered, copies of all reports made to insurance companies. While no Event of Default exists, Borrower may settle, adjust or compromise any insurance claim, as long as the proceeds are delivered to an account at the Lender. If an Event of Default exists, only Lender shall be authorized to settle, adjust and compromise such claims.

(b) Without limiting clause (a) above, maintain insurance with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A+, unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) reasonably satisfactory to Lender, with respect to the Properties and business of Borrower and Subsidiaries of such type (including product liability, workers’ compensation, larceny, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation insurance), in such amounts, and with such coverages and deductibles as are customary for companies similarly situated.

9.1.8 Licenses . Keep each material License affecting any Collateral (including the manufacture, distribution or disposition of Inventory) or any other material Property of Borrower and Subsidiaries in full force and effect and pay all Royalties when due, except to the extent such License is replaced by a License that is comparable or more favorable to Borrower or such License matures or expires in accordance with the terms of such License.

9.1.9 Deposit Accounts; Depository Bank . Take all actions necessary to establish Lender’s control of each such Deposit Account maintained by Borrower (other than Excluded Accounts). Borrower shall be the sole account holder of each Deposit Account and shall not allow any other Person (other than Lender and Term Agent) to have control over a Deposit Account or any Property deposited therein. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account and, with the consent of Lender, will amend Schedule 9.1.9 to reflect same. Borrower also shall maintain Lender as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of all operating, collection, disbursement and other deposit accounts and for all Cash Management Services.

9.1.10 Other Collateral Covenants . Comply with the following additional covenants related to Collateral:

(a) All tangible items of Collateral, other than Inventory in transit, shall at all times be kept by Borrower at the business locations set forth in Schedule 9.1.10 , except that Borrower may (a) make sales or other dispositions of Collateral in accordance with Section  9.2.6 ; and (b) move Collateral to another location in the United States, upon 30 Business Days prior written notice to Lender.

(b) At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right at any time, in the name of Lender, any designee of Lender or Borrower, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of Borrower by mail, telephone or otherwise. Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.

(c) All expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping any Collateral, all Taxes payable with respect to any Collateral (including any sale thereof), and all other payments required to be made by Lender to any Person to realize upon any Collateral, shall be borne and paid by Borrower. Lender shall not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any Collateral, for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in its custody while Collateral is in Lender’s actual possession), for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency or other Person whatsoever, but the same shall be at Borrower’s sole risk.

 

40


(d) Borrower shall defend its title to Collateral and Lender’s Liens therein against all Persons, claims and demands, except Permitted Liens.

(e) Upon request, Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof provide Lender with copies of all agreements executed after the Closing Date, between an Obligor and any landlord, warehouseman, processor, shipper, bailee or other Person that owns any premises at which any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base is kept or that otherwise may possess or handle any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base.

(f) Borrower shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all Applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.

(g) Prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall promptly comply with Lender’s reasonable requests for Borrower to take such actions as Borrower is entitled to take and exercise such rights as Borrower is entitled to exercise under the Consigned Inventory Agreements, and at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right in the name of Borrower, Lender or any designee of Lender, to take all such actions as Borrower is entitled to take under the Consigned Inventory Agreements, including without limitation, to correspond with, or make demands against the consignees, and to instruct the consignees to handle the Consigned Inventory in accordance with Lender’s instructions.

9.1.11 Future Subsidiaries . Promptly notify Lender upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary and, if such Person is not a Foreign Subsidiary, cause it to guaranty the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and to execute and deliver such documents, instruments and agreements and to take such other actions as Lender shall require in its Permitted Discretion to evidence and perfect a Lien in favor of Lender on all assets of such Person (other than assets excluded from the definition of Collateral hereunder), including delivery of such legal opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, shall deem appropriate; provided that, in the event any Person becoming a Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary and owned directly by Borrower, Borrower shall pledge to Lender 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100% of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary.

9.1.12 Anti-Corruption Laws . Conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

9.1.13 Post-Closing . Comply with the requirements on Exhibit F .

9.2 Negative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary not to:

9.2.1 Permitted Debt . Create, incur, guarantee or suffer to exist any Debt, except: (a) the Obligations; (b) Subordinated Debt; (c) Purchase Money Debt of Borrower and Subsidiaries that is unsecured or secured only by a Purchase Money Lien, as long as the aggregate amount does not exceed $3,000,000 at any time; (d) Bank Product Debt incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; (e) Contingent Obligations (i) arising from endorsements of Payment Items for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (ii) arising from Hedging Agreements permitted hereunder; (iii) existing on the Closing Date, and any extension or renewal thereof that does not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligation when extended or renewed; (iv) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar obligations; (v) arising from customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of Equipment permitted hereunder; or (vi) arising under the Loan Documents; (f) the Term Debt, subject to the limitations set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; (g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed

 

41


$1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, (h) Debt arising as a direct result of judgments, orders, awards or decrees against any Obligor, in each case not constituting an Event of Default, and (j) Debt that is not included in any of the preceding clauses of this Section, is not secured by a Lien and does not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.2 Permitted Liens . Create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, except the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”): (a) Liens in favor of Lender; (b) Liens securing Debt that is permitted under Section  9.2.1(c) ; (c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or being Properly Contested; (d) statutory Liens (other than Liens for Taxes or imposed under ERISA) arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, but only if (i) payment of the obligations secured thereby is not yet due or is being Properly Contested, and (ii) such Liens do not materially impair the value or use of the Property or materially impair operation of the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (e) Liens incurred or deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure the performance of government tenders, bids, contracts, statutory obligations and other similar obligations, as long as such Liens are at all times junior to Lender’s Liens and are required or provided by law; (f) Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are either (i) subject to Lien Waivers or (ii) with respect to a non-material portion of the Collateral (other than Accounts or Inventory); (g) Liens arising by virtue of a judgment or judicial order against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or any Property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as long as such Liens are (i) in existence for less than 20 consecutive days or being Properly Contested, and (ii) at all times junior to Lender’s Liens; (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants or other agreements of record, and other similar charges or encumbrances on Real Estate, that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not interfere with the Ordinary Course of Business; (i) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits in favor of depository institutions, and Liens of a collecting bank on Payment Items in the course of collection; and (j) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being Properly Contested; (k) Liens securing the Debt that is permitted under Section  9.2.1(f) ; provided that such Liens are at all times subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, but only to the extent such Liens secure amounts not yet due; (n) existing Liens shown on Schedule 9.2.2 . and replacement Liens on the property subject to such Liens, but only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby, and the property secured thereby, shall not be increased; and (o) Liens in favor of Borrower in respect of its consignment interests encumbering its Consigned Inventory.

9.2.3 Actions by AG SPV . AG SPV has not, and shall not:

(i) engage in any business or activity other than the acquisition, ownership, and maintenance of its ownership of one thousand 1,000 membership units of Artisan SG, LLC (D/B/A The Artisan Group, LLC), and activities incidental thereto;

(ii) acquire or own any material assets other than Borrower’s membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement;

(iii) merge into or consolidate with any Person or dissolve, terminate or liquidate in whole or in part, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or change its legal structure, without in each case, Lender’s consent;

(iv) fail to preserve its existence as an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, and qualifications to do business, or without the prior written consent of Lender, amend, modify, terminate or fail to comply with the provisions of its operating agreement, articles of organization, or other similar organizational documents;

(v) own any Subsidiary or make any investment in, any Person without the consent of Lender;

(vi) commingle its assets with the assets of any of its members, general or limited partners, shareholders, Affiliates, principals or of any other Person;

 

42


(vii) incur any debt, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation), other than the Obligations and the Term Debt;

(viii) become insolvent or fail to pay its debts and liabilities from its assets as the same shall become due, except debts and liabilities being contested in good faith and against which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(ix) seek the dissolution or winding up in whole, or in part, of AG SPV;

(x) hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of another Person;

(xi) fail either to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person or to conduct its business solely in its own name;

(xii) without the unanimous written consent of its directors, managers or managing members, or general or limited partners, as the case may be, and the consent of any independent directors or independent managers required herein, file or consent to the filing of any petition, either voluntary or involuntary, to take advantage of any applicable insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization statute, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(xiii) fail to maintain books and records and bank accounts separate from those of any other person or entity;

(xiv) fail to maintain its assets in such a manner that it is costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain such assets;

(xv) fail to maintain separate financial statements, showing its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person and not have its assets listed on any financial statement of any other person or entity except that AG SPV’s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its’ Affiliate so long as appropriate notation is made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of the SPV from such Affiliate and to indicate that AG SPV’s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliate or any other person or entity;

(xvi) fail to allocate and charge fairly and reasonably any common employee or overhead shared with Affiliates;

(xvii) permit any Affiliate to guarantee or pay its obligations;

(xviii) make loans or advances to any other person or entity (other than the Obligations and the Term Debt);

(xix) fail to pay its liabilities and expenses out of and to the extent of its own funds (other than from capital contributions);

(xx) fail to maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business purpose and pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, only from its own funds (other than from capital contributions);

(xxi) fail to maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; and

(xxii) fail to cause the managers, officers, employees, agents and other representatives of the SPV to act at all times with respect to AG SPV consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of AG SPV;

 

43


(xxiii) fail to comply with any of the covenants contained in this Section  9.2.3 or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the AG SPV as a separate legal entity.

(xxiv) (A) fail to incorporate the foregoing clauses (i) through (xxiii) into its organizational documents and (B) amend, modify or otherwise change its organizational documents with respect to the foregoing.

9.2.4 Distributions; Upstream Payments . Declare or make any Distributions, except Permitted Distributions when no Event of Default exists, or create or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of a Subsidiary to make any Distribution to Borrower, except for restrictions under the Loan Documents, under Applicable Law or in effect on the Closing Date as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 .

9.2.5 Restricted Investments . Make any Restricted Investment.

9.2.6 Disposition of Assets . Sell, lease, license, consign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Property of an Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor, including a disposition of Property in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction or synthetic lease, except (a) a sale of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) as long as no Event of Default exists and all Net Proceeds are in cash and remitted to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, a disposition of Property of an Obligor that is (i) a disposition of Equipment; or (ii) a disposition of Inventory that is obsolete, unmerchantable or otherwise unsalable in the Ordinary Course of Business; (c) replacement of Equipment that is worn, damaged or obsolete with Equipment of like function and value, if the replacement Equipment is acquired substantially contemporaneously with such disposition and is free of Liens; (d) a transfer of Property by another Obligor to Borrower; (e) the use of cash in the ordinary course of its business; (f) the granting of Liens not prohibited under this Agreement; and (g) the conveyance of Property (other than Accounts and Goods) not otherwise permitted above; provided that , the aggregate book value of all such Property so conveyed in any Loan Year of Borrower under this clause (g) shall not exceed $1,000,000.

9.2.7 Loans . Make any loans or other advances of money to any Person, except (a) advances to an officer or employee for salary, travel expenses, commissions and similar items in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) any loans or other advances to customers in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.8 Restrictions on Payment of Certain Debt . Make any payments (whether voluntary or mandatory, or a prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance or acquisition) with respect to any (a) Subordinated Debt, except to the extent expressly permitted under any subordination agreement relating to such Debt (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all conditions under such agreement have been satisfied; provided that , failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default); (b) Term Debt, except (i) mandatory prepayments based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section  5.2.2(a) of the Term Loan Agreement, but only to the extent the Payment Conditions have been satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), (ii) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Term Debt, (iii) fees and expenses payable to Term Agent and Term Lenders, (iv) mandatory prepayments based on “Equity Cure Contributions” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section  5.2.2(f) of the Term Loan Agreement, but only to the extent such “Equity Cure Contributions” are not Equity Cure Contributions pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement, the proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement; and (v) other payments to the extent expressly permitted in the Intercreditor Agreement (including payments made pursuant to Section 4 of the Intercreditor Agreement); (c) the earn out payments owing pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement if at the time of such payment, the Payment Conditions are satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), or (d) subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, any Borrowed Money (other than the Obligations) prior to its due date under the agreements evidencing such Debt as in effect on the Closing Date (or as amended thereafter with the written consent of Lender).

 

44


9.2.9 Fundamental Changes . Change its name (other than the name-change contemplated by subsection (a) of Exhibit F ) the or conduct business under any fictitious name; change its tax, charter or other organizational identification number; change its form or state of organization; liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself; or merge, combine or consolidate with any Person, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, except for mergers or consolidations of a wholly-owned Subsidiary with another wholly-owned Subsidiary or into Borrower.

9.2.10 Subsidiaries . Form or acquire any Subsidiary after the Closing Date or permit any existing Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interests except directors’ qualifying shares.

9.2.11 Organic Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of its Organic Documents, except, with respect to Subsidiaries other than AG SPV, in connection with a transaction permitted under Section  9.2.9 .

9.2.12 Tax Consolidation . File or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person other than Borrower and Subsidiaries.

9.2.13 Accounting Changes . Make any material change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP and in accordance with Section  1.2 ; or change its Fiscal Year.

9.2.14 Restrictive Agreements . Become a party to any Restrictive Agreement, except a Restrictive Agreement (a) in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.1.14 ; (b) relating to secured Debt permitted hereunder, as long as the restrictions apply only to collateral for such Debt; or (c) constituting customary restrictions on assignment in leases and other contracts.

9.2.15 Hedging Agreements . Enter into any Hedging Agreement, except to hedge risks arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not for speculative purposes.

9.2.16 Conduct of Business . Engage in any business, other than its business as conducted on the Closing Date and any activities incidental thereto.

9.2.17 Affiliate Transactions . Enter into or be party to any transaction with an Affiliate, except (a) transactions expressly permitted by the Loan Documents; (b) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered, and payment of customary directors’ fees and indemnities; and (c) transactions with Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business (including those consummated prior to the Closing Date and shown on Schedule 9.2.17 ) so long as such transactions are upon fair and reasonable terms fully disclosed to Lender and no less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

9.2.18 Plans . Become party to any Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan, other than any in existence on the Closing Date.

9.2.19 Amendments to Term Debt Documents and Subordinated Debt . Amend, supplement or otherwise modify any document, instrument or agreement relating to (a) the Term Debt that is not expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement or (b) any Subordinated Debt, if such modification (i) increases the principal balance of such Debt, or increases any required payment of principal or interest; (ii) accelerates the date on which any installment of principal or any interest is due, or adds any additional redemption, put or prepayment provisions; (iii) shortens the final maturity date or otherwise accelerates amortization; (iv) increases the interest rate; (v) increases or adds any fees or charges; or (vi) modifies any covenant in a manner or adds any representation, covenant or default that is more onerous or restrictive in any material respect for Borrower or Subsidiary, or that is otherwise materially adverse to Borrower, any Subsidiary or Lender.

9.2.20 Returns of Inventory; Affixed Equipment . Return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless (a) such return is in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) no Event of Default or Overadvance exists or would result therefrom; (c) Lender is promptly notified if the

 

45


aggregate Value of all Inventory returned in any calendar month exceeds $250,000; and (d) any payment received by Borrower for a return is promptly remitted to Lender for application to the Obligations. Borrower shall not permit any material Equipment to become affixed to real Property unless any landlord or mortgagee delivers a Lien Waiver.

9.2.21 Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance of Inventory . Acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval, and Borrower shall take all steps to assure that all Inventory is produced in accordance with Applicable Law, including the FLSA.

9.2.22 Management Fee . Pay any management fee, consulting fee, or similar fee to the Sponsors, any of its equity holders, or any Affiliate thereof, other than management and consulting fees paid to the Sponsors or their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that , such fees may not be paid if an Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such payment.

9.3 Financial Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall:

9.3.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . While a FCCR Trigger Period is in effect, maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.0 as of the end of each month, for the trailing twelve month period then ending, commencing with the most recent period for which financial statements were, or were required to be, delivered hereunder prior to the FCCR Trigger Period.

9.3.2 Borrower’s Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section  10.1 , in the event of any Event of Default under Section  10.1 that results from a breach of Section  9.3.1 , and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the earlier of (x) the date of delivery by the Borrower of the financial statements required by Exhibit E (clause (b)) or (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to have been delivered (the “ Equity Cure Period ”), Parent or Sponsors may, as applicable, pursuant to written notice to the Lender prior to the receipt of such proceeds by Borrower or Parent, as applicable, issue equity interests in Borrower or Parent, as applicable, to its then existing equity investors in return for cash or otherwise receive a cash capital contribution from one or more of such Persons, and Borrower or Parent, as applicable, may apply the amount of the net proceeds therefrom to increase EBITDA with respect to such applicable Fiscal Quarter and in the calculation of EBITDA for any subsequent financial covenant tests including the Fiscal Quarter that includes the date of such contribution (the “ Equity Cure Contributions ”); provided that (i) any such proceeds received by Parent are contributed by Parent to Borrower, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of such Equity Cure Contribution are applied to prepay in full all outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan, with any excess proceeds applied pursuant to Section  9.3.3 of the Term Debt Credit Agreement, (iii) in each four Fiscal Quarter period, no more than two Equity Cure Contributions shall be made, (iv) not more than four Equity Cure Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement, and (v) the amount of any Equity Cure Contributions in any Fiscal Quarter shall be no greater than the amount required to cause Borrower to be in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section  9.3.2 may not be relied on for any other purposes and all Equity Cure Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes. If, after giving effect to the Equity Cure Contributions, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the terms of Section  9.3.1 , Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section  9.3.1 on the relevant date of determination, and the applicable Event of Default shall automatically be deemed to have not occurred.

 

10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

10.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default” if it occurs for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise:

(a) Borrower fails to pay the Obligations when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise);

 

46


(b) Any representation, warranty or other written statement of an Obligor made in connection with any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when given;

(c) An Obligor breaches or fail to perform any covenant contained in Section  5.5 , 5.7 , 7.2 , 9.1.1 , 9.1.2 (but only as to the covenants described in (a), (b) and (c) of Exhibit D ), 9.1.3 , 9.1.4(d) , 9.1.7 , 9.1.10 , 9.1.12 , 9.1.13 , or 9.2 or 9.3.1 ; provided that , solely with respect to a breach of Section  9.2.3 , such breach or failure is not cured within 10 Business Days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof or receives notice thereof from Lender, whichever is sooner); provided further that, solely with respect to a breach of Section  9.3.1 , such breach continues after the expiration of the applicable Equity Cure Period;

(d) An Obligor breaches or fails to perform any other covenant contained in any Loan Documents, and such breach or failure is not cured within 30 days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof or receives notice thereof from Lender, whichever is sooner; provided, however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply if the breach or failure to perform is not capable of being cured within such period or is a willful breach by an Obligor;

(e) A Guarantor repudiates, revokes or attempts to revoke its Guaranty; an Obligor or third party denies or contests the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Obligations, or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender; or any Loan Document ceases to be in full force or effect for any reason (other than a waiver or release by Lender);

(f) Any breach or default of an Obligor occurs under (i) one or more Hedging Agreements in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $500,000 (the “obligations” of any Obligor in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Obligor would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time); or (ii) any documentation evidencing or executed in connection with the Term Debt or (iii) any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Properties is bound, relating to any Debt (other than the Obligations or the Term Debt) in excess of $500,000, in each case, if the maturity of or any payment with respect to such Debt may be accelerated or demanded due to such breach;

(g) Any judgment or order for the payment of money is entered against an Obligor in an amount that exceeds, individually or cumulatively with all unsatisfied judgments or orders against all Obligors, $1,000,000 (net of insurance coverage therefor that has not been denied by the insurer), unless a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order is in effect, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise;

(h) A loss, theft, damage or destruction occurs with respect to any Inventory if the amount not covered by insurance exceeds $500,000;

(i) An Obligor is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by any Governmental Authority from conducting any material part of its business; an Obligor suffers the loss, revocation or termination of any material license, permit, lease or agreement necessary to its business; there is a cessation of any material part of an Obligor’s business for a material period of time; any material Collateral or Property of an Obligor is taken or impaired through condemnation; an Obligor agrees to or commences any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of its affairs; or an Obligor is not Solvent;

(j) (i) An Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by an Obligor; (ii) an Obligor makes an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its unsecured creditors generally; (iii) a trustee is appointed to take possession of any substantial Property of or to operate any of the business of an Obligor; or (iv) an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against an Obligor and the Obligor consents to institution of the proceeding, the petition commencing the proceeding is not timely contested by the Obligor, the petition is not dismissed within 30 days after filing, or an order for relief is entered in the proceeding;

 

47


(k) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of an Obligor to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or PBGC that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan and such failure would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or any event similar to the foregoing occurs or exists with respect to a Foreign Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) An Obligor or any of its Senior Officers is criminally indicted or convicted for (i) a felony committed in the conduct of the Obligor’s business, or (ii) violating any state or federal law (including the Controlled Substances Act, Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and Illegal Exportation of War Materials Act) that could cause or result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m) A Change of Control occurs.

10.2 Remedies upon Default . If an Event of Default described in Section  10.1(j) occurs w, then to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, all Obligations shall become automatically due and payable and all Commitments shall terminate, without any action by Lender or notice of any kind. In addition, or if any other Event of Default exists, Lender may in its discretion do any one or more of the following from time to time:

(a) declare any Obligations immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall be due and payable without diligence, presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Obligors to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(b) terminate, reduce or condition any Commitment, or make any adjustment to the Borrowing Base;

(c) require Obligors to Cash Collateralize their LC Obligations, Bank Product Debt and other Obligations that are contingent or not yet due and payable, and, if Obligors fail to deposit such Cash Collateral, Lender may advance the required Cash Collateral as Revolver Loans; and

(d) exercise any other rights or remedies afforded under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise, including the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Such rights and remedies include the rights to (i) take possession of any Collateral; (ii) require Obligors to assemble Collateral, at Obligors’ expense, and make it available to Lender at a place designated by Lender; (iii) enter any premises where Collateral is located and store Collateral on such premises until sold (and if the premises are owned or leased by an Obligor, Obligors agree not to charge for such storage); and (iv) sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at public or private sale, with such notice as may be required by Applicable Law, in lots or in bulk, at such locations, all as Lender, in its discretion, deems advisable. Each Obligor agrees that 10 days’ notice of any proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral by Lender shall be reasonable, and that any sale conducted on the internet or to a licensor of Intellectual Property shall be commercially reasonable. Lender may conduct sales on any Obligor’s premises, without charge, and any sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with Applicable Law. Lender shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Lender may purchase any Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Obligations.

10.3 License . Lender is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of Obligors, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other Property, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral. Borrower’s rights and interests under Intellectual Property shall inure to Lender’s benefit.

10.4 Setoff . At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender and its Affiliates are authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in

 

48


whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of an Obligor against its Obligations, whether or not Lender or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of Lender or such Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of Lender and each such Affiliate under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of offset) that such Person may have.

10.5 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver .

10.5.1 Cumulative Rights . All agreements, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of Obligors under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not in derogation of each other. The rights and remedies of Lender under the Loan Documents are cumulative, may be exercised at any time and from time to time, concurrently or in any order, and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies available by agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations.

10.5.2 Waivers . No waiver or course of dealing shall be established by (a) the failure or delay of Lender to require strict performance by any Obligor under any Loan Document, or to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to Collateral or otherwise; (b) the making of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit during a Default, Event of Default or other failure to satisfy any conditions precedent; or (c) acceptance by Lender of any payment or performance by an Obligor under any Loan Documents in a manner other than that specified therein. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any failure to satisfy a financial covenant on a measurement date shall not be cured or remedied by satisfaction of such covenant on a subsequent date.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers .

11.1.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender, and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) no Borrower shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under any Loan Documents and (b) Lender may only assign to an Eligible Assignee any of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (any other attempted transfer, assignment or participation by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to pledge or assign any rights under the Loan Documents to secure obligations of Lender, including a pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however , that no such pledge or assignment shall release Lender from its obligations hereunder nor substitute such pledgee or assignee as a party hereto.

11.1.2 Amendments and Other Modifications . No modification of any Loan Document, including any extension or amendment of a Loan Document or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, shall be effective without the prior written agreement of Lender and each Obligor party to such Loan Document; provided, however , that only the consent of the parties to a Bank Product agreement shall be required for any modification of such agreement. Any waiver or consent granted by Lender shall be effective only if in writing, and only for the matter specified.

11.1.3 Register . Lender, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall maintain (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of each assignment document evidencing an assignment of interests in the Loan Documents, and (b) a register for recordation of the names, addresses and Commitments of, and the Loans, interest and LC Obligations owing to, Lender and any Eligible Assignee. Entries in the register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower and Lender shall treat each Person recorded in such register as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Lender shall have no obligation to disclose any information in such register except to the extent necessary to establish that any Person’s interest is in registered form under the Code.

 

49


11.2 Power of Attorney . Each Obligor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender (and all Persons designated by Lender) as such Obligor’s true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purposes provided in this Section. Lender, or Lender’s designee, may, without notice and in either its or Obligors’ name, but at the cost and expense of Obligors:

(a) Endorse Obligors’ name on any Payment Item or other proceeds of Collateral (including proceeds of insurance) that come into Lender’s possession or control; and

(b) During the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) notify any Account Debtors of the assignment of their Accounts, demand and enforce payment of Accounts, by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise any rights and remedies with respect to Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, modify, compromise, discharge or release any Accounts or other Collateral, or any legal proceedings brought to collect Accounts or Collateral; (iii) collect, liquidate and receive balances in Deposit Accounts or investment accounts, and take control, in any manner, of proceeds of Collateral; (iv) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Borrower, and notify postal authorities to deliver any such mail to an address designated by Lender; (v) use Obligors’ stationery and sign its name to verifications of Accounts and notices to Account Debtors; (vi) use information contained in any data processing, electronic or information systems relating to Collateral; (vii) make and adjust claims under insurance policies; and (viii) do all other things necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

11.3 Indemnity . OBLIGORS SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE, INCLUDING CLAIMS ASSERTED BY ANY OBLIGOR OR OTHER PERSON OR ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNITEE. In no event shall any party to a Loan Document have any obligation thereunder to indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee with respect to a Claim that is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

11.4 Notices and Communications .

11.4.1 Notice Address . Subject to Section  4.1.2 , all notices and other communications by or to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be given to Borrower, at Borrower’s address shown on the signature pages hereof, and to any other Person at its address shown on the signature pages hereof, or at such other address as a party may hereafter specify by notice in accordance with this Section  11.4 . Each communication shall be effective only (a) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the applicable facsimile number, if confirmation of receipt is received; (b) if given by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage pre-paid, addressed to the applicable address; or (c) if given by personal delivery, when duly delivered to the notice address with receipt acknowledged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice to Lender pursuant to Section  2.1.3, 2.3, 3.1.2, 4.1.1 or 5.3.3 shall be effective until actually received by the individual to whose attention at Lender such notice is required to be sent. Any written communication that is not sent in conformity with the foregoing provisions shall nevertheless be effective on the date actually received by the noticed party.

11.4.2 Electronic Communications; Voice Mail . Electronic mail and internet websites may be used only for routine communications, such as delivery of financial statements, Borrowing Base Certificates and other information required by Section  9.1.2 , administrative matters, distribution of Loan Documents, and matters permitted under Section  4.1.2 . Lender make no assurances as to the privacy and security of electronic communications. Electronic and voice mail may not be used as effective notice under the Loan Documents.

11.4.3 Platform . Borrowing Base information, reports, financial statements and other materials shall be delivered by Borrower pursuant to procedures approved by Lender, including electronic delivery (if possible) upon request by Lender to an electronic system maintained by it (“ Platform ”). Borrower shall notify Lender of each posting of reports or other information on the Platform. All information shall be deemed received by Lender only upon its receipt of such notice. The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE PLATFORM. Lender does not warrant the adequacy or functioning of the Platform, and expressly disclaims liability for any issues involving the Platform. No Indemnitee shall have any liability to Borrower or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) relating to use by any Person of the Platform or delivery of any information over the internet.

 

50


11.4.4 Non-Conforming Communications . Lender may rely upon any communications purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if they were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not confirmed, or if the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from a later confirmation. Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from any liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from any electronic or telephonic communication purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower.

11.5 Performance of Obligors’ Obligations . Lender may, in its discretion at any time and from time to time, at Obligors’ expense, pay any amount or do any act required of Obligor under any Loan Documents or otherwise lawfully requested by Lender to (a) enforce any Loan Documents or collect any Obligations; (b) protect, insure, maintain or realize upon any Collateral; or (c) defend or maintain the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens in any Collateral, including any payment of a judgment, insurance premium, warehouse charge, finishing or processing charge, or landlord claim, or any discharge of a Lien. All payments, costs and expenses (including Extraordinary Expenses) of Lender under this Section shall be reimbursed by Obligors, on demand , with interest from the date incurred until paid in full, at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Revolver Loans. Any payment made or action taken by Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default or to exercise any other rights or remedies under the Loan Documents.

11.6 Credit Inquiries . Lender may (but shall have no obligation) to respond to usual and customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning any Obligor or Subsidiary.

11.7 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid under Applicable Law. If any provision is found to be invalid under Applicable Law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

11.8 Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms . The provisions of the Loan Documents are cumulative. The parties acknowledge that the Loan Documents may use several limitations or measurements to regulate similar matters, and they agree that these are cumulative and that each must be performed as provided. Except as otherwise provided in another Loan Document (by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement), if any provision contained herein is in direct conflict with any provision in another Loan Document, the provision herein shall govern and control.

11.9 Counterparts; Execution . Any Loan Document may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when Lender has received counterparts bearing the signatures of all parties hereto. Delivery of a signature page of any Loan Document by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such agreement. Any electronic signature, contract formation on an electronic platform and electronic record-keeping shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based recordkeeping system to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.10 Entire Agreement . Time is of the essence with respect to all Loan Documents and Obligations. The Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof.

11.11 No Control; No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . Nothing in any Loan Document and no action of Lender pursuant to any Loan Document shall be deemed to constitute control of any Obligor by Lender. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by any Loan Document, each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that (a)(i) this credit facility and all related services by Lender or its Affiliates are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Obligors and such Person; (ii) Obligors have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate; and (iii) Obligors are capable of evaluating, and understand and accept, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Loan

 

51


Documents; (b) each of Lender and its Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Obligors, their Affiliates or any other Person, and has no obligation with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except as expressly set forth therein; and (c) Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Obligors and their respective Affiliates, and have no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Obligors or their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Obligor hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Lender and its Affiliates with respect to any breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any transaction contemplated by a Loan Document.

11.12 Confidentiality . Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, and its and their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (provided they are informed of the confidential nature of the Information and instructed to keep it confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates; (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or by any subpoena or other legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Documents or Obligations; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Section, to any potential or actual transferee of any interest in a Loan Document or any actual or prospective party (or its advisors) to any Bank Product or to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to an Obligor or Obligor’s obligations; (g) with the consent of Borrower; or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) is available to Lender or its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may publish or disseminate general information concerning this credit facility, and may use Borrower’s logos, trademarks or product photographs in advertising materials. As used herein, “ Information ” means all information received from an Obligor or Subsidiary relating to it or its business. Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to have complied if it exercises a degree of care similar to that accorded its own confidential information. Lender acknowledges that (i) Information may include material non-public information; (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of such information; and (iii) it will handle the material non-public information in accordance with Applicable Law.

11.13 [Reserved] .

11.14 GOVERNING LAW . UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL CLAIMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES EXCEPT FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS.

11.15 Consent to Forum .

11.15.1 Forum . OBLIGORS HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING IN ANY WAY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH OBLIGOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING ANY SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.4.1 . A final judgment in any proceeding of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or any other manner provided by Applicable Law.

11.15.2 Other Jurisdictions . Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against any Obligor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Lender of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

 

52


11.15.3 Judicial Reference . If any action, litigation or proceeding relating to any Obligations or Loan Documents is filed in a court sitting in or applying the laws of California, the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general reference pursuant to Cal. Civ. Proc. Code §638 to a referee (who shall be an active or retired judge) to hear and determine all issues in such case (whether fact or law) and to report a statement of decision. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Lender to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any Collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, during or after any judicial reference. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to judicial reference. At Lender’s option, foreclosure under a mortgage or deed of trust may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

11.16 Waivers by Obligors . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Obligor waives (a)  the right to trial by jury (which Lender hereby also waives) in any proceeding or dispute of any kind relating in any way to any Loan Documents, Obligations or Collateral; (b)  presentment, demand, protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender on which any Obligor may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies anything Lender may do in this regard; (c)  notice prior to taking possession or control of any Collateral; (d)  any bond or security that might be required by a court prior to allowing Lender to exercise any rights or remedies; (e)  the benefit of all valuation, appraisement and exemption laws; (f)  any claim against Lender, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) in any way relating to any Enforcement Action, Obligations, Loan Documents or transactions relating thereto; and (g)  notice of acceptance hereof . Each Obligor acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are a material inducement to Lender entering into this Agreement and that Lender is relying upon the foregoing in its dealings with Obligors. Each Obligor has reviewed the foregoing waivers with its legal counsel and has knowingly and voluntarily waived its jury trial and other rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

11.17 Patriot Act Notice . Lender hereby notifies Obligors that pursuant to the Patriot Act, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Obligors, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow Lender to identify it in accordance with the Patriot Act. Lender will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding Obligors’ management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth. Each Obligor shall, promptly upon request, provide all documentation and other information as Lender may request from time to time in order to comply with any obligations under “know your customer,” anti-money laundering or other requirements of Applicable Law.

11.18 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent the terms of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement conflict, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

11.19 NO ORAL AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

12. GUARANTY

12.1 Unconditional Guaranty . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise, the due and punctual performance of all Obligations of each other party hereto. Each payment made by any Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds, (a) without set-off or counterclaim and (b) free and clear of and

 

53


without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present and future Taxes and any conditions or restrictions resulting in Taxes and all penalties, interest and other payments on or in respect thereof (except for Excluded Taxes) (“ Covered Tax ” or “ Covered Taxes ”) unless Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such Covered Taxes.

12.2 Covered Taxes . All Covered Taxes in respect of this Guaranty or any amounts payable or paid under this Guaranty shall be paid by Guarantor when due and in any event prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto. Each Guarantor will indemnify Lender against and in respect of all such Covered Taxes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Covered Taxes or amounts in respect thereof must be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable or paid by any Guarantor hereunder, such Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that Lender receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment (including of any additional amounts payable under this Section 16.2) not been made subject to such Covered Taxes. Within thirty (30) days of each payment by any Guarantor hereunder of Covered Taxes or in respect of Covered Taxes, such Guarantor shall deliver to Lender satisfactory evidence (including originals, or certified copies, of all relevant receipts) that such Covered Taxes have been duly remitted to the appropriate authority or authorities.

12.3 Waivers of Notice, Demand, etc . Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, notice of presentment of payment and any other notice hereunder, (ii) demand of payment, protest, notice of dishonor or nonpayment, notice of the present and future amount of the Obligations and any other notice with respect to the Obligations, (iii) any requirement that Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any other Obligor, or any Person or any Collateral, (iv) any other action, event or precondition to the enforcement hereof or the performance by each such Guarantor of the Obligations, (v) any defense arising by any lack of capacity or authority or any other defense of any Obligor or any notice, demand or defense by reason of cessation from any cause of Obligations other than payment and performance in full of the Obligations by the Obligors and any defense that any other guarantee or security was or has to be obtained by Lender and (vi) any right to notice of, consent to, knowledge of and participation in any agreements relating to any such action or any other present or future event relating to Obligations whether under this Agreement or otherwise or any right to challenge or question any of right that Lender has under this Agreement and waives any defenses of such Guarantor which might arise as a result of such actions.

12.4 No Invalidity, Irregularity, etc . No invalidity, irregularity, voidableness, voidness or unenforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, or of all or any part of the Obligations or of any collateral security therefor shall affect, impair or be a defense hereunder.

12.5 Independent Liability . The Guaranty hereunder is one of payment and performance, not collection, and the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the Obligations of the other Obligors, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any Guarantor to enforce the terms and conditions of this Section  12 , irrespective of whether any action is brought against any other Obligor or other Persons or whether any other Obligor or other Persons are joined in any such action or actions. Each Guarantor waives any right to require that any resort be had by Lender to any security held for payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of Lender in favor of any Obligor or any other Person. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceedings, or against any Person, or on any Obligations, shall constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person unless Lender has expressed any such waiver in writing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Lender against any Obligor under any document evidencing or securing indebtedness of any Obligor to Lender shall diminish the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, except to the extent Lender receives actual payment on account of Obligations by such action or proceeding, notwithstanding the effect of any such election, action or proceeding upon the right of subrogation of any Guarantor in respect of any Obligor.

12.6 Liability Absolute . The liability of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute, unlimited and unconditional and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason, including, without limitation, any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any claim, defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the

 

54


invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any other Obligation or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor shall not be discharged or impaired, released, limited or otherwise affected by:

(a) any change in the manner, place or terms of payment or performance, and/or any change or extension of the time of payment or performance of, release, renewal or alteration of, or any new agreements relating to any Obligation, any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, or any rescission of, or amendment, waiver or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any increase in the Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to Borrower or otherwise;

(b) any sale, exchange, release, surrender, loss, abandonment, realization upon any property by whomsoever at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, all or any of the Obligations, and/or any offset there against, or failure to perfect, or continue the perfection of, any Lien in any such property, or delay in the perfection of any such Lien, or any amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty for all or any of the Obligations;

(c) the failure of Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against any Obligor or any other Person under the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document or instrument executed an delivered in connection herewith or therewith;

(d) any settlement or compromise of any Obligation, any security therefor or any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and any subordination of the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any obligation (whether due or not) of any Obligor to creditors of any Obligor other than any other Obligor;

(e) any manner of application of Collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral for all or any of the Obligations or any other assets of any Obligor; and

(f) any other agreements or circumstance of any nature whatsoever that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor, or that might otherwise at law or in equity constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guaranty hereunder and/or the obligations of any Guarantor, or a defense to, or discharge of, any Obligor or any other Person or party hereto or the Obligations or otherwise with respect to the Loans or any other financial accommodations to Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents.

12.7 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Lender may at any time and from time to time (whether prior to or after the revocation or termination of this Agreement) without the consent of, or notice to, any Guarantor, and without incurring responsibility to any Guarantor or impairing or releasing the Obligations, apply any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to any Obligations regardless of what Obligations remain unpaid.

12.8 Continuing Effectiveness .

(g) This Guaranty herein contained shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if a claim is ever made upon Lender for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by such Person in payment or on account of any of the Obligations and such Person repays all or part of said amount for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such Person or the respective property of each, or any settlement or compromise of any claim effected by such Person with any such claimant (including any Obligor) or by reason of the Intercreditor Agreement; and in such event each Guarantor hereby agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise or other circumstances shall be binding upon such Guarantor, notwithstanding any revocation hereof or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any Obligation, and each Guarantor shall be and remain liable to Lender for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by such Person(s).

 

55


(h) Lender shall not be required to marshal any assets in favor of any Guarantor, or against or in payment of Obligations.

(i) No Guarantor shall be entitled to claim against any present or future security held by Lender from any Person for Obligations in priority to or equally with any claim of Lender, or assert any claim for any liability of any Obligor to any Guarantor in priority to or equally with claims of Lender for Obligations, and no Guarantor shall be entitled to compete with Lender with respect to, or to advance any equal or prior claim to any security held by Lender for Obligations.

(j) If any Obligor makes any payment to Lender, which payment is wholly or partly subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to any Person under any federal, state, provincial or territorial statute or at common law or under equitable principles, then to the extent of such payment, the Obligation intended to be paid shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if the payment had not been made, and the resulting revived Obligation shall continue to be guaranteed, uninterrupted, by each Guarantor hereunder.

(k) Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of Lender against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guaranty or right of offset held by Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all of the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Secured Obligations shall not have been paid in full and the Commitments terminated, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to Lender, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Lender may determine.

12.9 Enforcement . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender shall, without notice to or demand upon any Obligor or any other Person, declare any obligations of each Guarantor hereunder immediately due and payable, and shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor. The rights of Lender hereunder are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which Lender may have. Upon such declaration by Lender, with respect to any claims (other than those claims referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph) of any Guarantor against any other Obligor (the “ Claims ”), Lender shall have the full right on the part of Lender in its own name or in the name of such Guarantor to collect and enforce such Claims by legal action, proof of debt in bankruptcy or other liquidation proceedings, vote in any proceeding for the arrangement of debts at any time proposed, or otherwise, Lender and each of its officers being hereby irrevocably constituted attorneys-in-fact for each Guarantor for the purpose of such enforcement and for the purpose of endorsing in the name of each Guarantor any instrument for the payment of money. Each Guarantor will receive as trustee for Lender and will pay to Lender forthwith upon receipt thereof any amounts which such Guarantor may receive from any Obligor on account of the Claims. Each Guarantor agrees that at no time hereafter will any of the Claims be represented by any notes, other negotiable instruments or writings, except and in such event they shall either be made payable to Lender, or if payable to any Guarantor, shall forthwith be endorsed by such Guarantor to Lender. Each Guarantor agrees that no payment on account of the Claims or any security interest therein shall be created, received, accepted or retained during the continuance of any Event of Default nor shall any financing statement be filed with respect thereto by any Guarantor.

12.10 Statute of Limitations . Any acknowledgment or new promise, whether by payment of principal or interest or otherwise and whether by any Obligor or others with respect to any of the Obligations shall, if the statute of limitations in favor of any Guarantor against Lender shall have commenced to run, toll the running of such statute of limitations and, if the period of such statute of limitations shall have expired, prevent the operation of such statute of limitations.

 

56


12.11 Interest . All amounts due, owing and unpaid from time to time by any Guarantor hereunder shall bear interest at the interest rate per annum then chargeable with respect to the Loans (without duplication of interest on the underlying Obligation).

12.12 Currency Conversion . Without limiting any other rights in this Agreement, if for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (herein called the “ Judgment Currency ”) any amount due hereunder in any currency other than the Judgment Currency, then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose, “rate of exchange” means the rate at which Lender would, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 p.m., be prepared to sell a similar amount of such currency in New York, New York against the Judgment Currency. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of payment of the amount due, each Guarantor will, on the date of payment, pay such additional amounts (if any) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment is the amount then due under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in such other currency. Any additional amount due from Guarantor under this Section  12.12 will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

12.13 Acknowledgment . Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Guarantor has made an independent investigation of the Obligor and of the financial condition of the Obligors. Lender has not made and does not make representations or warranties as to the income, expense, operation, finances or any other matter or thing affecting any Obligor, nor has Lender made any representations or warranties as to the amount or nature of the Obligations of any Obligor to which this Section  12 applies as specifically herein set forth, nor has Lender or any officer, agent or employee of Lender or any representative thereof, made any other oral representations, agreements or commitments of any kind or nature, and each Guarantor hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations or warranties have been made and such Guarantor expressly disclaims reliance on any such representations or warranties.

12.14 Continuing Effectiveness . The provisions of this Section  12 shall remain in effect until the payment in full in cash of all Obligations, the termination of all Commitments and termination of this Agreement.

12.15 Release . Notwithstanding anything else in the Loan Documents to the contrary, Lender may, in its sole discretion, upon written notice to the Borrower, release AG SPV as a Guarantor hereunder in the event that Lender reasonably determines that the status of AG SPV as a Guarantor hereunder could impair the bankruptcy remote nature of AG SPV from the other Obligors hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures begin on following page]

 

57


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date set forth above.

 

LENDER:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:   /s/ Laura K. Parrish
Name:   Laura Parrish
Title:   Vice President
Address:  
  901 Main Street
  11 th Floor, Mail Code: TX1-492-l1-23
  Dallas, TX 75202
  Attn: AG&M Portfolio Manager

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


BORROWER :
G&M OPCO LLC
By:   /s/ Chris Zugaro
Name:   Chris Zugaro
Title:   Vice President
Address:   c/o Trive Capital
  200 Crescent Court, Suite 1040
  Dallas, TX 75201
  Attn: Chris Zugaro

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC
By:   /s/ Chris Zugaro
Name:   Chris Zugaro
Title:   Vice President
Address:  
  c/o Trive Capital
  200 Crescent Court, Suite 1040
  Dallas, TX 75201
  Attn: Chris Zugaro

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(a)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

NAMES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

1. The corporate names, jurisdictions of incorporation, and authorized and issued Equity Interests of Borrower and Subsidiary are as follows:

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

  

Number and Class

of Authorized Shares

  

Number and Class
of Issued Shares

G&M OpCo LLC

   Delaware    Membership interests1    100% of the membership interests are issued.

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

   Delaware    Membership interests2    100% of the membership interests are issued.

 

2. The record holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

  

Class of Stock

  

Number of Shares

  

Record Owner

G&M OpCo LLC

   Membership interests   

100% Membership

Interests3

   TCFI G&M LLC

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

   Membership interests    100% Membership Interests4    G&M OpCo LLC

 

3. All agreements binding on holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and Subsidiaries with respect to such interests are as follows:

 

  1. Limited Liability Company Agreement of G&M OpCo LLC

 

  2. Limited Liability Company Agreement of TCFI G&M LLC

 

  3. Limited Liability Company Agreement of AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

 

  4. Membership Interest and Supplier Rights Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between G&M OpCo LLC and Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC.

 

  5. Membership Interest Transfer Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between G&M OpCo LLC and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

4. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination, except:

Substantially all of the assets of the Borrower were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 2015 among the Borrower, Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Jack W. Seiders, Peggy A. Seiders, Jack Chadley Seiders, Chelsey S. Bryant, Luke W. Spiller, Rick E. Seiders, and Kelley M. Wilson.

 

5. There are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary, except:

None.

 

1 The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
2 The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
3 The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
4 The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(d)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

Pledged Equity :

100% of the membership interests of AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.


SCHEDULE 8.1.10

to

Loan and Security Agreement

BROKERAGE COMMISSION

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.11

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

1. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ patents:

 

Patent

  

Owner

  

Status in

Patent Office

  

Federal
Registration No.

  

Registration
Date

N/A

   N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A

 

2. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ trademarks 5 :

Please see attached.

 

3. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ copyrights 6 :

 

Copyright

  

Number

  

Date

  

Owner

AG&M Website (Screen Displays)

   VAu001078181    5/11/2011    G&M OpCo LLC

AG&M Website (Source Code)

   TXu001755102    5/9/2011    G&M OpCo LLC

 

4. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ licenses (other than routine business licenses, authorizing them to transact business in local jurisdictions):

Licenses contained in the Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC, D/B/A THE ARTISAN GROUP, LLC dated as of September 30, 2007.

 

5 All trademarks, trademark applications, trade names and service marks listed in this schedule are being assigned to G&M OpCo LLC pursuant to that certain Intellectual Property Assignment dated June 23, 2015 by ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, as assignor, and G&M OPCO LLC, as assignee.
6 The copyrights listed in this schedule are being assigned to G&M OpCo LLC pursuant to that certain Intellectual Property Assignment dated June 23, 2015 by ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, as assignor, and G&M OPCO LLC, as assignee.


SCHEDULE 8.1.13

to

Loan and Security Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.14

to

Loan and Security Agreement

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.15

to

Loan and Security Agreement

LITIGATION

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.17

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PENSION PLAN DISCLOSURES

None.


SCHEDULE 9.1.9

to

Loan and Security Agreement

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Bank

  

Type of Account

Plains Capital Bank—Austin

   main operating account

Suntrust Nashville

   local acct, branch writes small checks from it (de minimis)

Suntrust Raleigh

   local acct, branch writes small checks from it (de minimis)

Plains Capital Bank—Souza

   inspector fees

Plains Capital Bank—Camacho

   inspector fees

Plains Capital Bank—Credit Cards

   credit card settlements

Plains Capital Bank—Payroll Acct

   clearing acct for payroll

Kirkpatrick Bank

   local acct, branch writes small checks from it (de minimis)

Chase Bank

   local acct, branch writes small checks from it (does not receive accounts receivable)

Plains Capital Bank—Spicewood

   deposits for Spicewood customers

Plains Capital Bank—San Antonio

   local acct, branch writes small checks from it

Plains Capital Bank—Inspect Fees

   inspector fees


SCHEDULE 9.1.10

to

Loan and Security Agreement

BUSINESS LOCATIONS

 

1. Chief Executive Office: 19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood, Austin, Texas Burnet County 78669

 

2. Collateral Locations:

 

Location

  

Full Address

  

Facility Size (sq. ft.)

  

Principal Usage

  

Owned / Leased

Austin, TX

   19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood, Austin, Texas Burnet County 78669    827,640    Office, Warehouse, Showroom and Storage    Leased

San Antonio, TX

   3843 Stahl Road, San Antonio, Texas Bexar County 78217    12,300    Quorum Business Center and Metal Warehouse    Leased

Oklahoma City, OK

   7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County 73116    141,570    Showrooms, Office, Warehouse and Bulk Storage    Leased

Oklahoma City, OK

   2 acres west of 7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County 73116    87, 120    Bulk Storage of Materials    Leased

Nashville, TN

   4200 Kenilwood, Nashville, Tennessee Davidson County 37204    12,750    Metal Warehouse and Bulk Storage    Leased

Raleigh, NC

   2641 Noblin Road, Suite 104 Raleigh,    19,818    Office, Warehouse and Bulk Storage    Leased
   North Carolina Wake County 27604         


Waco, TX

   5506 Franklin Avenue Waco, TX 76710    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Hot Springs, AR

   130 East Hwy 171 Hot Springs, AR 71913    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

San Antonio, TX

   18975 Marbach Lane #291 San Antonio, Texas 78266    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Norton Shores, MI

   6274 Norton Center Drive Norton Shores, MI 49441    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Kent, WA

   22445 76th Ave. S Kent, WA 98032    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Oswego, OR

   6024 Jean Road Lake Oswego, OR 97035    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Greensboro, NC

   3825 W. Market Street, Suite 200 Greensboro, NC 27407    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Cornelius, NC

   18623 Northline Drive Cornelius, NC 28301    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Knoxville, TN

   7216 Ball Camp Pike Knoxville, TN 37931    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Nashville, TN

   90 Oceanside Drive Nashville, TN 37204    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Austin, TX

   13240 Pond Springs Road Austin, TX 78729    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location


Bridgewater, MA

   75 Hale St. Bridgewater, MA 02324    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Englewood, CO

   2195 S. Raritan Street Englewood, CO 80110    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Omaha, NE

   10325 J Street Omaha, NE 68127    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Suffolk, VA

   1004 Obici Indus Blvd., PO Box 4029 Suffolk, VA 23439    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Houston, TX

   11850 Hempstead Hwy., Ste. 230 Houston, TX 77092    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Youngsville, NC

   104 Jeffrey Way Youngsville, NC 27596    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Farmersville, TX

   1995 E. Hwy. 380 Farmersville, TX 75442    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Decatur, GA

   246 Rio Circle Decatur, GA 30030    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Cleveland, OH

   4031 W. 150th Street Cleveland, OH 44135    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Tulsa, OK

   9421 E. 54th Street Tulsa, OK 74145    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Fairfield, CA

   2100 Huntington Drive Fairfield, CA 94533    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Hastings, MN

   515 Spiral Boulevard Hastings, MN 55033    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Easton, MD

   505 South Street Easton, MD 21601    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location


Albuquerque, NM

   4741 Pan American NE, Albuquerque, NM, 87107    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Abilene, TX

   2364 Butternut St, Abilene, TX 79602-5832    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Amarillo, TX

   2700 S. Osage Amarillo, TX 79103    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

Ridge, TX

   18630 Goll Street Garden Ridge, TX 78266    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

West Santa Rosa, FL

   5161 C Highway 98 West Santa Rosa, FL 32459    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location

 

3. No Collateral is located outside the United States, except as follows:

 

Saskatoon, SK Canada

   2209 Speers Ave. Saskatoon, SK Canada S7L5X6    Unknown    Inventory    Customer location


SCHEDULE 9.2.2

to

Loan and Security Agreement

EXISTING LIENS

None.


SCHEDULE 9.2.17

to

Loan and Security Agreement

EXISTING AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS

None.


EXHIBIT A

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

In accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated June 23, 2015 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and between G&M Opco LLC (“ Borrower ”) and Bank of America, N.A., I hereby certify that:

1. I am the [President] [Chief Financial Officer] of Borrower;

2. The enclosed financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

3. No Default (as defined in the Loan Documents) or any event which, upon the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute such a Default, has occurred.

4. Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section  9.3.1 of the Loan Agreement, as demonstrated by the calculations contained in Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

5. The Applicable Margin level is Level      , based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter, as calculated on Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

G&M OPCO LLC, as Borrower
By:    
Name:    
Title:    


EXHIBIT B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

(a) Each Loan Document shall have been duly executed and delivered to Lender by each of the signatories thereto, and each Obligor shall be in compliance with all terms thereof.

(b) Lender shall have made all filings or recordations necessary to perfect its Liens in the Collateral, as well as UCC and Lien searches and other evidence satisfactory to Lender that such Liens are the only Liens upon the Collateral, except Permitted Liens.

(c) Lender shall have received duly executed agreements establishing each Dominion Account and related lockbox, in form and substance, and with financial institutions, satisfactory to Lender.

(d) Lender shall have received certificates, in form and substance satisfactory to it, from a knowledgeable Senior Officer of Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to the initial Loans and transactions hereunder, (i) Borrower is Solvent; (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists; (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section  8 are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier therein); (iv) no litigation, investigation or proceeding before or by any arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall be continuing or threatened against any Obligor or Target which could, in the opinion of Lender (as determined in its Permitted Discretion), have a Material Adverse Effect on the Collateral, Borrower or Target, if determined adversely to the interests of Borrower or Target (as applicable); and (v) Borrower has complied with all agreements and conditions to be satisfied by it under the Loan Documents.

(e) Lender shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of the Loan Documents is true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to this credit facility; and (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign the Loan Documents. Lender may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing.

(f) Lender shall have received a written opinion of Haynes & Boone, LLP, as well any local counsel to Borrower or Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(g) Lender shall have received copies of the charter documents of each Obligor, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization. Lender shall have received good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and each jurisdiction where such Obligor’s conduct of business or ownership of Property necessitates qualification.

(h) Lender shall have received copies of policies and certificates of insurance for the insurance policies carried by Borrower, together with lender loss payable and additional insured endorsements in favor of Lender, all in compliance with the Loan Documents.

(i) Lender shall have completed its business, financial and legal due diligence of Obligors, including all audits, a roll-forward of its previous field examination, and appraisals of Borrower’s Inventory, in each case, with results satisfactory to Lender. No material adverse change in the financial condition of Target or any Obligor or in the quality, quantity or value of any Collateral shall have occurred since December 31, 2014.

(j) Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses to be paid to Lender on the Closing Date.


(k) Lender shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of June 22, 2015. Upon giving effect to the initial funding of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit, and the payment by Borrower of all fees and expenses incurred in connection herewith as well as any payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices, Availability shall be at least $3,000,000.

(l) The Acquisition shall have closed on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender and Lender shall be satisfied with the corporate, capital and ownership structures of the Obligors after giving effect to the Acquisition. Borrower shall have received all consents necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition, this Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement and Lender shall have received such consents and waivers of such Persons as Lender shall deem necessary in its Permitted Discretion. The Acquisition Documents shall be in full force and effect and Lender shall have received fully executed copies of the Acquisition Documents, each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of Borrower as being true, correct and complete.

(m) Concurrently with the initial credit extensions made hereunder, Borrower shall have entered into the Term Loan Agreement, which shall provide for senior secured term loans of up to $19,000,000, and such agreements shall be in full force and effect and Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Term Debt Documents, each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of Borrower as being true, correct and complete.

(n) Lender shall have received (i) a pro forma balance sheet of Borrower giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition, which balance sheet shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and shall reflect no material changes from the pro forma balance sheet of Borrower delivered to Lender on April 30, 2015 (ii) financial projections of Borrower, giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition, evidencing Borrower’s ability to comply to the financial covenants set forth in Section  9.3 hereof, (iii) interim financial statements for Borrower for the period(s) ended April 30, 2015 and if available, May 31, 2015 and (iv) a quality of earnings report prepared by Sprock Capital Advisory LLC, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion.


EXHIBIT C

FEES

(a) Unused Line Fee . Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee equal to the applicable Unused Line Fee Rate times the amount by which the average daily Revolver Commitment exceeds the average daily Revolver Usage during any month. Such fee shall be payable in arrears, on the first day of each month and on the Commitment Termination Date.

(b) LC Facility Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender (i) a fee equal to the Applicable Margin in effect for LIBOR Revolver Loans times the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; (ii) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum on the Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; and (iii) all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, which charges shall be paid as and when incurred. During an Event of Default, the fee payable under clause (i) shall be increased by 2% per annum.

(c) Closing Fee . On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender a closing fee.


EXHIBIT D

FINANCIAL REPORTING

As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to furnish to Lender:

(a) as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, balance sheets as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity for such Fiscal Year, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, which consolidated statements shall be audited and certified (without qualification) by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, and shall set forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and other information acceptable to Lender;

(b) as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days (45 days for each month ending on or before September 30, 2015) after the end of each month (but within 60 days after the last month in a Fiscal Year), unaudited balance sheets as of the end of such month and the related statements of income and cash flow for such month and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then elapsed, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, setting forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations for such month and period, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clauses (a) and (b) above, or more frequently if requested by Lender while a Default or Event of Default exists, a Compliance Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower;

(d) concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, copies of all management letters and other material reports submitted to Borrower by its accountants in connection with such financial statements;

(e) not later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections of Borrower’s consolidated balance sheets, results of operations, cash flow and Availability for the next Fiscal Year, month by month and for the following three Fiscal Years, year by year;

(f) not later than 10 days prior to the end of each month, a listing of Borrower’s trade payables, specifying the trade creditor and balance due, and a detailed trade payable aging, all in form satisfactory to Lender;

(g) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any press releases or other statements made available by Borrower to the public concerning material changes to or developments in the business of Borrower;

(h) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any annual report to be filed in connection with each Plan or Foreign Plan;

(i) such other reports and information (financial or otherwise) as Lender may reasonably request from time to time in connection with any Collateral or Borrower’s, any of its Subsidiaries’ or other Obligor’s financial condition or business ( provided, however, such reports and information shall not include any board minutes or management notes of Borrower or any other Obligor); and

(j) as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, financial statements for each Guarantor (if any), in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.


EXHIBIT E

COLLATERAL REPORTING

(a) By the 20th day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous month, and at such other times as Lender may request (the Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). All calculations of Availability in any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by Borrower and certified by a Senior Officer, provided that Lender may from time to time review and adjust any such calculation to the extent the calculation is not made in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, at any time and from time to time during the period between required deliveries of Borrowing Base Certificates, Borrower may deliver an interim Borrowing Base Certificate to Lender and the Borrowing Base as calculated therein shall for all purposes be the Borrowing Base and such interim Borrowing Base Certificate shall for all purposes constitute the then applicable Borrowing Base Certificate until the next scheduled Borrowing Base Certificate or interim Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered.

(b) Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to Lender sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on such periodic basis as Lender may request. Borrower shall also provide to Lender, on or before the 20th day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Accounts as of the end of the preceding month, specifying each Account’s Account Debtor name and address (if requested during the continuance of an Event of Default), amount, invoice date and due date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment histories, status reports and other information as Lender may reasonably request (the aged trial balance of Accounts shall be delivered weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week, during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $1,000,000 or more cease to be Eligible Accounts, Borrower shall notify Lender of such occurrence promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) after Borrower has knowledge thereof; provided, however , the foregoing shall not apply to circumstances where Lender itself has determined the ineligibility of any portion of such formerly Eligible Accounts.

(c) Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily withdrawals and additions, and shall submit to Lender inventory and reconciliation reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on or before the 20th day of each month (or weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week, during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). Borrower shall conduct a physical inventory at least once per calendar year (and on a more frequent basis if requested by Lender when an Event of Default exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to Lender a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion thereof, together with such supporting information as Lender may request. Lender may participate in and observe each physical count.


EXHIBIT F

POST CLOSING

 

(a) On the Closing Date, deliver evidence to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that (i) Target has changed its name from “Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC” to a name that is satisfactory to Borrower by filing a certificate of amendment to its certificate of formation with the Delaware Secretary of State and (ii) Borrower has changed its name from G&M Opco LLC to Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC by filing a certificate of amendment to its certificate of formation with the Delaware Secretary of State (the “ Specified Name Change ”)

 

(b) Within 2 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Lender (i) evidence that Borrower has updated all account information with Plains Capital Bank (in form and substance satisfactory to Plains Capital Bank and Lender) to evidence the Acquisition and the Specified Name Change and (ii) a fully executed copy of a Deposit Account Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and duly executed by Plains Capital Bank, Borrower and Term Agent, with respect to the following deposit accounts maintained at Plains Capital Bank: 4100041450, 4100042060, 4100033895, 4100011776, 4100025354.

 

(c) Within 3 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Term Agent (i) an original fully executed Copyright Security Agreement, duly executed by Borrower and (ii) the original membership interest certificate evidencing Borrower’s equity interest in SPV together with a transfer power duly executed in blank, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Term Agent.

 

(d) Within 5 days following the Closing Date, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that a UCC financing statement has been properly filed with the office of the appropriate Secretary of State office naming Florida Bath & Surfaces Inc. as debtor and Borrower as secured party and assigned to Lender.

 

(e) Within 15 days following the Closing Date, deliver (i) a lender loss payable endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s property insurance, (ii) an additional insured endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s liability insurance and (iii) an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of all insurance policies, in each case, duly endorsed to Lender and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(f) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Lender an endorsement in favor of Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, to (i) the Promissory Note by Majestic Marble and Glass Company in favor of Architectural Granite & Marble, Ltd., dated November 18, 2014 in the amount of $250,000.00 and (ii) the Guaranty Agreement by Bruce Battle and William D. Cox in favor of Architectural Granite & Marble, Ltd., dated November 18, 2014.

 

(g) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds, duly executed by each of the parties named therein.

 

(h) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that Borrower has duly perfected its consignment interest in all Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof by (i) obtaining UCC-3 assignments from Target in respect of each UCC financing statement filed by Target as of the Closing Date to perfect its purchase money security interest in Consigned Inventory and (b) following the Specified Name Change, amending such UCC financing statements to reflect the Borrower’s name change and name Lender as an assignee thereunder.

 

(i) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, close each Deposit Account of Borrower which is not at Lender (other than accounts permitted under the parenthetical in the first sentence of Section  9.1.9 ).


(j) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, maintain all lockbox arrangements with Lender as required by Section 5.5.

 

(k) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, deliver fully executed Imported Goods Agreements duly executed by each of the Borrower’s customs broker or freight forwarder.

 

(l) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, deliver fully executed Lien Waivers for the following locations:

 

Entity

  

Address

  

Landlord

Borrower

   19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood, Austin, Texas Burnet County, 78669    AG&M Bee Creek Investments, Ltd.

Borrower

   3843 Stahl Road, San Antonio, Texas Bexar County 78217    AG&M San Antonio Investments, Ltd.

Borrower

   7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Oklahoma County 73116    Chrisscott II, L.L.C.

Borrower

   Approx. 2 acres west of the space at 7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, Oklahoma County 73116    Carson & Shdeed, L.L.C.

Borrower

   4250 Kenilwood, Nashville, Tennessee, Davidson County 37204    Kenilwood Properties, LLC

Borrower

   2641 Noblin Road, Suite 104 Raleigh, North Carolina, Wake County 27604    Chaucer Investments, LLC

Exhibit 10.12

THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY LIEN CREATED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO THE LIEN PRIORITY AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT DATED AS OF JUNE 23, 2015 BY AND BETWEEN BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. AS ABL AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE ABL CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND MONROE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT ADVISORS, LLC, AS TERM AGENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE TERM CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE BORROWER AND THE GUARANTORS, AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME.

FIRST AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 4, 2016, is by and among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as G&M OpCo LLC) (“ Borrower ”) and AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SPV ” and, together with Borrower, each individually, a “ Loan Party ” and collectively the “ Loan Parties ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”). Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender (the “ Lenders ”) have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “ Loan Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties have requested that the Lender make certain amendments with respect to the Loan Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties have also requested that the Lender consent to the Brazilian Acquisition (as defined below);

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Consent . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Loan Agreement to the contrary, the Lender hereby consents to the acquisition by Borrower and SPV from Felipe Dutra Gomes and Carolina Neves Ramos Dutra pursuant to that certain Quota Purchase and Sale Agreement dated on or about the date hereof of 100% of the equity interests of CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME (“ CECAFE ”) for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed one thousand three hundred dollars ($1,300.00) (the “ Brazilian Acquisition ”).


2. Amendment to Loan Agreement . In reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in Section 4 below and subject to the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 5 below, the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

2.1. Schedule 8.1.4(a) to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Schedule 8.1.4(a) attached hereto as Exhibit A .

2.2 Schedule 8.1.4(d) to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the Schedule 8.1.4(d) attached hereto as Exhibit B .

2.3 Section 8.1.18(b) to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following provision:

AG SPV has not engaged in any activities other than entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Artisan Company Agreement and does not hold any assets other than (i) membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement; and (ii) fifty (50) quotas, representing a one percent (1%) equity ownership interest, of CECAFE.

3. Post-Closing Covenant . As soon as reasonably practicable after the existence of CECAFE is no longer necessary to allow Felipe Dutra Gomez to comply with the conditions of his L1 Visa, Borrower shall deliver to Lender evidence that CECAFE has been dissolved. The failure to comply with this Section 3 shall constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.

4. Representations and Warranties of Loan Parties . Each of the Loan Parties represents and warrants that:

4.1. Each Loan Party is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and each Loan Party is duly authorized to perform its Obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Amendment do not and will not (a) require any consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority (other than any consent or approval which has been obtained and is in full force and effect), (b) conflict with (i) any provision of law in any material respect, (ii) the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Loan Party or (iii) any material agreement, indenture, instrument or other document, or any judgment, order or decree, which is binding upon any Loan Party or any of their respective properties or (c) require, or result in, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of Lender created pursuant to the Security Documents).

4.2. This Amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity.


4.3. Each of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Agreement, as amended herein, is true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

4.4. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5. Conditions To Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective as of the date first set forth above, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

5.1. Execution and Delivery . Lender shall have received a copy of this Amendment duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party.

5.2. Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

5.3. No Defaults . No Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

5.4. Payment of Fees . Borrower shall have paid the reasonable and documented costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented legal expenses of Holland & Knight LLP) of Lender incurred by it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.5. Brazilian Acquisition . The Brazilian Acquisition shall be consummated in a manner, and with such documents and deliveries as are, reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

6. Reference To And Effect Upon The Loan Agreement .

6.1. The Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect, as amended hereby, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

6.2. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Lender under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein.

6.3. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Loan Agreement to “this Loan Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.


7. GOVERNING LAW . UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AMENDMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL CLAIMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES EXCEPT FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS.

8. Reaffirmation and Ratification of Liability . Each Loan Party hereby ratifies, reaffirms and confirms its liabilities, obligation, guaranties and agreements under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is party, and the Liens granted or purported to be granted and perfected thereby.

9. Costs and Expenses . Borrower hereby affirms its obligation under, and to the extent contemplated by, Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement to reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including but not limited to legal costs and expenses with respect thereto.

10. Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

11. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of executed Loan Documents maintained by the Lender shall be deemed to be originals.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWER:     ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
    By:   /s/ Chris Zugaro
    Name:   Chris Zugaro
    Title:   Vice President and Manager

 

OTHER LOAN PARTIES    

AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company

    By:   /s/ Chris Zugaro
    Name:   Chris Zugaro
    Title:   Vice President and Manager


LENDER:     BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
    By:   /s/ Laura Parrish
    Name:   Laura Parrish
    Title:   Vice President


Exhibit A

Schedule 8.1.4(a) to Loan and Security Agreement

[ See attached ]


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(a)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

NAMES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

1. The corporate names, jurisdictions of incorporation, and authorized and issued Equity Interests of Borrower and Subsidiary are as follows:

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

  

Number and Class
of Authorized Shares

  

Number and Class
of Issued Shares

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Delaware    Membership interests 1    100% of the membership interests are issued.
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    Delaware    Membership interests 2    100% of the membership interests are issued.
CECAFE Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME    Brazil    5,000 Quotas    5,000 Quotas

 

2. The record holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

  

Class of Stock

  

Number of Shares

  

Record Owner

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Membership interests    100% Membership Interests 3    TCFI G&M LLC
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    Membership interests    100% Membership Interests 4    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
CECAFE Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME    Quotas    5,000 Quotas    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (4,950 Quotas) AG Holdco (SPV) LLC (50 Quotas)

 

3. All agreements binding on holders of Equity Interests of Borrower and Subsidiaries with respect to such interests are as follows:

 

  1. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

 

  2. Limited Liability Company Agreement of TCFI G&M LLC

 

  3. Limited Liability Company Agreement of AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

 

  4. Membership Interest and Supplier Rights Purchase Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between G&M OpCo LLC and Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC.

 

  5. Membership Interest Transfer Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, between G&M OpCo LLC and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

  6. Quota Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016, by and among Felipe Dutra Gomes and Carolina Neves Ramos Dutra, as the sellers, and Architectural Granite and Marble, LLC and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, as the purchasers.

 

1   The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
2   The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
3   The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.
4   The membership interests are expressed as a percentage.


4. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination, except:

Substantially all of the assets of the Borrower were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015 among the Borrower, Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Jack W. Seiders, Peggy A. Seiders, Jack Chadley Seiders, Chelsey S. Bryant, Luke W. Spiller, Rick E. Seiders, and Kelley M. Wilson.

 

5. There are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary, except:

None.

.


Exhibit B

Schedule 8.1.4(d) to Loan and Security Agreement

[ See attached ]


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(d)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

Pledged Equity :

 

Grantor (owner of

Record of such Pledged

Equity)

  

Issuer

  

Pledged Equity
Description

  

Percentage of
Issuer

  

Certificate
(Indicate No.)

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    Membership interests    100%    001
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    CECAFE Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME    Quotas    64%    Uncertificated
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    CECAFE Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME    Quotas    1%    Uncertificated

Exhibit 10.13

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT AND JOINDER (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of February 28, 2017, is by and among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known as G&M OpCo LLC) (“ AG&M ”), as the initial Borrower, and immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition (as defined in the Amended Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined)), PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental Granite and Marble ”; and together with AG&M and each Subsidiary of Pental Granite and Marble listed on the signature pages hereto, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”), TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent ”), and AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ SPV ” and, together with Borrower and Parent, each individually, a “ Obligor ” and collectively the “ Obligors ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “ Lender ”) and is made with reference to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, as amended by that certain First Amendment and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016 (as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Loan Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, capitalized term used in these recitals but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Amended Loan Agreement (as hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Pental Acquisition Agreement, Pental Granite and Marble (a wholly-owned subsidiary of AG&M) will, directly or indirectly, acquire all of the Equity Interests of the Acquired Business;

WHEREAS, the Obligors have requested that the Existing Loan Agreement be amended to, among other things, (i) increase the Revolver Commitment to an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000, (ii) join Pental Granite and Marble as a borrower under the Amended Loan Agreement and (iii) make certain other changes in connection with the consummation of the Pental Acquisition;

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to agree to the amendments to the Existing Loan Agreement provided for herein and in the Amended Loan Agreement, in each case, on the terms set forth herein and in the Amended Loan Agreement and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the mutuality, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments to Existing Loan Agreement .

1.1. Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended (a) to delete the red or green stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: stricken text and stricken text ) and (b) to add the blue or green double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: double-underlined text and double-underlined text ), in each case, as set forth in the marked copy of the Existing Loan Agreement (and to the extent provided in Exhibit A hereto, the exhibits, schedules and appendices to the Existing Loan Agreement) attached hereto as Exhibit A hereto and made a part hereof for all purposes (the “ Amended Loan Agreement ”).

 

1


1.2. Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Schedules 8.1.4 , 8.1.10 , 8.1.11 , 8.1.13 , 8.1.14 , 8.1.15 , 8.1.17 , 8.1.27 , 9.1.9 , 9.1.10 , 9.2.2 and 9.2.17 , are hereby amended and restated in their entirety in the form attached hereto as Schedules 8.1.4 , 8.1.10 , 8.1.11 , 8.1.13 , 8.1.14 , 8.1.15 , 8.1.17 , 8.1.27 , 9.1.9 , 9.1.10 , 9.2.2 and 9.2.17 , respectively.

Section 2. Ratification and Further Assurances .

2.1. Each Obligor confirms that all of its obligations under the Existing Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents (each as amended by this Amendment) are in full force and effect and are performable in accordance with their respective terms without setoff, defense, counter-claim or claims in recoupment. Each Obligor further confirms that the term “Obligations”, as used in the Amended Loan Agreement, shall include all Obligations of the Obligors under the Existing Loan Agreement, any promissory notes issued under the Existing Loan Agreement, and under each Loan Document. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Amendment do not constitute a novation of the Existing Loan Agreement and related Obligations arising thereunder but, rather, an amendment of the terms of pre-existing Obligations and related agreement, as evidenced by the Amended Loan Agreement.

2.2. Each Obligor agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Lender, such Obligor will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as the Lender may reasonably request in order to effect the provisions of this Amendment.

Section 3. No Waiver . Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, nothing contained in this Amendment, or any other communication between or among Lender and any Obligor, shall be construed as a waiver by the Lender of any covenant or provision of the Amended Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents, this Amendment or any other contract or instrument between or among any Obligor and Lender, or of any similar future transaction, and the failure of Lender at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by any Obligor of any provision thereof shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of the Lender to thereafter demand strict compliance therewith. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall directly or indirectly in any way whatsoever either: (i) except as expressly provided herein, impair, prejudice or otherwise adversely affect the Lender’s right at any time to exercise any right, privilege or remedy in connection with the Amended Loan Agreement or any Loan Documents, each as amended hereby, (ii) except as expressly provided herein, amend or alter any provision of the Existing Loan Agreement or any Loan Documents or any other contract or instrument, or (iii) constitute any course of dealings or other basis for altering any obligation of any Obligor under the Amended Loan Agreement or any Loan Documents or any right, privilege or remedy of Lender under the Amended Loan Agreement, any Loan Documents or any other contract or instrument. The Lender hereby reserves all rights granted under the Existing Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents, this Amendment and any other contract or instrument between or among any Obligor and Lender, each as amended hereby.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties . Each Obligor represents and warrants (immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby) to the Lender the following: (i) there does not exist any Default or Event of Default that is continuing, (ii) each Borrower is individually, and the Obligors, taken as a whole, are Solvent as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, (iii) all other representations and warranties contained in Loan Documents (and this Amendment shall constitute a “Loan Document” for all purposes) are true and correct in all material respects (except representations and warranties which are already qualified by a materiality standard, which representations and warranties are true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date (or to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, on and as of such earlier date), (iv) each Obligor is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, as applicable, and is qualified to do business in each other jurisdiction in

 

2


which the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (v) no amendment, modification or other change has been made to the Organic Documents of any Obligor since the Closing Date in violation of the Existing Loan Agreement or the Loan Documents.

Section 5. Conditions to Effectiveness . The effectiveness of this Amendment is conditioned upon the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent. The determination as to whether each condition has been satisfied may be made by the Lender in its sole discretion, all of which shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender (date on which each such condition has been so satisfied or waived by the Lender, the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”):

5.1. Lender shall have received each of the following, duly executed by each of the undersigned signatories (if applicable):

(a) this Amendment;

(b) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) no material adverse change in the financial condition of Pental Granite and Marble or any Obligor or in the quality, quantity or value of any Collateral shall have occurred since the Closing Date; (ii) each Borrower is individually, and the Obligors, taken as a whole, are Solvent; (iii) all shareholder consents and approvals necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment have been obtained; (iv) except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.15 to the Amended Loan Agreement, there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to Borrower’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any of their businesses, operations, Properties, prospects or conditions, that (x) relate to any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby; or (y) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if determined adversely to Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (v) the representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Obligor contained in Section 8 of the Amended Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date; (vi) the material Term Loan Documents in effect as of the Second Amendment Effective Date attached thereto are true, complete and correct copies, each of which is in full force and effect without amendment, except as attached thereto; and (vii) the Pental Acquisition Documents in effect as of the Second Amendment Effective Date attached thereto are true, complete and correct copies, each of which is in full force and effect without amendment, except as attached thereto;

(c) an updated perfection certificate, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date duly executed by the Obligors;

(d) that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date among the Lender and the Term Agent, and acknowledged by the Obligors, duly executed by the parties signatory thereto;

(e) a Pledge Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date between the Parent and the Lender;

 

3


(f) an Intellectual Property security agreement;

(g) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached certified copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of this Amendment and other Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to the credit facility; and (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign this Amendment and the other Loan Documents. Lender may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing;

(h) a written opinion of Haynes & Boone, LLP, as well any local counsel to Borrower or Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender;

(i) good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization;

(j) reasonably satisfactory ACORD insurance certificates and endorsements evidencing insurance coverages and amounts as required by Section 9.1.7 of the Amended Loan Agreement;

(k) a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of January 31, 2017. Upon giving effect to the initial funding of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit, and the payment by Borrower of all fees and expenses incurred in connection herewith as well as any payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices, Availability shall be at least $8,000,000;

(l) (i) true and correct copies of UCC or other Lien searches obtained with respect to the Acquired Business and the seller(s) involved in the Pental Acquisition, and each such search shall reveal no Liens on the Acquired Business, except for Permitted Liens or Liens which are discharged on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, and (ii) true and correct copies of UCC and other Lien searches considered necessary by the Lender and other evidence as reasonably requested by the Lender that no Liens exist other than Permitted Liens;

(m) (i) a pro forma balance sheet of Borrower giving pro forma effect to the Pental Acquisition, which balance sheet shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and shall reflect no material changes from the pro forma balance sheet of Borrower dated as of September 30, 2016, (ii) financial projections of Borrower, giving pro forma effect to the Pental Acquisition, evidencing Borrower’s ability to comply to the financial covenants set forth in Section 9.3 of the Amended Loan Agreement, (iii) interim financial statements for Pental Granite & Marble for the period(s) ended November 30, 2016 and if available, December 31, 2016 and (iv) a quality of earnings report prepared by Sprock Capital Advisory, LLC, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion;

 

4


(n) a fully executed (i) Deposit Account Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and duly executed by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Borrower, Lender and Term Agent with respect to operating account #599682858, (ii) Deposit Account Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and duly executed by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Borrower, Lender and Term Agent with respect to deposit account #599682866, and (ii) Amended and Restated Deposit Account Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and duly executed by Bank of America, N.A., Borrower, Lender and Term Agent with respect to deposit account #4451090720,

(o) the Pental Acquisition shall have been consummated simultaneously, or substantially concurrently with, this Amendment in accordance with the Pental Acquisition Agreement (as same may be modified thereafter as permitted herein), and no provision of the Pental Acquisition Agreement shall have been amended, waived or otherwise modified in any respect that is materially adverse to the interests of the Lender without the prior written consent of Lender;

(p) Lender shall have a valid, perfected first priority security interest (subject, in the case of priority only, to Permitted Liens) in all Collateral, to the extent such security interest may be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement or a security agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) and the Pental Acquisition, Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall remain perfected to the same degree and with the same priority (in each case, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement) as existed immediately prior to giving effect to such transactions;

(q) The Borrower shall have received, concurrently with this Amendment, up to $105,000,000 in gross proceeds under the Term Loan Documents, such Term Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect and Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of the Term Loan Agreement, which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of Borrower as being true, correct and complete;

(r) Lender shall have received evidence of the payment in full of all Debt under the that certain Loan Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among AG&M, the financial institutions party thereto (the “ Existing Term Loan Lenders ”) and Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC (the “ Existing Term Loan Agent ”), together with all other documents and instruments relating thereto, together with (A) a termination and release agreement with respect to such facility and all related documents, duly executed by the Obligors, the Existing Term Loan Agent and the Existing Term Loan Lenders, (B) a termination of security interest in intellectual property for each assignment for security recorded by the Existing Term Loan Agent and/or the Existing Term Loan Lenders at the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office and covering any intellectual property of the Obligors, and (C) UCC-3 termination statements for all UCC-1 financing statements authorized to be filed by the Existing Term Loan Agent and the Existing Term Loan Lenders and covering any portion of the Collateral;

(s) Lender shall have received evidence of the payment in full of all Debt under the that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2014 (as amended,

 

5


restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among Pental Granite and Marble, the financial institutions party thereto (the “ Existing Pental Lenders ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “ Existing Pental Agent ”), together with all other documents and instruments relating thereto, together with (A) a termination and release agreement with respect to such facility and all related documents, duly executed by the Obligors, the Existing Pental Agent and the Existing Pental Lenders, (B) a termination of security interest in intellectual property for each assignment for security recorded by the Existing Pental Agent and/or the Existing Pental Lenders at the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office and covering any intellectual property of the Obligors, and (C) UCC-3 termination statements for all UCC-1 financing statements authorized to be filed by the Existing Pental Agent and the Existing Pental Lenders and covering any portion of the Collateral; and

(t) Lender shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that AG&M shall have received, directly or indirectly, no less than $10,000,000 of proceeds in the form of rollover equity from certain management investors of Pental Granite and Marble to effect the consummation the Pental Acquisition Agreement. On or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, there shall have been delivered to Lender true and correct copies of all documents evidencing the contribution described above, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and all material terms and provisions of such documents as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

5.2. The Obligors shall have paid to the Lender, all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and other amounts owed to or incurred by any Lender in connection with this Amendment, including the fees payable in the amounts and at the times as set forth in the Fee Letter.

5.3. Lender shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information about the Obligors required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.

5.4. Lender shall have received such other documents and instruments as Lender may reasonably request.

The Obligors shall be deemed to represent and warrant to Lender that each of the foregoing conditions has been satisfied upon the release of their respective signatures to this Amendment.

Section 6. Certain Covenants .

6.1. On or prior to the date that is twenty (20) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall deliver to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (i) a lender loss payable endorsement with respect to Obligors’ property insurance, (ii) an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of all insurance policies, in each case, duly endorsed to Lender.

6.2. On or prior to the date that is thirty (30) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds, duly executed by each of the parties names therein.

 

6


6.3. On or prior to the date that is thirty (30) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Representation and Warranties Policy, duly executed by each of the parties names therein.

6.4. On or prior to the date that is thirty (30) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall deliver good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of each foreign jurisdiction where such Obligor’s conduct of business or ownership of Property necessitates qualification.

6.5. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall deliver to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, (a) a duly executed Consignment Agreement for all Consigned Inventory locations and (b) evidence that Pental Granite and Marble has duly perfected its consignment interest in all Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof by (i) (x) filing UCC financing statements naming Pental Granite and Marble, LLC as the secured party to perfect its purchase money security interest in Consigned Inventory or (y) amending any UCC financing statements on file as of the Second Amendment Effective Date to reflect Pental Granite and Marble’s name change to perfect its purchase money security interest in Consigned Inventory, as applicable, and (ii) amending such UCC financing statements to name Lender as an assignee thereunder.

6.6. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall maintain Lender as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of all operating, collection, disbursement and other deposit accounts and for all Cash Management Services.

6.7. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall deliver to Lender fully executed Lien Waivers, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, with respect to following locations (with the understanding that the failure to obtain any such waiver may result in the establishment of Availability Reserves, subject to the terms and conditions of the Amended Loan Agreement):

 

Obligor

 

Address

 

Landlord

AG&M   4200 Kenilwood Drive, Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee 37204   Chaucer Investments, LLC
AG&M   8861 San Fernando Road, Sun Valley, Los Angeles County, California 91352   8861 San Fernando, Inc.
AG&M   4850 East La Palma Ave., Anaheim, Orange County, California 92801   Ajax LaPalma Investors, LLC
AG&M   5032 Sirona Dr #100, Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, North Carolina 28273   Liberty Property Limited Partnership
Pental Granite and Marble   725 Fidalgo Street and 770 S. Michigan Street, Seattle, Washington, King County 98108   CSDV, Limited Partnership
Pental Granite and Marble   549 B South Dawson Street, Seattle, Washington   CSHV NWCP Seattle, LLC

 

7


Pental Granite and Marble   3551 NW Yeon, Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon, 97210   CSHV NWCP Portland, LLC
Pental Granite and Marble   3600-D Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424   Prologis Targeted U.S. Logistics Fund, L.P.
Pental Granite and Marble   3900A Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424   AMB Partners II, L.P.
Pental Granite and Marble   7050 Valjean Avenue, Van Nuys, Los Angeles County, California 91406   BPR Investment
Pental Granite and Marble   10000 – 10300 East 40 th Avenue, Denver, Denver County, Colorado 80038   United Properties of Colorado LLC
Pental Granite and Marble   4700 South Highland Drive, Suite A, Unit #046, Salt Lake City, Utah   SLC Storage LLC
Pental Granite and Marble   2211 N. Harvard Road, Unit 57, Liberty Lake, Washington   Storage Solutions Liberty Lake, LLC
Pental Granite and Marble   405 N. Gilbert Road, Unit 729, Gilbert Arizona   Gilbert/Heather Self-Storage Investors, LLC d.b.a. Gilbert Road Self Storage
Pental Granite and Marble   6218 W. Sahara Ave., Unit D92, Las Vegas, Nevada   Central Self Storage - Sahara
Pental Granite and Marble   6401 Oak Canyon, Space D1003, Irving, California   Extra Space Management, Inc.

6.8. On or prior to the date that is sixty (60) days following the Second Amendment Effective Date, or such later date as the Lender may agree to at its sole option, the Obligors shall deliver to Lender fully executed (i) amended and restated Imported Goods Agreements duly executed by each of AG&M’s customs brokers or freight forwarders who delivered an executed Imported Goods Agreement in connection with the Existing Credit Agreement and (ii) Imported Goods Agreements duly executed by all other customs brokers or freight forwarders of Pental Granite and Marble and/or AG&M.

The failure to comply with this Section 6 (other than Section 6.5 , which failure shall result in Inventory that is held by consignees and not subject to a Consignment Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and a duly perfected first priority security interest in favor of Lender and in favor of AG&M and/or Pental Granite and Marble, as applicable, being excluded from the Borrowing Base until the requirements of Section 6.5 , and the other requirements of Eligible Consigned Inventory are satisfied) shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Amended Loan Agreement.

Section 7. Joinder, Ratification and Further Assurances of New Obligors .

7.1. Pental Granite and Marble . Pental Granite and Marble hereby joins and becomes a party to the Amended Loan Agreement as a Borrower with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Borrower from and after the consummation of the Pental Acquisition on the Second Amendment Effective Date. Pental Granite and Marble hereby assumes all of the Obligations of a “Borrower” and “Obligor” under the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby), as applicable and agrees and acknowledges that, for the benefit of the Lender and the Secured Parties, as evidenced by the signature hereto on its behalf:

(a) Pental Granite and Marble shall be and is a “Borrower” and an “Obligor” under the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended

 

8


hereby) with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Borrower” and “Obligor” and the effect of which shall be, without limitation, that (i) each reference to “Borrower” and “Obligor” in the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) shall be deemed to include such Person in such capacity and (ii) it shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) in such capacity and hereby shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of its predecessor (if any) thereunder.

(b) Pental Granite and Marble, as debtor, grantor, mortgagor, pledgor, guarantor or assignor, or in any other similar capacities in which such Person grants Liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as an accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby), hereby grants a security interest in all of the Collateral in which it may now or hereafter acquire an interest to secure the payment and performance of its Obligations and confirms and agrees that such Liens and security interests secure all of the Obligations.

(c) Pental Granite and Marble confirms to Lender and the Secured Parties that the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) with respect to Pental Granite and Marble as of the date hereof, and are deemed to be remade as of such date, except to the extent that such representations or warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date).

(d) Pental Granite and Marble agrees and acknowledges that Lender and each Secured Party is relying on the foregoing agreements, representations and warranties in entering into and performing their obligations under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) and that the foregoing shall not constitute a novation of any of the Obligations.

7.2. Parent . Parent hereby joins and becomes a party to the Amended Loan Agreement as a Guarantor with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor on the Second Amendment Effective Date. Parent hereby assumes all of the Obligations of a “Guarantor” and “Obligor” under the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby), as applicable and agrees and acknowledges that, for the benefit of the Lender and the Secured Parties, as evidenced by the signature hereto on its behalf:

(a) Parent shall be and is a “Guarantor” and an “Obligor” under the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Guarantor” and “Obligor” and the effect of which shall be, without limitation, that (i) each reference to “Guarantor” and “Obligor” in the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) shall be deemed to include such Person in such capacity and (ii) it shall be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Amended Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as amended hereby) in such capacity and hereby shall be deemed to have assumed all of the obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of its predecessor (if any) thereunder.

(b) Parent, as debtor, grantor, mortgagor, pledgor, guarantor or assignor, or in any other similar capacities in which such Person grants Liens or security interests in its property or otherwise acts as an accommodation party or guarantor, as the case may be, under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby), hereby grants a security interest in all of the Collateral

 

9


in which it may now or hereafter acquire an interest to secure the payment and performance of its Obligations and confirms and agrees that such Liens and security interests secure all of the Obligations.

(c) Parent confirms to Lender and the Secured Parties that the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) with respect to Parent as of the date hereof, and are deemed to be remade as of such date, except to the extent that such representations or warranties expressly relate to an earlier date (in which event such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) as of such earlier date).

(d) Parent agrees and acknowledges that Lender and each Secured Party is relying on the foregoing agreements, representations and warranties in entering into and performing their obligations under the Loan Documents (as amended hereby) and that the foregoing shall not constitute a novation of any of the Obligations.

Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.1. Except as expressly provided in this Amendment, (i) the Existing Loan Agreement shall continue in full force and effect, and (ii) the terms and conditions of the Existing Loan Agreement are expressly incorporated herein and ratified and confirmed in all respects. This Amendment is not intended to be or to create, nor shall it be construed as, a novation or an accord and satisfaction. From and after the date hereof, references to the “Loan Agreement” in each Loan Document shall be references to the Amended Loan Agreement. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

8.2. Each Obligor hereby ratifies and confirms the Liens and security interests granted under the Existing Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents and further ratifies and agrees that such Liens and security interests secure all obligations and indebtedness now, hereafter or from time to time made by, owing to or arising in favor of the Lender pursuant to the Existing Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents (as now, hereafter or from time to time amended).

8.3. This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Amendment nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, modified or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties required to be a party thereto pursuant to the Amended Loan Agreement.

8.4. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or as a .pdf attachment), and by the different parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8.5. If any term or provision of this Amendment is adjudicated to be invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable to the extent of such invalidity without affecting the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Amendment which shall be given effect so far as possible.

8.6. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ANY WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL (OR IF APPLICABLE, THE JUDICIAL REFEREE PROVISIONS) AND NOTICE PROVISIONS OF THE EXISTING LOAN AGREEMENT.

 

10


8.7. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Obligor, the Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Obligor shall have the right to assign any rights hereunder or any interest herein without the Lender’s prior written consent. Except as provided in the preceding sentence (with each being an intended third-party beneficiary of the applicable provisions), no Person shall be entitled to any third-party beneficiary status or other rights under this Amendment.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGES]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

BORROWER:      

ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

  
      By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

  
      Name:   Dan Lenahan   
      Title:   Vice President   
OTHER LOAN PARTIES:       TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company   
      By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

  
      Name:   Dan Lenahan   
      Title:   Vice President   
      AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company   
      By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

  
      Name:   Dan Lenahan   
      Title:   Vice President   


The undersigned hereby agrees that, effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and consummation of the Pental Acquisition, the undersigned hereby joins as “Borrower” under the Amended Loan Agreement for all purposes thereunder and shall have all of the obligations, jointly and severally, of a “Borrower” thereunder and hereby ratifies and agrees to be bound by all of the terms, provisions and conditions contained in the Amended Loan Agreement, and the other Loan Documents to which a Borrower is a party as though an original party thereto, including without limitation, the grant to Lender of a valid and enforceable security interest in and to the Collateral.

 

PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

Name:   Dan Lenahan
Title:   Vice President
Address for Notices:
  c/o Trive Capital
  2021 McKinney Avenue
  Suite 1200
  Dallas, TX 75201
  Attn: Dan Lenahan


LENDER:       BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.   

 

      By:  

/s/ Brandon Watkins

  
      Name: Brandon Watkins   
      Title: Senior Vice President   

 

      Address for Notices:   
      901 Main Street   
      11 th Floor, Mail Code: TX1-492-11-23   
      Dallas, TX 75202   
      Attn: AG&M Portfolio Manager   
      Telecopy: (214) 209-4766   
      with a copy (which shall not constitute as notice):   
      Holland & Knight LLP   
      200 Crescent Court   
      Suite 1600   
      Dallas, Texas 75201   
      Attn: Angelique Waddell   
      Email: Angelique.Waddell@hklaw.com   


Exhibit A to the Second Amendment

Attachment to consist of the Loan Agreement as amended by that certain (i) First Amendment and

Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016 and (ii) Second Amendment to

Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of February 28, 2017


Conformed Version Through as of the Firs t Second Amendment dated as of January 4,

2016 Effective Date (as defined herein)

 

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of June 23, 2015

 

 

ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC (f/k/a G&M OPCO LLC),

PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC ,

as Borrower,

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

 

 

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                Page  

1.

   DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION     1  
   1.1      D EFINITIONS     1  
   1.2      A CCOUNTING T ERMS     20 24  
   1.3      U NIFORM C OMMERCIAL C ODE     20 24  
   1.4      C ERTAIN M ATTERS OF C ONSTRUCTION     20 24  
   1.5      T IME OF D AY     20 25  
   1.6      E FFECTIVENESS OF B ORROWERS     25  

2.

   CREDIT FACILITIES     21 25  
   2.1      R EVOLVER C OMMITMENT     21 25  
   2.2      L ETTER OF C REDIT F ACILITY     21 26  

3.

   INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES     23 27  
   3.1      I NTEREST     23 27  
   3.2      F EES     24 28  
   3.3      C OMPUTATION OF I NTEREST , F EES , Y IELD P ROTECTION     24 28  
   3.4      R EIMBURSEMENT O BLIGATIONS     24 28  
   3.5      I LLEGALITY     24 29  
   3.6      I NABILITY TO D ETERMINE R ATES     24 29  
   3.7      I NCREASED C OSTS ; C APITAL A DEQUACY     25 29  
   3.8      M ITIGATION     25 30  
   3.9      F UNDING L OSSES     26 30  
   3.10      M AXIMUM I NTEREST     26 30  

4.

   LOAN ADMINISTRATION     26 31  
   4.1      M ANNER OF B ORROWING AND F UNDING R EVOLVER L OANS     26 31  
   4.2      N UMBER AND A MOUNT OF L IBOR L OANS ; D ETERMINATION OF R ATE     27 31  
   4.3      R ESERVED     27 31  
   4.4      O NE O BLIGATION     27 31  
   4.5      E FFECT OF T ERMINATION     27 32  

5.

   PAYMENTS     27 32  
   5.1      G ENERAL P AYMENT P ROVISIONS     27 32  
   5.2      R EPAYMENT OF R EVOLVER L OANS     27 32  
   5.3      K EEPWELL     27 32  
   5.4      P AYMENT OF O THER O BLIGATIONS     28 32  
   5.5      D OMINION A CCOUNT     28 32  

 

i

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


               Page  
  5.6      M ARSHALING ; P AYMENTS S ET A SIDE     28 33  
  5.7      A PPLICATION OF P AYMENTS     28 33  
  5.8      A CCOUNT S TATED     29 33  
  5.9      T AXES     29 33  

6.

  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT     30 35  
  6.1      C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO I NITIAL L OANS     30 35  
  6.2      C ONDITIONS P RECEDENT TO A LL C REDIT E XTENSIONS     30 35  

7.

  COLLATERAL     31 35  
  7.1      G RANT OF S ECURITY I NTEREST     31 35  
  7.2      L IEN ON D EPOSIT A CCOUNTS ; C ASH C OLLATERAL     31 36  
  7.3      [R ESERVED ] C OLLATERAL     32 36  
   7.4 7.5   O THER C OLLATERAL     32 36  
   7.5 7.6   L IMITATIONS     34 39  
   7.6   F URTHER A SSURANCES ; 7.7 E XTENT OF L IENS     34 39  

8.

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES     34 39  
   8.1   G ENERAL R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES     34 39  
   8.2   C OMPLETE D ISCLOSURE     38 44  

9.

   COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS     38 44  
   9.1   A FFIRMATIVE C OVENANTS     38 44  
   9.2   N EGATIVE C OVENANTS     41 48  
   9.3   F INANCIAL C OVENANTS     46 53  

10.

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT     46 54  
   10.1   E VENTS OF D EFAULT     46 54  
   10.2   R EMEDIES UPON D EFAULT     48 55  
   10.3   L ICENSE     48 56  
   10.4   S ETOFF     48 56  
   10.5   R EMEDIES C UMULATIVE ; N O W AIVER     49 56  

11.

   MISCELLANEOUS     49 56  
   11.1   A MENDMENTS AND W AIVERS     49 56  
   11.2   P OWER OF A TTORNEY     49 57  
   11.3   I NDEMNITY     50 57  
   11.4   N OTICES AND C OMMUNICATIONS     50 57  
   11.5   P ERFORMANCE OF O BLIGORS ’ O BLIGATIONS     51 58  
   11.6   C REDIT I NQUIRIES     51 58  
   11.7   S EVERABILITY     51 58  
   11.8   C UMULATIVE E FFECT ; C ONFLICT OF T ERMS     51 58  

 

ii

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


                Page  
   11.9      C OUNTERPARTS ; E XECUTION     51 58  
   11.10      E NTIRE A GREEMENT     51 59  
   11.11      N O C ONTROL ; N O A DVISORY OR F IDUCIARY R ESPONSIBILITY     51 59  
   11.12      C ONFIDENTIALITY     52 59  
   11.13      [R ESERVED ]     52 59  
   11.14      GOVERNING LAW     52 59  
   11.15      C ONSENT TO F ORUM     52 60  
   11.16      W AIVERS BY O BLIGORS     53 60  
   11.17      P ATRIOT A CT N OTICE     53 60  
   11.18      I NTERCREDITOR A GREEMENT     53 61  
   11.19      NO ORAL AGREEMENT     53 61  

12.

   GUARANTY     53 61  
   12.1      U NCONDITIONAL G UARANTY     53 61  
   12.2      C OVERED T AXES     54 61  
   12.3      W AIVERS OF N OTICE , D EMAND , ETC     54 61  
   12.4      N O I NVALIDITY , I RREGULARITY , ETC     54 61  
   12.5      I NDEPENDENT L IABILITY     54 62  
   12.6      L IABILITY A BSOLUTE     54 62  
   12.7      A PPLICATION OF P ROCEEDS     55 63  
   12.8      C ONTINUING E FFECTIVENESS .     55 63  
   12.9      E NFORCEMENT     56 63  
   12.10      S TATUTE OF L IMITATIONS     56 64  
   12.11      I NTEREST     57 64  
   12.12      C URRENCY C ONVERSION     57 64  
   12.13      A CKNOWLEDGMENT     57 64  
   12.14      C ONTINUING E FFECTIVENESS     57 64  
   12.15      R ELEASE     57 64  

LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 8.1.4      Names and Capital Structure
Schedule 8.1.10      Brokerage Commission
Schedule 8.1.11      Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Schedule 8.1.13      Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.1.14      Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 8.1.15      Litigation
Schedule 8.1.17      Pension Plans

Schedule 8.1.27                Material Contracts

Schedule 9.1.9      Deposit Accounts
Schedule 9.1.10      Business Locations
Schedule 9.2.2      Existing Liens
Schedule 9.2.17      Existing Affiliate Transactions

 

iii

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit B      Conditions Precedent
Exhibit C      Fees
Exhibit D      Financial Reporting
Exhibit E      Collateral Reporting
Exhibit F      Post Closing
Exhibit G                Form of Joinder Agreement

 

iv

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


THIS A GREEMENT A ND A NY L IEN C REATED HEREIN I S S UBJECT T O T HE L IEN P RIORITY A ND OTHER P ROVISIONS S ET F ORTH I N T HAT C ERTAIN INTERCREDITOR A GREEMENT D A T ED A S OF JUNE 23, 2015 B Y A ND B ETWEEN B ANK OF A MERICA, N .A. A S A BL A GENT ( AS DEFINED T HEREIN) FOR T HE A BL C REDITORS ( AS DEFINED T HEREIN) A ND M ONROE C APITAL M ANAGEMENT ADVISORS, L LC, A S TERM A GENT (AS DEFINED THEREIN) FOR THE TERM CREDITORS (AS DEFINED THEREIN) A ND A CKNOWLEDGED B Y T HE B ORROWER A ND T HE OBLIGORS NAMED T HEREIN, A S AMENDED, R ESTATED, S UPPLEMENTED OR O THERWISE M ODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME . Loan and Secured Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015, as amended by that certain (i) First Amendment and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016 and (ii) Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of February 28, 2017.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is dated as of June 23, 2015, among G&M OPCO LLC, a Delaware ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as G&M OPCO LLC (“AG&M”), as the initial borrower, and immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition (as defined below), PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental Granite and Marble”; and together with AG&M and each Subsidiary of Parent listed on the signature pages to the Second Amendment, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”), the undersigned Obligors (as defined below) and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns and including any Lending Office, “ Lender ”).

R E C I T A L S :

Borro w er h as r equested that L ender p rovide a c redit f acility to B orro w er to f inance its b usiness. L ender is willing to provide the credit facility on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS , capitalized terms used in these Recitals without definition shall have the meanings set forth in Section  1.1 .

WHEREAS , on the Closing Date, Lender provided credit facilities consisting of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15,000,000, which credit facilities were used to pay a portion of the purchase price for the Closing Date Acquisition, to refinance existing debt, to pay transaction costs and to finance working capital;

WHEREAS , on the Second Amendment Effective Date, AG&M will acquire all of the Equity Interests of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (the “Acquired Business”) pursuant to the Pental Acquisition Agreement;

WHEREAS , on the Second Amendment Effective Date, Lender has agreed to increase the Revolver Commitment to an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000, which credit facility shall be used by the Borrower to refinance existing debt, to pay a portion of the purchase price for the Pental Acquisition, to pay transaction costs and to finance working capital;

WHEREAS , the Borrower (jointly and severally) has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to Lender, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Lien on all of its assets (unless expressly excluded pursuant to this Agreement); and

WHEREAS , the Guarantors from time to time party hereto have agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and to secure their respective Obligations by granting to Lender, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Lien on all of their respective assets (unless expressly excluded pursuant to this Agreement).

NOW, THEREFORE , for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

  1.1 Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Accelerated R eporting T rigger P eriod : t he period ( a)  c o m mencing o n t he d ay that A vailability is less than $3,750,000; and (b)  continuing until Availability has been greater than $3,750,000 for 30 consecutive days.

Account Debto r : a Person obligated under an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible.

Acquired Business: as defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Acquired Indebtedness : Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by Borrower in a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that such Indebtedness (a) is unsecured, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisitio n : m eans t he acquisition o f s ubstantially all o f t he assets o f T arget b y B orro w er o n t he C losing Date pursuant to the Acquisition Documents.

Acquisition Agreement: means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, to be effective as of the Closing Date, among Borrower, Parent, and each of the sellers described therein, together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Acquisition D ocuments : m eans collectively, t he A cquisition A greement a nd each o ther d ocument, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Affiliate : with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. Control means “Control” means either (a) the power to vote, or the beneficial ownership of, 10% or more of the voting Stock of such Person (either directly or through the ownership of Stock Equivalents) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers or for material transactions or (b)  the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. Controlling and Controlled have correlative meanings. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless expressly stated otherwise, in no event shall any portfolio company of any Sponsor (other than the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of any such Obligor or Subsidiary) be considered an “Affiliate” of any Obligor.

Agreement: this Loan and Security Agreement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to the Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.

AG SPV : AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

Anti-Terrorism Law : any law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Patriot Act. Applicable Law : all laws, rules, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, agreement or matter in question, including all applicable statutory law, common law principles, and al l as well as provisions of constitutions, treaties, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of Governmental Authorities.

Applicable Margin : the margin set forth below, as determined by the Leverage R ati o average daily Availability as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter:

 

Level    Average Daily Leverage
Ratio
Availability as a
Percentage of the Borrowing
Base
     Base Rate
Revolver
Loans
    LIBOR
Revolver
Loans
 

I

     < 2.75:1.00  > 66.7%        0.75 0.25     1.50 1.25

II

   ³ 2.75:1.00 £ 66.7%        1.00 0.50     1.75 1.50
     but  £  3.75:1.00  ³  33.3%               

III

     > < 3.75:1.00 33.3%        1.25 0.75     2.00 1.75

 

2

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Provided that, (i) From the Second Amendment Effective Date until Januar y April 1, 2016, 2017, the initial Applicable Margin shall be determined as if Level II were applicable u ntil s uch t ime as t he A pplicable M argin s hall c hange pursuant to clause ( ii)  b elow a nd ( ii)  thereafte r . Thereafter , the Applicable Margin shall be subject to increase or decrease by Lender on the first day of the calendar month following delivery o f a Compliance C ertificate that s ets forth t he L everage R atio f or t he i mmediately p receding Fiscal Quarter. If Borro w er f ail s each Fiscal Quarter end. If Lender is unable to calculate average daily Availability for a Fiscal Quarter due to Borrowers’ failure to deliver any Compliance Borrowing Base Certificate o r f inancial statements, in each case, f or a perio d when required hereunder, then, at the option of Lender, Applicable M argi n margins shall be determined as if Level III were applicable until the first day of the calendar month following Lende r s receipt of such Compliance Certificate and financial statements, at which time the Applicable Margin shall be determined as provided above its receipt .

Approved Fund : any Person (other than a natural Person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans in its ordinary course of activities; provided that (i) no Person determined by Lender to be acting in the capacity of a vulture fund or distressed debt purchaser shall be an Approved Fund, (ii) no Person or Affiliate of such Person (other than a Person that is already a Lender) holding Term Debt, Subordinated Debt or Equity Interests issued by any Obligor shall be an Approved Fund, and (iii) no Person that constitutes a hedge fund shall be an Approved Fund; provided further , however, that at any time an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply.

Artisan Company Agreement : the Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC d/b/a The Artisan Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, dated as of September 30, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Availability : the Borrowing Base minus Revolver Usage.

Availability Reserve : the sum (without duplication) of (a) the Inventory Reserve; (b) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (c) the Bank Product Reserve; (d) the Dilution Reserve; (e) the aggregate amount of liabilities secured by Liens (other than Liens imposed by law only that are not past due and owing) upon Collateral that are senior to Lender’s Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom); and (f) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as Lender in its Permitted Discretion may elect to impose from time to time. To the extent Lender has determined, in its Permitted Discretion, to establish new criteria or revise criteria for Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory, Eligible Consigned Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, and Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory so as to address any circumstances, condition, event or contingency in a manner satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, Lender shall not establish an Availability Reserve, reduce the advance rate or otherwise decrease the Borrowing Base in any manner for the same purpose.

Bank Product : any of the following products, services or facilities extended to an Obligor by Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) Cash Management Services; (b) products under Hedging Agreements; (c) commercial credit card and merchant card services and corporate purchasing cards; and (d) other banking products or services, other than Letters of Credit.

Bank Product Debt : Debt, obligations and other liabilities of an Obligor with respect to Bank Products.

Bank Product Reserve : the aggregate amount of reserves established by Lender from time to time in its Permitted Discretion i n with respect o f to Bank Product Debt.

Bankruptcy Code : Title 11 of the United States Code.

 

3

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Base Rate : for any day, a per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus 0.50%; or (c) LIBOR for a 30 day interest period as determined on such day, plus 2.0%, without giving effect to any minimum floor rate (if any) specified in the definition of LIBOR.

Base Rate Loan : any Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Base Rate Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Board of Governors : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrowed Money : with respect to any Obligor, without duplication, its (a) Debt that (i) arises from the lending of money by any Person to such Obligor; (ii) is evidenced by notes, drafts, bonds, debentures, credit documents or similar instruments; (iii) accrues interest or is a type upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding trade payables owing in the Ordinary Course of Business); or (iv) was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (b) Capital Leases; (c) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit; and (d) guaranties of any Debt of the foregoing types owing by another Person. For purposes of clarification, the Term Debt shall constitute Borrowed Money.

Borrowing : a group of Loans that are made or converted together on the same day and have the same interest option and, if applicable, Interest Period.

Borrowing Base : on any date of determination, an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the Revolver Commitment; or (b) the sum of: (i) up to 85% of the Value of Eligible Accounts; plus (ii) the lesser of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Inventory; or and (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Inventory; plus (iii) the lesse r least of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Consigned Inventory; o r (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Consigned Inventory; and (z) $2,500,000 plus (iv) the lesse r least of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible In-Transit Inventory; o r (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible In-Transit Inventory; and (z) $6,000,000 plus (v) the least of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory; (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory; or ( z) $500,000; minus ( v i and (z) $3,000,000 plus (vi) the least of (x) 65% of the Value of Eligible Greenfield Inventory; (y) 85% of the result of the NOLV Percentage times the Value of Eligible Greenfield Inventory and (z) $3,000,000; minus (vii ) the Availability Reserve (for the avoidance of doubt, determined by Lender in its Permitted Discretion).

Borrowing Base Certificate : a certificate reasonably satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which

Borrower certifies the Borrowing Base.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, North Carolina, New York and Texas, and if such day relates to a LIBOR Loan, any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures : all liabilities incurred or expenditures made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries for the acquisition of fixed assets, or any improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto with a useful life of more than one year.

Capital Lease : any lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Collateral : cash , a nd a ny interest o r o ther i ncome earned thereon, that is delivered to Lender to Cash Collateralize any Obligations , and all interest, dividends, earnings and other proceeds relating thereto .

Cash Collateral Account : a demand deposit, money market or other account maintained with Lender and subject to Lender’s Liens.

 

4

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Cash Collateralize : the delivery of cash to Lender, as security for the payment of Obligations, in an amount equal to (a) with respect to LC Obligations, 105% of the aggregate LC Obligations; and (b) with respect to any inchoate or other contingent Obligations (including Obligations arising under Bank Products), Lender’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including fees, expenses and indemnification hereunder. “ Cash Collateralization ” has a correlative meaning.

Cash Equivalents : (a) marketable obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by, and backed by the full faith and credit of, the United States government, maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition, and overnight bank deposits, in each case which are issued by Lender or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state or district thereof, rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition, and (unless issued by Lender) not subject to offset rights; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying investments of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) entered into with any bank described in clause (b); (d) commercial paper issued by Lender or rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s, and maturing within nine months of the date of acquisition; and (e) shares of any money market fund that has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to above, has net assets of at least $500,000,000 and has the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P.

Cash Management Services : services relating to operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

CERCLA : the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .).

Change in Law : the occurrence, after the date h ereo f Closing Date , of (a) the adoption, taking effect or phasing in of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof; or (c) the making, issuance or application of any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided, however , that “Change in Law” shall include, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued, all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives (i) under or relating to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or (ii) promulgated pursuant to Basel III by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar authority) or any other Governmental Authority.

Change of Control : (a) Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Borro w e r AG&M ; (b) the Sponsors cease to collectively own and control, beneficially and of record, at least 51% of the voting and economic Equity Interests of Parent; (c)   Borro w e r AG&M ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in AG S P V Pental Granite and Marble (other than a merger of Pental Granite and Marble with and into AG&M in accordance with Section  9.2.9 ) ; (d) AG&M ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in AG SPV, (e)  a change in the majority of directors of the Parent or of any Borrower during any 24 month period, unless approved by the majority of directors serving at the beginning of such period; or ( e f ) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all assets an Obligor.

Claims : all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, proceedings, interest, costs and expenses of any kind (including remedial response costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Extraordinary Expenses) at any time (including after Full Payment of the Obligations or replacement of Lender ) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Obligor or other Person, in any way relating to (a) any Loans, Letters of Credit, Loan Documents, or the use thereof or transactions relating thereto; (b) any action taken or omitted in connection with any Loan Documents; (c) the existence or perfection of any Liens, or realization upon any Collateral; (d) exercise of any rights or remedies under any Loan Documents or Applicable Law; or (e) failure by any Obligor to perform or observe any terms of any Loan Document, in each case including all costs and expenses relating to any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other proceeding (including an Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceedings), whether or not the applicable Indemnitee is a party thereto.

 

5

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Closing Date : as defined in Section  6.1 .

Closing Date Acquisition: means the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Target by Borrower on the Closing Date pursuant to the Closing Date Acquisition Documents.

Closing Date Acquisition Agreement: means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, to be effective as of the Closing Date, among Borrower, Parent, and each of the sellers described therein, together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Closing Date Acquisition Documents: means collectively, the Closing Date Acquisition Agreement and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral : all Property described in Section  7.1 , all Property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other Property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral shall not include any Equity Interests in Borrower.

Commitment Termination Date : the earliest to occur of (a) the Revolver Termination Date; (b) the date on which Borrower terminates the Revolver Commitment pursuant to Section  2.1.3 ; or (c) the date on which the Revolver Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section  10.2 .

Commitments : the Revolver Commitment.

Commodity Exchange Act : the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

Compliance Certificate : a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit A , and satisfactory to Lender in all respects, by which Borrower certifies compliance with Section  9.3 a nd s ets f orth t he L everage R atio f or determination of the Applicable Margin. 9.3 .

Connection Income Taxes : Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), or are franchise or branch profits Taxes.

Consigned Inventory : shall mean Inventory of Borrower that is in the possession of another Person on a consignment, sale or return, or other basis that does not constitute a final sale and acceptance of such Inventory.

Contingent Obligation : any obligation of a Person arising from a guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of another obligor (“ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person under any (a) guaranty, endorsement, co-making or sale with recourse of an obligation of a primary obligor; (b) obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments regardless of nonperformance by any other party to an agreement; and (c) arrangement (i) to purchase any primary obligation or security therefor, (ii) to supply funds for the purchase or payment of any primary obligation, (iii) to maintain or assure working capital, equity capital, net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iv) to purchase Property or services for the purpose of assuring the ability of the primary obligor to perform a primary obligation, or (v) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation (or, if less, the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable under the instrument evidencing the Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto.

Controlled In-Transit Inventory Eligibility E ven t: Trigger Period: the period (a) commencing on any day following the occurrence of any o f t he f ollo w ing: ( a (i ) an Event of Default or ( b ii) either (x ) the failure of the Borrower to maintain Availability of at least $ 1,500,000 at a ny t im e 5,000,000 at any time or (y) the failure of the Borrower to maintain Availability of at least $8,000,000 for 5 consecutive days and (b) continuing until (i) no Event of Default exists and (ii) during each of the preceding 30 consecutive days, Availability has exceeded $8,000,000.

 

6

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Copyrights: all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished, including those listed on Schedule 8.1.11 , all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office, and the right to obtain all renewals of any of the foregoing.

CWA : the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq .).

Debt : as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all items that would be included as liabilities on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including Capital Leases, but excluding trade payables incurred and being paid in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) all Contingent Obligations; (c) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; and (d) in the case of Borrower, the Obligations. The Debt of a Person shall include any recourse Debt of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner or joint venture, unless expressly made non-recourse to such Person and only to the extent of the direct payment liability of such Person.

Default : an event or condition that, with the lapse of time or giving of notice, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate : for any Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), 2% per annum plus the interest rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Deposit Account Control Agreement : a control agreement satisfactory to Lender executed by an institution maintaining a Deposit Account for an Obligor, to perfect Lender’s Lien on such account.

Dilution Percent : the percent, determined for Borrowers’ most recent Fiscal Quarter, equal to (a) bad debt write-downs or write-offs, and other dilutive items with respect to Accounts, divided by (b) gross sales.

Dilution Reserve : a percentage of Eligible Accounts equal to the amount by which the Dilution Percent exceeds 5%.

Distribution : any declaration or payment of a distribution, interest or dividend on any Equity Interest (other than payment-in-kind); distribution, advance or repayment of Debt to a holder of Equity Interests; or purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interest.

Dollars : lawful money of the United States.

Dominion Account : a special account established by Borrower at Lender or a bank acceptable to Lender, over which Lender has exclusive control for withdrawal purposes.

Dominion Ter m ination Perio d : a period beginning on t he earliest date (such date n ot earlier than the date in which B orro w er m aintains all l ockbox arrangements w ith L ender as r equired b y clause ( c)  o f E xhibit F h ereof) o n which ( i)   A vailability is g reater than $3,750,000 f or 3 0 consecutive d ays a nd ( ii)  n o E vent o f Default exists; provided , any such period shall immediately and automatically cease during the continuance of an Event of Default or w hen Availability is less than $3,750,000.

EBITDA : determined for any period, on a consolidated basis for Borro w e r Parent and its Subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, (a) net income ( excluding n et i ncome o f a ny T arget in a P ermitted A cquisition f or a ny period prior to t he c onsummation o f s uch P ermitted A cquisition ) , calculated before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, gains or losses arising from the sale of capital assets, gains arising from the write-up or write - down of assets, and any extraordinary gains or losses (in each case, to the extent included in determining net income), (b) w ithout d uplication a n d to the extent deducted in determining such net income, the one-time documented costs and expenses of B orro w er incurred before Augus t March 31, 2015, 2017 in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Pental Acquisition, this Agreement and the Term Debt Documents , not to exceed $ 2,750,000 5,500,000 in the aggregate, (c)  without d uplication a nd to t he e xtent d educted

 

7

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


in determining such net income, one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrower Borrowers incurred before June 30, 2016, 2017 solely in connection with the implementation of operational changes with r espect to Borro w e r related to the Pental Acquisition , not to exceed $ 1,200,000 500,000 in the aggregate, (d) management fees and expenses paid in cash to Sponsors or their Affiliates to the extent permitted b y under this Agreement a n d , in an annua l aggregate amount not to exceed $ 500,000, (e) pro f orma adjustments identified in w riting prior to t he C losing Date and acceptable to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, (f) costs incurred before June 30, 2017 with respect to (i) the expansion o f B orro w e r s b usiness o r lines o f b usiness i nto C alifornia in an aggregate a m o unt n ot to exceed $925,000 and (ii) 400,000 per Fiscal Year, (e) costs with respect to the addition of two Greenfield branch locations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $ 250,000 500,000 per location; provided , that with respect to each location, all such costs associated with such location must be incurred within an 18 - month period , a nd ( g)  expenses f or s uch period that a re covered b y insurance o r h ave b een r eimbursed to an Obligor in cash b y a third p arty w ho is n ot an Affiliate o f an Obligor to t he e xtent s uch r eimbursement is n ot a lready r eflected in t he calculation o f n et i ncome; provide d t hat w ith r espect to a m o unts r eimbursed p ursuant to s uch Obligo r s of the location opening, (f) costs or expenses reimbursed by a third party or covered by insurance, and (g) proceeds of business interruption insurance policies such a m ount shall not exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any three m onth period . ; it being agreed that for purposes of calculating any financial ratio or test under the Loan Documents, EBITDA shall be calculated, without duplication, giving effect to the trailing twelve (12) month pro forma results for acquisitions and Investments permitted hereunder (including the commencement of activities constituting such business) and dispositions permitted hereunder (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such business) of business entities or properties or assets, constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business that is the subject of any such acquisition, and operational changes permitted hereunder (including, to the extent applicable, from the Pental Acquisition), and any financial ratio or test shall, without duplication, give effect to the trailing twelve (12) month results for any permitted retirement, extinguishment or repayment of Debt and any Debt incurred or assumed by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such pro forma transaction (and all Debt so incurred or assumed shall be deemed to have borne interest (x) in the case of fixed rate Debt, at the rate applicable thereto or (y) in the case of floating rate Debt, at the rates which were or would have been applicable thereto during the period when such Debt was or was deemed to be outstanding), in each case, as if any such transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

Eligible Account : an Account owing to Borrower that arises in the Ordinary Course of Business from the sale of goods or rendition of services, is payable in Dollars and is deemed by Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, to be an Eligible Account. Without limiting the foregoing, no Account shall be an Eligible Account if (a) it is unpaid for more than 60 days after the original due date, or more than 90 days after the original invoice date; (b) 50% or more of the Accounts owing by the Account Debtor and its Affiliates are not Eligible Accounts under the foregoing clause; (c) when aggregated with other Accounts owing by the Account Debtor and its Affiliates, it exceeds 15% (“ Concentration Limit ”) of the aggregate Eligible Accounts (or such higher Concentration Limit as Lender may establish for the Account Debtor from time to time); (d) it does not conform with a covenant or representation herein; (e) it is owing by a creditor or supplier, or is otherwise subject to a offset, counterclaim, dispute, deduction, discount, recoupment, reserve, defense, chargeback, credit or allowance (including any customer deposit) (but ineligibility shall be limited to the amount thereof); (f) an Insolvency Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Account Debtor; or the Account Debtor has failed, has suspended or ceased doing business, is liquidating, dissolving or winding up its affairs, is not Solvent, or is subject to any Sanction or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC; or Borrower is not able to bring suit or enforce remedies against the Account Debtor through judicial process; (g) the Account Debtor is organized or has its principal offices or assets outside the United States or Canada, unless the Account is supported by a letter of credit (delivered to and directly drawable by Lender) or credit insurance satisfactory in all respects to Lender; (h) it is owing by a Governmental Authority, unless the Account Debtor is the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof and the Account has been assigned to Lender in compliance with the federal Assignment of Claims Act; (i) it is not subject to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender, or is subject to any other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien that is junior and subordinate to Lender’s Lien or any other Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (j) the goods giving rise to it have not been delivered to the Account Debtor, the services giving rise to it have not been accepted by the Account Debtor, or it otherwise does not represent a final sale; (k) it is evidenced by Chattel Paper or an Instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; (l) its payment term has been extended or the Account Debtor has made a partial payment (other than a partial payment of an Account that is the full payment of an invoice); (m) it arises from a sale to an Affiliate, from a sale on a cash-on-delivery, bill-and-hold, sale-or-return, sale-on-approval, consignment, or other repurchase or return basis; (n) it represents a progress billing or retainage, or

 

8

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


relates to services for which a performance, surety or completion bond or similar assurance has been issued; or (o) it includes a billing for interest, fees or late charges, but ineligibility shall be limited to the extent thereof. In calculating delinquent portions of Accounts under clauses (a) and (b), credit balances more than 90 days past the original invoice date will be excluded.

Eligible Assignee : a Person that is (a) an Affiliate of Lender; (b) an Approved Fund approved by Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed ) ; and (c) during an Event of Default, any Person.

Eligible Consigned Inventory : Consigned Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Consigned Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Consigned Inventory unless ( a (a) if all of the Accounts owing by such consignee cease to be Eligible Accounts hereunder and (b) unless (i ) it meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term “Eligible Inventory” except clause (b) thereof; ( b ii ) it is subject to a duly executed consigned inventory agreement between Borrower and such consignee, in form and scope satisfactory to Lender (“ Consigned Inventory Agreement ”), granting Borrower and its assigns a purchase money lien and security interest in all Consigned Inventory that is consigned by Borrower to such consignee, together with the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof; ( c iii ) Borrower has perfected its consignment interest in such Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof by filing a financing statement naming itself as secured party and each Person(s) in possession of such Consigned Inventory as debtor (and naming Lender as assignee or assigned of record by Borrower), and delivering an authenticated notification (executed by, and in form and substance satisfactory to, Lender) within the time period required by, and otherwise meeting the requirements of, the applicable state’s UCC (or with respect to Consigned Inventory owned by the Borrower on the Closing Date, within the earlier of ( i x ) the time period afforded by Exhibit F hereof and ( ii y ) receipt by Lender of a recent lien search with respect to each consignee of Consigned Inventory) to the holders of any conflicting security interest that have filed a financing statement covering the same types of Inventory before the date that Borrower filed its aforementioned financing statement covering the Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof; and ( d iv ) Lender has received and reviewed to its satisfaction a recent lien search with respect to each consignee of such Consigned Inventory ; a nd ( e)   t he aggregate Value o f all C onsigned I nventory o f B orro w er included in t he B orro w ing B ase ( after giving e ffect to t he applicable advance r ate) o n s uch d ate does n ot exceed $2,000,000. .

Eligible Greenfield Inventory: Greenfield Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Greenfield Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Greenfield Inventory unless (a) it meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term “Eligible Inventory”except clause (n) thereof.

Eligible Inventory : Inventory owned by Borrower that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory unless it (a) is finished goods and not work-in-process, packaging or shipping materials, labels, samples, display items, bags, replacement parts or manufacturing supplies; (b) is not held on consignment, nor subject to any deposit or down payment; (c) is in new and saleable condition and is not damaged, defective, shopworn or otherwise unfit for sale; (d) is not Slo w -Moving I nventory , perishable, obsolete or unmerchantable, and does not constitute returned or repossessed goods; (e) meets all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority, has not been acquired from an entity subject to any Sanction or any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC and does not constitute hazardous materials under any Environmental Law; (f) conforms with the covenants and representations herein; (g) is subject to Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien, and no other Lien (other than a Permitted Lien that is junior and subordinate to Lender’s Lien or any other Lien for which an Availability Reserve is being maintained); (h) is within the continental United States or Canada, is not in transit except between locations of Borrower, and is not consigned to any Person; (i) is not subject to any warehouse receipt or negotiable Document; (j) is not subject to any License or other arrangement that restricts such Borrower’s or Lender’s right to dispose of such Inventory, unless Lender has received an appropriate Lien Waiver; (k) is not located on leased premises or in the possession of a warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, customs broker, freight forwarder or other Person, unless the lessor or such Person has delivered a Lien Waiver or Imported Goods Agreement, as applicable, within the timeline afforded by Exhibit F hereof or Section 6 of the Second Amendment , with respect to Eligible Inventory, an appropriate Rent and Charges Reserve has been established; and (l) is reflected in the details of a current perpetual inventory report ; (m) is not Slow-Moving and (n) is not Greenfield Inventory .

 

9

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Eligible In-Transit Inventory : In-Transit Inventory owned by Borrower that meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term Eligible Inventory except clauses (h) and (i) thereof, and that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible In-Transit Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible In-Transit Inventory unless it (a) is shipped by a common carrier that is not affiliated with the vendor and is not subject to any Sanction or on any specially designated nationals list maintained by OFAC; (b) is received by the Borrower within ninety (90) days after the date of shipment; (c) is fully insured in a manner satisfactory to Lender; (d) is subject to purchase orders and other sale documentation satisfactory to Lender (in its Permitted Discretion), and title has passed to Borrower; (e) is not sold by a Foreign Vendor that has a right to reclaim, divert shipment of, repossess, stop delivery, claim any reservation of title or otherwise assert Lien rights against the Inventory, or with respect to whom Borrower is in default of any obligations; (f) is being handled by a customs broker, freight-forwarder or other handler that has delivered an Imported Goods Agreement (within the timeline afforded by Exhibit F hereof );( g) t he aggregate Value o f all I n-Transit I nventory o f B orro w er included in t he B orro w ing B ase ( after giving e ffect to t he applicable advance r ate) o n s uch d ate does n ot exceed $2,000,000; a nd ( h and the Second Amendment); and (g ) following a Controlled In-Transit Eligibility E ven t Inventory Trigger Period , is subject to a negotiable Document showing Lender (or, with the consent of Lender, Borrower) as consignee, which Document is in the possession of Lender or such other Person as Lender shall approve.

Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory : Slow-Moving Inventory owned by Borrower that meets all of the criteria set forth in the defined term Eligible Inventory except clause ( d m ) thereof, and that Lender, in its Permitted Discretion, deems to be Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory. Without limiting the foregoing, no Inventory shall be Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory unless (a) it is comprised of Slow-Moving Inventory of Borrower of not more than twenty-four (24) months’ supply of such type or category of Slow-Moving Inventory ; and (b) Borrower possesses sales data for Inventory of the same category and type for at least the preceding twelve (12) consecutive months.

Enforcement Action : any action to enforce any Obligations or Loan Documents or to realize upon any Collateral , ( whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of Account Debtors, setoff or recoupment, credit bid, action in an Obligor s Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise ) .

Environmental Laws : Applicable Laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority) relating to public health (other than occupational safety and health regulated under OSHA, or public health and safety regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) or the protection or pollution of the environment, including CERCLA, RCRA and CWA; provided that , governmental guidelines are not considered to be Environmental Laws unless such governmental guidelines are legally binding.

Environmental Notice : a notice (whether written or oral) from any Governmental Authority or other Person of any possible noncompliance with, investigation of a possible violation of, litigation relating to, or potential fine or liability under any Environmental Law, or with respect to any Environmental Release, including any complaint, summons, citation, order, claim, demand or request for correction, remediation or otherwise.

Environmental Release : any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Equity Cure Contributions: as defined in Section  9.3.2 .

Equity Cure Period: as defined in Section  9.3.2 .

Equity Interest : the interest of any (a) shareholder in a corporation; (b) partner in a partnership (whether general, limited, limited liability or joint venture); (c) member in a limited liability company; or (d) other Person having any other form of equity security or ownership interest.

ERISA : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

10

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


ERISA Affiliate : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with an Obligor within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event : (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at risk plan or a plan in critical or endangered status under the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate; or (h) failure by an Obligor to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan.

Event of Default : as defined in Section  10 .

Excess Cash Flow : as defined in the Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the Closin g Second Amendment Effective Date.

Excluded Swap Obligation : with respect to an Obligor, each Swap Obligation as to which, and only to the extent that, such Obligor’s guaranty of or grant of a Lien as security for such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act because the Obligor does not constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the act (determined after giving effect to any keepwell, support or other agreement for the benefit of such Obligor, and all guarantees of Swap Obligations by other Obligors) when such guaranty or grant of Lien becomes effective with respect to the Swap Obligation. If a Hedging Agreement governs more than one Swap Obligation, only the Swap Obligation(s) or portions thereof described in the foregoing sentence shall be Excluded Swap Obligation(s) for the applicable Obligor.

Excluded Account : (i) a deposit account used exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes or employee benefits, or (ii) a petty cash account containing not more than $ 50,000 75,000 individually at any time or $ 100,000 200,000 in the aggregate for all such petty cash accounts.

Excluded Tax : means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by a Recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profit Taxes (i) as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of Lender, its Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; and (b) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a Law in effect on the date on which; (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment; or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, unless the Taxes were payable to t h e Lender immediately prior to its change in Lending Office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  5.9.5 or Section  5.9.6 and (d) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Bridge Equity: means the equity contribution made by the Sponsors to AG&M on or about July 21, 2016 in connection with the consideration to be paid pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 21, 2016 among AG&M, Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., Osep Tokat and Vahe Akpulat.

Extraordinary Expenses : all out-of-pocket costs, expenses or advances that Lender may incur during the continuance of an Event of Default, or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding of an Obligor, including those relating to (a) any audit, inspection, repossession, storage, repair, appraisal, insurance, manufacture,

 

11

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


preparation or advertising for sale, sale, collection, or other preservation of or realization upon any Collateral; (b) any action, arbitration or other proceeding (whether instituted by or against Lender, any Obligor, any representative of creditors of an Obligor or any other Person) in any way relating to any Collateral (including the validity, perfection, priority or avoidability of Lender’s Liens with respect to any Collateral), Loan Documents, Letters of Credit or Obligations, including any lender liability or other Claims; (c) the exercise of any rights or remedies of Lender in, or the monitoring of, any Insolvency Proceeding; (d) settlement or satisfaction of any taxes, charges or Liens with respect to any Collateral; (e) any Enforcement Action; and (f) negotiation and documentation of any modification, waiver, workout, restructuring or forbearance with respect to any Loan Documents or Obligations. Such out-of-pocket costs, expenses and advances include transfer fees, Other Taxes, storage fees, insurance costs, permit fees, utility reservation and standby fees, legal fees, appraisal fees, brokers’ and auctioneers’ fees and commissions, accountants’ fees, environmental study fees, wages and salaries paid to employees of any Obligor or independent contractors in liquidating any Collateral, and travel expenses.

FATCA : Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including any amended or successor version if substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

FCCR T rigger P eriod : t he period ( a)  c o m mencing o n t he d ay that an E vent o f Default o ccurs, o r Availability is less than $4,000,000 at a ny t ime; a nd (b)   c ontinuing u ntil, n o Event of Default e xists a nd A vailability has been greater than $4,000,000 for 15 consecutive days.

Federal Funds Rate : (a) the weighted average of interest rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds broker s on the applicable Business Da y day (or on the preceding Business Day, if the applicable such day is not a Business Day), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the next Business Day; or (b) if no such rate is published on the next Business Day, the average rate (rounded up ,if n ecessary, to the nearest 1/8 of 1%) charged to Lender on the applicable day on such transactions, as determined by Lender; provided, that in no event shall such rate be less than zero.

Fee Letter: the $40,000,000 Senior Revolving Credit Facility Fee Letter, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, executed by Borrower and Lender.

Financial Statements: (a) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, (b) the reviewed consolidated balance sheet of Pental for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, and (c) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the twelve (12) months ended December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the twelve (12) months then ended.

Fiscal Quarter : each period of three months, commencing on the first day of a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year : the fiscal year of Borrower and Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, ending on December 31 of each year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio : the ratio, determined as of any date of determination and determined on a consolidated basis for Borro w e r Parent and its Subsidiaries, of (a) EBITDA minu s for the trailing twelve-month period then ending minus unfinanced Capital Expenditures (except those f inanced w ith Borro w ed M oney other than Revolver L oans) p aid in cash minus cash taxes p aid minus T ax Distributions m ade b y B orro w er, to (b)  Fixed Charges; provided, h oweve r , that in t he case o f a ny P ermitted A cquisition, t he d eductions f rom EBITDA d escribed in clause ( a)  above a nd t he i tems d escribed in clause (b)   above s hall, in each case, be excluded f rom t his calculation to t he e xtent they p ertain to t he T arget o f s uch P ermitted A cquisition prior to t he d ate s uch P ermitted A cquisition w as c onsummate d , minus cash taxes paid or payable during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges, in each case, during the same period. In determining the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for a particular period (1) pro forma effect will be given to: (x) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any Debt by Parent and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such period as if such Debt were incurred, repaid or retired on the first day of such period and (y) the acquisition

 

12

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


(whether by purchase, merger or otherwise) or disposition (whether by sale, merger or otherwise) of any property or assets acquired or disposed of by Parent and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such period, as if such acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of such period; (2) in calculating interest expense in respect of any Debt included on a pro forma basis (x) interest on Debt bearing a floating interest rate will be computed as if the rate at the time of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period (y) if such Debt bears, at the option of such Person and its Subsidiaries, a fixed or floating rate of interest, interest thereon will be computed by applying, at the option of such Person, either the fixed or floating rate and (z) the amount of Debt under a revolving credit facility will be based upon the amount of such Debt at the end of the applicable fiscal month; and (3) the calculation of the tax liabilities of Parent and its Subsidiaries described in clause (a) above shall be made without giving effect to any tax refunds, net operating losses or other net tax benefits that were received during such period on account of any prior periods .

Fixed Charges : with respect to any period, the sum of (a)  cash interest expense ( other than payment-in-kind ) , plus (b)  regularly scheduled principal payments made on Borrowed Money (excluding (i) Excess Cash Flow payments , ( ii)   v oluntary p re-payments p ermitted u nder t he I ntercreditor A greement, t his A greement, a nd the T erm L oan A greement, a nd ( iii)  m andatory pre - and (ii) mandatory and voluntary payments permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement ( other than s cheduled p rincipal p ayments) ) , plus (c) Distributions (other than Tax Distributions a nd Distributions m ade in connection w ith a d ividend r ecapitalization f acility b ut o nly to t he e xtent expressly permitted by Section  9.2. 4 hereo f ) made during such period.

Flow of Funds Agreement: a Flow of Funds Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, by and among the Obligors, the Lender and the other Persons party thereto, and the related funds flow memorandum describing the sources and uses of all cash payments in connection with the consummation of the Pental Acquisition and the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment.

FLSA : the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

Foreign Plan : any employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained or contributed to by any Obligor or Subsidiary that is (a) not subject to the laws of the United States; or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Obligor or Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary : a Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code, (a “ CFC ”) or a Subsidiary of a CFC and any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in a CFC.

Full Payment : with respect to any Obligations, (a) the payment in full in cash of all Obligations that are then non-contingent and outstanding, (b) the termination or cash collateralization (in an amount equal to 105%) of all Letters of Credit and then outstanding (or indemnities or other undertakings issued and then in existence in respect of such outstanding Letters of Credit), or, alternatively, with the consent of Lender, the delivery of backstop letters of credit with respect to all such Letters of Credit, indemnities and undertakings (in each case, in an amount, manner and upon terms reasonable satisfactory to Lender), (c) termination or cash collateralization of all Bank Product Obligations owing to Lender or its Affiliates, and (d) the termination or expiration of all Commitments or other obligations to make the Loan or extend credit to the Obligors under the Loan Documents.

GAAP : generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States from time to time consistent with those used in preparation of the Financial Statements .

Governmental Approvals : all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and required reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority : any federal, state, local, foreign or other agency, authority, body, commission, court, instrumentality, political subdivision, central bank, or other entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions for any governmental, judicial, investigative, regulatory or self-regulatory authority (including the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority, any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or European Central Bank).

 

13

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Greenfield Inventory: Inventory of Borrower located at a Greenfield Location.

Greenfield Location: a location of any new store opened by Borrower in a new market that has been open less than 12 months (excluding any acquired store obtained in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or otherwise).

Guarantors : Parent, AG SPV and each other Person that guarantees payment or performance of Obligations ; provided, that no Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor .

Guaranty : each guaranty agreement executed by a Guarantor in favor of Lender (including this Agreement) .

Hazardous Material : any pollutant, contaminant, chemical or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “acutely hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “toxic chemicals,” “toxic pollutants,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (i) any petroleum, petroleum products, or fractions or derivatives thereof, (ii) natural or synthetic gas, (iii) any asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls or radon gas, and (iv) any radioactive materials, substances or waste.

Hedging Agreement : any “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Imported Goods Agreement : an Imported Goods Agreement in a form acceptable to Lender and duly executed by the parties named therein.

Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or relating to any payment of an Obligation; and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees : Lender, other Secured Parties, and their officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents and attorneys.

Insolvency Proceeding : any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Intellectual Property : all intellectual and similar Property of a Person, including inventions, designs, patents, copyrights, trademarks, s ervice m arks, t rade names, t rade s ecrets, confidential o r proprietary information, c ustomer lists, k now-how, software a nd d atabases; all e m b odiments o r f ixations thereof a nd all r elated d ocumentation, applications, r egistrations a nd f ranchises; all licenses o r o ther r ights to use a ny o f t he f oregoing; a nd all b ooks a nd records r elating to t he f oregoing. means the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including the Copyrights, the Patents, the Trademarks, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement: an Intercompany Subordination Agreement made by the Parent and its Subsidiaries in favor of the Lender for the benefit of the Lender.

Intercreditor Agreement : means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015 the Second Amendment Effective Date by and among Term Agent, in its capacity as agent for the Term Creditors (as defined therein), Lender, and acknowledged by the Obligors, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Interest Period : as defined in Section  3.1.3 .

 

14

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


In-Transit Inventory : Inventory of Borrower that is in the possession of a common carrier and is in transit from a vendor of Borrower from a location outside of a state within the United States to a location of Borrower (or a location designated by Borrower) that is in a state within the United States.

Inventory Reserve : reserves established by Lender in its Permitted Discretion to reflect factors that may negatively impact the Value of Inventory, including change in salability, theft, shrinkage, imbalance, markdowns and vendor chargebacks.

Investment : (a) a transaction or series of transactions resulting in (i) acquisition of a business division or substantially all assets of a Person; (ii) record or beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Equity Interests of a Person; or (iii) merger, consolidation or combination of an Obligor or Subsidiary with another Person; (b) an acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of any Equity Interests of a Person; or (c) an advance or capital contribution to or other investment in a Person.

IP Assignment : a collateral assignment or security agreement pursuant to which an Obligor grants a Lien on its Intellectual Property to Lender, as security for the Obligations.

IRS : the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder Agreement: a Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , duly executed by a Subsidiary of a Borrower made a party hereto pursuant to Section  9.1.11 .

LC Application : an application by Borrower to Lender for issuance of a Letter of Credit, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

LC Conditions : upon giving effect to the following conditions n ecessary f o r issuance of a Letter of Credit: (a)  each o f the conditions set forth in Section  6 i s are satisfied as determined by Lender in its reasonable discretion; (b)  after giving e ffect to s uch issuance, total LC Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Subline, no Overadvance exists and Revolver Usage does not exceed the Borrowing Base; (c) the Letter of Credit and payments thereunder are denominated in Dollars; and (d) the purpose and form of the proposed Letter of Credit are reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion.

LC Documents : all documents, instruments and agreements (including LC Requests and LC Applications) delivered by Borrower or any other Person to Lender in connection with any Letter of Credit.

LC Obligations : the sum of (a) all amounts owing by Borrower for drawings under Letters of Credit; and (b) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

LC Request : a request for issuance of a Letter of Credit, to be provided by Borrower, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Lender Professionals : attorneys, accountants, appraisers, auditors, business valuation experts, environmental engineers or consultants, turnaround consultants, and other professionals and experts retained by Lender.

Lending Office : any office (including a domestic or foreign Affiliate or branch) used by Lender to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder, as identified in writing from time to time to Borrower by Lender.

Letter of Credit : any standby or documentary letter of credit, foreign guaranty, documentary bankers’ acceptance , indemnity, reimbursement agreement or similar instrument issued by Lender for the account or benefit of Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower.

Letter of Credit Subline : $ 5,000,000. 6,500,000.

 

15

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Leverage R ati o : t he r atio, d etermined as o f t he e nd o f a ny Fiscal Quarter, o f ( a)  B orro w ed M oney ( other than C ontingent Obligations) o f B orro w er a nd its Subsidiaries as o f t he last d ay o f s uch Fiscal Quarter, to (b)  EBITDA for the trailing four Fiscal Quarters then ending.

LIBOR : for any Interest Period, the per annum rate of interest (rounded up to the nearest 1/8th of 1% and in no e vent less than z ero ) determined by Lender at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to an interest period, for a term equivalent to such interest period, equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate, or comparable or successor rate approved by Lender, as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or other commercially available source designated by Lender from time to time); provided , that if the foregoing rate is not available, then any comparable or successor rate shall be applied by Lender, if administratively feasible, in a manner consistent with market practice . ; provided further, that in no event shall LIBOR be less than zero.

LIBOR Loan : each set of LIBOR Revolver Loans having a common length and commencement of Interest Period.

LIBOR Revolver Loan : a Revolver Loan that bears interest based on LIBOR.

License : any license or agreement under which an Obligor is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of Property or any other conduct of its business.

Licensor : any Person from whom an Obligor obtains the right to use any Intellectual Property.

Lien : any lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, easement, right-of-way, or other title exception or encumbrance.

Lien Waiver : an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit Lender to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral consisting o f b ooks, records, o r I nventory held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents in its possession relating to such Collateral as agent for Lender, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; (c) for any Collateral consisting o f books, records, o r I nventory held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges Lender’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Lender upon request; and (d) for any Collateral consisting o f b ooks, records, o r I nventory a n d subject to a Licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the Licensor grants to Lender the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Lender’s Liens with respect to such Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.

Loan : a Revolver Loan.

Loan Documents : collectively, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Security Documents.

Loan Year : each 12 month period commencing on the Closing Date and o n eac h or an anniversary of t he Closing Date thereof .

Management Agreement : that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among Borro w er , Parent , its Subsidiaries (including AG&M) and Trive Capital Management LLC, as in effect on the date hereo f Closing Date .

Margin Stock : as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors.

 

16

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Material Adverse Effect : the effect of any event or circumstance that, taken alone or in conjunction with other events or circumstances, (a) has or could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, material Properties, or condition ( financial or o therwise) o f a ny Obligo r condition of the Obligors, taken as a whole, or on the value of any material Collateral, on the enforceability of any Loan Documents, or on the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens on any material portion of the Collateral; (b) impairs the ability of an Obligo r any Borrower or the Obligors, taken as a whole, to perform its (or theirs, as the case may be) material obligations under the Loan Documents, including repayment of any Obligations; or (c) otherwise impairs the ability of Lender to enforce or collect any Obligations or to realize upon a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract : any a greement o r arrangement to w hich B orro w er o r its Subsidiary is p arty ( other than the L oan D ocuments) (a) that is dee m ed to be a m aterial contract u nder any securities law applicable to such Person, including t he Securities A ct of 1933; (b) f or w hich breach, terminatio n wit h respect to any Person, (a) the Term Debt Documents, (b) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $5,000,000 or more in any Fiscal Year (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days’ notice without penalty or premium) and (c) all other contracts or agreements as to which the breach , nonperformance , cancellation or failure to renew w o ul d by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect ; o r ( c)  that r elates to t he T erm Debt, Subordinated Debt, o r to D ebt in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more .

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. , and its successors or any successor acceptable to Lender .

Mortgage : any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in which any Obligor grants a Lien on its Real Estate to Lender, as security for any Obligations.

Multiemployer Plan : any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan : a Plan that has two or more contributing sponsors, including an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate, at least two of whom are not under common control, as described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

Net Proceeds : with respect to any disposition of Property, proceeds (including, when received, any deferred or escrowed payments) received by Borrower or its Subsidiary in cash from such disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including legal fees and sales commissions; (b) amounts applied to repayment of Debt secured by a Permitted Lien senior to Lender’s Liens on Collateral sold; (c) transfer or similar taxes; and (d) reserves for indemnities, income tax, and such other customary reserves, until such reserves are no longer needed.

NOLV Percentage : the net orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory, Eligible In-Transit Inventory, Eligible Consigned Inventory, and Eligible Slow-Moving Inventory, as applicable, expressed as a percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of Borrower’s Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms satisfactory to Lender ; provided however, that in regards to Eligible Greenfield Inventory, the NOLV Percentage applicable thereto shall be determined based solely on the orderly liquidation value of Eligible Inventory .

Notice of Borrowing : a Notice of Borrowing to be provided by Borrower to request a Borrowing of Revolver Loans, in form satisfactory to Lender.

Notice of Conversion/Continuation : a Notice o f C onversion/Continuation to b e p rovide d request by Borrower to r equest for a conversion or continuation of any L oan s a Loan as a LIBOR Loan s Loan , in form satisfactory to Lender.

 

17

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Obligations : all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Loans; (b) LC Obligations and other obligations of Obligors with respect to Letters of Credit; (c) interest, expenses, fees, indemnification obligations, Extraordinary Expenses and other amounts payable by Obligors under Loan Documents; (d) Bank Product Debt; in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Obligor : AG&M, Pental Granite and Marble, each other Borrower and each Guarantor.

OFAC : Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

Ordinary Course of Business : the ordinary course of business of Borrower or Subsidiary, undertaken in good faith and consistent with Applicable Law and past practices.

Organic Documents : with respect to any Person, its charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability agreement, operating agreement, members agreement, shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, certificate of formation, voting trust agreement, or similar agreement or instrument governing the formation or operation of such Person.

OSHA : the Occupational Safety and Hazard Act of 1970.

Other Agreement : collectively, each LC Document, the Intercreditor Agreement, each Borrowing Base Certificate, each Compliance Certificate, or any Perfection Certificate, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, any Joinder Agreement, or any other document, instrument or agreement (other than this Agreement or a Security Document) now or hereafter delivered by an Obligor to Lender in connection with any transactions relating hereto.

Other Connection Taxes : Taxes imposed on a Recipient due to a present or former connection between it and the taxing jurisdiction (other than connections arising from the Recipient having executed, delivered, become party to, performed obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a Lien or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, enforced, or sold or assigned an interest in, any Loan or Loan Document.

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a Lien under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

Overadvance : as defined in Section  2.1.4 . 2.1.5 .

Parent : TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Patents: (a) all letters patent of the United States, any other country or any political subdivision thereof, all reissues and extensions thereof and all goodwill associated therewith, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 8.1.11 , (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 8.1.11 , and (c) all rights to obtain any reissues or extensions of the foregoing.

Patriot Act : the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001).

Payment Conditions : as to any relevant action contemplated in this Agreement, (a) no Event of Default has then occurred and is continuing or would result from any such action, and (b)  either (i) Availability for each of the 30 days immediately preceding the date of such action and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such action , Availability is at least $3,000,000 as of the date of such relevant action and after giving effect to such relevant action equals or exceeds $7,000,000 or (ii)(x) Availability for each of the 30 days immediately preceding the date of such action and immediately after giving pro forma effect to such action equals or exceeds $5,000,000 and (y) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, determined on a pro forma basis for the 30 days prior to the date of after giving effect to such relevant action . , is at least 1.0 to 1.0.

 

18

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Payment Item : each check, draft or other item of payment payable to Borrower, including those constituting proceeds of any Collateral.

PBGC : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Funding Rules : Code and ERISA rules regarding minimum required contributions (including installment payments) to Pension Plans set forth in, for plan years ending prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 effective date, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, both as in effect prior to such act, and thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

Pension Plan : any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate or to which the Obligor or ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the preceding five plan years.

Pental Granite and Marble: Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company.

Pental Acquisition: means the acquisition by AG&M of the Acquired Business on the Second Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the Pental Acquisition Documents.

Pental Acquisition Agreement: means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, to be effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, among AG&M, Pental Granite and Marble, Aquarius Seller, Inc., Parminder Pental and Ravinder Pental, together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Pental Acquisition Documents: means collectively, the Pental Acquisition Agreement and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered in connection therewith.

Pental Collateral Assignment: the Collateral Assignment of Pental Acquisition Documents, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, made by AG&M in favor of the Lender.

Permitted Acquisition : (a) the Pental Acquisition and (b)  an Investment of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of such the definition of “Investment” , so long as (a )  with respect to all such Investments pursuant to this clause (b) , (i ) no Default or Event of Default exists or is caused thereby; (i i ) such Investment is consensual; ( iii ii ) the assets, business or Person being acquired is useful or engaged in the business of Obligors and is located or organized within the United States; and ( iv)   ( A) t he average d aily A vailability is at least $2,500,000 f or t he 3 0 d ays immediately preceding the date of such Investment and after giving effect to such Investment or (B)  Availability is at least $3,000,000 after giving e ffect to s uch I nvestment . iii) at the time of, and after giving pro forma effect to such Investment, the Payment Conditions have been satisfied and Borrower shall deliver a Compliance Certificate to Lender five days prior to the consummation of such Investment demonstrating compliance with clauses (b)(i) through (iii) hereof..

Permitted Discretion : a determination made in the exercise, in good faith, of reasonable business judgment (from the perspective of a secured, asset-based lender providing for a secured facility of the type set forth herein and based on the applicable circumstances as of the applicable date of determination).

Permitted Distributions : means , with respect to any Obligor, so long as no Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such distribution , (a) the payment of dividends or any other distributions on an Obligor’s Equity Interests to another Obligor (other than Parent) or the payment of any indebtedness owed to an Obligor (other than Parent) , (b) the making of any loans or advances to an Obligor (other than Parent) , (c) the transfer of any property or assets to an Obligo r a Borrower or between Guarantors (other than Parent) , (d) payments to enable Obligors to repurchase any Equity Interest issued by such Obligor or warrants, options or other similar rights granted

 

19

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


by such Obligor, from any officer, director or employee, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year and , (e) to the extent Parent or Borrower, as applicable, is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Tax Distributions , (f) Borrower may make distributions to Parent (and Parent may make any subsequent Distribution) for the purpose of allowing Parent to (x) pay management fees to the Sponsor or its Affiliates in accordance with the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 in any Fiscal Year provided such management fees are permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 9.2.22, (y) to reimburse Sponsor or its Affiliates for reasonable costs and expenses related to monitoring Sponsor’s investment in Parent, including, reasonable documented costs and expenses for travel by officers and agents of Sponsor or its Affiliates, and (z) pay reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance of its existence as a holding company, and (g) the Second Amendment Effective Date Dividend .

Permitted Investments : means (a) an Investment by an Obligor in (i) payroll, travel, commission, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) consideration received in connection with any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted under this Agreement, (iii) deposit accounts, (b) Investments made by an Obligor in the nature of immaterial pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business and (c) Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Lien : as defined in Section  9.2.2 .

Person : any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan : any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by an Obligor or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, an ERISA Affiliate.

Platform : as defined in Section  11.4.3 .

Pledge Agreement: the Pledge Agreement dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date among the Obligors party thereto and Lender and all amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules thereto.

Pledged Equity : the equity interests listed on Schedule 8.1.4(d) , together with any other Equity Interests, certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the equity interests of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Obligor while this Agreement is in effect.

Prime Rate : the rate of interest announced by Lender from time to time as its prime rate. Such rate is set by Lender on the basis of various factors, including its costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such rate. Any change in such rate publicly announced by Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement.

Properly Contested : with respect to any obligation of an Obligor, (a) the obligation is subject to a bona fide dispute regarding amount or the Obligor’s liability to pay; (b) the obligation is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently pursued; (c) appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (d) non-payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor result in forfeiture or sale of any assets of the Obligor; (e) no Lien is imposed on assets of the Obligor, unless bonded and stayed to the satisfaction of Lender; and (f) if the obligation results from entry of a judgment or other order, such judgment or order is stayed pending appeal or other judicial review.

Property : any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

 

20

 

[AG&M] Exhibit A to Second Amendment to Credit Agreement


Purchase Money Debt : (a) Debt (other than the Obligations) for payment of any of the purchase price of fixed assets; (b) Debt (other than the Obligations) incurred within 10 Business Days before or after acquisition of any fixed assets, for the purpose of financing any of the purchase price thereof; and (c) any renewals, extensions or refinancings (but not increases) thereof.

Purchase Money Lien : a Lien that secures Purchase Money Debt, encumbering only the fixed assets acquired with such Debt and constituting a Capital Lease or a purchase money security interest under the UCC.

Qualified ECP : an Obligor with total assets exceeding $ 10,000,000, or that constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of such act.

RCRA : the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991i).

Real Estate : all right, title and interest (whether as owner, lessor or lessee) in any real Property or any buildings, structures, parking areas or other improvements thereon.

Recipient : Lender or any other recipient of a payment to be made by an Obligor under a Loan Document or on account of an Obligation.

Reimbursement Date : as defined in Section  2.2.2 .

Rent and Charges Reserve : the aggregate of (a) all past due rent and other amounts owing by an Obligor to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Collateral or could assert a Lien on any Collateral; and (b) commencing 60 days after the Closing Date (or such longer time as determined by Lender in its sole discretion), a reserve at least equal to three (3) months’ rent and other charges that could be payable to any such Person, unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.

Reportable Event : any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Restricted Investment : any Investment by any Obligor or its Subsidiaries, other than (a) Investments in Subsidiaries to the extent existing on the Closing Date; (b) Cash Equivalents that are subject to Lender’s Lien and control, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender; (c) loans and advances permitted under Section  9.2.7 , and (d) Permitted Investments.

Restrictive Agreement : an agreement (other than a Loan Document or an agreement executed in connection with the Term Debt, Subordinated Debt or Borrowed Money otherwise permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents) that conditions or restricts the right of Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Obligor to incur or repay Borrowed Money, to grant Liens on any assets, to declare or make Distributions, to modify, extend or renew any agreement evidencing Borrowed Money, or to repay any intercompany Debt.

Revolver Commitment : Lender’s obligation to make Revolver Loans and to issue Letters of Credit in an amount up to $ 15,000,000 40,000,000 in the aggregate , as such amount may be increased pursuant to Section  2.1.3(b) .

Revolver Loan : a loan made pursuant to Section  2.1 . by Lender under the credit facility established hereby.

Revolver Termination Date : June 22, 2020. February 27, 2022.

Revolver Usage : the aggregate amount of outstanding Revolver Loans, plus the aggregate Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit.

Royalties: all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by Borrower under a License.

 

21


S&P : Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successors thereto or any successor acceptable to Lender .

Sanction : any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Second Amendment: that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, among the Borrower, the other Obligors party thereto and Lender.

Second Amendment Effective Date: February 28, 2017.

Second Amendment Effective Date Dividend: means one or more dividend payments or distributions paid in cash by AG&M to Parent and by Parent to Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP and Trive Capital Fund II (Offshore) Subsidiary, LP on or within two (2) days of the Second Amendment Effective Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12,226,398.50, the proceeds of which shall be used to repay the Existing Bridge Equity.

Secured Parties : Lender and providers of Bank Products.

Security Documents : the Guaranties, IP Assignments, Mortgages, the Pledge Agreement, Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Pental Collateral Assignment and all other documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter securing (or given with the intent to secure) any Obligations.

Senior Officer : the chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of Borrower or, if the context requires, an Obligor.

Slow-Moving Inventory : Inventory owned by Borrower that is in excess of a twelve (12) months’ supply of such type or category of Inventory (of a type or category of Inventory which, for items held for sale by Borrower at least twelve (12) consecutive months, shall be based on sales over the then preceding twelve (12) consecutive month period).

Solvent : as to any Person, such Person (a) owns Property whose fair salable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of its debts (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities); (b) owns Property whose present fair salable value (as defined below) is greater than the probable total liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as they become absolute and matured; (c) is able to pay all of its debts as they mature; (d) has capital that is not unreasonably small for its business and is sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage; (e) is not “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (f) has not incurred (by way of assumption or otherwise) any obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any Loan Documents, or made any conveyance in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of such Person or any of its Affiliates. “Fair salable value” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Obligor : an Obligor that is not then an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act (determined prior to giving effect to Section   5.10 12 ).

Sponsors : means, collectively, Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital TCFI G&M Blocker Corp. SPV LP and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP.

 

22


Stated Amount : the stated amount of a Letter of Credit, including any automatic increase, whether or not then effective, provided by the terms of the Letter of Credit or related LC Documents.

Subordinated Debt : all Debt incurred by Borrower that is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to Full Payment of all Obligations, and is on terms (including maturity, interest, fees, repayment, covenants and subordination) reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

Subsidiary : any entity at least 50% of whose voting securities or Equity Interests is owned by Borrower or combination of Borrower (including indirect ownership through other entities in which the Borrower directly or indirectly owns 50% of the voting securities or Equity Interests).

Swap Obligations : with respect to any Obligor, its obligations under a Hedging Agreement that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Target : Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Tax Distributions : so long as Parent or Borrower, as applicable, is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for United States federal tax purposes, quarterly tax distributions on April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of each Fiscal Year by Parent or Borrower, as applicable, to its members with respect to each Fiscal Year, which, in the aggregate, are in an amount equal to the amount necessary to pay such members’ estimated state and United States federal income tax liabilities in respect of the income earned by Parent or Borrower, as applicable (which taxable income will include the taxable income of subsidiaries of Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, that are similarly classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes) , calculated as an amount equal to the product of (A) the net taxable income of the Parent or Borrower, as applicable, minus any previous net taxable loss of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, that is usable by the members of Parent or Borrower, as applicable to offset net taxable income of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, and taking into account the characterization of the income of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, as ordinary income or capital gains and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal purposes, as appropriate, and (B) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to any member of Parent or Borrower, as applicable, (including under Sections 1401 through 1403 and Section 1411 of the Code) and a 10% assumed state tax rate; p rovided however , that to the extent the actual tax liability of members in respect of Parent or Borrower, as applicable for a taxable year is less than the sum of the estimated payments described above for the year, then the excess will be deducted from the next quarterly tax distribution.

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Agent : has the meaning set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Debt : means all Borrowed Money owed to the Term Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the Term Debt Documents.

Term Debt Documents : means (i) the Term Loan Agreement and (ii) each of the other agreements, instruments and other documents with respect to the Term Debt, all as in effect on the date hereof Second Amendment Effective Date or as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Agreement : means that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among Borrower, Term Agent and the other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof Second Amendment Effective Date or as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Loan Lenders : means each “Lender” as defined in the Term Loan Agreement.

 

23


Trademarks: (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, each Borrower’s names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and all goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise, and all common-law rights related thereto, including any of the foregoing referred to in Schedule 8.1.11 , and (b) the right to obtain all renewals thereof.

Trigger Period: the period (a) commencing on any day that (i) an Event of Default occurs, or (ii) Availability is less than $ 5,000,000; and (b) continuing until (i) no Event of Default exists and (ii) during each of the preceding 30 consecutive days, Availability has exceeded $5,000,000.

UCC : the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the perfection or enforcement of any Lien, the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction.

Unfunded Pension Liability : the excess of a Pension Plan s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006 for the applicable plan year.

Unused Line Fee Rate : a per annum rate equal to (a) 0.25%, if the average daily balance of Revolver Usage was less than 40% of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month, or (b) 0.15%, if the average daily Revolver Usage was 40% or more of the Revolver Commitment during the preceding calendar month.

Value : (a) for Inventory, its value determined on the basis of the lower of cost or market, calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among Borrower and its Affiliates; and (b) for an Account, its face amount, without duplication of any other calculation made in the determination of the Borrowing Base, net of any returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor or any other Person.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Under the Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified herein), all accounting terms shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations shall be made, and all financial statements shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the most recent audited financial statements of Borrower delivered to Lender before the Closing Date those used in preparing the Financial Statements and using the same inventory valuation method as used in such financial statements the Financial Statements , except for any change required or permitted by GAAP if Borrower’s certified public accountants concur in such change, the change is disclosed to Lender, and all relevant provisions of the Loan Documents are amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Lender to take into account the effects of the change. All financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof.

1.3 Uniform Commercial Code . As used herein, the following terms are defined in accordance with the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time: “Account”, “Account Debtor”, “Chattel Paper,” “Commercial Tort Claim,” “Deposit Account,” “Document,” “Electronic Chattel Paper,” “Equipment,” “Fixtures,” “General Intangibles,” “Goods,” “Instrument,” “Inventory,” “Investment Property,” “Letter-of-Credit Right” and “Supporting Obligation.”

1.4 Certain Matters of Construction . The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, “from” means “from and including,” and “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.” The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including, without limitation” and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit any provision. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any Loan Document. All

 

24


references to (a) laws include all related regulations, interpretations, supplements, amendments and successor provisions; (b) any document, instrument or agreement includes any modifications, extensions or renewals (to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents); (c) any section mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a section of this Agreement; (d) any exhibits or schedules mean, unless the context otherwise requires, exhibits and schedules attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference; (e) any Person includes successors and assigns; (f) time of day means the time of day at Lender’s notice address under Section  11.4.1 ; or (g) discretion of Lender mean its sole and absolute discretion exercised at any time unless expressly provided otherwise. All references to Value, Borrowing Base components, Loans, Letters of Credit, Obligations and other amounts herein shall be denominated in Dollars, unless expressly provided otherwise, and all determinations (including calculations of Borrowing Base and financial covenants) made from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time. Borrowing Base calculations shall be consistent with historical methods of valuation and calculation, and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion (and not necessarily calculated in accordance with GAAP). No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision. Reference to Borrower’s “knowledge” or similar concept means actual knowledge of a Senior Officer, or knowledge that a Senior Officer would have obtained if he or she had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his or her duties, including reasonably specific inquiries of employees or agents and a good faith attempt to ascertain the matter.

1.5 Time of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.6 Effectiveness of Borrowers. AG&M shall be the initial Borrower. Immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition, the execution and delivery of the signature pages of Pental Granite and Marble and each of its Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto pursuant to this Agreement shall become effective and Pental Granite and Marble and each of its Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages to the Second Amendment shall become a Borrower, and party to this Agreement.

 

2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Revolver Commitment.

2.1.1 Revolver Loans . Lender agrees, on the terms set forth herein, to make Revolver Loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to the Revolver Commitment, from time to time through the Commitment Termination Date. The Revolver Loans may be repaid and reborrowed as provided herein. In no event shall Lender have any obligation to honor a request for a Revolver Loan if Revolver Usage at such time plus the requested Loan would exceed the Borrowing Base. Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 Business Days prior written notification of the establishment of any change in the eligibility criteria or the establishment of any Availability Reserve, in each case, to the extent such change would have the effect of reducing the Borrowing Base; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights to establish any such change or reserve, but such change or reserve shall only become effective following notice to Borrower. Lender may fulfill its obligations under the Loan Documents through one or more Lending Offices, and this shall not affect any obligations of Obligors under the Loan Documents or with respect to any Obligations.

2.1.2 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of Revolver Loans shall be used by Borrower solely (a) to satisfy existing Debt; (b) to pay a portion of the purchase price for the Pental Acquisition; (c) to pay fees and transaction expenses associated with the closing of this credit facility; (d) to pay Obligations in accordance with this Agreement; and (e (e) to pay the Second Amendment Effective Date Dividend; and (f ) for other lawful corporate purposes of Borrower, including working capital and Permitted Distributions.

2.1.3 Termination of Revolver Commitment . (a) The Revolver Commitment shall terminate on the Revolver Termination Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Agreement. Upon prior written notice to Lender, Borrower may, at their option, terminate in full or reduce in part the Revolver Commitment (provided that the reduced Revolver Commitment shall in no event be reduced to less than $ 12,000,000 20,000,000 ). Any notice of termination given by Borrower shall be irrevocable. On the termination or reduction date, Borrower shall (i) repay any Overadvance or (ii) provide Full Payment of all Obligations (if the Revolver Commitments are terminated in full).

 

25


(b) Borrower may request an increase in the Revolver Commitment from time to time upon notice to Lender, as long as (a) the first such requested increase is in a minimum amount of $2,500,000 and each increase is offered on the same terms as the existing Revolver Commitment, (b) increases under this Section do not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate and no more than two (2) increases are made, (c) the requested increase does not cause the Revolver Commitment to exceed 90% of any applicable cap under any Subordinated Debt agreement or the Term Debt Documents, and (d) Borrower has not reduced the Revolver Commitment. If Lender agrees to the requested increase (in its sole discretion), Lender and Borrower shall execute and deliver such documents and agreements as Lender deems appropriate to evidence the increase in the Revolver Commitment.

2.1.4 [Intentionally Omitted].    

2.1.5 2.1.4 Overadvances . If Revolver Usage exceeds the Borrowing Base (“ Overadvance ”) at any time, the excess amount shall be payable by Borrower on demand by Lender (or within 2 Business Days after demand by Lender with respect to any Overadvance resulting from a change by Lender to the eligibility criteria in accordance with this Agreement), but all such Revolver Loans and shall nevertheless constitute Obligations an Obligation secured by the Collateral and , entitled to all benefits of the Loan Documents. Any funding or sufferance of an Overadvance shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of the Event of Default caused thereby.

2.2 Letter of Credit Facility .

2.2.1 Issuance of Letters of Credit . Lender agrees to issue Letters of Credit from time to time until 30 days prior to the Revolver Termination Date (or until the Commitment Termination Date, if earlier), on the terms set forth herein, including the following:

(a) Borrower acknowledges that Lender’s willingness to issue any Letter of Credit is conditioned upon its receipt of a LC Application with respect to the requested Letter of Credit, as well as such other instruments and agreements as Lender may customarily require for issuance of a letter of credit of similar type and amount. Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit unless (i) it receives a LC Request and LC Application at least three Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance; and (ii) each LC Condition is satisfied or waived.

(b) Letters of Credit may be requested by Borrower to support obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, or as otherwise approved by Lender. Increase, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be treated as issuance of a new Letter of Credit, except that Lender may require a new LC Application in its discretion.

(c) Borrower assumes all risks of the acts, omissions or misuses of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary. In connection with issuance of any Letter of Credit, Lender shall not be responsible for the existence, character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods purported to be represented by any Documents; any differences or variation in the character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of any goods from that expressed in any Documents; the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Documents or of any endorsements thereon; the time, place, manner or order in which shipment of goods is made; partial or incomplete shipment of, or failure to ship, any goods referred to in a Letter of Credit or Documents; any deviation from instructions, delay, default or fraud by any shipper or other Person in connection with any goods, shipment or delivery; any breach of contract between a shipper or vendor and Borrower; errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex, telecopy, e-mail, telephone or otherwise; errors in interpretation of technical terms; the misapplication by a beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof; or any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of Lender, including any act or omission of a Governmental Authority. No Indemnitee shall be liable to any Obligor or other Person for any action taken or omitted to be taken in connection with any Letter of Credit or LC Documents except as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower shall take all action to avoid and mitigate any damages relating to any Letter of Credit or claim against Lender, including through enforcement of any available rights against a beneficiary. Lender shall be fully subrogated to the rights and remedies of each beneficiary whose claims against Borrower is discharged with proceeds of any Letter of Credit.

 

26


(d) In connection with its administration of and enforcement of rights or remedies under any Letters of Credit or LC Documents, Lender shall be entitled to act, and shall be fully protected in acting, upon any certification, documentation or communication in whatever form believed by Lender, in good faith, to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by a proper Person. Lender may consult with and employ use legal counsel, accountants and other experts to advise it concerning its obligations, rights and remedies, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any advice given by such experts. Lender may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact in connection with any matter relating to Letters of Credit or LC Documents, and shall not be liable for the negligence or misconduct of unaffiliated agents and attorneys-in-fact selected with reasonable care.

2.2.2 Reimbursement . If Lender honors any request for payment under a Letter of Credit, Borrower shall pay (in the form of a Revolving Loan) to Lender, on the same day (“ Reimbursement Date ”), the amount paid under such Letter of Credit and all applicable fees, together with interest at the interest rate for Base Rate Revolver Loans from the Reimbursement Date until payment by Borrower. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Lender for any payment made under a Letter of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, irrevocable, and shall be paid without regard to any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower may have at any time against the beneficiary. Whether or not Borrower submits a Notice of Borrowing, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Revolver Loans in an amount necessary to pay all amounts due on any Reimbursement Date.

2.2.3 Cash Collateral . If at any time (a) an Event of Default exists, (b) the Commitment Termination Date has occurred occurs , or (c) the Revolver Termination Date is scheduled to occur within 20 Business Days, then Borrower shall, at Lender’s request, Cash Collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit. If Borrower fails to provide any Cash Collateral as required under this Section  2.2.3 , Lender may advance, as Revolver Loans, the amount of Cash Collateral required and unprovided.

 

3. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

3.1 Interest.

3.1.1 Rates and Payment of Interest .

(a) The Obligations shall bear interest (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) if a LIBOR Loan, at LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) if any other Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin for Base Rate Revolver Loans.

(b) During an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Obligor, or during any other Event of Default if Lender in its discretion so elects, Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate (whether before or after any judgment) , payable on demand . Each Obligor acknowledges that the cost and expense to Lender due to an Event of Default are difficult to ascertain and that the Default Rate is fair and reasonable compensation for this.

(c) Interest shall accrue from the date a Loan is advanced or Obligation is incurred or payable, until paid in full by Borrower. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be due and payable in arrears, (i) on the first day of each month; (ii) on any date of prepayment, with respect to the principal amount of Loans being prepaid; and (iii) on the Commitment Termination Date. Interest accrued on any other Obligations shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents and or , if no payment date is specified, shall be due and payable within the two (2) Business Day period following demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest accrued at the Default Rate shall be due and payable on demand .

3.1.2 Application of LIBOR to Outstanding Loans .

 

27


(a) Borrower may on any Business Day, subject to delivery of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, elect to convert any portion of the Base Rate Loans to, or to continue any LIBOR Loan at the end of its Interest Period as, a LIBOR Loan. During any Event of Default, Lender may declare that no Loan may be made, converted or continued as a LIBOR Loan.

(b) Whenever Borrower desires to To convert or continue Loans as LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, no later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days before the requested conversion or continuation date. Each Notice of Conversion/Continuation shall be irrevocable, and shall specify the amount of Loans to be converted or continued, the conversion or continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), and the duration of the Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified). If, upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall have failed to deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, they shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Loans into Base Rate Loans. Lender does not warrant or accept responsibility for, nor shall it have any liability with respect to, administration, submission or any other matter related to any rate described in the definition of LIBOR.

3.1.3 Interest Periods . In connection with the making, conversion or continuation of any LIBOR Loans, Borrower shall select an interest period (“ Interest Period ”) to apply, which interest period shall be 30, 60, or 90 days; provided, however , that:

(a) the Interest Period shall begin on the date the Loan is made or continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Loan, and shall expire on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at its end;

(b) if any Interest Period begins on a day for which there is no corresponding day in the calendar month at its end or if such corresponding day falls after the last Business Day of such month, then the Interest Period shall expire on the last Business Day of such month; and if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, the period shall expire on the next Business Day; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Revolver Termination Date.

3.1.4 Interest Rate Not Ascertainable . If, due to any circumstance affecting the London interbank market, Lender determines that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR on any applicable date or that any Interest Period is not available on the basis provided herein, then Lender shall immediately notify Borrower of such determination. Until Lender notifies Borrower that such circumstance no longer exists, the obligation of Lender to make affected LIBOR Loans shall be suspended, and no further Loans may be converted into or continued as such LIBOR Loans.

3.2 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender the fees set forth on Exhibit C to this Agreement.

3.3 Computation of Interest, Fees, Yield Protection . All interest, as well as fees and other charges calculated on a per annum basis, shall be computed for the actual days elapsed, based on a year of 360 days. Each determination by Lender of any interest, fees or interest rate hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. All fees shall be fully earned when due and shall not be subject to rebate, refund or proration. All fees payable under Section  3.2 are compensation for services and are not, and shall not be deemed to be, interest or any other charge for the use, forbearance or detention of money. A certificate as to amounts payable by Borrower under Section  3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9 or 5.9 , submitted to Borrower by Lender shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Borrower shall pay such amounts to the appropriate party within 30 days following receipt of the certificate.

3.4 Reimbursement Obligations . Borrower shall pay all Extraordinary Expenses promptly upon request. Borrower also shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting, and other fees, costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with (a) negotiation and preparation of any Loan Documents, including any amendment or other modification thereof; (b) administration of and actions relating to any Collateral, Loan Documents and transactions contemplated thereby, including any actions taken to perfect or maintain priority of Lender’s Liens on any Collateral, to maintain any insurance required hereunder or to verify Collateral; and (c) subject to the limits of Section  9.1.1(b) , each any examination, inspection,

 

28


audit or appraisal with respect to any Obligor or Collateral , whether prepared by Lender’s personnel or a third party (and with respect to field examinations, audits and appraisals, whether such fees are out-of-pocket or allocated fees of Lender’s personnel). All legal, accounting and consulting fees shall be charged to Borrower by Lender Professionals at their full hourly rates, regardless of any alternative fee arrangements that Lender or any of its Affiliates may have with such professionals that otherwise might apply to this or any other transaction. Each Obligor acknowledges that counsel may provide Lender with a benefit (such as a discount, credit or accommodation for other matters) based on counsel’s overall relationship with Lender, including fees paid hereunder. If, for any reason (including inaccurate reporting by Borrower), it is determined by Lender in its commercially reasonable discretion that a higher Applicable Margin should have applied to a period than was actually applied, then the proper margin shall be applied retroactively, and Borrower shall immediately pay to Lender an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest that would have accrued using the proper margin and the amount actually paid. All amounts payable by Borrower under this Section shall be due on demand .

3.5 Illegality . If Lender determines that any change in Applicable Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for Lender to perform any of its obligations hereunder, to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans , fund or charge applicable interest or fees with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit , or to determine or charge interest rates based upon on LIBOR, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by Lender to Borrower, any obligation of Lender to make or continue LIBOR Loans perform such Obligations, to make, maintain or fund the Loan or issue the Letter of Credit (or charge interest or fees with respect thereto), or to continue or to convert Base Rate Loans to as LIBOR Loans , shall be suspended until Lender notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon delivery of such notice, Borrower shall convert all LIBOR Loans Loan(s) to Base Rate Loans, Loan(s) either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if Lender may lawfully continue to maintain the LIBOR Loans Loan to such day, or immediately, if Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans Loan . Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.6 Inability to Determine Rates . If Lender notifies Borrower in connection with a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan that for any reason (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable Loan amount or Interest Period, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, or (c) LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lender of funding the Loan, then Lender’s obligation to make or maintain LIBOR Loans shall be suspended to the extent of the affected LIBOR Loan or Interest Period until Lender revokes the notice. Upon receipt of the notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of a LIBOR Loan or, failing that, will be deemed to have submitted a request for a Base Rate Loan.

3.7 Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

3.7.1 Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, liquidity, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in LIBOR);

(b) subject any Recipient to Taxes (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, or (iii) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(c) impose on Lender or any interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting any Loan, Letter of Credit, Commitment or Loan Document;

and the result in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or Commitment, or converting to or continuing any interest option for a Loan, or to increase the cost to Lender

 

29


of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to issue a Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request by Lender, Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

3.7.2 Capital Requirements . If Lender determines that a Change in Law affecting Lender or its holding company regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit to a level below that which Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amounts as will compensate it or its holding company for the reduction suffered.

3.7.3 LIBOR Loan Reserves . If Lender is required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, Borrower shall pay additional interest to Lender on each LIBOR Loan equal to the costs of such reserves allocated to the Loan by Lender (as determined by it in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive). The additional interest shall be due and payable on each interest payment date for the Loan; provided, however , that if Lender notifies Borrower of the additional interest less than 10 days prior to the interest payment date, then the additional interest shall be payable 10 days after Borrower’s receipt of the notice.

3.7.4 Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of its right to demand such compensation, but Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender for any increased costs or reductions suffered more than six months (plus any period of retroactivity of the Change in Law giving rise to the demand) prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the applicable Change in Law and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

3.8 Mitigation . If Lender gives a notice under Section  3.5 or requests compensation under Section  3.7 , or if Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts under Section  5.9 , then at the request of Borrower, Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate the need for such notice or eliminate or reduce amounts payable or to be withheld in the future, as applicable; and (b) would not subject Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to it or unlawful. Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.9 Funding Losses . If for any reason (a) any Borrowing, conversion or continuation of, a LIBOR Loan does not occur on the date specified therefor in a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation (whether or not withdrawn), (b) any repayment or conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day other than the end of its Interest Period, or (c) Borrower fails to repay a LIBOR Loan when required hereunder, then Borrower shall pay to Lender all resulting losses and expenses, including loss of anticipated profits and any loss, expense or fee arising from redeployment of funds or termination of match fundings. For purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section, Lender shall be deemed to have funded a LIBOR Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and period, whether or not the Loan was in fact so funded.

3.10 Maximum Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (“maximum rate”). If Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the maximum rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Lender exceeds the maximum rate, Lender may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

30


4. LOAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Manner of Borrowing and Funding Revolver Loans .

4.1.1 Notice of Borrowing .

(a) Whenever Borrower desires funding of To request a Revolver Loan, Borrower shall give Lender a Notice of Borrowing . Such notice must be received by Lender by 11:00 a.m. (i) on the requested funding date for a Base Rate Loan, and (ii) at least two Business Days prior to the requested funding date for a LIBOR Loan. Notices received by Lender after such time shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Each Notice of Borrowing shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the amount of the Borrowing amount , (B) the requested funding date (which must be a Business Day), (C) whether the Borrowing is to be made as a Base Rate Loan or LIBOR Loan, and (D) in the case of a LIBOR Loan, the applicable Interest Period (which shall be deemed to be 30 days if not specified).

(b) Unless payment is otherwise made by Borrower, the becoming due of any Obligations (whether principal, interest, fees or other charges, including Extraordinary Expenses, LC Obligations, Cash Collateral and Bank Product Debt) shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the due date in the amount due and the Loan proceeds shall be disbursed as direct payment of such relevant Obligation. In addition, Lender may, at its option, charge such amount against any operating, investment or other account of Borrower maintained with Lender or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with 3 days prior written notification before charging any out-of-pocket fees or expenses against any operating, investment or other account or deeming such fees or expenses to be a request for a Base Rate Loan; provided that, the failure to provide any such notice shall not limit Lender’s rights hereunder. If Lender elects to not make a Borrowing to pay the Obligations as provided in this Section 4.1.1(b) , such Obligations shall be due from Borrower within two (2) Business Days after demand.

(c) If Borrower maintains disbursement account with Lender or any of its Affiliates, then presentation for payment in the account of a Payment Item when there are insufficient funds to cover it shall be deemed to be a request for a Base Rate Revolver Loan on the presentation date, in the amount of the Payment Item. Proceeds of the Loan may be disbursed directly to the account.

4.1.2 Notices . If Borrower may request, convert or continue requests, converts or continues Loans, select selects interest rates, and transfer or transfers funds based on telephonic or e-mailed electronic instructions to Lender . , Borrower shall confirm each such request by prompt delivery to Lender of a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, if as applicable , but if it differs materially from the action taken by Lender, the records of Lender shall govern . Lender shall not have any no liability for any loss suffered by Borrower as a result of Lender acting upon its understanding of telephonic or e-mailed electronic instructions from a person believed in good faith to be a person authorized to give such instructions on Borrower’s behalf.

4.2 Number and Amount of LIBOR Loans; Determination of Rate .

Each Borrowing of LIBOR Loans when made shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000, plus any increment of $ 100,000 in excess thereof. No more than six (6) Borrowings of LIBOR Loans may be outstanding at any time, and all LIBOR Loans having the same length and beginning date of their Interest Periods shall be aggregated together and considered one Borrowing for this purpose.

Upon determining LIBOR for any Interest Period requested by Borrower, Lender shall promptly notify Borrower thereof by telephone or electronically and, if requested by Borrower, shall confirm any telephonic notice in writing.

4.3 Reserved .

4.4 One Obligation . The Loans, LC Obligations and other Obligations shall constitute one general obligation of Borrower and are secured by Lender’s Lien on all Collateral.

 

31


4.5 Effect of Termination . On the effective date of the termination of the Revolver Commitment, the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable, and each Secured Party may terminate its Bank Products. Until Full Payment of the Obligations, all undertakings of Borrower contained in the Loan Documents shall continue, and Lender shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Lender shall not be required to terminate its Liens unless it receives Cash Collateral or a written agreement, in each case satisfactory to it, protecting it from dishonor or return of any Payment Item previously applied to the Obligations. Sections 2.3, 2.2, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 5.3, 5.6, 5.8, 5.9, 10.14, 10.15, 10.16, 10.4, 10.5, 11.3 , this Section, and each indemnity or waiver given by an Obligor in any Loan Document, shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations.

 

5. PAYMENTS

5.1 General Payment Provisions . All payments of Obligations shall be made in Dollars, without offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind, free and clear of (and without deduction for) any Taxes, and in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon on the due date. Any payment after such time shall be deemed made on the next Business Day. Any payment of a LIBOR Loan prior to the end of its Interest Period shall be accompanied by all amounts due under Section 3.9 . Borrower agrees that Lender shall have the continuing, exclusive right to apply and reapply payments and proceeds of Collateral against Obligations under the Loan Documents, in such manner as Lender deems advisable, but whenever possible, any prepayment of Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Loans.

5.2 Repayment of Revolver Loans . Revolver Loans shall be due and payable in full on the Revolver Termination Date, unless payment is sooner required hereunder. Revolver Loans may be prepaid from time to time, without penalty or premium. If an Overadvance exists at any time, Borrower shall, on the sooner of Lender’s demand or the first Business Day after Borrower has knowledge thereof, repay Revolver Loans in an amount sufficient to reduce Revolver Usage to the Borrowing Base. If any asset disposition includes the disposition of Accounts or Inventory (other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, but in all cases subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 ), Borrower shall apply Net Proceeds to repay Revolver Loans equal to the greater of (a) the net book value of such Accounts and Inventory, or (b) the reduction in Borrowing Base resulting from the disposition.

5.3 Keepwell . Each Obligor that is a Qualified ECP when its guaranty of or grant of Lien as security for a Swap Obligation becomes effective hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide funds or other support to each Specified Obligor with respect to such Swap Obligation as may be needed by such Specified Obligor from time to time to honor all of its obligations under the Loan Documents in respect of such Swap Obligation (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP’s obligations and undertakings under this Section 5.3 voidable under any applicable fraudulent transfer or conveyance act). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP under this Section shall remain in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations. Each Obligor intends this Section to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Obligor for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

5.4 Payment of Other Obligations . Obligations other than Loans, including LC Obligations and Extraordinary Expenses, shall be paid by Borrower as provided in the Loan Documents or, if no payment date is specified, on demand .

5.5 Dominion Account . Borrower shall maintain Dominion Accounts pursuant to lockbox or other arrangements reasonably acceptable to Lender. Borrower shall obtain an agreement (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender) from each lockbox servicer and Dominion Account bank, establishing Lender’s control over and Lien in the lockbox or Dominion Account, requiring immediate deposit of all remittances received in the lockbox to a Dominion Account. If a Dominion Account is not maintained with Lender, Lender may require immediate transfer of all funds in such account to a Dominion Account maintained with Lender. Lender assumes no responsibility to Borrower for any lockbox arrangement or Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to any Payment Items accepted by any bank. Borrower shall request in writing and otherwise take all necessary steps to ensure that all payments on Accounts or otherwise relating to Collateral are made directly to a Dominion Account (or a lockbox relating to a Dominion Account). If Borrower or Subsidiary

 

32


receives cash or Payment Items with respect to any Collateral, it shall hold same in trust for Lender and promptly (not later than the next Business Day) deposit same into a Dominion Account. The Other than during a Trigger Period, the provisions of this Section 5.5 shall cease to apply during the Dominion Termination Period .

5.6 Marshaling; Payments Set Aside . Lender shall have no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Obligor or against any Obligations. If any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Lender, or if Lender exercises a right of setoff, and any of such payment or setoff is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person, then the Obligation originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies relating thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or setoff had not occurred.

5.7 Application of Payments .

5.7.1 Dominion Account . The During the Trigger Period, the ledger balance in the main Dominion Account as of the end of a Business Day shall be applied to the Obligations at the beginning of the next Business Day , other than during a Dominion Termination Period. If, a . Any resulting credit balance results from such application , it shall not accrue interest in favor of Borrower and shall be made available to Borrower as long as no Event of Default exists. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, In no event shall monies and collateral proceeds obtained from an Obligor shall not be applied to repayment of its Excluded Swap Obligations.

5.7.2 Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds . Any proceeds of insurance (other than proceeds from workers’ compensation or D&O insurance) and any awards arising from condemnation of any Collateral shall be paid to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement. Any such proceeds or awards that relate to Inventory shall be applied to payment of the Revolver Loans, and then to other Obligations. Any proceeds or awards that relate to Equipment or Real Estate shall be applied in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

5.7.3 Reinvestment of Proceeds . If requested by Borrower in writing within 30 days after Lender’s receipt of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards relating to any loss or destruction of Equipment or Real Estate, Borrower may use such proceeds or awards to repair or replace such Equipment or Real Estate (and until so used, the proceeds shall be held in a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement) as long as (i) no Event of Default exists on the date of such request; (ii) the repaired or replaced Property is free of Liens, other than Permitted Liens that are not Purchase Money Liens; and (iii) the aggregate amount of such proceeds or awards from any single casualty or condemnation reinvested pursuant to this Section does not exceed $ 4,000,000. 7,000,000.

5.8 Account Stated . Lender shall maintain, in accordance with customary practices, loan account(s) evidencing the Debt of Borrower hereunder. Any failure of Lender to record anything in a loan account, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower to pay any amount owing hereunder. Entries made in a loan account shall constitute presumptive evidence of the information contained therein. If any information contained in a loan account is provided to or inspected by any Person, the information shall be conclusive and binding on such Person for all purposes absent manifest error, except to the extent such Person notifies Lender in writing within 30 days after receipt or inspection that specific information is subject to dispute.

5.9 Taxes .

5.9.1 Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Tax Payment .

(a) All payments of Obligations by Obligors shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If Applicable Law (as determined by Lender in its discretion) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Recipient or Obligor, then the Recipient or Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding based on information and documentation provided pursuant to this Section.

 

33


(b) If a Recipient or Obligor is required by the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes, including backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor shall pay the full amount that it determines is to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority pursuant to the Code. If a Recipient or Obligor is required by any Applicable Law other than the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes from any payment, then the Recipient or Obligor, to the extent required by Applicable Law, shall timely pay the full amount to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. In each case, to the extent the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that the Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall timely pay all Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law or, at Lender’s option, timely reimburse Lender for payment thereof.

5.9.2 Tax Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless, on a joint and several basis, each Recipient against any Indemnified Taxes (including those imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower shall make payment within 10 days after demand for any amount or liability payable under this Section. A certificate delivered to Borrower by Lender (for itself or on behalf of a Recipient) as to the amount of such payment or liability, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

5.9.3 Evidence of Payments . If Lender or an Obligor pays any Taxes pursuant to this Section, then upon request, Lender or Borrower, as applicable, shall deliver to the other a copy of a receipt issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority evidencing the payment, a copy of any return required by Applicable Law to report the payment, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party.

5.9.4 Treatment of Certain Refunds . If Lender determines in its discretion that it or another Recipient has received a refund of any Taxes that were indemnified by Borrower or with respect to which Borrower paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, Lender shall pay or shall cause the other the Recipient to shall pay to Borrower the amount of such refund to Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts actually paid , by Borrower with respect to the Taxes giving rise to the refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by the Recipient and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Borrower shall, upon request by Lender, repay to the Recipient any refund such amount so paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) if the Recipient is required to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Recipient shall be required to pay any amount to Borrower if such payment would place the Recipient it in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. In no event shall any Recipient be required to make its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) available to any Obligor or other Person.

5.9.5 Status of Lender . If Lender is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments of Obligations, it shall deliver to Borrower properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as is necessary to enable Borrower to determine whether Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such documentation shall not be required if Lender believes delivery of the documentation would subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice its legal or commercial position.

5.9.6 Documentation . Without limiting the foregoing, Lender shall deliver to Borrower, from time to time upon reasonable request, executed originals copies of IRS Form W-9, certifying that Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax and if Lender is a foreign entity an IRS Form, W-8BEN-E, W-81MY or

 

34


W-8ECI, as applicable. If payment of any Obligation to Lender would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code), Lender shall deliver to Borrower at the time(s) prescribed by law and otherwise as reasonably requested by Borrower upon reasonable request, such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower as may be necessary for them reasonably requested by Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of the preceding sentence, “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date hereof Closing Date . If any form or certification delivered by Lender pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, Lender shall update the form or certification or notify Borrower in writing of its inability to do so.

5.9.7 Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.9 shall survive any assignment by Lender of rights or obligations hereunder, termination of the Commitments, and any repayment, satisfaction, discharge or Full Payment of any Obligations.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Loans . In addition to the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 , Lender shall not be required to fund any requested Loan, issue any Letter of Credit or otherwise extend credit to Borrower hereunder, until the date (“ Closing Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth on Exhibit B has been satisfied.

6.2 Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Lender shall not in no event be required to fund make any credit extension hereunder (including funding any Loans, issue issuing any Letters of Credit, or grant granting any other accommodation to or for the benefit of Borrower , unless ) if the following conditions are not satisfied on such date and upon giving effect thereto :

(a) No Default or Event of Default shall exist at the time of, or result from, such funding, issuance or grant exists ;

(b) The representations and warranties of each Obligor in the Loan Documents shall be are true and correct in all material respects on the date of, and upon giving effect to, such funding, issuance or grant (without duplication of any materiality qualifier) (except for representations and warranties that expressly relate solely to an earlier date);

(c) No event shall have has occurred or circumstance exist exists that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) With respect to issuance of a Letter of Credit, the LC Conditions shall be satisfied.

Each request (or deemed request) by a Borrower for funding of a Loan, issuance of a Letter of Credit or grant of an accommodation a credit extension shall constitute a representation by Borrower that the foregoing conditions are satisfied on the date of such request and on the date of such funding, issuance or grant the credit extension . As an additional condition to any funding, issuance or grant a credit extension , Lender shall have received such may request any other information, documents, instruments and agreements as certification, document, instrument or agreement it deems reasonably appropriate in connection therewith.

 

7. COLLATERAL

7.1 Grant of Security Interest . To secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, each Obligor hereby grants to Lender, on behalf of itself and the other Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all personal Property of Obligor, including all of Obligor’s present and after acquired personal property, including all of the following Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and wherever located:

 

35


(a) all Accounts; (b) all Chattel Paper, including Electronic Chattel Paper; (c) all Commercial Tort Claims, including those shown on Schedule 8.1.15 ; (d) all Deposit Accounts; (e) all Documents; (f) all General Intangibles, including Intellectual Property; (g) all Goods, including Inventory, Equipment and Fixtures; (h) all Instruments; (i) all Investment Property; (j) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (k) all Supporting Obligations; (l) all monies, whether or not in the possession or under the control of Lender or any other Secured Party, or a bailee or Affiliate of Lender or any other Secured Party, including any Cash Collateral; (m) all accessions to, substitutions for, and all replacements, products, and cash and non-cash proceeds of the foregoing, including proceeds of and unearned premiums with respect to insurance policies, and claims against any Person for loss, damage or destruction of any Collateral; and (n) all books and records (including customer lists, files, correspondence, tapes, computer programs, print-outs and computer records) pertaining to the foregoing; provided, that in no event shall the Collateral include (v) Equity Interests in Borrower, (w) more than 65% of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary of any Obligor, (x) Real Estate, (y) fixed or capital assets owned by an Obligor that are subject to a purchase money lien or a capital lease if the contractual obligation pursuant to which such Lien is granted (or in the document providing for such capital lease) prohibits or requires the consent of any Person other than such Obligor’s Affiliates as a condition to the creation of any other Lien on such fixed or capital asset, and such consent has not been obtained or (z) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Obligors. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Obligor shall be required to perfect Lender’s Lien with respect to (i) any Excluded Account or (ii) vehicles, airplanes and other assets owned by an Obligor to the extent perfection requires the notation of such Lien on a certificate of title.

7.2 Lien on Deposit Accounts; Cash Collateral .

7.2.1 Deposit Accounts . To further secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations, each Obligor hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in and Lien upon all amounts credited to any Deposit Account of such Obligor, including sums in any blocked, lockbox, sweep or collection account. Without limiting the obligations under Section 5.5 , during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Obligors hereby authorize and direct each bank or other depository to deliver to Lender, upon request, all balances in any Deposit Account maintained for such Obligor, without inquiry into the authority or right of Lender to make such request.

7.2.2 Cash Collateral . Cash Collateral may be invested, at Lender’s discretion ( and with the prior written consent of Borrower, as long as provided no Event of Default exists), but Lender shall have no duty to do so, regardless of any agreement or course of dealing with Borrower, and shall have no responsibility for any investment or loss. As security for its Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a security interest in and Lien upon all Cash Collateral held delivered hereunder from time to time and all proceeds thereof, whether held in a segregated Cash Collateral Account or otherwise. Lender may apply Cash Collateral to the payment of such Obligations as they become due, in such order as Lender may elect. Each All Cash Collateral Account and all each Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of Lender, and neither Borrower nor any other Person (other than the applicable depository bank) shall have any right to any Cash Collateral, until Full Payment of the Obligations.

7.3 [Reserved] Collateral Assignment of Leases. To further secure the prompt payment and performance of its Obligations, each Obligor hereby transfers and assigns to Lender all of such Obligor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all now or hereafter existing leases of real Property to which such Obligor is a party, whether as lessor or lessee, and all extensions, renewals, modifications and proceeds thereof.

7.4 Other Collateral .

7.4.1 Commercial Tort Claims . Obligors shall promptly notify Lender in writing if any Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $ 100,000), 2,000,000) shall promptly amend Schedule 8.1.15 to include such claim, and shall take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to subject such claim to a duly perfected, first priority Lien in favor of Lender.

 

36


7.4.2 Certain After-Acquired Collateral . Obligors shall promptly notify Lender in writing if, after the Closing Date, any Obligor obtains any interest in any Collateral consisting of Deposit Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Instruments, Intellectual Property, Investment Property or Letter-of-Credit Rights and, upon Lender’s reasonable request, shall promptly take such actions as Lender deems appropriate to effect Lender’s duly perfected, first priority Lien upon such Collateral, including obtaining any appropriate possession, control agreement or Lien Waiver. If any material Collateral is in the possession of a third party, at Lender’s reasonable request, Obligors shall obtain an acknowledgment that such third party holds the Collateral for the benefit of Lender.

7.4.3 Investment Property .

(a) If an Obligor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate, option or rights in respect of the Equity Interests pledged hereunder, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any of the Pledged Equity, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Obligor shall accept the same as the agent of Lender, hold the same in trust for Lender and, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, deliver the same forthwith to Lender in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Obligor to Lender, if required, together with an undated instrument of transfer covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Obligor, to be held by the Lender, subject to the terms hereof, as additional Collateral for the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) unless the Lender provides express written notice to the contrary, any sums paid upon or in respect of such Equity Interests upon the liquidation or dissolution of any issuer thereof shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, be paid over to Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Obligations, and (ii) in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of such Equity Interests or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to such Equity Interests pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and unless otherwise subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Lender, be delivered to the Lender to be held by it hereunder as additional Collateral for the Obligations. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of such Equity Interests shall be received by such Obligor, such Obligor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to Lender, hold such money or property in trust for the Lender, segregated from other funds of such Obligor, as additional Collateral for the Obligations.

(b) Without the prior written consent of Lender, such Obligor will not (i) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Pledged Equity or proceeds thereof, (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the Equity Interests or proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for Permitted Liens, or (iii) enter into or permit to exist any agreement or undertaking, including, without limitation, the governing documents of any issuer and shareholders’ agreements, restricting the right or ability of such Obligor or Lender to sell, assign or transfer any of the Pledged Equity or proceeds thereof, except, with respect to such Equity Interests, shareholders’ or operating agreements entered into by such Obligor with respect to Persons in which such Obligor maintains an ownership interest of 50% or less.

(c) In the case of each Obligor which is an issuer of Pledged Equity, such Person agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Pledged Equity issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify Lender promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 7.4.3(a) with respect to the Pledged Equity issued by it, (iii) the terms of Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 Section 7.4.3 shall apply to such issuer with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section   6.3(c) or 6.7 7.4.3 regarding the Pledged Equity issued by it and (iv) it will not recognize, acknowledge or permit the pledge, transfer, grant of control or other disposition of the Pledged Equity issued by it (or any portion thereof) other than to or as requested by Lender unless otherwise permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

(d) Within the time period afforded by Exhibit F hereof and with respect to each issuer of Pledged Equity that is a limited liability company, such issuer shall cause the equity interests of such issuer to be governed by, and to be a security within the meaning of, Article 8 (Investment Securities) of the UCC, and no such issuer shall, and no Obligor shall cause any such issuer to, “opt out” of Article 8 of the UCC with respect to such issuer s Equity Interests.

 

37


(e) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and Lender shall have given notice to the relevant Obligor of Lender’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 7.4.3(f) , each Obligor shall be permitted to receive all cash dividends and distributions paid in respect of the Pledged Equity, to the extent permitted under this Agreement, and to exercise all voting and other rights with respect to the Equity Interests.

(f) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and Lender shall give notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Obligors, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) Lender shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends and distributions, payments or other proceeds paid in respect of the Equity Interests and make application thereof to the Obligations in such order as Lender may determine, (ii) Lender shall have the right to cause any or all of the Equity Interest to be registered in the name of Lender or its nominee, and (iii) Lender or its nominee may exercise (x) all voting and other rights pertaining to such Equity Interests at any meeting of holders of the equity interests of the relevant issuers thereof or otherwise (or by written consent) and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Equity Interests as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Equity Interests upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other structure of any issuer thereof, or upon the exercise by any Obligor or Lender of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Equity Interests, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Equity Interests with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as Lender may determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but Lender shall have no duty to any Obligor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(g) Each Obligor hereby authorizes and instructs each issuer of any Equity Interests pledged by such Obligor hereunder to, and each such issuer hereby agrees to immediately, comply with any instruction received by such issuer from Lender in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions or consent of such Obligor, including without limitation, instructions as to the transfer of other disposition of such Equity Interests, to pay and remit to Lender or its nominee all dividends, distributions and other amounts payable to such Obligor in respect of such Equity Interests (upon redemption of such Equity Interests, dissolution of such Issuer or otherwise), and to transfer to, and register such Equity Interests in the name of, the Lender or its nominee or transferee. Each Obligor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying with such instructions.

(h) Each Obligor recognizes that Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Equity, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Equity for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities or other interests for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

(i) Each Obligor agrees to use its best efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Equity pursuant to this Section 7.4.3 valid and binding and in compliance with Applicable Law. Each Obligor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7.4.3 will cause irreparable injury to Lender and that Lender may have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section 7.4.3 shall be specifically enforceable against such Obligor, and such Obligor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred under this Agreement.

 

38


7.5 Limitations. The Lien on Collateral granted hereunder is given as security only and shall not subject Lender to, or in any way modify, any obligation or liability of Obligors relating to any Collateral. In no event shall the grant of any Lien under any Loan Document secure an Excluded Swap Obligation.

7.6 Further Assurances; Extent of Liens . All Liens granted to Lender under the Loan Documents are for the benefit of Secured Parties. Promptly upon request, Obligors shall deliver such instruments and agreements, and shall take such actions, as is reasonably required under Applicable Law to evidence or perfect Lender’s Lien on any Collateral, or otherwise to give effect to the intent of this Agreement. Each Obligor authorizes Lender to file any financing statement that describes the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Obligor, or words to similar effect, and ratifies any action taken by Lender before the Closing Date to effect or perfect its Lien on any Collateral.

 

8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8.1 General Representations and Warranties . To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make available the Commitments, Loans and Letters of Credit, Borrower represents the Obligors represent and warrants warrant to Lender that:

8.1.1 Organization and Qualification . Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries, if any, are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are duly qualified, authorized to do business and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would and in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Obligor is a credit institution, investment firm, or parent company of a credit institution or investment firm, in each case that is established in a member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein or Norway, and no Obligor is a subsidiary of the foregoing.

8.1.2 Power and Authority . Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries are duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform its Loan Documents. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not (a) require any consent or approval of any holders of Equity Interests of Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries , except those already obtained; (b) contravene the Organic Documents of Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries; (c) violate or cause a default under any Applicable Law or Material Contract; or (d) result in or require the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on Borrower any Obligor ’s Property.

8.1.3 Enforceability . Each This Agreement is, and each other Loan Document is to which any Obligor is or will be a party, when delivered hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

8.1.4 Capital Structure .

(a) On the Second Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Second Amendment Effective Date, Schedule 8.1.4(a) shows, for Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries, its name, jurisdiction of organization, authorized and issued Equity Interests, holders of its Equity Interests, and agreements binding on such holders with respect to such Equity Interests. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.4(a) , in the five years preceding the Closing Second Amendment Effective Date, no Borrower or neither Parent nor any Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination. Borrower Parent has good title to its Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (if any), subject only to Lender’s Lien and Liens securing the Term Debt, and all such Equity Interests are duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.4(a) , there are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrower Parent or any Subsidiary.

 

39


(b) The Pledged Equity pledged by each Obligor hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests owned by such Obligor or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, 100% of all issued and outstanding non-voting equity interests of such Foreign Subsidiary and 65% of all issued and outstanding voting equity interests of such Foreign Subsidiary.

(c) All of the Pledged Equity has been duly and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.

(d) Schedule 8.1.4(d) lists all Equity Interests owned by each Obligor. Each Obligor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and marketable title to, the Equity Interests pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except Permitted Liens.

8.1.5 Title to Properties; Priority of Liens . Each of Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to (or valid leasehold interests in) all of its Real Estate, and good title to all of its personal Property, included on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate, in each case free of Liens except Permitted Liens. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has paid and discharged all lawful claims (other than such claims Properly Contested) that, if unpaid, could become a Lien on its Properties, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens of Lender in the Collateral are duly perfected, first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

8.1.6 Accounts . Lender may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by Borrower with respect thereto. Borrower warrants, with respect to each Account at the time it is shown as an Eligible Account in a Borrowing Base Certificate, that: (a) it is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is not evidenced by a judgment; (b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services in the Ordinary Course of Business, and substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto; (c) it is for a sum certain, maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to Lender on request; (d) it is not subject to any offset, Lien (other than Permitted Liens), deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or other adverse condition except as arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and disclosed to Lender; (e) no purchase order, agreement, document or Applicable Law restricts assignment of the Account to Lender (regardless of whether, under the UCC, the restriction is ineffective); (f) no extension, compromise, settlement, modification, credit, deduction or return has been authorized with respect to the Account, except discounts or allowances granted in the Ordinary Course of Business for prompt payment that are reflected on the face of the invoice related thereto and in the reports submitted to Lender hereunder and (g) to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, (i) there are no facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to impair the enforceability or collectability of such Account; (ii) the Account Debtor had the capacity to contract when the Account arose, is not subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, and has not failed, or suspended or ceased doing business; and (iii) there are no proceedings or actions pending against any Account Debtor that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Account Debtor s financial condition, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith.

8.1.7 Financial Statements . The consolidated and consolidating balance sheets, and related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity, of Borrower and Subsidiaries that have been and are hereafter delivered to Lender, are prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly present the financial positions and results of operations of Borrower and Subsidiaries at the dates and for the periods indicated. All projections delivered from time to time to Lender have been prepared in good faith, based on reasonable assumptions in light of the circumstances at such time. Since the date of the most recently delivered audited financial statements of Borrower, there has been no change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if such a change in condition is first evidenced in the most recently submitted annual financial statements, the reference in the preceding sentence to such most recently submitted audited financial statements shall not mean that such a change in condition has not occurred for purposes of the representations and warranties in this Section 8.1.7 . No financial statement delivered to Lender at any time contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make such statement not materially misleading. Borrower and its Subsidiaries (taken as whole) are Solvent.

8.1.8 Surety Obligations . Neither Borrower Parent nor its Subsidiaries is obligated as surety or indemnitor under any bond or other contract that assures payment or performance of any obligation of any Person, except as permitted hereunder.

 

40


8.1.9 Taxes . Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal and material state and local tax returns and other material reports that it is required by law to file, and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes upon it, its income and its Properties that are due and payable, except to the extent being Properly Contested. The provision for Taxes on the books of Borrower Parent and Subsidiary its Subsidiaries is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current Fiscal Year.

8.1.10 Brokers . Other than as set forth on Schedule 8.1.10 , there are no brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or investment banking fees payable in connection with any transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

8.1.11 Intellectual Property . Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries own or have the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business, without conflict with any rights of others. There is no pending or, to Borrower Parent ’s knowledge, threatened Intellectual Property Claim with respect to Borrower Parent ’s or its Subsidiary or any of its Property (including any Intellectual Property). Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.11 , neither Borrower Parent nor its Subsidiaries pay or owe any Royalty or other compensation to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property owned, used or licensed by, or otherwise subject to any interests of, Borrower Parent or Subsidiary is shown on Schedule 8.1.11 (as amended from time to time). Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.11 , and except for non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business (to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien), none of the Intellectual Property of any Obligor is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Obligor is the licensor or franchisor. To each Obligor’s knowledge, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority against any Obligor which limits, cancels or questions the validity of, or any Obligor’s ownership interest in, any Intellectual Property owned by any Obligor in any material respect.

8.1.12 Governmental Approvals . Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries have, are in material compliance with, and are in good standing with respect to, all Governmental Approvals necessary to conduct its business and to own, lease and operate all of its material Properties, except where noncompliance (or failure to be in good standing) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary import, export or other licenses, permits or certificates for the import or handling of any goods or other Collateral have been procured and are in effect, and Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries have complied with all foreign and domestic laws with respect to the shipment and importation of any goods or Collateral, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.13 Compliance with Laws . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.13: (i)  Borrower Parent and its Subsidiaries have duly complied, and their Properties and business operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with all Applicable Law, except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.; (ii) no Inventory has been produced in violation of Applicable Law, including the FLSA; (iii) no Borrower Obligor ’s or Subsidiary’s present operations (or to Borrower’s knowledge, past operations), Real Estate or other Properties are subject to any federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any remedial action is needed to address any Environmental Release; (iv) no Borrower or Subsidiary Obligor has received any Environmental Notice; (v) to Borrower’s knowledge, there are no Environmental Releases or Hazardous Materials on any Real Estate now owned, leased or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries which would result in material liability arising under any Environmental Law.

8.1.14 Burdensome Contracts . Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is party or subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 . No such Restrictive Agreement prohibits the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document by Borrower.

8.1.15 Litigation . Except as shown on Schedule 8.1.15 , there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to Borrower Parent ’s knowledge, threatened in writing against Borrower Parent or Subsidiary, or any of their businesses, operations, Properties, prospects or conditions, that (a) relate to any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby; or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if determined adversely to Borrower Parent or its Subsidiaries. Except as shown on such Schedule, no Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $ 100,000 2,000,000 ). No Borrower Obligor or Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, injunction or judgment of any Governmental Authority.

 

41


8.1.16 No Defaults . No event or circumstance has occurred or exists that constitutes a Default or Event of Default. Borrower No Obligor is not in material default, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a material default, under any Material Contract other than as is being Properly Contested.

8.1.17 ERISA . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.17 :

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and other federal and state laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter) from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate has met, in all material respects all applicable requirements under the Code, ERISA and the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards or an extension of any amortization period has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction or, to the knowledge of Borrower violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iv) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (v) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate knows of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of such date.

8.1.18 Parent and AG SPV . (a) Parent has not engaged in any activities other than acting as a holding and management company and transactions and activities incidental thereto, entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Management Agreement and does not hold any assets other than all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Borrower and proceeds thereof and contractual rights pursuant to the Term Debt Documents, and (b) AG SPV has not engaged in any activities other than entering into and performing its obligations under the Term Debt Documents and the Artisan Company Agreement and does not hold any assets other than (i) membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement; and (ii) fifty (50) quotas, representing a one percent (1%) equity ownership interest, of CECAFE Cacafe Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME .

8.1.19 Trade Relations . To the knowledge of Borrower, there exists no actual or threatened termination of any business relationship between Borrower or any of its Subsidiary and any customer or supplier, or any group of customers or suppliers, who individually or in the aggregate are material to the business of Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

42


8.1.20 Labor Relations . Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries are party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement. There are no material grievances, disputes or controversies with any union or other organization of Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s employees, or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any asserted or threatened strikes, work stoppages or demands for collective bargaining.

8.1.21 Payable Practices . Borrower has not made any material change in its historical accounts payable practices that would have an adverse impact on Borrower from those in effect on the Closing Date.

8.1.22 Not a Regulated Entity . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a “person directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any public utilities code or any other Applicable Law regarding its authority to incur Debt.

8.1.23 Margin Stock . Borrower is not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No Loan proceeds or Letters of Credit will be used by Borrower to purchase or carry, or to reduce or refinance any Debt incurred to purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any related purpose governed by Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

8.1.24 OFAC . Neither Borrower nor, to the knowledge of Borrower, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanction. Borrower is not located, organized or resident in a Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loan or Letter of Credit will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.1.25 Deposit Accounts . Schedule 9.1.9 (as amended from time to time) sets forth shows all Deposit Accounts maintained by Borrower, including all Dominion Accounts.

8.1.26 Anti-Corruption Laws . Each Obligor and its respective Subsidiaries has conducted its business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

8.1.27 Material Contracts. Set forth on Schedule 8.1.27 is a complete and accurate list as of the Second Amendment Effective Date of all Material Contracts of each Obligor, showing the parties and subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto. Each such Material Contract is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against each Obligor that is a party thereto and, to the knowledge of such Obligor, all other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, except, in each case, as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

8.1.28 Customers and Suppliers. There exists no actual or threatened (in writing) termination or cancellation of the business relationship between (i) any Obligor, on the one hand, and any customer or any group thereof, on the other hand, whose agreements with any Obligor are governed by a Material Contract, or (ii) any Obligor, on the one hand, and any supplier or any group thereof, on the other hand, whose agreements with any Obligor are governed by a Material Contract.

8.1.29 Pental Acquisition Documents. The Obligors have delivered to Lender a complete and correct copy of the Pental Acquisition Documents as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, including all schedules and exhibits thereto. Each Pental Acquisition Document sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no other agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the matters covered thereby not delivered to Lender. The execution, delivery and performance of the Pental Acquisition Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action (including, without limitation, the obtaining of any consent of stockholders or other holders of Equity Interests required by law or by any applicable corporate or other organizational documents) on the part of the Borrower. Each Pental Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower party thereto, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

 

43


8.1.30 Solvency. The Borrower is Solvent and the Obligors and their Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) are Solvent.

8.2 Complete Disclosure . No Loan Document contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. There is no fact or circumstance that any Obligor has failed to disclose to Lender in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

9.1 Affirmative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower Parent shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1.1 Inspections; Appraisals .

(a) Permit Lender from time to time, subject to reasonable notice (except when an Event of Default exists) reasonable notice and during normal business hours, to visit and inspect the Properties of Borrower the Obligors or Subsidiary, inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants such Borrower Obligor ’s or Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations. Lender shall not have any duty to Borrower any Obligor to make any inspection, or to share any results of any inspection, appraisal or report with Borrower. Borrower acknowledges The Obligors acknowledge that all inspections, appraisals and reports are prepared by Lender for its purposes, and Borrower the Obligors shall not be entitled to rely upon them.

(b) Reimburse Lender for its reasonable charges, costs and expenses in connection with (i) examinations of any Obligor’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as Lender deems reasonably appropriate, up to twice once per Loan Year (or three two times per Loan Year during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period) time in which Availability is less than $6,000,000 ; and (ii) appraisals of Inventory, up to once per Loan Year (or twice per Loan Year during any time in which Availability is less than 10% of the Revolving Commitment for 5 consecutive days $6,000,000 ); provided, however , that if an examination or appraisal is initiated during an Event of Default, all reasonable charges, costs and expenses therefor shall be reimbursed by Borrower without regard to such limits. Subject to and without limiting the foregoing, Borrower agrees to pay Lender’s then standard charges for examination activities, including the standard charges of Lender’s internal examination and appraisal groups, as well as the charges of any third party used for such purposes. No Borrowing Base calculation shall include Collateral acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or otherwise outside of the Ordinary Course of Business until completion of applicable field examinations and appraisals, the results of which shall not be included in the limits provided above, in each case, be satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion , which shall not count toward the appraisals and examination limits set forth above ; provided that , if the applicable field examinations and appraisals have not been conducted within 60 days following the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (through no cause or delay by Borrower or its Affiliates), then such acquired Collateral shall be included in the Borrowing Base calculation. In addition to the foregoing, on or prior to the date any Greenfield Inventory ceases to be Greenfield Inventory, Lender shall obtain an appraisal in form and substance satisfactory to Lender of all such Inventory (either in connection with the annual appraisal pursuant to this Section 9.1.1(b) or at the Borrower’s reasonable request, pursuant to an additional desktop appraisal (which desktop appraisal shall not count toward the appraisal and examination limits set forth above)).

 

44


9.1.2 Financial and Other Information . Keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities, in which proper entries are made in accordance with GAAP reflecting all financial transactions; and furnish to Lender all financial statements, reports and other items set forth on Exhibit D no later than the time specified therein.

9.1.3 Collateral Reporting . Provide Lender with each certificate, report or schedule set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto no later than the times specified therein (or such later date as Lender shall agree).

9.1.4 Notices . Notify Lender in writing, promptly after Borrower’s obtaining knowledge thereof, of any of the following that affects an Obligor: (a) the threat (in writing) or commencement of any proceeding or investigation, whether or not covered by insurance, if an adverse determination would have a Material Adverse Effect; (b) any pending or threatened (in writing) labor dispute, strike or walkout, or the expiration of any material labor contract; (c) any default under or early termination of a Material Contract; (d) the existence of any Default or Event of Default; (e) any judgment in an amount exceeding $ 500,000 1,000,000 ; and (f) any violation or asserted violation of any Applicable Law (including ERISA, OSHA, FLSA, or any Environmental Laws), if an adverse resolution would that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (g) the occurrence of any ERISA Event; (h) any proposed modification to any License or entry into a new License in each case at least 30 days prior to its effective date or any default or breach asserted by any Person to have occurred under any License; (i) any proposed material modifications to any License or entry into a new material License in each case at least 10 days prior to its effective date or any default or breach asserted by any Person to have occurred under any material provision of any License; or (j) the discharge of or any withdrawal or resignation by Borrower’s independent accountants that would have a Material Adverse Effect or (k) notices from Term Agent in respect of the Term Debt .

9.1.5 Compliance with Laws . Comply with all Applicable Laws, including ERISA, Environmental Laws, FLSA, OSHA, Anti-Terrorism Laws, and laws regarding collection and payment of Taxes, and maintain all Governmental Approvals necessary to the ownership of its Properties or conduct of its business, unless failure to comply (other than failure to comply with Anti-Terrorism Laws or the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended) or maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Environmental Release from Borrower’s operations requiring reporting under Environmental Law occurs at or on any Properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, it shall report such Environmental Release to Lender and act promptly and diligently to investigate and report to all Governmental Authorities the extent of such Environmental Release as required by Applicable Law, and to make appropriate remedial action to investigate and remediate, such Environmental Release to the extent required under Environmental Law to be performed by Borrower.

9.1.6 Taxes . Pay and discharge all Taxes prior to the date on which they become delinquent or penalties attach, unless such Taxes are being Properly Contested. If an Account of Borrower includes a charge for any Taxes, Lender is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of Borrower and to charge Borrower therefor; provided, however, that Lender shall not be liable for any Taxes that may be due from Borrower or with respect to any Collateral.

9.1.7 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance with respect to the Collateral, covering casualty, hazard, theft, malicious mischief, flood and other risks, in amounts, with endorsements and with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A + - , unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) satisfactory to Lender. All proceeds under each policy shall be payable to an account at Lender. From time to time upon Lender’s reasonable request, Borrower shall deliver to Lender the originals or certified copies of its insurance policies and updated flood plain searches (if applicable). Unless Lender shall agree otherwise, each policy shall include satisfactory endorsements (i) showing Lender as lender’s loss payee; (ii) requiring 30 days prior written notice to Lender in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever; and (iii) specifying that the interest of Lender shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or neglect of Borrower or the owner of the Property, nor by the occupation of the premises for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by the policy. If Borrower fails to provide and pay for any insurance, Lender may, at its option, but shall not be required to, procure the insurance and charge Borrower therefor. Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender, promptly as rendered, copies of all reports made to insurance companies. While no Event of Default exists, Borrower may settle, adjust or compromise any insurance claim, as long as the proceeds are delivered to an account at the Lender. If an Event of Default exists, only Lender shall be authorized to settle, adjust and compromise such claims.

 

45


(b) Without limiting clause (a) above, maintain insurance with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A + - , unless otherwise approved by Lender in its Permitted Discretion) reasonably satisfactory to Lender, with respect to the Properties and business of Borrower and Subsidiaries of such type (including product liability, workers’ compensation, larceny, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation insurance), in such amounts, and with such coverages and deductibles as are customary for companies similarly situated.

9.1.8 Licenses . Keep each material License affecting any Collateral (including the manufacture, distribution or disposition of Inventory) or any other material Property of Borrower and Subsidiaries in full force and effect and pay all Royalties royalties and other amounts when due under any License , except to the extent such License is replaced by a License that is comparable or more favorable to Borrower or such License matures or expires in accordance with the terms of such License.

9.1.9 Deposit Accounts; Depository Bank . Take all actions necessary to establish Lender’s control of each such Deposit Account maintained by Borrower (other than Excluded Accounts). Borrower shall be the sole account holder of each Deposit Account and shall not allow any other Person (other than Lender and Term Agent) to have control over a Deposit Account or any Property deposited therein. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account and, with the consent of Lender, will amend Schedule 9.1.9 to reflect same. Borrower also shall maintain Lender as its principal depository bank, including for the maintenance of all operating, collection, disbursement and other deposit accounts and for all Cash Management Services.

9.1.10 Other Collateral Covenants . Comply with the following additional covenants related to Collateral:

(a) All tangible items of Collateral, other than Inventory in transit, shall at all times be kept by Borrower at the business locations set forth in Schedule 9.1.10 , except that Borrower may (a) make sales or other dispositions of Collateral in accordance with Section 9.2.6 ; and (b) move Collateral to another location in the United States, upon 30 Business Days prior written notice to Lender.

(b) At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right at any time, in the name of Lender, any designee of Lender or Borrower any Obligor , to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of Borrower by mail, telephone or otherwise. Borrower The Obligors shall cooperate fully with Lender in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.

(c) All expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping any Collateral, all Taxes payable with respect to any Collateral (including any sale thereof), and all other payments required to be made by Lender to any Person to realize upon any Collateral, shall be borne and paid by Borrower. Lender shall not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any Collateral, for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in its custody while Collateral is in Lender’s actual possession), for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency or other Person whatsoever, but the same shall be at Borrower’s sole risk.

(d) Borrower Each Obligor shall defend its title to Collateral and Lender’s Liens therein against all Persons, claims and demands, except Permitted Liens.

(e) Upon request, Borrower shall provide Lender with copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof provide Lender with copies of all agreements executed after the Closing Date, between an Obligor and any landlord, warehouseman, processor, shipper, bailee or other Person that owns any premises at which any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base is kept or that otherwise may possess or handle any Collateral that is included in the Borrowing Base.

 

46


(f) Borrower Each Obligor shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all Applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.

(g) Prior to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall promptly comply with Lender’s reasonable requests for Borrower to take such actions as Borrower is entitled to take and exercise such rights as Borrower is entitled to exercise under the Consigned Inventory Agreements, and at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right in the name of Borrower, Lender or any designee of Lender, to take all such actions as Borrower is entitled to take under the Consigned Inventory Agreements, including without limitation, to correspond with, or make demands against the consignees, and to instruct the consignees to handle the Consigned Inventory in accordance with Lender’s instructions.

9.1.11 Future Subsidiaries . Promptly notify Lender upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary and, if such Person is not a Foreign Subsidiary, cause it to guaranty the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Lender, and to execute and deliver such documents, instruments and agreements and to take such other actions as Lender shall require in its Permitted Discretion to evidence and perfect a Lien in favor of Lender on all assets of such Person (other than assets excluded from the definition of Collateral hereunder), including delivery of such legal opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion, shall deem appropriate; provided that, in the event any Person becoming a Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary and owned directly by Borrower, Borrower shall pledge to Lender 65% of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100% of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary. Future Subsidiaries. Cause:

(a) each Subsidiary of any Obligor not in existence on the Second Amendment Effective Date, to execute and deliver to Lender promptly and in any event within 10 Business Days after the formation, acquisition or change in status thereof, (i) a Joinder Agreement, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall be made a party to this Agreement as an Obligor, or at Lender’s option, a Borrower, together with (A) certificates evidencing all of the Equity Interests of any Person owned by such Subsidiary required to be pledged under the terms of this Agreement, (B) undated stock powers for such Equity Interests executed in blank with signature guaranteed, and (C) such opinions of counsel as Lender may reasonably request, (iii) to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement, one or more Mortgages creating on the real property of such Subsidiary a perfected, first priority Lien (in terms of priority, subject only to Permitted Liens) on such real property and such other Related Real Estate Documents as may be reasonably required by Lender with respect to each such real property, and (iv) to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement, such other agreements, instruments, approvals or other documents reasonably requested by Lender in order to create, perfect, establish the first priority of or otherwise protect any Lien purported to be covered by this Agreement or Mortgage or otherwise to effect the intent that such Subsidiary shall become bound by all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Loan Documents and that all property and assets of such Subsidiary (other than the excluded assets set forth in Section 7.1 ) shall become Collateral for the Obligations;

(b) each owner of the Equity Interests of any such Subsidiary to execute and deliver promptly and in any event within 10 Business Days after the formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary a Pledge Supplement (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), together with (i) certificates evidencing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary required to be pledged under the terms of this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, (ii) undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of assignment for such Equity Interests executed in blank with signature guaranteed, (iii) such opinions of counsel as Lender may reasonably request and (iv) such other agreements, instruments, approvals or other documents reasonably requested by the Lender.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become an Obligor (and, as such, shall not be required to deliver the documents required by clause (i) above; provided, however, that if the Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary are owned by an Obligor, such Obligor shall deliver all such documents, instruments, agreements (including, without limitation, at the reasonable request of Lender, a pledge agreement governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of the organization of such Foreign Subsidiary) and certificates described in clause (ii) above to Lender, and take all commercially reasonable actions reasonably requested by Lender or otherwise necessary to grant and to perfect a first-priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of Lender, for the benefit of Lender, in 65% of the voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary and 100% of all other Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary owned by such Obligor.

 

47


9.1.12 Anti-Corruption Laws . Conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

9.1.13 Further Assurances. Take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, at its sole cost and expense, such agreements, instruments or other documents as Lender may reasonably require from time to time in order (a) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) to subject to valid and perfected first priority Liens any of the Collateral, (c) to establish and maintain the validity and effectiveness of any of the Loan Documents and the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (d) to grant, and confirm unto Lender the rights now or hereafter intended to be granted to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Obligor (i) authorizes Lender upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default , to execute any such agreements, instruments or other documents in such Obligor’s name and to file such agreements, instruments or other documents in any appropriate filing office, all to establish and/or perfect Lender’s interests in the Collateral, (ii) authorizes Lender to file any financing statement required hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, in any appropriate filing office without the signature of such Obligor, and (iii) ratifies the filing of any financing statement, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, filed without the signature of such Obligor prior to the date hereof. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, (w) the foregoing shall not apply to any excluded assets pursuant to Section 7.1 , (x) any such documents and deliverables shall be governed by laws of the State of New York or such other State of the United States as may be reasonably agreed by the Lender and the Borrower based upon the type and location of the particular Collateral and for the avoidance of doubt, no foreign-law governed documents shall be required for any Collateral, including with respect to any Intellectual Property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction, and (y) no leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers, tenant estoppels, or collateral access letters shall be required to be entered into unless the same are entered into with respect to the Term Debt.

9.1.14 9.1.13 Post-Closing . Comply with the requirements on Exhibit F .

9.2 Negative Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, Borrower Parent shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary not to:

9.2.1 Permitted Debt . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist , or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to any Debt , except: (a) the Obligations; (b) Subordinated Debt; (c) Purchase Money Debt of Borrower and Subsidiaries that is unsecured or secured only by a Purchase Money Lien, as long as the aggregate amount does not exceed $ 3,000,000 4,000,000 at any time; (d) Bank Product Debt incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; (e) Contingent Obligations (i) arising from endorsements of Payment Items for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (ii) arising from Hedging Agreements permitted hereunder; (iii) existing on the Closing Date, and any extension or renewal thereof that does not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligation when extended or renewed; (iv) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar obligations; (v) arising from customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of Equipment permitted hereunder; or (vi) arising under the Loan Documents; (f) the Term Debt in a maximum principal amount not to exceed $105,000,000, less any payments resulting in a permanent reduction of Term Debt , subject to the limitations set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; (g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $ 1,000,000 2,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding, (h) Debt arising as a direct result of judgments, orders, awards or decrees against any Obligor, in each case not constituting an Event of Default, and (j) Debt that is not included in any of the preceding clauses of this Section, is not secured by a Lien and does not exceed $ 2,000,000 4,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.2 Permitted Liens . Create , incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, excep t or with respect to any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, file or authorize the filing under Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirement of Law of any jurisdiction, a financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) that names it or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor; sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) other than, as to all of the above,

 

48


the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”): (a) Liens in favor of Lender and Secured Parties ; (b) Liens securing Debt that is permitted under Section 9.2.1(c) ; (c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or being Properly Contested; (d) statutory Liens (other than Liens for Taxes or imposed under ERISA) arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, but only if (i) payment of the obligations secured thereby is not yet due or is being Properly Contested, and (ii) such Liens do not materially impair the value or use of the Property or materially impair operation of the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (e) Liens incurred or deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure the performance of government tenders, bids, contracts, statutory obligations and other similar obligations, as long as such Liens are at all times junior to Lender’s Liens and are required or provided by law; (f) Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are either (i) subject to Lien Waivers or (ii) with respect to a non-material portion of the Collateral (other than Accounts or Inventory); (g) Liens arising by virtue of a judgment or judicial order against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or any Property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as long as such Liens are (i) in existence for less than 20 consecutive days or being Properly Contested, and (ii) at all times junior to Lender’s Liens; (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants or other agreements of record, and other similar charges or encumbrances on Real Estate, that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not interfere with the Ordinary Course of Business; (i) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits in favor of depository institutions, and Liens of a collecting bank on Payment Items in the course of collection; and (j) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that secure obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being Properly Contested; (k) Liens securing the Debt that is permitted under Section 9.2.1(f) ; provided that such Liens are at all times subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement; (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, but only to the extent such Liens secure amounts not yet due; (n) existing Liens shown on Schedule 9.2.2 . and replacement Liens on the property subject to such Liens, but only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby, and the property secured thereby, shall not be increased; and (o) Liens in favor of Borrower in respect of its consignment interests encumbering its Consigned Inventory.

9.2.3 Actions by AG SPV . AG SPV has not, and shall not:

(i) engage in any business or activity other than the acquisition, ownership, and maintenance of its ownership of one thousand 1,000 membership units of Artisan SG, LLC (D/B/A The Artisan Group, LLC), and activities incidental thereto;

(ii) acquire or own any material assets other than Borrower’s membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement;

(iii) merge into or consolidate with any Person or dissolve, terminate or liquidate in whole or in part, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or change its legal structure, without in each case, Lender’s consent;

(iv) fail to preserve its existence as an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation, and qualifications to do business, or without the prior written consent of Lender, amend, modify, terminate or fail to comply with the provisions of its operating agreement, articles of organization, or other similar organizational documents;

(v) own any Subsidiary or make any investment in, any Person without the consent of Lender;

(vi) commingle its assets with the assets of any of its members, general or limited partners, shareholders, Affiliates, principals or of any other Person;

(vii) incur any debt, secured or unsecured, direct or contingent (including guaranteeing any obligation), other than the Obligations and the Term Debt;

 

49


(viii) become insolvent or fail to pay its debts and liabilities from its assets as the same shall become due, except debts and liabilities being contested in good faith and against which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(ix) seek the dissolution or winding up in whole, or in part, of AG SPV;

(x) hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of another Person;

(xi) fail either to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from any other Person or to conduct its business solely in its own name;

(xii) without the unanimous written consent of its directors, managers or managing members, or general or limited partners, as the case may be, and the consent of any independent directors or independent managers required herein, file or consent to the filing of any petition, either voluntary or involuntary, to take advantage of any applicable insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization statute, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(xiii) fail to maintain books and records and bank accounts separate from those of any other person or entity;

(xiv) fail to maintain its assets in such a manner that it is costly or difficult to segregate, identify or ascertain such assets;

(xv) fail to maintain separate financial statements, showing its assets and liabilities separate and apart from those of any other Person and not have its assets listed on any financial statement of any other person or entity except that AG SPV s assets may be included in a consolidated financial statement of its’ Affiliate so long as appropriate notation is made on such consolidated financial statements to indicate the separateness of the SPV from such Affiliate and to indicate that AG SPV s assets and credit are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of such Affiliate or any other person or entity;

(xvi) fail to allocate and charge fairly and reasonably any common employee or overhead shared with Affiliates;

(xvii) permit any Affiliate to guarantee or pay its obligations;

(xviii) make loans or advances to any other person or entity (other than the Obligations and the Term Debt);

(xix) fail to pay its liabilities and expenses out of and to the extent of its own funds (other than from capital contributions);

(xx) fail to maintain a sufficient number of employees in light of its contemplated business purpose and pay the salaries of its own employees, if any, only from its own funds (other than from capital contributions);

(xxi) fail to maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business purpose, transactions and liabilities; and

(xxii) fail to cause the managers, officers, employees, agents and other representatives of the SPV to act at all times with respect to AG SPV consistently and in furtherance of the foregoing and in the best interests of AG SPV;

(xxiii) fail to comply with any of the covenants contained in this Section 9.2.3 or any other covenants contained in this Agreement shall not affect the status of the AG SPV as a separate legal entity.

 

50


(xxiv) (A) fail to incorporate the foregoing clauses (i) through (xxiii) into its organizational documents and (B) amend, modify or otherwise change its organizational documents with respect to the foregoing.

9.2.4 Distributions; Upstream Payments . Declare or make any Distributions, except Permitted Distributions when no Event of Default exists, or create or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of a Subsidiary to make any Distribution to Borrower, except for restrictions under the Loan Documents, under Applicable Law or in effect on the Closing Date as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 .

9.2.5 Restricted Investments . Make any Restricted Investment.

9.2.6 Disposition of Assets . Sell, lease, license, consign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Property of an Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including a disposition of Property in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction or synthetic lease, except (a) a sale of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) as long as no Event of Default exists and all Net Proceeds are in cash and remitted to a Deposit Account of Borrower at Lender subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, a disposition of Property of an Obligor that is (i) a disposition of Equipment; or (ii) a disposition of Inventory that is obsolete, unmerchantable or otherwise unsalable in the Ordinary Course of Business; (c) replacement of Equipment that is worn, damaged or obsolete with Equipment of like function and value, if the replacement Equipment is acquired substantially contemporaneously with such disposition and is free of Liens; (d) a transfer of Property by another Obligor to Borrower; (e) the use of cash in the ordinary course of its business; (f) the granting of Liens not prohibited under this Agreement; and (g) the conveyance of Property (other than Accounts and Goods) not otherwise permitted above; provided that, the aggregate book value of all such Property so conveyed in any Loan Year of Borrower under this clause (g) shall not exceed $ 1,000,000. 2,000,000.

9.2.7 Loans . Make or commit or agree to make any loans or other advances of money to any Person, except (a) advances to an officer or employee for salary, travel expenses, commissions and similar items in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) any loans or other advances to customers in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $ 500,000 1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.8 Restrictions on Payment of Certain Debt . Make any payments (whether voluntary or mandatory, or a prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance or acquisition) with respect to any (a) Subordinated Debt, except to the extent expressly permitted under any subordination agreement relating to such Debt (and a Senior Officer of Borrower AG&M shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all conditions under such agreement have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default); (b) Term Debt, except (i) mandatory prepayments based on Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.2.2(a) of the Term Loan Agreement, but only to the extent the Payment Conditions have been satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower AG&M shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), (ii) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Term Debt, (iii) fees and expenses payable to Term Agent and Term Lenders, (iv) mandatory prepayments based on “Equity Cure Contributions” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date ) to the extent required to be paid pursuant to Section 5.2.2( f d ) of the Term Loan Agreement, but only to the extent such “Equity Cure Contributions” are not Equity Cure Contributions pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement, the proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan pursuant to Section  9.3.2 of this Agreement; and (v) other payments to the extent expressly permitted in the Intercreditor Agreement (including payments made pursuant to Section 4 of the Intercreditor Agreement); (c) the earn out payments owing pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement if at the time of such payment, the Payment Conditions are satisfied (and a Senior Officer of Borrower shall certify to Lender, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default), or (d ; or (c)  subject to clauses (a) and (b) above, any Borrowed Money (other than the Obligations) prior to its due date under the agreements evidencing such Debt as in effect on the Closing Date (or as amended thereafter with the written consent of Lender).

 

51


9.2.9 Fundamental Changes . Change its name (other than the name-change contemplated by subsection (a) of Exhibit F ) the or conduct business under any fictitious name; change its tax, charter or other organizational identification number; change its form or state of organization; liquidate, wind up its affairs or dissolve itself; or merge, combine or consolidate with any Person, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, except for mergers or consolidations of a wholly-owned Subsidiary with another wholly-owned Subsidiary or into a Borrower.

9.2.10 Subsidiaries . Form or acquire any Subsidiary after the Closing Date or permit any existing Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interests except directors’ qualifying shares.

9.2.11 Organic Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of its Organic Documents, except, with respect to Subsidiaries other than AG SPV, in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 9.2.9 .

9.2.12 Tax Consolidation . File or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person other than Borrower and Subsidiaries.

9.2.13 Accounting Changes . Make any material change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP and in accordance with Section  1.2 ; or change its Fiscal Year.

9.2.14 Restrictive Agreements . Become a party to any Restrictive Agreement, except a Restrictive Agreement (a) in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.1.14 ; (b) relating to secured Debt permitted hereunder, as long as the restrictions apply only to collateral for such Debt; or (c) constituting customary restrictions on assignment in leases and other contracts.

9.2.15 Hedging Agreements . Enter into any Hedging Agreement, except to hedge risks arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not for speculative purposes.

9.2.16 Conduct of Business . Engage in any business, other than its business as conducted on the Closing Date and any activities incidental thereto.

9.2.17 Affiliate Transactions . Enter into , renew or extend or be a party to any transaction or series of transactions with an Affiliate, except (a) transactions expressly permitted by the Loan Documents; (b) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered, and payment of customary directors’ fees and indemnities and, subject to Section  9.2.22 , management fees ; and (c) transactions with Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business (including those consummated prior to the Closing Date and shown on Schedule 9.2.17 ) so long as such transactions are upon fair and reasonable terms fully disclosed to Lender and no less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

9.2.18 Plans . Become party to any Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan, other than any in existence on the Closing Date.

9.2.19 Amendments to Term Debt Documents and Subordinated Debt . Amend, supplement or otherwise modify change (or permit the amendment, modification or other change in any manner of) any document, instrument or agreement relating to (a) the Term Debt that is not expressly permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement or (b) any Subordinated Debt, if such modification (i) increases the principal balance of such Debt, or increases any required payment of principal or interest; (ii) accelerates the date on which any installment of principal or any interest is due, or adds any additional redemption, put or prepayment provisions; (iii) shortens the final maturity date or otherwise accelerates amortization; (iv) increases the interest rate; (v) increases or adds any fees or charges; or (vi) modifies any covenant in a manner or adds any representation, covenant or default that is more onerous or restrictive in any material respect for Borrower or Subsidiary, or that is otherwise materially adverse to Borrower, any Subsidiary or Lender.

 

52


9.2.20 Returns of Inventory; Affixed Equipment . Return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless (a) such return is in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) no Event of Default or Overadvance exists or would result therefrom; (c) Lender is promptly notified if the aggregate Value of all Inventory returned in any calendar month exceeds $250,000; and (d) any payment received by Borrower for a return is promptly remitted to Lender for application to the Obligations. Borrower shall not permit any material Equipment to become affixed to real Property unless any landlord or mortgagee delivers a Lien Waiver.

9.2.21 Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance of Inventory . Acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval, and Borrower shall take all steps to assure that all Inventory is produced in accordance with Applicable Law, including the FLSA.

9.2.22 Management Fee . Pay any management fee, consulting fee, or similar fee to the Sponsors, any of its equity holders, or any Affiliate thereof, other than management and consulting fees paid to the Sponsors or their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof Closing Date , in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that , such fees may not be paid if an Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such payment.

9.2.23 Investment Company Act of 1940. Engage in any business, enter into any transaction, use any securities or take any other action or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing, that would cause it or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by virtue of being an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” not entitled to an exemption within the meaning of such Act .

9.2.24 Cacafe Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME. Conduct any material business in or through Cacafe Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME or change the line of business of Cacafe Servicos Administrativos Ltda. ME without the prior written consent of Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

9.3 Financial Covenants . As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall:

9.3.1 Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . While a FCCR Trigger Period is in effect, maintain a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.10 1.0 to 1.0 as of the end of each month, for the trailing twelve month period then ending, commencing with the most recent period for which financial statements were, or were required to be, delivered hereunder prior to the FCCR Trigger Period.

9.3.2 Borrower’s Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section  10.1 , in the event of any Event of Default under Section  10.1 that results from a breach of Section  9.3.1 , and until the expiration of the tenth (10 th ) Business Day after the earlier of (x) the date of delivery by the Borrower of the financial statements required by Exhibit E (clause (b)) or (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to have been delivered (the “ Equity Cure Period ”), Parent or Sponsors may, as applicable, pursuant to written notice to the Lender prior to the receipt of such proceeds by Borrower or Parent, as applicable, issue equity interests in Borrower or Parent, as applicable, to its then existing equity investors in return for cash or otherwise receive a cash capital contribution from one or more of such Persons, and Borrower or Parent, as applicable, may apply the amount of the net proceeds therefrom to increase EBITDA with respect to such applicable Fiscal Quarter and in the calculation of EBITDA for any subsequent financial covenant tests including the Fiscal Quarter that includes the date of such contribution (the “ Equity Cure Contributions ”); provided that (i) any such proceeds received by Parent are contributed by Parent to Borrower, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of such Equity Cure Contribution are applied to prepay in full all outstanding principal under the Revolving Loan, with any excess proceeds applied pursuant to Section  9.3.3 of the Term Debt Credit Agreement, (iii) in each four Fiscal Quarter period, no more than two Equity Cure Contributions shall be made, (iv) not more than four Equity Cure Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement, and (v) the amount of any Equity Cure Contributions in any Fiscal Quarter shall be no greater than the amount required to cause Borrower to be in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 9.3.2 may not be relied on for any other purposes and all Equity Cure Contributions shall be disregarded for all other purposes. If, after giving effect to the Equity Cure Contributions, Borrower shall then be in compliance with the terms of Section  9.3.1 , Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section  9.3.1 on the relevant date of determination, and the applicable Event of Default shall automatically be deemed to have not occurred.

 

53


10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

10.1 Events of Default . Each of the following shall be an “ Event of Default ” if it occurs for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise:

(a) Borrower fails to pay the Obligations when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise);

(b) Any representation , or warranty or other written statement of an Obligor made in connection with any the Loan Documents , financial statements delivered to Lender or transactions contemplated thereby is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when given;

(c) An Obligor breaches or fail to perform any covenant contained in Section  5.5, 5.7, 7.2, 9.1.1 , 9.1.2 (but only as to the covenants described in (a), (b) and (c) of Exhibit D ), 9.1.3 , 9.1.4(d) , 9.1.7 , 9.1.10 , 9.1.12 , 9.1.13 , or 9.2 or 9.3.1 ; provided that , solely with respect to a breach of Section  9.2.3 , such breach or failure is not cured within 10 Business Days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof or receives notice thereof from Lender, whichever is sooner); provided further that, solely with respect to a breach of Section  9.3.1 , such breach continues after the expiration of the applicable Equity Cure Period;

(d) An Obligor breaches or fails to perform any other covenant contained in any Loan Documents, and such breach or failure is not cured within 30 days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof (less, in the case of Section  9.1.4 , the number of days between the date such Senior Officer obtained knowledge of such failure and the date that notice thereof is given pursuant to Section  9.1.4 ) or receives notice thereof from Lender, whichever is sooner; provided, however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply if the breach or failure to perform is not capable of being cured within such period or is a willful breach by an Obligor;

(e) A Guarantor repudiates, revokes or attempts to revoke its Guaranty; an Obligor or third party denies or contests the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Obligations, or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender; or any Loan Document ceases to be in full force or effect for any reason (other than a waiver or release by Lender);

(f) Any breach or default , default or the occurrence and continuation of any “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) of an Obligor occurs under (i) one or more Hedging Agreements in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $ 500,000 1,000,000 (the “obligations” of any Obligor in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Obligor would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time); or (ii) any documentation evidencing or executed in connection with the Term Debt or (iii) any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Properties is bound, relating to any Debt (other than the Obligations or the Term Debt) in excess of $ 500,000, 2,000,000, in each case, if the maturity of or any payment with respect to such Debt may be accelerated or demanded due to such breach;

(g) Any judgment or order , order or award (or any settlement of any litigation or other proceeding that, if breached, could result in a judgment, order or award) for the payment of money is entered against an Obligor in an amount that exceeds, individually or cumulatively with all unsatisfied judgments or orders against all Obligors, $ 1,000,000 2,000,000 (net of insurance coverage therefor that has not been denied by the insurer ), unless a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order is in effect, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise ;

(h) A loss, theft, damage or destruction occurs with respect to any Inventory if the amount not covered by insurance exceeds $ 500,000 2,000,000 ;

(i) An Obligor is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by any Governmental Authority from conducting any material part of its business; an Obligor suffers the loss, revocation or termination of any material license, permit, lease or agreement necessary to its business; there is a cessation of any material part of an Obligor’s business for a material period of time; any material Collateral or Property of an Obligor is taken or impaired through condemnation; an Obligor agrees to or commences any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of its affairs; or an Obligor is not Solvent;

 

54


(j) (i) An Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by an Obligor; (ii) an Obligor makes an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its unsecured creditors generally; (iii) a trustee is appointed to take possession of any substantial Property of or to operate any of the business of an Obligor; or (iv) an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against an Obligor and the Obligor consents to institution of the proceeding, the petition commencing the proceeding is not timely contested by the Obligor, the petition is not dismissed within 30 days after filing, or an order for relief is entered in the proceeding;

(k) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of an Obligor to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or PBGC that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan and such failure would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or any event similar to the foregoing occurs or exists with respect to a Foreign Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) An Obligor or any of its Senior Officers is criminally indicted or convicted for (i) a felony committed in the conduct of the Obligor’s business, or (ii) violating any state or federal law (including the Controlled Substances Act, Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and Illegal Exportation of War Materials Act) that could cause or result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(m) A Change of Control occurs.

10.2 Remedies upon Default . If an Event of Default described in Section  10.1(j) occurs w , then to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, all Obligations shall become automatically due and payable and all Commitments shall terminate, without any action by Lender or notice of any kind. In addition, or if any other Event of Default exists, Lender may in its discretion do any one or more of the following from time to time:

(a) declare any Obligations immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall be due and payable without diligence, presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Obligors to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(b) terminate, reduce or condition any Commitment , or make any adjustment to the Borrowing Base;

(c) require Obligors to Cash Collateralize their LC Obligations, Bank Product Debt and other Obligations that are contingent or not yet due and payable, and, if Obligors fail to deposit such Cash Collateral, Lender may advance the required Cash Collateral as Revolver Loans; and

(d) exercise any other rights or remedies afforded under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise, including the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Such rights and remedies include the rights to (i) take possession of any Collateral; (ii) require Obligors to assemble Collateral, at Obligors’ expense, and make it available to Lender at a place designated by Lender; (iii) enter any premises where Collateral is located and store Collateral on such premises until sold (and if the premises are owned or leased by an Obligor, Obligors agree not to charge for such storage); and (iv) sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at public or private sale, with such notice as may be required by Applicable Law, in lots or in bulk, at such locations, all as Lender, in its discretion, deems advisable. Each Obligor agrees that 10 days’ notice of any proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral by Lender shall be reasonable, and that any sale conducted on the internet or to a licensor of Intellectual Property shall be commercially reasonable. Lender may conduct sales on any Obligor’s premises, without charge, and any sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with Applicable Law. Lender shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Lender may purchase any Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Obligations.

 

55


10.3 License . Lender is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of Obligors, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other Property, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral. Borrower’s rights and interests under Intellectual Property shall inure to Lender’s benefit.

10.4 Setoff . At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender and its Affiliates are authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of an Obligor against its Obligations, whether or not Lender or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of Lender or such Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of Lender and each such Affiliate under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of offset) that such Person may have.

10.5 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver .

10.5.1 Cumulative Rights . All agreements, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of Obligors under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not in derogation of each other. The rights and remedies of Lender under the Loan Documents are cumulative, may be exercised at any time and from time to time, concurrently or in any order, and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies available by agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations.

10.5.2 Waivers . No waiver or course of dealing shall be established by (a) the failure or delay of Lender to require strict performance by any Obligor under any Loan Document, or to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to Collateral or otherwise; (b) the making of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit during a Default, Event of Default or other failure to satisfy any conditions precedent; or (c) acceptance by Lender of any payment or performance by an Obligor under any Loan Documents in a manner other than that specified therein. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any failure to satisfy a financial covenant on a measurement date shall not be cured or remedied by satisfaction of such covenant on a subsequent date.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers .

11.1.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower the Obligors , Lender, and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) no Borrower Obligor shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under any Loan Documents and (b) Lender may only assign to an Eligible Assignee any of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents (any other attempted transfer, assignment or participation by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to pledge or assign any rights under the Loan Documents to secure obligations of Lender, including a pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release Lender from its obligations hereunder nor substitute such pledgee or assignee as a party hereto.

11.1.2 Amendments and Other Modifications . No modification of any Loan Document, including any extension or amendment of a Loan Document or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, shall be effective without the prior written agreement of Lender and each Obligor party to such Loan Document; provided, however, that only the consent of the parties to a Bank Product agreement shall be required for any modification of such agreement. Any waiver or consent granted by Lender shall be effective only if in writing, and only for the matter specified.

 

56


11.1.3 Register . Lender, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrower (solely for tax purposes), shall maintain (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of each assignment document evidencing an assignment of interests in the Loan Documents, and (b) a register for recordation of the names, addresses and Commitments of, and the Loans, interest and LC Obligations owing to, Lender and any Eligible Assignee. Entries in the register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and Borrower and Lender shall treat each Person recorded in such register as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. Lender shall have no obligation to disclose any information in such register except to the extent necessary to establish that any Person’s interest is in registered form under the Code.

11.2 Power of Attorney . Each Obligor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Lender (and all Persons designated by Lender) as such Obligor’s true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purposes provided in this Section. Lender, or Lender’s designee, may, without notice and in either its or Obligors’ name, but at the cost and expense of Obligors:

(a) Endorse Obligors’ name on any Payment Item or other proceeds of Collateral (including proceeds of insurance) that come into Lender’s possession or control; and

(b) During the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) notify any Account Debtors of the assignment of their Accounts, demand and enforce payment of Accounts, by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise any rights and remedies with respect to Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, modify, compromise, discharge or release any Accounts or other Collateral, or any legal proceedings brought to collect Accounts or Collateral; (iii) collect, liquidate and receive balances in Deposit Accounts or investment accounts, and take control, in any manner, of proceeds of Collateral; (iv) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Borrower, and notify postal authorities to deliver any such mail to an address designated by Lender; (v) use Obligors’ stationery and sign its name to verifications of Accounts and notices to Account Debtors; (vi) use information contained in any data processing, electronic or information systems relating to Collateral; (vii) make and adjust claims under insurance policies; and (viii) do all other things necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

11.3 Indemnity . OBLIGORS SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE, INCLUDING CLAIMS ASSERTED BY ANY OBLIGOR OR OTHER PERSON OR ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNITEE . In no event shall any party to a Loan Document have any obligation thereunder to indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee with respect to a Claim that is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

11.4 Notices and Communications .

11.4.1 Notice Address . Subject to Section   4.1.2, 4.1.2 and Section 11.4.2, all notices and other communications by or to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be given to Borrower, at Borrower’s address shown on the signature pages hereof, and to any other Person at its address shown on the signature pages hereof, or at such other address as a party may hereafter specify by notice in accordance with this Section  11.4 . Each communication shall be effective only (a) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the applicable facsimile number, if confirmation of receipt is received; (b) if given by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage pre-paid, addressed to the applicable address; or (c) if given by personal delivery, when duly delivered to the notice address with receipt acknowledged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice to Lender pursuant to Section  2.1.3, 2.3, 2.2, 3.1.2, or 4.1.1 or 5.3.3 shall be effective until actually received by the individual to whose attention at Lender such notice is required to be sent. Any written communication that is not sent in conformity with the foregoing provisions shall nevertheless be effective on the date actually received by the noticed party.

 

57


11.4.2 Electronic Communications; Voice Mail . Electronic mail and internet websites may be used only for routine communications, such as delivery of financial statements, Borrowing Base Certificates and other information required by Section  9.1.2 , administrative matters, distribution of Loan Documents, and matters permitted under Section  4.1.2 . Lender make no assurances as to the privacy and security of electronic communications. Electronic and voice mail may not be used as effective notice under the Loan Documents.

11.4.3 Platform . Borrowing Base information, reports, financial statements and other materials shall be delivered by Borrower pursuant to procedures approved by Lender, including electronic delivery (if possible) upon request by Lender to an electronic system maintained by it (“ Platform ”). Borrower shall notify Lender of each posting of reports or other information on the Platform. All information shall be deemed received by Lender only upon its receipt of such notice. The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE PLATFORM. Lender does not warrant the adequacy or functioning of the Platform, and expressly disclaims liability for any issues involving the Platform. No Indemnitee shall have any liability to Borrower or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) relating to use by any Person of the Platform or delivery of any information over the internet.

11.4.4 Non-Conforming Communications . Lender may rely upon any communications purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower any Obligor even if they were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not confirmed, or if the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from a later confirmation. Borrower The Obligors shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from any liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from any electronic or telephonic communication purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower any Obligor .

11.5 Performance of Obligors’ Obligations . Lender may, in its discretion at any time and from time to time, at Obligors’ expense, pay any amount or do any act required of Obligor under any Loan Documents or otherwise lawfully requested by Lender to (a) enforce any Loan Documents or collect any Obligations; (b) protect, insure, maintain or realize upon any Collateral; or (c) defend or maintain the validity or priority of Lender’s Liens in any Collateral, including any payment of a judgment, insurance premium, warehouse charge, finishing or processing charge, or landlord claim, or any discharge of a Lien. All payments, costs and expenses (including Extraordinary Expenses) of Lender under this Section shall be reimbursed by Obligors, on demand , with interest from the date incurred until paid in full, at the Default Rate applicable to Base Rate Revolver Loans. Any payment made or action taken by Lender under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default or to exercise any other rights or remedies under the Loan Documents.

11.6 Credit Inquiries . Lender may (but shall have no obligation) to respond to usual and customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning any Obligor or Subsidiary.

11.7 Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid under Applicable Law. If any provision is found to be invalid under Applicable Law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

11.8 Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms . The provisions of the Loan Documents are cumulative. The parties acknowledge that the Loan Documents may use several limitations or measurements to regulate similar matters, and they agree that these are cumulative and that each must be performed as provided. Except as otherwise provided in another Loan Document (by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement), if any provision contained herein is in direct conflict with any provision in another Loan Document, the provision herein shall govern and control.

11.9 Counterparts; Execution . Any Loan Document may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when Lender has received counterparts bearing the signatures of all parties hereto. Delivery

 

58


of a signature page of any Loan Document by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such agreement. Any electronic signature, contract formation on an electronic platform and electronic record-keeping shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based recordkeeping system to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. Upon request by Lender, any electronic signature or delivery shall be promptly followed by a manually executed or paper documents.

11.10 Entire Agreement . Time is of the essence with respect to all Loan Documents and Obligations. The Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof.

11.11 No Control; No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . Nothing in any Loan Document and no action of Lender pursuant to any Loan Document shall be deemed to constitute control of any Obligor by Lender. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by any Loan Document, each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that (a)(i) this credit facility and all related services by Lender or its Affiliates are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Obligors and such Person; (ii) Obligors have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate; and (iii) Obligors are capable of evaluating, and understand and accept, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (b) each of Lender and its Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Obligors, their Affiliates or any other Person, and has no obligation with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except as expressly set forth therein; and (c) Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Obligors and their respective Affiliates, and have no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Obligors or their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Obligor hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Lender and its Affiliates with respect to any breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any transaction contemplated by a Loan Document.

11.12 Confidentiality . Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, and its and their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (provided they are informed of the confidential nature of the Information and instructed to keep it confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates; (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or by any subpoena or other legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Documents or Obligations; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Section, to any potential or actual transferee of any interest in a Loan Document or any actual or prospective party (or its advisors) to any Bank Product or to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to an Obligor or Obligor’s obligations; (g) with the consent of Borrower; or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) is available to Lender or its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lender may publish or disseminate general information concerning this credit facility, and may use Borrower’s logos, trademarks Trademarks or product photographs in advertising materials. As used herein, “ Information ” means all information received from an Obligor or Subsidiary relating to it or its business. Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to have complied if it exercises a degree of care similar to that accorded its own confidential information. Lender acknowledges that (i) Information may include material non-public information; (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of such information; and (iii) it will handle the material non-public information in accordance with Applicable Law.

11.13 [Reserved] .

11.14 GOVERNING LAW . UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL CLAIMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES EXCEPT FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS.

 

59


11.15 Consent to Forum .

11.15.1 Forum . OBLIGORS HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING IN ANY WAY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. EACH OBLIGOR IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT IT MAY HAVE REGARDING ANY SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.4.1 . A final judgment in any proceeding of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or any other manner provided by Applicable Law.

11.15.2 Other Jurisdictions . Nothing herein shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against any Obligor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Lender of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

11.15.3 Judicial Reference . If any action, litigation or proceeding relating to any Obligations or Loan Documents is filed in a court sitting in or applying the laws of California, the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general reference pursuant to Cal. Civ. Proc. Code §638 to a referee (who shall be an active or retired judge) to hear and determine all issues in such the case (whether fact or law) and to report a statement of decision. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Lender to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any Collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, during or after any judicial reference. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to require judicial reference. At Lender’s option, foreclosure under a mortgage or deed of trust may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

11.16 Waivers by Obligors . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Obligor waives (a)  the right to trial by jury (which Lender hereby also waives) in any proceeding or dispute of any kind relating in any way to any Loan Documents, Obligations or Collateral; (b)  presentment, demand, protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Lender on which any Obligor may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies anything Lender may do in this regard; (c)  notice prior to taking possession or control of any Collateral; (d)  any bond or security that might be required by a court prior to allowing Lender to exercise any rights or remedies; (e)  the benefit of all valuation, appraisement and exemption laws; (f)  any claim against Lender, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) in any way relating to any Enforcement Action, Obligations, Loan Documents or transactions relating thereto; and (g)  notice of acceptance hereof . Each Obligor acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are a material inducement to Lender entering into this Agreement and that Lender is relying upon the foregoing in its dealings with Obligors. Each Obligor has reviewed the foregoing waivers with its legal counsel and has knowingly and voluntarily waived its jury trial and other rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

11.17 Patriot Act Notice . Lender hereby notifies Obligors that pursuant to the Patriot Act, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Obligors, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow Lender to identify it in accordance with the Patriot Act. Lender will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding Obligors’ management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth. Each Obligor shall, promptly upon request, provide all documentation and other information as Lender may request from time to time in order to comply with any obligations under “know your customer,” anti-money laundering or other requirements of Applicable Law.

 

60


11.18 Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent the terms of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement conflict, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

11.19 NO ORAL AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

12. GUARANTY

12.1 Unconditional Guaranty . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise, the due and punctual performance of all Obligations of each other party hereto. Each payment made by any Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds, (a) without set-off or counterclaim and (b) free and clear of and without deduction or withholding for or on account of any present and future Taxes and any conditions or restrictions resulting in Taxes and all penalties, interest and other payments on or in respect thereof (except for Excluded Taxes) (“ Covered Tax ” or “ Covered Taxes ”) unless Guarantor is compelled by law to make payment subject to such Covered Taxes.

12.2 Covered Taxes . All Covered Taxes in respect of this Guaranty or any amounts payable or paid under this Guaranty shall be paid by Guarantor when due and in any event prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto. Each Guarantor will indemnify Lender against and in respect of all such Covered Taxes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Covered Taxes or amounts in respect thereof must be deducted or withheld from any amounts payable or paid by any Guarantor hereunder, such Guarantor shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that Lender receives a net amount equal to the full amount which it would have received had payment (including of any additional amounts payable under this Section   16.2 12.2 ) not been made subject to such Covered Taxes. Within thirty (30) days of each payment by any Guarantor hereunder of Covered Taxes or in respect of Covered Taxes, such Guarantor shall deliver to Lender satisfactory evidence (including originals, or certified copies, of all relevant receipts) that such Covered Taxes have been duly remitted to the appropriate authority or authorities.

12.3 Waivers of Notice, Demand, etc . Each Guarantor hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, notice of presentment of payment and any other notice hereunder, (ii) demand of payment, protest, notice of dishonor or nonpayment, notice of the present and future amount of the Obligations and any other notice with respect to the Obligations, (iii) any requirement that Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any other Obligor, or any Person or any Collateral, (iv) any other action, event or precondition to the enforcement hereof or the performance by each such Guarantor of the Obligations, (v) any defense arising by any lack of capacity or authority or any other defense of any Obligor or any notice, demand or defense by reason of cessation from any cause of Obligations other than payment and performance in full of the Obligations by the Obligors and any defense that any other guarantee or security was or has to be obtained by Lender and (vi) any right to notice of, consent to, knowledge of and participation in any agreements relating to any such action or any other present or future event relating to Obligations whether under this Agreement or otherwise or any right to challenge or question any of right that Lender has under this Agreement and waives any defenses of such Guarantor which might arise as a result of such actions.

12.4 No Invalidity, Irregularity, etc . No invalidity, irregularity, voidableness, voidness or unenforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto, or of all or any part of the Obligations or of any collateral security therefor shall affect, impair or be a defense hereunder.

 

61


12.5 Independent Liability . The Guaranty hereunder is one of payment and performance, not collection, and the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the Obligations of the other Obligors, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against any Guarantor to enforce the terms and conditions of this Section  12 , irrespective of whether any action is brought against any other Obligor or other Persons or whether any other Obligor or other Persons are joined in any such action or actions. Each Guarantor waives any right to require that any resort be had by Lender to any security held for payment of the Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of Lender in favor of any Obligor or any other Person. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceedings, or against any Person, or on any Obligations, shall constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person unless Lender has expressed any such waiver in writing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Lender against any Obligor under any document evidencing or securing indebtedness of any Obligor to Lender shall diminish the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, except to the extent Lender receives actual payment on account of Obligations by such action or proceeding, notwithstanding the effect of any such election, action or proceeding upon the right of subrogation of any Guarantor in respect of any Obligor.

12.6 Liability Absolute . The liability of each Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute, unlimited and unconditional and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason, including, without limitation, any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any claim, defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any other Obligation or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor shall not be discharged or impaired, released, limited or otherwise affected by:

(a) any change in the manner, place or terms of payment or performance, and/or any change or extension of the time of payment or performance of, release, renewal or alteration of, or any new agreements relating to any Obligation, any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, or any rescission of, or amendment, waiver or other modification of, or any consent to departure from, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including any increase in the Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to Borrower or otherwise;

(b) any sale, exchange, release, surrender, loss, abandonment, realization upon any property by whomsoever at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, all or any of the Obligations, and/or any offset there against, or failure to perfect, or continue the perfection of, any Lien in any such property, or delay in the perfection of any such Lien, or any amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty for all or any of the Obligations;

(c) the failure of Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against any Obligor or any other Person under the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other document or instrument executed an delivered in connection herewith or therewith;

(d) any settlement or compromise of any Obligation, any security therefor or any liability (including any of those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and any subordination of the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any obligation (whether due or not) of any Obligor to creditors of any Obligor other than any other Obligor;

(e) any manner of application of Collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral for all or any of the Obligations or any other assets of any Obligor; and

(f) any other agreements or circumstance of any nature whatsoever that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor, or that might otherwise at law or in equity constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Guaranty hereunder and/or the obligations of any Guarantor, or a defense to, or discharge of, any Obligor or any other Person or party hereto or the Obligations or otherwise with respect to the Loans or any other financial accommodations to Borrowers Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents.

 

62


12.7 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, Lender may at any time and from time to time (whether prior to or after the revocation or termination of this Agreement) without the consent of, or notice to, any Guarantor, and without incurring responsibility to any Guarantor or impairing or releasing the Obligations, apply any sums by whomsoever paid or howsoever realized to any Obligations regardless of what Obligations remain unpaid.

12.8 Continuing Effectiveness .

(g) This Guaranty herein contained shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if a claim is ever made upon Lender for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received by such Person in payment or on account of any of the Obligations and such Person repays all or part of said amount for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such Person or the respective property of each, or any settlement or compromise of any claim effected by such Person with any such claimant (including any Obligor) or by reason of the Intercreditor Agreement; and in such event each Guarantor hereby agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement or compromise or other circumstances shall be binding upon such Guarantor, notwithstanding any revocation hereof or the cancellation of any note or other instrument evidencing any Obligation, and each Guarantor shall be and remain liable to Lender for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by such Person(s).

(h) Lender shall not be required to marshal any assets in favor of any Guarantor, or against or in payment of Obligations.

(i) No Guarantor shall be entitled to claim against any present or future security held by Lender from any Person for Obligations in priority to or equally with any claim of Lender, or assert any claim for any liability of any Obligor to any Guarantor in priority to or equally with claims of Lender for Obligations, and no Guarantor shall be entitled to compete with Lender with respect to, or to advance any equal or prior claim to any security held by Lender for Obligations.

(j) If any Obligor makes any payment to Lender, which payment is wholly or partly subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to any Person under any federal, state, provincial or territorial statute or at common law or under equitable principles, then to the extent of such payment, the Obligation intended to be paid shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if the payment had not been made, and the resulting revived Obligation shall continue to be guaranteed, uninterrupted, by each Guarantor hereunder.

(k) Notwithstanding any payment made by any Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of any Guarantor by Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of Lender against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or any collateral security or guaranty or right of offset held by Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all of the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Secured Obligations shall not have been paid in full and the Commitments terminated, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for Lender, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to Lender, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Lender may determine.

12.9 Enforcement . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender shall, without notice to or demand upon any Obligor or any other Person, declare any obligations of each Guarantor hereunder immediately due and payable, and shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor. The rights of Lender hereunder are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which Lender may have. Upon such declaration by Lender, with respect to any claims (other than those claims referred to

 

63


in the immediately preceding paragraph) of any Guarantor against any other Obligor (the “ Claims ”), Lender shall have the full right on the part of Lender in its own name or in the name of such Guarantor to collect and enforce such Claims by legal action, proof of debt in bankruptcy or other liquidation proceedings, vote in any proceeding for the arrangement of debts at any time proposed, or otherwise, Lender and each of its officers being hereby irrevocably constituted attorneys-in-fact for each Guarantor for the purpose of such enforcement and for the purpose of endorsing in the name of each Guarantor any instrument for the payment of money. Each Guarantor will receive as trustee for Lender and will pay to Lender forthwith upon receipt thereof any amounts which such Guarantor may receive from any Obligor on account of the Claims. Each Guarantor agrees that at no time hereafter will any of the Claims be represented by any notes, other negotiable instruments or writings, except and in such event they shall either be made payable to Lender, or if payable to any Guarantor, shall forthwith be endorsed by such Guarantor to Lender. Each Guarantor agrees that no payment on account of the Claims or any security interest therein shall be created, received, accepted or retained during the continuance of any Event of Default nor shall any financing statement be filed with respect thereto by any Guarantor.

12.10 Statute of Limitations . Any acknowledgment or new promise, whether by payment of principal or interest or otherwise and whether by any Obligor or others with respect to any of the Obligations shall, if the statute of limitations in favor of any Guarantor against Lender shall have commenced to run, toll the running of such statute of limitations and, if the period of such statute of limitations shall have expired, prevent the operation of such statute of limitations.

12.11 Interest . All amounts due, owing and unpaid from time to time by any Guarantor hereunder shall bear interest at the interest rate per annum then chargeable with respect to the Loans (without duplication of interest on the underlying Obligation).

12.12 Currency Conversion . Without limiting any other rights in this Agreement, if for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court in any jurisdiction with respect to this Guaranty or any other Loan Document it becomes necessary to convert into the currency of such jurisdiction (herein called the “ Judgment Currency ”) any amount due hereunder in any currency other than the Judgment Currency, then conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which judgment is given. For this purpose, “rate of exchange” means the rate at which Lender would, on the relevant date at or about 12:00 p.m., be prepared to sell a similar amount of such currency in New York, New York against the Judgment Currency. In the event that there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given and the date of payment of the amount due, each Guarantor will, on the date of payment, pay such additional amounts (if any) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid on such date is the amount in the Judgment Currency which when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of payment is the amount then due under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in such other currency. Any additional amount due from Guarantor under this Section  12.12 will be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

12.13 Acknowledgment . Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Guarantor has made an independent investigation of the Obligor and of the financial condition of the Obligors. Lender has not made and does not make representations or warranties as to the income, expense, operation, finances or any other matter or thing affecting any Obligor, nor has Lender made any representations or warranties as to the amount or nature of the Obligations of any Obligor to which this Section  12 applies as specifically herein set forth, nor has Lender or any officer, agent or employee of Lender or any representative thereof, made any other oral representations, agreements or commitments of any kind or nature, and each Guarantor hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations or warranties have been made and such Guarantor expressly disclaims reliance on any such representations or warranties.

12.14 Continuing Effectiveness . The provisions of this Section  12 shall remain in effect until the payment in full in cash of all Obligations, the termination of all Commitments and termination of this Agreement.

12.15 Release . Notwithstanding anything else in the Loan Documents to the contrary, Lender may, in its sole discretion, upon written notice to the Borrower, release AG SPV as a Guarantor hereunder in the event that Lender reasonably determines that the status of AG SPV as a Guarantor hereunder could impair the bankruptcy remote nature of AG SPV from the other Obligors hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures begin on following page]

 

64


EXHIBIT A

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

In accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated June 23, 2015 (as the same may be 2015, by and among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as G&M OPCO LLC (“AG&M”), Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“Pental Granite and Marble”; and together with AG&M, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”), AG HOLDCO (SPV) LLC, and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A, as amended by that certain First Amendment and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2016, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017 (as so amended, and as the same may be further amended, restated, supplemented , or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) by and between G&M Opco LLC (“Borrower”) and Bank of America, N.A. , I hereby certify that:

1.     I am the [President] [Chief Financial Officer] of Borrower;

2.    The enclosed financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

3.    No Default (as defined in the Loan Documents) or any event which, upon the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute such a Default, has occurred.

4.    Borrower is in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section  9.3.1 of the Loan Agreement, as demonstrated by the calculations contained in Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

5.       The Applicable Margin level is Level     , based upon the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter, as calculated on Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

G&M OPCO LLC, as Borrower
BORROWER:
ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

1

 


EXHIBIT B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

(a)     Each Loan Document shall have been duly executed and delivered to Lender by each of the signatories thereto, and each Obligor shall be in compliance with all terms thereof.

(b)     Lender shall have made all filings or recordations necessary to perfect its Liens in the Collateral, as well as UCC and Lien searches and other evidence satisfactory to Lender that such Liens are the only Liens upon the Collateral, except Permitted Liens.

(c)     Lender shall have received duly executed agreements establishing each Dominion Account and related lockbox, in form and substance, and with financial institutions, satisfactory to Lender.

(d)     Lender shall have received certificates, in form and substance satisfactory to it, from a knowledgeable Senior Officer of Borrower certifying that, after giving effect to the initial Loans and transactions hereunder, (i) Borrower is Solvent; (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists; (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section  8 are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier therein); (iv) no litigation, investigation or proceeding before or by any arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall be continuing or threatened against any Obligor or Target which could, in the opinion of Lender (as determined in its Permitted Discretion), have a Material Adverse Effect on the Collateral, Borrower or Target, if determined adversely to the interests of Borrower or Target (as applicable); and (v) Borrower has complied with all agreements and conditions to be satisfied by it under the Loan Documents.

(e)     Lender shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of the Loan Documents is true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to this credit facility; and (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign the Loan Documents. Lender may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing.

(f)     Lender shall have received a written opinion of Haynes & Boone, LLP, as well any local counsel to Borrower or Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(g)     Lender shall have received copies of the charter documents of each Obligor, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization. Lender shall have received good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and each jurisdiction where such Obligor’s conduct of business or ownership of Property necessitates qualification.

(h)     Lender shall have received copies of policies and certificates of insurance for the insurance policies carried by Borrower, together with lender loss payable and additional insured endorsements in favor of Lender, all in compliance with the Loan Documents.

(i)     Lender shall have completed its business, financial and legal due diligence of Obligors, including all audits, a roll-forward of its previous field examination, and appraisals of Borrower’s Inventory, in each case, with results satisfactory to Lender. No material adverse change in the financial condition of Target or any Obligor or in the quality, quantity or value of any Collateral shall have occurred since December 31, 2014.

(j)     Borrower shall have paid all fees and expenses to be paid to Lender on the Closing Date.

 

1

 


(k)     Lender shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of June 22, 2015. Upon giving effect to the initial funding of Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit, and the payment by Borrower of all fees and expenses incurred in connection herewith as well as any payables stretched beyond their customary payment practices, Availability shall be at least $3,000,000.

(l)     The Closing Date Acquisition shall have closed on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender and Lender shall be satisfied with the corporate, capital and ownership structures of the Obligors after giving effect to the Closing Date Acquisition. Borrower shall have received all consents necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions contemplated by the Closing Date Acquisition, this Agreement and the Term Loan Agreement and Lender shall have received such consents and waivers of such Persons as Lender shall deem necessary in its Permitted Discretion. The Closing Date Acquisition Documents shall be in full force and effect and Lender shall have received fully executed copies of the Closing Date Acquisition Documents, each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of Borrower as being true, correct and complete.

(m)     Concurrently with the initial credit extensions made hereunder, Borrower shall have entered into the Term Loan Agreement a term loan agreement , which shall provide for senior secured term loans of up to $19,000,000, and such agreements shall be in full force and effect and Lender shall have received a fully executed copy of the Term Loan Agreement term loan agreement and the other Term Debt Documents term debt documents , each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of Borrower as being true, correct and complete.

(n)     Lender shall have received (i) a pro forma balance sheet of Borrower giving pro forma effect to the Closing Date Acquisition, which balance sheet shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion and shall reflect no material changes from the pro forma balance sheet of Borrower delivered to Lender on April 30, 2015 (ii) financial projections of Borrower, giving pro forma effect to the Closing Date Acquisition, evidencing Borrower’s ability to comply to the financial covenants set forth in Section  9.3 hereof, (iii) interim financial statements for Borrower for the period(s) ended April 30, 2015 and if available, May 31, 2015 and (iv) a quality of earnings report prepared by Sprock Capital Advisory LLC, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion.

 

2

 


EXHIBIT C

FEES

(a)     Unused Line Fee . Borrower shall pay to Lender a fee equal to the applicable Unused Line Fee Rate times the amount by which the average daily Revolver Commitment exceeds the average daily Revolver Usage during any month. Such fee shall be payable in arrears, on the first day of each month and on the Commitment Termination Date.

(b)     LC Facility Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender (i) a fee equal to the Applicable Margin in effect for LIBOR Revolver Loans times the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; (ii) a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum on the Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit, which fee shall be payable monthly in arrears, on the first day of each month; and (iii) all customary charges associated with the issuance, amending, negotiating, payment, processing, transfer and administration of Letters of Credit, which charges shall be paid as and when incurred. During an Event of Default, the fee payable under clause (i) shall be increased by 2% per annum.

(c)     Closing Fee . On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender a closing fee.

(d)     Second Amendment Effective Date. On the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall pay the fees payable in the amounts and at the times as set forth in the Fee Letter.

 

1

 


EXHIBIT D

FINANCIAL REPORTING

As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to furnish to Lender:

(a)     as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, balance sheets as of the end of such Fiscal Year and the related statements of income, cash flow and shareholders’ equity for such Fiscal Year, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, which consolidated statements shall be audited and certified (without qualification) by a firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by Borrower and acceptable to Lender, and shall set forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and other information acceptable to Lender;

(b)     as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days ( or, with respect to the first 4 months after the Second Amendment Effective Date, 45 days for each month ending on or before September 30, 2015 ) after the end of each month (but within 60 days after the last month in a Fiscal Year), unaudited balance sheets as of the end of such month and the related statements of income and cash flow for such month and for the portion of the Fiscal Year then elapsed, on consolidated and consolidating bases for Borrower and Subsidiaries, setting forth in comparative form corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year and certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower as prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly presenting the financial position and results of operations for such month and period, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c)     concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clauses (a) and (b) above, or more frequently if requested by Lender while a Default or Event of Default exists, a Compliance Certificate executed by the chief financial officer of Borrower;

(d)     concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, copies of all management letters and other material reports submitted to Borrower by its accountants in connection with such financial statements;

(e)     not later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections of Borrower’s consolidated balance sheets, results of operations, cash flow and Availability for the next Fiscal Year, month by month and for the following three Fiscal Years, year by year;

(f)     not later than 10 days prior to the end of each month, a listing of Borrower’s trade payables, specifying the trade creditor and balance due, and a detailed trade payable aging, all in form satisfactory to Lender;

(g)     promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any press releases or other statements made available by Borrower to the public concerning material changes to or developments in the business of Borrower;

(h)     promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any annual report to be filed in connection with each Plan or Foreign Plan;

(i)     promptly after the date on which an Obligor commences any proceeding alleging any commercial tort claim alleging damages in excess of $1,000,000, a brief description of such commercial tort claim and grant of a security interest therein to the Lender in accordance with this Agreement;

(j)     as soon as possible and in any event within 5 Business Days of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(k)     promptly after the commencement thereof but in any event not later than 5 Business Days after service of process with respect thereto on, or the obtaining of knowledge thereof by, any Obligor, notice of each action, suit or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority or other regulatory body or any arbitrator which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

1


(l)     such other reports and information (financial or otherwise) as Lender may reasonably request from time to time in connection with any Collateral or Borrower’s, any of its Subsidiaries’ or other Obligor’s financial condition or business ( provided, however, such reports and information shall not include any board minutes or management notes of Borrower or any other Obligor); and

( j m )     as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the close of each Fiscal Year, financial statements for each Guarantor (if any), in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

 

2


EXHIBIT E

COLLATERAL REPORTING

(a)     By the 20th day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Borrowing Base Certificate prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous month, and at such other times as Lender may request (the Borrowing Base Certificate shall be delivered weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). All calculations of Availability in any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by Borrower and certified by a Senior Officer, provided that Lender may from time to time review and adjust any such calculation to the extent the calculation is not made in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, at any time and from time to time during the period between required deliveries of Borrowing Base Certificates, Borrower may deliver an interim Borrowing Base Certificate to Lender and the Borrowing Base as calculated therein shall for all purposes be the Borrowing Base and such interim Borrowing Base Certificate shall for all purposes constitute the then applicable Borrowing Base Certificate until the next scheduled Borrowing Base Certificate or interim Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered.

(b)     Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to Lender sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on such periodic basis as Lender may request. Borrower shall also provide to Lender, on or before the 20th day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Accounts as of the end of the preceding month, specifying each Account’s Account Debtor name and address (if requested during the continuance of an Event of Default), amount, invoice date and due date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment histories, status reports and other information as Lender may reasonably request (the aged trial balance of Accounts shall be delivered weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week, during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $ 1,000,000 1,500,000 or more cease to be Eligible Accounts, Borrower shall notify Lender of such occurrence promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) after Borrower has knowledge thereof; provided , h oweve r , the foregoing shall not apply to circumstances where Lender itself has determined the ineligibility of any portion of such formerly Eligible Accounts.

(c)     Borrower shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily withdrawals and additions, and shall submit to Lender inventory and reconciliation reports in form satisfactory to Lender, on or before the 20th day of each month (or weekly by the third day of the following week prepared as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately previous week, during any Accelerated Reporting Trigger Period). Borrower shall conduct a physical inventory at least once per calendar year (and on a more frequent basis if requested by Lender when an Event of Default exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to Lender a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion thereof, together with such supporting information as Lender may request. Lender may participate in and observe each physical count.

 


EXHIBIT F

POST CLOSING

 

(a) On the Closing Date, deliver evidence to Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that (i) Target has changed its name from “Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC” to a name that is satisfactory to Borrower by filing a certificate of amendment to its certificate of formation with the Delaware Secretary of State and (ii) Borrower has changed its name from G&M Opco LLC to Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC by filing a certificate of amendment to its certificate of formation with the Delaware Secretary of State (the “ Specified Name Change ”)

 

(b) Within 2 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Lender (i) evidence that Borrower has updated all account information with Plains Capital Bank (in form and substance satisfactory to Plains Capital Bank and Lender) to evidence the Closing Date Acquisition and the Specified Name Change and (ii) a fully executed copy of a Deposit Account Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and duly executed by Plains Capital Bank, Borrower and Term Agent, with respect to the following deposit accounts maintained at Plains Capital Bank: 4100041450, 4100042060, 4100033895, 4100011776, 4100025354.

 

(c) Within 3 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Term Agent (i) an original fully executed Copyright Security Agreement, duly executed by Borrower and (ii) the original membership interest certificate evidencing Borrower’s equity interest in SPV together with a transfer power duly executed in blank, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Term Agent.

 

(d) Within 5 days following the Closing Date, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that a UCC financing statement has been properly filed with the office of the appropriate Secretary of State office naming Florida Bath & Surfaces Inc. as debtor and Borrower as secured party and assigned to Lender.

 

(e) Within 15 days following the Closing Date, deliver (i) a lender loss payable endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s property insurance, (ii) an additional insured endorsement with respect to the Borrower’s liability insurance and (iii) an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of all insurance policies, in each case, duly endorsed to Lender and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

(f) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver to Lender an endorsement in favor of Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, to (i) the Promissory Note by Majestic Marble and Glass Company in favor of Architectural Granite & Marble, Ltd., dated November 18, 2014 in the amount of $250,000.00 and (ii) the Guaranty Agreement by Bruce Battle and William D. Cox in favor of Architectural Granite & Marble, Ltd., dated November 18, 2014.

 

(g) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds, duly executed by each of the parties named therein.

 

(h) Within 30 days following the Closing Date, deliver evidence, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, that Borrower has duly perfected its consignment interest in all Consigned Inventory and the cash and non-cash proceeds thereof by (i) obtaining UCC-3 assignments from Target in respect of each UCC financing statement filed by Target as of the Closing Date to perfect its purchase money security interest in Consigned Inventory and (b) following the Specified Name Change, amending such UCC financing statements to reflect the Borrower’s name change and name Lender as an assignee thereunder.

 

(i) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, close each Deposit Account of Borrower which is not at Lender (other than accounts permitted under the parenthetical in the first sentence of Section  9.1.9 ).

 


(j) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, maintain all lockbox arrangements with Lender as required by Section  5.5 .

 

(k) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, deliver fully executed Imported Goods Agreements duly executed by each of the Borrower’s customs broker or freight forwarder.

 

(l) Within 60 days following the Closing Date, deliver fully executed Lien Waivers for the following locations:

 

Entity

  

Address

  

Landlord

Borrower

   19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood, Austin, Texas Burnet County, 78669    AG&M Bee Creek Investments, Ltd.

Borrower

  

3843 Stahl Road, San Antonio, Texas

Bexar County 78217

  

AG&M San Antonio

Investments, Ltd.

Borrower

  

7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma

City, Oklahoma, Oklahoma County

73116

   Chrisscott II, L.L.C.

Borrower

  

Approx. 2 acres west of the space at

7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma

City, Oklahoma, Oklahoma County

73116

   Carson & Shdeed, L.L.C.

Borrower

   4250 Kenilwood, Nashville, Tennessee, Davidson County 37204    Kenilwood Properties, LLC

Borrower

   2641 Noblin Road, Suite 104 Raleigh, North Carolina, Wake County 27604    Chaucer Investments, LLC

 


EXHIBIT G

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of                      (this “Agreement”), to the Loan and Security Agreement (as defined below) is entered into by and among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“AG&M”), as the initial borrower, and immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition (as defined therein), PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“Pental Granite and Marble”; and together with AG&M and each Subsidiary of Parent (as defined therein) that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” thereunder, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”), [NAME OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR], a                      (the “Additional Obligor”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association (together with its successors and assigns, “Lender”).

WHEREAS, the Borrowers [(other than the Additional Obligor)] and the Lender have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 23, 2015 (as amended by (i) the First Amendment and Consent to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 4, 2016 and (ii) the Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Joinder dated as of February 28, 2017, and as it may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lender has agreed to make certain loans (each a “Loan” and collectively the “Loans”), to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount not the exceed the Revolver Commitment;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1.11 of the Loan Agreement, the Additional Obligor is required to become a [Borrower][Guarantor] by, among other things, executing and delivering this Agreement to the Lender; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Obligor has determined that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement directly benefit, and are within the corporate purposes and in the best interests of, the Additional Obligor.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Reference is hereby made to the Loan Agreement for a statement of the terms thereof. All terms used in this Agreement which are defined therein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth therein.

2. Joinder of Additional Obligor.

2.1 Pursuant to Section 9.1.11 of the Loan Agreement, by its execution of this Agreement, the Additional Obligor hereby (i) confirms that, as to the Additional Obligor, the representations and warranties contained in Article 8 of the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date (in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date), and (ii) agrees that, from and after the effective date of this Agreement, the Additional Obligor shall be a party to the Loan Agreement and shall be bound, as a [Borrower][Guarantor], by all the provisions thereof and shall comply with and be subject to all of the terms, conditions, covenants, agreements and obligations set forth therein and applicable to the [Borrowers][Guarantors]. The Additional Obligor hereby agrees that from and after the effective date of this Agreement, each reference to a [“Borrower”][“Guarantor”] or an “Obligor” and each reference to the [“Borrowers”][“Guarantors”] or the “Obligor” in the Loan Agreement shall include the Additional Obligor. The Additional Obligor acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document and that it has read and understands the terms thereof.

2.2 Attached hereto are supplements to each Schedule to the Loan Agreement revised to include all information required to be provided therein with respect to, and only with respect to, the Additional Obligor. The Schedules to the Loan Agreement shall, without further action, be amended to include the information contained in each such supplement.


3. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution by the Additional Obligor, each Borrower, the other Obligor party thereto and the Lender and receipt by the Lender of the following, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender:

3.1 original counterparts to this Agreement, duly executed by each Borrower, the Additional Obligor, the other Obligors party thereto and the Lender, together with the Schedules to the Loan Agreement;

3.2 [reserved];

3.3 a Pledge Supplement to the Pledge Agreement to which the parent company of the Additional Obligor is a party, in substantially the form of Exhibit A thereto, duly executed by such parent company and providing for all Equity Interests of the Additional Obligor to be pledged to the Lender pursuant to the terms thereof;

3.4 subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, (i) certificates, if any, representing 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Additional Obligor and each Subsidiary of the Additional Obligor and (ii) all original promissory notes of such Additional Obligor, if any, in each case, that are required to be delivered under the Loan Documents, in each case, accompanied by instruments of assignment and transfer in such form as the Lender may reasonably request;

3.5 [reserved];

3.6 (i) appropriate financing statements on Form UCC-1 duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Lender, desirable to perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Loan Agreement and the Pledge Supplement and (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Lender of the filing of such UCC-1 financing statements;

3.7 if requested pursuant to Section 9.1.11(a)(iv) of the Loan Agreement, a favorable written opinion of counsel to the Obligors as to such matters as the Lender may reasonably request; and

3.8 to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement such other agreements, instruments, approvals or other documents reasonably requested by the Lender in order to create, perfect, establish the first priority of or otherwise protect any Lien purported to be covered by the Loan Agreement or Pledge Supplement or otherwise to effect the intent that such Additional Obligor shall become bound by all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Loan Documents and that all property and assets of such Additional Obligor (other than excluded assets pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Loan Agreement) shall become Collateral for the Obligations free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

4. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall comply with Section 11.4 of the Loan Agreement.

5. General Provisions.

5.1 [Reserved.]

5.2 Except as supplemented hereby, the Loan Agreement and each other Loan Document shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect. This Agreement shall not be deemed (i) to be a waiver of, or consent to, or a modification or amendment of, any other term or condition of the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) to prejudice any right or rights which the Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Loan Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any of the instruments or agreements referred to therein, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including any replacement instrument or agreement therefor.


5.3 The Additional Obligor hereby expressly (i) authorizes the Lender to file appropriate financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, (including without limitation, any such financing statements that indicate the Collateral as “all assets” or words of similar import) in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Lender, desirable to perfect the Liens to be created by the Loan Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents and (ii) ratifies such authorization to the extent that the Lender has filed any such financing or continuation statements or amendments thereto prior to the date hereof. A photocopy or other reproduction of the Loan Agreement or any financing statement covering the Collateral or any part thereof shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

5.4 Borrowers agree to pay on demand all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, costs, client charges and expenses of counsel for the Lender.

5.5 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopier or electronic transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telecopier or electronic transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement.

5.6 Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for the convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.

5.7 In addition to and without limitation of any of the foregoing, this Agreement shall be deemed to be a Loan Document and shall otherwise be subject to all of terms and conditions contained in Sections 11.14, 11.15 and 11.16 of the Loan Agreement, mutatis mutandi.

5.8 This Agreement, together with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWERS:
ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC
By:                                                                      
Name:  
Title:  
PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC
By:                                                                      
Name:  
Title:  


LENDER:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:                                                                      
  Name:                                                       
  Title:                                                         


ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR:
[                                             ]
By:                                                                      
  Name:
  Title:
Address:

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(a)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

NAMES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

1. The corporate names, jurisdictions of incorporation, and authorized and issued Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

   Jurisdiction    Number and Class
of Authorized Shares
   Number and Class
of Issued Shares
TCFI G&M LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Washington    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest

CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.

   Brazil    5,000 quotas    5,000 quotas

 

2. The record holders of Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

  Class of Stock   Number of
Shares/Percentage
Membership Interest
    Record Owner

TCFI G&M LLC

  N/A     35.514   Trive Capital Fund I LP
      39.287   TCFI G&M SPV LP
      3.251   Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP
      2.152   Jack W. Seiders
      2.524   Jack Chadley Seiders
      1.740   Luke W. Spiller
      1.710   Rick E. Seiders
      0.403   Jesse Bogan
      0.142   Sevak Kalayci
      0.744   Tim Reed
      0.372   Jeff Harrington
      0.372   Jason Brown
      1.785   Sunil Palakodati
      10.004   Aquarius Seller, Inc.

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

  N/A     100   TCFI G&M LLC

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

  N/A     100   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

  N/A     100   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

CECAFE SERVICOS

  N/A     4,950 quotas     Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.

      50 quotas     AG Holdco (SPV) LLC


3. All agreements binding on holders of Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries with respect to such interests are as follows:

 

  1. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M OpCo LLC).

 

  2. Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of TCFI G&M LLC.

 

  3. Limited Liability Company Agreement of AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

  4. Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC.

 

  5. CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME. Contrato Social, as amended by the 1a Alteração do Contrato Social and the 2a Alteração do Contrato Social.

 

  6. Membership Interest and Supplier Rights Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, by and between G&M OpCo LLC and Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC.

 

  7. Membership Interest Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, between G&M OpCo LLC and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

4. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination, except:

 

  1. Substantially all of the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015 among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M Opco LLC), Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Jack W. Seiders, Peggy A. Seiders, Jack Chadley Seiders, Chelsey S. Bryant, Luke W. Spiller, Rick E. Seiders, and Kelley M. Wilson.

 

  2. Substantially all of the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 21, 2016 among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., Osep Tokat and Vahe Akpulat.

 

5. There are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Parent or any Subsidiary, except:

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.4(d)

to

Loan and Security Agreement

Pledged Equity :

 

Grantor (owner of

Record of such

Pledged Equity)

 

Issuer

  Pledged
Equity
Description
  Percentage
of Issuer
    Certificate
(Indicate
No.)
 

TCFI G&M LLC

 

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

  100% Membership Interests     100     002  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

 

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

  100% Membership Interests     100     N/A  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

 

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

  100% Membership Interests     100     002  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

 

CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.

  3200 Quotas     64     N/A  

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

 

CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.

  50 Quotas     1     N/A  


SCHEDULE 8.1.10

to

Loan and Security Agreement

BROKERAGE COMMISSION

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.11

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

1. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ patents:

None.

 

2. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ trademarks:

 

Trademark

  

Owner

   Status in
Trademark
Office
     Federal Registration
No.
   Registration Date

METROQUARTZ

  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

     Registered      4842252    10/27/15

COUNTERS FOR A CAUSE

  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

     Registered      4175321    7/17/12

WORLDWIDE SOURCES. WORLD-CLASS SERVICE.

  

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

     Registered      4364938    7/9/13

PENTAL SURFACES

  

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

     Registered      87/016,098    4/27/16

PENTAL SURFACES

  

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

     Registered      87/975,082    4/27/16

PENTAL QUARTZ

  

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

     Registered      4451890    12/17/13

PQ and design

  

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

     Registered      4373240    7/23/13

 

3. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ copyrights:

 

Copyright

   Number    Date     

Owner

AG&M Website (Screen Displays)

   VAu001078181      5/11/2011     

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

AG&M Website (Source Code)

   TXu001755102      5/9/2011     

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC


4. Borrower’s and Subsidiaries’ licenses (other than routine business licenses, authorizing them to transact business in local jurisdictions):

Licenses contained in the following Agreements:

 

  1. Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC, D/B/A THE ARTISAN GROUP, LLC dated as of September 30, 2007.

 

  2. Service Agreement dated July 1, 2016 between Pental Granite and Marble and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  3. Service Agreement dated October 1, 2015 between Pental Granite and Marble and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  4. Dancik Specification for Programming Enhancement Agreement dated November 8, 2016, between Pental Granite and Marble and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  5. Distribution Contract dated April 19, 2013, between Pental Granite and Marble and Lapitec S.p.A.

 

  6. Master Subscription Agreement effective as of June 1, 2011, relating to the SugarCRM software.

 

  7. Frame Work Contract for American Markets (Number 01-14/Phenika-Pental), dated as of April 21, 2014, by and between Pental Granite and Marble and A&A Green Phenix Joint Stock Company.

 

  8. Supplier Buying Agreement effective January 1, 2016, between Pental Granite and Marble and Interior Specialists, Inc.


SCHEDULE 8.1.13

to

Loan and Security Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.14

to

Loan and Security Agreement

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.15

to

Loan and Security Agreement

LITIGATION

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.17

to

Loan and Security Agreement

PENSION PLAN DISCLOSURES

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.27

to

Loan and Security Agreement

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

1. The Term Debt Documents.

 

2. Frame Work Contract for American Markets (Number 01-14/Phenika-Pental), dated as of April 21, 2014, by and between Pental Granite and Marble and A&A Green Phenix Joint Stock Company.


SCHEDULE 9.1.9

to

Loan and Security Agreement

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Name

  

Depository Bank

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

   Bank of America

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

   Bank of America

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

   Bank of America

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

   Bank of America

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

   JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

   JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

   JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

   Wells Fargo


SCHEDULE 9.1.10

to

Loan and Security Agreement

BUSINESS LOCATIONS

 

1. Chief Executive Office:

 

Address

  

Obligor

19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669    TCFI G&M LLC
19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669    AG Holdco (SPV) LLC
713 S. Fidalgo St. Seattle, King County, Washington 98108    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

Other locations:

 

Address

  

Obligor

2021 McKinney Avenue, suite 1200 Dallas, Dallas County, Texas 75201    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC; TCFI G&M LLC; AG Holdco (SPV) LLC
3843 Stahl Road San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas 78217    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
7317 N. Broadway Extension Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, Oklahoma 73116    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
4200 Kenilwood Drive Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee 37204    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
511 Hinton Oaks Blvd. Knightdale, Wake County, North Carolina 27545    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
8861 N. San Fernando Road Sun Valley, Los Angeles County, California 91352    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
4850 East La Palma Ave. Anaheim, Orange County, California 92801    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
5032 Sirona Dr #100 Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, North Carolina 28273    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Approx. 2 acres west of the space at 7317 N. Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, Oklahoma 73116    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
3900 A Industry Drive East Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
3551 NW Yeon Ave. Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon, 97210    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
7050 Valjean Ave. Van Nuys, Los Angeles County, California 91406    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
10000-10300 East 40th Avenue Denver, Denver County, Colorado 80038    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
549 B South Dawson Street, Seattle, Washington    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
3600-D Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC


Address

  

Obligor

4700 South Highland Drive, Suite A, Unit #046, Salt Lake City, Utah    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
2211 N. Harvard Road, Unit 57, Liberty Lake, Washington    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
405 N. Gilbert Road, Unit 729, Gilbert Arizona    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
6218 W. Sahara Ave., Unit D92, Las Vegas, Nevada    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
6401 Oak Canyon, Space D1003, Irvine, California    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC


2. The following bailees, warehouseman, similar parties and consignees hold inventory of Borrower or Subsidiary:

 

Name of Party

  

Address of Party

   Nature of
Relationship
  

Owner of Inventory

Venturi Capital, Inc. (dba Goldstone Granite & Marble)    5506 Franklin Avenue Waco, TX 76710    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Surface Products, Inc.    18623 Northline Drive Cornelius, NC 28301    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Smokey Mountain Tops, Inc.    7216 Ball Camp Pike Knoxville, TN 37931    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Front Range Stone, Inc.    2195 S. Raritan Street Englewood, CO 80110    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Consolidated Supply Co., Inc.    10325 J Street Omaha, NE 68127    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
SST Acquisition Company (Trindco)    1004 Obici Indus Blvd., PO Box 4029 Suffolk, VA 23439    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
StoneStore Partners, Ltd.    11850 Hempstead Hwy., Ste. 230 Houston, TX 77092    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Majestic Marble & Glass Company    104 Jeffrey Way Youngsville, NC 27596    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Berry Marble Company, Inc. (f/k/a Stone Fabricators Inc./US Granite) and Craig Berry    1995 E. Hwy. 380 Farmersville, TX 75442    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Construction Resources, Inc. and Mitch Hires    246 Rio Circle Decatur, GA 30030    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Wood Dimensions, Inc. and Tom Rocks    4031 W. 150th Street Cleveland, OH 44135    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Hoffman Fixtures Company and Joe Hoffman, Jr.    9421 E. 54th Street Tulsa, OK 74145    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Halabi, Inc.    2100 Huntington Drive Fairfield, CA 94533    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Innovative Surfaces, Inc. and Bruce Akins    515 Spiral Boulevard Hastings, MN 55033    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Rocky Mountain Stone Company, Inc. and Scott Lardner    4741 Pan American NE, Albuquerque, NM, 87107    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Incounters, Inc. and Ed Wright    2364 Butternut St, Abilene, TX 79602    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Howe Enterprises, Inc. and Justin Howe    2700 S. Osage Amarillo, TX 79103    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Artistic Counters, Inc. and Scott Tonick    18630 Goll Street Garden Ridge, TX 78266    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC


Name of Party

  

Address of Party

   Nature of
Relationship
  

Owner of Inventory

Florida Bath & Surfaces Inc.    5161 C Highway 98 West Santa Rosa, FL 32459    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Amazon Stone Boutique    581 Westlake Street Encinitas, CA 82024    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Amazon Stones    7980 Miramar Road San Diego, CA 92126    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Counter Act, Inc.    1100 A. Memorial Drive Marietta, OK 73448    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
CR Home of Alabama, LLC    PO Box 1732 Santa Rosa Beach, FL 32459    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Elite Installation and Design, Inc.    83 Industrial Park, Ste. E Hendersonville, TN 37075    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Granite Gallery, Inc.    3275 Main Street Chula Vista, CA 919111    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Oretga Kitchen & Bath    2834 Clovis Rd Lubbock TX 79408    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Planet Granite, Inc.    3020 N Stone Ave. Colorado Springs CO 80907    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Schumann Granite, LP    10046 US Hwy 290 East Suite A Fredericksburg TX 78624    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
The Stone Gallery of Wilmington LLC    2137 Wrightsville Ave Wilmington NC 28403    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
C&C Sage, Inc.    3626 Binz-Engleman Rd San Antonio TX 78219    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

Winn & Winn, Inc. DBA:

Natural Stone Design

   104 Nell Deane Blvd Building 1 Schertz TX 78154    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Lifetime Granite    915 NW State Ave., Chehalis, WA 98532    Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Idaho Granite Works    468146 Hwy. 95, Sagle, Idaho 83860    Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Stone Works International    610 Commerce Street, Eugene OR 97402    Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Shine Marble Company Inc.    20414 80th Ave NE, Kenmore, WA 98028    Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Savino Del Bene USA Inc.    1065 Texas Trail, Ste. 250 Grapevine, TX 76051    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC and Pental Granite and Marble, LLC


Name of Party

  

Address of Party

   Nature of
Relationship
  

Owner of Inventory

Interglobo    4 Expressway Plaza, Suite 216 Roslyn Heights, NY 11577    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Dachser    C/Colon 7-2, 36201 Vigo, Pontevedra, Spain    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
RF Barnes    11130 Jollyville Rd., Suite 300, Austin TX 78759    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Greating Shipping    2225 W. Commonwealth Ave., Ste. 316 Alhambra, CA 91803    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
A2Z Logistics (d/b/a PKD Logistics)    5604 Wendy Bagwell Pkwy, Suite 223 Hiram GA 30141    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Danesi    Via Fioriollo, 6 54033, Carrara Italy    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
JAS Forwarding (USA) Inc.    22615 54th Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032    Bailee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Green Worldwide Shipping LLC    1944 Pacific Ave., Suite 206, Tacoma, WA 98402    Bailee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

3. No Collateral is located outside the United States.


SCHEDULE 9.2.2

to

Loan and Security Agreement

EXISTING LIENS

 

F ILE N UMBER

   E FFECTIVE
D ATE
     S ECURED P ARTY      C OLLATERAL  

#2015 6076490

     12/16/2015        Horizon Bank, SSB        Specific Equipment  

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

FINANCING AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 28, 2017

 

 

 

 

ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC AND EACH OF

ITS SUBSIDIARIES LISTED AS A BORROWER ON THE

SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO,

as Borrowers,

 

 

the financial institutions party hereto from time to time as lenders,

 

 

and

CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC,

as Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
1.    DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION      1  
   1.1    Definitions      1  
   1.2    Accounting Terms      26  
   1.3    Uniform Commercial Code      26  
   1.4    Certain Matters of Construction      26  
   1.5    Time of Day      27  
   1.6    Effectiveness of Borrowers      27  
2.    CREDIT FACILITIES      27  
   2.1    Term Loan Commitment      27  
3.    INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES      28  
   3.1    Interest      28  
   3.2    Fees      28  
   3.3    Computation of Interest, Fees, Yield Protection      28  
   3.4    Reimbursement Obligations      29  
   3.5    Illegality      29  
   3.6    Inability to Determine Rates      29  
   3.7    Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy      30  
   3.8    Mitigation      31  
   3.9    Funding Losses      31  
   3.10    Maximum Interest      31  
4.    LOAN ADMINISTRATION      31  
   4.1    Intentionally Omitted      31  
   4.2    Defaulting Lender      31  
   4.3    Intentionally Omitted      32  
   4.4    One Obligation      32  
   4.5    Effect of Termination      32  
5.    PAYMENTS      32  
   5.1    General Payment Provisions      32  
   5.2    Repayment of Term Loans      33  
   5.3    Payment of Other Obligations      35  
   5.4    Intentionally Omitted      35  
   5.5    Marshaling; Payments Set Aside      35  
   5.6    Application of Payments      36  
   5.7    Account Stated      37  
   5.8    Taxes      37  
   5.9    Lender Tax Information      39  
6.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      40  
   6.1    Conditions Precedent to Loans      40  
   6.2    Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions      41  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  
7.    CERTAIN COLLATERAL/FURTHER ASSURANCES      41  
   7.1    Real Estate Collateral      41  
   7.2    Cash Collateral      41  
   7.3    Extent of Liens      42  
8.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      42  
   8.1    General Representations and Warranties      42  
   8.2    Complete Disclosure      49  
9.    COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS      49  
   9.1    Affirmative Covenants      49  
   9.2    Negative Covenants      53  
   9.3    Financial Covenants      59  
10.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT      62  
   10.1    Events of Default      62  
   10.2    Remedies upon Default      64  
   10.3    License      65  
   10.4    Setoff      65  
   10.5    Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver      65  
11.    AGENT      66  
   11.1    Appointment, Authority and Duties of Agent      66  
   11.2    Agreements Regarding Collateral and Borrower Materials      67  
   11.3    Reliance by Agent      68  
   11.4    Action Upon Default      68  
   11.5    Ratable Sharing      68  
   11.6    Indemnification      68  
   11.7    Limitation on Responsibilities of Agent      69  
   11.8    Successor Agent and Co-Agents      69  
   11.9    Due Diligence and Non-Reliance      70  
   11.10    Remittance of Payments and Collections      70  
   11.11    Individual Capacities      71  
   11.12    Titles      71  
   11.13    No Third-Party Beneficiaries      71  
12.    BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS      71  
   12.1    Successors and Assigns      71  
   12.2    Participations      71  
   12.3    Assignments      73  
   12.4    Replacement of Certain Lenders      74  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  
13.    MISCELLANEOUS      74  
   13.1    Amendments and Waivers      74  
  

13.2

  

Power of Attorney

     75  
  

13.3

  

Indemnity

     75  
  

13.4

  

Notices and Communications

     75  
  

13.5

  

Performance of Borrowers’ Obligations

     77  
  

13.6

  

Credit Inquiries

     77  
  

13.7

  

Severability

     77  
  

13.8

  

Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms

     77  
  

13.9

  

Counterparts; Execution

     77  
  

13.10

  

Entire Agreement

     77  
  

13.11

  

Relationship with Lenders

     78  
  

13.12

  

No Control; No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     78  
  

13.13

  

Confidentiality

     78  
  

13.14

  

[Reserved]

     79  
  

13.15

  

GOVERNING LAW

     79  
  

13.16

  

Consent to Forum

     79  
  

13.17

  

Waivers by Borrowers

     80  
  

13.18

  

Patriot Act Notice

     80  
  

13.19

  

Intercreditor Agreement

     80  
  

13.20

  

NO ORAL AGREEMENT

     80  

 

-iii-


LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 2.1    Term Loan Commitments
Schedule 8.1.4    Names and Capital Structure
Schedule 8.1.11    Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Schedule 8.1.13    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.1.14    Restrictive Agreements
Schedule 8.1.15    Litigation
Schedule 8.1.17    Pension Plans
Schedule 8.1.27    Material Contracts
Schedule 9.1.9    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 9.1.10    Business Locations
Schedule 9.2.2    Existing Liens
Schedule 9.2.17    Existing Affiliate Transactions

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1

  

Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit A-2

  

Assignment Notice

Exhibit B

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit C

  

Conditions Precedent

Exhibit D

  

Financial Reporting

Exhibit E

  

Notice Requirements

Exhibit F

  

Post Closing

Exhibit G

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

-v-


FINANCING AGREEMENT

THIS FINANCING AGREEMENT is dated as of February 28, 2017, among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE  & MARBLE, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ AGM ”), as the initial borrower, and immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition (as defined herein), PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC , a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental ” and together with AGM and each Subsidiary of Parent (as defined herein) that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” hereunder, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions party hereto from time to time as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC (“ Cerberus ”), as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

R E C I T A L S :

Borrowers have requested that Lenders provide a credit facility to Borrowers to finance their business. Lenders are willing to provide the credit facility on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , for valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS; RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

1.1     Definitions . As used herein, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

ABL Priority Collateral : has the meaning specified therefor in the Intercreditor Agreement.

ABL Priority Collateral Proceeds : the Proceeds of the ABL Priority Collateral.

Adjusted Working Capital : means the remainder of (a) the consolidated current assets of the Obligors minus the amount of cash and cash equivalents included in such consolidated current assets, minus (b) the consolidated current liabilities of the Obligors minus the amount of consolidated short-term Debt (including current maturities of long-term Debt) of the Obligors included in such consolidated current liabilities.

Affiliate : with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means either (a) the power to vote, or the beneficial ownership of, 10% or more of the voting Stock of such Person (either directly or through the ownership of Stock Equivalents) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers or for material transactions or (b) the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have correlative meanings. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless expressly stated otherwise, in no event shall any portfolio company of any Sponsor (other than the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries and any direct or indirect parent company of any such Obligor or Subsidiary) be considered an “Affiliate” of any Obligor.

 

1


Agent Indemnitees : Agent and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents and attorneys.

Agent Professionals : attorneys, accountants, appraisers, auditors, business valuation experts, environmental engineers or consultants, turnaround consultants, and other professionals and experts retained Agent.

AGM : has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

Agreement : this Financing Agreement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to the Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.

Anti-Terrorism Law : any law relating to terrorism or money laundering, including the Patriot Act.

Applicable Law : all laws, rules, regulations and governmental guidelines applicable to the Person, conduct, transaction, agreement or matter in question, including all applicable statutory law, common law principles, and all provisions of constitutions, treaties, statutes, rules, regulations, orders and decrees of Governmental Authorities.

Applicable Margin : (a) 7.25% per annum, with respect to LIBOR Loans, and (b) 5.25% per annum, with respect to Base Rate Loans.

Approved Fund : any Person (other than a natural Person) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans in its ordinary course of activities.

Artisan Company Agreement : the Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC d/b/a The Artisan Group, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, dated as of September 30, 2007, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Assignment and Acceptance : an assignment agreement between a Lender and Eligible Assignee, in the form of Exhibit A-1 or otherwise satisfactory to Agent.

Availability : has the meaning assigned thereto in the Revolver Loan Agreement.

Bank Product : has the meaning assigned thereto in the Revolver Loan Agreement on the Closing Date.

Bank Product Debt : has the meaning assigned thereto in the Revolver Loan Agreement on the Closing Date.

Bankruptcy Code : Title 11 of the United States Code.

 

2


Base Rate : on any day, the greater of (i) the rate of interest publicly announced by the Reference Bank in New York, New York from time to time as its reference rate, base commercial lending rate or prime rate and (ii) 3.50% per annum. The reference rate, base commercial lending rate or prime rate is determined from time to time by the Reference Bank as a means of pricing some loans to its borrowers and neither is tied to any external rate of interest or index nor necessarily reflects the lowest rate of interest actually charged by the Reference Bank to any particular class or category of customers. Each change in the Reference Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

Base Rate Loan : any portion of the Term Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Board of Governors : the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Borrowed Money : with respect to any Obligor, without duplication, its (a) Debt that (i) arises from the lending of money by any Person to such Obligor; (ii) is evidenced by notes, drafts, bonds, debentures, credit documents or similar instruments; (iii) accrues interest or is a type upon which interest charges are customarily paid (excluding trade payables owing in the Ordinary Course of Business); or (iv) was issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (b) Capital Leases; (c) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit; and (d) guaranties of any Debt of the foregoing types owing by another Person. For purposes of clarification, the Revolver Debt shall constitute Borrowed Money.

Borrowers : has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

Borrower Materials : Compliance Certificates and other information, reports, financial statements and other materials prepared and delivered by any Borrower or its representatives hereunder, as well as other Reports and information prepared and delivered by any Borrower or its representatives and provided by Agent to Lenders.

Borrowing : a group of Loans that are made or converted together on the same day and have the same interest option and, if applicable, Interest Period.

Borrowing Base Certificate : has the meaning assigned thereto in the Revolver Loan Agreement.

Business Day : any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, New York and Texas, and if such day relates to a LIBOR Loan, any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted between banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures : all liabilities incurred or expenditures made by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries for the acquisition of fixed assets, or any improvements, replacements, substitutions or additions thereto with a useful life of more than one year.

Capital Lease : any lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

3


Cash Collateral : cash, and any interest or other income earned thereon, that is delivered to Agent to Cash Collateralize any Obligations.

Cash Collateral Account : a demand deposit, money market or other account established by an Obligor at Bank of America, N.A. or such other financial institution as Agent may select in its discretion, which account shall be subject to a Lien in favor of Agent.

Cash Collateralize : the delivery of cash to Agent, as security for the payment of any inchoate or other contingent Obligations, in an amount equal to Agent’s good faith estimate of the amount due or to become due, including fees, expenses and indemnification hereunder. “ Cash Collateralization ” has a correlative meaning.

Cash Equivalents : (a) marketable obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by, and backed by the full faith and credit of, the United States government, maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances maturing within 12 months of the date of acquisition, and overnight bank deposits, in each case which are issued by a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state or district thereof, rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s at the time of acquisition, and (unless issued by a Lender) not subject to offset rights; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying investments of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) entered into with any bank described in clause (b); (d) commercial paper rated A-1 (or better) by S&P or P-1 (or better) by Moody’s, and maturing within nine months of the date of acquisition; and (e) shares of any money market fund that has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to above, has net assets of at least $500,000,000 and has the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P.

Cash Management Services : services relating to operating, collections, payroll, trust, or other depository or disbursement accounts, including automated clearinghouse, e-payable, electronic funds transfer, wire transfer, controlled disbursement, overdraft, depository, information reporting, lockbox and stop payment services.

CECAFE : CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.

Cerberus : has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

CERCLA : the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .).

Change in Law : the occurrence, after the date hereof, of (a) the adoption, taking effect or phasing in of any law, rule, regulation or treaty; (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof; or (c) the making, issuance or application of any request, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided , however , that “Change in Law” shall include, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued, all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives (i) under or relating to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or (ii) promulgated pursuant to Basel III by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any similar authority) or any other Governmental Authority.

 

4


Change of Control : (a) Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in AGM; (b) the Sponsors cease to collectively own and control, beneficially and of record, at least 51% of the voting and economic Equity Interests of Parent; (c) AGM ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Pental (other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 9.2.9), (d) AGM ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in SPV; (e) a change in the majority of directors of the Parent or of any Borrower during any 24-month period, unless approved by the majority of directors serving at the beginning of such period; or (f) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all assets an Obligor.

Claims : all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, proceedings, interest, costs and expenses of any kind (including remedial response costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and Extraordinary Expenses) at any time (including after Full Payment of the Obligations or replacement of Agent or any Lender) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Obligor or other Person, in any way relating to (a) any Loans, Loan Documents, Borrower Materials or the use thereof or transactions relating thereto; (b) any action taken or omitted in connection with any Loan Documents; (c) the existence or perfection of any Liens, or realization upon any Collateral; (d) exercise of any rights or remedies under any Loan Documents or Applicable Law; or (e) failure by any Obligor to perform or observe any terms of any Loan Document, in each case including all costs and expenses relating to any investigation, litigation, arbitration or other proceeding (including an Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceedings), whether or not the applicable Indemnitee is a party thereto.

Closing Date : as defined in Section  6.1 .

Closing Date Dividend : means one or more dividend payments or distributions paid in cash by AGM to Parent and by Parent to Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP and Trive Capital Fund II (Offshore) Subsidiary, LP on or within two (2) days of the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $12,226,398.50, the proceeds of which shall be used to repay the Existing Bridge Equity.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral : all Property described in Section  7.1 , all Property described in any Security Documents as security for any Obligations, and all other Property that now or hereafter secures (or is intended to secure) any Obligations.

Commitment : for any Lender, the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.

Commitments : means the aggregate amount of all Term Loan Commitments.

Commodity Exchange Act : the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. ).

 

5


Compliance Certificate : a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B , and satisfactory to Agent in all respects, by which Parent certifies compliance with Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 .

Connection Income Taxes: Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), or are franchise or branch profits Taxes.

Contingent Obligation : any obligation of a Person arising from a guaranty, indemnity or other assurance of payment or performance of any Debt, lease, dividend or other obligation (“ primary obligations ”) of another obligor (“ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person under any (a) guaranty, endorsement, co-making or sale with recourse of an obligation of a primary obligor; (b) obligation to make take-or-pay or similar payments regardless of nonperformance by any other party to an agreement; and (c) arrangement (i) to purchase any primary obligation or security therefor, (ii) to supply funds for the purchase or payment of any primary obligation, (iii) to maintain or assure working capital, equity capital, net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iv) to purchase Property or services for the purpose of assuring the ability of the primary obligor to perform a primary obligation, or (v) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder of any primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation (or, if less, the maximum amount for which such Person may be liable under the instrument evidencing the Contingent Obligation) or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability with respect thereto.

Controlled Investment Affiliate : as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person and (b) is organized by such Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “Control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

CWA : the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1251 et seq .).

Debt : as applied to any Person, without duplication, (a) all items that would be included as liabilities on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including Capital Leases, but excluding trade payables incurred and being paid in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) all Contingent Obligations; (c) all reimbursement obligations in connection with letters of credit issued for the account of such Person; and (d) in the case of Borrowers, the Obligations. The Debt of a Person shall include any recourse Debt of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner or joint venture, unless expressly made non-recourse to such Person and only to the extent of the direct payment liability of such Person.

Default : an event or condition that, with the lapse of time or giving of notice, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender : any Lender that (a) has failed to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, and such failure is not cured within two Business Days; (b) has notified Agent or any

 

6


Borrower that such Lender does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder or under any other credit facility, or has made a public statement to that effect; (c) has failed, within three Business Days following request by Agent or any Borrower, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to Agent and Borrowers that such Lender will comply with its funding obligations hereunder; or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding (including reorganization, liquidation, or appointment of a receiver, custodian, administrator or similar Person by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory authority); provided, however, that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of a Governmental Authority’s ownership of an equity interest in such Lender or parent company unless the ownership provides immunity for such Lender from jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets, or permits such Lender or Governmental Authority to repudiate or otherwise to reject such Lender’s agreements.

Default Rate : for any Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), 2% per annum plus the interest rate otherwise applicable thereto.

Deposit Account Control Agreement : a control agreement satisfactory to Agent executed by an institution maintaining a Deposit Account for an Obligor, to perfect Agent’s Lien on such account.

Distribution : any declaration or payment of a distribution, interest or dividend on any Equity Interest (other than payment-in-kind); distribution, advance or repayment of Debt to a holder of Equity Interests; or purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interest.

Dollars : lawful money of the United States.

EBITDA : determined for any period, on a consolidated basis for Parent and its Subsidiaries, the sum of, without duplication, (a) net income, calculated before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, gains or losses arising from the sale of capital assets, gains arising from the write-up or write down of assets, and any extraordinary gains or losses (in each case, to the extent included in determining net income), (b) to the extent deducted in determining such net income, the one-time documented costs and expenses incurred before March 31, 2017 in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Pental Acquisition, this Agreement and the Revolver Debt Documents, not to exceed $5,500,000 in the aggregate, (c) one-time documented costs and expenses of Borrowers incurred before June 30, 2017 solely in connection with the implementation of operational changes related to the Pental Acquisition, not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate, (d) management fees and expenses paid to Sponsors or their Affiliates to the extent permitted under this Agreement, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 per Fiscal Year, (e) costs with respect to the addition of two Greenfield branch locations in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 per location; provided, that with respect to each location, all such costs associated with such location must be incurred within an 18-month period of the location opening, (f) costs or expenses reimbursed by a third party or covered by insurance, and (g) proceeds of business interruption insurance; it being agreed that for purposes of calculating any financial ratio or test under the Loan Documents, EBITDA shall be calculated, without duplication, giving effect to the trailing twelve

 

7


(12) month pro forma results for acquisitions and Investments permitted hereunder (including the commencement of activities constituting such business) and dispositions permitted hereunder (including the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such business) of business entities or properties or assets, constituting a division or line of business of any business entity, division or line of business that is the subject of any such acquisition, and operational changes permitted hereunder (including, to the extent applicable, from the Pental Acquisition), and any financial ratio or test shall, without duplication, give effect to the trailing twelve (12) month results for any permitted retirement, extinguishment or repayment of Debt and any Debt incurred or assumed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with such pro forma transaction (and all Debt so incurred or assumed shall be deemed to have borne interest (x) in the case of fixed rate Debt, at the rate applicable thereto or (y) in the case of floating rate Debt, at the rates which were or would have been applicable thereto during the period when such Debt was or was deemed to be outstanding), in each case, as if any such transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable period.

Eligible Assignee : a Person that is (a) a Lender or an Affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender; (b) an Approved Fund approved by Agent and AGM (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (it being acknowledged that the withholding of consent by AGM with respect to an Approved Fund that is a vulture fund or distressed debt purchaser shall not be considered unreasonable) or delayed, and shall be deemed given if no objection is made within ten Business Days after notice of the proposed assignment); and (c) during an Event of Default, any Person.

Enforcement Action : any action to enforce any Obligations or Loan Documents or to realize upon any Collateral (whether by judicial action, self-help, notification of Account Debtors, setoff or recoupment, credit bid, action in an Obligor’s Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise).

Environmental Laws : Applicable Laws (including rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of any Governmental Authority) relating to public health (other than occupational safety and health regulated under OSHA, or public health and safety regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration) or the protection or pollution of the environment, including CERCLA, RCRA and CWA; provided that, governmental guidelines are not considered to be Environmental Laws unless such governmental guidelines are legally binding.

Environmental Notice : a notice (whether written or oral) from any Governmental Authority or other Person of any possible noncompliance with, investigation of a possible violation of, litigation relating to, or potential fine or liability under any Environmental Law, or with respect to any Environmental Release, including any complaint, summons, citation, order, claim, demand or request for correction, remediation or otherwise.

Environmental Release : any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

Equity Cure Contributions : as defined in Section  9.3.3 .

 

8


Equity Cure Period : as defined in Section  9.3.3 .

Equity Interest : the interest of any (a) shareholder in a corporation; (b) partner in a partnership (whether general, limited, limited liability or joint venture); (c) member in a limited liability company; or (d) other Person having any other form of equity security or ownership interest.

ERISA : the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate : any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with an Obligor within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event : (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at risk plan or a plan in critical or endangered status under the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006; (f) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate; or (h) failure by an Obligor to meet all applicable requirements under the Pension Funding Rules in respect of a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan.

Event of Default : as defined in Section  10 .

Excess Cash Flow : with respect to any Person for any period and determined on a consolidated basis for any Fiscal Year (or the portion thereof following the Closing Date), (a) EBITDA of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, minus (b) the sum of, without duplication, (for such Fiscal Year) (i) cash interest expense, the Loan Servicing Fee, amendment fees paid in cash during such period, and cash taxes paid; (ii) Capital Expenditures (except those financed with Borrowed Money other than Revolver Loans); (iii) scheduled and mandatory principal (and premium) payments made on Borrowed Money, Subordinated Debt and Capital Leases by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (including (x) optional repayments of the Revolver Debt that are accompanied by a permanent reduction of the Revolver Debt facility but excluding (y) any prepayment of the Loan made (A) with Equity Cure Contributions pursuant to Section  9.3 or (B) pursuant to Section  5.2.2(a) ); (iv) Distributions made in cash (to the extent permitted hereunder) by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, (v) any increase (or plus the decrease) in Adjusted Working Capital so as long as any working capital payments and receipts are consistent with normal business practices; (vi) any earnouts paid by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries in

 

9


connection with Permitted Acquisitions and the Pental Acquisition; (vii) the aggregate amount of cash payments for management fees and expenses made during such Fiscal Year to the extent added back in the determination of EBITDA; (viii) one-time documented expenses incurred before March 31, 2017 in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Pental Acquisition, this Agreement and the Revolver Debt Documents to the extent added back in the determination of EBITDA; (ix) one-time documented third-party costs and expenses of Borrowers in connection with the implementation of operational changes related to the Pental Acquisition to the extent added back in the determination of EBITDA; (x) costs with respect to the addition of two Greenfield branch locations to the extent added back in the determination of EBITDA; (xi) costs or expenses reimbursed by a third party or insurance; and (xii) the proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent added back in the determination of EBITDA. For purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow for any Excess Cash Flow period, (x) the EBITDA of a target of any Permitted Acquisition shall be included and (y) any payments made by the target of any Permitted Acquisition shall be excluded, in such calculation, in each case, only from and after the date of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition.

Excluded Account : (i) a deposit account used exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes or employee benefits, or (ii) a petty cash account containing not more than $75,000 individually at any time or $200,000 in the aggregate for all such petty cash accounts.

Excluded Tax : means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to any Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by a Recipient’s net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profit Taxes in each case (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of a Lender, its applicable Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax, or (ii) constituting Other Connection Taxes; (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which; (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment (except pursuant to an assignment request by AGM or Agent under Section  12.4 ); or (ii) such Lender changes its Lending Office, unless the Taxes were payable to its assignor immediately prior to such assignment or to the Lender immediately prior to its change in Lending Office; (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section  5.9 and (d) U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

Existing Bridge Equity : means the equity contribution made by the Sponsors to AGM on or about July 21, 2016 in connection with the consideration to be paid pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 21, 2016 among AGM, Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., Osep Tokat and Vahe Akpulat.

Existing Pental Lender : means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

Existing Pental Loan Facility : that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among Pental and the Existing Pental Lender, together with all other documents and instruments relating thereto.

 

10


Existing Term Loan Agent : Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC.

Existing Term Loan Facility : that certain Loan Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among AGM, the Existing Term Loan Lenders and the Existing Term Loan Agent, together with all other documents and instruments relating thereto.

Existing Term Loan Lenders : the lenders party to the Existing Term Loan Facility.

Expansion Capital Expenditures : Capital Expenditures in connection with the expansion of the Borrowers’ business for the purpose of building the two Greenfield branch locations in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 per branch and $2,000,000 in the aggregate.

Extraordinary Expenses : all out-of-pocket costs, expenses or advances that Agent and each Lender may incur during the continuance of an Event of Default, or during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding of an Obligor, including those relating to (a) any audit, inspection, repossession, storage, repair, appraisal, insurance, manufacture, preparation or advertising for sale, sale, collection, or other preservation of or realization upon any Collateral; (b) any action, arbitration or other proceeding (whether instituted by or against Agent, any Obligor, any representative of creditors of an Obligor or any other Person) in any way relating to any Collateral (including the validity, perfection, priority or avoidability of Agent’s Liens with respect to any Collateral), Loan Documents or Obligations, including any lender liability or other Claims; (c) the exercise of any rights or remedies of Agent and each Lender in, or the monitoring of, any Insolvency Proceeding; (d) settlement or satisfaction of any taxes, charges or Liens with respect to any Collateral; (e) any Enforcement Action; and (f) negotiation and documentation of any modification, waiver, workout, restructuring or forbearance with respect to any Loan Documents or Obligations. Such out-of-pocket costs, expenses and advances include transfer fees, Other Taxes, storage fees, insurance costs, permit fees, utility reservation and standby fees, legal fees (limited to fees of one outside counsel for the Agent and one outside counsel for the Lenders, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the Agent and one local counsel to the Lenders, taken as a whole, in any material jurisdiction), appraisal fees, brokers’ and auctioneers’ fees and commissions, accountants’ fees, environmental study fees, wages and salaries paid to employees of any Obligor or independent contractors in liquidating any Collateral, and travel expenses; provided, however, that fees of third party professionals shall be limited to one professional or firm for the Agent and one professional or firm for the Lenders, taken as a whole.

Extraordinary Receipts : any cash received by or paid to or for the account of any Obligor not in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation amounts received in respect of foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds and pension plan reversions and excluding amounts received in respect of business interruption insurance; provided, that Extraordinary Receipt shall exclude working capital adjustments in connection with the Pental Acquisition and any Permitted Acquisition.

FATCA : Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (including any amended or successor version if substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

 

11


Federal Funds Rate : for any day, a fluctuating interest rate equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by Agent. Agent’s determination of such rate shall be binding and conclusive absent manifest error.

Financial Statements : (a) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, (b) the reviewed consolidated balance sheet of Pental for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended, and (c) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the twelve (12) months ended December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statement of operations, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the twelve (12) months then ended.

Fiscal Quarter : each period of three months, commencing on the first day of a Fiscal Year.

Fiscal Year : the fiscal year of Borrower and Subsidiaries for accounting and tax purposes, ending on December 31 of each year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio : the ratio, determined as of any date of determination and determined on a consolidated basis for Parent and its Subsidiaries, of (a) EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period then ending minus unfinanced Capital Expenditures, minus cash taxes paid or payable during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges, in each case, during the same period. In determining the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for a particular period (1) pro forma effect will be given to: (x) the incurrence, repayment or retirement of any Debt by Parent and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such period as if such Debt were incurred, repaid or retired on the first day of such period and (y) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger or otherwise) or disposition (whether by sale, merger or otherwise) of any property or assets acquired or disposed of by Parent and its Subsidiaries since the first day of such period, as if such acquisition or disposition occurred on the first day of such period; (2) in calculating interest expense in respect of any Debt included on a pro forma basis (x) interest on Debt bearing a floating interest rate will be computed as if the rate at the time of computation had been the applicable rate for the entire period (y) if such Debt bears, at the option of such Person and its Subsidiaries, a fixed or floating rate of interest, interest thereon will be computed by applying, at the option of such Person, either the fixed or floating rate and (z) the amount of Debt under a revolving credit facility will be based upon the amount of such Debt at the end of the applicable fiscal month; and (3) the calculation of the tax liabilities of Parent and its Subsidiaries described in clause (a) above shall be made without giving effect to any tax refunds, net operating losses or other net tax benefits that were received during such period on account of any prior periods.

 

12


Fixed Charges : with respect to any period, the sum of (a) cash interest, plus (b) regularly scheduled principal payments made on Borrowed Money (excluding (i) Excess Cash Flow payments and (ii) mandatory and voluntary payments permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement, plus Distributions (other than Tax Distributions) made during such period.

Flow of Funds Agreement : a Flow of Funds Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, by and among the Obligors, the Agent, the Lenders and the other Persons party thereto, and the related funds flow memorandum describing the sources and uses of all cash payments in connection with the consummation of the Pental Acquisition and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

FLSA : the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938.

Foreign Lender : any Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

Foreign Plan : any employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained or contributed to by any Obligor or Subsidiary that is (a) not subject to the laws of the United States; or (b) mandated by a government other than the United States for employees of any Obligor or Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary : a Subsidiary that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Code, (a “ CFC ”), a Subsidiary of a CFC, or any Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Equity Interests in one or more CFCs.

Full Payment : with respect to any Obligations, (a) the full cash payment thereof, including any interest, fees and other charges accruing during an Insolvency Proceeding (whether or not allowed in the proceeding); and (b) if such Obligations are inchoate or contingent in nature, Cash Collateralization thereof.

GAAP : generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States from time to time consistent with those used in the preparation of the Financial Statements.

Governmental Approvals : all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and required reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority : any federal, state, local, foreign or other agency, authority, body, commission, court, instrumentality, political subdivision, central bank, or other entity or officer exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions for any governmental, judicial, investigative, regulatory or self-regulatory authority (including the Financial Conduct Authority, the Prudential Regulation Authority, any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or European Central Bank).

Guarantors : Parent, SPV and each other Person that guarantees payment or performance of Obligations; provided, that no Foreign Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor.

 

13


Guaranty and Collateral Agreement : the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by each Obligor signatory thereto in favor of Agent and Lenders.

Hazardous Material : any pollutant, contaminant, chemical or substance defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “acutely hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances ,” “extremely hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “toxic chemicals,” “toxic pollutants,” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, (i) any petroleum, petroleum products, or fractions or derivatives thereof, (ii) natural or synthetic gas, (iii) any asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls or radon gas, and (iv) any radioactive materials, substances or waste.

Hedging Agreement : any “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Indemnified Taxes : (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or relating to any payment of an Obligation; and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees : Agent Indemnities and Lender Indemnitees.

Insolvency Proceeding : any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its Property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Intellectual Property : as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement.

Intellectual Property Claim : any claim or assertion (whether in writing, by suit or otherwise) that a Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s ownership, use, marketing, sale or distribution of any Inventory, Equipment, Intellectual Property or other Property violates another Person’s Intellectual Property.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement : an Intercompany Subordination Agreement made by the Parent and its Subsidiaries in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent.

Intercreditor Agreement : that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017 by and among Agent, in its capacity as agent for the Term Creditors (as defined therein), Bank of America, N.A., and acknowledged by the Obligors, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Interest Period : as to any LIBOR Loan, a period of 30, 60, or 90 days commencing on the date such Loan is borrowed and thereafter commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding period expires; provided that, (a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day; (b) any

 

14


Interest Period that begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Term Loan Maturity Date.

Investment :

(a) a transaction or series of transactions resulting in (i) acquisition of a business division or substantially all assets of a Person; (ii) record or beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the Equity Interests of a Person; or (iii) merger, consolidation or combination of an Obligor or Subsidiary with another Person;

(b) an acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of any Equity Interests of a Person; or

(c) an advance or capital contribution to or other investment in a Person.

IP Assignment : a collateral assignment or security agreement pursuant to which an Obligor grants a Lien on its Intellectual Property to Agent, as security for the Obligations.

IRS : the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder Agreement : a Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit G, duly executed by a Subsidiary of a Borrower made a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.1.11.

Lending Office : the office designated as such by the applicable Lender at the time it becomes party to this Agreement or thereafter by notice to Agent and Borrowers.

Leverage Ratio : with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) Borrowed Money (other than Contingent Obligations) of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, to (b) EBITDA of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period.

LIBOR : for any Interest Period, with respect to any Loan, a rate per annum equal to (a) (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate with a term equivalent to such Interest Period as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other authoritative source selected by Agent in its sole discretion) as of the first day of such Interest Period for such Loan, divided by (ii) a number determined by subtracting from 1.00 the then stated maximum reserve percentage for determining reserves to be maintained by member banks of the Federal Reserve System for Eurocurrency funding or liabilities as defined in Regulation D (or any successor category of liabilities under Regulation D), or (b) if the rate described in clause (a) is unavailable for any reason, as LIBOR is otherwise determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion consistent with treatment of other borrowers. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, LIBOR shall not be less than 0.75% per annum. Agent’s determination of the LIBOR shall be conclusive, absent demonstrable error.

LIBOR Loan : each portion of a Term Loan having a common length and commencement of Interest Period that bears interest based on LIBOR.

 

15


License : any license or agreement under which an Obligor is authorized to use Intellectual Property in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of Property or any other conduct of its business.

Licensor : any Person from whom an Obligor obtains the right to use any Intellectual Property.

Lien : any lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, easement, right-of-way, or other title exception or encumbrance.

Lien Waiver : an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, by which (a) for any material Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, agrees to hold any Documents in its possession relating to such Collateral as agent for Agent, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Agent upon request; (c) for any Collateral held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges Agent’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on such Collateral, and agrees to deliver such Collateral to Agent upon request; and (d) for any Collateral subject to a Licensor’s Intellectual Property rights, the Licensor grants to Agent the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce Agent’s Liens with respect to such Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the Intellectual Property, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.

Loan : a Term Loan.

Loan Documents : collectively, as may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Security Documents.

Management Agreement : that certain Consulting Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015 by and among Parent, its Subsidiaries (including AGM) and Trive Capital Management LLC, as in effect on the date hereof.

Margin Stock : as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors.

Material Adverse Effect : the effect of any event or circumstance that, taken alone or in conjunction with other events or circumstances, (a) has or could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, material Properties, or financial condition of the Obligors, taken as a whole, or on the value of any material Collateral, on the enforceability of any Loan Documents, or on the validity or priority of Agent’s Liens on any material portion of the Collateral; (b) impairs the ability of the Obligors, taken as a whole, to perform their material obligations under the Loan Documents, including repayment of any Obligations; or (c) otherwise impairs the ability of Agent or any Lender to enforce or collect any Obligations or to realize upon a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract : with respect to any Person, (a) the Revolver Debt Documents, (b) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving

 

16


aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $5,000,000 or more in any Fiscal Year (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days’ notice without penalty or premium) and (c) all other contracts or agreements as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Moody’s : Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Mortgage : any mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in which any Obligor grants a Lien on its Real Estate to Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for any Obligations.

Multiemployer Plan : any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Multiple Employer Plan : a Plan that has two or more contributing sponsors, including an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate, at least two of whom are not under common control, as described in Section 4064 of ERISA.

Net Proceeds : with respect to any disposition of Property, proceeds (including, when received, any deferred or escrowed payments) received by Borrower or its Subsidiary in cash from such disposition, net of (a) reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, including legal fees and sales commissions; (b) amounts applied to repayment of Debt secured by a Permitted Lien senior to Agent’s Liens on Collateral sold; (c) transfer or similar taxes; and (d) reserves for indemnities, income tax, and such other customary reserves, until such reserves are no longer needed.

Obligations : collectively, all (a) principal of and premium, if any, on the Loans; (b) interest, expenses, fees, indemnification obligations, Extraordinary Expenses and other amounts payable by Obligors under Loan Documents; and (c) other Debt, obligations and liabilities of any kind owing by any Obligor to Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document; in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether evidenced by a note or other writing, whether allowed in any Insolvency Proceeding, and whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, primary or secondary, or joint or several.

Obligor : each Borrower and each Guarantor.

OFAC : Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

Ordinary Course of Business : the ordinary course of business of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, undertaken in good faith and consistent with Applicable Law and past practices.

Organic Documents : with respect to any Person, its charter, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability agreement, operating agreement,

 

17


members agreement, shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, certificate of formation, voting trust agreement, or similar agreement or instrument governing the formation or operation of such Person.

OSHA : the Occupational Safety and Hazard Act of 1970.

Other Agreements : collectively, the Intercreditor Agreement, Compliance Certificate, the Flow of Funds Agreement, any Perfection Certificate, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, any Joinder Agreement, or any other document, instrument or agreement (other than this Agreement or a Security Document) now or hereafter delivered by an Obligor to Agent or any Lender in connection with any transactions relating hereto.

Other Connection Taxes : Taxes imposed on a Recipient due to a present or former connection between it and the taxing jurisdiction (other than connections arising from the Recipient having executed, delivered, become party to, performed obligations or received payments under, received or perfected a Lien or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, enforced, or sold or assigned an interest in, any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes : all present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a Lien under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section  3.8 or Section  12.4 ).

Participant : as defined in Section  12.2.1 .

Participant Register : as defined in Section  12.2.3 .

Parent : TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Patriot Act : the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Pub. L. No. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001).

Payment Conditions : as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement on the date hereof.

Payment Item : each check, draft or other item of payment payable to Borrower, including those constituting proceeds of any Collateral.

PBGC : the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Funding Rules : Code and ERISA rules regarding minimum required contributions (including installment payments) to Pension Plans set forth in, for plan years ending prior to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 effective date, Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, both as in effect prior to such act, and thereafter, Sections 412, 430, 431, 432 and 436 of the Code and Sections 302, 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA.

 

18


Pension Plan : any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Obligor or ERISA Affiliate or to which the Obligor or ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the preceding five plan years.

Pental : has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble hereto.

Pental Acquisition : the consummation of the acquisition of membership interests of Pental by AGM pursuant to the terms of the Pental Acquisition Agreement and the transactions in connection therewith.

Pental Acquisition Agreement : that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, among AGM, as purchaser, PGM, Aquarius Seller, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “ Seller ”) and Parminder Pental and Ravinder Pental (together with Parminder Pental, the “ Pentals ” and together with the Seller, the “ Selling Parties ”), together with all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto.

Pental Acquisition Documents : the Pental Acquisition Agreement, together with all other agreements, instruments and other documents entered into or delivered in connection with the Pental Acquisition.

Pental Collateral Assignment : the Collateral Assignment of Pental Acquisition Documents, dated as of the date hereof, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, made by the AGM in favor of the Agent.

Perfection Certificate : a certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent providing information with respect to the property of each Obligor.

Permitted Acquisition : an Investment by a Borrower of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of such definition so long as

(i)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed acquisition;

(ii)    such acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are proposed to be acquired and shall not have been preceded by an unsolicited tender offer for such Equity Interests by, or proxy contest initiated by, Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate thereof;

(iii)    the assets, business or Person being acquired is useful or engaged in the business of Obligors and is located or organized within the United States;

(iv)    no Debt or Liens are assumed or incurred, except as permitted by Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 ;

 

19


(v)    the Payment Conditions are satisfied at the time of such Investment (and a Senior Officer of a Borrower shall certify to Agent, not less than five days prior to the date of such Investment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied);

(vi)    after giving effect to such Investment and the incurrence of any Loans, other Debt or Contingent Obligations in connection therewith, the Obligors shall be in compliance on a pro forma basis with the covenants set forth in Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 each recomputed for the most recently ended month of the Obligors for which information regarding the business being acquired is available with adjustments calculated by Borrowers and approved by Agent;

(vii)    the assets being acquired or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired (the “ Target ”) did not have EBITDA less than -$1,000,000 during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed acquisition, and such Target must be a Subsidiary upon the consummation of such acquisition;

(viii)    any such Subsidiary (and its equityholders) shall execute and deliver the agreements, instruments and other documents required by Section 9.1.11 on or prior to the date of the consummation of such acquisition; and

(ix)    the purchase price payable in respect of (i) any single acquisition or series of related acquisitions shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (ii) all acquisitions (including the proposed acquisition in such Permitted Acquisition) shall not exceed $7,000,000 in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement.

Permitted Discretion : a determination made in the exercise, in good faith, of reasonable business judgment (from the perspective of a secured lender providing for a secured facility of the type set forth herein and based on the applicable circumstances as of the applicable date of determination).

Permitted Distributions : with respect to any Obligor, so long as no Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such distribution,

(a) the payment of dividends or any other distributions on an Obligor’s Equity Interests to another Obligor (other than Parent) or the payment of any indebtedness owed to an Obligor (other than Parent),

(b) the making of any loans or advances to an Obligor (other than Parent),

(c) the transfer of any property or assets to an Obligor (other than Parent),

(d) payments to enable Obligors to repurchase any Equity Interest issued by such Obligor or warrants, options or other similar rights granted by such Obligor, from any officer, director or employee, not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year,

(e) to the extent Parent or Borrower, as applicable is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Tax Distributions,

 

20


(f) Borrowers may make distributions to Parent (and Parent may make any subsequent Distribution) for the purpose of allowing Parent to (x) pay management fees to the Sponsors or their Affiliates in accordance with the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $400,000 in any Fiscal Year provided such management fees are permitted to be paid pursuant to Section  9.2.22 , (y) to reimburse Sponsors or their Affiliates for reasonable costs and expenses related to monitoring Sponsors’ investment in Parent, including, reasonable costs and expenses for travel by officers and agents of Sponsors or their Affiliates, and (z) pay reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance of its existence as a holding company, and

(g) the Closing Date Dividend.

Permitted Investments :

(a) an Investment by an Obligor in (i) payroll, travel, commission, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) consideration received in connection with any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted under this Agreement, (iii) deposit accounts,

(b) Investments made by an Obligor in the nature of immaterial pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business, and

(c) Permitted Acquisitions.

Permitted Lien : as defined in Section  9.2.2 .

Permitted Refinancing : with respect to any Debt, the extension of maturity, refinancing or modification of the terms thereof; provided , that (i) such extension, refinancing or modification is pursuant to terms that are not less favorable to the Obligors and the Lenders in any material respect (taken as a whole) than the terms of the Debt being extended, refinanced or modified, (ii) after giving effect to such extension, refinancing or modification, the amount of such Debt (or accreted value, if applicable) is not greater than the amount of Debt (plus accrued interest and premiums thereon (including tender premiums) and underwriting discounts, defeasance costs and all fees and expenses incurred for such refinancing, extension or modification) outstanding immediately prior to such extension, refinancing or modification, and (iii) no Obligor or Subsidiary of a Obligor that was not liable with respect to the Debt prior to its refinancing or modification shall be liable with respect to such Debt after giving effect to its refinancing or modification.

Person : any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan : any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by an Obligor or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, an ERISA Affiliate.

 

21


Platform : as defined in Section  13.4.3 .

Projections : financial projections of the Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 8.1.7, as updated from time to time pursuant to clause (e) of Exhibit D.

Properly Contested : with respect to any obligation of an Obligor, (a) the obligation is subject to a bona fide dispute regarding amount or the Obligor’s liability to pay; (b) the obligation is being properly contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently pursued; (c) appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (d) non-payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, nor result in forfeiture or sale of any assets of the Obligor; (e) no Lien is imposed on assets of the Obligor, unless bonded and stayed to the satisfaction of Agent; and (f) if the obligation results from entry of a judgment or other order, such judgment or order is stayed pending appeal or other judicial review.

Pro Rata : with respect to any Lender, a percentage (rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan by the aggregate outstanding Term Loans or, if all Loans have been paid in full, by dividing such Lender’s and its Affiliates’ remaining Obligations by the aggregate remaining Obligations.

Property : any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Purchase Money Debt : (a) Debt (other than the Obligations) for payment of any of the purchase price of fixed assets; (b) Debt (other than the Obligations) incurred within 10 Business Days before or after acquisition of any fixed assets, for the purpose of financing any of the purchase price thereof; and (c) any renewals, extensions or refinancings (but not increases) thereof.

Purchase Money Lien : a Lien that secures Purchase Money Debt, encumbering only the fixed assets acquired with such Debt and constituting a Capital Lease or a purchase money security interest under the UCC.

RCRA : the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 6991-6991i).

Real Estate : all right, title and interest (whether as owner, lessor or lessee) in any real Property or any buildings, structures, parking areas or other improvements thereon.

Recipient : Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of a payment to be made by an Obligor under a Loan Document or on account of an Obligation.

Reference Bank : JPMorgan Chase Bank, its successors or any other commercial bank designated by the Agent to the Borrowers from time to time.

Register : as defined in Section  12.3.4 .

Related Fund : with respect to any Person, an Affiliate of such Person, or a fund or account managed by such Person or an Affiliate of such Person.

 

22


Related Real Estate Documents : with respect to any Real Estate subject to a Mortgage, the following, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent: (a) a mortgagee title policy (or binder therefor) covering Agent’s interest under the Mortgage, by an insurer reasonably acceptable to Agent, which must be fully paid on such effective date; (b) such assignments of leases, estoppel letters, attornment agreements, consents, waivers and releases as Agent may reasonably require with respect to other Persons having an interest in the Real Estate; (c) a current, as-built survey of the Real Estate, containing a metes-and-bounds property description and certified by a licensed surveyor acceptable to Agent; (d) a life-of-loan flood hazard determination and, if the Real Estate is located in a special flood hazard area, an acknowledged notice to borrower and flood insurance by an insurer acceptable to Agent; and (e) such other documents, instruments or agreements as Agent may reasonably require with respect to any environmental risks regarding the Real Estate.

Report : as defined in Section  11.2.3 .

Reportable Event : any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Required Lenders : Secured Parties holding more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding Term Loans or, if all Term Loans have been paid in full, the aggregate remaining Obligations; provided, however, that Term Loans and other Obligations held by a Defaulting Lender and its Affiliates shall be disregarded in making such calculation.

Restricted Investment : any Investment by any Obligor or its Subsidiaries, other than (a) Investments in Subsidiaries to the extent existing on the Closing Date; (b) Cash Equivalents that are subject to Agent’s Lien and control, pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; (c) loans and advances permitted under Section  9.2.7 , and (d) Permitted Investments.

Restrictive Agreement : an agreement (other than a Loan Document or an agreement executed in connection with the Revolver Debt, Subordinated Debt or Borrowed Money otherwise permitted pursuant to the Loan Documents) that conditions or restricts the right of a Borrower, any Subsidiary or other Obligor to incur or repay Borrowed Money, to grant Liens on any assets, to declare or make Distributions, to modify, extend or renew any agreement evidencing Borrowed Money, or to repay any intercompany Debt.

Revolver Debt : all Borrowed Money owed to the ABL Creditors (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) pursuant to the Revolver Debt Documents.

Revolver Debt Documents : (i) the Revolver Loan Agreement and (ii) each of the other agreements, instruments and other documents with respect to the Revolver Debt, all as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

Revolver Loan Agreement : that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as June 23, 2015, by and among AGM and Bank of America, N.A. as in effect on the date hereof or as may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

23


Royalties : all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by a Borrower under a License.

S&P : Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successors thereto.

Sanction : any international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States Government (including OFAC), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority.

Secured Parties : Agent and Lenders.

Security Documents : collectively, the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, IP Assignments, Mortgages, Deposit Account Control Agreements, the Pental Collateral Assignment and all other documents, instruments and agreements now or hereafter securing (or given with the intent to secure) any Obligations.

Senior Officer : the chairman of the board, president, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of a Borrower or, if the context requires, an Obligor.

Solvent : as to any Person, such Person (a) owns Property whose fair salable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of its debts (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities); (b) owns Property whose present fair salable value (as defined below) is greater than the probable total liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as they become absolute and matured; (c) is able to pay all of its debts as they mature; (d) has capital that is not unreasonably small for its business and is sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business and transactions in which it is about to engage; (e) is not “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (f) has not incurred (by way of assumption or otherwise) any obligations or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) under any Loan Documents, or made any conveyance in connection therewith, with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of such Person or any of its Affiliates. “ Fair salable value ” means the amount that could be obtained for assets within a reasonable time, either through collection or through sale under ordinary selling conditions by a capable and diligent seller to an interested buyer who is willing (but under no compulsion) to purchase. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Sponsors : collectively, Trive Capital Fund I LP, TCFI G&M SPV LP and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP or any Controlled Investment Affiliate thereof.

SPV : means AG Holdco (SPV) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Subordinated Debt : all Debt incurred by Borrower that is expressly subordinate and junior in right of payment to Full Payment of all Obligations, and is on terms (including maturity, interest, fees, repayment, covenants and subordination) reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

24


Subsidiary : any entity at least 50% of whose voting securities or Equity Interests is owned by a Borrower or combination of Borrowers (including indirect ownership through other entities in which the Borrowers directly or indirectly own 50% of the voting securities or Equity Interests).

Tax Distributions : so long as Parent or a Borrower, as applicable, is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes, quarterly tax distributions on April 10, June 10, September 10 and December 10 of each Fiscal Year by Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, to its members with respect to each Fiscal Year, which, in the aggregate, are in an amount equal to the amount necessary to pay such members’ estimated state and United States federal income tax liabilities in respect of the income earned by Parent or such Borrower, as applicable (which taxable income will include the taxable income of subsidiaries of Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, that are similarly classified as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes), calculated as an amount equal to the product of (A) the net taxable income of the Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, minus any previous net taxable loss of the Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, that is usable by the members of the Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, to offset net taxable income of the Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, and taking into account the characterization of the income of Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, as ordinary income or capital gains and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal purposes, as appropriate, and (B) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to any member of Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, (including under Section 1411 of the Code) and a 10% assumed state tax rate; p rovided however , that to the extent the actual tax liability of members in respect of Parent or such Borrower, as applicable, for a taxable year is less than the sum of the estimated payments described above for the year, then the excess will be deducted from the next quarterly tax distribution.

Taxes : all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan: a loan made pursuant to Section  2.1.1 .

Term Loan Commitment : for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan hereunder, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 2.1 .

Term Loan Commitments means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Term Loan Maturity Date : the earlier to occur of (a) February 28, 2022, or (b) such other date on which the Obligations become due and payable pursuant to Section  10 .

Term Priority Collateral : has the meaning specified therefor in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Term Priority Collateral Proceeds : the Proceeds of the Term Priority Collateral.

 

25


UCC : the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the perfection or enforcement of any Lien, the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction.

Unfunded Pension Liability : the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to the Code, ERISA or the Pension Protection Act of 2006 for the applicable plan year.

U.S. Person : “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate : as defined in Section  5.9.2(b)(iii) .

Value : has the meaning assigned thereto in the Revolver Loan Agreement.

1.2     Accounting Terms . Under the Loan Documents (except as otherwise specified herein), all accounting terms shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations shall be made, and all financial statements shall be prepared, in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with those used in preparing the Financial Statements and using the same inventory valuation method as used in the Financial Statements, except for any change required or permitted by GAAP if Borrowers’ certified public accountants concur in such change, the change is disclosed to Agent, and all relevant provisions of the Loan Documents are amended in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Required Lenders to take into account the effects of the change. All financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities at the fair value thereof.

1.3     Uniform Commercial Code . As used herein, the following terms are defined in accordance with the UCC in effect in the State of New York from time to time: “Account”, “Account Debtor,” “Chattel Paper,” “Commercial Tort Claim,” “Deposit Account,” “Document,” “Electronic Chattel Paper,” “Equipment,” “Fixtures,” “General Intangibles,” “Goods,” “Instrument,” “Inventory,” “Investment Property,” “Letter-of-Credit Right” and “Supporting Obligation.”

1.4     Certain Matters of Construction . The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision. Any pronoun used shall be deemed to cover all genders. In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, “from” means “from and including,” and “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.” The terms “including” and “include” shall mean “including, without limitation” and, for purposes of each Loan Document, the parties agree that the rule of ejusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit any provision. Section titles appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of any Loan Document. All references to (a) laws include all related regulations, interpretations, supplements, amendments and successor provisions; (b) any document, instrument or agreement includes any modifications, extensions or renewals (to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents); (c) any section mean, unless the context otherwise requires, a section of this Agreement; (d) any exhibits or schedules mean, unless the context otherwise

 

26


requires, exhibits and schedules attached hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference; (e) any Person includes successors and assigns; (f) time of day means the time of day at Agent’s notice address under Section  13.4.1 ; or (g) discretion of Agent mean its sole and absolute discretion unless expressly provided otherwise. All references to Loans, Obligations and other amounts herein shall be denominated in Dollars, unless expressly provided otherwise, and all determinations (including calculations of financial covenants) made from time to time under the Loan Documents shall be made in light of the circumstances existing at such time. No provision of any Loan Documents shall be construed against any party by reason of such party having, or being deemed to have, drafted the provision. Reference to a Borrower’s “knowledge” or similar concept means actual knowledge of a Senior Officer, or knowledge that a Senior Officer would have obtained if he or she had engaged in good faith and diligent performance of his or her duties, including reasonably specific inquiries of employees or agents and a good faith attempt to ascertain the matter.

1.5     Time of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.6     Effectiveness of Borrowers .

1.6.1     AGM shall be the initial Borrower . Immediately upon the consummation of the Pental Acquisition, the execution and delivery of the signature pages of Pental and each of its Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto pursuant to this Agreement shall become effective and Pental and each of its Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto shall become a Borrower, and party to this Agreement.

 

2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1     Term Loan Commitment .

2.1.1     Term Loans . Each Lender agrees, severally on a Pro Rata basis up to its Term Loan Commitment, on the terms set forth herein, to make a Term Loan to the Borrowers. The Term Loans shall be funded by Lenders on the Closing Date. The Term Loan Commitment of each Lender shall expire upon the funding by Lenders of the Term Loans on the Closing Date. Once repaid, whether such repayment is voluntary or required, Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

2.1.2     Term Loan Records . The Term Loan made by each Lender and interest accruing thereon shall be evidenced by the records of Agent and such Lender.

2.1.3     Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Term Loan made on the Closing Date shall be used by the Borrowers solely (a) to refinance existing Debt of AGM under the Existing Term Loan Facility; (b) to refinance existing Debt of Pental under the Existing Pental Loan Facility; (c) to fund the Closing Date Dividend; (d) to repay existing Revolver Debt of AGM under the Revolver Loan Agreement in an amount equal to $11,000,000; (e) to pay a portion of the purchase price under the Pental Acquisition Agreement; (f) to pay fees and expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (g) for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers.

 

27


3. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

3.1     Interest .

3.1.1     Rates and Payment of Interest .

(a) The Obligations shall bear interest (i) if a Base Rate Loan, at the Base Rate in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin; (ii) if a LIBOR Loan, at LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, plus the Applicable Margin; and (iii) if any other Obligation (including, to the extent permitted by law, interest not paid when due), at the LIBOR in effect from time to time, plus the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans.

(b) During an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Obligor, or during any other Event of Default if Required Lenders in their discretion so elect, Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate (whether before or after any judgment). Borrowers acknowledge that the cost and expense to Agent and Lenders due to an Event of Default are difficult to ascertain and that the Default Rate is fair and reasonable compensation for this.

(c) Interest shall accrue from the date a Loan is advanced or Obligation is incurred or payable, until paid in full by Borrowers. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be due and payable in arrears, (i) on the first Business Day of each month; (ii) on any date of prepayment, with respect to the principal amount of Loans being prepaid; and (iii) on the Term Loan Maturity Date. Interest accrued on any other Obligations shall be due and payable as provided in the Loan Documents and, if no payment date is specified, shall be due and payable on demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, interest accrued at the Default Rate shall be due and payable on demand.

3.2     Fees .

(a) Closing Fee . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, in accordance with a written agreement among the Agent and the Lenders, a non-refundable closing fee (the “ Closing Fee ”) equal to $2,100,000, which shall be deemed fully earned when paid.

(b) Loan Servicing Fee . From and after the Closing Date and until the Term Loan Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the account of the Agent, a non-refundable loan servicing fee (the “ Loan Servicing Fee ”) equal to an aggregate amount of $6,000 each month, which shall be deemed fully earned when paid and which shall be pro rated for any partial month and payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each calendar month, commencing on April 1, 2017.

3.3     Computation of Interest, Fees, Yield Protection . All interest, fees and other charges calculated on a per annum basis, shall be computed for the actual days elapsed, based on a year of 360 days. Each determination by Agent of any interest, fees or interest rate hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. All fees shall be fully earned when due and shall not be subject to rebate, refund or proration. All fees payable under Section  3.2 are compensation for services and are not, and shall not be deemed to be, interest or any other charge for the use, forbearance or detention of money. A certificate as to

 

28


amounts payable by Borrowers under Section  3.4 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 3.9 or 5.8 , submitted to Borrowers by Agent or the affected Lender shall be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Borrowers shall pay such amounts to the appropriate party within 30 days following receipt of such certificate.

3.4     Reimbursement Obligations . Borrowers shall pay all Extraordinary Expenses promptly upon request. Borrowers also shall reimburse Agent for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting, and other fees, costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with (a) negotiation and preparation of any Loan Documents, including any amendment or other modification thereof; (b) administration of and actions relating to any Collateral, Loan Documents and transactions contemplated thereby, including any actions taken to perfect or maintain priority of Agent’s Liens on any Collateral, to maintain any insurance required hereunder or to verify Collateral; and (c) subject to the limits of Section  9.1.1(b) , each examination, inspection, audit or appraisal with respect to any Obligor or Collateral, whether prepared by Agent’s personnel or a third party. All legal, accounting and consulting fees shall be charged to Borrowers by Agent Professionals at their full hourly rates, regardless of any alternative fee arrangements that Agent, any Lender or any of their Affiliates may have with such professionals that otherwise might apply to this or any other transaction. Borrowers acknowledge that counsel may provide Agent with a benefit (such as a discount, credit or accommodation for other matters) based on counsel’s overall relationship with Agent, including fees paid hereunder. All amounts payable by Borrowers under this Section shall be due on demand.

3.5     Illegality . If any Lender determines that any change in Applicable Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund LIBOR Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon LIBOR, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrowers, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue LIBOR Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon delivery of such notice, Borrowers shall convert all LIBOR Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrowers shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

3.6     Inability to Determine Rates . Agent will promptly notify Borrowers and Lenders if in connection with any Loan (a) Agent determines that (i) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market for the applicable Loan amount or Interest Period or (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period, or (c) Agent or Required Lenders determine for any reason that LIBOR for the Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of funding the Loan. Thereafter, Lenders’ obligations to make or maintain affected LIBOR Loans and utilization of the LIBOR component (if affected) in determining Base Rate shall be suspended until Agent (upon instruction by Required Lenders) revokes the notice. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrowers may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing or continuation of a LIBOR Loan or, failing that, will be deemed to have submitted a request for a Base Rate Loan.

 

29


3.7     Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy .

3.7.1    Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

(a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, liquidity, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in LIBOR);

(b) subject any Recipient to Taxes (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes, (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (iii) Connection Income Taxes) with respect to any Loan, Commitment or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(c) impose on any Lender or any interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting any Loan, Commitment or Loan Document;

and the result in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall be to increase the cost to any Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or Commitment, or converting to or continuing any interest option for a Loan or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by a Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, Borrowers will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

3.7.2     Capital Requirements . If a Lender determines that a Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s, or holding company’s capital as a consequence of this Agreement, or such Lender’s Commitments or Loans to a level below that which such Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrowers will pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate it or its holding company for the reduction suffered.

3.7.3     LIBOR Loan Reserves . If any Lender is required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, Borrowers shall pay additional interest to such Lender on each LIBOR Loan equal to the costs of such reserves allocated to the Loan by the Lender (as determined by it in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive). The additional interest shall be due and payable on each interest payment date for the Loan; provided, however, that if the Lender notifies Borrowers (with a copy to Agent) of the additional interest less than 10 days prior to the interest payment date, then the additional interest shall be payable 10 days after Borrowers’ receipt of the notice.

3.7.4     Compensation . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of its right to demand such

 

30


compensation, but Borrowers shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any increased costs or reductions suffered more than six months (plus any period of retroactivity of the Change in Law giving rise to the demand) prior to the date that the Lender notifies Borrowers of the applicable Change in Law and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

3.8     Mitigation . If any Lender gives a notice under Section  3.5 or requests compensation under Section  3.7 , or if Borrowers are required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts with respect to a Lender under Section  5.8 , then at the request of Borrowers, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate the need for such notice or eliminate or reduce amounts payable or to be withheld in the future, as applicable; and (b) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to it or unlawful. Borrowers shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.9     Funding Losses . If for any reason (a) any repayment or conversion of a LIBOR Loan occurs on a day other than the end of its Interest Period, (b) Borrowers fail to repay a LIBOR Loan when required hereunder, or (c) a Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) is required to assign a LIBOR Loan prior to the end of its Interest Period pursuant to Section  12.4 , then Borrowers shall pay to Agent its customary administrative charge and to each Lender all resulting losses and expenses, including loss of anticipated profits and any loss, expense or fee arising from redeployment of funds or termination of match fundings. For purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded a LIBOR Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and period, whether or not the Loan was in fact so funded.

3.10      Maximum Interest . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by Applicable Law (“ maximum rate ”). If Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the maximum rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Obligations or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by Agent or a Lender exceeds the maximum rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest; (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof; and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

4. LOAN ADMINISTRATION

4.1      Intentionally Omitted .

4.2      Defaulting Lender . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary.

4.2.1     Reallocation of Pro Rata Share; Amendments . For purposes of determining Lenders’ obligations or rights to fund, participate in or receive collections with

 

31


respect to Loans, Agent may in its discretion reallocate Pro Rata shares by excluding the Commitments and Loans of a Defaulting Lender from the calculation of such shares. A Defaulting Lender shall have no right to vote on any amendment, waiver or other modification of a Loan Document, except as provided in Section  13.1.1(c) .

4.2.2     Payments; Fees . Agent may, in its Permitted Discretion, receive and retain any amounts payable to a Defaulting Lender under the Loan Documents, and a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed to have assigned to Agent such amounts until all Obligations owing to Agent, non-Defaulting Lenders and other Secured Parties have been paid in full in cash. Agent may use such amounts to cover the Defaulting Lender’s defaulted obligations or to readvance the amounts to Borrowers. A Lender shall not be entitled to receive any fees accruing hereunder during the period in which it is a Defaulting Lender.

4.2.3     Status; Cure . Agent may determine in its Permitted Discretion that a Lender constitutes a Defaulting Lender and the effective date of such status shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, absent manifest error. Borrowers and Agent may agree in writing that a Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender, whereupon Pro Rata shares shall be reallocated without exclusion of the reinstated Lender’s Commitments and Loans among Lenders and settled by Agent (with appropriate payments by the reinstated Lender, including payment of any breakage costs for reallocated LIBOR Loans) in accordance with the readjusted Pro Rata shares. Unless expressly agreed by Borrowers and Agent, no reinstatement of a Defaulting Lender shall constitute a waiver or release of claims against such Lender. The failure of any Lender to fund a Loan or otherwise to perform obligations hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations under any Loan Document, and no Lender shall be responsible for default by another Lender.

4.3     Intentionally Omitted .

4.4     One Obligation . The Loans and other Obligations shall constitute one general obligation of Borrowers and are secured by Agent’s Lien on all Collateral.

4.5     Effect of Termination . Until Full Payment of the Obligations, all undertakings of Borrowers contained in the Loan Documents shall continue, and Agent shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents. Agent shall not be required to terminate its Liens unless it receives Cash Collateral or a written agreement, in each case satisfactory to it, protecting Agent and Lenders from dishonor or return of any Payment Item previously applied to the Obligations. Sections 3.4 , 3.6 , 3.7 , 3.9 , 5.5 , 5.7 , 5.8 , 5.9 , 11 , 13.3 , this Section, and each indemnity or waiver given by an Obligor in any Loan Document, shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations.

 

5. PAYMENTS

5.1     General Payment Provisions . All payments of Obligations shall be made in Dollars, without offset, counterclaim or defense of any kind, free and clear of (and without deduction for) any Taxes, and in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 noon on the due date. Any payment after such time shall be deemed made on the next Business Day. Any payment of a LIBOR Loan prior to the end of its Interest Period shall be accompanied by all

 

32


amounts due under Section  3.9 . Borrowers agree that Agent shall have the continuing, exclusive right to apply and reapply payments and proceeds of Collateral against Obligations, in such manner as Agent deems advisable, but whenever possible, any prepayment of Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans and then to LIBOR Loans.

 

  5.2      Repayment of Term Loans .

5.2.1     Payment of Principal . The principal amount of the Term Loan shall be repayable in consecutive quarterly installments, equal to $262,500 per quarter, each such installment to be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of the following Fiscal Quarter, with the first such payment payable on July 1, 2017. On the Term Loan Maturity Date, all unpaid principal, interest and other amounts owing with respect to the Term Loans shall be due and payable in full. Each installment shall be paid to Agent for the Pro Rata benefit of Lenders. Once repaid, whether such repayment is voluntary or required, Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

5.2.2     Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) Within five days after delivery to Agent of Borrowers’ audited annual financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1.2 (the “ ECF Payment Date ”), commencing with the delivery to Agent of the audited annual financial statements for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2017, Borrowers shall (i) deliver to Agent a written calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such Fiscal Year, certified by a Senior Officer of the Parent, and (ii) (A) if the Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.25:1.00 as of the last day of such Fiscal Year, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in an amount equal to the result of (to the extent positive) (1) 75% of the Excess Cash Flow of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the aggregate principal amount of all payments made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section  5.2.3 for such Fiscal Year or, at the option of the Borrowers, prior to the ECF Payment Date, so long as, to the extent any deduction is made pursuant to the foregoing clause (2) after such Fiscal Year and prior to when such Excess Cash Flow prepayment is due, such prepayment shall not be deducted with respect to the Excess Cash Flow prepayment for the succeeding Fiscal Year, or (B) if the Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 as of the last day of such Fiscal Year, prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in an amount equal to the result of (to the extent positive) (1) 50% of the Excess Cash Flow of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year minus (2) the aggregate principal amount of all payments made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section  5.2.3 for such Fiscal Year or, at the option of the Borrowers, prior to the ECF Payment Date, so long as, to the extent any deduction is made pursuant to the foregoing clause (2) after such Fiscal Year and prior to when such Excess Cash Flow prepayment is due, such prepayment shall not be deducted with respect to the Excess Cash Flow prepayment for the succeeding Fiscal Year (the “ Excess Cash Flow Payment Amount ”); provided, that if the Payment Conditions are not satisfied at the time such payment is due, Borrowers shall pay such portion of the Excess Cash Flow Payment Amount permitted to be paid on such date, if any, and shall on the first day of each month thereafter, pay such portion of the unpaid amount of the Excess Cash Flow Payment Amount permitted to be paid such that the Payment Conditions are satisfied until such time as the entire Excess Cash Flow Payment Amount has been paid in full;

 

33


(b) Concurrently with any disposition of assets of an Obligor in excess of $750,000 in any Fiscal Year (excluding the sale or other transfer of Inventory and Accounts in the Ordinary Course of Business), Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds of such disposition; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the recipient of any such Net Proceeds may reinvest such Net Proceeds within (i) 180 days of such disposition in replacement assets performing the same or similar functions; or (ii) within 270 days of such disposition if Borrowers have entered into a binding commitment to make such reinvestment in replacement assets performing the same or similar functions within the 180 day period referred to in clause (i) provided that, (A) to the extent such disposition relates to ABL Priority Collateral, such ABL Priority Collateral Proceeds shall be applied (i) first, to Revolver Debt until paid in full and (ii) second, to the Term Loans until paid in full and (B) to the extent such disposition relates to Term Priority Collateral, such Term Priority Collateral Proceeds shall be applied (i) first, to the Term Loan until paid in full and (ii) second, to the Revolver Debt until paid in full;

(c) Concurrently with the receipt by any Obligor of any proceeds of any insurance or condemnation award in excess of $2,500,000, the recipient of such proceeds shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to such proceeds; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the recipient of any such proceeds may reinvest such proceeds (only to the extent that the aggregate amount of such proceeds from any single casualty or condemnation award do not exceed $7,000,000) within (i) 180 days of such disposition in replacement assets performing the same or similar functions or (ii) within 270 days of such disposition if Borrowers have entered into a binding commitment to make such reinvestment in replacement assets performing the same or similar functions within the 180 day period referred to in clause (i); provided that, (A) to the extent such proceeds of insurance or condemnation award relates to ABL Priority Collateral, such ABL Priority Collateral Proceeds shall be applied (i) first, to Revolver Debt until paid in full and (ii) second, to the Term Loans until paid in full and (B) to the extent such proceeds of insurance or condemnation award relates to Term Priority Collateral, such Term Priority Collateral Proceeds shall be applied (i) first, to the Term Loan until paid in full and (ii) second, to the Revolver Debt until paid in full;

(d) Concurrently with any issuance of Equity Interests (including issuances of Equity Interests constituting Equity Cure Contributions, but excluding issuances of Equity Interests constituting “Equity Cure Contributions” (as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement)) by any Obligor, Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to the net proceeds of such issuance;

(e) Concurrently with any issuance of Debt (other than Debt permitted by Section  9.2.1 ) by any Obligor, Borrowers shall prepay the Term Loan in an amount equal to the net proceeds of such issuance;

(f) [reserved];

(g) Concurrently with the receipt of any Extraordinary Receipts by any Obligor, Borrowers shall prepay Term Loans in an amount equal to such proceeds; provided that to the extent such proceeds relates to ABL Priority Collateral, such ABL Priority Collateral Proceeds shall be applied (i) first, to Revolver Debt until paid in full and (ii) second, to the Term Loans until paid in full.

 

34


5.2.3     Optional Prepayments . Borrowers may, at their option, upon two Business Days prior written notice to Agent, from time to time, prepay the Term Loans, which prepayment must be at least $250,000, plus any increment of $100,000 in excess thereof. Borrowers shall give written notice to Agent of an intended prepayment of Term Loans, which notice shall specify the amount of the prepayment, shall be irrevocable once given.

5.2.4     Premium; Interest; Application of Prepayments . (a) (i) Any optional prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2.3 (other than a prepayment arising in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering of the equity interests of any Obligor or the sale of all or substantially all assets of the Borrowers), shall, be accompanied by a prepayment premium equal to: (A) with respect to any such prepayments made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 3.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid, (B) with respect to any such prepayments made on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid and (C) thereafter, zero; and (ii) any prepayment of the Term Loans arising in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering of the equity interests of any Obligor or the sale of all or substantially all assets of the Borrowers shall, in each case, be accompanied by a prepayment premium equal to: (A) with respect to any such prepayments made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.00% of the principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid, and (B) thereafter, zero. Each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section  5.2 shall be accompanied by all interest accrued thereon and any amounts payable under Section  3.9 , and shall be applied to principal in inverse order of maturity.

(b) In the event of the termination of this Agreement and repayment of the Term Loans at any time prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date as a result of (i) termination upon the election of the Required Lenders to terminate after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (ii) foreclosure and sale of all of the Collateral, (iii) sale of the Collateral in any Insolvency Proceeding, or (iv) restructuring, reorganization, or compromise of the Obligations by the confirmation of a plan of reorganization or any other plan of compromise, restructuring, or arrangement in any Insolvency Proceeding, then the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the account of the Lenders, the prepayment premium specified in Section 5.2.4(a), if any, measured as of the date of such repayment.

5.3     Payment of Other Obligations . Obligations other than Loans, including Extraordinary Expenses, shall be paid by Borrowers as provided in the Loan Documents or, if no payment date is specified, on demand .

5.4     Intentionally Omitted .

5.5     Marshaling; Payments Set Aside . None of Agent or Lenders shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Obligor or against any Obligations. If any payment by or on behalf of Borrowers is made to Agent or any Lender, or if Agent or any Lender exercises a right of setoff, and any of such payment or setoff is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any

 

35


settlement entered into by Agent or a Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person, then the Obligation originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies relating thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or setoff had not occurred.

5.6     Application of Payments .

5.6.1     Application . Payments made by Borrowers hereunder shall be applied: (a) first, as specifically required hereby; (b) second, to Obligations then due and owing; (c) third, to other Obligations specified by Borrowers; and (d) fourth, as determined by Agent in its discretion.

5.6.2     Post-Default Allocation . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may, and upon the direction of the Agent or the Required Lenders shall, apply all payments in respect of any Obligations and all proceeds of the Collateral as follows:

(a) except to the extent provided in clause (b) below, (A) first , ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees, expense reimbursements, indemnities and other amounts then due and payable to the Agent until paid in full; (B) second , ratably to pay the Obligations in respect of any fees (excluding any fees or premiums owed pursuant to Section  5.2.4 hereunder), expense reimbursements and indemnities then due and payable to the Lenders until paid in full; (C)  third , ratably to pay interest then due and payable in respect of the Term Loan until paid in full; (D)  fourth , ratably to pay principal of the Term Loan until paid in full; (E) fifth , ratably to pay any fees or premiums owed pursuant to Section  5.2.4 hereunder then due and payable until paid in full; (F)  sixth , to the ratable payment of all other Obligations then due and payable until paid in full; and

(b) with respect to the Proceeds of any disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or Equity Interests of any Person or any insurance, which disposition or proceeds of insurance includes both (x) ABL Priority Collateral and (y) Term Priority Collateral, such Proceeds and payments using such Proceeds shall be applied in a manner mutually determined by the Agent and the Revolver Agent acting reasonably and in good faith.

Amounts shall be applied to payment of each category of Obligations only after Full Payment of amounts payable from time to time under all preceding categories. If amounts are insufficient to satisfy a category, they shall be paid ratably among outstanding Obligations in the category. The allocations set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above in this Section are solely to determine the rights and priorities among Secured Parties, and may be changed by agreement of the affected Secured Parties, without the consent of any Obligor. Clauses (a) and (b) above in this Section are not for the benefit of or enforceable by any Obligor, and each Obligor irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any payments or Collateral proceeds subject to this Section.

5.6.3      Erroneous Application . Agent shall not be liable for any application of amounts made by it in good faith and, if any such application is subsequently determined to have been made in error, the sole recourse of any Lender or other Person to which such amount should have been made shall be to recover the amount from the Person that actually received it (and, if such amount was received by a Secured Party, the Secured Party agrees to return it).

 

36


5.7     Account Stated . Agent shall maintain, in accordance with its customary practices, loan account(s) evidencing the Debt of Borrowers hereunder. Any failure of Agent to record anything in a loan account, or any error in doing so, shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrowers to pay any amount owing hereunder. Entries made in a loan account shall constitute presumptive evidence of the information contained therein. If any information contained in a loan account is provided to or inspected by any Person, the information shall be conclusive and binding on such Person for all purposes absent manifest error, except to the extent such Person notifies Agent in writing within 30 days after receipt or inspection that specific information is subject to dispute.

5.8     Taxes .

5.8.1     Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Tax Payment .

(a) All payments of Obligations by Obligors shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If Applicable Law (as determined by Agent in its discretion) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by Agent or an Obligor, then Agent or such Obligor shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding based on information and documentation provided pursuant to this Section  5.8.1 .

(b) If Agent or any Obligor is required by any Applicable Law other than the Code to withhold or deduct Taxes from any payment, then (i) Agent or such Obligor, to the extent required by Applicable Law, shall timely pay the full amount to be withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority, and (ii) to the extent the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Obligor shall be increased as necessary so that the Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

5.8.2     Payment of Other Taxes . Without limiting the foregoing, Obligors shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law or, at Agent’s option, timely reimburse Agent for payment of any Other Taxes.

5.8.3     Tax Indemnification .

(a) Obligors shall indemnify and hold harmless, on a joint and several basis, each Recipient against any Indemnified Taxes (including those imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Each Obligor shall make payment within 10 days after demand for any amount or liability payable under this Section. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to Agent) or by Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Recipient, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

37


(b) Each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless, on a several basis, Agent against (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent any Obligor has not already paid or reimbursed Agent therefor and without limiting the Obligors’ obligation to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s maintenance of a Participant Register as required hereunder, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Agent in connection with any Obligations, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Each Lender shall make payment within 10 days after demand for any amount or liability payable under this Section  5.8.3(b) . A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Agent under this Section  5.8.3(b) .

5.8.4     Evidence of Payments . If Agent or an Obligor pays any Taxes pursuant to this Section, then upon request, Agent or Borrowers, as applicable, shall deliver to the other a copy of a receipt issued by the appropriate Governmental Authority evidencing the payment, a copy of any return required by Applicable Law to report the payment, or other evidence of payment reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party.

5.8.5     Treatment of Certain Refunds . Unless required by Applicable Law, at no time shall Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, nor have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of a Lender. If a Recipient determines in its discretion that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by an Obligor or with respect to which an Obligor has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay the indemnifying Obligor an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Obligor with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) incurred by such Recipient, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that each Obligor agrees, upon request by the Recipient, to repay the amount paid over to such Obligor (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Recipient if the Recipient is required to repay such refund to the Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything in this Section  5.8.5 to the contrary, no Recipient shall be required to pay any amount to any Obligor if such payment would place the Recipient in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. In no event shall Agent or any Recipient be required to make its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) available to any Obligor or other Person.

5.8.6     Survival . Each party’s obligations under Sections 5.8 and 5.9 shall survive the resignation or replacement of Agent or any assignment of rights by or replacement of a Lender, the termination of the Commitments, and the repayment, satisfaction, discharge or Full Payment of any Obligations.

 

38


5.8.7     Defined Terms . For purposes of Section  5.8 and 5.9 , references to the term “Applicable Law” include FATCA.

5.9      Lender Tax Information .

5.9.1     Status of Lenders . Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments of Obligations shall deliver to Borrowers and Agent at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent and at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent or prescribed by Applicable Law as will permit such payments to be made without or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent to enable them to determine whether such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such documentation (other than documentation described in Sections 5.9.2(a) , (b) and (d) ) shall not be required if a Lender reasonably believes delivery of the documentation would subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice its legal or commercial position.

5.9.2     Documentation . Without limiting the foregoing, if any Borrower is a U.S. Person,

(a) Any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrowers and Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (and from time to time thereafter upon reasonable request of Borrowers or Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 (or applicable successor form), certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding Tax;

(b) Any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrowers and Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (and from time to time thereafter upon reasonable request of Borrowers or Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(i) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or applicable successor form), establishing an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty, and (y) with respect to other payments under the Loan Documents, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or applicable successor form), establishing an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

(ii) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form);

 

39


(iii) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate in form satisfactory to Agent to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”), and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or applicable successor form); or

(iv) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, (or applicable successor form), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate in form satisfactory to Agent, IRS Form W-9 (or applicable successor form), and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(c) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrowers and Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender hereunder (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrowers or Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit Borrowers or Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(d) if payment of an Obligation to a Lender would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code), such Lender shall deliver to Borrowers and Agent at the time(s) prescribed by law and otherwise as reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrowers or Agent as may be necessary for them to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with its obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (d), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date hereof.

5.9.3     Redelivery of Documentation . If any form or certification previously delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, such Lender shall promptly update the form or certification or notify Borrowers and Agent in writing of its inability to do so.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1     Conditions Precedent to Loans . In addition to the conditions set forth in Section  6.2 , Lenders shall not be required to fund any requested Loan or otherwise extend credit to Borrowers hereunder, until the date (“ Closing Date ”) that each of the conditions precedent set forth on Exhibit C has been satisfied.

 

40


6.2      Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Agent and Lenders shall not be required to fund any Loans or grant any other accommodation to or for the benefit of Borrowers, unless the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date or would result from this Agreement or the other Loan Documents becoming effective in accordance with its or their respective terms.

(b) The representations and warranties of each Obligor in each Loan Document, certificate or other writing delivered to any Secured Party pursuant hereto or thereto on or prior to the Closing Date shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations or warranties that already are qualified or modified as to materiality or “Material Adverse Effect” in the text thereof, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects subject to such qualification) on and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such representation or warranty expressly relates solely to an earlier date (in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct on and as of such earlier date); and

(c) No event shall have occurred or circumstance exist that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each request (or deemed request) by Borrowers for funding of a Loan shall constitute a representation by Borrowers that the foregoing conditions are satisfied on the date of such request and on the date of such funding.

 

7. CERTAIN COLLATERAL/FURTHER ASSURANCES

7.1     Real Estate Collateral .

7.1.1     Lien on Real Estate . If any Obligor hereafter acquires any interest in Real Estate with a value in excess of $1,000,000, such Obligor shall, within 60 days (or such later date in Agent’s reasonable discretion), execute, deliver and record a Mortgage sufficient to create a first priority Lien in favor of Agent on such Real Estate, and shall deliver all Related Real Estate Documents.

7.1.2     Collateral Assignment of Leases . To further secure the prompt payment and performance of its Obligations, each Obligor hereby transfers and assigns to Agent all of such Obligor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all now or hereafter existing leases of real Property to which such Obligor is a party, whether as lessor or lessee, and all extensions, renewals, modifications and proceeds thereof.

7.2      Cash Collateral . Cash Collateral may be invested, at Agent’s discretion (and with the prior written consent of Borrowers, as long as no Event of Default exists), but Agent shall have no duty to do so, regardless of any agreement or course of dealing with Borrowers,

 

41


and shall have no responsibility for any investment or loss. As security for their Obligations, Borrowers hereby grant to Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a security interest in and Lien upon all Cash Collateral held from time to time and all proceeds thereof, whether held in a Cash Collateral Account or otherwise. Agent may apply Cash Collateral to the payment of Obligations as they become due, in such order as Agent may elect. Each Cash Collateral Account and all Cash Collateral shall be under the sole dominion and control of Agent, and neither Borrowers nor any other Person (other than the applicable depository bank) shall have any right to any Cash Collateral, until Full Payment of the Obligations.

7.3     Extent of Liens . All Liens granted to Agent under the Loan Documents are for the benefit of Secured Parties. Borrowers authorize Agent to file any financing statement that describes the Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of Borrowers, or words to similar effect, and ratifies any action taken by Agent before the Closing Date to effect or perfect its Lien on any Collateral.

 

8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

8.1     General Representations and Warranties . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make available the Commitments and Loans, each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that:

8.1.1     Organization and Qualification . Each Obligor and its Subsidiaries, is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its organization. Each Obligor and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary, except (solely for the purposes of this subclause) where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.2     Power and Authority . Each Obligor and its Subsidiaries are duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and do not (a) require any consent or approval of any holders of Equity Interests of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor, except those already obtained; (b) contravene the Organic Documents of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor; (c) violate or cause a default under any Applicable Law or Material Contract; or (d) result in or require the imposition of a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on Borrower’s Property.

8.1.3     Enforceability . This Agreement is, and each other Loan Document to which any Obligor is or will be a party, when delivered hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Obligor party thereto, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

8.1.4     Capital Structure . On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby to occur on the Closing Date, Schedule 8.1.4 shows, for Parent

 

42


and its Subsidiaries, its name, jurisdiction of organization, authorized and issued Equity Interests, holders of its Equity Interests, and agreements binding on such holders with respect to such Equity Interests. Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.4 , in the five years preceding the Closing Date, no Borrower or Subsidiary has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination. Each Borrower has good title to its Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries (if any), subject only to Agent’s Lien and Liens securing the Revolver Debt, and all such Equity Interests are duly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.1.4 , there are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries.

8.1.5     Title to Properties; Priority of Liens . Each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to (or valid leasehold interests in) all of its Real Estate, and good title to all of its personal Property reflected in any financial statements delivered to Agent or Lenders, in each case free of Liens except Permitted Liens. Each the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries has paid and discharged all lawful claims (other than such claims Properly Contested) that, if unpaid, could become a Lien on its Properties, other than Permitted Liens. All Liens of Agent in the Collateral are duly perfected, first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

8.1.6     Accounts . Borrowers warrant, with respect to each Account at the time it is shown as an Eligible Account (as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement) in a Borrowing Base Certificate, that: (a) it is genuine and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is not evidenced by a judgment; (b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods or rendition of services in the Ordinary Course of Business, and substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto; (c) it is for a sum certain, maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale or rendition of services, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to Agent on request; (d) it is not subject to any offset, Lien (other than Permitted Liens), deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or other adverse condition except as arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and disclosed to Agent; (e) no purchase order, agreement, document or Applicable Law restricts assignment of the Account to Agent (regardless of whether, under the UCC, the restriction is ineffective); (f) no extension, compromise, settlement, modification, credit, deduction or return has been authorized with respect to the Account, except discounts or allowances granted in the Ordinary Course of Business for prompt payment that are reflected on the face of the invoice related thereto and in the reports submitted to Agent hereunder and (g) to the best of Borrowers’ knowledge, (i) there are no facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to impair the enforceability or collectability of such Account; (ii) the Account Debtor had the capacity to contract when the Account arose, is not subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, and has not failed, or suspended or ceased doing business; and (iii) there are no proceedings or actions threatened or pending against any Account Debtor that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Account Debtor’s financial condition, as reasonably determined by the Borrowers in good faith.

8.1.7     Financial Statements .

(a) The Financial Statements, copies of which have been delivered to Agent and each Lender, fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Parent and its

 

43


Subsidiaries as at the respective dates thereof and the consolidated results of operations of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal periods ended on such respective dates, all in accordance with GAAP. All material indebtedness and other liabilities (including, without limitation, Debt, liabilities for taxes, long-term leases and other unusual forward or long-term commitments), direct or contingent, of the Parent and its Subsidiaries are set forth in the Financial Statements. Since December 31, 2015 no event or development has occurred with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries (other than Pental) that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2016 no event or development has occurred with respect to Pental and its Subsidiaries that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Parent has heretofore furnished to Agent (i) projected quarterly balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the period from January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2021, and (ii) projected annual balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the Fiscal Years ending in December 31, 2017 through December 31, 2021, which projected financial statements shall be updated from time to time pursuant to clause (e) of Exhibit D. The forecasted balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows of Parent and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to this Agreement were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair and reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, Parent’s reasonable estimate of its future financial condition and performance (it being understood and agreed that (x) any financial or business projections or forecasts furnished are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of any such Obligor, (y) no assurance is given by any such Obligor that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (z) the actual results may differ from the forecast results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material).

8.1.8     Surety Obligations . Neither Borrowers nor their Subsidiaries are obligated as surety or indemnitor under any bond or other contract that assures payment or performance of any obligation of any Person, except as permitted hereunder.

8.1.9     Taxes . Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have filed all federal and other material tax returns and other material reports that it is required by law to file, and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Taxes upon it, its income and its Properties that are due and payable, except to the extent being Properly Contested. The provision for Taxes on the books of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for their current Fiscal Year.

8.1.10     Brokers . Other than as set forth on Schedule 8.1.10 , there are no brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or investment banking fees payable in connection with any transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

44


8.1.11     Intellectual Property .

(a)    The Obligors own or have the lawful right to use all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business, without conflict with any rights of others.

(b)    There is no pending or, to Borrowers’ knowledge, threatened Intellectual Property Claim with respect to Borrowers, any Subsidiary or any of their Property (including any Intellectual Property). Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.11 , neither Borrowers nor their Subsidiaries pay or owe any Royalty or other compensation to any Person with respect to any Intellectual Property.

(c)    All Intellectual Property owned, used or licensed by, or otherwise subject to any interests of, Borrowers or their Subsidiaries is shown on Schedule 8.1.11 (as amended from time to time).

(d)    Except as set forth in Schedule 8.1.11 , and except for non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business (to the extent constituting a Permitted Lien), none of the Intellectual Property of any Obligor is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Obligor is the licensor or franchisor.

(e)    To each Obligor’s knowledge, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any governmental authority against any Obligor which limits, cancels or questions the validity of, or any Obligor’s ownership interest in, any Intellectual Property owned by any Obligor in any material respect.

8.1.12     Governmental Approvals . Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have, are in material compliance with, and are in good standing with respect to, all Governmental Approvals necessary to conduct its business and to own, lease and operate all of its material Properties, except where noncompliance (or failure to be in good standing) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All necessary import, export or other licenses, permits or certificates for the import or handling of any goods or other Collateral have been procured and are in effect, and Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have complied with all foreign and domestic laws with respect to the shipment and importation of any goods or Collateral, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.1.13     Compliance with Laws . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.13 : (i) Borrowers and their Subsidiaries have duly complied, and their Properties and business operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with all Applicable Law, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.; (ii) no Inventory has been produced in violation of Applicable Law, including the FLSA; (iii) no Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s present operations (or to Borrowers’ knowledge, past operations), Real Estate or other Properties are subject to any federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any remedial action is needed to address any Environmental Release; (iv) no Borrower or Subsidiary has received any Environmental Notice; (v) to Borrowers’ knowledge, there are no Environmental Releases or Hazardous Materials on any Real Estate now owned, leased or operated by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries which would result in material liability arising under any Environmental Law.

 

45


8.1.14     Burdensome Contracts . Neither Borrowers nor any of their Subsidiaries is party or subject to any Restrictive Agreement, except as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 . No such Restrictive Agreement prohibits the execution, delivery or performance of any Loan Document by Borrowers.

8.1.15     Litigation . Except as shown on Schedule 8.1.15 , there are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of any Obligor, threatened in writing against any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor, or any of their businesses, operations, Properties, prospects or conditions, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect if determined adversely to Borrowers or their Subsidiaries. Except as shown on Schedule 8.1.15 , no Obligor has a Commercial Tort Claim (other than, as long as no Event of Default exists, a Commercial Tort Claim for less than $2,000,000). No Borrower or Subsidiary is in default with respect to any order, injunction or judgment of any Governmental Authority.

8.1.16     No Defaults . No event or circumstance has occurred or exists that constitutes a Default or Event of Default. No Borrower is in material default, and no event or circumstance has occurred or exists that with the passage of time or giving of notice could constitute a material default, under any Material Contract other than as is being Properly Contested.

8.1.17     ERISA . Except as disclosed on Schedule 8.1.17 :

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and other federal and state laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter (or opinion letter) from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of Borrowers, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate has met, in all material respects all applicable requirements under the Code, ERISA and the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards or an extension of any amortization period has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrowers, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction or, to the knowledge of Borrowers violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iv) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan;

 

46


(v) no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; (vi) as of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, the funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 430(d)(2) of the Code) is at least 60%, and no Obligor or ERISA Affiliate knows of any fact or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to cause the funding target attainment percentage for any such plan to drop below 60% as of such date.

8.1.18     Parent and SPV . (a) Parent has not engaged in any activities other than acting as a holding company and transactions and activities incidental thereto, entering into and performing its obligations under the Loan Documents and the Management Agreement and does not hold any assets other than all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of Borrowers and proceeds thereof and contractual rights pursuant to the Loan Documents and (b) SPV has not engaged in any activities other than entering into and performing its obligations under the Revolver Debt Documents and the Artisan Company Agreement and does not hold any assets other than (i) membership interests under the Artisan Company Agreement and (ii) fifty (50) quotas, representing a one percent (1%) equity ownership interest, of CECAFE.

8.1.19     Trade Relations . To the knowledge of Borrowers, there exists no actual or threatened termination of any business relationship between Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and any customer or supplier, or any group of customers or suppliers, who individually or in the aggregate are material to the business of Borrowers or such Subsidiary.

8.1.20     Labor Relations . Neither Borrowers nor their Subsidiaries are party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement. There are no material grievances, disputes or controversies with any union or other organization of Borrowers’ or their Subsidiaries’ employees, or, to Borrowers’ knowledge, any asserted or threatened strikes, work stoppages or demands for collective bargaining.

8.1.21     Payable Practices . Borrowers have not made any material change in their historical accounts payable practices that would have an adverse impact on Borrowers from those in effect on the Closing Date.

8.1.22     Not a Regulated Entity . No Borrower is an “investment company” or a “person directly or indirectly controlled by or acting on behalf of an investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (b) subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, any public utilities code or any other Applicable Law regarding its authority to incur Debt.

8.1.23     Margin Stock . No Borrower is engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No Loan proceeds will be used by any Borrower to purchase or carry, or to reduce or refinance any Debt incurred to purchase or carry, any Margin Stock or for any related purpose governed by Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors..

8.1.24     OFAC . Neither Borrowers nor, to the knowledge of Borrowers, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative thereof, is an individual or entity currently the subject of any Sanctions. Borrowers are not located, organized or resident in a

 

47


Designated Jurisdiction. No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.1.25     Deposit Accounts . Schedule 9.1.9 (as amended from time to time) sets forth all Deposit Accounts maintained by Borrowers.

8.1.26     Anti-Corruption Laws . Each Obligor and its respective Subsidiaries has conducted its business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and has instituted and maintained policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

8.1.27     Material Contracts . Set forth on Schedule 8.1.27 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Material Contracts of each Obligor, showing the parties and subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto. Each such Material Contract is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against each Obligor that is a party thereto and, to the knowledge of such Obligor, all other parties thereto in accordance with its terms, except, in each case, as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

8.1.28     Customers and Suppliers . There exists no actual or threatened (in writing) termination or cancellation of the business relationship between (i) any Obligor, on the one hand, and any customer or any group thereof, on the other hand, whose agreements with any Obligor are governed by a Material Contract, or (ii) any Obligor, on the one hand, and any supplier or any group thereof, on the other hand, whose agreements with any Obligor are governed by a Material Contract.

8.1.29     Pental Acquisition Documents . The Parent has delivered to the Agent a complete and correct copy of the Pental Acquisition Documents as of the Closing Date, including all schedules and exhibits thereto. Each Pental Acquisition Document sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no other agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the matters covered thereby not delivered to the Agent. The execution, delivery and performance of the Pental Acquisition Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action (including, without limitation, the obtaining of any consent of stockholders or other holders of Equity Interests required by law or by any applicable corporate or other organizational documents) on the part of the Borrowers. Each Pental Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrowers that are parties thereto, enforceable against such Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity.

8.1.30     Solvency . After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the making of the Term Loan, the Obligors on a consolidated basis are Solvent.

 

48


8.2     Complete Disclosure . No Loan Document contains any untrue statement of a material fact, nor fails to disclose any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading. There is no fact or circumstance that any Obligor has failed to disclose to Lender in writing that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

9.1     Affirmative Covenants . So long as any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, each Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1.1     Inspections; Appraisals .

(a) Permit Agent from time to time, subject to reasonable notice (except when an Event of Default exists) and during normal business hours, to visit and inspect the Properties of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, inspect, audit and make extracts from Borrowers’ or their Subsidiaries’ books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations. Lenders may participate in any such visit or inspection, at their own expense. Neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to Borrowers to make any inspection, or to share any results of any inspection, appraisal or report with Borrowers; provided, Borrowers shall provide Agent with copies of the results of any inspection, appraisal or report obtained by Bank of America, N.A. in connection with the Revolver Debt Documents. Borrowers acknowledge that all inspections, appraisals and reports are prepared by Agent and Lenders for their purposes, and Borrowers shall not be entitled to rely upon them.

(b) Reimburse Agent for its reasonable charges, costs and expenses in connection with (i) examinations of any Obligor’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as Agent deems reasonably appropriate, up to one time per Fiscal Year; and (ii) appraisals of Inventory, up to one time per Fiscal Year; provided, that , that if an examination or appraisal is initiated during an Event of Default, all reasonable charges, costs and expenses therefor shall be reimbursed by Borrowers without regard to such limits. Subject to and without limiting the foregoing, Borrowers agree to pay Agent’s then standard charges for examination activities, including the standard charges of Agent’s internal examination and appraisal groups, as well as the charges of any third party used for such purposes.

9.1.2     Financial and Other Information . Keep adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities, in which proper entries are made in accordance with GAAP reflecting all financial transactions; and furnish to Agent all financial statements, reports and other items set forth on Exhibit D no later than the time specified therein.

9.1.3     Intentionally Omitted .

9.1.4     Notices . Notify Agent in writing of any of the items set forth on Exhibit E that affects an Obligor no later than the time specified therein.

 

49


9.1.5     Compliance with Laws . Comply with all Applicable Laws, including ERISA, Environmental Laws, FLSA, OSHA, Anti-Terrorism Laws, and laws regarding collection and payment of Taxes, and maintain all Governmental Approvals necessary to the ownership of its Properties or conduct of its business, unless failure to comply (other than failure to comply with Anti-Terrorism Laws or the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended) or maintain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Environmental Release from Borrowers’ operations requiring reporting under Environmental Law occurs at or on any Properties of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, it shall report such Environmental Release to Agent and act promptly and diligently to investigate and report to all Governmental Authorities the extent of such Environmental Release as required by Applicable Law, and to make appropriate remedial action to investigate and remediate, such Environmental Release to the extent required under Environmental Law to be performed by Borrowers.

9.1.6     Taxes . Pay and discharge all Taxes prior to the date on which they become delinquent or penalties attach, unless such Taxes are being Properly Contested. If an Account of Obligor includes a charge for any Taxes, Agent is authorized, in its discretion and subject to Section  4.1.1(b) , to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of Obligor and to charge Obligor therefor; provided , however , that neither Agent nor Lenders shall be liable for any Taxes that may be due from Obligor or with respect to any Collateral.

9.1.7     Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance with respect to the Collateral, covering casualty, hazard, theft, malicious mischief, flood and other risks, in amounts, with endorsements and with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A-, unless otherwise approved by Agent in its Permitted Discretion) satisfactory to Agent. All proceeds under each policy shall be payable to an account at the Agent. From time to time upon the reasonable request, Borrowers shall deliver to Agent the originals or certified copies of its insurance policies. Unless Agent shall agree otherwise, each policy shall include satisfactory endorsements (i) showing Agent as lender’s loss payee; (ii) requiring 30 days’ prior written notice to Agent in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever; and (iii) specifying that the interest of Agent shall not be impaired or invalidated by any act or neglect of Borrowers or the owner of the Property, nor by the occupation of the premises for purposes more hazardous than are permitted by the policy. If Borrowers fail to provide and pay for any insurance, Agent may, at its option, but shall not be required to, procure the insurance and charge Borrowers therefor. Borrowers agree to deliver to Agent, promptly as rendered, copies of all reports made to insurance companies. While no Event of Default exists, Borrowers may settle, adjust or compromise any insurance claim, as long as the proceeds are delivered to an account at the Agent. If an Event of Default exists, only Agent shall be authorized to settle, adjust and compromise such claims.

(b) Without limiting clause (a) above, maintain insurance with insurers (with a Best Rating of at least A-, unless otherwise approved by Agent in its Permitted Discretion) reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to the Properties and business of Borrowers and Subsidiaries of such type (including product liability, workers’ compensation, larceny, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation insurance), in such amounts, and with such coverages and deductibles as are customary for companies similarly situated.

 

50


9.1.8         Licenses . Keep each material License affecting any Collateral (including the manufacture, distribution or disposition of Inventory) or any other material Property of Borrowers and Subsidiaries in full force and effect and pay all Royalties when due, except to the extent such License is replaced by a License that is comparable or more favorable to Borrowers or such License matures or expires in accordance with the terms of such License.

9.1.9     Deposit Accounts; Depository Bank . Take all actions necessary to establish Agent’s control of each Deposit Account maintained by an Obligor (other than Excluded Accounts). The applicable Obligor shall be the sole account holder of each Deposit Account and shall not allow any other Person (other than Agent and Bank of America, N.A., as lender under the Revolver Loan Agreement) to have control over a Deposit Account or any Property deposited therein. Borrowers shall promptly notify Agent of any opening or closing of a Deposit Account and, with the consent of Agent, will amend Schedule 9.1.9 to reflect same. Borrowers hereby authorize the financial institutions at which Borrowers or any other Obligor maintain a deposit account to provide the Agent with such information with respect to such deposit account as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request, and Borrowers hereby consent to such information being provided to the Agent.

9.1.10     Other Collateral Covenants . Comply with the following additional covenants related to Collateral:

(a) All tangible items of Collateral, other than Inventory in transit, shall at all times be kept by Borrowers at the business locations set forth in Schedule 9.1.10 , except that Borrowers may (a) make sales or other dispositions of Collateral in accordance with Section  9.2.6 ; and (b) move Collateral to another location in the United States, upon 30 Business Days’ prior written notice to Agent.

(b) All expenses of protecting, storing, warehousing, insuring, handling, maintaining and shipping any Collateral, all Taxes payable with respect to any Collateral (including any sale thereof), and all other payments required to be made by Agent to any Person to realize upon any Collateral, shall be borne and paid by Borrowers. Agent shall not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any Collateral, for any loss or damage thereto (except for reasonable care in its custody while Collateral is in Agent’s actual possession), for any diminution in the value thereof, or for any act or default of any warehouseman, carrier, forwarding agency or other Person whatsoever, but the same shall be at Borrowers’ sole risk.

(c) Each Obligor shall defend its title to Collateral and Agent’s Liens therein against all Persons, claims and demands, except Permitted Liens.

(d) Upon reasonable request, each Obligor shall provide Agent with copies of all existing agreements, and promptly after execution thereof provide Agent with copies of all agreements executed after the Closing Date, between an Obligor and any landlord, warehouseman, processor, shipper, bailee or other Person that owns any premises at which any Collateral that is currently included on a Borrowing Base Certificate is kept or that otherwise may possess or handle any Collateral that is currently included on a Borrowing Base Certificate.

 

51


(e) Borrowers shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all Applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.

9.1.11     Future Subsidiaries . Cause:

(a) each Subsidiary of any Obligor not in existence on the Closing Date, to execute and deliver to the Agent promptly and in any event within 10 Business Days after the formation, acquisition or change in status thereof, (i) a Joinder Agreement, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall be made a party to this Agreement as a Borrower, (ii) a supplement to the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, together with (A) certificates evidencing all of the Equity Interests of any Person owned by such Subsidiary required to be pledged under the terms of the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, (B) undated stock powers for such Equity Interests executed in blank with signature guaranteed, and (C) such opinions of counsel as the Agent may reasonably request, (iii) to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement, one or more Mortgages creating on the real property of such Subsidiary a perfected, first priority Lien (in terms of priority, subject only to Permitted Liens) on such real property and such other Related Real Estate Documents as may be reasonably required by the Agent with respect to each such real property, and (iv) to the extent required under the terms of this Agreement, such other agreements, instruments, approvals or other documents reasonably requested by the Agent in order to create, perfect, establish the first priority of or otherwise protect any Lien purported to be covered by any such Guaranty and Collateral Agreement or Mortgage or otherwise to effect the intent that such Subsidiary shall become bound by all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Loan Documents and that all property and assets of such Subsidiary (other than Excluded Assets (as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement)) shall become Collateral for the Obligations.

(b) each owner of the Equity Interests of any such Subsidiary to execute and deliver promptly and in any event within 10 Business Days after the formation or acquisition of such Subsidiary a Pledge Amendment (as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement), together with (i) certificates evidencing all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary required to be pledged under the terms of the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, (ii) undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of assignment for such Equity Interests executed in blank with signature guaranteed, (iii) such opinions of counsel as the Agent may reasonably request and (iv) such other agreements, instruments, approvals or other documents reasonably requested by the Agent.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to become an Obligor (and, as such, shall not be required to deliver the documents required by clause (i) above; provided , however , that if the Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary are owned by an Obligor, such Obligor shall deliver all such documents, instruments, agreements (including, without limitation, at the reasonable request of the Agent, a pledge agreement governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of the organization of such Foreign Subsidiary) and

 

52


certificates described in clause (ii) above to the Agent, and take all commercially reasonable actions reasonably requested by the Agent or otherwise necessary to grant and to perfect a first-priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in 65% of the voting Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary and 100% of all other Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary owned by such Obligor.

9.1.12     Anti-Corruption Laws . Conduct its business in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

9.1.13     Further Assurances . Take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, at its sole cost and expense, such agreements, instruments or other documents as any Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order (a) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) to subject to valid and perfected first priority Liens any of the Collateral, (c) to establish and maintain the validity and effectiveness of any of the Loan Documents and the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (d) to grant, and confirm unto each Secured Party the rights now or hereafter intended to be granted to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In furtherance of the foregoing, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Obligor (i) authorizes Agent upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to execute any such agreements, instruments or other documents in such Obligor’s name and to file such agreements, instruments or other documents in any appropriate filing office, all to establish and/or perfect the Agent’s interests in the Collateral, (ii) authorizes each Agent to file any financing statement required hereunder or under any other Loan Document, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, in any appropriate filing office without the signature of such Obligor, and (iii) ratifies the filing of any financing statement, and any continuation statement or amendment with respect thereto, filed without the signature of such Obligor prior to the date hereof. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, (w) the foregoing shall not apply to any Excluded Assets (as defined in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement), (x) any such documents and deliverables shall be governed by laws of the State of New York or such other State of the United States as may be reasonably agreed by the Agent and the Borrowers based upon the type and location of the particular Collateral and for the avoidance of doubt, no foreign-law governed documents shall be required for any Collateral, including with respect to any Intellectual Property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction, and (y) no leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers, tenant estoppels, or collateral access letters shall be required to be entered into unless the same are entered into with respect to the Revolver Debt.

9.1.14     Post-Closing . Comply with the requirements on Exhibit F .

9.2     Negative Covenants . So long as any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other Obligations (other than contingent obligations against which no claim has been asserted) are outstanding, each Borrower shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary not to:

9.2.1     Permitted Debt . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or suffer to exist, or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to any Debt other than:

(a) the Obligations;

 

53


(b) Subordinated Debt;

(c) Purchase Money Debt of Borrowers and Subsidiaries that is unsecured or secured only by a Purchase Money Lien, as long as the aggregate amount does not exceed $4,000,000 at any time;

(d) Bank Product Debt incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(e) Contingent Obligations (i) arising from endorsements of Payment Items for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (ii) arising from Hedging Agreements permitted hereunder; (iii) existing on the Closing Date, and any extension or renewal thereof that does not increase the amount of such Contingent Obligation when extended or renewed; (iv) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar obligations; (v) arising from customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of Equipment permitted hereunder; or (vi) arising under the Loan Documents;

(f) the Revolver Debt, subject to the limitations set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement;

(g) Debt acquired or assumed in connection with Permitted Acquisitions in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

(h) Debt arising as a direct result of judgments, orders, awards or decrees against any Obligor, in each case not constituting an Event of Default; and

(i) Debt that is not included in any of the preceding clauses of this Section, is not secured by a Lien and does not exceed $4,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.2     Permitted Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, file or authorize the filing under the Uniform Commercial Code or any Requirement of Law of any jurisdiction, a financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) that names it or any of its Subsidiaries as debtor; sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement (or the equivalent thereof) other than, as to all of the above, the following (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) Liens in favor of Agent;

(b) Liens securing Debt that is permitted under Section  9.2.1(c) ;

(c) Liens for Taxes not yet due or being Properly Contested;

(d) statutory Liens (other than Liens for Taxes or imposed under ERISA) arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, but only if (i) payment of the obligations secured thereby is not yet due or is being Properly Contested, and (ii) such Liens do not materially impair the value or use of the Property or materially impair operation of the business of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries;

 

54


(e) Liens incurred or deposits made in the Ordinary Course of Business to secure the performance of government tenders, bids, contracts, statutory obligations and other similar obligations, as long as such Liens are at all times junior to Agent’s Liens and are required or provided by law;

(f) Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that are subject to Lien Waivers;

(g) Liens arising by virtue of a judgment or judicial order against Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, or any Property of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, as long as such Liens are (i) in existence for less than 20 consecutive days or being Properly Contested, and (ii) at all times junior to Agent’s Liens;

(h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, covenants or other agreements of record, and other similar charges or encumbrances on Real Estate, that do not secure any monetary obligation and do not interfere with the Ordinary Course of Business;

(i) normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits in favor of depository institutions, and Liens of a collecting bank on Payment Items in the course of collection; and

(j) carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, mechanics, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business that secure obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or are being Properly Contested;

(k) Liens securing the Debt that is permitted under Section  9.2.1(f) ; provided that such Liens are at all times subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;

(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law which secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods, but only to the extent such Liens secure amounts not yet due;

(m) existing Liens shown on Schedule 9.2.2 and replacement Liens on the property subject to such Liens, but only to the extent that the amount of debt secured thereby, and the property secured thereby, shall not be increased; and

(n) Liens in favor of Borrower in respect of its consignment interests encumbering its Consigned Inventory (as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement).

9.2.3     Capital Expenditures . Make Capital Expenditures (other than Expansion Capital Expenditures) in excess of $3,300,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year.

9.2.4     Distributions; Upstream Payments . Declare or make any Distributions, except Permitted Distributions when no Event of Default exists, or create or suffer to exist any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of a Subsidiary to make any Distribution to Borrower, except for restrictions under the Loan Documents, under Applicable Law or in effect on the Closing Date as shown on Schedule 8.1.14 .

 

55


9.2.5     Restricted Investments . Make any Restricted Investment.

9.2.6     Disposition of Assets . Sell, lease, license, consign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Property of an Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including a disposition of Property in connection with a sale-leaseback transaction or synthetic lease, except:

(a) a sale of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(b) as long as no Event of Default exists and all Net Proceeds are in cash and remitted to a Deposit Account of a Borrower subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement, a disposition of Property of an Obligor that is (i) a disposition of Equipment; or (ii) a disposition of Inventory that is obsolete, unmerchantable or otherwise unsalable in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(c) replacement of Equipment that is worn, damaged or obsolete with Equipment of like function and value, if the replacement Equipment is acquired substantially contemporaneously with such disposition and is free of Liens;

(d) a transfer of Property by another Obligor to a Borrower;

(e) the use of cash in the ordinary course of its business;

(f) the granting of Liens not prohibited under this Agreement; and

(g) the conveyance of Property (other than Accounts and Goods) not otherwise permitted above; provided that, the aggregate book value of all such Property so conveyed in any Fiscal Year of Parent under this clause (g) shall not exceed $2,000,000.

9.2.7     Loans . Make or commit or agree to make any loans or other advances of money to any Person, except:

(a) advances to an officer or employee for salary, travel expenses, commissions and similar items in the Ordinary Course of Business; and

(b) any loans or other advances to customers in the Ordinary Course of Business not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.

9.2.8     Restrictions on Payment of Certain Debt . Make any payments (whether voluntary or mandatory, or a prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance or acquisition) with respect to any:

(a) Subordinated Debt, except to the extent expressly permitted under any subordination agreement relating to such Debt (and a Senior Officer of a Borrower shall certify to Agent, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all conditions under such agreement have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default);

 

56


(b) the earnout payments owing pursuant to the Pental Acquisition Agreement if at the time of such payment, the Payment Conditions are satisfied (and a Senior Officer of a Borrower shall certify to Agent, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment, that all Payment Conditions have been satisfied; provided that, failure to provide such notice shall not result in an Event of Default),

(c) subject to clause (a) above, any Borrowed Money (other than (x) the Obligations, the Revolver Debt, Debt that is permitted under Section 9.2.1(c) or (d) and so long as the Leverage Ratio is greater than 2.00:1.00 after giving pro forma effect to such payment, Debt that is permitted under Sections 9.2.1(g) and (i) or (y) the Permitted Refinancing of any Debt that is permitted under Sections 9.2.1(c), (g) and (i)) prior to its due date under the agreements evidencing such Debt as in effect on the Closing Date (or as such due date is amended thereafter with the written consent of Agent).

9.2.9     Fundamental Changes . Change its name or conduct business under any fictitious name; change its tax, charter or other organizational identification number; change its form or state of organization; wind-up, liquidate or dissolve, or merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any Person whether in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, provided , however , that any wholly-owned Subsidiary of any Obligor (other than a Borrower) may be merged into such Obligor or another wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Obligor, or may consolidate or amalgamate with another wholly-owned Subsidiary of such Loan Obligor, so long as (A) no other provision of this Agreement would be violated thereby, (B) such Obligor gives the Agent at least 30 days’ prior written notice of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation accompanied by true, correct and complete copies of all material agreements, documents and instruments relating to such merger, consolidation or amalgamation, including, without limitation, the certificate or certificates of merger or amalgamation to be filed with each appropriate Secretary of State (with a copy as filed promptly after such filing), (C) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving effect to such transaction, (D) the Lenders’ rights in any Collateral (other than Collateral merged out of existence), including, without limitation, the existence, perfection and priority of any Lien thereon, are not adversely affected by such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and (E) the surviving Subsidiary, if any, if not already an Obligor, is joined as an Obligor hereunder pursuant to a Joinder Agreement and is a party to the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement and the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary is the subject the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, in each case, which is in full force and effect on the date of and immediately after giving effect to such merger, consolidation or amalgamation.

9.2.10     Subsidiaries . Permit any existing Subsidiary to issue any additional Equity Interests except directors’ qualifying shares.

9.2.11     Organic Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of its Organic Documents, except for (a) amendments which are not material or adverse to the Secured Parties or, (b) with respect to Subsidiaries other than SPV, in connection with a transaction permitted under Section  9.2.9 .

 

57


9.2.12     Tax Consolidation . File or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person other than Borrowers and Subsidiaries.

9.2.13     Accounting Changes . Make any material change in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP and in accordance with Section  1.2 ; or change its Fiscal Year.

9.2.14     Restrictive Agreements . Become a party to any Restrictive Agreement, except a Restrictive Agreement (a) in effect on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.1.14 ; (b) relating to secured Debt permitted hereunder, as long as the restrictions apply only to collateral for such Debt; or (c) constituting customary restrictions on assignment in leases and other contracts.

9.2.15     Hedging Agreements . Enter into any Hedging Agreement, except to hedge risks arising in the Ordinary Course of Business and not for speculative purposes.

9.2.16     Conduct of Business . Engage in any business, other than its business as conducted on the Closing Date and any activities incidental thereto.

9.2.17     Affiliate Transactions . Enter into, renew, extend or be a party to any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease, transfer or exchange of property or assets of any kind or the rendering of services of any kind) with any Affiliate, except:

(a) transactions expressly permitted by the Loan Documents;

(b) payment of reasonable compensation to officers and employees for services actually rendered, and payment of customary directors’ and managers’ fees and indemnities; and

(c) transactions with Affiliates in the Ordinary Course of Business (including those consummated prior to the Closing Date and shown on Schedule 9.2.17 ) so long as such transactions are upon fair and reasonable terms fully disclosed to Agent and no less favorable than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a non-Affiliate and that are disclosed to the Agent prior to the consummation thereof, if they involve one or more payments by the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000 for any single transaction or series of related transactions.

9.2.18     Plans . Become party to any Multiemployer Plan or Foreign Plan, other than any in existence on the Closing Date.

9.2.19     Modifications of Debt . Amend, modify, supplement or otherwise change (or permit the amendment, modification or other change in any manner of) any provision of any of its Subordinated Debt or of any instrument or agreement (including, without limitation, any purchase agreement, indenture, loan agreement or security agreement) relating to any such Subordinated Debt if such amendment, modification or change would shorten the final maturity or average life to maturity of, or require any payment to be made earlier than the date originally scheduled on, such Subordinated Debt, would change the subordination provision of such Subordinated Debt, or would otherwise be adverse to the Lenders or the issuer of such Subordinated Debt in any material respect.

 

58


9.2.20     Returns of Inventory; Affixed Equipment . Return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless (a) such return is in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) no Event of Default or Overadvance (as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement) exists or would result therefrom; (c) Agent is promptly notified if the aggregate Value of all Inventory returned in any calendar month exceeds $250,000; and (d) any payment received by Borrowers for a return is promptly remitted to Agent for application to the Obligations. Borrowers shall not permit any Equipment to become affixed to real Property unless any landlord or mortgagee delivers a Lien Waiver.

9.2.21     Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance of Inventory . Acquire or accept any Inventory on consignment or approval, and Borrowers shall take all steps to assure that all Inventory is produced in accordance with Applicable Law, including the FLSA.

9.2.22     Management Fee . Pay any management fee, consulting fee, or similar fee to the Sponsors, any of its equity holders, or any Affiliate thereof, other than management and consulting fees paid to the Sponsors or their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that, such fees may not be paid if an Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such payment.

9.2.23     Investment Company Act of 1940 . Engage in any business, enter into any transaction, use any securities or take any other action or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing, that would cause it or any of its Subsidiaries to become subject to the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by virtue of being an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” not entitled to an exemption within the meaning of such Act.

9.3     Financial Covenants . So long as any principal of or interest on any Loan or any other Obligation (whether or not due) shall remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, each Obligor shall not:

9.3.1     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . As of the last day of a Fiscal Quarter, permit the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries for the trailing twelve month period then ending, to be less than the ratio set forth opposite such date:

 

Each Fiscal Quarter Ending    Ratio  

March 31, 2017

     1.70:1.00  

June 30, 2017

     1.45:1.00  

September 30, 2017 through and including March 31, 2018

     1.30:1.00  

 

59


June 30, 2018

     1.35:1.00  

September 30, 2018 through and including December 31, 2018

     1.40:1.00  

March 31, 2019 through and including September 30, 2019

     1.45:1.00  

December 31, 2019 through and including September 30, 2020

     1.50:1.00  

December 31, 2020 and each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter

     1.60:1.00  

9.3.2     Maximum Total Leverage . As of the last day of a Fiscal Quarter, permit the Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries to be greater than the ratio set forth opposite such date:

 

Each Fiscal Quarter Ending    Ratio  

March 31, 2017

     4.75:1.00  

June 30, 2017

     5.40:1.00  

September 30, 2017

     5.60:1.00  

December 31, 2017

     5.45:1.00  

March 31, 2018

     5.30:1.00  

June 30, 2018

     4.65:1.00  

September 30, 2018

     4.55:1.00  

December 31, 2018

     4.45:1.00  

March 31, 2019

     4.40:1.00  

June 30, 2019

     3.85:1.00  

September 30, 2019

     3.80:1.00  

December 31, 2019 through and including March 31, 2020

     3.75:1.00  

June 30, 2020 through and including March 31, 2021

     3.25:1.00  

June 30, 2021 and each Fiscal Quarter ending thereafter

     3.00:1.00  

 

60


9.3.3     Obligor’s Right to Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section  10.1 , in the event of any Event of Default under Section  10.1(c) that results from a breach of Section  9.3.1 or Section  9.3.2 , and until the expiration of the tenth (10th) Business Day after the earlier of (x) the date of delivery by the Borrowers of the financial statements required by Exhibit D (clause (b)) or (y) the date by which such financial statements are required to have been delivered (the “Equity Cure Period”), Parent or Sponsors may, as applicable, pursuant to written notice to Agent prior to the receipt of such proceeds by Borrowers or Parent, as applicable, issue equity interests in Borrowers or Parent, as applicable, to its then existing equity investors in return for cash or otherwise receive a cash capital contribution from one or more of such Persons, and Borrowers or Parent, as applicable, may apply the amount of the net proceeds therefrom to increase EBITDA with respect to such applicable Fiscal Quarter and in the calculation of EBITDA for any subsequent financial covenant tests including the Fiscal Quarter that includes the date of such contribution (the “Equity Cure Contributions”); provided that (i) any such proceeds received by Parent are contributed by Parent to Borrowers, (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of such Equity Cure Contribution are applied to prepay outstanding principal under the Loan in accordance with Section  5.2.2(d) , provided that for purposes of determining the financial covenants for the fiscal quarter with respect to which the Equity Cure Contribution is being made, the amount of the Loan shall not be reduced by such prepayments but such debt reduction shall be taken into account for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants for any period in which such Equity Cure Contribution is included in the calculation of EBITDA starting with the fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter being cured, (iii) in each four Fiscal Quarter period, no more than two Equity Cure Contributions may be made and Equity Cure Contributions may not be made in consecutive Fiscal Quarters, (iv) not more than four Equity Cure Contributions may be made during the term of this Agreement, (v) the amount of any Equity Cure Contributions made pursuant to this Section  9.3.3 shall not exceed in any Fiscal Quarter the lesser of (x) the amount required to cause Borrowers to be in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and (y) 2.5% of EBITDA for the trailing four Fiscal Quarter period ending on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter and (vi) the aggregate amount of all Equity Cure Contributions during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed 7.5% of EBITDA for the trailing four Fiscal Quarter period ending on the last day of such Fiscal Quarter. If, after giving effect to the foregoing pro forma adjustment, Parent is in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section  9.3.1 and 9.3.2, Parent shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of such Sections as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply on such date, and the applicable breach or default of such Section  9.3.1 or 9.3.2 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for purposes of this Agreement. If (a) an Equity Cure Contribution is permitted for any Fiscal Quarter and (b) notice has been delivered to the Agent of an anticipated Equity Cure Contribution, then from the last day of the Fiscal Quarter related to such cure notice until the earlier to occur of the required date for receipt of the Equity Cure Contribution and the date on which the Agent is notified that the Equity Cure Contribution will not be made, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred under the Loan Documents with

 

61


respect to any default under Section  9.3 for which such cure notice was delivered. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of calculating Excess Cash Flow, EBITDA shall not include the amount of any Equity Cure Contributions.

 

10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

10.1     Events of Default . Each of the following shall be an “ Event of Default ” if it occurs for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise:

(a) Borrowers (or any other Obligor, if applicable) fail to pay (i) any principal of any Loan when due (whether at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) or (ii) any interest, fee, indemnity or other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document within 2 Business Days after the date when due;

(b) Any representation or warranty of an Obligor made in any Loan Documents or transactions contemplated thereby is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(c) Borrowers breach or fail to perform any covenant contained in Section  7.2 , 7.3, 9.1.1 , 9.1.2 (but only as to the covenants described in (a), (b) and (c) of Exhibit D ), 9.1.7 , 9.1.10 , 9.1.11, 9.1.12, 9.1.13 , 9.2 , 9.3.1 or 9.3.2 ; provided that, solely with respect to a breach of Section  9.3.1 or 9.3.2 , such breach continues after the expiration of the applicable Equity Cure Period;

(d) An Obligor breaches or fails to perform any other covenant contained in any Loan Documents, and such breach or failure is not cured within 30 days after a Senior Officer of such Obligor has knowledge thereof (less, in the case of Section  9.1.4 , the number of days between the date such Senior Officer obtained knowledge of such failure and the date that notice thereof is given pursuant to Section  9.1.4 ) or receives notice thereof from Agent, whichever is sooner; provided, however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply if the breach or failure to perform is not capable of being cured within such period or is a willful breach by an Obligor;

(e) A Guarantor repudiates, revokes or attempts to revoke its guaranty; an Obligor or third party denies or contests the validity or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Obligations, or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Agent and covering a material portion of the Collateral; or any Loan Document ceases to be in full force or effect for any reason (other than a waiver or release by, or any other action or inaction of, Agent and Lenders);

(f) Any breach, default or the occurrence and continuation of any “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) of an Obligor occurs under (i) one or more Hedging Agreements in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $1,000,000 (the “obligations” of any Obligor in respect of any Hedge Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (after giving effect to any netting agreements) that such Obligor would be required to pay if such Hedge Agreement were terminated at such time); (ii) the Revolver Loan Agreement or any other

 

62


documentation evidencing or executed in connection with the Revolver Debt or (iii) any instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its Properties is bound, relating to any Debt (other than the Obligations or the Revolver Debt) in excess of $2,000,000, in each case, if the maturity of or any payment with respect to such Debt may be accelerated or demanded due to such breach;

(g) Any judgment, order or award (or any settlement of any litigation or other proceeding that, if breached, could result in a judgment, order or award) for the payment of money is entered against an Obligor in an amount that exceeds, individually or cumulatively with all unsatisfied judgments or orders against all Obligors, $2,000,000 (net of insurance coverage therefor that has not been denied by the insurer), and (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such judgment, order, award or settlement or (ii) there shall be a period of 10 consecutive days after entry thereof during which (A) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect or (B) the same is not vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal;

(h) A loss, theft, damage or destruction occurs with respect to any Inventory if the amount not covered by insurance exceeds $2,000,000;

(i) Any Obligor is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by any Governmental Authority from conducting any material part of its business; an Obligor suffers the loss, revocation or termination of any material license, permit, lease or agreement necessary to its business; there is a cessation of any material part of an Obligor’s business for more than 15 days; any material Collateral or Property of an Obligor is taken or impaired through condemnation; an Obligor agrees to or commences any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of its affairs; or an Obligor is not Solvent;

(j) Any Obligor (i) shall institute any proceeding or voluntary case seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any such Person or for any substantial part of its property, (ii) shall be generally not paying its debts as such debts become due or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, (iii) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) shall take any action to authorize or effect any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (j);

(k) any proceeding shall be instituted against any Obligor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for any such Person or for any substantial part of its property, and either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against any such Person or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur;

 

63


(l) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of an Obligor to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or PBGC that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or an Obligor or ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan and such failure could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or any event similar to the foregoing occurs or exists with respect to a Foreign Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) An Obligor or any of its Senior Officers is criminally indicted or convicted for (i) a felony committed in the conduct of the Obligor’s business, or (ii) violating any state or federal law (including the Controlled Substances Act, Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 and Illegal Exportation of War Materials Act) that could cause or result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(n) A Change of Control occurs; or

(o) SPV breaches or fail to perform any covenant contained in Section  5.11 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and such breach or failure is not cured within 10 Business Days after a Senior Officer of SPV has knowledge thereof or receives notice thereof from Agent, whichever is sooner; provided, however , that such notice and opportunity to cure shall not apply if the breach or failure to perform is not capable of being cured within such period or is a willful breach by SPV.

10.2     Remedies upon Default . If an Event of Default described in Section  10.1(j) or (k)  occurs, then to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, all Obligations shall become automatically due and payable and all Commitments shall terminate, without any action by Agent or notice of any kind. In addition, or if any other Event of Default exists, Agent may in its discretion (and shall upon written direction from Required Lenders) do any one or more of the following from time to time:

(a) declare any Obligations immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall be due and payable without diligence, presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by Borrowers to the fullest extent permitted by law;

(b) terminate, reduce or condition any Commitment;

(c) require Obligors to Cash Collateralize their Obligations that are contingent or not yet due and payable; and

(d) exercise any and all rights or remedies afforded under any agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise, including the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC. Such rights and remedies include the rights to (i) take possession of any Collateral; (ii) require Borrowers to assemble Collateral, at Borrowers’ expense, and make it available to Agent at a place designated by Agent; (iii) enter any premises where Collateral is located and store Collateral on such premises until sold (and if the premises are owned or leased by Borrowers, Borrowers agree not to charge for such storage); and (iv) sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral in its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at public

 

64


or private sale, with such notice as may be required by Applicable Law, in lots or in bulk, at such locations, all as Agent, in its discretion, deems advisable. Borrowers agree that 10 days’ notice of any proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral by Agent shall be reasonable, and that any sale conducted on the internet or to a licensor of Intellectual Property shall be commercially reasonable. Agent may conduct sales on any Obligor’s premises, without charge, and any sales may be adjourned from time to time in accordance with Applicable Law. Agent shall have the right to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Collateral for cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Agent may purchase any Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of actual payment of the purchase price, may set off the amount of such price against the Obligations.

10.3     License . Agent is hereby granted an irrevocable, non-exclusive license or other right to use, license or sub-license (without payment of royalty or other compensation to any Person) any or all Intellectual Property of Borrowers, computer hardware and software, trade secrets, brochures, customer lists, promotional and advertising materials, labels, packaging materials and other Property, in advertising for sale, marketing, selling, collecting, completing manufacture of, or otherwise exercising any rights or remedies with respect to, any Collateral. Borrowers’ rights and interests under Intellectual Property shall inure to Agent’s benefit.

10.4     Setoff . At any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent, Lenders and any of their Affiliates are authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of an Obligor against its Obligations, whether or not Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of Agent, such Lender or such Affiliate different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of Agent, each Lender and each such Affiliate under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of offset) that such Person may have.

10.5     Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver .

10.5.1     Cumulative Rights . All agreements, warranties, guaranties, indemnities and other undertakings of Obligors under the Loan Documents are cumulative and not in derogation of each other. The rights and remedies of Agent and Lenders under the Loan Documents are cumulative, may be exercised at any time and from time to time, concurrently or in any order, and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies available by agreement, by law, at equity or otherwise. All such rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until Full Payment of all Obligations.

10.5.2     Waivers . No waiver or course of dealing shall be established by (a) the failure or delay of Agent or any Lender to require strict performance by any Obligor under any Loan Document, or to exercise any rights or remedies with respect to Collateral or otherwise; (b) the making of any Loan during a Default, Event of Default or other failure to satisfy any conditions precedent; or (c) acceptance by Agent or any Lender of any payment or performance

 

65


by an Obligor under any Loan Documents in a manner other than that specified therein. Except as set forth in this Agreement, any failure to satisfy a financial covenant on a measurement date shall not be cured or remedied by satisfaction of such covenant on a subsequent date.

 

11. AGENT

11.1     Appointment, Authority and Duties of Agent .

11.1.1     Appointment and Authority . Each Secured Party appoints and designates Cerberus as Agent under all Loan Documents. Agent may, and each Secured Party authorizes Agent to, enter into all Loan Documents to which Agent is intended to be a party and accept all Security Documents. Any action taken by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Documents, and the exercise by Agent of any rights or remedies set forth therein, together with all other powers reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized by and binding upon all Secured Parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent shall have the sole and exclusive authority to (a) act as the disbursing and collecting agent for Lenders with respect to all payments and collections arising in connection with the Loan Documents; (b) execute and deliver as Agent each Loan Document, including any intercreditor or subordination agreement, and accept delivery of each Loan Document; (c) act as collateral agent for Secured Parties for purposes of perfecting and administering Liens under the Loan Documents, and for all other purposes stated therein; (d) manage, supervise or otherwise deal with Collateral; and (e) take any Enforcement Action or otherwise exercise any rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or under any Loan Documents, Applicable Law or otherwise.

11.1.2     Duties . The title of “Agent” is used solely as a matter of market custom and the duties of Agent are administrative in nature only. Agent has no duties except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, and in no event does Agent have any agency, fiduciary or implied duty to or relationship with any Secured Party or other Person by reason of any Loan Document or related transaction. The conferral upon Agent of any right shall not imply a duty to exercise such right, unless instructed to do so by Lenders in accordance with this Agreement.

11.1.3     Agent Professionals . Agent may perform its duties through agents and employees. Agent may consult with and employ Agent Professionals, and shall be entitled to act upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any advice given by an Agent Professional. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, employees or Agent Professionals selected by it with reasonable care.

11.1.4     Instructions of Required Lenders . The rights and remedies conferred upon Agent under the Loan Documents may be exercised without the necessity of joining any other party, unless required by Applicable Law. In determining compliance with a condition for any action hereunder, including satisfaction of any condition in Section  6 , Agent may presume that the condition is satisfactory to a Secured Party unless Agent has received notice to the contrary from such Secured Party before Agent takes the action. Agent may request instructions from Required Lenders or other Secured Parties with respect to any act (including the failure to act) in connection with any Loan Documents or Collateral, and may seek assurances to its satisfaction

 

66


from Secured Parties of their indemnification obligations against Claims that could be incurred by Agent. Agent may refrain from any act until it has received such instructions or assurances, and shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining. Instructions of Required Lenders shall be binding upon all Secured Parties, and no Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agent acting or refraining from acting pursuant to instructions of Required Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, instructions by and consent of specific parties shall be required to the extent provided in Section  13.1.1 . In no event shall Agent be required to take any action that it determines in its Permitted Discretion is contrary to Applicable Law or any Loan Documents or could subject any Agent Indemnitee to liability.

11.2     Agreements Regarding Collateral and Borrower Materials .

11.2.1     Lien Releases; Care of Collateral . Secured Parties authorize Agent to release any Lien with respect to any Collateral: (a) upon Full Payment of the Obligations; (b) that is the subject of a disposition or Lien that any Borrower certifies in writing is a Permitted Asset Disposition or a Permitted Lien entitled to priority over Agent’s Liens (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate without further inquiry); (c) that does not constitute a material part of the Collateral; or (d) subject to Section  13.1 , with the consent of Required Lenders. Secured Parties authorize Agent to subordinate its Liens to any Purchase Money Lien or other Lien entitled to priority hereunder. Agent has no obligation to assure that any Collateral exists or is owned by an Obligor, or is cared for, protected or insured, nor to assure that Agent’s Liens have been properly created, perfected or enforced, or are entitled to any particular priority, nor to exercise any duty of care with respect to any Collateral.

11.2.2     Possession of Collateral . Agent and Secured Parties appoint each Lender as agent (for the benefit of Secured Parties) for the purpose of perfecting Liens in any Collateral held or controlled by such Lender, to the extent such Liens are perfected by possession or control. If any Lender obtains possession or control of any Collateral, it shall notify Agent thereof and, promptly upon Agent’s request, deliver such Collateral to Agent or otherwise deal with it in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

11.2.3     Reports . Agent shall promptly provide to Lenders, when complete, any field examination, audit or appraisal report prepared for Agent with respect to any Obligor or Collateral (“ Report ”). Reports and other Borrower Materials may be made available to Lenders by providing access to them on the Platform, but Agent shall not be responsible for system failures or access issues that may occur from time to time. Each Lender agrees (a) that Reports are not intended to be comprehensive audits or examinations, and that Agent or any other Person performing an audit or examination will inspect only limited information and will rely significantly upon Borrowers’ books, records and representations; (b) that Agent makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any Borrower Materials and shall not be liable for any information contained in or omitted from any Borrower Materials, including any Report; and (c) to keep all Borrower Materials confidential and strictly for such Lender’s internal use, not to distribute any Report or other Borrower Materials (or the contents thereof) to any Person (except to such Lender’s Participants, attorneys and accountants that have been advised of the confidential nature of the Borrower Materials), and to use all Borrower Materials solely for administration of the Obligations. Each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless Agent and any other Person preparing a Report from any action such Lender may take

 

67


as a result of or any conclusion it may draw from any Borrower Materials, as well as from any Claims arising as a direct or indirect result of Agent furnishing same to such Lender, via the Platform or otherwise.

11.3     Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any certification, notice or other communication (including those by telephone, telex, telegram, telecopy or e-mail) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person. Agent shall have a reasonable and practicable amount of time to act upon any instruction, notice or other communication under any Loan Document, and shall not be liable for any delay in acting.

11.4     Action Upon Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, or of any failure to satisfy any conditions in Section  6 , unless it has received written notice from Borrowers or Required Lenders specifying the occurrence and nature thereof. If any Lender acquires knowledge of a Default, Event of Default or failure of such conditions, it shall promptly notify Agent and the other Lenders thereof in writing. Each Secured Party agrees that, except as otherwise provided in any Loan Documents or with the written consent of Agent and Required Lenders, it will not take any Enforcement Action, accelerate Obligations or assert any rights relating to any Collateral.

11.5     Ratable Sharing . If any Lender obtains any payment or reduction of any Obligation, whether through set-off or otherwise, in excess of its ratable share of such Obligation, such Lender shall forthwith purchase from Secured Parties participations in the affected Obligation as are necessary to share the excess payment or reduction on a Pro Rata basis or in accordance with Section  5.6.2 , as applicable. If any of such payment or reduction is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Defaulting Lender obtains a payment or reduction of any Obligation, it shall immediately turn over the full amount thereof to Agent for application under Section  4.2.2 and it shall provide a written statement to Agent describing the Obligation affected by such payment or reduction.

11.6     Indemnification . EACH SECURED PARTY SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS AGENT INDEMNITEES TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED BY OBLIGORS, ON A PRO RATA BASIS, AGAINST ALL CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY SUCH INDEMNITEE, PROVIDED THAT ANY CLAIM AGAINST AN AGENT INDEMNITEE RELATES TO OR ARISES FROM ITS ACTING AS OR FOR AGENT (IN THE CAPACITY OF AGENT). In Agent’s Permitted Discretion, it may reserve for any Claims made against an Agent Indemnitee, and may satisfy any judgment, order or settlement relating thereto, from proceeds of Collateral prior to making any distribution of Collateral proceeds to Secured Parties. If Agent is sued by any receiver, trustee or other Person for any alleged preference or fraudulent transfer, then any monies paid by Agent in settlement or satisfaction of such proceeding, together with all interest, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in the defense of same, shall be promptly reimbursed to Agent by each Secured Party to the extent of its Pro Rata share.

 

68


11.7     Limitation on Responsibilities of Agent . Agent shall not be liable to any Secured Party for any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Loan Documents, except for losses directly and solely caused by Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Agent does not assume any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or any breach by any Obligor, Lender or other Secured Party of any obligations under the Loan Documents. Agent does not make any express or implied representation, warranty or guarantee to Secured Parties with respect to any Obligations, Collateral, Liens, Loan Documents or Obligor. No Agent Indemnitee shall be responsible to Secured Parties for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any Loan Documents or Borrower Materials; the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any Loan Documents; the genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency, location or existence of any Collateral, or the validity, extent, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; the validity, enforceability or collectability of any Obligations; or the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of any Obligor or Account Debtor. No Agent Indemnitee shall have any obligation to any Secured Party to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any Default or Event of Default, the observance by any Obligor of any terms of the Loan Documents, or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in any Loan Documents.

11.8     Successor Agent and Co-Agents .

11.8.1     Resignation; Successor Agent . Agent may resign at any time by giving at least 30 days’ written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrowers. Required Lenders may appoint a successor to replace the resigning Agent, which successor shall be (a) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or (b) a financial institution with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such financial institution with an office in the United States reasonably acceptable to Required Lenders and (provided no Default or Event of Default exists) Borrowers. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of Agent’s resignation, then Agent may appoint a successor agent that is a financial institution with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such financial institution with an office in the United States acceptable to it (which shall be a Lender unless no Lender accepts the role) or in the absence of such appointment, Required Lenders shall on such date assume all rights and duties of Agent hereunder. Upon acceptance by any successor Agent of its appointment hereunder, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the powers and duties of the retiring Agent without further act. On the effective date of its resignation, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder but shall continue to have all rights and protections under the Loan Documents with respect to actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while Agent, including the indemnification set forth in Sections 11.6 and 13.3 , and all rights and protections under this Section  11 . Any successor to Cerberus by merger or acquisition of stock or this loan shall continue to be Agent hereunder without further act on the part of any Secured Party or Obligor.

11.8.2     Co-Collateral Agent . If appropriate under Applicable Law, Agent may appoint a Person to serve as a co-collateral agent or separate collateral agent under any Loan Document. Each right, remedy and protection intended to be available to Agent under the Loan Documents shall also be vested in such agent. Secured Parties shall execute and deliver any instrument or agreement that Agent may request to effect such appointment. If any such agent shall die, dissolve, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, then all the rights and remedies of the agent, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, shall vest in and be exercised by Agent until appointment of a new agent.

 

69


11.9     Due Diligence and Non-Reliance . Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lenders, and based upon such documents, information and analyses as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of each Obligor and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to fund Loans hereunder. Each Secured Party has made such inquiries as it feels necessary concerning the Loan Documents, Collateral and Obligors. Each Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that the other Secured Parties have made no representations or warranties concerning any Obligor, any Collateral or the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any Loan Documents or Obligations. Each Secured Party will, independently and without reliance upon any other Secured Party, and based upon such financial statements, documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make and rely upon its own credit decisions in making Loans and in taking or refraining from any action under any Loan Documents. Except for notices, reports and other information expressly requested by a Lender, Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Secured Party with any notices, reports or certificates furnished to Agent by any Obligor or any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, business or Properties of any Obligor (or any of its Affiliates) which may come into possession of Agent or its Affiliates.

11.10     Remittance of Payments and Collections .

11.10.1     Remittances Generally . All payments by any Lender to Agent shall be made by the time and on the day set forth in this Agreement, in immediately available funds. If no time for payment is specified or if payment is due on demand by Agent and request for payment is made by Agent by 12:00 p.m. on a Business Day, payment shall be made by Lender not later than 2:00 p.m. on such day, and if request is made after 12:00 p.m., then payment shall be made by 10:00 a.m. on the next Business Day. Payment by Agent to any Secured Party shall be made by wire transfer, in the type of funds received by Agent. Any such payment shall be subject to Agent’s right of offset for any amounts due from such payee under the Loan Documents.

11.10.2     Failure to Pay . If any Secured Party fails to pay any amount when due by it to Agent pursuant to the terms hereof, such amount shall bear interest, from the due date until paid in full, at the rate determined by Agent as customary for interbank compensation for two Business Days and thereafter at the Default Rate for LIBOR Loans. In no event shall Borrowers be entitled to receive credit for any interest paid by a Secured Party to Agent, nor shall any Defaulting Lender be entitled to interest on any amounts held by Agent pursuant to Section  4.2 .

11.10.3     Recovery of Payments . If Agent pays an amount to a Secured Party in the expectation that a related payment will be received by Agent from an Obligor and such related payment is not received, then Agent may recover such amount from the Secured Party. If Agent determines that an amount received by it must be returned or paid to an Obligor or other Person pursuant to Applicable Law or otherwise, then Agent shall not be required to distribute such amount to any Secured Party. If any amounts received and applied by Agent to Obligationsheld by a Secured Party are later required to be returned by Agent pursuant to Applicable Law, such Secured Party shall pay to Agent, on demand, its share of the amounts required to be returned.

 

70


11.11     Individual Capacities . As a Lender, Cerberus shall have the same rights and remedies under the Loan Documents as any other Lender, and the terms “Lenders,” “Required Lenders” or any similar term shall include Cerberus in its capacity as a Lender. In their individual capacities, Agent, Lenders and their Affiliates may receive information regarding Obligors, their Affiliates and their Account Debtors (including information subject to confidentiality obligations), and shall have no obligation to provide such information to any Secured Party.

11.12     Titles . Each Lender, other than Cerberus, that is designated (on the cover page of this Agreement or otherwise) by Cerberus as an “Arranger,” “Bookrunner” or “Agent” of any type shall have no right, power or duty under any Loan Documents other than those applicable to all Lenders, and shall in no event have any fiduciary duty to any Secured Party.

11.13     No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Section  11 is an agreement solely among Secured Parties and Agent, and shall survive Full Payment of the Obligations. This Section  11 does not confer any rights or benefits upon any Obligor or any other Person. As between Obligors and Agent, any action that Agent may take under any Loan Documents or with respect to any Obligations shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized and directed by Secured Parties

 

12. BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS

12.1     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Obligors, Agent, Lenders, Secured Parties, and their respective successors and assigns, except that (a) no Obligor shall have the right to assign its rights or delegate its obligations under any Loan Documents; (b) any assignment by a Lender must be made in compliance with Section  12.3 and (c) any participation by Lender must be in accordance with Section  12.2 (any other attempted transfer or assignment by any party hereto shall be null and void). Agent may treat the Person which made any Loan as the owner thereof for all purposes until such Person makes an assignment in accordance with Section  12.3 . Any authorization or consent of a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent transferee or assignee of such Lender.

12.2     Participations .

12.2.1     Permitted Participants; Effect . Subject to Section  12.3.3 , any Lender may sell to a financial institution (“ Participant ”) a participating interest in the rights and obligations of such Lender under any Loan Documents; provided that each Lender shall provide Borrowers with prior written notice of any participation and if the proposed Participant is a vulture fund or distressed debt purchaser the consent of Borrowers shall be required for such sale (which consent shall be deemed given if no objection is made by Borrowers within ten Business Days after receipt of notice of the proposed participation) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case the Borrowers’ consent shall not be required. Despite any sale by a Lender of participating interests to a Participant, such Lender’s obligations under the Loan

 

71


Documents shall remain unchanged, it shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for performance of such obligations, it shall remain the holder of its Loans and Commitments for all purposes, all amounts payable by Borrowers shall be determined as if it had not sold such participating interests, and Borrowers and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the Loan Documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters under the Loan Documents, and Agent and the other Lenders shall not have any obligation or liability to any such Participant. The Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.7 , 3.9 , 5.8 and 5.9 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section  5.9 , it being understood that the documentation required under Section  5.9 shall be delivered to the participating Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section  12.3 ; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 3.8 and 12.4 as if it were an assignee under Section  12.3 ; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section  3.7 or 5.8 , with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

12.2.2     Voting Rights . Each Lender shall retain the sole right to approve, without the consent of any Participant, any amendment, waiver or other modification of a Loan Document other than that which forgives principal, interest or fees, reduces the stated interest rate or fees payable with respect to any Loan or Commitment in which such Participant has an interest, postpones the Term Loan Maturity Date or any date fixed for any regularly scheduled payment of principal, interest or fees on such Loan or Commitment, or releases Borrowers, any Guarantor or substantially all Collateral.

12.2.3     Participant Register . Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrowers, maintain a register in which it enters the Participant’s name and address and the principal amounts of and stated interest on the Participant’s interest in the Commitments and Loans the “ Participant Register ”). Entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of the applicable participation for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have an obligation to disclose any information in the Participant Register except to the extent necessary to establish that a Participant’s interest is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

12.2.4     Benefit of Setoff . Borrowers agree that each Participant shall have a right of set-off in respect of its participating interest to the same extent as if such interest were owing directly to a Lender, and each Lender shall also retain the right of set-off with respect to any participating interests sold by it. By exercising any right of set-off, a Participant agrees to share with Lenders all amounts received through its set-off, in accordance with Section  11.5 as if such Participant were a Lender

 

72


12.3     Assignments .

12.3.1     Permitted Assignments . A Lender may assign to an Eligible Assignee any of its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents, as long as (a) each assignment is of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of the transferor Lender’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents and, in the case of a partial assignment, is in a minimum principal amount of (i) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, $5,000,000 (unless otherwise mutually agreed by Agent and Borrowers in their discretion) or (ii) during the existence of an Event of Default, $1,000,000 (unless otherwise agreed by Agent in its discretion), and in each case in integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount; (b) except in the case of an assignment in whole of a Lender’s rights and obligations, the aggregate amount of the Commitments retained by the transferor Lender is at least (i) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, $5,000,000 (unless otherwise mutually agreed by Agent and Borrowers in their discretion) or (ii) during the existence of an Event of Default, $1,000,000 (unless otherwise agreed by Agent in its discretion); and (c) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to Agent, for its acceptance and recording, an Assignment and Acceptance. Nothing herein shall limit the right of a Lender to pledge or assign any rights under the Loan Documents to secure obligations of such Lender, including a pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from its obligations hereunder nor substitute the pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

12.3.2     Effect; Effective Date . Upon delivery to Agent of an assignment notice in the form of Exhibit A-2 and a processing fee of $3,500 (unless otherwise agreed by Agent in its Permitted Discretion), the assignment shall become effective as specified in the notice, if it complies with this Section  12.3 . From such effective date, the Eligible Assignee shall for all purposes be a Lender under the Loan Documents, and shall have all rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder. Upon consummation of an assignment, the transferor Lender, Agent and Borrowers shall make appropriate arrangements for issuance of replacement and/or new notes, if applicable. The transferee Lender shall comply with Section  5.9 and deliver, upon request, an administrative questionnaire satisfactory to Agent

12.3.3     Certain Assignees . No assignment or participation may be made to an Obligor, Affiliate of an Obligor, Defaulting Lender or natural person. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no assignment or participation may be made to any Person that is a direct commercial competitor of the Obligors. Any assignment by a Defaulting Lender shall be effective only upon payment by the Eligible Assignee or Defaulting Lender to Agent of an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution (through direct payment, purchases of participations or other compensating actions as Agent deems appropriate), to satisfy all funding and payment liabilities then owing by the Defaulting Lender hereunder. If an assignment by a Defaulting Lender shall become effective under Applicable Law for any reason without compliance with the foregoing sentence, then the assignee shall be deemed a Defaulting Lender for all purposes until such compliance occurs.

12.3.4     Register . Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices (a) a copy (or electronic equivalent) of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it, and (b) a register (the “ Register ”) for recordation of

 

73


the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of and stated interest on the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time. Entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrowers or any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable notice.

12.4     Replacement of Certain Lenders . If a Lender (a) within the last 120 days failed to give its consent to any amendment, waiver or action for which consent of all Lenders was required and Required Lenders consented, (b) is a Defaulting Lender, or (c) within the last 120 days gave a notice under Section  3.5 or requested payment or compensation under Section  3.7 or 5.9 (and has not designated a different Lending Office pursuant to Section  3.8 ), then Agent or Borrowers may, upon 10 days’ notice to such Lender, require it to assign its rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to Eligible Assignee(s) willing to acquire such rights and obligations, pursuant to appropriate Assignment and Acceptance(s), within 20 days after the notice. Agent is irrevocably appointed as attorney-in-fact to execute any such Assignment and Acceptance if the Lender fails to execute it. Such Lender shall be entitled to receive, in cash, concurrently with such assignment, all amounts owed to it under the Loan Documents through the date of assignment.

 

13. MISCELLANEOUS

13.1     Amendments and Waivers .

13.1.1     Amendments and Other Modifications . No modification of any Loan Document, including any extension or amendment of a Loan Document or any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, shall be effective without the prior written agreement of Agent (with the consent of Required Lenders) and each Obligor party to such Loan Document; provided, however, that:

(a) without the prior written consent of Agent, no modification shall alter any provision in a Loan Document that relates to any rights, duties or discretion of Agent;

(b) Intentionally Omitted .

(c) without the prior written consent of each affected Lender, including a Defaulting Lender, no modification shall (i) increase the Commitment of such Lender; (ii) reduce the amount of, or waive or delay payment of, any principal, interest or fees payable to such Lender (except as provided in Section  4.2 ); (iii) extend the Term Loan Maturity Date applicable to such Lender’s Obligations; or (iv) amend this clause (c); and

(d) without the prior written consent of all Lenders (except any Defaulting Lender), no modification shall (i) alter Section  5.6.2 , 7.1 (except to add Collateral) or 13.1.1 ; (ii) amend the definition of Pro Rata or Required Lenders; (iii) release all or substantially all Collateral; or (iv) except in connection with a merger, disposition or similar transaction expressly permitted hereby, release any Obligor from liability for any Obligations.

 

74


13.1.2     Limitations . The agreement of any Obligor shall not be required for any modification of a Loan Document that deals solely with the rights and duties of Lenders and/or Agent as among themselves. Only the consent of the parties to any agreement relating to fees shall be required for modification of such agreement. Any waiver or consent granted by Agent or Lenders hereunder shall be effective only if in writing and only for the matter specified.

13.1.3     Payment for Consents . No Borrower will, directly or indirectly, pay any remuneration or other thing of value, whether by way of additional interest, fee or otherwise, to any Lender (in its capacity as a Lender hereunder) as consideration for agreement by such Lender with any modification of any Loan Documents, unless such remuneration or value is concurrently paid, on the same terms, on a Pro Rata basis to all Lenders providing their consent.

13.2     Power of Attorney . Borrowers hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Agent (and all Persons designated by Agent) as Borrowers’ true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) for the purposes provided in this Section. Agent, or Agent’s designee, may, without notice and in either its or any Borrower’s name, but at the cost and expense of Borrowers:

(a) Endorse any Borrower’s name on any Payment Item or other proceeds of Collateral (including proceeds of insurance) that come into Agent’s possession or control; and

(b) During the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) notify any Account Debtors of the assignment of their Accounts, demand and enforce payment of Accounts, by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise any rights and remedies with respect to Accounts; (ii) settle, adjust, modify, compromise, discharge or release any Accounts or other Collateral, or any legal proceedings brought to collect Accounts or Collateral; (iii) collect, liquidate and receive balances in Deposit Accounts or investment accounts, and take control, in any manner, of proceeds of Collateral; (iv) receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Borrowers, and notify postal authorities to deliver any such mail to an address designated by Lender; (v) use any Borrower’s stationery and sign its name to verifications of Accounts and notices to Account Debtors; (vi) use information contained in any data processing, electronic or information systems relating to Collateral; (vii) make and adjust claims under insurance policies; and (viii) do all other things necessary to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

13.3     Indemnity . BORROWERS SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNITEES AGAINST ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE INCURRED BY OR ASSERTED AGAINST ANY INDEMNITEE, INCLUDING CLAIMS ASSERTED BY ANY OBLIGOR OR OTHER PERSON OR ARISING FROM THE NEGLIGENCE OF AN INDEMNITEE. In no event shall any party to a Loan Document have any obligation thereunder to indemnify or hold harmless an Indemnitee with respect to a Claim that is determined in a final, non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

13.4     Notices and Communications .

13.4.1     Notice Address . All notices and other communications by or to a party hereto shall be in writing and shall be given to Borrowers, at AGM’s address shown on the signature pages hereof, and to any other Person at its address shown on the signature pages

 

75


hereof (or, in the case of a Person who becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, at the address shown on its Assignment and Acceptance), or at such other address as a party may hereafter specify by notice in accordance with this Section  13.4 . Each communication shall be effective only (a) if given by facsimile transmission, when transmitted to the applicable facsimile number, if confirmation of receipt is received; (b) if given by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, with first-class postage pre-paid, addressed to the applicable address; or (c) if given by personal delivery, when duly delivered to the notice address with receipt acknowledged. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no notice to Agent pursuant to Section  5.2.3 shall be effective until actually received by the individual to whose attention at Agent such notice is required to be sent. Any written communication that is not sent in conformity with the foregoing provisions shall nevertheless be effective on the date actually received by the noticed party.

13.4.2     Electronic Communications; Voice Mail . Electronic mail and internet websites may be used only for routine communications, such as delivery of Borrower Materials, administrative matters and distribution of Loan Documents. Agent and Lenders make no assurances as to the privacy and security of electronic communications. Electronic and voice mail may not be used as effective notice under the Loan Documents.

13.4.3     Platform . Borrower Materials shall be delivered by Borrowers pursuant to procedures approved by Agent, including electronic delivery (if possible) upon request by Agent to an electronic system maintained by it (“ Platform ”). Borrowers shall notify Agent of each posting of reports or other information on the Platform. All information shall be deemed received by Agent only upon its receipt of such notice. Borrower Materials and other information relating to this credit facility may be made available to Secured Parties on the Platform, and Obligors and Secured Parties acknowledge that “public” information is not segregated from material non-public information on the Platform. The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” Agent does not warrant the accuracy or completeness of any information on the Platform nor the adequacy or functioning of the Platform, and expressly disclaims liability for any errors or omissions in the Borrower Materials or any issues involving the Platform. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY AGENT WITH RESPECT TO BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. Secured Parties acknowledge that Borrower Materials may include material non-public information of Obligors and should not be made available to any personnel who do not wish to receive such information or who may be engaged in investment or other market-related activities with respect to any Obligor’s securities. No Agent Indemnitee shall have any liability to Borrowers, Secured Parties or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) relating to use by any Person of the Platform or delivery of Borrower Materials and other information through the platform or over the internet.

13.4.4     Non-Conforming Communications . Agent and Lenders may rely upon any communications purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrowers even if they were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not confirmed, or if the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from a later confirmation. Borrowers shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from any liabilities, losses, costs and expenses arising from any electronic or telephonic communication purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrowers.

 

76


13.5     Performance of Borrowers’ Obligations . Agent may, in its discretion at any time and from time to time, at Borrowers’ expense, pay any amount or do any act required of Borrowers under any Loan Documents or otherwise lawfully requested by Agent to (a) enforce any Loan Documents or collect any Obligations; (b) protect, insure, maintain or realize upon any Collateral; or (c) defend or maintain the validity or priority of Agent’s Liens in any Collateral, including any payment of a judgment, insurance premium, warehouse charge, finishing or processing charge, or landlord claim, or any discharge of a Lien. All payments, costs and expenses (including Extraordinary Expenses) of Agent under this Section shall be reimbursed by Borrowers, on demand, with interest from the date incurred until paid in full, at the Default Rate applicable to LIBOR Loans. Any payment made or action taken by Agent under this Section shall be without prejudice to any right to assert an Event of Default or to exercise any other rights or remedies under the Loan Documents.

13.6     Credit Inquiries . Agent may (but shall have no obligation) to respond to usual and customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning any Obligor or Subsidiary.

13.7     Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of the Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such manner as to be valid under Applicable Law. If any provision is found to be invalid under Applicable Law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of the Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

13.8     Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms . The provisions of the Loan Documents are cumulative. The parties acknowledge that the Loan Documents may use several limitations or measurements to regulate similar matters, and they agree that these are cumulative and that each must be performed as provided. Except as otherwise provided in another Loan Document (by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement), if any provision contained herein is in direct conflict with any provision in another Loan Document, the provision herein shall govern and control.

13.9     Counterparts; Execution . Any Loan Document may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement shall become effective when Agent has received counterparts bearing the signatures of all parties hereto. Delivery of a signature page of any Loan Document by telecopy or other electronic means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of such agreement. Any electronic signature, contract formation on an electronic platform and electronic record-keeping shall have the same legal validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based recordkeeping system to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any similar state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

13.10     Entire Agreement . Time is of the essence with respect to all Loan Documents and Obligations. The Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, among the parties relating to the subject matter thereof.

 

77


13.11     Relationship with Lenders . The obligations of each Lender hereunder are several, and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitments of any other Lender. Amounts payable hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt. It shall not be necessary for Agent or any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purposes. Nothing in this Agreement and no action of Agent, Lenders or any other Secured Party pursuant to the Loan Documents or otherwise shall be deemed to constitute Agent and any Secured Party to be a partnership, joint venture or similar arrangement, nor to constitute control of any Obligor.

13.12     No Control; No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . Nothing in any Loan Document and no action of Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Loan Document shall be deemed to constitute control of any Obligor by Agent or any Lender. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by any Loan Document, Borrowers acknowledge and agree that (a)(i) this credit facility and all related services by Agent, any Lender or any of the their Affiliates are arm’s-length commercial transactions between Borrowers and such Person; (ii) Borrowers have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate; and (iii) Borrowers are capable of evaluating, and understand and accept, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (b) each of Agent, Lenders their Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Borrowers, their Affiliates or any other Person, and has no obligation with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents except as expressly set forth therein; and (c) Agent, Lenders and their Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of Borrowers and their Affiliates, and have no obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrowers or their Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, Borrowers hereby waive and release any claims that they may have against Agent, Lender and their Affiliates with respect to any breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any transaction contemplated by a Loan Document.

13.13     Confidentiality . Agent and each Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates, and its and their partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (provided they are informed of the confidential nature of the Information and instructed to keep it confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it or its Affiliates; (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or by any subpoena or other legal process; (d) to any other party hereto; (e) in connection with any action or proceeding relating to any Loan Documents or Obligations; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as this Section, to any potential or actual transferee of any interest in a Loan Document or any actual or prospective party (or its advisors) to any Bank Product or to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to an Obligor or Obligor’s obligations; (g) with the consent of Borrowers; or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) is available to Agent, any Lender or any of their Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrowers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent and Lenders may publish or disseminate general information concerning this credit facility, and may use Borrowers’ logos, trademarks or product photographs in advertising

 

78


materials. As used herein, “Information” means all information received from an Obligor or Subsidiary relating to it or its business. A Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to have complied if it exercises a degree of care similar to that accorded its own confidential information. Agent and each Lender acknowledges that (i) Information may include material non-public information; (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of such information; and (iii) it will handle the material non-public information in accordance with Applicable Law

13.14     [ Reserved ] .

13.15     GOVERNING LAW . UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND ALL CLAIMS, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES EXCEPT FEDERAL LAWS RELATING TO NATIONAL BANKS.

13.16     Consent to Forum .

13.16.1     Forum . BORROWERS HEREBY CONSENT TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL OR STATE COURT SITTING IN OR WITH JURISDICTION OVER NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, IN ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATING IN ANY WAY TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, AND AGREES THAT ANY DISPUTE, ACTION, LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING SHALL BE BROUGHT BY IT SOLELY IN ANY SUCH COURT. BORROWERS IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ALL CLAIMS, OBJECTIONS AND DEFENSES THAT THEY MAY HAVE REGARDING ANY SUCH COURT’S PERSONAL OR SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 13.4.1 . A final judgment in any proceeding of any such court shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or any other manner provided by Applicable Law.

13.16.2     Other Jurisdictions . Nothing herein shall limit the right of Agent or any Lender to bring proceedings against any Obligor in any other court, nor limit the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to preclude enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any judgment or order obtained in any forum or jurisdiction.

13.16.3     Judicial Reference . If any action, litigation or proceeding relating to any Obligations or Loan Documents is filed in a court sitting in or applying the laws of California, the court shall, and is hereby directed to, make a general reference pursuant to Cal. Civ. Proc. Code §638 to a referee (who shall be an active or retired judge) to hear and determine all issues in such case (whether fact or law) and to report a statement of decision. Nothing in this Section shall limit the right of Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise self-help remedies, such as setoff, foreclosure or sale of any Collateral or to obtain provisional or ancillary remedies

 

79


from a court of competent jurisdiction before, during or after any judicial reference. The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of any party to resort to judicial reference. At Agent’s option, foreclosure under a mortgage or deed of trust may be accomplished either by exercise of power of sale thereunder or by judicial foreclosure.

13.17     Waivers by Borrowers . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Borrower waives (a) the right to trial by jury (which Agent hereby also waives) in any proceeding or dispute of any kind relating in any way to any Loan Documents, Obligations or Collateral; (b) presentment, demand, protest, notice of presentment, default, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Agent on which such Borrower may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies anything Agent may do in this regard; (c) notice prior to taking possession or control of any Collateral; (d) any bond or security that might be required by a court prior to allowing Agent to exercise any rights or remedies; (e) the benefit of all valuation, appraisement and exemption laws; (f) any claim against Agent or any Lender, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential, exemplary or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) in any way relating to any Enforcement Action, Obligations, Loan Documents or transactions relating thereto; and (g) notice of acceptance hereof. Each Borrower acknowledges that the foregoing waivers are a material inducement to Agent and Lenders entering into this Agreement and that they are relying upon the foregoing in its dealings with Borrowers. Each Borrower has reviewed the foregoing waivers with its legal counsel and has knowingly and voluntarily waived its jury trial and other rights following consultation with legal counsel. In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a written consent to a trial by the court.

13.18     Patriot Act Notice . Agent and lenders hereby notify Borrowers that pursuant to the PATRIOT Act, Agent and Lenders are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, including its legal name, address, tax ID number and other information that will allow Agent and Lenders to identify it in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. Agent and Lenders will also require information regarding each personal guarantor, if any, and may require information regarding Borrowers’ management and owners, such as legal name, address, social security number and date of birth. Borrowers shall, promptly upon request, provide all documentation and other information as Agent or any Lender may request from time to time in order to comply with any obligations under “know your customer,” anti-money laundering or other requirements of Applicable Law.

13.19     Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent the terms of this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement conflict, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

13.20     NO ORAL AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signatures begin on following page]

 

80


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered as of the date set forth above.

 

BORROWERS :
ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

Name:   Dan Lenahan
Title:   Vice President
Address:  
 

c/o Trive Capital

2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1200

Dallas, TX 75201

Attn: Dan Lenahan

PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Lenahan

Name:   Dan Lenahan
Title:   Vice President
Address:  
 

c/o Trive Capital

2021 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1200

Dallas, TX 75201

Attn: Dan Lenahan


AGENT :

CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name:   Dan Wolf
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Address:  
  875 Third Avenue
  New York, NY 10022
  Attn: Daniel Wolf


LENDERS :
CERBERUS LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND III, L.P.
By: Cerberus Levered Opportunities III GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS ICQ LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By: Cerberus ICQ Levered Opportunities GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS NJ CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By: Cerberus NJ Credit Opportunities GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS ASRS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Vice President


CERBERUS KRS LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By: Cerberus KRS Levered Opportunities GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS PSERS LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By: Cerberus PSERS Levered Opportunities GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS FSBA HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Wolf

Name: Dan Wolf
Title: Vice President


SCHEDULE 2.1

to

Financing Agreement

COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS

 

Lender

   Term Loan
Commitment
     Percentage  

Cerberus Levered Loan Opportunities Fund III, L.P.

   $ 30,761,968.51        20.46

Cerberus NJ Credit Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 6,417,544.81        6.86

Cerberus ASRS Holdings LLC

   $ 30,735,272.88        32.93

Cerberus ICQ Levered Loan Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 13,799,249.80        14.79

Cerberus KRS Levered Loan Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 2,749,175.05        2.95

Cerberus PSERS Levered Loan Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 11,747,249.28        12.59

Cerberus FSBA Holdings LLC

   $ 8,789,539.67        9.42
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 105,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1


SCHEDULE 8.1.4

to

Financing Agreement

NAMES AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

 

1. The corporate names, jurisdictions of incorporation, and authorized and issued Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

          Number and Class    Number and Class

Name

   Jurisdiction   

of Authorized Shares

  

of Issued Shares

TCFI G&M LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Washington    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    Delaware    100% membership interest    100% membership interest
CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.    Brazil    5,000 quotas    5,000 quotas

 

2. The record holders of Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name

   Class of Stock      Number of
Shares/Percentage
Membership Interest
   

Record Owner

TCFI G&M LLC

     N/A        35.514   Trive Capital Fund I LP
        39.287   TCFI G&M SPV LP
        3.251   Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP
        2.152   Jack W. Seiders
        2.524   Jack Chadley Seiders
        1.740   Luke W. Spiller
        1.710   Rick E. Seiders
        0.403   Jesse Bogan
        0.142   Sevak Kalayci
        0.744   Tim Reed
        0.372   Jeff Harrington


Name

   Class of Stock    Number of
Shares/Percentage
Membership Interest
   

Record Owner

        0.372   Jason Brown
        1.785   Sunil Palakodati
        10.004   Aquarius Seller, Inc.
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    N/A      100   TCFI G&M LLC
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    N/A      100   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
AG Holdco (SPV) LLC    N/A      100   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME.    N/A     

4,950 quotas

50 quotas

 

 

 

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

 

3. All agreements binding on holders of Equity Interests of Parent and its Subsidiaries with respect to such interests are as follows:

 

  1. Limited Liability Company Agreement of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M OpCo LLC).

 

  2. Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of TCFI G&M LLC.

 

  3. Limited Liability Company Agreement of AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

  4. Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Pental Granite and Marble, LLC.

 

  5. CECAFE SERVICOS ADMINISTRATIVOS LTDA. ME. Contrato Social, as amended by the 1 a Alteração do Contrato Social and the 2 a Alteração do Contrato Social.

 

  6. Membership Interest and Supplier Rights Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, by and between G&M OpCo LLC and Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC.

 

  7. Membership Interest Transfer Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, between G&M OpCo LLC and AG Holdco (SPV) LLC.

 

4. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has acquired any substantial assets from any other Person nor been the surviving entity in a merger or combination, except:

 

  1. Substantially all of the assets of Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 23, 2015 among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC (f/k/a G&M Opco LLC), Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Jack W. Seiders, Peggy A. Seiders, Jack Chadley Seiders, Chelsey S. Bryant, Luke W. Spiller, Rick E. Seiders, and Kelley M. Wilson.


  2. Substantially all of the assets of Bermuda Import-Export, Inc. were purchased pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 21, 2016 among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, Bermuda Import-Export, Inc., Osep Tokat and Vahe Akpulat.

 

5. There are no outstanding purchase options, warrants, subscription rights, agreements to issue or sell, convertible interests, phantom rights or powers of attorney relating to Equity Interests of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, except:

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.10

to

Financing Agreement

BROKERAGE COMMISSION

None.


SCHEDULE 8 .1.11

to

Financing Agreement

PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES

 

1. Borrowers’ and Subsidiaries’ patents:

None.

 

2. Borrowers’ and Subsidiaries’ trademarks:

 

Trademark

  

Owner

   Status in
Trademark
Office
   Federal
Registration No.
   Registration Date

METROQUARTZ

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Registered    4842252    10/27/15

COUNTERS FOR A CAUSE

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Registered    4175321    7/17/12

WORLDWIDE SOURCES.

WORLD-CLASS SERVICE.

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Registered    4364938    7/9/13

PENTAL SURFACES

   Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Registered    87/016,098    4/27/16

PENTAL SURFACES

   Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Registered    87/975,082    4/27/16

PENTAL QUARTZ

   Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Registered    4451890    12/17/13

PQ and design

   Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Registered    4373240    7/23/13


3. Borrowers’ and Subsidiaries’ copyrights:

 

Copyright

  

Owner

   Status in
Copyright
Office
   Federal
Registration No.
   Registration
Date

AG&M Website (Screen Displays)

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Registered    VAu001078181    5/11/11

AG&M Website (Source Code)

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Registered    TXu001755102    5/9/11

 

4. Borrowers’ and Subsidiaries’ licenses (other than routine business licenses, authorizing them to transact business in local jurisdictions):

Licenses contained in the following Agreements:

 

  1. Company Agreement of Artisan SG, LLC, D/B/A THE ARTISAN GROUP, LLC dated as of September 30, 2007.

 

  2. Service Agreement dated July 1, 2016 between PGM and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  3. Service Agreement dated October 1, 2015 between PGM and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  4. Dancik Specification for Programming Enhancement Agreement dated November 8, 2016, between PGM and Dancik International, Ltd.

 

  5. Distribution Contract dated April 19, 2013, between PGM and Lapitec S.p.A.

 

  6. Master Subscription Agreement effective as of June 1, 2011, relating to the SugarCRM software.

 

  7. Frame Work Contract for American Markets (Number 01-14/Phenika-Pental), dated as of April 21, 2014, by and between Pental Granite and Marble and A&A Green Phenix Joint Stock Company.

 

  8. Supplier Buying Agreement effective January 1, 2016, between PGM and Interior Specialists, Inc.


SCHEDULE 8.1.13

to

Financing Agreement

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.14

to

Financing Agreement

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.15

to

Financing Agreement

LITIGATION

 

1. Proceedings and investigations pending against Obligors or Subsidiaries:

None.

2.    Threatened (in writing) proceedings or investigations of which any Obligor or Subsidiary is aware: None.

 

3. Pending Commercial Tort Claim of any Obligor: None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.17

to

Financing Agreement

PENSION PLAN DISCLOSURES

None.


SCHEDULE 8.1.27

to

Financing Agreement

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

 

1. The Revolver Debt Documents.

 

2. Frame Work Contract for American Markets (Number 01-14/Phenika-Pental), dated as of April 21, 2014, by and between Pental and A&A Green Phenix Joint Stock Company.


SCHEDULE 9.1.9

to

Financing Agreement

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Name

  

Depository Bank

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Bank of America
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Bank of America
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Bank of America
Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC    Bank of America
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.
Pental Granite and Marble, LLC    Wells Fargo


SCHEDULE 9.1.10

to

Financing Agreement

BUSINESS LOCATIONS

 

1. Obligors currently have the following business locations, and no others:

Chief Executive Office:

 

Address

  

Obligor

19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood

Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669

   Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood

Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669

   TCFI G&M LLC

19012 Hwy 71 West, Spicewood

Austin, Travis County, Texas 78669

   AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

713 S. Fidalgo St.

Seattle, King County, Washington 98108

   Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

Other Locations:

 

Address

  

Obligor

2021 McKinney Avenue, suite 1200    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC;
Dallas, Dallas County, Texas 75201    TCFI G&M LLC;
   AG Holdco (SPV) LLC
3843 Stahl Road    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas 78217   
7317 N. Broadway Extension    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma County, Oklahoma 73116   
4200 Kenilwood Drive    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee 37204   
511 Hinton Oaks Blvd.    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Knightdale, Wake County, North Carolina 27545   
8861 N. San Fernando Road    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Sun Valley, Los Angeles County, California 91352   
4850 East La Palma Ave.    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Anaheim, Orange County, California 92801   
5032 Sirona Dr #100    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, North Carolina 28273   
Approx. 2 acres west of the space at 7317 N.    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

Broadway Extension, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

County, Oklahoma 73116

  


Address

  

Obligor

3900 A Industry Drive East    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424   
3551 NW Yeon Ave.    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon, 97210   
7050 Valjean Ave.    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Van Nuys, Los Angeles County, California 91406   
10000-10300 East 40th Avenue    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Denver, Denver County, Colorado 80038   
549 B South Dawson Street, Seattle, Washington    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
3600-D Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County,    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Washington 98424   
4700 South Highland Drive, Suite A, Unit #046, Salt    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Lake City, Salt Lake County, Utah   
2211 N. Harvard Road, Unit 57, Liberty Lake,    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Spokane County, Washington   
405 N. Gilbert Road, Unit 729, Gilbert, Maricopa    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
County, Arizona   
6218 W. Sahara Ave., Unit D92, Las Vegas, Clark    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
County, Nevada   
6401 Oak Canyon, Space D1003, Irvine, Orange    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
County, California   

 

2. The following bailees, warehouseman, similar parties and consignees hold inventory of Borrower or Subsidiary:

 

Name of Party

  

Address of Party

  

Nature of

Relationship

  

Owner of Inventory

Venturi Capital, Inc. (dba Goldstone Granite & Marble)   

5506 Franklin Avenue

Waco, TX 76710

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Surface Products, Inc.   

18623 Northline Drive

Cornelius, NC 28301

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Smokey Mountain Tops, Inc.   

7216 Ball Camp Pike

Knoxville, TN 37931

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Front Range Stone, Inc.   

2195 S. Raritan Street

Englewood, CO 80110

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC


Name of Party

  

Address of Party

  

Nature of

Relationship

  

Owner of Inventory

Consolidated Supply Co., Inc.   

10325 J Street

Omaha, NE 68127

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
SST Acquisition Company (Trindco)   

1004 Obici Indus

Blvd., PO Box 4029

Suffolk, VA 23439

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
StoneStore Partners, Ltd.   

11850 Hempstead

Hwy., Ste. 230

Houston, TX 77092

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Majestic Marble & Glass Company   

104 Jeffrey Way

Youngsville, NC 27596

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Berry Marble Company, Inc. (f/k/a Stone Fabricators Inc./US Granite) and Craig Berry   

1995 E. Hwy. 380

Farmersville, TX 75442

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Construction Resources, Inc. and Mitch Hires   

246 Rio Circle

Decatur, GA 30030

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Wood Dimensions, Inc. and Tom Rocks   

4031 W. 150th Street

Cleveland, OH 44135

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Hoffman Fixtures Company and Joe Hoffman, Jr.   

9421 E. 54th Street

Tulsa, OK 74145

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Halabi, Inc.   

2100 Huntington Drive

Fairfield, CA 94533

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Innovative Surfaces, Inc. and Bruce Akins   

515 Spiral Boulevard

Hastings, MN 55033

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Rocky Mountain Stone Company, Inc. and Scott Lardner   

4741 Pan American

NE, Albuquerque, NM, 87107

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Incounters, Inc. and Ed Wright   

2364 Butternut St,

Abilene, TX 79602-5832

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Howe Enterprises, Inc. and Justin Howe   

2700 S. Osage

Amarillo, TX 79103

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Artistic Counters, Inc. and Scott Tonick   

18630 Goll Street

Garden Ridge, TX 78266

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Florida Bath & Surfaces Inc.   

5161 C Highway 98

West Santa Rosa, FL 32459

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC


Name of Party

  

Address of Party

  

Nature of

Relationship

  

Owner of Inventory

Amazon Stone Boutique   

581 Westlake Street

Encinitas, CA 82024

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Amazon Stones   

7980 Miramar Road

San Diego, CA 92126

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Counter Act, Inc.   

1100 A. Memorial Drive

Marietta, OK 73448

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
CR Home of Alabama, LLC   

PO Box 1732

Santa Rosa Beach, FL 32459

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Elite Installation and Design, Inc.   

83 Industrial Park, Ste. E

Hendersonville, TN 37075

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Granite Gallery, Inc.   

3275 Main Street

Chula Vista, CA 919111

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Oretga Kitchen & Bath   

2834 Clovis Rd

Lubbock TX 79408

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Planet Granite, Inc.   

3020 N Stone Ave.

Colorado Springs CO 80907

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Schumann Granite, LP    10046 US Hwy 290 East Suite A Fredericksburg TX 78624    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
The Stone Gallery of Wilmington LLC   

2137 Wrightsville Ave

Wilmington NC 28403

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
C&C Sage, Inc.   

3626 Binz- Engleman Rd

San Antonio TX 78219

   Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Winn & Winn, Inc. DBA: Natural Stone Design    104 Nell Deane Blvd Building 1 Schertz TX 78154    Consignee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Lifetime Granite   

915 NW State Ave.,

Chehalis, WA 98532

   Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC


Name of Party

  

Address of Party

  

Nature of

Relationship

  

Owner of Inventory

Idaho Granite Works   

468146 Hwy. 95,

Sagle, Idaho 83860

   Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Stone Works International   

610 Commerce

Street, Eugene OR 97402

   Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Shine Marble Company Inc.   

20414 80th Ave NE,

Kenmore, WA 98028

   Consignee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Savino Del Bene USA Inc.   

1065 Texas Trail, Ste. 250

Grapevine, TX 76051

   Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC and Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Interglobo    4 Expressway Plaza, Suite 216 Roslyn Heights, NY 11577    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Dachser   

C/Colon 7-2, 36201

Vigo, Pontevedra, Spain

   Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
RF Barnes   

11130 Jollyville

Rd., Suite 300,

Austin TX 78759

   Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Greating Shipping   

2225 W. Commonwealth

Ave., Ste. 316 Alhambra, CA 91803

   Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
A2Z Logistics (d/b/a PKD Logistics)    5604 Wendy Bagwell Pkwy, Suite 223 Hiram, GA 30141    Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
Danesi   

Via Fioriollo, 6

54033, Carrara Italy

   Bailee    Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC
JAS Forwarding (USA) Inc.   

22615 54 th Avenue

South, Kent, WA 98032

   Bailee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC
Green Worldwide Shipping LLC    1944 Pacific Ave. Suite 206 Tacoma, WA 98402    Bailee    Pental Granite and Marble, LLC


SCHEDULE 9.2.2

to

Financing Agreement

EXISTING LIENS

 

       F ILE  N UMBER      E FFECTIVE
D ATE
    

S ECURED P ARTY

    

C OLLATERAL

1.      #2015
6076490
     12/16/2015      Horizon Bank, SSB      Specific Equipment


EXHIBIT A-1

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

Reference is made to the Financing Agreement, dated as of February      , 2017 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ AGM ”), Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental ” and together with AGM and each Subsidiary of AGM that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” thereunder, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent (“ Agent ”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (“ Lenders ”), and such Lenders. Terms are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

                     (“ Assignor ”) and                      (“ Assignee ”) agree as follows:

1.    Assignor hereby assigns to Assignee and Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from Assignor a principal amount of $          of Assignor’s outstanding Term Loan (the “ Assigned Interest ”), together with an interest in the Loan Documents corresponding to the Assigned Interest. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date (“ Effective Date ”) indicated in the corresponding Assignment Notice delivered to Agent, provided such Assignment Notice is executed by Assignor, Assignee, Agent and AGM, if applicable. From and after the Effective Date, Assignee hereby expressly assumes, and undertakes to perform, all of Assignor’s obligations in respect of the Assigned Interest, and all principal, interest, fees and other amounts which would otherwise be payable to or for Assignor’s account in respect of the Assigned Interest shall be payable to or for Assignee’s account, to the extent such amounts accrue on or after the Effective Date.

2.    Assignor (a) represents that as of the date hereof, prior to giving effect to this assignment, the outstanding balance of its Term Loans is $          ; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Loan Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that Assignor is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim; and (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrowers or the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Documents. [Assignor is attaching the promissory note[s] held by it and requests that Agent exchange such note[s] for new promissory notes payable to Assignee [and Assignor].]

3.    Assignee (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (b) confirms that it has received copies of the Loan Agreement and such other Loan Documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit

 

A-1-1


analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance; (c) agrees that it shall, independently and without reliance upon Assignor and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents; (d) confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee; (e) appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Agreement as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; (f) agrees that it will observe and perform all obligations that are required to be performed by it as a “Lender” under the Loan Documents; and (g) represents and warrants that the assignment evidenced hereby will not result in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA.

4.    This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. If any provision is found to be invalid under Applicable Law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5.    Each notice or other communication hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by messenger, by telecopy or facsimile transmission, or by first-class mail, shall be deemed given when sent and shall be sent as follows:

 

  (a) If to Assignee, to the following address (or to such other address as Assignee may designate from time to time):

 

                                                                      

                                                                      

                                                                      

 

  (b) If to Assignor, to the following address (or to such other address as Assignor may designate from time to time):

 

                                                                      

                                                                      

                                                                      

                                                                      

Payments hereunder shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available Dollars as follows:

If to Assignee, to the following account (or to such other account as Assignee may designate from time to time):

 

                                                                          

                                                                          

ABA No.                                                           

                                                                          

Account No.                                                      

Reference:                                                        

 

A-1-2


If to Assignor, to the following account (or to such other account as Assignor may designate from time to time):

 

                                                                                  

                                                                                  

ABA No.                                                                  

                                                                                  

Account No.                                                            

Reference:                                                               

 

A-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Assignment and Acceptance is executed as of                     .

 

 

(“Assignee”)
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

(“Assignor”)
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-1-4


EXHIBIT A-2

ASSIGNMENT NOTICE

ASSIGNMENT NOTICE

Reference is made to (1) the Financing Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ AGM ”), Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental ” and together with AGM and each Subsidiary of AGM that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” thereunder, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent (“ Agent ”) for the financial institutions from time to time party to the Loan Agreement (“ Lenders ”), and such Lenders; and (2) the Assignment and Acceptance dated as of              , 20          (“ Assignment Agreement ”), between                      (“ Assignor ”) and                      (“ Assignee ”). Terms are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

Assignor hereby notifies Borrowers and Agent of Assignor’s intent to assign to Assignee pursuant to the Assignment Agreement a principal amount of $          of Assignor’s outstanding Term Loan (the “ Assigned Interest ”), together with an interest in the Loan Documents corresponding to the Assigned Interest. This Agreement shall be effective as of the date (“ Effective Date ”) indicated below, provided this Assignment Notice is executed by Assignor, Assignee, Agent and AGM, if applicable. Pursuant to the Assignment Agreement, Assignee has expressly assumed all of Assignor’s obligations under the Loan Agreement to the extent of the Assigned Interest, as of the Effective Date.

The address of Assignee to which notices and information are to be sent under the terms of the Loan Agreement is:

                                                         

                                                         

                                                         

                                                         

The address of Assignee to which payments are to be sent under the terms of the Loan Agreement is shown in the Assignment Agreement.

This Notice is being delivered to Borrowers and Agent pursuant to Section  13.3 of the Loan Agreement. Please acknowledge your acceptance of this Notice by executing and returning to Assignee and Assignor a copy of this Notice.

 

A-2-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Assignment Notice is executed as of                      .

 

 

(“Assignee”)
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

(“Assignor”)
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED,

AS OF THE DATE SET FORTH ABOVE: *

ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE  & MARBLE, LLC ,

as a Borrower

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

* No signature required if Assignee is a Lender, Affiliate of a Lender or if an Event of Default exists.

CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC ,

as Agent

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-2-2


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

In accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”; terms are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement), by and among Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“ AGM ”), Pental Granite and Marble, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental ” and together with AGM and each Subsidiary of AGM that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” thereunder, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto (“ Lenders ”) and Cerberus Business Finance, LLC, as agent (“ Agent ”) for and such Lenders, I hereby certify that:

1.    I am the [President] [Chief Financial Officer] of Parent;

2.    The enclosed financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

3.    No Default or any event which, upon the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute such an Event of Default, has occurred.

4.    Borrowers are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 of the Loan Agreement, as demonstrated by the calculations contained in Schedule I, attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, as Borrower
By:  

                                          

Name:  

                                          

Title:  

                                          

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

(a)    Each Loan Document shall have been duly executed and delivered to Agent by each of the signatories thereto, and each Obligor shall be in compliance with all terms thereof.

(b)    Except as set forth in Exhibit F, Agent shall have made all filings or recordations necessary to perfect its Liens in the Collateral.

(c)    Agent shall have received results of Lien searches, listing all effective financing statements which name as debtor any Obligor and which are filed in the offices referred to in the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement, together with copies of such financing statements, none of which, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Agent and Permitted Liens, shall cover any of the Collateral and the results of searches for any tax Lien and judgment Lien filed against such Person or its property, which results, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the and Permitted Liens, shall not show any such Liens;

(d)    Agent shall have received certificates, in form and substance satisfactory to it, from a knowledgeable Senior Officer of AGM certifying that, after giving effect to the making of the Term Loans and the transactions contemplated hereunder, (i) Borrowers are Solvent; (ii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section  8 are true and correct in all material respects (without duplication of any materiality qualifier therein); (iv) no litigation, investigation or proceeding before or by any arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall be continuing or threatened against any Obligor which could, in the reasonable opinion of Lender, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Collateral, or any Obligor; and (v) each Borrower has complied with all agreements and conditions to be satisfied by it under the Loan Documents.

(e)    Agent shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of the Loan Documents is true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to this credit facility; and (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign the Loan Documents. Agent may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing.

(f)    Agent shall have received a written opinion of Haynes & Boone, LLP, as well any local counsel to Borrowers, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

(g)    Agent shall have received copies of the charter documents of each Obligor, certified by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization. Agent shall have received good standing certificates for each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization and each jurisdiction where such Obligor’s conduct of business or ownership of Property necessitates qualification.

 

C-1


(h)    Agent shall have received evidence of the insurance coverage with respect to the business and operations of the Obligors as the Agent may reasonably request.

(j)    Borrowers shall have paid on or before the Closing Date all fees and expenses to be paid to Agent and Lenders, including without limitation, all fees and expenses required to be paid pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 3.4.

(k)    Agent shall have received a Borrowing Base Certificate as of January 31, 2017. Upon giving effect to the making of the Term Loan and the payment by Borrowers of all fees and expenses incurred in connection herewith, Availability shall be at least $4,000,000. The Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent a certificate of the chief financial officer of AGM certifying as to the matters set forth above and containing the calculation of Availability.

(l)    Concurrently with the making of the Term Loan on the Closing Date, the Pental Acquisition shall have been consummated on terms and conditions acceptable to Agent and Agent shall be satisfied with the corporate, capital and ownership structures of the Obligors after giving effect to the Pental Acquisition. AGM shall have received all consents necessary to permit the effectuation of the transactions contemplated by the Pental Acquisition, this Agreement and the Revolver Loan Agreement and Agent shall have received such consents and waivers of such Persons as Agent shall deem necessary in its Permitted Discretion. The Pental Acquisition Documents shall be in full force and effect and Agent shall have received fully executed copies of the Pental Acquisition Documents, each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of AGM as being true, correct and complete.

(m)    Concurrently with the making of the Term Loan, AGM shall have amended the Revolver Loan Agreement to provide for revolving loans of up to $40,000,000 of which no more than $25,000,000 will be outstanding on the Closing Date, and such agreement shall be in full force and effect and Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of the Revolver Debt Documents, each of which shall be certified by a duly authorized officer of AGM as being true, correct and complete.

(n)    Concurrently with the making of the Term Loan, Agent shall have received evidence of the payment in full of all Debt under the Existing Term Loan Facility, together with (A)a termination and release agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Facility and all related documents, duly executed by the Obligors, the Existing Term Loan Agent and the Existing Term Loan Lenders, (B) a termination of security interest in intellectual property for each assignment for security recorded by the Existing Term Loan Agent and/or the Existing Term Loan Lenders at the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office and covering any intellectual property of the Obligors, and (C) UCC-3 termination statements for all UCC-1 financing statements authorized to be filed by the Existing Term Loan Agent and the Existing Term Loan Lenders and covering any portion of the Collateral;

 

C-2


(o)    Concurrently with the making of the Term Loan, Agent shall have received evidence of the payment in full of all Debt under the Existing Pental Loan Facility, together with (A) a termination and release agreement with respect to the Existing Pental Loan Facility and all related documents, duly executed by the Obligors and the Existing Pental Lender, (B) a termination of security interest in intellectual property for each assignment for security recorded by the Existing Pental Lender at the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office and covering any intellectual property of the Obligors, and (C) UCC-3 termination statements for all UCC-1 financing statements authorized to be filed by the Existing Pental Lender and covering any portion of the Collateral;

(p)    Agent shall have received a quality of earnings report prepared by Sprock Capital Advisory, LLC all of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

(q)    Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence that AGM shall have received, directly or indirectly, no less than $10,000,000 of proceeds in the form of rollover equity from certain management investors of Pental to effect the consummation the Pental Acquisition Agreement. On or prior to the Closing Date, there shall have been delivered to the Agent true and correct copies of all documents evidencing the contribution described above, as in effect on the Closing Date, and all material terms and provisions of such documents as in effect on the Closing Date shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

(r)    Agent shall have received a certificate of a Senior Officer of the Parent (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations required to establish compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Loans, with each of the financial covenants contained in Section 9.3.1 and 9.3.2 (as if the covenants applicable to the quarter ending March 31, 2017 applied on the Closing Date), (ii) certifying that all tax returns required to be filed by any Obligor have been filed and all taxes upon the Loan Parties or their properties, assets, and income (including real property taxes and payroll taxes) have been paid, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for the payment thereof on the Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP and (iii) attaching a copy of the Financial Statements and the Projections described in Section 8.1.7(b) hereof and certifying as to the compliance in all material respects with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.1.7(a) and section 8.1.7(b).

(s)    Agent shall have received such other agreements, instruments, approvals, opinions and other documents, each satisfactory to the Agent in form and substance, as Agent may reasonably request.

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FINANCIAL REPORTING

As long as any Commitment or Obligations are outstanding, Borrowers shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to furnish to Agent:

(a)    as soon as available, and in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets and retained earnings and statements of cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding date or period set forth in (A) the financial statements for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, and (B) the Projections, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by a report and an opinion with respect to the financial statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, of independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Parent and satisfactory to the Agent (which opinion shall be without (1) a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (2) any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (3) any qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 9.3), together with a written statement of such accountants (x) to the effect that, in making the examination necessary for their certification of such financial statements, they have not obtained any knowledge of the existence of an Event of Default or a Default under Section 9.3 and (y) if such accountants shall have obtained any knowledge of the existence of an Event of Default or such Default, describing the nature thereof;

(b)    as soon as available, and in any event within 30 days (or, with respect to the first 4 months after the Closing Date, 45 days) after the end of each fiscal month of the Parent and its Subsidiaries commencing with the first fiscal month of the Parent and its Subsidiaries ending after the Closing Date, internally prepared (x) consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets and retained earnings and statements of cash flows as at the end of such fiscal month (y) statements of profit and loss of AGM and Pental, and (z) for the period commencing at the end of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such fiscal month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding date or period set forth in (A) the financial statements for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year and (B) the Projections, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Senior Officer of the Parent as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal month and the results of operations, retained earnings and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such fiscal month and for such year-to-date period, in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with that of the most recent audited financial statements furnished to the Agent and the Lenders, subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments;

(c)    as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Parent and its Subsidiaries commencing with the first fiscal quarter of the Parent

 

D-1


and its Subsidiaries ending after the Closing Date, (x) consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets and retained earnings and statements of cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, (y) statements of profit and loss of AGM and Pental, (z) and for the period commencing at the end of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding date or period set forth in (A) the financial statements for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year and (B) the Projections, all in reasonable detail and certified by Senior Officer of the Parent as fairly presenting, in all material respects, the financial position of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the results of operations and cash flows of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such quarter and for such year-to-date period, in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with that of the most recent audited financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries furnished to the Agent and the Lenders, subject to the absence of footnotes and normal year-end adjustments;

(d)    concurrently with delivery of financial statements under clauses (a), (b) and (c) above, or more frequently if requested by Agent while a Default or Event of Default exists, a Compliance Certificate executed by a Senior Officer of Parent;

(e)    as soon as available and in any event not later than 30 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a certificate of an Senior Officer of the Parent (A) attaching Projections for the Parent and its Subsidiaries, supplementing and superseding the Projections previously required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement, prepared on a monthly basis and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, for the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year for the Parent and its Subsidiaries and (B) certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8.1.7 are true and correct with respect to the Projections; and

(f)    concurrent with the delivery thereof to the Revolver Agent, a copy of each Borrowing Base Certificate, borrowing base report or similar collateral valuation report so delivered in accordance with the Revolver Loan Agreement.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

(a)    promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of any annual report to be filed in connection with each Plan or Foreign Plan;

(b)    promptly upon knowledge of any violation or asserted violation of any Applicable Law (including ERISA, OSHA, FLSA, or any Environmental Laws) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)    promptly after the date on which an Obligor commences any proceeding alleging any Commercial Tort Claim alleging damages in excess of $1,000,000, a brief description of such Commercial Tort Claim and grant of a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement;

(d)    as soon as possible and in any event within 5 Business Days of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(e)    promptly upon request such other reports and information (financial or otherwise) as Agent may reasonably request from time to time in connection with any Collateral or Borrowers’, any of their Subsidiaries’ or other Obligor’s financial condition or business (provided, however, such reports and information shall not include any board minutes or any board materials or management notes of Borrowers or any other Obligor);

(f)    to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, promptly after submission to any Governmental Authority, all documents and information furnished to such Governmental Authority in connection with any material investigation of any Obligor other than routine inquiries by such Governmental Authority;

(g)    as soon as possible, and in any event within 5 Business Days after an Obligor receives knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default or the occurrence of any event or development that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or other event or development having a Material Adverse Effect and the action which the affected Obligor proposes to take with respect thereto;

(h)    promptly after the commencement thereof but in any event not later than 5 Business Days after service of process with respect thereto on, or the obtaining of knowledge thereof by, any Obligor, notice of each action, suit or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority or other regulatory body or any arbitrator which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i)    as soon as possible and in any event within 5 Business Days after execution, receipt or delivery thereof, copies of any material default or termination notices that any Obligor executes or receives in connection with any Material Contract;

 

E-1


(j)    promptly upon request, such other information concerning the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of any Obligor as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and

(k)    promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any default notices from Bank of America, N.A. in respect of Revolver Debt.

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

POST CLOSING

 

(a) Within 20 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree to at its sole option), deliver (i) a lender loss payable endorsement with respect to the Borrowers’ property insurance, (ii) an additional insured endorsement with respect to the Borrowers’ liability insurance and (iii) an endorsement providing for thirty (30) days’ notice of cancellation of all insurance policies, in each case, duly endorsed to Agent and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

(b) Within 30 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree to at its sole option), deliver a fully executed Collateral Assignment of Business Interruption Insurance Proceeds, duly executed by each of the parties named therein.

 

(c) Within 60 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree to at its sole option), deliver evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent that Borrowers have duly perfected its consignment interest in all Consigned Inventory (as defined in the Revolver Loan Agreement) held by each of the following consignees: (i) Global Granite, Inc. and (ii) GDS Countertops Inc.; provided, failure to delivery such evidence shall not result in an Event of Default.

 

(d) Within 60 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree to at its sole option), deliver a Deposit Account Control Agreement with respect to each Deposit Account (other than any Excluded Account) listed on Schedule 9.1.9, among the Agent, the Revolver Agent, the applicable Obligor and the Depository Bank, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e) Within 60 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Agent may agree to at its sole option), use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver fully executed Lien Waivers for the following locations:

 

Obligor

  

Address

  

Landlord

AG&M    4200 Kenilwood Drive, Nashville, Davidson County, Tennessee 37204    Chaucer Investments, LLC
AG&M    8861 San Fernando Road, Sun Valley, Los Angeles County, California 91352    8861 San Fernando, Inc.
AG&M    4850 East La Palma Ave., Anaheim, Orange County, California 92801    Ajax LaPalma Investors, LLC
AG&M    5032 Sirona Dr #100, Charlotte, Mecklenburg County, North Carolina 28273    Liberty Property Limited Partnership
Pental Granite and    725 Fidalgo Street and 770 S.    CSDV, Limited Partnership
Marble    Michigan Street, Seattle, Washington, King County 98108   

 

F-1


Pental Granite and Marble    549 B South Dawson Street, Seattle, Washington    CSHV NWCP Seattle, LLC
Pental Granite and Marble    3551 NW Yeon, Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon, 97210    CSHV NWCP Portland, LLC
Pental Granite and Marble    3600-D Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424    Prologis Targeted U.S. Logistics Fund, L.P.
Pental Granite and Marble    3900A Industry Drive East, Fife, Pierce County, Washington 98424    AMB Partners II, L.P.
Pental Granite and Marble    7050 Valjean Avenue, Van Nuys, Los Angeles County, California 91406    BPR Investment
Pental Granite and Marble    10000 – 10300 East 40 th Avenue, Denver, Denver County, Colorado 80038    United Properties of Colorado LLC
Pental Granite and Marble    4700 South Highland Drive, Suite A, Unit #046, Salt Lake City, Utah    SLC Storage LLC
Pental Granite and Marble    2211 N. Harvard Road, Unit 57, Liberty Lake, Washington    Storage Solutions Liberty Lake, LLC
Pental Granite and Marble    405 N. Gilbert Road, Unit 729, Gilbert Arizona    Gilbert/Heather Self-Storage Investors, LLC d.b.a. Gilbert Road Self Storage
Pental Granite and Marble    6218 W. Sahara Ave., Unit D92, Las Vegas, Nevada    Central Self Storage - Sahara
Pental Granite and Marble    6401 Oak Canyon, Space D1003, Irving, California    Extra Space Management, Inc.

 

F-2

Exhibit 10.15

FIRST AMENDMENT TO FINANCING AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO FINANCING AGREEMENT, dated as of November 22, 2017 (this “ Amendment ”), is an amendment to the Financing Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Financing Agreement ”), by and among ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AGM ”), PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (“ Pental ” and together with AGM and each Subsidiary of Parent (as defined therein) that executes a joinder agreement and becomes a “Borrower” thereunder, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC (“ Cerberus ”), as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) . Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Financing Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Obligors have requested that the Agent and Lenders make certain amendments with respect to the Financing Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Amendments to Financing Agreement . In reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Obligors set forth in Section 3 below and subject to the conditions to effectiveness set forth in Section 4 below, the Financing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.1. The definition of “Change of Control” in Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Change of Control : (a) Ultimate Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Parent; (b) Parent ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in AGM; (c) AGM ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in Pental (other than a merger of Pental with and into AGM in accordance with Section 9.2.9), (d) AGM ceases to own and control, beneficially and of record, directly or indirectly, all Equity Interests in SPV; (e) any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended), or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended), or any successor provision), other than any of the Sponsors, acquires directly or


indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), more than 35% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Ultimate Parent or any direct or indirect parent of Ultimate Parent; or (f) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all assets an Obligor.

1.2    The definition of “Sponsors” in Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Sponsors : means, collectively, Trive Capital Fund I LP, Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP, and Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP.”

1.3    The following new definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement in their proper alphabetical order:

First Amendment : means that certain First Amendment to Financing Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2017, by and among the parties to this Agreement.”

First Amendment Effective Date : the meaning set forth in the First Amendment.”

Select Interior Proceeds : means the proceeds of the sale of Equity Interests of Ultimate Parent pursuant to that certain Purchase/Placement Agreement, to be dated on or about November 15, 2017, by and among Ultimate Parent and B. Riley FBR, Inc.”

Select Interior Transactions : means (a) the amendment and restatement of the operating agreement of Parent in the form attached to the officer’s certificate of Parent delivered to Agent pursuant to the First Amendment, (b) all holders of the Parent’s Equity Interests will transfer such Equity Interests to Ultimate Parent resulting in Parent being a wholly- owned Subsidiary of Ultimate Parent, (c) the Sponsors ceasing to own and control at least 51% of the voting and economic Equity Interests of Parent, (d) the prepayment of not less than $30,000,000.00 of the Term Loans to the extent funded solely with the Select Interior Proceeds plus the payment of not less than $300,000.00 representing the prepayment premium owed pursuant to Section 5.2.4 of the Financing Agreement as a result of such prepayment and (e) the amendment of the Revolving Loan Agreement pursuant to an amendment in the form attached to the officer’s certificate of Parent delivered to Agent pursuant to the First Amendment.”

Select Interior Transaction Documents : means the agreements and documents pursuant to which the Select Interior Transactions are to be consummated.”


Ultimate Parent : means Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation.”

1.4    The definition of “Management Agreement” in Section 1.1 of the Financing Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

1.5    Clause (a) of Section 8.1.18 of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “and the Management Agreement” from such clause.

1.6    Section 9.2.11 of the Financing Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“9.2.11 Organic Documents . Amend, modify or otherwise change any of its Organic Documents, except (a) with respect to Subsidiaries other than SPV, in connection with a transaction permitted under Section  9.2.9 ., (b) pursuant to the Select Interior Transaction or (c) in connection with a name change so long as the Agent shall receive (i) three (3) Business Day’s prior written notice of such amendment and (ii) a true and complete copy of the amendment filed by the appropriate official in its jurisdiction of formation within three (3) Business Days of such filing.”

1.7    Section 9.2.22 of the Financing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting “, other than management and consulting fees paid to the Sponsors or their Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, in an aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided that , such fees may not be paid if an Event of Default exists or would result from the making of such payment.”

2.     Revolver Loan Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement . Agent hereby consents to the amendments to and modifications of the Revolver Loan Agreement on the First Amendment Effective Date pursuant to the amendment in the form attached to the certificate described in Section 4.1(c) below (the “ Revolver Loan Amendment ”).

3.     [Reserved] .

4.     Conditions To Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be effective as of the date first set forth above, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent as of such date (the “ First Amendment Effective Date ”):

4.1.     Execution and Delivery . Agent shall have received each of the following:

(a)    this Amendment duly executed by the Obligors;

(b)    evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent that the Revolver Loan Amendment has been executed and delivered by the parties thereto and is in full force and effect as of the First Amendment Effective Date;


(c)    a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Obligor, certifying (i) that attached certified copies of such Obligor’s Organic Documents are true and complete, and in full force and effect, without amendment except as shown; (ii) that an attached copy of resolutions authorizing execution and delivery of this Amendment and other Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and complete, and that such resolutions are in full force and effect, were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or revoked, and constitute all resolutions adopted with respect to the credit facility; (iii) to the title, name and signature of each Person authorized to sign this Amendment and the other Loan Documents; (iv) that the attached certified copies of the good standing certificates of each Obligor, issued by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization are true and complete, and in full force and effect, (v) that attached thereto are true, correct and complete copies of the material Select Interior Transaction Documents, as in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date and (vi) that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of the Third Amendment to the Revolver Loan Agreement, as in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date. Agent may conclusively rely on this certificate until it is otherwise notified by the applicable Obligor in writing;

(d)    Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, that (i) the Select Interior Transactions shall have been consummated simultaneously, or substantially concurrently with, this Amendment in accordance with the Select Interior Transaction Documents, and (ii) Ultimate Parent has received gross proceeds thereof in an amount not less than $225,000,000.00, subject to deductions for B. Riley FBR, Inc.’s discount and placement fee and offering expenses, and applied (A) not less than (x) $30,000,000.00 thereof to prepay the Term Loans and (y) not less than $300,000.00 as payment of the prepayment premium owed pursuant to Section 5.2.4 of the Financing Agreement as a result of such prepayment and (B) not less than $27,169,692.96 thereof to prepay the outstanding Revolver Loans; and

(e)    Agent shall have received such other documents and instruments as Agent may reasonably request.

4.2.     Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Obligor contained in Section 8 of the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any such representations and warranties that are subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date.

4.3.     No Defaults . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the First Amendment Effective Date or would result from this Amendment becoming effective in accordance with its terms.


5.     Ratification and Further Assurances .

5.1.    Each Obligor confirms that all of its Obligations under the Financing Agreement and the Loan Documents (each as amended by this Amendment) are in full force and effect and are performable in accordance with their respective terms without setoff, defense, counter-claim or claims in recoupment. Each Obligor hereby ratifies and confirms the Liens and security interests granted under the Financing Agreement and the Loan Documents and further ratifies and agrees that such Liens and security interests secure all obligations and indebtedness now, hereafter or from time to time made by, owing to or arising in favor of the Agent pursuant to the Financing Agreement and the Loan Documents (as now, hereafter or from time to time amended).

5.2.    Each Obligor agrees that at any time and from time to time, upon the written request of Agent, such Obligor will execute and deliver such further documents and do such further acts and things as the Agent may reasonably request in order to effect the provisions of this Amendment.

5.3.    Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Financing Agreement to “this Financing Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Financing Agreement as amended hereby.

6.     No Waiver . Except as expressly set forth in this Amendment, nothing contained in this Amendment, or any other communication between or among Agent and any Obligor, shall be construed as a waiver by the Agent of any covenant or provision of the Financing Agreement, the Loan Documents, this Amendment or any other contract or instrument between or among any Obligor and Agent, or of any similar future transaction, and the failure of Agent at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by any Obligor of any provision thereof shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of the Agent to thereafter demand strict compliance therewith. Nothing contained in this Amendment shall directly or indirectly in any way whatsoever either: (i) except as expressly provided herein, impair, prejudice or otherwise adversely affect the Agent’s right at any time to exercise any right, privilege or remedy in connection with the Financing Agreement or any Loan Documents, each as amended hereby, (ii) except as expressly provided herein, amend or alter any provision of the Financing Agreement or any Loan Documents or any other contract or instrument, or (iii) constitute any course of dealings or other basis for altering any obligation of any Obligor under the Financing Agreement or any Loan Documents or any right, privilege or remedy of Agent under the Financing Agreement, any Loan Documents or any other contract or instrument. The Agent hereby reserves all rights granted under the Financing Agreement, the Loan Documents, this Amendment and any other contract or instrument between or among any Obligor and Agent, each as amended hereby.

7.     GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH


THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE FINANCING AGREEMENT AND SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ANY WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL (OR IF APPLICABLE, THE JUDICIAL REFEREE PROVISIONS) AND NOTICE PROVISIONS OF THE FINANCING AGREEMENT.

8.     Entire Agreement . This Amendment constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Amendment nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, modified or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties required to be a party thereto pursuant to the Financing Agreement.

9.     Costs and Expenses . Borrower hereby affirms its obligation under, and to the extent contemplated by, Section 3.4 of the Financing Agreement to reimburse Agent for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including but not limited to legal costs and expenses with respect thereto.

10.     Severability . If any term or provision of this Amendment is adjudicated to be invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable to the extent of such invalidity without affecting the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Amendment which shall be given effect so far as possible.

11.     Headings . Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

12.     Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment. Receipt of an executed signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective delivery thereof. Electronic records of executed Loan Documents maintained by the Agent shall be deemed to be originals.

13.     Assignments . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Obligor, the Agent and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Obligor shall have the right to assign any rights hereunder or any interest herein without the Agent’s prior written consent. Except as provided in the preceding sentence (with each being an intended third-party beneficiary of the applicable provisions), no Person shall be entitled to any third-party beneficiary status or other rights under this Amendment.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Chris Zugaro

Name:   Chris Zugaro
Title:   Manager
PENTAL GRANITE AND MARBLE, LLC, by ARCHITECTURAL GRANITE & MARBLE, LLC, as sole member
By:  

/s/ Chris Zugaro

Name:   Chris Zugaro
Title:   Manager


AGENT:

CERBERUS BUSINESS FINANCE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


LENDERS:
CERBERUS ASRS FUNDING LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS AUS LEVERED II LP
By:   CAL II GP, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS FSBA LEVERED LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS ICQ LEVERED LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS ICQ OFFSHORE LEVERED LP
By:   Cerberus ICQ Offshore GP LLC
Its:   General Partner

By:

 

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS ICQ LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By:   Cerberus ICQ Levered Opportunities GP, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director


CERBERUS LOAN FUNDING XVI LP
By:   Cerberus PSERS GP, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS LOAN FUNDING XVIII L.P.
By:   Cerberus LFGP XVIII, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS LOAN FUNDING XIX L.P.
By:   Cerberus LFGP XIX, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS LOAN FUNDING XX L.P.
By:   Cerberus LFGP XX, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS OFFSHORE LEVERED III LP
By:   COL III GP Inc.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS ONSHORE LEVERED III LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President


CERBERUS REDWOOD LEVERED A LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS REDWOOD LEVERED B LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President
CERBERUS REDWOOD LEVERED LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND B, L.P.
By:   Cerberus Redwood Levered Opportunities GP B, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director
CERBERUS SWC LEVERED II LLC
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Vice President


CERBERUS LOAN FUNDING XXI L.P.
By:   Cerberus LFGP XXI, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel E. Wolf

Name:   Daniel E. Wolf
Title:   Senior Managing Director

Exhibit 10.16

LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.16

AIR
AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE—NET
(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)
1.    Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).
1.1    Parties: This Lease (“Lease”), dated for reference purposes only September 4, 2015 ,
is made by and between Scholten Family Trust, dated April 14, 1992    
(“Lessor”)
and L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., a California Corporation dba Residential Design Services    
(“Lessee”),
(collectively the “Parties,” or individually a “Party”).
1.2    Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease,
and commonly known as 4 900 E. Hunter Ave., Anaheim    ,
located in the County of Orange     , State of California ,
and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the “Project”, if the property is located within a Project)
A free-standing concrete tilt-up building, approximately 52,416 SF of offices and    
warehouse space.
(“Premises”). (See also Paragraph 2)
1.3    Term: 7 years and 0 months (“Original Term”) commencing October 1, 2015
(“Commencement Date”) and ending September 30, 2022     (“Expiration Date”). (See also Paragraph 3)
1.4    Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing
N/A     (“Early Possession Date”). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)
1.5    Base Rent: $39,300.00 per month (“Base Rent”), payable on the first day of
each month commencing October 1, 2015    
. (See also Paragraph 4)
If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph 51    
1.6    Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:
(a)    Base Rent: $39, 300 . 00 for the period October 1, 2015 throught October 31, 2015
(b)    Security Deposit: $45, 000.00 (“Security Deposit”). (See also Paragraph 5)
(c)    Association Fees: $N/A for the period N/A
(d)    Other: $N/A for N/A
(e)    Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $54,300.00 .
1.7    Agreed Use: Showroom, Office, Warehouse and distribution of home improvement
materials and light wood working     . (See also Paragraph 6)
1.8    Insuring Party: Lessor is the “Insuring Party” unless otherwise stated herein, (See also Paragraph 8)
1.9     Real-Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)
(a) Representation:-The following real estate brokers (the “Brokers”)-and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check
applicable boxes):
represents Lessor exclusively (“Lessor’s Broker”):
represents Lessee exclusively (“Lessee’s Broker”): or
represents both Lessor and Lessee (“Dual-Agency”).
(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor-shall pay to the Brokers the brokerage fee
agreed to in a separate written agreement-(or-if there is no such agreement, the sum of    or %-of the total Base Rent)
for the brokerage services rendered by-the Brokers.
1.10    Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by N/A
(“Guarantor”). (See also Paragraph 37)
1.11    Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:
an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs 51     through 55 ;
a plot plan depicting the Premises:
a current set of the Rules and Regulations;
a Work Letter;
a energy disclosure addendum is attached;
other (specify):
2.    Premises.
INITIALS
2.1    Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.
2.2    Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs (“Start Date”), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1 (b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building”) shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.
2.3    Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances (“Applicable Requirements”) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building (“Capital Expenditure”), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:
(a)    Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.
(b)    If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1 /144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.
(c)    Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.
2.4    Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.
2.5    Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises, In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.
Page 2 of 17
Initials
Initials
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

3.    Term.
3.1    Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.
3.2    Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.
3.3    Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.
3.4    Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.
4.    Rent.
4.1. Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent (“Rent”).
4.2    Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent, Insurance and Real Property Taxes, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.
4.3    Association Fees. In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner’s association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises. Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.
5.    Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sub lessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.
6.    Use.
6.1    Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.
6.2    Hazardous Substances.
    (a) Reportable Uses Require Consent The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product,
Page 3 of 17
INITIALS
INITIALS ©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.
(b)    Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.
(c)    Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.
(d)    Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.
(e)    Lessor indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.
(f)    Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.; provided such cooperation shall not unreasonably interfere with Lessee’s use of the premises.
(g)    Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessors rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessors option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessors desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.
6.3    Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter/or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without
ITIALS
ITIALS
PAGE 4 OF 17
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor. In addition, Lessee shall provide Lessor with copies of its business license, certificate of occupancy and/or any similar document within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor,
6.4    Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.
7.    Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.
7.1    Lessee’s Obligations.
(a)    In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1 (b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building,
(b)    Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, and (vi) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.
(c)    Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof,
(d)    Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (i.e. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.
7.2    Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.
7.3    Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.
(a)    Definitions. The term “Utility Installations” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

INITIALS
INITIALS

(b)    [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE][GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a
PAGE 5 OF 17
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor, Any Alterations or Utility installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.
(c)    Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or material men’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same, if Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.
7.4    Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.
(a)    Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.
(b)    Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or aIl Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.
(c)    Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.
8.    Insurance; Indemnity.
8.1    Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.
8.2    Liability Insurance.
(a)    Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “insured contract” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only,
(b)    Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.
8.3    Property Insurance—Building, Improvements and Rental Value.
(a)    Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any
PAGE 6 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.
(b)    Rental Value. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.
(c)    Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.
8.4    Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.
(a)    Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be foil replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.
(b)    Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.
(c)    Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.
(d)    No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.
8.5    Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.
8.6    Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.
8.7    Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.
8.7.1 If not acting as an employee or consultant for the Lessee, Lessor shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessee and its agents from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the Lessor’s actions or presence at the Premises. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessee by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessor shall upon notice defend the same at Lessor’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessee and Lessee shall cooperate with Lessor in such defense. Lessee need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.
8.8    Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for; (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.
8.9    Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein
PAGE 7 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.
9.    Damage or Destruction.
9.1    Definitions.
(a)    “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
(b)    “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.
(c)    “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.
(d)    “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.
(e)    “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance , in, on, or under the Premises which requires remediation under applicable requirements.
9.2    Partial Damage—Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.
9.3    Partial Damage—Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.
9.4    Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.
9.5    Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by,
(a)    exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.
Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

PAGE 8 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

(a)    Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.
(b)    Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.
9.7 Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.
10.    Real Property Taxes.
10.1    Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.
10.2    Payment of Taxes. In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date. If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary. Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.
10.3    Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.
10.4    Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.
11.    Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.
12.    Assignment and Subletting.
12.1    Lessor’s Consent Required.
(a)    Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
(b)    Unless Lessee is a corporation-and its stock is publicly-traded-on-a-national-stock exchange, a A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.
(c)    --The- involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series-of transactions (by way of merger—sale, acquisition, financingr-transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation-of-this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which
results or-will-result in a reduction of the Net Worth-of-Lessee by an amount greater than 25-%-of-such Net Worth-as-it-was represented at the time of the
execution-of-this Lease or at the time of-the-most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or-as it exists-immediately prior-to-said transaction
or transactions constituting-such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered -an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may-withhold
its consent- “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under-generally accepted accounting
principles.
(d)    [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurabls Breach, Lessor may either; (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base
PAGE 9 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.
(e)    Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief. f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is
requested.
(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minims portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.
12.2    Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.
(a)    Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.
(b)    Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.
(c)    Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.
(d)    In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.
(e)    Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)
(f)    Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.
(g)    Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)
12.3    Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:
(a)    Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.
(b)    In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.
(c)    Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.
(d)    No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.
(e)    Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.
13.    Default; Breach; Remedies.
13.1    Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:
(a)    The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.
(b)    The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.
(c)    [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to
PAGE 10 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.
(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) subject to the cure rights in section 13.1 (e), reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of
Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 30 days following written notice to Lessee.
(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.
(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.
(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.
(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.
13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:
(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.
(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relent, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.
(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.
13.3 Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.
13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not
contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and
PAGE 11 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.
13.5 Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“Interest”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.
13.6 Breach by Lessor.
(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.
(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.
14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.
15. Brokerage-Fees.
15.1 Additional-Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers
otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires any rights to
posses
operation of an escalation clause herein, then Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the
Lease was executed.
posses
operation of an escalation clause herein, then Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the
Lease was executed.
in
in
the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains
15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s
obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any
amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In-addition, if Lessor fails to pay
any amounts to Lessee’s Broker-when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such
amounts within-10-days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker
shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited
purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.
15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that
15.2 Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s
obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any
amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In-addition, if Lessor fails to pay
any amounts to Lessee’s Broker-when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such
amounts within-10-days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker
shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited
purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.
15.3 Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the brokers, if any) in connection with this lease, and that no one other than said named broker is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lease and lessor de each hereby agree to indemnify protect, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party, including any costs, expenses, attemeys’ fee reasonably incurred with respect thereto.
16. Estoppel Certificates.
(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.
(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure
PAGE 12 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.
(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.
17. Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.
18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.
19. Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.
20. Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.
21. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.
22. No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.
23. Notices.
23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.
23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices delivered by hand, or transmitted by facsimile transmission or by email shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.
24. Waivers.
(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.
(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.
(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.
25. Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.
(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:
(i) Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.
PAGE 13 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the parties. An agent is not obligated to eveal to either party any confidential information obtained from the other party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.
(ii) Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.
(iii) Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.
(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.
(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.
26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Holdover Base Rent shall be calculated on monthly basis. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.
27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.
28. Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.
29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.
30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.
30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender”) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.
30.2 Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.
30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.
30.4 [GRAPHIC APPEARS HERE]Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.
PAGE 14 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term. “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).
32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.
33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.
34. Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.
35. Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.
36. Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.
37. Guarantor.
37.1 Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.
37.2 Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.
38. Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.
39. Options. If Lessee is granted any Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:
39.1 Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.
39.2 Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.
39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.
39.4 Effect of Default on Options.
(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option; (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.
(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).
(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.
40. Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the
INITIALS
INITIALS
PAGE 15 OF 17
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.
41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.
42. Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.
43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.
44. Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.
(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.
(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.
(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.
46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.
47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.
48. Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.
49. Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease
is is not attached to this Lease.
50. Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.
(a) The Premises: have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). â–¡ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. â–¡ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.
(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.
LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.
ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:
1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.
2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.
WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.
PAGE 16 OF 17
INITIALS
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.
Executed at: ANAHEUM, LA Executed at:
On: SEPT 30, 2015 On:
By Lessor: By Lessee:
Scholten Family Trust, dated April 14, 1992
L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc, a California
Corporation dba Residential Design Services
By: By:
Name Printed: Richard Scholten Name Printed: Kendall Hoyd
Title: Trustee Title: C.F.O.
By:
Name Printed: Pamela Scholten Name Printed:
Title: Trustee Title:
Address: Address: 4900 E. Hunter Ave.
Anaheim, CA
Telephone: (714) 282-7613 Telephone: (714) 701-4200
Facsimile:() Facsimile: ()
Email:
Federal ID No. Federal ID No. 33-0280165
BROKER:
BROKER:
Attn:
Attn:
Title:
Title:
Address:
Address:
Telephone:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Facsimile:
Email:
Email:
Federal ID No:
Federal ID No:
Broker/Agent BRE License #:
Broker/Agent BRE License #:
NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.
Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.
© Copyright 2001—By AIR Commercial Rea, Estate Association. All rights reserved.
No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.
INITIALS
PAGE 17 OF 17
INITIALS
©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION
FORM STN-20-11/14E


LOGO

 

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE CORPORATION ADDENDUM Date: September 4, 2015 By and Between (Lessor) Scnolten Family Trust, dated April 14, 1992 (Lessee) L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc., a California Corporation dba Residential Design Services Address of Premises: 4 900 E . Hunter Ave. Anaheim,__CA _ Paragraph 51-52 In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Lease, this Addendum shall control. Rent Schedule: Months Rent/Month NNN 01-12 $39,300.00 13-24 $40,479.00 25-36 $41,693.00 37-48 $42,944.00 49-60 $44,232.00 61-72 $45,559.00 73-84 $46,926.00 52. Surrender: Restoration: In regards to paragraph 7.4 (c), Lessee shall remove the improvements identified in Addendum 55 prior to the Lease expiration date. INITIALS PAGE 1 OF 1 INITIALS


LOGO

 

ADDENDUM #53 FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR initials initials


LOGO

 

ADDENDUM #54 LESSOR WILL RETAIN ACCESS FROM HUNTER AVE. (NORTH ACCESS) FOR THE DURATION OF THE LEASE. LESSOR WILL RETAIN VEHICLE ACCESS TO METAL BUILDING AT SOUTH EAST CORNER OF PROPERTY. VEHICLE ACCESS IS REQUIRED FROM BOTH ENDS OF THE METAL BUILDING. initials initials


LOGO

 

ADDENDUM #55 REFERENCE 7.4 c FIRST FLOOR SECOND FLOOR initials initials

Exhibit 10.17

SHARPEN BUSINESS ANALYTICS CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made effective as of March 01, 2015, by and between Residential Design Services, of 4900 E. Hunter Avenue, Anaheim, California 92807, and Sharpen Business Analytics, of 8208 E Sprucewood Ave, Orange, California 92869.

In this Agreement, the party who is contracting to receive services shall be referred to as “RDS”, and the party who will be providing the services shall be referred to as “Sharpen”.

Sharpen has expertise in Finance, Accounting, Process Re-engineering and Systems Analysis and Implementation and is willing to provide services to RDS based on this background.

RDS desires to have services provided by Sharpen.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

1. DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES. Beginning on March 01,2015, Sharpen will provide the following services (collectively, the “Services”): Design Center Management System (DCMS) project management, Options Department process review and management and RDS systems evaluation.

2. PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. The manner in which the Services are to be performed and the specific hours to be worked by Sharpen shall be determined by Sharpen. RDS will rely on Sharpen to work as many hours as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill Sharpen’s obligations under this Agreement.

3. PAYMENT. RDS will pay a base fee to Sharpen for the Services based on $125.00 per hour.

This fee shall be modified as follows:

 

    RDS system evaluation services will be provided at $95.00 dollars per hour.

 

    Hours for associates’ preparation of documentation and other basic services will be billed at $50.00 per hour.

This fee shall be payable monthly, no later than the fifteenth day of the month following the period during which the Services were performed.

4. EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. Sharpen shall pay all “out-of-pocket” expenses, and shall not be entitled to reimbursement from RDS, unless such expenses involve out-of-town travel.

5. TERM/TERMINATION. This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon completion by Sharpen of the Services required by this Agreement.

6. RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. It is understood by the parties that Sharpen is an independent contractor with respect to RDS, and not an employee of RDS. RDS will not provide fringe benefits, including health insurance benefits, paid vacation, or any other employee benefit, for the benefit of Sharpen.


7. EMPLOYEES. Sharpen’s employees or subcontractors, if any, who perform services for RDS under this Agreement shall also be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

8. INJURIES. Sharpen acknowledges Sharpen’s obligation to obtain appropriate insurance coverage for the benefit of Sharpen (and Sharpen’s employees or subcontractors, if any). Sharpen waives any rights to recovery from RDS for any injuries that Sharpen (and/or Sharpen’s employees) may sustain while performing services under this Agreement and that are a result of the negligence of Sharpen or Sharpen’s employees.

9. INDEMNIFICATION.

Sharpen agrees to indemnify and hold harmless RDS from all claims, losses, expenses, fees including attorney fees, costs, and judgments that may be asserted against RDS that result from the acts or omissions of Sharpen, Sharpen’s employees, if any, and Sharpen’s agents. RDS agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Sharpen from all claims, losses, expenses, fees including attorney fees, costs, and judgments that may be asserted against Sharpen that result from the acts or omissions of RDS, RDS’s employees, if any, and RDS’s agents.

10. ASSIGNMENT. Sharpen’s obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned or transferred to any other person, firm, or corporation without the prior written consent of RDS.

11. CONFIDENTIALITY. RDS recognizes that Sharpen has access to proprietary information (collectively, “Information”) which are valuable, special and unique assets of Residential Design Services and need to be protected from improper disclosure. In consideration for the disclosure of the Information, Sharpen agrees that Sharpen will not at any time or in any manner, either directly or indirectly, use any Information for Sharpen’s own benefit, or divulge, disclose, or communicate in any manner any Information to any third party without the prior written consent of RDS. Sharpen will protect the Information and treat it as strictly confidential. A violation of this paragraph shall be a material violation of this Agreement.

13. CONFIDENTIALITY AFTER TERMINATION. The confidentiality provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect after the termination of this Agreement.

14. NOTICES. All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when delivered in person or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

IF for RDS:

Residential Design Services

Jennifer Kamenca

Vice President

4900 E. Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807


IF for Sharpen:

Sharpen Business Analytics

Sharon Hoyd

Owner

Such address may be changed from time to time by either party by providing written notice to the other in the manner set forth above.

15. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and there are no other promises or conditions in any other agreement whether oral or written. This Agreement supersedes any prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

16. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may be modified or amended if the amendment is made in writing and is signed by both parties.

17. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable. If a court finds that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, but that by limiting such provision it would become valid and enforceable, then such provision shall be deemed to be written, construed, and enforced as so limited.

18. WAIVER OF CONTRACTUAL RIGHT. The failure of either party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or limitation of that party’s right to subsequently enforce and compel strict compliance with every provision of this Agreement.

19. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.

20. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE. Either party shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance required hereunder if caused by reason of any occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of war, fire, insurrection, laws proclamations, edits, ordinances or regulations, strikes, lock-outs or other serious labor disputes, riots, earthquakes, floods, explosions or other acts of nature. The obligations and rights of the party so excused shall be extended on a day-to-day basis for the time period equal to the period of such excusable interruption. When such events have abated, the parties’ respective obligations hereunder shall resume. Except for mandatory services set forth in Exhibit 1, in the event the interruption of the excused party’s obligations continues for a period in excess of thirty (30) days, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the other party.


21. ASSIGNMENT. Sharpen agrees that it will not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of any rights or obligations under this Agreement. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of RDS with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by RDS of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by RDS of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest or any Affiliated Company. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and shall not benefit any person or entity other than those enumerated above.

22. SIGNATORIES. This Agreement shall be signed on behalf of RDS by Jennifer Kamenca, Vice President and on behalf of Sharpen by Sharon Hoyd, Owner and effective as of the date first above written.

Party receiving services:

Residential Design Services

 

By:   /s/ Jennifer Kamenca
  Jennifer Kamenca
  Vice President

Party providing services:

Sharpen Business Analytics

 

By:   /s/ Sharon Hoyd
  Sharon Hoyd
  Owner

Exhibit 10.18

C ONTRIBUTION AND E XCHANGE A GREEMENT

This Contribution and Exchange Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 21, 2017, by and among (i) the equity holders of TCFI LARK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ RDS ”), and TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ASG ”), listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Equityholder ,” and collectively, the “ Equityholders ”), (ii) Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ SIC ”), (iii) RDS, and (iv) ASG. The above parties are referred to herein collectively as the “ Parties ,” and individually as a “ Party .”

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, each Equityholder currently holds the issued and outstanding membership interest in ASG and/or RDS, denominated in “Units,” set forth opposite such Equityholder’s name on Schedule I hereto (each Equityholder’s membership interest, his, her, or its “ Membership Interest ,” and all such membership interests collectively, the “ Membership Interests ”);

WHEREAS, each Equityholder desires to contribute all of his, her or its respective Membership Interest to SIC, in exchange for the issuance by SIC to such Equityholder of the number of shares of its Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class  B Common Stock ”), set forth opposite such Equityholder’s name on Schedule I hereto;

WHEREAS, SIC desires to accept the transfer of the Membership Interests and issue the shares of Class B Common Stock in accordance with the above and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, each of RDS and ASG hereby consents to the proposed restructuring described in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CONTRIBUTION OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

1.1. Contribution .

(a) Each Equityholder hereby assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to SIC, and SIC hereby accepts, all right, title and interest in and to, all of such Equityholder’s respective Membership Interest, as set forth on Schedule I hereto.

(b) Each Equityholder shall deliver its Membership Interest to SIC through executing and delivering such assignments, consents, and other transfer documents and instruments as shall be necessary in the reasonable judgment of SIC to evidence the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of such Membership Interest to SIC.


1.2. Amount and Form of Consideration; Issuance .

(a) As consideration for such Equityholder’s contribution of his, her or its respective Membership Interest to SIC, SIC hereby issues to such Equityholder the number of shares of Class B Common Stock set forth opposite such Equityholder’s name on Schedule I hereto.

(b) SIC shall reflect in its Common Stock Ledger, the ownership by such Equityholder of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock set forth opposite such Equityholder’s name on Schedule I hereto.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of Each Equityholder . Each Equityholder, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to SIC as follows:

(a) Authority . Such Equityholder has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Transactions ”). This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Equityholder and constitutes his, her or its valid and binding agreement, enforceable against him, her or it in accordance with its terms.

(b) Compliance . Such Equityholder is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to ownership of its respective Membership Interest.

(c) Ownership of and Title to Membership Interests . With respect to his, her or its respective Membership Interest reflected on Schedule I hereto as held by such Equityholder, such Equityholder has good and marketable title to such Membership Interest, free and clear of any mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, charges, security interests or restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of RDS (the “ RDS LLC Agreement ”), or the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASG (the “ ASG LLC Agreement ”), as applicable).

(d) Sole Rights to Membership Interests . Such Equityholder has not entered into any contracts or agreements granting to any person or entity any rights in respect of any of his, her or its respective Membership Interest, other than (i) with SIC or a subsidiary of SIC, or (ii) with respect to the RDS LLC Agreement or the ASG LLC Agreement, as applicable.

(e) Non-Contravention . The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and performance of the Transactions, by such Equityholder will not (i) conflict with, violate, or constitute a breach or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) or accelerate maturity or performance or give rise to a termination or consent right, under any contract or other instrument to which such Equityholder is a party or which is applicable to such Equityholder or such Equityholder’s assets, (ii) violate any law applicable to such Equityholder, or (iii) require any filing or registration with, or the issuance of any permit or approval by, any person or entity.

 

2


(f) Consents; Approvals . Such Equityholder has obtained all requisite and necessary consents, approvals, or other assurances for him, her or it to enter into and deliver this Agreement and assign, transfer, convey, and deliver all of his, her or its respective Membership Interest to SIC.

(g) No Litigation . There is no litigation or action pending or, to such Equityholder’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, threatened against such Equityholder, brought by or against such Equityholder and affecting or relating to any of the Transactions.

2.2. Representations and Warranties of SIC . SIC hereby represents and warrants to the Equityholders as follows:

(a) Organization . SIC is a duly incorporated, validly existing corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to own all of its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(b) Authority . SIC has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by SIC, and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of SIC, enforceable against SIC in accordance with its terms.

(c) Issuance . The shares of Class B Common Stock issued by SIC to the Equityholders hereunder have been duly authorized, and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(d) Compliance . SIC is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws applicable to its business.

ARTICLE 3

COVENANTS

3.1. Further Assurances . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Transactions.

3.2. Tax Treatment . The Parties hereby agree that the contribution of the Membership Interests by the Equityholders to SIC in exchange for shares of Class B Common Stock of SIC are contributions intended to qualify under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each Party further agrees that he, she or it will report the contributions in a manner consistent with the foregoing, unless required by law, and he, she or it is solely responsible for the tax consequences from the Transactions, if any.

 

3


ARTICLE 4

INDEMNIFICATION

4.1. Indemnification .

(a) Each Equityholder, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of SIC, RDS, and ASG, and their respective past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ SIC Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, interest, awards, judgments, penalties, fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ or other professional fees, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in investigating, prosecuting, preparing or defending the foregoing) (collectively, “ Losses ”), asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by any SIC Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by such Equityholder in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by such Equityholder of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of such Equityholder in this Agreement.

(b) SIC hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Equityholder, and his, her or its past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ Equityholder Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by such Equityholder Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by SIC in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by SIC of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of SIC in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1. Waiver of Rights under Equityholders Agreements . In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, including the contribution of all of such Equityholder’s respective Membership Interest to SIC, each Equityholder hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights such Equityholder may have under any equityholder agreements, including but not limited to, any limited liability company agreements or operating agreements (collectively, the “ Equityholder Agreements ”), that such Equityholder may be a party to with respect to such Equityholder being an equityholder of RDS or ASG or his, her or its respective Membership Interest, and upon the consummation of the Transactions, such Equityholder agrees and acknowledges that he, she or it shall no longer have any rights or benefits under any respective Equity Agreements.

5.2. Entire Agreement and Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, arrangements, negotiations and understandings among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, understandings, statements, promises or inducements, oral or otherwise, contrary to the terms of this Agreement. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, other than as set forth herein, have been made by any Party or any Party’s affiliates or its or their advisors. No waiver of any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision hereof, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

 

4


5.3. Amendment . No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument that specifically refers to this Agreement and is signed by all Parties.

5.4. Section Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.

5.5. Severability . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal in any respect, such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality shall not affect any other term or provision hereof.

5.6. Governing Law . In all respects, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, this Agreement and the obligations of each Party arising hereunder shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

5.7. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

5.8. Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

5.9. Survival . All warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants and other agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the completion of the Transactions and continue in full force and effect until thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations (including any extension thereto).

5.10. Facsimile or PDF E-mail Signatures . The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be considered signed when the signature of a Party is delivered by facsimile transmission or PDF e-mail. Such facsimile or PDF e-mail signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

 

5


5.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the document.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement with effect as of the date first written above.

 

EQUITYHOLDERS:

T RIVE C APITAL F UND I LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:    

Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

T RIVE C APITAL F UND I (O FFSHORE ) LP,

a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

By:  

Trive Capital Fund I GP (Offshore) LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

T RIVE A FFILIATED C OINVESTORS I LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


TCFI G&M SPV LP,

a Delaware limited partnership

By:    

Trive Capital Fund I GP (Offshore) LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,

its Managing Member

By:  

Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Tyrone Johnson
T YRONE J OHNSON

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Kendall Hoyd
K ENDALL H OYD

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Sunil Palakodati
S UNIL P ALAKODATI

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Tim Reed
T IM R EED

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


A QUARIUS S ELLER , I NC .
By:   /s/ Parminder Singh Pental
  Name: Parminder Singh Pental
  Title:

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Luke Spiller
L UKE S PILLER

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Jesse Bogan
J ESSE B OGAN

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Jason Brown
J ASON B ROWN

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Jeff Harrington
J EFF H ARRINGTON

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Sevak Kalayci
S EVAK K ALAYCI

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Jack Seiders
J ACK S EIDERS

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Chad Seiders
C HAD S EIDERS

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ Rick Seiders
R ICK S EIDERS

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


/s/ James Gunckel
J AMES G UNCKEL

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


T HE S CHOLTEN F AMILY T RUST DTD 4/14/92,

a grantor trust formed under the laws of the State of California

By:   /s/ Richard D. Scholten
  Name: Richard D. Scholten
  Title: Trustee

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


SIC:
S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:
TCFI LARK LLC
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: President

 

TCFI G&M LLC
By:   /s/ Sunil Palakodati
  Name: Sunil Palakodati
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature page to Contribution and Exchange Agreement ]


S CHEDULE I

 

Equityholder

   Units of RDS to be
Transferred to SIC
     Units of ASG to be
Transferred to SIC
     Number of Shares of
Class B Common
Stock to be Issued to
such Equityholder
 

TCFI G&M SPV LP

     —         

 


17,076,868.14
Class A Units

 

10,940,647.84
Class E-1 Units

 
 

 

 
 

     —    

Trive Capital Fund I LP

    

2,657,020.87

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

6,671,023.41

Class A Units

 

4,273,928.76

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

     2,280,968 shares  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

    
2,939,073.86
Class A Units

 
     —          712,430 shares  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

    

243,511.58

Class A Units

 

 

    

 

610,684.17

Class A Units

 

391,247.41

Class E-1 Units

 

 

 

 

 

     208,806 shares  

Tyrone Johnson

    

508,649.12

Class B Units

 

 

     —          123,295 shares  

Kendall Hoyd

    

324,008.16

Class B Units

 

 

     —          78,539 shares  

Sunil Palakodati

     —         
1,485,860.88
Class C Units
 
 
     182,340 shares  

Tim Reed

     —         
619,108.71
Class C Units
 
 
     75,975 shares  

Aquarius Seller, Inc.

     —         
3,083,214.24
Class E-2 Units
 
 
     461,113 shares  

Luke Spiller

     —         

 

 

954,528.76
Class B Units

 

309,554.35

Class C Units

 

21,404.10

Class E-2 Units

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     183,944 shares  

Jesse Bogan

     —         

 


22,500

Class B Units

 

309,554.35
Class C Units

 

 

 

 
 

     41,353 shares  

Jason Brown

     —         
309,554.35
Class C Units
 
 
     37,988 shares  

Jeff Harrington

     —         
309,554.35
Class C Units
 
 
     37,988 shares  

 

S-I-1


Equityholder

   Units of RDS to be
Transferred to SIC
     Units of ASG to be
Transferred to SIC
     Number of Shares of
Class B Common
Stock to be Issued to
such Equityholder
 

Sevak Kalayci

     —         
101,106.10
Class C Units

 
     15,122 shares  

Jack Seiders

     —         
663,236.89
Class B Units

 
     99,191 shares  

Chad Seiders

     —         
517,552.12
Class B Units

 
     99,191 shares  

Rick Seiders

     —         
266,807.82
Class B Units

 
     61,691 shares  

James Gunckel

    
729,956.54
Class B Units
 
 
     —          176,938 shares  

The Scholten Family Trust dtd 4/14/92

    
729,956.54
Class B Units
 
 
     —          176,938 shares  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,132,176.67 Units        48,937,936.75 Units        5,053,810 shares  

 

S-I-2

Exhibit 10.19

M EMBERSHIP I NTEREST P URCHASE A GREEMENT

This Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 22, 2017, by and among (i) the equity holders of TCFI LARK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ RDS ”), and TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ASG ”), listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ Seller ,” and collectively, the “ Sellers ”), (ii) SIC Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Purchaser ”), (iii) RDS, and (iv) ASG. The above parties are referred to herein collectively as the “ Parties ,” and individually as a “ Party .”

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, each Seller currently holds all of the issued and outstanding membership interests in ASG and/or RDS, denominated in “Units,” set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto (each Equityholder’s membership interest, his or its “ Membership Interest ,” and all such membership interests collectively, the “ Membership Interests ”);

WHEREAS, the Membership Interests collectively represent all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in ASG and RDS;

WHEREAS, the Purchaser is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ SIC ”); and

WHEREAS, each Seller desires to sell and transfer to the Purchaser all of his or its respective Membership Interest, and the Purchaser desires to purchase and acquire, all of such Seller’s right, title and interest in and to his or its respective Membership Interest, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

1.1. Sale and Purchase of the Membership Interests . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Seller hereby sells, transfers, conveys, assigns, and delivers to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser hereby purchases, acquires, and accepts, all right, title and interest in and to all of such Seller’s respective Membership Interest, as set forth on Schedule I hereto.

1.2. Deliveries by the Parties.

(a) Consideration; Delivery by the Purchaser . Upon execution of this Agreement, as consideration for the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of each Seller’s Membership Interest, the Purchaser shall pay to such Seller the amount of cash set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the account designated by such Seller.


(b) Deliveries by the Seller . Each Seller shall deliver all of its respective Membership Interest to the Purchaser through executing and delivering such assignments, consents, and other transfer documents and instruments as shall be necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Purchaser to evidence the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of such Membership Interest to the Purchaser.

1.3. Effect of the Transactions . Each Seller acknowledges and agrees that following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Transactions ”), such Seller will no longer (a) hold any equity interests in RDS or ASG, (b) be a member or equityholder of RDS or ASG, or (c) be a party to, or have any rights or benefits under, any limited liability company or similar agreement with respect to RDS or ASG.

ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of Each Seller . Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

(a) Such Seller has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions, including the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of all of his or its respective Membership Interest. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes his or its valid and binding agreement, enforceable against him or it in accordance with its terms.

(b) Such Seller is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to ownership of its respective Membership Interest.

(c) With respect to his or its respective Membership Interest reflected on Schedule I hereto as held by such Seller, (i) such Seller has good and marketable title to such Membership Interest, free and clear of any mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, charges, security interests or restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of RDS (the “ RDS LLC Agreement ”), or the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of ASG (the “ ASG LLC Agreement ”), as applicable), and (ii) such Membership Interest is the only equity interest in RDS or ASG held by such Seller, and such Seller does not hold any other equity interests in RDS or ASG.

(d) Such Seller has not entered into any contracts or agreements granting to any person or entity any rights in respect of any of his or its respective Membership Interest, other than (i) with the Purchaser or SIC, or (ii) with respect to the RDS LLC Agreement or the ASG LLC Agreement, as applicable.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and performance of the Transactions, by such Seller will not (i) conflict with, violate, or constitute a breach or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) or accelerate maturity or performance or give rise to a termination or consent right, under any contract or other instrument to which such Seller is a party or which is applicable to such Seller or such Seller’s assets, (ii) violate any law applicable to such Seller, or (iii) require any filing or registration with, or the issuance of any permit or approval by, any person or entity.

(f) Such Seller has obtained all requisite and necessary consents, approvals, or other assurances for him or it to enter into and deliver this Agreement and sell, transfer, convey, assign, and deliver all of his or its respective Membership Interest to the Purchaser.

 

2


(g) There is no litigation or action pending or, to such Seller’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, threatened against such Seller, brought by or against such Seller and affecting or relating to any of the Transactions.

2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

(a) The Purchaser is a duly incorporated, validly existing corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to own all of its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(b) The Purchaser has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser, and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

(c) The Purchaser is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws applicable to its business

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

3.1. Indemnification .

(a) Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of the Purchaser, RDS, and ASG, and their respective past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, interest, awards, judgments, penalties, fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ or other professional fees, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in investigating, prosecuting, preparing or defending the foregoing) (collectively, “ Losses ”), asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by any Purchaser Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by such Seller in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by such Seller of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of such Seller in this Agreement.

(b) The Purchaser hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Seller, and his or its past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by such Seller Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by the Purchaser in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Purchaser of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of the Purchaser in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Waiver of Rights under Equityholders Agreements . In connection with the consummation of the Transactions, including the sale of all of such Seller’s respective Membership Interest, each Seller hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights such Seller may have under any equityholder agreements, including but not limited to, any limited liability company agreements or operating agreements (collectively, the “ Equityholder Agreements ”), that such Seller may be a party to with respect to such Seller being an equityholder of RDS or ASG or his or its respective Membership Interest, and upon the consummation of the Transactions, such Seller agrees and acknowledges that he or it shall no longer have any rights or benefits under any respective Equity Agreements.

 

3


4.2. Further Assurances . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Transactions.

4.3. Entire Agreement and Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, arrangements, negotiations and understandings among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, understandings, statements, promises or inducements, oral or otherwise, contrary to the terms of this Agreement. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, other than as set forth herein, have been made by any Party or any Party’s affiliates or its or their advisors. No waiver of any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision hereof, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

4.4. Amendment . No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument that specifically refers to this Agreement and is signed by all Parties.

4.5. Section Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.

4.6. Severability . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal in any respect, such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality shall not affect any other term or provision hereof.

4.7. Governing Law . In all respects, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, this Agreement and the obligations of each Party arising hereunder shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

4.8. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.9. Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

4.10. Survival . All warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants and other agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the completion of the Transactions and continue in full force and effect until thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations (including any extension thereto).

 

4


4.11. Facsimile or PDF E-mail Signatures . The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be considered signed when the signature of a Party is delivered by facsimile transmission or PDF e-mail. Such facsimile or PDF e-mail signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

4.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the document.

[ Signatures pages follow ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SELLERS:
T RIVE C APITAL F UND I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member

 

By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

 

T RIVE C APITAL F UND I (O FFSHORE ) LP,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership

 

By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP (Offshore) LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner
T RIVE A FFILIATED C OINVESTORS I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


A QUARIUS S ELLER , I NC .
By:   /s/ Parminder Singh Pental
  Name: Parminder Singh Pental
  Title:

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


/s/ Jack Seiders
J ACK S EIDERS

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


/s/ Chad Seiders
C HAD S EIDERS

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


/s/ Rick Seiders
R ICK S EIDERS

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


/s/ James Gunckel
J AMES G UNCKEL

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


T HE S CHOLTEN F AMILY T RUST DTD 4/14/92,

a grantor trust formed under the laws of the State of California

By:   /s/ Richard D. Scholten
  Name: Richard D. Scholten
  Title: Trustee

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


PURCHASER:
SIC I NTERMEDIATE , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


Acknowledged and Agreed:
TCFI LARK LLC
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: President
TCFI G&M LLC
By:   /s/ Sunil Palakodati
  Name: Sunil Palakodati
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Membership Interest Purchase Agreement]


S CHEDULE I

 

Seller

   Units of RDS to be
Sold to the

Purchaser
     Units of ASG to be
Sold to the
Purchaser
     Purchase Price to be
Paid to Such Seller
 

Trive Capital Fund I LP

    
3,491,497.83
Class A Units
 
 
    
8,766,157.62
Class A Units
 
 
   $ 33,449,723  
       
5,616,219.71
Class E-1 Units
 
 
  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

    
3,862,133.75
Class A Units
 
 
     —        $ 10,447,568  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

    

319,990.02

Class A Units

 

 

    

802,478.63

Class A Units

 

 

   $ 3,062,081  
       

514,124.49

Class E-1 Units

 

 

  

Aquarius Seller, Inc.

       
4,051,487.40
Class E-2 Units
 
 
   $ *  

Jack Seiders

     —         

871,526.88

Class B Units

 

 

   $ *  

Chad Seiders

     —         

871,526.88

Class B Units

 

 

   $ *  

Rick Seiders

     —         

412,492.59

Class B Units

 

 

   $ *  

James Gunckel

    
959,196.95
Class B Units
 
 
     —        $ *  

The Scholten Family Trust dtd 4/14/92

    
959,196.95
Class B Units
 
 
     —        $ *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,592,015.50 Units        21,906,013.20 Units      $ 62,724,937  

 

* Separately provided by the Purchaser to such Seller

Exhibit 10.20

C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

This Contribution Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 22, 2017, by and between Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ SIC ”), and SIC Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Intermediate ”). The above parties are referred to herein collectively as the “ Parties ,” and individually as a “ Party .”

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, Intermediate is the direct wholly-owned subsidiary of SIC;

WHEREAS, SIC currently directly holds 8,132,176.67 Units (consisting of 5,839,606.31 Class A Units and 2,292,570.36 Class B Units) of TCFI LARK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ RDS ”), and 50,802,701.82 Units (consisting of 24,358,575.72 Class A Units, 2,715,995.13 Class B Units, 5,017,688.62 Class C Units, 15,605,824.01 Class E-1 Units, and 3,104,618.34 Class E-2 Units) of TCFI G&M LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ ASG ”) (all such Units collectively, the “ Directly-Held Units ”), and the Directly-Held Units represent all of the equity interests in RDS and ASG directly held by SIC;

WHEREAS, SIC desires to contribute to Intermediate, and Intermediate desires to accept the transfer from SIC of, all of the Directly-Held Units, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CONTRIBUTION OF DIRECTLY-HELD UNITS

1.1. Contribution .

(a) SIC hereby assigns, transfers, conveys and delivers to Intermediate, and Intermediate hereby accepts, all right, title and interest in and to, all of the Directly-Held Units.

(b) SIC shall deliver the Directly-Held Units to Intermediate through executing and delivering such assignments, consents, and other transfer documents and instruments as shall be necessary to evidence the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of all of the Directly-Held Units to Intermediate.

1.2. Effect of the Transactions . The Parties acknowledge and agree that following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Transactions ”), Intermediate will directly (and SIC will indirectly, through its direct ownership of Intermediate) hold all of the issued and outstanding equity interests in RDS and ASG.


ARTICLE 2

COVENANTS

2.1. Further Assurances . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Transactions.

ARTICLE 3

MISCELLANEOUS

3.1. Entire Agreement and Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, arrangements, negotiations and understandings between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, understandings, statements, promises or inducements, oral or otherwise, contrary to the terms of this Agreement. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, have been made by either Party. No waiver of any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision hereof, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

3.2. Amendment . No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument that specifically refers to this Agreement and is signed by both Parties.

3.3. Section Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.

3.4. Severability . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal in any respect, such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality shall not affect any other term or provision hereof.

3.5. Governing Law . In all respects, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, this Agreement and the obligations of each Party arising hereunder shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

2


3.6. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

3.7. Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by either Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Party.

3.8. Facsimile or PDF E-mail Signatures . The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be considered signed when the signature of a Party is delivered by PDF e-mail. Such PDF e-mail signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

3.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the document.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement with effect as of the date first written above.

 

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SIC I NTERMEDIATE , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[ Signature page to Contribution Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.21

R EPURCHASE A GREEMENT

This Repurchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 20, 2017, by and among the stockholders of Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ Seller ,” and collectively, the “ Sellers ”), and the Company. The above parties are referred to herein collectively as the “ Parties ,” and individually as a “ Party .”

RECITALS :

WHEREAS, each Seller currently holds shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock”) of the Company, including the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that such Seller desires to sell to the Company hereunder, as set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto (each Seller’s shares of Class B Common Stock to be sold hereunder, his or its “ Repurchase Shares ”); and

WHEREAS, each Seller desires to sell and transfer to the Company all of his or its respective Repurchase Shares, and the Company desires to purchase and acquire, all of such Seller’s right, title and interest in and to his or its respective Repurchase Shares, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT :

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE REPURCHASE SHARES

1.1. Sale and Purchase of the Repurchase Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Seller hereby sells, transfers, conveys, assigns, and delivers to the Company, and the Company hereby purchases, acquires, and accepts, all right, title and interest in and to all of such Seller’s respective Repurchase Shares, as set forth on Schedule I hereto.

1.2. Deliveries by the Parties .

(a) Consideration; Delivery by the Company . Upon execution of this Agreement, as consideration for the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of each Seller’s Repurchase Shares, the Company shall pay to such Seller the amount of cash set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule I hereto, in immediately available funds by wire transfer to the account designated by such Seller.

(b) Deliveries by the Seller . Each Seller shall deliver all of its respective Repurchase Shares to the Company through executing and delivering such assignments, consents, and other transfer documents and instruments as shall be necessary in the reasonable judgment of the Company to evidence the assignment, transfer, conveyance and delivery of such Repurchase Shares to the Company.


ARTICLE 2

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1. Representations and Warranties of Each Seller . Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Such Seller has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Transactions ”), including the sale, transfer, conveyance, assignment and delivery of all of his or its respective Repurchase Shares. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller and constitutes his or its valid and binding agreement, enforceable against him or it in accordance with its terms.

(b) Such Seller is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, and regulations applicable to ownership of his or its respective Repurchase Shares.

(c) Such Seller has good and marketable title to his or its respective Repurchase Shares, free and clear of any mortgages, pledges, liens, encumbrances, charges, security interests or restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions set forth in the respective Lock-Up Agreement entered into by such Seller for the benefit of FBR Capital Markets & Co. (“ FBR ”) (each Seller’s respective Lock-Up Agreement, his or its “ Lock-Up Agreement ”), which restrictions will be waived by FBR prior to the consummation of the Transactions).

(d) Such Seller has not entered into any contracts or agreements granting to any person or entity any rights in respect of any of his or its respective Repurchase Shares, other than (i) with the Company, and (ii) with respect to his or its respective Lock-Up Agreement.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and performance of the Transactions, by such Seller will not (i) conflict with, violate, or constitute a breach or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) or accelerate maturity or performance or give rise to a termination or consent right, under any contract or other instrument to which such Seller is a party or which is applicable to such Seller or such Seller’s assets, (ii) violate any law applicable to such Seller, or (iii) require any filing or registration with, or the issuance of any permit or approval by, any person or entity.

(f) Other than FBR waiving any applicable restrictions in his or its Lock-Up Agreement, such Seller has obtained all requisite and necessary consents, approvals, or other assurances for him or it to enter into and deliver this Agreement and sell, transfer, convey, assign, and deliver all of his or its respective Repurchase Shares to the Company.

(g) There is no litigation or action pending or, to such Seller’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, threatened against such Seller, brought by or against such Seller and affecting or relating to any of the Transactions.

 

2


2.2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

(a) The Company is a duly incorporated, validly existing corporation, in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to own all of its property and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted.

(b) The Company has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the Transactions. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

(c) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal, state and local laws applicable to its business

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

3.1. Indemnification .

(a) Each Seller, severally and not jointly, hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of the Company and its past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, interest, awards, judgments, penalties, fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ or other professional fees, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in investigating, prosecuting, preparing or defending the foregoing) (collectively, “ Losses ”), asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by any Company Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by such Seller in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by such Seller of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of such Seller in this Agreement.

(b) The Company hereby agrees to save, defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Seller, and his or its past, present and future partners, members, directors, officers, employees, representatives, trustors, trustees, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, and affiliates, and the predecessors, successors, and assigns of each of the foregoing (the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses asserted against, incurred, sustained or suffered by such Seller Indemnified Party as a result of, arising out of or relating to: (i) any breach of any representation, warranty or certification made by the Company in this Agreement, and/or (ii) any breach or nonfulfillment by the Company of any agreement, covenant, or obligation of the Company in this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1. Further Assurances . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Transactions.

 

3


4.2. Entire Agreement and Waiver . This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, arrangements, negotiations and understandings among the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no other agreements, understandings, statements, promises or inducements, oral or otherwise, contrary to the terms of this Agreement. No representations, warranties, covenants or conditions, express or implied, whether by statute or otherwise, other than as set forth herein, have been made by any Party or any Party’s affiliates or its or their advisors. No waiver of any term, provision, or condition of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision hereof, whether or not similar, nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Party making the waiver.

4.3. Amendment . No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be binding unless made in a written instrument that specifically refers to this Agreement and is signed by all Parties.

4.4. Section Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions of this Agreement.

4.5. Severability . In the event that any term or provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal in any respect, such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality shall not affect any other term or provision hereof.

4.6. Governing Law . In all respects, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, this Agreement and the obligations of each Party arising hereunder shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

4.7. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person or entity other than the Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.8. Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable or otherwise transferable by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

4.9. Survival . All warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants and other agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the completion of the Transactions and continue in full force and effect until thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations (including any extension thereto).

 

4


4.10. Facsimile or PDF E-mail Signatures . The Parties agree that this Agreement shall be considered signed when the signature of a Party is delivered by facsimile transmission or PDF e-mail. Such facsimile or PDF e-mail signature shall be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

4.11. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the document.

[ Signatures pages follow ]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

SELLERS:
T RIVE C APITAL F UND I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

 

T RIVE C APITAL F UND I (O FFSHORE ) LP,
a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP (Offshore) LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Fund I GP LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

 

T RIVE A FFILIATED C OINVESTORS I LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
By:   Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I GP LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   Trive Capital Holdings, LLC,
  its Managing Member
By:   /s/ Conner Searcy
  Name: Conner Searcy
  Title: Managing Partner

[Repurchase Agreement]


/s/ Jack Seiders
J ACK S EIDERS

[Repurchase Agreement]


/s/ Chad Seiders
C HAD S EIDERS

[Repurchase Agreement]


/s/ Rick Seiders
R ICK S EIDERS

[Repurchase Agreement]


/s/ James Gunckel
J AMES G UNCKEL

[Repurchase Agreement]


T HE S CHOLTEN F AMILY T RUST DTD 4/14/92,

a grantor trust formed under the laws of the State of California

By:   /s/ Richard D. Scholten
  Name: Richard D. Scholten
  Title: Trustee

[Repurchase Agreement]


COMPANY:
S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

[Repurchase Agreement]


S CHEDULE I

 

Seller

   Number of Shares of
Class B Common Stock
to be Repurchased by
the Company
     Purchase Price to be
Paid to Such Seller
 

Trive Capital Fund I LP

     1,223,249      $ 13,651,458.84  

Trive Capital Fund I (Offshore) LP

     1,353,178      $ 15,101,466.48  

Trive Affiliated Coinvestors I LP

     111,980      $ 1,249,696.80  

Jack Seiders

     53,195      $ *  

Chad Seiders

     53,195      $ *  

Rick Seiders

     15,423      $ *  

James Gunckel

     94,890      $ *  

The Scholten Family Trust dtd 4/14/92

     94,890      $ *  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,000,000      $ 33,480,000.00  

 

* Separately provided by the Company to such Seller

 

S-I

Exhibit 10.22

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.

BOARD DESIGNEE AGREEMENT

December 15, 2017

Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC

11111 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 1275

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Gentlemen:

This Board Designee Agreement (this “Agreement”) will confirm the agreement among Select Interior Concepts, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on the one hand, and Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC (“Investor”), on the other hand. In this Agreement, the board of directors of the Company is referred to as the “Board.”

1. Board Seat for Investor Nominees

(a) During the term of this Agreement, the Company agrees to:

(i) promptly upon Investor’s written request subsequent to the date of the closing of the over-allotment option of the Company’s private placement pursuant to Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Over-Allotment Closing”), appoint a person nominated by Investor (the “Investor Nominee”) as provided in this Section 1 to serve as a director on the Board and fill the vacancy formed by the resignation of Robert L. Antin, subject to the reasonable approval of the Company’s Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”); and

(ii) at each meeting of stockholders for election of directors at which the position to be occupied under this Agreement by the Investor Nominee on the Board is to be determined by stockholder election, (A) cause the Investor Nominee to be recommended by the Nominating Committee for consideration by the Board and to be nominated by the Board for election as a director, subject to the considerations described in clause (i); (B) recommend to its stockholders the election of the Investor Nominee, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the election of the Investor Nominee to the Board, including soliciting proxies for the election of the Investor Nominee to the same extent as it does, consistent with past practice, for any other Board nominee for election as a director; and (C) request each then-current member of such Board to vote as a stockholder for approval of the Investor Nominee.

(b) In the event of the death, disability, resignation or removal of the Investor Nominee following his or her election to the Board, the Company shall cause the prompt election to the Board of a replacement director designated by Investor, subject to the requirements set forth in this Section 1, to fill the resulting vacancy, and such individual shall then be deemed the Investor Nominee for all purposes under this Agreement.


(c) Following his or her election to the Board, the Investor Nominee shall be entitled to the same compensation received by other Board members in consideration of his or her service as a director, and reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending Board meetings. The Investor Nominee shall be entitled to the same the indemnification as provided to other members of the Board in connection with his or her role as a director.

(d) Following his or her election to the Board, the Company shall provide each Investor Nominee with copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials provided to the other members of the Board or any committee thereof concurrently with the distribution of such materials to the other members.

(e) Neither Investor (nor any of its Affiliates) nor the Investor Nominee will propose a director or slate of directors in opposition to a nominee or slate of nominees proposed by the management or board of directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(f) Investor and its affiliates shall vote in favor of the slate of nominees proposed by the management or the Board of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

(g) Investor’s rights under this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the first date upon which Investor and its Affiliates (A) have collectively sold, assigned, or otherwise transferred, for value fifty percent (50%) or more of that number of shares of Company common stock held by them as of the date of the Over-Allotment Closing (which number as of such date is or will be 3,500,000 shares), taking into account any stock splits, stock dividends or similar events, and (B) fail to Beneficially own, collectively, on a fully diluted basis, at least six and one-half percent (6.50%) of the Company’s outstanding common stock and any securities or instruments convertible into Company common stock and any outstanding equity awards, (ii) any Investor Nominee is removed from the Board for “cause”, (iii) any Investor Nominee breaches in any respect this Agreement or any of Investor Nominee’s fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders, (iii) any Investor Nominee is not elected at any meeting of the Company’s stockholders after having been nominated by the Board for election or re-election to the Board at such meeting or any adjournment thereof (the “Termination Event”). Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, Investor shall be deemed to have resigned from the Board (unless he or she is removed or not elected or re-elected). Investor shall immediately inform the Company in writing when a Termination Event occurs as a result of (g) (i) above, and upon any Termination Event shall thereafter cooperate fully with the Company and the Board in transitioning his or her position to a new Board member, as requested by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Investor Nominee then serving as a director shall continue to be entitled to the indemnification and expense reimbursement, if any, in connection with his or her service as a director described in Section 1(c).

(h) If in the reasonable judgment of the Company, following the date of the closing of an initial underwritten offering of the Company’s securities to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the election or appointment of the Investor Nominee would cause the Company to not comply with the relevant listing rules of the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market, as applicable (the “Listing Rules”), including the requirement that the Company’s Board be comprised of a majority of Independent Directors (as defined in the Listing Rules), then the

 

2


Company may defer the appointment and/or election of such Investor Nominee until it is able to take commercially reasonable measures to ensure that such appointment or election would not cause the Company to violate the Listing Rules. For the purpose of clarity, it is agreed that such measures may include a further increase in the size of the Board and the appointment and/or election of an additional individual to serve as an Independent Director, which individual shall be selected in the sole discretion of the Company.

2. General Provisions

(a) Fiduciary Duties. The Investor Nominee shall at all times act in good faith and in a manner that is in the best interests of the Company and shall be responsible for the full exercise of his or her fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders.

(b) Conflicts of Interest. The Company shall have the right to exclude the Investor Nominee from all or any portion of a Board meeting and omit any information to be otherwise provided to the Investor Nominee under this Agreement, in each case upon the good faith determination of the Board that such exclusion and/or omission is necessary to avoid an actual or potential conflict of interest between the Company and Investor. Upon any such determination of the Board to exclude the Investor Nominee from all or any portion of a Board meeting, Investor shall act in good faith to cause the Investor Nominee to recuse himself or herself from such Board meeting. Failure of the Investor Nominee to so recuse himself or herself shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, resulting in its termination.

(c) Board Policies. Investor (and any Investor Nominee) acknowledges that it has received and reviewed all Company policies applicable to the members of the Board, including the Company’s Insider Trading Policy (the “Policies”), and agrees to strictly abide by all Policies at all times that this Agreement is in effect, and for any period thereafter whereby such Policies would apply to the Investor Nominee. Any failure of Investor or the Investor Nominee to strictly abide by any of the Policies shall constitute a breach of this Agreement, resulting in its termination.

(d) Costs and Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or otherwise as may be agreed to by the parties hereto, each of the parties will be responsible for all other costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement. If any legal action, arbitration, mediation or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, or default in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

(e) Assignment. The rights of Investor under this Agreement shall be personal to Investor and the transfer, assignment and/or conveyance of said rights from Investor to any other Person is prohibited and shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

3


(f) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN DELAWARE IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(g) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement, together with the other documents and instruments referred to herein, embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(h) Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person, by first-class registered or certified airmail (postage prepaid), by nationally recognized overnight express courier or by facsimile, and shall be deemed given (i) if delivered in person, upon delivery, (ii) if delivered by first-class registered or certified airmail, three business days after so mailed, (iii) if delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, one business day after so mailed, and (iv) if delivered by facsimile, upon electronic confirmation of receipt, and shall be delivered as addressed as follows (or at such other address as may be designated by a party in a notice given in a like manner):

 

  (i) if to the Company:

Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 East Hunter Avenue

Anaheim, California 92807

Attention: Tyrone Johnson

 

  (ii) if to Investor:

Gateway Securities Holdings, LLC

11111 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 1275

Los Angeles, CA 90025

Attention: Xavier Corzo, CFA

(i) Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any breach or default, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default.

 

4


(j) Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be amended, except by an agreement in writing, executed by each of the Company and Investor, and, compliance with any term of this Agreement may not be waived, except by an agreement in writing executed on behalf of the party against whom the waiver is intended to be effective. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of any such provision and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and signatures may be delivered by facsimile or in electronic format, each of which may be executed by less than all the parties, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

(l) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(m) Titles and Subtitles; Interpretation. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. Each of the parties has participated in the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if it is drafted by each of the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(n) Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

(i) “Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(ii) “Beneficial Ownership” by any Person of any security means ownership by such Person who, together with Affiliates of such Person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares (a) voting power that includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security, (b) investment power that includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security, or (c) a right to acquire any of the powers set forth in (a) and (b) above within 60 days (of any date of determination of “Beneficial Ownership”) in respect of such security. The terms “Beneficially Own,” “Beneficially Owned,” “Beneficially Owning” and “Beneficial Owner” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

5


(iii) “Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, or other entity or organization, including any governmental authority.

********

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties set forth below as of the date written above.

 

SELECT INTERIOR CONCEPTS, INC.
By:   /s/ Tyrone Johnson
  Name: Tyrone Johnson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

GATEWAY SECURITIES HOLDINGS, LLC
    By:   Solace Capital Partners, L.P.
    Its:   Manager
      By:   /s/ Xavier Corzo
        Name: Xavier Corzo
        Title: Chief Administrative Officer

Exhibit 14.1

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

C ODE OF B USINESS C ONDUCT AND E THICS

(Effective as of July 6, 2018)

 

 

 

I. INTRODUCTION

Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company ”), are committed to conducting their businesses in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the highest standards of business conduct and to full and accurate financial disclosure in compliance with applicable law. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this “ Code ”) covers a wide range of business practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide all employees, directors and officers of the Company. This Code applies to the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions pursuant to Item 406 of Regulation S-K, as well as directors, officers, and employees (collectively, the “ Covered Persons ”) pursuant to the listing standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market (“ Nasdaq ”), for the purpose of promoting:

 

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our communications with and reports to our stockholders, including reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) or Nasdaq, and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

    a professional and respectful work environment, free of discrimination or harassment;

 

    the prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in this Code; and

 

    accountability for adherence to this Code.

All Covered Persons must conduct themselves accordingly and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. This Code should also be provided to and followed by the Company’s agents and representatives, including consultants. Covered Persons should adhere to a high standard of business ethics and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to actual as well as apparent conflicts of interest.

If a law conflicts with a policy in this Code, you must comply with the law. If you have any questions about these conflicts, you should ask your supervisor how to handle the situation.

Those who violate the standards in this Code will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment. If you are in a situation which you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, follow the guidelines described in Section XVI of this Code .


II. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS

Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which the Company’s ethical standards are built. All Covered Persons must respect and obey the laws of the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates. Although not all Covered Persons are expected to know the details of these laws, every Covered Person is expected to be familiar with the basic legal requirements that apply to his or her duties on the job. Consequently, each of us must familiarize ourselves with the laws, regulations, and Company policies that apply to our work by participating in on-the-job training, reviewing applicable Company policies, reviewing and attesting to this Code. You are encouraged to ask questions at any time of our managers, the Company’s Privacy Officer (as described in Section XIX of this Code, the “ Privacy Officer ”), the Company’s Human Resources Department (“ Human Resources ”), and others having special expertise. Whenever in doubt about your legal obligations or the appropriateness of your conduct, you are expected to ask your supervisor, the Privacy Officer, or a department head for instruction or advice. Ignorance of the law or this Code can result in severe consequences and is not an excuse or defense to a violation of applicable law or of this Code.

If requested, the Company will hold information and training sessions, in addition to sessions regularly scheduled, to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider-trading laws.

 

III. DISCLOSURE

The Company strives to ensure that the contents of and the disclosures in any reports and documents that the Company files with the SEC and other public communications shall be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable in accordance with applicable disclosure standards, including standards of materiality, where appropriate. You must:

 

    not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including to the Company’s independent registered public accountants, governmental regulators, self-regulating organizations and other governmental officials, as appropriate; and

 

    in relation to your area of responsibility, properly review and critically analyze proposed disclosure for accuracy and completeness.

In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) and Chief Financial Officer (the “ CFO ”) of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (or Covered Persons performing similar functions), and each other Covered Person that typically is involved in the financial reporting of the Company must familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.

You must promptly bring to the attention of the CEO, the CFO, the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), or the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board any information you may have concerning (i) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal and/or disclosure controls that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or (ii) any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.

 

2


IV. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

A “ conflict of interest ” exists when a person’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when a Covered Person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when a Covered Person, or members of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, Covered Persons and their family members may create conflicts of interest. In addition, some of the more common conflicts, from which Covered Persons should refrain, include, but are not limited to:

 

    Accepting personal gifts, other items of value, or entertainment from competitors, customers, suppliers or potential suppliers that could be interpreted as excessive (i.e., exceeding $75 in total value);

 

    Working or volunteering for a competitor, supplier or customer;

 

    Engaging in self-employment (regardless of whether you receive compensation) in competition with the Company;

 

    Using proprietary or confidential Company information for personal gain or to the Company’s detriment, or for any reason other than approved Company business;

 

    Borrowing from or lending to any individuals representing organizations which are clients, customers, potential clients or customers, suppliers or vendors of the Company;

 

    Having a direct or indirect financial interest in or relationship with a competitor, customer or supplier, except that ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the publicly traded stock of a corporation will not be considered a conflict;

 

    Developing a personal (i.e., beyond mere friendship) relationship with a subordinate employee of the Company that might interfere with the exercise of impartial judgment in decisions affecting the Company or any employees of the Company;

 

    Using Company assets or labor for personal use;

 

    Acquiring any interest in property or assets of any kind for the purpose of selling or leasing it to the Company; or

 

    Committing the Company to, or representing to any third-party that the Company will, provide financial or other support to any outside activity or organization without prior written consent of the appropriate Company representative.

It is almost always a conflict of interest for a Covered Person to work simultaneously for a competitor, customer or supplier. You are not allowed to work for a competitor as a consultant or board member, unless it is otherwise approved by the Board. The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connection with the Company’s customers, suppliers or competitors, except on the Company’s behalf.

If a Covered Person or someone with whom a Covered Person has a close relationship (a family member, spouse or close companion) has a financial or employment relationship with a competitor,

 

3


customer or supplier, the Covered Person must disclose that fact in writing to their supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel and to Human Resources on the Attachment to Acknowledgement of Code and Certification Form, attached as Exhibit II hereto. Covered Persons should be aware that if they enter into a personal relationship with a subordinate Covered Person or with a Covered Person of a competitor, customer or supplier a conflict of interest may exist, which requires full disclosure to the Company. In such a case, the Company has the right to take such action as it deems appropriate to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy, except under guidelines approved by the Board. Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut, so if you have a question, you should consult with higher levels of management. Any Covered Person who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict should bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate personnel or consult the procedures described in Section XVI of this Code.

 

V. INSIDER TRADING

The U.S. federal securities laws are built on the premise that a purchaser and a seller of securities should have equal access to important information regarding the company whose securities they are trading. Consequently, federal securities laws forbid an investor from purchasing or selling securities based upon inside information not available to the other party.

The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe. Covered Persons who trade on inside information, or who communicate (or tip) this information to others so that they may trade on it, may face a civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained (or loss avoided), a substantial criminal fine and a jail term of up to twenty years. Additionally, if the Company or its senior officers do not take appropriate steps to prevent a Covered Person from insider trading, the Company may also face severe legal consequences, including, among other things, substantial criminal penalties.

The following is intended to provide a summary of certain provisions of the Insider Trading Policy adopted by the Board, effective as of July 6, 2018 (the “ Insider Trading Policy ”), and should be read in conjunction with such policy. You are required to familiarize yourself with all terms of the Insider Trading Policy, in addition to this Code. The summary below touches only on some of the issues presented in the Insider Trading Policy and does not purport to replace such policy nor excuses you from abiding by all its terms and restrictions.

 

  (a) Policy Statement

Covered Persons who have material, non-public ( i.e. , inside) information about the Company must not buy or sell Company securities until a reasonable time after the inside information has been publicly disclosed. The Insider Trading Policy only allows you to trade in Company securities during certain designated periods, known as “Trading Windows,” and also requires you to obtain prior clearance from the Company’s General Counsel (the “ General Counsel ”) if the Company has appointed one, or alternatively, the CFO, before engaging in any trades in Company securities. You also must not disclose inside information to others outside the Company until a reasonable time after the information has been publicly disclosed.

In addition, it is never appropriate for you to advise others to buy or sell Company securities, and you are prohibited from doing so while in possession of any material inside information.

 

4


The Company further prohibits any Covered Person to sell ‘short’ Company securities, or engage in other transactions where the person will earn a profit based on a decline in the Company’s stock price.

The Company also prohibits all Covered Persons from engaging in any speculative trading involving Company securities, including purchasing or selling ‘put’ options, ‘call’ options or other publicly-traded options or derivatives on Company securities.

These rules also apply to the use of material, non-public information about other companies (including, for example, the Company’s clients, competitors and potential business partners).

In addition to you, these rules apply to your spouse, children and any other family members living with you in your household.

 

  (b) Further Explanation

 

  1. What is inside information? Inside information is material information about a company, including the Company, that has not been publicly disclosed.

 

  2. What information is material? Information is material if there is a likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making an investment decision to purchase, sell or hold securities. It includes any information that could reasonably affect the price of a security and may be either positive or negative information. Examples of information that may be material include, among others, financial results or projections; proposed mergers, acquisitions or other changes in assets or business; events regarding the Company’s securities, such as redemption, changes in dividends or stock splits; changes in customary earnings trends, and information relating to the Company’s products, services, intellectual property or research and development efforts; developments regarding our partners, agents, distributors or customers; changes in senior management, key personnel or the Board; and litigation’.

 

  3. What information is non-public? Information is non-public until the time it has been effectively disclosed to the public. Effective disclosure generally occurs when information is included in a press release, is revealed during a conference call to which the general public has been invited to participate or is included in the Company’s public filings with the SEC. Under certain circumstances, effective disclosure may occur by other means.

 

  4. What is a reasonable waiting period before purchases and sales can be made? The investing public must have sufficient time to analyze and absorb the information that has been disclosed before those possessing previously non-public information can trade. For matters disclosed in a Company’s press release or conference call, a good rule of thumb is that purchases and sales can be made beginning two (2) full trading days after the disclosure. In any event, all Covered Persons are prohibited from carrying out any trades in Company securities (save for certain exempt transactions such as exercise of stock options without sale of the underlying stock) other than within the quarterly Trading Window set out in the Insider Trading Policy, and only after seeking and obtaining pre-clearance for the trade from the General Counsel, if the Company has appointed one, or alternatively, the CFO.

 

 

5


  5. What transactions are prohibited? A Covered Person who has inside information about the Company or another company is prohibited from: (a) trading in the Company’s or the other company’s securities (including derivative securities such as put and call options); (b) having others trade in the Company’s or the other company’s securities for his or her benefit; and (c) disclosing the inside information to (or tipping) anyone else who might then trade. These prohibitions apply during Trading Windows as well, and continue for as long as the information remains material and non-public, including after termination for any reason of the Covered Person’s employment or other relationship with the Company.

 

  6. What transactions are allowed? A Covered Person who has inside information about the Company may, nonetheless, usually exercise the Company’s stock options for cash (but may not sell the option shares he or she receives upon the exercise). These cash option exercises purchases are allowed because the other party to the transactions is the Company itself, and because the option exercise purchase price does not vary with the market, but, rather, is fixed in advance under the terms of the option plan. You may also engage in “net exercises” (as defined in the Insider Trading Policy) and have the Company withhold shares to satisfy your tax obligations without violating the Insider Trading Policy. You should contact the General Counsel, if the Company has appointed one, or a member of the Company’s legal department (the “ Legal Department ”), or alternatively, the CFO, with any questions.

 

  (c) Blackout Period for Trading in the Company Securities

In addition to the Company’s general Insider Trading Policy, which is summarized above, the Company may institute from time to time blackout periods during which Covered Persons will be precluded from trading in Company securities. The General Counsel, if the Company has appointed one, or alternatively, the CFO, will typically be responsible for implementing such practices.

 

VI. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

Covered Persons are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without the consent of the Board. No Covered Person may use corporate property, information or position for improper personal gain, and no employee may compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Covered Persons owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 

VII. COMPETITION AND FAIR DEALING

The Company seeks to outperform its competition fairly and honestly. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner’s consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each Covered Person should endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee, officer or director should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.

 

6


The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Covered Person, family member of an employee or agent unless it: (i) is not a cash gift, (ii) is consistent with customary business practices, (iii) is not excessive in value, (iv) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff and otherwise complies with the Company’s Anti-Corruption Policy (the “ Anti-Corruption Policy ”), and (v) does not violate any laws or regulations. Please discuss with your supervisor any gifts or proposed gifts which you are not certain are appropriate.

 

VIII.  DISCRIMINATION AND HARASSMENT

The diversity of the Company’s employees is a tremendous asset and every employee is entitled to fair and respectful treatment by his or her managers, subordinates and peers. The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate discrimination or harassment of any sort on the basis of race, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, disability, age, military status, or any other basis prohibited by law.

In addition, the Company will fully observe its obligations under all laws and regulations designed to protect the rights of its employees. Covered Persons are required to familiarize themselves with policies that the Company has adopted concerning equal employment opportunity, workplace conduct and sexual and other harassment to ensure your compliance with these legal requirements.

 

IX. HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthy work environment. Each Covered Person has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for all employees by following safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.

Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted. Covered Persons should report to work in condition to perform their duties, free from the influence of illegal drugs or alcohol. The use of illegal drugs in the workplace will not be tolerated.

 

X. RECORD-KEEPING

The Company requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to make responsible business decisions. For example, only the true and actual number of hours worked should be reported.

Many Covered Persons regularly use business expense accounts, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is legitimate, ask your supervisor or your controller.

All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.

 

7


Business records and communications often become public, and we should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to email, internal memos and formal reports. In the event of litigation or governmental investigation, please consult the Legal Department, or alternatively, the CFO.

 

XI. CONFIDENTIALITY

Covered Persons must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized by the Legal Department, or alternatively, the CFO, or required by laws or regulations. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. It also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends.

 

XII. PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

All Covered Persons should endeavor to protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation. Company equipment should not be used for non-Company business, though incidental personal use may be permitted.

The obligation of Covered Persons to protect the Company’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy. It could also be illegal and result in civil or even criminal penalties.

 

XIII.  OTHER RULES

Tell the Truth

The Company’s commitment to integrity in business includes a special emphasis on candor. We must be honest in all communications with one another, the Company’s customers, and governmental agencies and officials. We must keep complete and accurate business records. Only by being honest and forthcoming will the Company merit the respect and trust it needs to carry on its business operations successfully.

Discharge Duty to Cooperate and Corporate Advocacy

All Covered Persons have a duty to cooperate with the Company in all legal matters and internal investigations. The Company’s businesses may contemplate or engage in activities with respect to which governmental agencies, public interest groups and others may take conflicting positions. You are reminded to escalate inquiries to an appropriate representative to handle any communication on the Company’s position or opinion in such matters.

Optimizing Diverse Talents

The Company has a strong commitment to diversity. The Company’s goal is to develop an environment that is inclusive and maximizes the diverse talents, backgrounds and perspectives of all employees and Covered Persons.

 

8


Support a Professional Environment

The Company requires that all Company activities be conducted, and all Company resources be used, in a manner that supports the Company’s values and principles of conduct outlined throughout this Code, respects the rights of employees, vendors and customers and upholds the Company’s reputation. Covered Persons are expected to act in a professional manner at all times and not engage in inappropriate activities while on Company business, when participating in business-related entertainment, or when otherwise representing or acting on behalf of the Company. Do not make any unauthorized public statement on behalf of the Company.

 

XIV.  PAYMENTS TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. It is strictly prohibited to make illegal payments to government officials of any country.

In addition, the U.S. government has a number of laws and regulations regarding business gratuities which may be accepted by U.S. government personnel. The promise, offer or delivery to an official or employee of the U.S. government of a gift, favor or other gratuity in violation of these rules would not only violate Company policy but could also be a criminal offense. State and local governments, as well as foreign governments, may have similar rules.

All Covered Persons are subject to the Anti-Corruption Policy. The terms of this policy provide additional guidance in this area. In addition, the Legal Department, or alternatively, the CFO, can provide you with assistance in this area.

 

XV. WAIVERS OF THIS CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

Any waiver of this Code for executive officers, directors, or any employees may be made only by the Board and will be promptly disclosed, along with the reasons for the waiver, as required by law or the regulations of Nasdaq.

 

XVI.  REPORTING ANY ILLEGAL OR UNETHICAL BEHAVIOR

Covered Persons are encouraged to talk to supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel about observed illegal or unethical behavior and when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. It is the policy of the Company not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by Covered Persons. All Covered Persons have a duty to cooperate with the Company in all legal matters and internal investigations.

Any Covered Persons may submit a good faith concern regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters without fear of dismissal or retaliation of any kind.

Covered Persons may submit reports of violations of this Code on the Attachment to Acknowledgement of Code and Certification Form, attached as Exhibit II hereto.

 

XVII.  COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

All Covered Persons are responsible for knowing and complying with all Company policies, including this Code, as they may be updated from time to time. Company policies are available for review through Human Resources and/or the other functional departments that own their respective policies.

 

9


We must all work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. However, in some situations it is difficult to know if a violation has occurred. Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach a new question or problem. These are the steps to keep in mind:

 

    Make sure you have all the facts . In order to reach the right solutions, we must be as fully informed as possible.

 

    Ask yourself: What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper? This will enable you to focus on the specific question you are faced with, and the alternatives you have. Use your judgment and common sense; if something seems unethical or improper, it probably is.

 

    Clarify your responsibility and role . In most situations, there is shared responsibility. Are your colleagues informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the problem.

 

    Discuss the problem with your supervisor . This is the basic guidance for all situations. In many cases, your supervisor will be more knowledgeable about the question and will appreciate being brought into the decision-making process. Remember that it is your supervisor’s responsibility to help solve problems.

 

    Seek help from Company resources . In the rare case where it may not be appropriate to discuss an issue with your supervisor, or where you do not feel comfortable approaching your supervisor with your question, discuss it locally with your office manager, your Human Resources manager or the Legal Department, or alternatively the CFO.

 

    You may report ethical violations in confidence and without fear of retaliation . If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will be protected. The Company does not permit retaliation of any kind against employees for good faith reports of ethical violations.

 

    Always ask first, act later . If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.

 

XVIII.  IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS CODE

Distribution and Acknowledgements

This Code shall be distributed to all Covered Persons, wherever located, and to all new Company hires at the time of their employment. All Covered Persons shall sign an acknowledgement (attached hereto as Exhibit I and hereinafter referred to as an “ Acknowledgement ”) that they have read, understood and agree to comply with this Code, including, without limitation the Discriminatory and Harassment policy included under Section VIII of this Code. Each Covered Person shall be required to certify, in writing, compliance with this Code annually.

 

10


Audits and Compliance

Human Resources is responsible for:

 

  1. maintaining a record that all new hires have received a copy of this Code as part of their orientation; and

 

  2. obtaining all required Acknowledgments from Covered Persons.

The head of Human Resources shall confirm annually to the Company’s CFO that all Acknowledgements have been obtained.

Compliance with this Code will periodically be tested by audits conducted by the Company, the Privacy Officer, or other persons retained by the Company for the purpose of monitoring or auditing such compliance.

 

XIX. PRIVACY OFFICER CONTACT INFORMATION

Privacy Officer : Kendall R. Hoyd

Email : khoyd@selectinteriorconcepts.com

Phone : (714) 701-4357

 

Alternative Contact :  

c/o Select Interior Concepts, Inc.

4900 E. Hunter Ave.

Anaheim, CA 92807

 

11


E XHIBIT I

A CKNOWLEDGEMENT & C ERTIFICATION

I hereby acknowledge and certify that I have received and read and am in compliance with the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, effective as of July 6, 2018 (the “ Code ”), of Select Interior Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

I have completed the attachment hereto to the best of my knowledge and in so doing, have identified any actual or suspected violations of the Code of which I have any knowledge as of the date of my signature below.

I further acknowledge that non-compliance, failure to sign this acknowledgment and certification, and false or incomplete reporting of violations may result in corrective action, up to and including, but not limited to, termination.

Acknowledgement Instructions

Part I:     Acknowledgement of Code

My acknowledgement is shown by selecting “Yes” on the following statements and name, signature, date below:

I have read the attached Code.

☐ Yes                ☐ No

I understand my responsibilities as defined within the Code.

☐ Yes                ☐ No

 

Name:                                                      

Signature:                                                

Date:                                                        

Part II:     Attachment to Acknowledgement of Code and Certification Form

Part II is only to be completed if you can answer “yes” to any of the following questions or if you are aware of any suspected violations of this Code.

If you can answer “yes,” please print the next page and provide details to any of the following questions. Complete the Attachment to Acknowledgement of Code and Certification Form and submit the original to Human Resources or the Privacy Officer, as soon as possible (within 5 business days). Use additional pages if necessary.


E XHIBIT II

A TTACHMENT TO A CKNOWLEDGEMENT  & C ERTIFICATION F ORM

 

(1) I am aware of or suspect the following violations of the Code or any of the specific policies referred to therein (provide names and details to the extent known) :

 

(2) I believe that the following actual or potential conflicts of interest exist (provide names and details to the extent known) :

 

(3) The following are companies (other than the Company), partnerships or business ventures, that compensate me in any way, including as a full-time or part-time employee or consultant, or in which I share in the profits (provide the name(s) and identify the work you do and how you are compensated) :

 

(4) The following are companies, partnerships or business ventures that do business with the Company and that employ one of my relatives as a full-time or part-time employee or consultant or in which the relative shares in the profits (provide the name and relationship to you of the relative and the identity of the entity) :

 

(5) The following is a list of the names, titles, and departments of my relatives who are employed by the Company:

 

Name:                                                  

Signature:                                            

Date:                                                    

Please return the original of this completed page, signed and dated along with the Acknowledgement & Certification document to the head of the Human Resources Department or the Privacy Officer.

Exhibit 16.1

 

LOGO

July 9, 2018

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

Dear Sirs/Madams:

We have read the disclosures (the “Disclosures”) under the section entitled “Change in Accountants” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 9, 2018, and we agree with the second paragraph of the Disclosures as it relates to our firm.

/s/ Macias Gini & O’Connell LLP

Los Angeles, California

Exhibit 21.1

S ELECT I NTERIOR C ONCEPTS , I NC .

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

State of Formation,

Organization, or

Incorporation

  

Fictitious Name (if any)

AG Holdco (SPV) LLC

   Delaware   

Architectural Granite & Marble, LLC

   Delaware    AG&M

Architectural Surfaces Group, LLC

   Delaware    ASG

Casa Verde Services, LLC

   Delaware    Greencraft, Greencraft Designs

Greencraft Holdings, LLC

   Arizona    Greencraft

Greencraft Interiors, LLC

   Arizona    Greencraft

Greencraft Stone and Tile LLC

   Arizona    Greencraft

L.A.R.K. Industries, Inc.

   California    Residential Design Services

Pental Granite and Marble, LLC

   Washington    Pental

Residential Design Services, LLC

   Delaware    RDS

SIC Intermediate, Inc.

   Delaware   

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated April 20, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Los Angeles, California

July 9, 2018

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Select Interior Concepts, Inc. of our report dated August 17, 2017, except for Note 6, which is dated October 31, 2017, relating to the financial statements of Pental Granite & Marble, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for the years then ended, and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Moss Adams LLP

Tacoma, Washington

July 9, 2018